^«<. 


i 


0' 


ii 


( 


=!:; 

cu : 


LIBRARY  OF  THE  THEOLOGICAL  SEMINARY 

PRINCETON.  N.  J. 


PRESENTED  BY 


Ws 


l!RS.    DONALD  JOHTISON 

Division  rldA^SA 
Section-^  L\.  _  J^l  _  _ 


JUN  14  1941    ' 


L.. 


GKAMMAK 


OF    THE 


HEBREW  LANGUAGE. 


BY 


WILLIAM  HENRY  GREEN, 

PROFESSOR    IN    THE    THEOLOGICAL    SEMINARY    AT    PRINCETON,    N.    J. 


SECOND  EDITION, 

WITH  CORRECTIONS  AND  COPIOUS  INDEXES. 


NEW  YORK: 
J  O  H  isr       WILEY. 

1861. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  of  1861,  by 
JOHN  WILEY, 
the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  New  Yorlc. 


JOHN  P.  TROW 

PRINTER,  STEREOTYPER,  AND   ELECTROTTPER, 

46,  48  &  50  Greene  Street, 
New  York. 


PREFACE 


This  work  was  begun  at  the  instance  of  my  friend, 
preceptor,  and  colleague.  Dr.  J.  Addison  Alexander.  The 
aid  of  his  counsels  and  suggestions  was  freely  promised  in 
the  undertaking ;  and  he  was  to  give  to  it  the  sanction  of 
his  name  before  the  public.  It  appears  shorn  of  these  ad- 
vantages. A  few  consultations  respecting  the  general  plan 
of  the  book  and  the  method  to  be  observed  in  its  prepara- 
tion, were  all  that  could  be  had  before  this  greatest  of 
American  orientalists  and  scholars  was  taken  from  us.  De- 
prived thus  early  of  his  invaluable  assistance,  I  have  yet 
found  a  melancholy  satisfaction  in  the  prosecution  of  a  task 
begun  mider  such  auspices,  and  which  seemed  still  to  link 
me  to  one  with  whom  I  count  it  one  of  the  greatest  blessings 
of  my  life  to  have  been  associated. 

The  grammatical  system  of  Gesenius  has,  from  causes 
which  can  readily  be  explained,  had  a  predominance  in  this 
country  to  w^hich  it  is  not  justly  entitled.  The  grammar  of 
Prof.  Stuart,  for  a  long  time  the  text-book  in  most  common 
use,  was  substantially  a  reproduction  of  that  of  Gesenius. 
Nordheinier  was  an  adherent  of  the  same  system  in  its  essen- 
tial features,  though  he  illustrated  it  with  wonderful  clearness 
and  philosophical  tact.  And  finally,  the  smaller  grammar  of 
Gesenius  became  current  in  the  excellent  translation  of  Prof. 
Conant.  Now,  while  Gesenius  is  unquestionably  the  prince 
of  Hebrew  lexicographers,  Ewald  is  as  certainly  entitled  to 


IV  PREFACE. 


the  precedence  among  grammarians ;  and  the  latter  cannot 
be  ignored  by  him  who  would  appreciate  correctly  the  exist- 
ing state  of  oriental  learning. 

The  present  work  is  mainly  based  upon  the  three  leading 
grammars  of  Gesenius,  Ewald,  and  Nordheimer,  and  the  at- 
tempt has  been  made  to  combine  whatever  is  valuable  in 
each.     For  the  sake  of  a  more  complete  survey  of  the  history 
of  opinion,  the  grammars  of  R.  Chayug,  R.  Kimchi,  Reuch- 
lin,    Buxtorf,    Schultens,    Simonis,    Robertson,    Lee,    Stier, 
Hupfeld,  Freytag,  Nagelsbach,  and  Stuart,  besides  others  of 
less  consequence  from  Jewish  or  Christian  sources,  have  also 
been  consulted  to  a  greater   or   less   extent.     The   author 
has  not,  however,  contented  himself  with  an  indolent  com- 
pilation;   but,  while  availing  himself  freely  of  the  labours 
of  his  predecessors,  he  has  sought  to  maintain  an  independ- 
ent position  by  investigating  the  whole  subject  freshly  and 
thoroughly  for  himself.     His  design  in  the  following  pages 
has  been  to  reflect  the  phenomena  of  the  language  precisely 
as  they  are  exhibited  in  the  Hebrew  Bible ;  and  it  is  be- 
lieved that  this  is  more  exactly  accomphshed  than  it  has  been 
in  any  preceding  grammar.     The  rule  was  adopted  at  the 
outset,   and    rigorously  adhered  to,  that   no  supposititious 
forms  should  be  admitted,  that  no  example  should  be  al- 
leged which  is  not  found  in  actual  use,  that  no  statement 
should  be  made  and  no  rule  given  the  evidence  of  which  had 
not  personally  been  subjected  to  careful  scrutiny.     Thus,  for 
example,  before  treating  of  any  class  of  verbs,  perfect  or  im- 
perfect, every  verb  of  that  description  in  the  language  was 
separately  traced  through  all  its  forms  as  shown  by  a  con- 
cordance; the  facts  were  thus  absolutely  ascertained  in  the 
first  mstance  before  a  single  paradigm  was  prepared  or  a 
word  of  explanation  written. 

Some  may  be   disposed,   at  first,   to  look  suspiciously 
upon  the  triple  division  of  the  Hebrew   vowels,   adopted 


PRErACE. 


from  Evvalcl,  as  an  innovation :  further  reflection,  however, 
will  show  that  it  is  the  only  division  consistent  with  ac- 
curacy, and  it  is  really  more  ancient  than  the  one  which 
commonly  prevails. 

The  importance  of  the  accent,  especially  to  the  proper 
understanding  of  the  vowels  of  a  word  and  the  laws  of 
vowel-changes,  is  such  that  the  example  of  Ewald  has  been 
followed  in  constantly  marking  its  position  by  an  appropriate 
sign.  He  uses  a  Methegh  for  this  purpose,  which  is  objec- 
tionable, on  account  of  the  liability  to  error  and  confusion 
when  the  same  sign  is  used  for  distinct  purposes.  The  use 
of  any  one  of  the  many  Hebrew  accents  would  also  be  liable 
to  objection,  since  they  not  only  indicate  the  tone- syllable, 
but  have  besides  a  conjunctive  or  disjunctive  force,  which  it 
would  be  out  of  place  to  suggest.  Accordingly,  a  special 
symbol  has  been  employed,  analogous  to  that  which  is  in  use 
in  our  own  and  other  languages,  thus  ^i?)?  Mtal' . 

The  remarks  upon  the  consecution  of  poetic  accents 
were  in  type  before  the  appearance  of  the  able  discussion  of 
that  subject  by  Baer,  in  an  appendix  to  the  Commentary  of 
Delitzsch  upon  the  Psalms.  The  rules  of  Baer,  however, 
depend  for  their  justification  upon  the  assumption  of  the 
accurate  accentuation  of  his  own  recent  edition  of  the  He- 
brew Psalter,  which  departs  in  numerous  instances  from  the 
current  editions  as  they  do  in  fact  from  one  another.  Inas- 
much as  this  is  a  question  Avhich  can  only  be  settled  by 
manuscripts  that  are  not  accessible  in  this  country,  it  seems 
best  to  w^ait  until  it  has  been  tested  and  pronounced  upon 
by  those  who  are  capable  of  doing  so.  What  has  here  been 
written  on  that  subject,  has  accordingly  been  suffered  to  re- 
main, imperfect  and  unsatisfactory  as  it  is. 

The  laws  which  regulate  the  formation  of  nouns  have 
been  derived  from  Ewald,  with  a  few  modifications  chiefly 
tending  to  simplify  them. 


Vi  PREFACE. 

The  declensions  of  nouns,  as  made  out  by  Gesenius,  are 
purely  artificial.  Cumbrous  as  tliey  are,  they  are  not  ex- 
haustive, and  the  student  often  finds  no  little  difficulty  in 
deciding  to  which  declension  certain  nouns  of  frequent  oc- 
currence are  to  be  referred.  For  these  reasons  they  were 
abandoned  by  Nordheimer,  who  substituted  a  different  sys- 
tem, which  is  itself,  however,  more  perplexing  than  service- 
able. The  fact  is,  that  there  are  no  declensions,  properly 
speaking,  in  Hebrew;  and  the  attempt  to  foist  upon  the 
lano-uao-e  what  is  alien  to  its  nature,  embarrasses  the  subject 
instead  of  relieving  it.  A  few  general  rules  respecting  the 
vowel-changes,  which  are  liable  to  occur  in  different  kinds 
of  syllables,  solve  the  whole  mystery,  and  are  all  that  the 
case  requires  or  even  admits. 

In  the  syntax  the  aim  has  been  to  develop  not  so  much 
what  is  common  to  the  Hebrew  with  other  languages,  as 
what  is  characteristic  and  distinctive  of  the  former,  those 
points  being  particularly  dwelt  upon  which  are  of  chief  im- 
portance to  the  interpreter. 

In  the  entire  work  special  reference  has  been  had  to  the 
wants  of  theolooical  students.  The  author  has  endeavoured 
to  make  it  at  once  elementary  and  thorough,  so  that  it  might 
both  serve  as  a  manual  for  beginners  and  yet  possess  all  that 
completeness  which  is  demanded  by  riper  scholars.  The 
parts  of  most  immediate  importance  to  those  commencing 
the  study  of  the  language  are  distinguished  by  being  printed 
in  large  type. 


Peinceton,  Au^itst  2'2c?,  1861. 


OO^sTTEXTS. 


PART  I.— ORTIKJGRAPHY. 
Divisions  of  Grammar,  §1. 

ORXnOGEAPniC     SYMBOLS. 

The   Letters.— Alphabet,  §2;    Sounds,  §3;    Double  forms,  §4;    Names, 

§  5  ;     Order,  §  0  ;     Classification,  §  7 ;     Words   never   divided,   §  8 ; 

Abbreviations  and  Signs  of  ISTumber,  §  9. 
The  Vowels.— Masoretic  Points,  §10;    Vowel  Letters,  §11;    Signs  for  the 

Vowels,  §12;    Mutual  Relation  of  this  twofold  dotation,  §§18,  U; 

Pure  and  Diphthongal  Vowels,  §  15. 
Sh'va,  silent  and  vocal,  simple  and  compound,  §16. 
Pattahh  Furtive,  §17. 
Syllables,  §  18. 
Amhiguous  Signs.— Hhirik,  Shurek,  and  Kibbnts,  §19.1;    Kamets  and 

KametS'Hhatuph,  §  19.  2  ;    Silent  and  Vocal  Sb'va,  §  20. 
Points  affecting  Coxsoxakts: — Daghesh-lene,  §§21,  22. 

Daghesh-forte,  §23;  ditferent  kinds,  §24;  omission  of,  §25. 
Mappik,  §26. 
Raphe,  §27. 
Points   attached    to   Words.— Accents,   their   design,    §28;    forms  and 

classes,  §29;    like  forms  distinguished,  §30;   poetic  accents,  §31; 

position  as  determined  by  the  character  of  the  syllables,  §32.  1;  in 

uninflected  words,  §32.  2.  3 ;  with  affixes,  suffixes  and  prefixes,  §33 ; 

use  in  distinguishing  words,  §  34 ;  shifted  in  special  cases.  §  35.  " 
Consecution  of  the  Accents  in  Prose.— ClsMsea  and  their  subdivisions. 

§  36 ;  tabular  view,  §  37 ;  explnnation  of  the  table,  §  38 ;  adaptation  of 

the  trains  of  accents  to  sentences,  §  39. 


viii  CONTENTS. 

Poetic  Consecution.— QlnnsQS  &n(}i  their  subdivisions,  §40;  tabular  view 
and  explanation,  §41 ;  adaptation  of  tlie  trains  of  accents  to  sen- 
tences, §42. 

Makkeph,  §43. 

Methegh,  its  form  and  position,  §44;  special  rules,  §45;  K'ri  and 
K'thibh,  meaning  of  the  terms,  §4G;  constant  K'ris  not  noted  in  the 
margin,  §  47  ;  their  design  and  value,  §  48. 

Accuracy  of  the  points,  §  49. 

ORTHO GRAPHIC     CUANGES. 

Significant  mutations  belong  to  the  domain  of  the  lexicon,  §§50,  51  ;  eu- 
phonic mutations  to  the  domain  of  grammar,  §  52. 

MiTATioNS  OF  CoxsoxANTS  at  the  beginning  of  syllables,  § 53  ;  at  the  close 
of  syllables,  §54;  at  the  end  of  words,  §55  ;  special  rules,  §56. 

Changes  of  Consonants  to  Vowels  in  reduplicated  syllables  and  letters 
and  in  quiescents,  §  57. 

Mutations  of  Vowels,  significant  and  euphonic,  §58;  due  to  syllabic 
changes,  §59;  to  contiguous  gutturals,  §  60 ;  to  concurrent  conso- 
nants, §  61 ;  concurring  vowels,  §  62 ;  proximity  of  vowels,  §  63  ;  the 
accent,  §64;  pause  accents,  §65;  shortening  or  lengthening  of 
words,  §  66. 


PART  II.— ETYMOLOGY. 

Roots  of  Words. — Design  of  Etymology,  three  stages  in  the  growth  of 

words,  §67;    pronominal   and   verbal   roots,  §68;    formation  and 

inflection  of  words  by  external  and  internal  changes,  §  69 ;  parts  of 

speech,  §70. 

Pronouns  personal,  §  71 ;    pronominal  sufiixes,  §  72  ;    demonstrative,  §  73 ; 

relative,  §  74 ;  interrogative  and  indefinite,  §  75. 
Verbs,  the  species  and  their  signification,  §§  76-80. 

Perfect  Verbs,  §  81 ;    formation  of  the  species,  §§  82,  83  ;  tlieir,  inflection, 
§§  84,  85.  1 ;   paradigm  of  bi|r,  §  85.  2. 
Bemarlcs  on  the  Perfect  Veris.—Kal  preterite,   §-86;    Infinitive,  §87; 
Future,  §88:  Imperative,  §  89 ;  Participles,  §  90 ;  iSTiphal,  §  91  ;  Piel, 
§92;  Pual,  §93;  Iliphil,  §94;  Hophal,  §95;  Hithpael,  §96. 
Paragogic  and  Apocopated  Future,  §  97 ;  and  Imperative,  §  98. 
Vav  Conversive  with  the  Future,  §99  ;  with  the  Preterite,  §  100. 
Verbs  with  suffixes,  §§  101, 102 ;  paradigm,  §  103  ;  Remarks  on  the  Per- 
fect Verbs  with  sufiixes.  Preterite,  §  104 ;   Future,  §105;    Infinitive 
and  Imperative,  §  106. 
Imperfect  Verbs,  classified,  §  107. 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§108,  109;    paradigm,  §110; 
Remarks,  §§111-115. 


CONTENTS.  IX 

Ayin  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §110;  paradigm,  §117;  Re- 
marks, §§118-122. 

Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §123;  parudigiii,  §124; 
Remarks,  §§  125-128." 

Pe  Nun  Verbs,  tlieir  peculiarities,  §  129  ;  jjaradigm,  §  130  ;  Remarks, 
§§  131,  132. 

Ayin  Doubled  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§133-137;  paradigm,  §138; 
Remarks,  §§  139-142. 

Pc  Yodh  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§  143-145  ;  paradigm,  §  146 ;  Re- 
marks, §§  147-151. 

Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§  152-154 ;  para- 
digm, §155;  Remarks,  §§  156-161. 

Lamedh  Aleph  Verbs,  their  pecidiarities,  §  1G2  ;  paradigm,  §  103  ;  Re- 
marks, §§164-167. 

Lamedh  He  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§168,  169;  paradigm,  §170; 
shortened  future  and  imperative,  §  171  ;  Remarks,  §§172-177. 

Doubly  Imperfect  Verbs,  §178. 

Defective  Verbs,  §  179. 

Quadriliteral  Verbs,  §  180. 
Nouxs,  their  formation,  §181;    Class  L  §§182-186;  Class  IL  §§187,  188; 
Class  m.  §§189-192;  Class  IV.  §§193,  194;  Multiliterals,  §195. 

Gender  and  Kumhcr. — Feminine  endings,  §  196  ;  anomalies  in  the  use  of, 
§197;  employment  in  the  formation  of  words,  §198;  plural  end- 
ings, §  199  ;  anomalies,  §  200  ;  nouns  confined  to  one  number,  §  201 ; 
Dual  ending,  §202;  usage  of  the  dual,  §203;  changes  consequent 
upon  aflixing  the  endings  for  gender  and  number,  §§206-211, 

The  Construct  State^  its  meaning  and  formation,  §§  212-216. 

Declension  of  Nouns,  paradigm,  §217. 

Paragogic  Vowels  added  to  Nouns,  §§218,  219. 

Nouns  Avith  suffixes,  §§  220,  221  ;  paradigm,  §  222. 
Numerals.— Cardinal  numbers,  §§223-220;  Ordinals,  etc.,  §227. 
Prefixed    Particles,   §228;    the  Article,   §229:    the  Interrogative,  §  230 ; 

Inseparable  prepositions,  §§  231-233  ;    Vav  Conjunctive,  §  234. 
Separate  Particles. — Adverbs,  §285 ;    with  suffixes,  §236;    Prepositions, 
§  237  ;  with  suffixes,  §  238 ;  Conjunctions,  §  239  ;  Interjections,  §  240. 


PART  III.— SYNTAX. 


Office  of  Syntax,  §241.  1;  Elements  of  the  sentence,  241.  2. 

The  Subject,  a  noun  or  pronoun,  §  242  ;  when  omitted,  §  243  ;  its  exten- 
sion, §244. 

The  Article,  Avhen  used,  §245;  nouns  definite  without  it.  §240;  omitted 
in  poetry,  §  247 ;  indefinite  nouns,  §  248. 

Adjectives  and  Demonstratives  qualifying  a  noun.  §  240. 


X  CONTENTS. 

Xin/icrnh.—Ciivdmi]  numbers.  §§250,  251  ;  Ordinals,  etc.,  §252. 

Apitusitiun,  §25:1 

The  Construct  state  and  Sutlixes,  §§25-i-256;  resolved  by  the  preposition  b, 
?  257. 

TiiK  PiiEDicATE,  Copula,  §258;  Nouns,  adjectives,  and  demonstratives,  §259. 

Comparison  of  adjectives,  §260. 

Vo-hs. — Hebrew  conception  of  time,  §261  ;  the  primary  tenses:  use  of  the 
preterite,  §  202  ;  the  future,  §  263  ;  paragogic  and  apocopated  future, 
§264;  the  secondary  tenses,  §265 ;  participles,  §266;  Infinitive, 
§§267-269. 

Oh/eef  of  T^rJ.v.— The  direct  object  of  transitive  verbs,  §270  ;  transitive  con- 
struction of  intransitive  verbs,  §271 ;  indirect  object  of  verbs,  §272  ; 
verbs  with  more  than  one  object,  §  273. 

Ailverbs  and  adverbial  expressions,  §  274. 

Neglect  of  agreement,  §  275  ;  compound  subject,  §  276 ;  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct, §  277;  dual  nouns,  §278;  changes  of  person,  §279. 

Kei>etition  of  nouns,  §  280  ;  pronouns,  §  281  ;   verbs,  §  282. 

IxTEEROGATivE  Sextexces,  §§  283,  284. 

CoMPorxD  Sentences. — Relative  pronoun,  §  285 ;  poetic  use  of  the  de- 
monstrative, §  286 ;  conjunctions,  §  287. 

Grammatical  Analysis,  page  815. 

Index  I.      Subjects,  ......     page  323 

Index  II.    Texts  of  Scripture,  .  .        '     .  .  "331 

Index  III.  Hebrew  Words,  .  .  ..."     343 

Index  IV.  Hebrew  Grammatical  Terms,  .  .  .  "     399 


PART  FIRST. 

ORTHOGRAPHY. 

§1 .  Language  is  the  communication  of  thouglit  by  means 
of  spoken  or  written  sounds.  The  utterance  of  a  single  thought 
constitutes  a  sentence.  Each  sentence  is  composed  of  words 
expressing  individual  conceptions  or  their  relations.  And 
words  are  made  up  of  sounds  produced  by  the  organs  of 
speech  and  represented  by  written  signs.  It  is  the  province 
of  grammar  as  the  science  of  language  to  investigate  these 
several  elements.  It  hence  consists  of  three  parts.  First, 
Orthography,  which  treats  of  the  sounds  employed  and  the 
mode  of  representing  them.  Second,  Etymology,  which  treats 
of  the  different  kinds  of  words,  their  formation,  and  the 
changes  which  they  undergo.  Third,  Syntax,  which  treats  of 
sentences,  or  the  manner  in  which  words  are  joined  together 
to  express  ideas.  The  task  of  the  Hebrew  grammarian  is  to 
furnish  a  complete  exhibition  of  the  phenomena  of  this  partic- 
ular language,  carefully  digested  and  referred  as  far  as  practi- 
cable to  their  appropriate  causes  in  the  organs  of  speech  and 
the  operations  of  the  mind. 

The  Letters. 

§2.  The  Hebrew  being  no  longer  a  spoken  tongue,  is 
only  known  as  the  language  of  books,  and  particularly  of  the 
Old  Testament,  which  is  the  most  interesting  and  important 
as  well  as  the  only  pure  monument  of  it.     The  first  step 


2  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §2 

towards  its  investigation  must  accordingly  be  to  ascertain  the 
meaning  of  the  symbols  in  which  it  is  recorded.  Then 
having  learned  its  sounds,  as  they  are  thus  represented,  it 
will  be  possible  to  advance  one  step  further,  and  inquire  into 
the  laws  by  which  these  are  governed  in  their  employment 
and  mutations. 

The  symbols  used  in  writing  Hebrew  are  of  two  sorts, 
viz.  letters  (ni'^nisi)  and  points  (Q"^"!^]??).  The  number  of  the 
letters  is  twenty -two ;  these  are  written  from  right  to  left,  and 
are  exclusively  consonants.  The  following  alphabetical  table 
exhibits  their  forms,  English  equivalents,  names,  and  numeri- 
cal values,  together  with  the  corresponding  forms  of  the  Rab- 
binical character  employed  to  a  considerable  extent  in  the 
commentaries  and  other  writings  of  the  modern  Jews. 


§3 


LETTERS. 


Order. 

Forms  and  Equivalents. 

Names. 

Eabbinical 
Alpliabet. 

Numerical 
values. 

1 

S* 

qb^ 

Aleph 

i> 

1 

2 

n 

Bh,  B 

n^3 

Beth 

3 

2 

3 

a 

Gh,  G 

^^^k 

Gi'-mel 

J 

3 

4 

"I 

Dh,  D 

V     T 

Da'-leth 

7 

4 

O 

n 

H 

N?;} 

He 

t) 

5 

G 

1 

V 

^) 

Vav 

1 

6 

7 

T 

Z 

VI 

Zajin 

» 

7 

8 

n 

Hh 

n'ln 

Hheth 

P 

8 

9 

13 

T 

n^tD 

Teth 

V 

9 

10 

1 

Y 

lii 

Yoclli 

, 

10 

11 

3   1 

Kh,  K 

!^? 

Kaph 

1  = 

20 

12 

b 

L 

^■ab' 

La'-medh 

i 

30 

13 

•a  D 

M 

Q^ 

Mem 

r 

40 

14 

2    1 

N 

r= 

Niln 

P 

50 

15 

0 

S 

^^9 

Sa'-mekh 

P 

60 

16 

y 

r^ 

Ayin 

:: 

70 

17 

s  q 

Ph,  P 

«a 

Pe 

S^ 

80 

18 

^  r 

Ts 

I'li 

Tsa'-dhe 

P 

90 

19 

p 

K 

S^ip 

Kopli 

? 

100 

20 

n 

R 

iijin 

Resh 

■5 

200 

21 

lU 

Sh,  S 

r^' 

Shin 

C 

300 

22 

n 

Th,  T 

in 

Tav 

P 

400 

§3.  There  is  always  more  or  less  difficulty  in  represent- 
ing the  sounds  of  one  language  by  those  of  another.  But 
this  is  in  the  case  of  the  Hebrew  greatly  aggravated  by  its 
having  been  for  ages  a  dead  language,  so  that  some  of  its 


4  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §3 

sounds  cannot  now  be  accurately  determined,  and  also  by  its 
belonging  to  a  different  family  or  group  of  tongues  from  our 
own,  possessing  sounds  entirely  foreign  to  the  English,  for 
which  it  consequently  affords  no  equivalent,  and  which  are  in 
fact  incapable  of  being  pronounced  by  our  organs.  The 
equivalents  of  the  foregoing  table  are  not  therefore  to  be  re- 
garded as  in  every  instance  exact  representations  of  the  proper 
powers  of  the  letters.  They  are  simply  approximations  suffi- 
ciently near  the  truth  for  every  practical  purpose,  the  best 
which  can  now  be  proposed,  and  sanctioned  by  tradition  and 
the  conventional  usa2:e  of  the  best  Hebraists. 

1.  It  will  be  observed  that  a  double  pronunciation  has 
been  assigned  to  seven  of  the  letters.  A  native  Hebrew  would 
readily  decide  without  assistance  which  of  these  was  to  be 
adopted  in  any  given  case,  just  as  we  are  sensible  of  no  in- 
convenience from  the  various  sounds  of  the  English  letters 
which  are  so  embarrassing  to  foreigners  learning  our  language. 
The  ambiguity  is  in  every  case  removed,  however,  by  the  ad- 
dition of  a  dot  or  point  indicating  which  sound  they  are  to 
receive.  Thus  a  with  a  point  in  its  bosom  has  the  sound  of 
h,  n  unpointed  that  of  the  corresponding  v,  or  as  it  is  com- 
monly represented  for  the  sake  of  uniformity  in  notation,  hh ;  a 
is  pronounced  as  //,  ^  unpointed  had  an  aspirated  sound  which 
may  accordingly  be  represented  hj  ^/i,  but  as  it  is  difficult  to 
produce  it,  or  even  to  determine  with  exactness  what  it  was, 
and  as  there  is  no  corresponding  sound  in  English,  tlie  aspira- 
tion is  mostly  neglected,  and  the  letter,  whether  pointed  or  not, 
sounded  indifferently  as  y ;  '^  is  d,  1  unpointed  is  the  aspirate 
d/i,  equivalent  to  t/i  in  the ;  3  is  k,  3  unpointed  its  aspirate  kh, 
perhaps  resembling  the  German  ch  in  ich,  though  its  aspira- 
tion, like  that  of  IJ,  is  commonly  neglected  in  modern  reading  ; 
£!  is/*,  &  unpointed  is  jy/^  or/;  n  is  ^'j  n  unpointed  th  in  ihin. 
The  letter  "^  with  a  dot  over  its  right  arm  is  pronounced  like 
sh,  and  called  SIfm ;  is  with  a  dot  over  its  left  arm  is  called 
JS2?i,  and  pronounced  like  s,  no  attempt  being  made  in  modern 


§3  .  LETTERS.  5 

usage  to  discriminate  between  its  sound  and  that  of  D 
Samckh.  Althougli  there  may  anciently  have  been  a  distinc- 
tion between  them,  this  can  no  longer  be  defined  nor  even 
positively  asserted ;  it  has  therefore  been  thought  unneces- 
sary to  preserve  the  individuality  of  these  letters  in  the 
notation,  and  both  of  them  will  accordingly  be  represented 
by  s. 

a.  The  double  sound  of  the  first  six  of  the  letters  just  named  is  purely 
euphonic,  and  has  no  effect  whatever  upon  the  meaning  of  the  words  in 
which  they  stand.  The  case  of  O  is  different.  Its  primary  sound  was  that 
of  sh,  as  is  evident  from  the  contrast  in  Judg.  12  :  6  of  rb3':J  shibboleth 
with  nb>p  sibbolelh.  In  certain  words,  however,  and  sometimes  for  the 
sake  of  creating  a  distinction  between  different  words  of  like  orthography, 
it  received  the  sound  of  5,  thus  almost  assuming  the  character  of  a  distinct 
letter,  e.  g.  ^r:J  to  break,  ^ib  to  hope.  That  Sin  and  Samekh  were  dis- 
tinguishable to  the  ear,  appears  probable  from  the  fact  that  there  are  words 
of  separate  significations  which  differ  only  in  the  use  of  one  or  the  other 
of  these  letters,  and  in  which  they  are  never  interchanged,  e.  g.  bydi  to  be 
bereaved,  bib  to  be  xoise,  bio  to  be  foolish;  •^ittj  to  be  dnmken.'^-^zv  to  hire, 
■n=0  to  shut  lip;  ^rr  to  look,  nr:)  to  ride,  ^^o'to  turn  back;  r^^-a  a  lip, 
nsD  to  destroy.  The  close  affinity  between  the  sounds  which  the'y  repre- 
sent is,  however,  shown  by  the  fact  that  0  is  in  a  tew  instances  written  for 
O,  e.  g.  no3  Ps.  4 :  7  from  ^cz ,  nii^qb  Eccles.  1 !  17  for  wi^DD  .  The  original 
identity  of  aj  and  b  is  apparent  from  the  etymological  connection  between 
-^Nb  leacen  and  nnxttJa  a  vessel  in  which  bread  is  leaveried;  ni'b  to  shudder, 
nin^b  horrible,  causing  a  shudder.  In  Arabic  the  division  of' single  letters 
into  two  distinguished  by  diacritical  points  is  carried  to  a  mucTi  greater 
length,  the  alphabet  of  that  language  being  by  this  means  enlarged  from 
twenty-two  to  twenty-eight  letters. 

2.  In  their  original  power  u  t  differed  from  n  f,  and  S  Jk 
from  p  X-,  for  these  letters  are  not  confused  nor  liable  to  inter- 
change, and  the  distinction  is  preserved  to  this  day  in  the 
cognate  Arabic;  yet  it  is  not  easy  to  state  intelligibly  where- 
in the  difference  consisted.  They  are  currently  pronounced 
precisely  alike. 

3.  The  letter  n  has  a  stronger  sound  than  n  the  simple 
/t,  and  is  accordingly  represented  by  M;  n  is  represented  by 
r,  although  it  had  some  peculiarity  of  sound  which  we  can- 
not at  this  day  attempt  to  reproduce,  by  which  it  was  allied 
to  the  guttm-als. 


6  ORTHOGRAPHY.  .  ^ 

4.  Per  two  letters,  i5  and  V,  no  equivalent  has  been  given 
in  the  table,  and  they  are  commonly  altogether  neglected  in 
pronunciation.  iJ  is  the  weakest  of  the  letters,  and  was  prob- 
ably always  mandible.  It  stands  for  the  slight  and  involun- 
tary emission  of  breath  necessary  to  the  utterance  of  a  vowel 
unattended  by  a  more  distinct  consonant  sound.  It  there- 
fore merely  serves  to  mark  the  beginning  or  the  close  of  the 
syllable  of  which  it  is  a  part,  while  to  the  ear  it  is  entirely 
lost  in  the  accompanying  or  preceding  vowel.  Its  power  has 
been  likened  to  that  of  the  smooth  breathing  (')  of  the 
Greeks  or  the  English  silent  h  in  hour.  On  the  other  hand 
5'  had  a  deep  guttural  sound  which  was  always  heard,  but 
like  that  of  the  corresponding  letter  among  the  Arabs  is  very 
difficult  of  utterance  by  occidental  organs  ;  consequently  no 
attempt  is  made  to  reproduce  it.  In  the  Septuagint  it  is  some- 
times represented  by  y,  sometimes  by  the  rough  and  some- 
times by  the  smooth  breathing ;  thus  "^y^?  Fof^oQ^a,  "^^2? 
'Hit,  "pV^t,  ^Jfj^alrj^.  Some  of  the  modern  Jews  give  it  the 
sound  of  )!(/  or  of  the  Prench  y;^  in  campagne,  either  wherever 
it  occurs  or  only  at  the  end  of  words,  e.  g.  3!''ato  Slimang,  "l^!? 
(jimmbdli. 

§4.  The  forms  of  the  letters  exhibited  in  the  preceding 
table,  though  found  without  important  variation  in  all  existing 
manuscripts,  are  not  the  original  ones.  An  older  character 
is  preserved  upon  the  Jewish  coins  struck  in  the  age  of  the 
Maccabees,  which  bears  a  considerable  resemblance  to  the 
Samaritan  and  still  more  to  the  Phenician.  Some  of  the 
steps  in  the  transition  from  one  to  the  other  can  still  be  traced 
upon  extant  monuments.  There  was  first  a  cm'sive  tendency, 
disposing  to  unite  the  different  letters  of  the  same  word, 
which  is  the  estabhshed  practice  in  Syriac  and  Arabic.  This 
was  followed  by  a  predominance  of  the  calligraphic  principle, 
which  again  separated  the  letters  and  reduced  them  to  their 
present  rectangular  forms  and  nearly  uniform  size.  The 
cursive  stage  has,  however,  left  its  traces  upon  the  five  letters 


§5  LETTERS.  7 

which  appear  in  the  table  Avith  double  forms  ;  D  "a  3  s  2  when 
standing  at  the  beginning  or  in  the  middle  of  words  termi- 
nate in  a  bottom  horizontal  stroke,  which  is  the  remnant  of 
the  connecting  link  with  the  following  letter ;  at  the  end  of 
words  no  such  link  was  needed,  and  the  letter  was  continued 
vertically  downward  in  a  sort  of  terminal  flourish  thus,  "1 1  ?]  f , 
or  closed  up  by  joining  its  last  with  its  initial  stroke,  thus  D. 

a.  The  {"cw  instances  in  which  final  letters  are  fonnd  in  the  middle  of 
words,  as  t^3"^n^  Isa.  9:  6,  or  their  ordinary  forms  at  the  end,  as  "cn  Neh. 
2:  13,  5n  Job  38:  1,  are  probably  due  to  the  inadvertence  of  early  tran- 
scribers which  has  been  faithfully  perpetuated  since,  or  if  intentional  they 
may  have  had  a  connection  now  unknown  with  the  enumeration  of  letters 
or  the  signification  of  words.  The  same  may  be  said  of  letters  larger  than 
usual,  as  nsSi  Ps.  SO  :  16,  or  smaller,  as  □X"ia'?a  Gen.  2:4,  or  above  the 
line,  as  "i?^^  Ps.  80  :  14,  or  inverted,  as  >b:a  Num.  10:  35,  (in  manuscripts 
and  the  older  editions,  e.  g.  thatof  Stephanus  in  1541),  or  with  extraordinary 
points,  as  ^nj^ii^i  Gen.  33  :  4,  iCi}^  Ps.  27  :  13,  in  all  which  the  Rabbins  find 
concealed  meanings  of  the  most  fanciful  and  absurd  character.  Thus  in 
theif  opinion  the  suspended  3  in  H'b^Ta  Judg.  IS  :  30  suggests  that  the  idola- 
ters described  were  descended  from  Moses  but  had  the  character  of  Ma- 
nasseh.  In  ■|'^^^  Lev.  11 :  42  the  Vav,  which  is  of  unusual  size,  is  the  middle 
letter  of  the  Pentateuch;  ^^i""?!!  Gen.  16:  5  with  an  extraordinary  point 
over  the  second  Yodh,  is  the  only  instance  in  which  the  word  is  written  with 
that  letter;  the  large  letters  in  Deut.  6:  4  emphasize  the  capital  article  of 
the  Jewish  faitli.  All  such  anomalous  forms  or  marks,  with  the  conceits  of 
the  Rabbins  respecting  them,  are  reviewed  in  detail  in  Buxtorf's  Tiberias, 
pp.  152  etc. 

§5.  All  the  names  of  the  letters  were  probably  significant 
at  first,  although  the  meanings  of  some  of  them  are  now  doubt- 
ful or  obscure.  It  is  commonly  supposed  that  these  describe 
the  objects  to  which  their  forms  originally  bore  a  rude  resem- 
blance. If  this  be  so,  however,  the  mutations  which  they 
have  since  undergone  are  such,  that  the  relation  is  no  longer 
traceable,  unless  it  be  faintly  in  a  few.  The  power  of  the 
letter  is  in  every  instance  the  initial  sound  of  its  name. 

a.  The  opinion  advocated  by  Schultens,  Fundamenta  Ling.  Heb.  p.  10, 
that  the  invention  of  the  letters  was  long  anterior  to  that  of  their  names, 
and  that  the  latter  was  a  pedagogical  expedient  to  facilitate  the  learning  of 
the  letters  by  associating  their  forms  and  sounds  with  familiar  objects,  has 
met  vvith  little  favour  and  possesses  little  intrinsic  probability.    An  interest- 


8  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §6 

ing  corroboration  of  the  antiquity  of  these  names  is  found  in  their  preserva- 
tio'n  in  the  Greek  alphabet,  though  destitute  of  meaning  in  that  language, 
the  Greeits  having  borrowed  their  letters  at  an  early  period  from  the  Phe- 
nicians,and  lience  the  appended  a  of  MX^a,  etc..  which  points  to  the  Ara- 
maeic  form  xs^x . 

h.  The  Semitic  derivation  of  the  names  proves  incontestably  that  the 
alphabet  had  its  origin  among  a  people  speaking  a  language  kindred  to 
the  Hebrew.  Their  most  probable  meanings,  so  far  as  they  are  still  ex- 
plicable, are  as  follows,  viz:  Aleph,  an  ox;  Beth,  a  Aouse ;  Gimel,  a  camel; 
Daleth,  a  door;  He,  doubtful,  possibly  a  window;  Vav,  a  hook;  Zayin,  a 
weapon;  Hheth,  probably  a  fence;  Teth,  probably  a  snake  ;  Yodh,  a  hand; 
Kaph,  the  palm  of  the  hand;  Lamedh,  an  ox-goad;  Mem,  water;  Nun,  a 
fish;  Same  kh,  a  prop;  Ay\\\aneye;  Fe,aviouih;  Tsadhe,  afsh-hook  or 
a  humerus  dart;  Koph,  perhaps  the  back  of  the  head;  Resh,  a  head;  Shin, 
a  tooth  ;  Tav,  a  cross  mark. 

§6.  The  order  of  the  letters  appears  to  be  entirely  arbi- 
trary, though  it  has  been  remarked  that  the  three  middle 
mutes  n  :^  1  succeed  each  other,  as  in  like  manner  the  three 
hquids  '=  'o  5  •  The  juxtaposition  of  a  few  of  the  letters  may 
perhaps  be  owing  to  the  kindred  signification  of  their  names, 
e.  g.  Yodh  and  Kaph  the  hand,  Mem  wafer  and  Nun  a  fish, 
Resh  the  head  and  Shin  a  tooth.  The  antiquity  of  the  existing 
arrangement  of  the  alphabet  is  shown,  1.  by  psalms  and  other 
portions  of  the  Old  Testament  in  which  successive  clauses  or 
verses  begin  with  the  letters  disposed  in  regular  order,  viz. 
Ps.  25  (p  omitted),  34,  37  (alternate  verses,  2>  omitted).  111 
(every  clause),  112  (every  clause),  119  (each  letter  eight 
times),  145  (3  omitted),  Prov.  31 :  10-31,  Lam.  ch.  1,  2,  3 
(each  letter  three  times),  4.  In  the  first  chapter  of  Lamenta- 
tions the  order  is  exactly  preserved,  but  in  the  remaining 
three  chapters  2?  and  S  are  transposed.  2.  By  the  corres- 
pondence of  the  Greek  and  Roman  alphabets,  which  have 
sprung  from  the  same  origin  with  the  Hebrew. 

a.  The  most  ingenious  attempt  to  discover  a  regular  structure  in  the 
Hebrew  alphabet  is  that  of  I.epsius,  in  an  essay  upon  this  subject  published 
in  1836.  Omitting  the  sibilants  and  Resh,  he  finds  the  following  triple 
correspondence  of  a  breathing  succeeded  by  the  same  three  mutes  carried 
through  each  of  the  three  orders,  the  second  rank  being  enlarged  by  the 
addition  of  the  liquids. 


§7 


LETTERS. 


Breathiiigs. 

Mutes. 

■    1 

Liquids.  ■          1 

Middle 

Smootli 

Rough 

n 

1  n  12 
a  p  n 

(^=) 

b525 

Curious  as  this  result  certainly  is.  it  must  be  confessed  that  the  alleged 
correspondence  is  in  part  imaginary,  and  the  method  by  which  it  is  reached 
is  too  arbitrary  to  warrant  the  conclusion  that  this  scheme  was  really  in 
the  mind  of  the  author  of  the  alphabet,  much  less  to  sustain  the  further 
speculations  built  upon  it,  reducing  the  original  number  and  modifying  the 
powers  of  the  letters. 

h.  It  is  curious  to  see  how,  in  the  adaptation  of  tlie  alphabet  to  different 
languages,  the  sounds  of  the  letters  have  been  modified,  needless  ones 
dropped,  and  others  found  necessary  added  at  the  end,  without  disturbing 
the  arrangement  of  the  original  stock.  Thus  the  Greeks  dropped  1  and  p, 
only  retaining  them  as  numerical  signs,  while  the  Roman  alphabet  has  F 
and  Q,;  on  the  other  hand  the  Romans  found  'O  and  0  superfluous,  while 
the  Greeks  made  of  them  r^  and  ^;  5  and  t,  in  Greek  <y  and  f,  become  in 
Latin  C  and  G,  while  n,  in  Latin  H,  is  in  Greek  converted  like  the  rest  of 
the  gutturals  into  a  vowel  t]. 

§  7.  The  letters  may  be  variously  divided  : 

1.  Pirst,  with  respect  to  the  organs  by  which  they  are 
pronounced. 


Gutturals 

s     n 

n 

V 

Palatals 

Is        ^ 

D 

P 

Linguals 

">     'J 

b 

^ 
W 

Dentals 

T       D 

3S 

IIJ 

Labials 

n     ^ 

^ 

s 

n  has  been  differently  classed,  but  as  its  peculiarities  are 
those  of  the  gutturals,  it  is  usually  reckoned  with  them. 

2.  Secondly,  according  to  their  respective  strength,  into 
three  classes,  which  may  be  denominated  weak,  medium,  and 
strong.  The  strong  consonants  offer  the  greatest  resistance 
to  change,  and  (ire  capable  of  entering  into  any  combinations 
which  the  formation  or  inflection  of  words  may  require.  The 
weak  have  not  this  capacity,  but  when  analogy  woidd  bring 
them  into  combinations  foreign  to  their  nature,  they  are  either 


10  ORTHOGRAPHT.  ^7 

liable  to  mutation  tliemselves  or  occasion  changes  in  the  rest 
of  the  word.  Those  of  medium  strength  have  neither  the 
absolute  stability  of  the  former  nor  the  feeble  and  fluctuating 
character  of  the  latter. 

AJ^    V        (  i5   n   1   'I     Vowel-Letters, 

^^^^'       1  x  n  n  2^     Gutturals. 


Medium, 


b  •»    3  "I     Liquids, 
T  D   22  ID     Sibilants. 


Strong,      -I^  ^  ^  p       )- Aspirates  and  Mutes. 

The  special  characteristics  of  these  several  classes  and  the 
influence  which  they  exert  upon  the  constitution  of  words 
will  be  considered  hereafter.  It  is  sufficient  to  remark  here 
that  the  vowel-letters  are  so  called  because  they  sometimes 
represent  not  consonant  but  vowel-sounds. 

a.  It  will  be  observed  that  while  the  p,  k,  and  if-mutes  agree  in  having 
smooth  S  3  n  and  middle  forms  3  a  "i,  which  may  be  either  aspirated  or 
nnaspirated,  the  two  last  have  each  an  additional  representative  p  a  which 
is  lacking  to  the  first.  This,  coupled  with  the  fact  that  two  of  the  alpha- 
betic Psalms,  Ps.  25,  34,  repeat  S  as  the  initial  of  the  closing  verse,  has 
given  rise  to  the  conjecture  that  the  missing  p  mute  was  supplied  by  this 
letter,  having  a  double  sound  and  a  double  place  in  the  alphabet.  In  curi- 
ous coincidence  with  this  ingenious  but  unsustained  hypothesis,  the  Ethio- 
pic  alphabet  has  an  additional  p,  and  the  Greek  and  Roman  alphabets 
agree  one  step  and  only  one  beyond  the  letter  T,  viz.  in  adding  next  a 
labial,  which  in  Greek  is  divided  into  v  and  (j),  and  in  Latin  into  U  and  V. 
as  "i  into  I  and  J. 

3.  Thirdly,  The  letters  may  be  divided,-  with  respect  to 
their  function  in  the  formation  of  words,  into  radicals  and 
serviles.  The  former,  which  comprise  just  one  half  of  the 
alphabet,  are  never  employed  except  in  the  roots  or  radical 
portions  of  words.  The  latter  may  also  enter  into  the  con- 
stitution of  roots,  but  they  are  likewise  put  to  the  less  inde- 
pendent use  of  the  formation  of  derivatives  and  inflections, 
of  prefixes  and  suffixes.      The  serviles  are  embraced  in  the 


^8  LETTERS.  11 

memorial  words  nbDi  rna^  'jn'^x  (Ethan  Moses  and  Caleb) ;  of 
these,  besides  other  uses,  "jfT^s  are  prefixed  to  form  the  future 
of  verbs,  and  the  remainder  are  prefixed  as  particles  to  nouns. 
The  letters  T^np'asin  are  used  in  the  formation  of  nouns  from 
their  roots.  The  only  exception  to  the  division  now  stated 
is  the  substitution  of  t:  for  servile  n  in  a  certain  class  of  cases, 
as  explained  §  54.  4. 

a.  Kimchi  in  his  Mikhlol  (bibsio)  fol.  46,  gives  several  additional  ana- 
grams of  the  serviles  made  out  by  different  grammarians  as  aids  to  the 
memory,  e.  g.  n2"'a  IPDxb^lU  ybr  his  work  is  understmiding ;  n^biy  13s 
ams  /  Solomon  am  wriling ;  nisn  -^x  inibo  only  build  thou  my  peace  ; 
"p^n  3X  ^TOS  like  a  branch  of  the  father  of  mult ihide  ;  i3-'b.x  sno  noB 
Moses  has  icritlen  to  us.  To  which  Nordheimer  has  added  "'ins^  '^^r^  bs*a 
consult  the  riches  of  my  book. 

§  8.  In  Hebrew  writing  and  printing,  words  are  never 
divided.  Hence  various  expedients  are  resorted  to  upon 
occasion,  in  manuscripts  and  old  printed  editions,  to  fill  out 
the  lines,  such  as  giving  a  broad  form  to  certain  letters,  ^i  Ti 
H  1=3  t-i ,  occupying  the  vacant  space  with  some  letter,  as  p, 
repeated  as  often  as  may  be  necessary,  or  with  the  first  letters 
of  the  next  word,  which  were  not,  however,  accounted  part 
of  the  text,  as  they  were  left  without  vowels,  and  the  word 
was  written  in  full  at  the  beginning  of  the  following  line. 
The  same  end  is  accomplished  more  neatly  in  modern  print- 
ing by  judicious  spacing. 

§9.1.  The  later  Jews  make  frequent  use  of  abbreviations. 
There  are  none,  however,  in  the  text  of  the  Hebrew  Bible ; 
such  as  are  found  in  the  margin  are  explained  in  a  special 
lexicon  at  the  back  of  the  editions  in  most  common  use,  e.  g. 
^y}  for  "I'oilJ'i  ef  comple.tio  =  etc. 

2.  The  numerical  employment  of  the  letters,  common  to 
the  Hebrews  with  the  Greeks,  is  indicated  in  the  table  of  the 
alphabet.  The  hundreds  from  500  to  900  are  represented 
either  by  the  five  final  letters  or  by  the  combination  of  M  with 
the  letters  immediately  preceding;  thus  1  or  pn  500,  Q  or  "in 
600,  ■}  »n  or  pnn  700,  q  or  nn  800,  T  or  pnn  900.     Thou- 


12  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^ 10 

sands  are  represented  by  units  with  two  dots  placed  over  tliem, 
thus  X  1000,  etc.  Compound  numbers  are  formed  by  joining 
the  appropriate  units  to  the  tens  and  hundreds,  thus  i^sn  421, 
Fifteen  is,  however,  made  not  by  Si'' ,  which  are  the  initial 
letters  of  the  divine  name  Jehovah,  tiini,  but  by  It:  9-|-6. 

This  use  of  the  letters  is  found  in  the  accessories  of  the 
Hebrew  text,  e.  g.  in  the  numeration  of  the  chapters  and  verses, 
and  in  the  Masoretic  notes,  but  not  in  the  text  itself.  Whether 
these  or  any  other  signs  of  number  were  ever  employed  by 
the  original  writers  of  Scripture,  or  by  the  scribes  in  copying 
it,  may  be  a  doubtful  matter.  It  has  been  ingeniously  con- 
jectured, and  with  a  show  of  plausibihty,  that  some  of  the 
discrepancies  of  numbers  in  the  Old  Testament  may  be 
accounted  for  by  assuming  the  existence  of  such  a  system  of 
symbols,  in  which  errors  might  more  easily  arise  than  in  fully 
written  words. 


The   Vowels. 

§  10.  The  letters  now  explained  constitute  the  body  of 
the  Hebrew  text.  These  are  all  that  belonged  to  it  in  its 
original  form,  and  so  long  as  the  language  was  a  living  one 
nothing  more  was  necessary,  for  the  reader  could  mentally 
supply  the  deficiencies  of  the  notation  from  his  famiharity 
with  his  native  tongue.  But  when  Hebrew  ceased  to  be 
spoken  the  case  was  different ;  the  knowledge  of  the  true 
proniuiciation  could  no  longer  be  presumed,  and  difficulties 
would  arise  from  the  ambiguity  of  individual  words  and  their 
doubtful  relation  to  one  another.  It  is  the  design  of  the 
Masoretic  points  ( nnic^  traditioii)  to  remedy  or  obviate  these 
inconveniences  by  supplying  what  was  lacking  in  this  mode 
of  writing.  The  authors  of  this  system  did  not  venture  to 
make  any  change  in  the  letters  of  the  sacred  text.  The  signs 
which  they  introduced  were  entirely  supplementary,  consist- 
ing of  dots  and  marks  about  the  text  fixing  its  true  pronun- 


§11  VOWELS.  13 

ciatioii  and  auxiliary  to  its  proper  interpretation.  This  has 
been  clone  with  the  utmost  nicety  and  minuteness,  and  with, 
sucli  evident  accuracy  and  care  as  to  make  them  rehable  and 
efficient  if  not  indispensable  helps.  These  points  or  signs  are 
of  three  kinds,  1.  those  representing  the  vowels,  2.  those 
affecting  the  consonants,  3.  those  attached  to  words. 

a.  As  illustrations  of  the  ambiguity  both  as  to  sound  and  sense  of  indi- 
vidual words,  when  written  by  the  letters  only,  it  may  be  stated  that  ^z~i 
is  in  Gen.  12:  4  n'^'n  he  spake,  in  Ex.  6:  29  "lii'n  speak  and  ni'-n  speak- 
ing, in  Prov.  25:  11  13^  spoken,  in  Gen.  37  :  14  li'n  word,  in  1  Kin.  6:  16  li^: 
(he  oracle  or  most  holy  place  of  the  temple,  in  Ex.  9 :  3  nrri  pestilence.  So 
pffi-iT  is  in  Gen.  29:  10  pa^l  and  he  watered,  and  in  the  next  verse  pik'^.l 
andhe  kissed;  xn-^l  occurs  twice  in  Gen.  29 :  23,  the  first  time  it  is  xi^;;,  and 
he  brought,  the  second  xiljl  and  he  came;  dTinam  is  in  Jer.  32:  37  first 
c-irh^rn;;  ajid  I  will  bring  them  again,  and  then  D-^ni'rn-,  and  I  will  cause 
(hem  to  dwell;  W'-n^^i  is  in  Gen.  14 :  19  D-^ts^  heaven,  and  in  Isa.  5  :  20  D^bu) 
putting.  This  ambiguity  is,  however,  in  most  cases  removed  by  the  con- 
nection in  which  the  words  are  found,  so  that  there  is  little  practical  diffi- 
culty for  one  who  is  well  acquainted  with  the  language.  Modern  Hebrew 
is  commonly  written  and  read  without  the  points:  and  the  same  is  true  of 
its  kindred  tongues  the  Syriac  and  Arabic,  though  each  of  these  has  a 
system  of  points  additional  to  the  letters. 

^11.  1.  The  alphabet,  as  has  been  seen,  consisted  exclu- 
sively of  consonants,  since  these  were  regarded  as  a  sufficiently 
exact  representation  of  the  syllables  into  which  in  Hebrew 
they  invariably  enter.  And  the  omission  of  the  vowels  occa- 
sioned less  embarrassment,  because  in  the  Semitic  family  of 
languages  generally,  unlike  the  Indo-European,  they  form  no 
part,  properly  speaking,  of  the  radical  structure  of  the  word, 
and  consequently  do  not  aid  in  expressing  its  essential  mean- 
ing, but  only  its  nicer  shades  and  modifications.  Still  some 
notation  of  vowels  was  always  necessary,  and  this  was  furnish- 
ed in  a  scanty  measure  by  the  vowel-letters,  or,  as  they  are 
also  called,  quiescents,  or  w^rt/rc5  lectionis  (guides  in  reading). 
The  weakest  of  the  palatals  "^  was  taken  as  the  representative 
of  the  vowels  t  and  B  of  the  same  organ  to  which  in  sound 
it  bears  a  close  affinity ;  the  weakest  of  the  labials  1  was  in 
hke  manner  made  to  represent  its  cognates  ii  and  o ;  and  the 


14  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §11 

two  weak  gutturals  5?  and  n  were  written  for  the  guttural 
vowel  a,  as  well  as  for  the  compound  vowels  B  and  0  cf  which 
a  is  one  of  the  elements.  Letters  were  more  rarely  employed 
to  represent  short  vowels ;  n  or  "^  for  c  is  the  most  frequent 
case  ;  others  are  exceptional. 

a.  Medial  a  when  written  at  all,  as  it  very  rarely  is,  is  denoted  by  N ,  e.  g. 
■j.-tb  lal  Judg.  4  :  21,  5X1  dag-  Neh.  13:  16  K'thibh,  CSp  kam  Hos.  10:  14, 
b^nvj  "zazel  Lev.  16:  8,  iTXi  ro-s/i  Prov.  10:  4  and  in  a  few  other  passages, 
mrx-i  sometimes  for  ramolh,  ^Ni:J  isavvar,  "iNDXisx  Hos.  4 :  6  if  not  an 
error  in  the  text  perhaps  for  emasak  ;  final  a,  which  is  much  more  frequent- 
ly written,  is  denoted  by  n,  e.  g.  nba  gala,  nsbn  vialka,  nnx  a/ta,  rarely 
and  only  as  an  Aramasism  by  N,  e.  g.  itm  hhogga  Isa.  19  :  17,  xn-ip  korhhfl 
Ezek.  27 :  31  K'thibh,  »riz>  gahh'ha  Ezek.  31 :  5  K'thibh.  The  writing  of 
e  and  e,  0  and  u  is  optional  in  the  middle  of  words  but  necessary  at  (he  end, 
e.  g.  nnii^  or  cnilif  tsivmhim,  "^niiil  tsivvUhl ;  ■-!::  or  1310  shub/iii.  In 
the  former  position  "^  stands  for  the  first  pair  of  vowels,  and  1  for  the  second, 
e.  g.  mpi3"'0  meifikuth,  injioa  ti'sugholhi;  X  for  e  and  6  so  situated  is  rare 
and  exceptional,  e.  g.  irxn  resh  Prov.  6  :  11,  30 :  8,  and  perhaps  yXJi  yanels 
Eccles.  12:5 ;  nxT  zOlh,  nxis  poroth  Ezek.  31  :  8,  tPXsa  bilstsOthav  Ezek. 
47:  11.  At  the  end  of  words  e  is  commonly  expressed  by  "i,  and  o  by  i, 
though  n  is  frequently  and  X  rarely  employed  for  the  same  purpose,  e.  g. 
''Zih-a  malkhe,  I3b^  malko ;  n^^  A-'i/e,  nsns  parO ;  8<b  /o.  Final  e  is  re- 
presented by  n,  medial  e  if  written  at  all  by  "<,  e.  g.  fTTii  ^/jVi'j/e,  nr^nn  or 
njinn  tiJi'yena. 

b.  The  employment  of  the  vowel-letters  in  conformity  with  the  scale 
just  given,  is  further  governed,  (1.)  By  usage,  which  is  in  many  words  and 
tbrms  almost  or  quite  invariable;  in  others  it  fluctuates,  thus  sobhebh  i.s 
commonly  =10  or  3310,  only  once  a"i30  2  Kin.  8:21 ;  ya''kobh  is  ap""'  ex- 
cept in  Jer.  33:26  where  it  is  mp''';  thease  is  muj-n,  but  in  Ex.  25:  31 
nayin  ;  etham  according  to  the  analogy  of  similar  grammatical  forms  would 
be  cnx,  but  in  Ps.  19:  14  it  is  Dn^S;  hemJr  is  in  Jer.  2: 11  written  in  both 
the  usual  and  an  unusual  way,  T^Ton  and  ^^72^•^  ;  mHakhwi  is  Qi3b73  except 
in  2  Sam.  11  :  1,  where  it  is  Q-'2xb^;  g'bhuloth  is  in  Deut.  32 :  8  nbnl,  in 
Isa.  10:  13  nbiz5,  in  Ps.  74:17  n-.lJiaa;  lo  meaning  not  is  xb,  rheaning  to 
him  is  "lb,  though  these  are  occasionally  interchanged  ;  zu  is  written  both 
nt  and  IT;  and  po  ns,  iS  and  XS.  (2.)  The  indisposition  to  multiply  the 
vowel-letters  unduly  in  the  same  word,  e.  g.  'loVi  mbx ,  'lohlm  D"'nbs ; 
ndlhun  y\Pi,n'lhu}wn  t3^3r3  or  D3in5 .  (3.)  The  increased  tendency  to  their 
employment  in  the  later  books  of  the  Bible,  e.  g.  ms  koVih  Dan.  11:6, 
always  elsewhere  ri3  ;  UJI^p  kodhesh  Dan.  11 :  30,  for  \aip  ;  I'^l'i  rfaricZ^  in 
the  books  of  Chronicles,  Ezra,  Nehemiah  and  Zechariah,  elsewhere  com- 
monly mi.  This  must,  however,  be  taken  with  considerable  abatement, 
as  is  shown  by  such  examples  as  add'ir'im  D'^"i"i1X  Ex.  15: 10,  dix  Ezek. 
32:18. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  those  cases  in  which  X  is  used  to  record 
vowels  must  be  carefully  distinguished  from  those  in  which  it  properly 


nt 


VOWELS. 


15 


belongs  to  the  consonantal  structure  of  the  word,  though  from  its  weak- 
ness it  may  imve  lost  its  sound,  as  H.1-0  mcUsa,  •jTi'X-i  rishon.  §  57,  2. 

2.  When  used  to  represent  tlie  Hebrew  vowels,  a  is 
sounded  as  in  father,  a  as  in  fat,  B  as  in  there,  c  as  in  met, 
I  as  in  machine,  i  as  in  jy?^^,  b  as  in  note,  o  as  in  not,  u  as  in 
rule,  and  u  as  in  full.  The  quantity  will  be  marked  when 
the  vowels  are  long,  but  not  when  they  are  short. 

§  12.  There  are  nine  points  or  niasoretic  signs  represent- 
ing vowels  (niy^an  motions,  viz.,  by  which  consonants  are 
moved  or  pronounced) ;  of  these  three  are  long,  three  short, 
and  three  doubtful.  They  are  shown  in  the  following  table, 
the  horizontal  stroke  indicating  their  position  with  reference 
to  the  letters  of  the  text. 


Lo?2(^  Vowels. 
r^fe  Ka'-mets     a 
^^^  Tse'-rc        e 
tMn  Hho'-lem    d 


Short  Voioels. 
^^k  Piit-tahh  a 

^i^D  Se'-ghol  e 

qibn  f  )9]j  Ka'-mets  Hha-tiiph'  6 


Doubtful  Vowels. 
pyn     Hhr-rik         -r-         I  or  t 
p^y^     Shu'-rek        — ) 

r#  Kib'-buts    - 


u  or  it 


All  these  vowel-points  are  written  under  the  letter  after 
which  they  are  pronounced  except  two,  viz.,  Hholem  and 
Shm-ek.  Hholem  is  placed  over  the  left  edge  of  the  letter 
to  which^  it  belongs,  and  is  thus  distinguished  from  the 
accent  R'bhi^  which  is  a  dot  over  its  centre.  When  fol- 
lowed by  t  or  preceded  by  b  it  coincides  with  the  diacritical 
point  over  the  letter,  e.  g.  nirj^a  moshe,  Niiu  smw ;  when  it 
foUows  12?  or  precedes  to  it  is  written  over  its  opposite  arm. 


16  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §12 

e.  g,  "Tibia  shomBr,  irsin  tirpos.  Its  presence  in  these  cases 
must  accordingly  be  determined  by  the  circumstances.  If 
preceded  by  a  letter  without  a  vowel-sign,  t  Avill  be  osh  and 
't  OS  ;  if  it  have  itself  no  vowel-sign,  to  will  be  sO  and  to  s/io, 
except  at  the  end  of  words.  Shurek  is  a  dot  in  the 
bosom  of  the  letter  Vav,  thus  ^.  It  will  be  observed  that 
there  is  a  double  notation  of  the  vowel  Z6.  When  there  is  a 
1  in  the  text  this  vowel,  whether  long  or  short,  is  indicated 
by  a  single  dot  within  it,  and  called  Shurek ;  in  the  absence 
of  1  it  is  indicated  by  three  dots  placed  obliquely  beneath 
the  letter  to  which  it  belongs,  and  called  Kibbuts. 

a.  The  division  of  the  vowels  given  above  differs  from  the  common 
one  into  five  long  and  five  short,  according  to  which  Hhirik  is  counted  as 
twO;  viz.,  Hhirik  magnum  "^.  =  1,  and  Hhirik  parvum  -r  =  i;  and  Shurek 
is  reckoned  a  distinct  vowel  from  Kibbuts,  the  former  being  u  and  the  latter 
ic.  To  this  there  are  two  objections.  (1.)  It  confuses  the  masoretic  signs 
with  the  letters  of  the  text,  as  though  they  were  coeval  with  them  and 
formed  part  of  the  same  primitive  mode  of  writing,  instead  of  being  quite 
distinct  in  origin  and  character.  The  masoretic  vowel-sign  is  not  "^ .  but 
^-.  The  punctuators  never  introduced  the  letter  "^  into  the  text;  they 
found  it  already  written  precisely  where  it  is  at  present,  and  all  that  they 
did  was  to  add  the  point.  And  instead  of  using  two  signs  for  i,  as  they 
had  done  in  the  case  of  a,  e.  and  o,  they  used  but  one.  viz.,  a  dot  beneath 
the  letter,  whether  i  was  long  or  short.  The  confusion  of  things  thus  sep- 
arate in  their  nature  was  pardonable  at  a  time  when  the  points  were  sup- 
posed to  be  an  original  constituent  of  the  sacred  text,  but  not  now  when 
their  more  recent  origin  is  universally  admitted.  (2.)  It  is  inaccurate. 
The  distinction  between  "^ .  and  -7-,  1  and  ^T,  is  not  one  of  quantity,  for  I 
and  u  are  expressed  indifferently  with  or  without  Yodh  and  Vav. 

Gesenius,  in  his  Lehrgebaude.  while  he  retains  the  division  of  the 
vowels  into  five  long  and  five  short,  admits  that  it  is  erroneous  and  calcu- 
lated to  mislead ;  and  it  has  been  discarded  by  Rodiger  in  the  latest  edi- 
tions of  his  smaller  grammar.  Tliat  which  was  proposed  by  Gesenius, 
however,  as  a  substitute,  is  perplexed  and  obscure,  and  lor  this  reason,  if 
there  were  no  others,  is  unfitted  for  the  wants  of  pupils  in  the  early  stage 
of  their  progress.  On  the  other  hand,  the  triple  arrangement  here 
adopted  after  the  example  of  Ewald,  has  the  recommendation  not  only  of 
clearness  and  correctness,  but  of  being,  instead  of  an  innovation,  a  return  to 
old  opinions.  The  scheme  of  five  long  and  five  short  vowels  originated 
with  Moses  and  David  Kimchi,  who  were  led  to  it  by  a  comparison  of  the 
Latin  and  its  derivatives.  From  them  it  was  adopted  by  Reuchlin  in  his 
Rudimenta  Hebraica,  and  thus  became  current  among  Christians.  The 
Jewish  grammarians,  before  the  Kimchis,  however,  reckoned  Kibbuts  and 
Shurek  as  one  vowel,  Hhirik  as  one,  and   even  Kamets  and  Kanf;et8- 


§13  VOWELS.  17 

Hhatuph  as  oae  on  account  of  the  identity  of  the  symbol  employed  to 
represent  them.  They  thus  made  out  seven  vowels,  the  same  number  as 
in  Greek,  where  the  distinction  into  long,  short  and  doubtful  also  pre- 
vails. That  the  literary  impulses  of  the  Orientals  were  chiefly  received 
from  the  Greeks  is  well  known ;  that  the  sugorestion  of  a  vowel-system 
came  to  the  Syrians  from  this  quarter  is  certain,  both  from  direct  testi- 
mony to  this  effect  and  from  the  shapes  of  their  vowels,  which  still  betray 
their  origin.  May  not  the  Hebrews  have  learned  something  from  the 
same  school  ? 

b.  The  names  of  the  vowels,  with  tlie  exception  of  Kamets-Hhatuph, 
contain  the  sounds  of  the  vowels  which  they  are  intended  to  represent' 
Kibbuts  in  the  last,  the  others  in  their  first  syllable.  Their  significatiori 
is  indicative  either  of  the  figure  of  the  vowel  or  the  mode  of  pronouncing 
it.  Kamets  and  Kibbuts,  contraclion,  i.  e.  of  the  mouth ;  Pattahh,  open- 
ings Tsere,  bursting  forlh  ;  Seghol,  clus/er  of  grapes  ;  Bhirik.  gna'shwg  ; 
Hholem,  strength;  Kamets-Hhatuph,  hurried  Kamets;  S^hmek,  whistling. 
It  is  a  curious  circumstance  that  notwithstanding  the  diversity  of  the 
vowel-systems  in  the  Syriac,  Arabic,  and  Hebrew,  the  name  Pattahh  is 
common  to  them  all. 


§13.  This  later  and  more  complete  method  of  noting 
the  vowels  does  not  displace  but  is  superinduced  upon  the 
scanty  one  previously  described.     Hence  it  comes  to  pass 
that  such  vowels  as  were  indicated  by  letters  in  the  first  in- 
stance are   now  doubly  written,  i.e.   both  by  letters  and 
points.    By  this  combination  each  of  the  two  methods  serves 
to  illustrate  and  explain   the  other.     Thus  the  added  signs 
•  determine  whether  the  letters  ^ir.N*  (which  have  been  formed 
into  the  technical  word  ^^nx  M'vl)  are  in  any  given  case  to 
be  regarded  as  vowels  or  as  consonants.     If  these  letters  are 
themselves  followed  by  a  vowel  or  a  Sh'va,  §16,  or  have  a 
Daghcsh  forte,  §23,  they  retain  their  consonant  sound;  for 
two  vowels  never  come  together  in  Hebrew,  and  Sh'va  and 
Daghesh  forte  belong  only  to  consonants  :  thus  ?T^ip  /cuvehl, 
n=ii^  mifsvOf/i  (where  sr  being  provided  with  a  separate  point, 
the  Hholem  must  belong  after  1),  n^ni  v7iu,yd  D^p  hj/yam. 
Otherwise   they  quiesce   in    a   preceding  or  accompanying 
vowel-sign,  provided   it   is   homogeneous  with  themselves"^ 
that  is  to  say,  they  have  the  sound  indicated  by  it,  the  vowel- 
sign  merely  interpreting  what  was  originally  denoted  by  the 


18  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §14 

letter.  E  and  i  are  homogeneous  to  "^ ,  o  and  uio^ ,  and 
these  bemg  the  only  vowels  which  they  were  ever  employed 
to  represent,  they  can  quiesce  in  no  others ;  thus  ''a  bt,  "''a 
mE,  s<^5  yc,  is  bo,  ^.b  lu,  but  '"'^T?  sdrai/,  ""ia  yoy,  ^iSa  galay, 
w  ^(2z;,  1^1?  shulev,  IT  ^«^^ ;  the  corabination  T^^  is  pronounced 
dv,  i\3V  and  i::^  t/;'wy,  T^no  and  irio  sthav.  A,  e,  and  o 
are  homogeneous  to  x  and  r. .  These  letters  deviate  so  far 
from  the  rule  just  given  that  s^  from  its  extreme  weakness 
not  only  quiesces  when  it  is  properly  a  vowel-letter,  but  may 
give  up  its  consonant  sound  and  character  after  any  vowel 
whatever,  e.  g.  i^tJi?::  tUB,  iricsi  nsUon,  n^^ss  purd ;  n  is 
never  used  as  a  vowel-letter  except  at  the  end  of  words,  and 
there  it  always  quiesces  unless  it  receives  a  Mappik,  §26. 

a.  As  a  letter  was  scarcely  ever  used  to  express  o,  the  quiescence  of  T 
in  Kamets-Hliatuph  is  very  rare,  and  where  it  does  occur  the  margin 
always  substitutes  a  reading  without  the  1,  e.  g.  '^'^^is'^  Jer.  27:20, 
D-^irin  Ezek.  27:15,  ^ii""'']"ip^'?  Ps.  30:4,  ^.^"TiSO^  Isa.  44  :  17,  "biDb  Jer. 
33 :  s/nis-binsi  Nah.  1:3.  Tn  rii'JIN  2  Chron.  '8:18,  and  ^ni^a  Deut. 
32:  13,  "1  represents  or  quiesces  in  the  still  briefer  6  of  Hhateph-Kamets, 
§  16.  3. 

h.  In  a  {&\v  proper  names  medial  tn  quiesces  at  the  end  of  the  first 
member  of  the  compound,  e.  g.  -i^ikn-is  Num.  1 :  10,  b^fnb3'  2  Sam.  2: 19, 
also  written  bi<"n'';U5  ]  Chron.  2:  16.  In  such  words  as  t^^'^"i3  Jer.  22:6, 
n-:ETl5  Deut.  21  : 7.  rt  does  not  quiesce  in  Kibbuts,  for  the  points  belong  to 
the  marginal  readings  1311313 ,  13Si:3  §  46. 


§14.  On  the  other  hand  the  vowel-letters  shed  light 
upon  the  stability  of  the  vowels  and  the  quantity  of  the 
doubtful  signs.  1.  As  z  was  scarcely  ever  and  u  seldom 
represented  by  a  vowel-letter,  Hhirik  with  Yodh  (V)  is  almost 
invariably  long  and  Shurek  (i)  commonly  so.  2.  The  occa- 
sional absence  in  individual  cases  of  the  vowel-letters,  does 
not  determine  the  quantity  of  the  signs  for  i  and  u ;  but 
their  uniform  absence  in  any  particular  words  or  forms  makes 
it  almost  certain  that  the  vowel  is  short.  3.  The  occasional 
presence  of  1  and  ^  to  represent  one  of  their  homogeneous 
long  vowels  proves  nothing  as  to  its  character ;  but  if  in  any 


^  15,  16  VOWELS.  19 

word  or  form  these  letters  are  regularly  written,  the  vowel  is, 
as  a  general  rule,  immutable.  When  1  and  ^  stand  for  their 
long  homogeneous  vowels,  these  latter  are  said  to  be  written 
fully,  e.  g.  bip  kbl,  n^p  nlr,  Tm  muth ;  without  these  quies- 
cent letters  they  are  said  to  be  written  defectively,  e.  g. 
•^n^ipn  hVdmbtlu,  ci33  hamus. 

a.  Hhirik  with  Yodh  is  short  in  I'^tn'^rri.;!  vaWmiUlv  1  Sam.  17:35, 
^^^nin;3n2  bikk'rolhekha  Ps.  45:  10,  -nn^s^i  //M'/m^/i  Prov.  30:17.  In 
^?P"'^  1  Chron.  12 :  1,  20,  i  is  probably  long,  although  the  word  is  always 
elsewhere  written  without  the  Yodh;  as  it  sometimes  has  a  secondary 
accent  on  the  first  syllable  and  sometimes  not  (see  1  Sam.  30:  1),  it  may 
have  had  a  twofold  pronunciation  tslk'lag,  and  tsildag.  Siuirek  as  u  is 
of  much  more  frequent  occurrence,  e.  g.  "'fsw  hhukke,  ck^xb  Pummim, 
nam  h/mkka  Ps.  102 :  5,  t:'^i|!i:;^x  2  Chron.  2  ;7,  nr,7  Ezek.  16 :  34. 

§15.  The  vowels  may  be  further  distinguished  into  pure, 
a,  i,  u,  and  diphthongal,  e,  o ;  e  being  a  combination  of  a  and 
i,  or  intermediate  between  them,  and  o  holding  the  same  re- 
lation to  a  and  u. 


Sh'va. 

§16.  1.  The  absence  of  a  vowel  is  indicated  by  _  Sh'va 
{^yq  emptiness,  or  as  written  by  Chayug,  the  oldest  of  Jew- 
ish grammarians,  xni^),  which  serves  to  assure  the  reader  that 
one  has  not  been  inadvertently  omitted.  It  is  accordingly 
placed  under  all  vowelless  consonants  except  at  the  end  of 
words,  where  it  is  regarded  as  unnecessary,  the  absence  of  a 
vowel  being  there  a  matter  of  course.  If,  however,  the  last 
letter  of  a  word  be  1,  or  if  it  be  immediately  preceded  by 
another  vowelless  letter,  or  be  doubled  by  the  point  called 
Daghesh-forte,  §  23,  Sh'va  is  written  to  preclude  the  doubt 
which  is  possible  in  these  cases,  e.  g.  Din^aiB)?,  ^|b)2,  tJTOp, 
n'l'ax,  sr^x,  pnp.  ShVa  is  not  given  to  a  quiescent  letter, 
since  it  represents  not  a  consonant  but  a  vowel,  e.  g.  np^s'^ri , 
nor  as  a  general  rule  to  a  final   consonant  preceded  by  a 


20  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  16 

quiescent ;  thus  ri«cjn ,  nsi^  Ruth  3:4;  n'^^r.)  Isa.  62  : 3, 
though  in  this  case  it  is  sometimes  written,  e.  g.  i}^'^^  2  Sam. 
14  :  3;  ni^n)  2  Sam.  14  :  2;  ri'^'ini  Judg.  13  :  3;  ni<iin 
1  Kin.  11:13.  ii  at  the  end  of  a  word,  preceded  either  by 
a  vowelless  letter  or  a  quiescent,  is  termed  otiant,  and  is  left 
unpointed,  e.  g.  sipn  xvj  xiin  «^n . 

a.  Final  ~\  may  receive  Sh'va  for  the  sake  of  distinction  not  only  from 
7] ,  as  already  suggested,  but  also  from  "i  with  which  it  might  be  in  danger 
of  being  confounded  in  manuscripts;  Freytag  conjectures  that  it  is  prop- 
erly a  part  of  the  letter,  like  the  stroke  in  the  corresponding  final  ti^in 
Arabic.  In  such  forms  as  T^^S^!  Sh'va  is  omitted  with  the  closing  letters 
because  the  ">  is  not  sounded. 

2.  Sh'va  may  be  either  silent  (n3  quiescens),  or  vocal 
(2!'3  mobile).  At  the  close  of  syllables  it  is  silent.  But  at  the 
beginning  of  a  syllable  the  Ilebrev/s  always  facilitated  the 
pronunciation  of  concurrent  consonants  by  the  introduction 
of  a  hiatus  or  slight  breathing  between  them  ;  a  Sh'va  so 
situated  is  consequently  said  to  be  vocal,  and  has  a  sound 
approaching  that  of  a  hastily  uttered  e,  as  in  given.  This 
will  be  represented  by  an  apostrophe,  thus,  "iS"!^^  Vmidhhar, 
Dr)'7i?7'  2jf^'<-((^Meni. 

a.  According  to  Kimchi  (Mikhlol  fol.  ISO)  Sh'va  was  pronounced  in 
three  different  ways,  according  to  circumstances.  (1.)  Before  a  guttural 
it  inclined  to  the  sound  of  the  following  vowel,  e.  g.  lix';'  7/abbedh,  HNb 
s'eth,  ^"'n  d"u,  and  if  accompanied  by  Methegh,  §44,  it  had  the  full  sound 
of  that  vowel,  e.  g.  ^sb  auu,  "^nn  nhhi,  C^is'b  loolam.  (2.)  Before  Yodh 
it  inclined  to  ?',  e.  g.  Sp?.''^  b'lja  kubh,  Dii3  k'yoin,  and  with  Methegh  was 
sounded  as  Hhirik,  e.  g.  T^^  biijadh.  (3.)  Before  any  other  letter  it  in- 
clined to  a,  e.  g.  i^^'^3  b"rakha,  D^B"i^a  g^Ill'im,  and  with  Methegh  was 
pronounced  as  Pattahh  nibnp^s  bamakheloth. 

3.  Sh'va  may,  again,  be  simple  or  compound.  Some- 
times, particularly  when  the  first  consonant  is  a  guttural, 
which  from  its  weakness  is  in  danger  of  not  being  distinctly 
heard,  the  hiatus  becomes  still  more  audible,  and  is  assimi- 
lated in  sound  to  the  short  guttural  vowel  a,  or  the  diph- 
thongal t  or  0,  into  which  it  entei-s.   This  assimilation  is  rep- 


^17  VOWELS.  21 

resented  by  combining  the  sign  for  Sh'va  with  those  for  the 
short  vowels,  thus  forming  what  are  called  the  compound 
Sh'vas  in  distinction  from  the  simple  Sh'va  previously  ex- 
plained. 

These  are, 

Hhatcph-Pattahh      — ;      thus,  "lb?  ""mbdh. 
Hhatcph-Seghol        "^;      thus,  ^bJ!|!  "mbr. 
lihateph-Kamets      tt;      thus,    "'bn  hWU. 

a.  Hhateph  (''^'^,f}  snatching)  denotes  the  rapidity  of  utterance  or  the 
hurried  character  of  the  sounds  represented  hy  tliese  symbols. 

b.  The  compound  Sh'vas,  though  for  the  most  part  restricted  to  llic 
gutturals,  are  occasionally  written  under  other  consonants  in  place  of  sim- 
ple Sh'va,  to  indicate  more  distinctly  that  it  is  vocal:  thus,  Hhateph- 
Pattahh  ::nn  Gen.  2:12,  fib'^^v!  ^^n.  27:38;  Hhateph-Kamets  nnpb 
Gen.  2  :  23,  iisiriDX  Jer.  31  :  33  ;  but  never  Hhateph-Seghol  except 
cy^^:!:  2  Sam.  6:  5  in  some  editions,  e.  g.  that  of  Stephanus.  This  is 
done  with  so  little  uniformity  that  the  same  word  is  diflerently  written  in 
this  respect,  e.  g.  'T'j^'S?  2  Kin.  2  : 1,  ir'^^Da  ver.  11. 


Pattahii   Furtive. 

§17.  A  similar  hiatus  or  slight  transition  sound  was 
used  at  the  end  of  words  in  connection  with  the  gutturals. 
When  y ,  n ,  or  the  consonantal  ^  at  the  end  of  words  is  pre- 
ceded by  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  (i.  e.  another  than  a), 
or  is  followed  by  another  vowelless  consonant,  it  receives  a 
Pattahh  furtive  — ,  which  resembles  in  sound  an  extremely 
short  a,  and  is  pronounced  before  the  letter  under  which  it 
is  written,  e.  g.  n^n  riiVt//,  ?)2Ty  sMmlf ,  'r^^%''^^  ma/jkhVIi, 
vmb  shuma"t,  ^T\^  yi%hd. 

a.  Some  grammarians  deny  that  Pattahh  furtive  can  be  found  under  a 
penultimate  guttural,  contending  that  the  vowel-sign  is  in  such  cases  a 
proper  Pattahh.  and  that  nr^d  should  accordingly  be  read  shamaat,  and 
^ni  yihhad.  But  both  the  Sh'va  under  the  final  letter,  §1G,  and  the 
Daghesh-lene  in  it,  §  21,  show  that  the  guttural  is  not  followed  by  a  vowel. 
The  sign  beneath  it  must  consequently  be  Pattahh  furtive,  and  represent 
an  antecedent  vowel-sound.  In  some  manuscripts  Pattahh  furtive  is  writ- 
ten as  Hhateph-Pattahh,  or  even  as  simple  Sh'va  ;  thus,  ?"^P7  or  ^p*!  for 
S"'pl. 


22  orthography.  ^18 

Syllables. 

§18.  1.  Syllables  are  formed  by  the  combination  of 
consonants  and  vowels.  As  two  vowels  never  come  together 
in  the  same  word  in  Hebrew  without  an  intervening  conso- 
nant, there  can  never  be  more  than  one  vowel  in  the  same 
syllable ;  and  with  the  single  exception  of  ^  occurring  at  the 
beginning  of  words,  no  syllable  ever  consists  of  a  vowel 
alone.  Every  syllable,  with  the  exception  just  stated,  must 
begin  with  a  consonant,  and  may  begin  with  two,  but  never 
with  more  than  two.  Syllables  ending  with  a  vowel,  whether 
represented  by  a  quiescent  letter  or  not,  are  called  simple, 
e.  g.  "^Vl^Cij  ribis?  u-lCi.  (The  first  syllable  of  this  second 
example  begins,  it  will  be  perceived,  with  the  consonant  y , 
though  this  disappears  in  the  notation  given  of  its  sound.) 
Syllables  ending  with  a  consonant,  or,  as  is  possible  at  the 
close  of  a  Avord,  with  two  consonants,  are  said  to  be  mixed : 
thus  Dn^J?  ham-tem,  ^^^T}  lia-lahM.  As  the  vocal  ShVas, 
whether  simple  or  compound,  are  not  vowels  properly  speak- 
ing, but  simply  involuntary  transition  sounds,  they,  with  the 
consonants  under  which  they  stand,  cannot  form  distinct 
syllables,  but  are  attached  to  that  of  the  following  vowel, 
Pattahh  furtive  in  like  manner  belongs  to  the  syllable  formed 
by  the  preceding  vowel.  Thus  ?i"iT  zrb'^,  ""IS!  '^nl  are  mono- 
syllables. 

2.  Long  vowels  always  stand  in  simple  syllables,  and 
short  vowels  in  mixed  syllables,  unless  they,  be  accented. 
But  accented  syllables,  whether  simple  or- mixed,  may  con- 
tain indifferently  a  long  or  a  short  vowel. 

a.    The  following  may  serve  as  a  specimen  of  the  division  of  Hebrew 
w^ords  into  their  proper  syllables  ;  thus, 

u-dha'm      ''lo-hi'm   b'ro'       b'yo'm     a-dha'm   to-1'dho'th     se'-pher      ze' 
Gen.  5 :  1.    irx      nps      C!'^ih"'bj<       rwvs, 

O-tho'     cVsa'     'lo-hl'm     bidh-mu'th 


§19  SYLLABLES.  23 

h.  The  reason  of  tne  ruie  for  the  quantity  of  syllables  appears  to  be 
this.  In  consequence  of  their  brevity,  the  short  vowels  required  the  ad- 
dition of  a  following  consonant  to  make  the  utterance  full  and  complete, 
unless  the  want  of  this  was  compensated  by  the  greater  energy  of  pronun- 
ciation due  to  the  accent.  The  long  vowels  were  sufficiently  complete 
without'any  such  addition,  though  they  were  capable  of  receiving  it  under 
the  new  energy  imparted  by  the  accent.  This  pervading  regularity, 
which  is  so  striking  a  feature  of  the  Hebrew  language,  was  the  foundation 
of  the  systema  morarum  advocated  by  some  of  the  older  grammarians  of 
Holland  and  Germany.  The  idea  of  this  was,  that  each  syllable  was 
equal  to  three  morae,  that  is,  three  rests,  or  a  bar  of  three  beats ;  a  long 
vowel  being  equivalent  to  two  morae,  or  two  beats,  a  short  vowel  to  one, 
and  the  initial  or  final  consonant  or  consonants  also  to  one  :  thus  Pi^^rj 
k  (1)  +  a  (2)  =  3.  t  (1)  +  a  (1)  -f  U  (1)  =  3.  An  accented  syllable 
might  have  one  mora  or  beat  either  more  or  less  than  the  normal  quan- 
tity. This  system  was  not  only  proposed  by  way  of  grammatical  explana- 
tion, but  also  made  the  basis  ol'a  peculiar  theory  ot  Hebrew  prosody.  See 
Gesenius,  Geschichte  d.  Heb.  Sprache,  p.  123. 

c.  The  cases  in  which  short  vowels  occur  in  unaccented  simple  sylla- 
bles, are  all  due  to  the  disturbing  influence  exerted  by  the  weak  letters 
upon  the  normal  forms  of  words ;  thus,  n^rn  hd-clh  is  for  r^rn,  and  NJinn 
ha-hu  for  hdh-hu  :  such  words  as  X'^'n ,  X"iE,  N^e,  n:.n,  ti^j?  are  formed 
after  the  analogy  of  ~^^.  A  long  vowel  in  an  unaccented  mixed  syllable 
is  found  in  but  one  word,  and  that  of  foreign  origin,  "^Xil'i^^a  bel-f shuts- 
tsar ;  though  here,  as  in  the  majority  of  instances  falling  under  the  previ- 
ous remark,  the  syllable  receives,  if  not  the  primary,  yet  the  secondary 
accent,  e.  g.  '^niT'^n,  Qinnti ,  iia?.n.  The  same  is  the  case  when  a  long 
vowel  is  retained  before  Makkeph,  e.  g.  •'5~rd.  In  the  Arabic,  Avhich  is 
exceedingly  rich  in  vowels,  there  are  comparatively  few  mixed  syllables; 
nearly  every  consonant  has  its  own  vowel,  and  this  more  ii'equently  short 
than  long.  The  Chaldee,  which  is  more  sparing  in  its  use  of  vowels  than 
the  Hebreiv,  observes  in  general  the  same  rule  with  respect  to  the  quan- 
tity of  syllables,  though  not  with  the  same  inflexible  consistency. 


Ambiguous  Signs. 

§19.  It  will  now  be  possible,  by  aid  of  the  principles 
already  recited,  to  determine  the  quantity  of  the  doubtful 
vowels,  and  to  remove  the  ambiguity  which  appears  to  exist 
in  certain  vowel-signs. 

1.  Hhirik,  Shurek,  and  Kibbuts,  in  unaccented  simple 
syllables,  must  be  long,  and  in  unaccented  mixed  syllables, 
short,  e.  g.  '!^T'!  or  tJni  p-rash,  ^b"'  yihh-nu,  i'i^n^  or  i53f 
ghhii-lb,    ^i^_  or  "I^T"  yid-ladli,   3^3   or  "UfO  hd-lCim,  ^ry^ 


24  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §19 

or  ''•T^*''?  mauzzi.  In  accented  syllables,  whether  simple  or 
mixed,  they  are  always  long,  e.  g.  nn-iUJ  or  D^niilJ  si-him,  "^^  ll, 
via  or  b^ia  ghkul,  ^riirn^:  or  inw^'i  cVrCi-sltu-liU,  the  only  ex- 
ception being  that  Hhmk  is  short  in  the  monosyllabic  parti- 
cles Di? ,  i^"^ ,  S3> ,  ]'□ ,  and  in  some  abbreviated  verbal  forms 
of  the  class  called  Lamedh-He,  e.  g.  T^:^,  aiu'^n,  nn';*. 

The  only  cases  of  remaining  doubt  are  those  in  which 
these  vowels  are  followed  by  a  letter  with  Sh'va,  either  sim- 
ple or  compound.  If  the  former,  it  might  be  a  question 
whether  it  was  silent  or  vocal,  and  consequently  whether  the 
syllable  was  simple  or  mixed.  If  the  latter,  though  the  syl- 
lable is  of  course  simple,  the  weak  letter  which  follows  may 
interfere  with  the  operation  of  the  law.  Here  the  etymology 
must  decide.  The  vowel  is  long  or  short  as  the  grammatical 
form  may  require ;  thus  in  n'jri;!,  ^^"J?  ,  'i^"'^^'?r  Gen.  22  :  8, 
which  follow  the  analogy  of  Viijp'^ ,  and  in  ''ino  I^^-  1^  :  34, 
ii^^  the  first  vowel  is  short ;  in  D?ri?^ »  ^^^-  ^^^^  first  vowel 
is  long.  In  a  few  instances  the  grammatical  form  in  which 
Hhirik  is  employed  is  itself  doubtful ;  the  distinction  is  then 
made  by  means  of  Methegh,  §44,  which  is  added  to  the  vowel- 
sign  if  it  is  long,  but  not  if  it  is  short ;  thus,  ^fi«'i,'?  yi-rii,  from 
^'b^  ^0  facir,  and  ^bi^'?  yi-sltnu  from  ]tp^  to  sleep ;  but  ^S'^'? 
yir-ii  from  Tk")  to  see,  and  ^biB';'  yisli-nu  from  r.biu  to  do  a 
second  time. 

2.  Kamets  d  and  Kamets-Hhatuph  o  are  both  repre- 
sented by  the  same  sign  (  t  ),  but  may  be  distinguished  by 
rules  similar  to  those  just  given.  In  an  unaccented  simple 
syllable  it  is  Kamets ;  in  an  unaccented  mixed  syllable  it  is 
Kamets-Hhatuph ;  in  an  accented  syllable,  whether  simple 
or  mixed  it  is  Kamets,  e.  g.  "li"^  dd-bhdr,  ^icsn  hhojjJt-sJti, 
T\yq  md-veth,  fiTsS  ldm-7nd,  d'^Pa  hot-tim.  Before  a  letter  with 
simple  Sh'va,  the  distinction  is  mostly  made  by  Methegh, 
§44 ;  without  Methegh  it  is  always  Kamets-Hhatuph,  with 
it  commonly  Kamets,  e.  g.  5T^^n  hhokJi-md,  n^DH  Jihd-M'md. 
Before  a  guttural  with  Hhateph-Kamets  or  Kamets-Hhatuph 


§19  AMBIGUOUS    SIGNS,  25 

it  is  frequently  6,  though  standing  in  a  simple  syllable  and 
accompanied  by  Methegh,  e.  g.  '•'inin  ho-h¥n,  oi^l^n  to- 
obhdhcm.  The  surest  criterion,  however,  and  in  many  cases 
the  only  decisive  one,  is  found  in  the  etymology.  If  the 
vowel  be  derived  from  Hholem,  or  the  grammatical  form  re- 
quires an  0  or  a  short  vowel,  it  is  Kamets-Hhatuph ;  but  if 
it  be  derived  from  Pattahh,  or  the  form  requires  an  a  or  a 
long  vowel,  it  is  Kamets :  thus  f^i'?^|i  with  the  prefixed  con- 
junction vo°niyybtU,  "^tP^v?  with  the  article  h[h°niyya  ;  ^h'^.^„  in 
the  Hophal  yo%mdh,  ^n>s:n^  Isa.  44  :  13  in  the  Piel  yfha"- 
rP/if(.  The  first  vowel  is  u  in  D!^'bn^  fro^^i  "'"^j  ^^'"^1?^  fro^^ 
t-jp,  nvirrij  from  TiJ-)iiJ,  ''';^~)?ir^  Isa.  38  :  14,  '^^-nn]^  Num.  22  : 
11,  ■'IJ-n'ix  Num.  23  :  7  and  the  like,  and  the  first  two  vow- 
els in  such  words  as  D^^^'S  from  b:^s,  D^DiJ'o  Isa.  30  -.  12  from 
CS573,  nb:iy^  Deut.  20  :  2,  ^ro;^  Hos.  13  :  14,  ^t:];:  2  Chron. 
10:10,  t:y"b3)^  2  Kin.  15:10,  because  they  are  shortened 
from  Hholem.  On  the  other  hand  the  first  vowel  is  a  in 
^■Hriil)  Job  1G:19  from  ihi^,  Q-'irnn  from  TiJnn,  \nm  from 
n^DS ,  and  in  ^^k'^ ,  P^^^I?  and  the  like,  because  it  is  originally 
and  properly  Kamets.  The  word  •"''^^^  is  in  Ps.  86  :  2  the 
imperative  sltomra,  in  Job  10:12  the  preterite  shCmrCi. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  found  in  a  syllable 
bearing  a  conjunctive  accent,  viz.:  "^E")"!  Ps.  38:21,  bs  Ps.  35:10,  also 
Prov.  19:  7  (in  some  copies),  and  in  the  judgment  of  Ewald  'iJO  Judg. 
19  :  5,  comp.  ver.  8  and  DS  Ezck.  41  :  25  ;  in  Dan.  11  :  12  Dln"i  the  points 
belong  to  the  marginal  reading  DTi,  and  the  vowel  is  consequently  Ka- 
mets. There  are  also  a  few  cases  in  which  Kamets  remains  in  a  mixed 
syllable,  deprived  of  its  accent  by  Makkeph,  §43,  without  receiving 
Methegh,  viz.  :  -P3^  Ps.  16  :  5,  "D-np  Ps.  55:  19,  22,  "^5  Ps.  74:5;  and  a 
final  unaccented  Kamets  is  not  affected  by  the  insertion  of  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive,  §  24,  in  the  initial  letter  of  the  following  word,  e.  g.  c\l"  Pina^ 
Gen.  31  :  13.  When  an  accent  takes  the  place  of  Methegh.  it  serves 
equally  to  distinguish*?  from  o,  e.  g.  ^125:1  Ex.  21:22  v'ndglrphu.  ''""sr^t 
Ex.  21  :  35  umakJi'ru.  §45.  5. 

h.  Inasmuch  as  J^"^"^  is  derived  from  "iniD  uinhhar,  its  first  vowel 
might  be  suspected  to  be  a;  but  as  it  is  so  constantly  written  with 
Hhateph-Kamets,  the  preceding  vowel  is  probably  conformed  1o  it.  It  is 
consequently  regarded  and  pronounced  as  6.  Kimchi  (Mikhlol,  fol.  188) 
declares  that  the  first  vowel  in  •^h'-i'^  1  Sam.  13:  21,  ni:h-i^  Eccles.  12:  11 


26  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  20 

and  vb^^  Num.  24  :  7  was  universally  held  to  be  Kamets,  and  that  with  the 
exception  of  Rabbi  Jonah  ben  Gannach,  who  was  of  a  contrary  mind,  the 
same  unanimity  prevailed  in  regard  to  the  first  vowel  of  '{^'i'^  Ezek.  40: 
43.  As,  however,  this  last  word  is  in  every  other  place  written  without 
the  Methegh,  and  there  is  no  analogy  for  such  words  as  those  mentioned 
above  having  a  in  their  initial  syllable,  the  best  authorities  are  now  agreed 
that  the  vowel  is  6.  and  the  words  are  accordingly  read  dorbhan,  etc.  In 
T^'£^:i^  jasper,  and  rj^in  emerald,  Ezek.  28:13.  which  are  mentioned  by 
Kimchi  in  the  same  connection,  the  first  vowel  is  Kamets. 

c.  In  some  manuscripts  and  a  few  of  the  older  printed  books,  e.  g.  Ste- 
phanus'  Hebrew  Bible  and  Reuchlin's  Rudimenta  Hebraica,  Kamets- 
Hhatuph  is  denoted  by  (  t:  ).  It  then  differs  from  Kamets,  but  is  liable  to 
be  confounded  with  Hhateph-Kamets.  It  can,  however,  be  distinguished 
from  it  by  the  circumstance  that  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  always  followed 
either  by  simple  Sh'va,  Daghesh-forte,  or  Methegh  ;  none  of  which  ever 
immediately  succeed  Hhateph-Kamets.  Such  a  Ibrm  as  i^2p  Ezek.  26:  9 
in  the  editions  of  Michaelis  and  Van  der  Hooght  is  an  impossible  one  if(T:  ) 
have  its  ordinary  meaning. 

d.  It  is  surprising  that  in  so  minute  and  careful  a  system  of  orthogra- 
phy as  that  of  the  Masorites,  there  should  be  no  symbol  for  6  distinct  from 
that  for  a;  and  some  have  felt  constrained  in  consequence  to  suppose  that 
the  signs  for  these  two  vowels  were  originally  different,  but  became 
assimilated  in  the  course  of  transcription.  This  seems  unlikely,  however. 
The  probability  is  that  a  and  6.  whose  resemblance  even  we  can  perceive, 
were  so  closely  allied  in  the  genuine  Hebrew  pronunciation,  that  one  sign 
was  thought  sufficient  to  represent  them,  especially  as  the  Masorites  were 
intent  simply  on  indicating  sounds  without  concerning  themselves  with 
grammatical  relations. 


§  20.  1.  As  simple  Sh'va  is  vocal  at  the  beginning  of  a 
syllable  and  silent  at  its  close,  there  can  be  no  doubt  as  to  its 
character  when  it  stands  under  initial  or  final  letters.  Pre- 
ceding the  first  vowel  of  a  word  it  must  of  course  be  vocal, 
and  following  the  last  vowel  it  must  be  silent,  DP.'idt  zliliartCim, 
n"ibT  zukhart.  In  the  middle  of  a  word,  the  -question  whether 
it  belongs  to  the  syllable  of  the  precedirrg  or  the  following 
vowel  must  be  determined  by  the  circumstances.  If  a  com- 
plete syllable  precedes,  that  is,  either  an  unaccented  long 
vowel  or  a  vowelless  consonant  serving  as  the  complement 
of  a  previous  short  vowel,  it  is  vocal.  If  it  be  preceded  by 
a  short  vowel  which  caimot  make  a  complete  syllable  with- 
out the  aid  of  a  following  consonant,  or  by  a  long  accented 


§  21  DAGHESH-LENE.  27 

vowel,  it  is  silent :  ^^^)  zb-lilir^,  ^"^STn  tiz-k'ra,  ^"^^T  zikh-ru, 
riDbiifpn  tiktoUia.  Sli'va  under  a  letter  doubled  by  Daghesh- 
forte,  ^  23,  is  vocal,  such  a  letter  being  equivalent  to  two, 
the  first  of  which  completes  the  previous  syllable,  and  the 
second  begins  the  syllable  which  follows :  Q'^'^S'^  =  D'^'^^n'^ 
haz-z  kJidrlm. 

2.  In  addition  to  this  it  is  to  be  remarked  that  Sh'va  is 
vocal  after  what  may  be  called  intermediate  syllables ;  that 
is  to  say,  when  the  consonant  under  which  it  stands  per- 
forms, as  it  occasionally  does,  the  double  office  of  completing 
one  syllable  and  beginning  the  next.  Thus,  when  it  follows 
a  consonant  from  which  Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted, 
^iapn;';)  vayhhalcshii  for  vay-yhltak-k'shu,  or  the  first  of  two 
similar  letters,  in  order  that  the  reduplication  may  be  made 
more  distinct,  iSbn  haVlu,  n^bp  kiVlatli,  ibb^i  tsiVh,  ^bbs 
aVlay,  "'j^pn  hkiUkt,  and  in  several  other  cases,  which  will  be 
more  particularly  described  in  §  22. 

a.  The  same  double  office  is  performed  by  gutturals  beginning  one 
syllable  and  yet  inclining  to  complete  the  one  before  it.  §  18.  2.  c.  In 
n^n,  ibr  example.  5  belongs  in  a  measure  to  both  syllables.  It  properly 
begins  the  second,  and  yet  it  is  preceded  by  a  short  vowel  just  as  if  il 
ended  the  first,  which  is  accordingly  to  be  reckoned  an  intermediate  sylla- 
ble, being  in  strictness  neither  simple  nor  mixed,  but  partaking  of  tho 
nature  of  both. 


Daghesh-Lene. 

§  21.  The  second  class  of  signs  added  to  the  Hebrew 
text  are  those  which  are  designed  to  guide  in  the  pronuncia- 
tion of  the  consonants.  These  are  the  diacritical  point  over 
Shin,  Daghesh-lene,  Daghesh-forte,  Mappik,  and  Raphe. 
The  use  of  the  first  of  these  has  already  been  sufficiently 
explained,  §  3.  1. 

1.  Daghesh-lene  (bp  t^rn)  is  a  point  inserted  in  the  six 
letters  n  s  D  "i  ^  n  (technically  called  B'yhidh  K'^phath), 
to  indicate  the  loss  of  their  aspiration,   e.  g.  3  bh,  3  b,  etc. 


28  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  21 

As  these  letters  are  always  aspirated  after  a  vowel-soimtl, 
however  shght,  and  never  as  an  initial  ntteranee  or  when  fol- 
lowing a  consonant,  they  invariably  require  Daghesli-lene 
whenever  they  are  not  immediately  preceded  by  a  vowel  or 
a  vocal  Sh'va.  It  is  consequently  inserted  in  the  initial 
aspirate  of  a  word  which  begins  a  verse,  n'^T2Ji<"ia  Gen.  1:1, 
or  which  follows  a  word  bearing  a  disjunctive  accent  (inas- 
much as  this  represents  a  pause  of  longer  or  shorter  dura- 
tion), \V5  in-in^  Ex.  1 : 1,  "js  i  nr^y  Gen.  3  :  22,  or  ending  in  a 
consonant,  "?3-^i?,  ^^T-  H"^!?^^  Gen.  24  :  42  ;  but  not  if  it  fol- 
lows a  word  ending  in  a  vowel  and  having  a  conjunctive 
accent,  Qinri  "i^s,  ^nn  nn-^n  Gen.  1:2.  The  sacred  name 
nin^  is  followed  by  Daghesli-lene,  even  though  it  may  have  a 
conjunctive  accent.  Num.  10  :  29,  Deut.  3  :  26,  Josh.  10  :  30, 
11  :  8,  Ps.  18  :  21,  because  in  reading  the  Jews  always  sub- 
stitute for  it  the  word  "'i'l^i-,  which  ends  in  a  consonant.  In 
a  very  few  cases,  however,  e.  g.  Din  ''3'ii*  Ps.  68  :  18,  ^nn-l]? 
Isa.  34:11,  nn  ibio  Ezek.  23:42,  Daghesh-lene  is  not  in- 
serted after  a  vowel-letter,  which  retains  its  consonant  sound. 
2.  Daghesh-lene  is  inserted  in  a  medial  or  final  aspirate 
preceded  by  a  vowelless  consonant,  whether  this  be  accom- 
panied by  silent  Sh'va  or  Pattahh  furtive,  c.  g.  n'inDD,  n?iaT»; 
but  not  if  it  be  preceded  by  a  vowel  or  vocal  Sh'va,  whether 
simple  or  compound,  e,  g.  fT^4^^,  ^'^7-?'5?  • 


a.  Tlic  primary  signification  of  the  name  Daghesh  is  commonly  ex- 
plained from  the  Syriac  v-jJ^.  ?  (l^W),  to  which  Castcllusin  his  lexicon 
gives  the  sense  of  piercing:  This  is  by  some  applied  to  tlic  puncture  or 
point  which  is  its  written  sign,  by  others  to  its  power  of  sharpening  the 
sound  of  letters  by  removing  their  aspiration  or  doubling  them.  Buxtorf, 
however,  in  his  Chaldee  Lexicon,  disputes  the  existence  of  such  a  root  in 
either  Syriac  or  Chaldee,  alleging  that  in  Prov.  12:  18,  the  passage  quoted 
to  prove  the  Avord,  the  true  reading  is  ].M.y}  (XDJi).  The  six  letters  which 
receive  Daghesh-lene  in  Hebrew  have  the  same  twofold  pronunciation  ni 
Sj^riac,  a  red  dot  called  Riikhokh  {^sob  softness),  being  written  beneath 
them  when  they  were  to  be  aspirated,  and  another  called  Kushoi  (^  -"^-'i," 
hardness),  being  written  above  them  when  they  were  not. 


§  23  DAGHESH-LENE.  29 

b.  Grammarians  are  not  agreed  whether  tlie  aspirated  or  unaspirated 
Kound  of  these  consonants  was  tlie  original  one.  There  being  no  data  for 
the  settlement  of  the  question,  each  decides  it  by  his  own  theory  of  pho- 
netic changes.  Tiie  correctness  of  the  Masoretic  punctuation  has  some- 
times been  questioned  in  regard  to  this  matter,  on  the  ground  of  the  im- 
probability of  such  fluctuation  in  the  sound  of  these  letters  in  the  same 
word.  But  besides  the  Syriac  analogy  just  referred  to,  the  Sanskrit  lan- 
guage shows  the  almost  unlimited  extent  to  which  euphonic  changes  may 
be  carried  by  a  people  possessing  a  sensitive  and  discriminating  ear.  The 
Sanskrit  aspirates,  besides  being  subjected  to  other  mutations  which  can- 
not here  be  detailed,  regularly  lose  their  aspiration  when  finals,  and  under 
certain  conditions  when  medials,  throwing  it  back,  where  this  is  possible, 
upon  a  previous  letter.  Bopp  Kritische  Grammatik,  pp.  30.  42.  Similar 
laws  prevail  to  some  extent  in  Greek,  c.  g.  6f)L^,  Tpt;(o?;  rplcpo),  6[ji\po);  6v(ji, 
(.Tvdrjv ;  ovK  1-^m,  ovx  e^w  ;  /xc^*'  v/xiv. 


§  22.  The  absence  of  Daghesh-lene  in  an  aspirate  some- 
times shows  a  preceding  simple  Sh'va  to  be  vocal  when  this 
would  not  otherwise  have  been  kno^vn.  In  most  of  the  cases 
referred  to,  a  letter  originally  belonging  to  the  succeeding 
syllable  is  by  the  prefixing  of  a  short  vowel  drawn  back  to 
complete  the  syllable  before  it ;  instead,  however,  of  giving 
up  its  previous  connection  altogether,  it  forms  an  interme- 
diate syllabic,  §  20.  2,  the  Sh'va  remaining  vocal  though  the 
antecedent  vowel  is  short ;  thus,  ^nb  Vhliabh  with  the  prefix 
3  becomes  nnba  UVhhahU,  not  lab^  Ul-hahh. 

a.  The  particular  instances  in  which  this  may  occur  arc  the  following, 
viz. :  (1)  The  Kal  imperative  of  verbs  and  the  Kal  infinitive  with  suflixes, 
e.  g.  'ns?,  n23,  cn::J,  ^-"ins  from  *12?. ;  yet  with  occasional  exceptions,  as 
CSEDxa  Lev.' 23  :  39.'  (2)  Those  forms  of  Pe  Guttural  verbs  in  which  the 
first  radical  assumes  a  short  vowel  in  place  of  the  silent  Sh'va  in  the  reg- 
ular inflexion,  e.  g.  ^"inr^,  on^^n  for  ^"is^";,  Ciarpi.  (3)  The  construct 
plural  of  nouns  iT^S  from  c^nzs,  risrs  li-om  r.isr3,  r.'.dnn  from  n'ii~ri. 
though  with  occasional  exceptions,  as  ■'E':3"i  Cant.  8  :  G.  bui  "2UJ-!  Ps.  76  : 4. 
•1^7:^  Isa.  5  :  10,  r-,snn  Ps;  69  :  10,  ^is*;3  Gen.  50:  23,  but  cn-'Sna  Judg.  7:6; 
■'"53;  "iija  from  n;2  are  peculiar  in  omitting  Daghesh  in  the  singular  with 
sufiixes.  (4)  Three  feminine  nouns  ending  in  ri,  Msb^  from  Ti'^c,  r^nb^ 
from  l^.'l,  r,"5  (only  occurring  with  suffixes)  from  'izs,  but  not  r'':i"i'0 
Also  a  few  other  nouns  of  diff^erent  forms,  viz. :  O^ri^"!^ .  but  "^rs"}^ ,  J^^S'^V' : 
■'nns,  a^rn';3,  cirii-iTS,  ■,'n35<,  bxrp';  Josh.  15:38^ 'cynp^  JoVh.  IsVoG. 
(5)  After  prefixes,  as  He  interrogative,  e.g.  cri^T'^n  Gen.  29:5  from 
^ri^'l?.  and  inseparable  prepositions,  e.  g.  "i"'^"}'  from  ~"'~'n  .  rii"i3  from  r;"n, 
"iS'is  from  ~3':i.    Usage  is  not  unilbrm  in  the  case  of  Kal  infinitives  follow- 


30  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §23 

ing  inseparable  prepositions,  e.  g.  S'^ri^t')  -'^'^?3;  Vs33,  ^333,  bbsb;  i<32!p 
Isa.  31  :4,  snrib  Num.  4:  23,  8:  24;  nHsb,  ^3]3.  (6)  Tlie'suffixes  of  the 
second  person  Tj,  C3 ,  '|3  never  receive  Daghesh-lene,  T]53,  Di~iiD3. 

Tliese  rules  are  sometimes  of  importance  in  etymology;  thus.  Ti'^3'i3T^ 
Ezek.  27:12  must  have  as  its  ground  form  'i'i3-t3J,  not  "iisi^ ;  and  C3~i5< 
Hos.  7  ;6,  cifiH  Ps.  90: 10  cannot  be  infinitives  with  suffixes,  but  must  be 
from  the  seghoiates  3"iX,  3n'"i. 

6.  The  omission  of  Daghesh-lene  in  the  final  letter  of  ribin  Prov.  30 :  6, 
abbreviated  from  rj^oin  or  r|Din,  is  exceptional.  The  Daghesh  occasion- 
ally occurring  in  initial  aspirates  after  words  ending  in  a  vowel  and  having 
a  conjunctive  accent,  is  best  explained  not  as  an  exception  to  the  ordinary 
rules,  but  as  Daghesh  forte  conjunctive,  §24,  e.  g.  "(^33  '^^'^';l  Gen.  11 :31 
and  elsewhere,  V^a  nrinx  Gen.  46:  28,  ni<J  nss  Ex.  15: 1.'21,  sbxs  ^]  Ex. 
15:13,  nCE  n-'tisi  Deut  16:1  (comp.  ^:h  n^b.y  Gen.  20:9),  D3  •"in-'S'.N^ 
Deut.  31:  28 '(comp.  -^h  nn'^SXT  Isa.  S:2),'ni5=3  -^n":!  Josh.  8:24,  10^20, 
fia  r|-^S  Gen.  35 :  29,  i3  n3t-3 '  Isa.  40  : 7.  See  'also'  Gen.  39 :  12,  Ex.  14 : 
4.  17,  Isa'.  10:9,  Job  9:2.  Ex.*'l5:  11.  16,  Ps.  35: 10,  Isa.  54:  12,  Jer.  20:  9, 
Dan.  3:3.  5: 11.  The  old  strife  as  to  the  Daghesh  in  the  word  C^rlti  two 
is  not  yet  settled.  Kimchi  explained  it  as  Daghesh-lene  upon  the  suppo- 
sition that  the  word  was  abridged  from  C^ri'lix  ;  Schultens  as  Daghesh- 
forte  arising  from  an  assimilated  3,  contending  that  it  was  for  C'^tntti  from 
C^ns^ ;  Nordheimer  as  an  anomalous  Daghesh-lene,  introduced  as  a 
euphonic  expedient  to  prevent  the  combination  of  an  aspirated  n  with  a 
eibilant,  such  as  is  obviated  in  the  Hithpael  of  verbs  by  a  transposition 
that  would  here  be  inadmissible.  The  puzzle  is  still  further  perplexed  by 
the  circumstance  that  it  once  appears  with  the  preposition  "j^  without  the 
Daghesh,  ■'rtt,"?3  Judg.  16  :  28,  and  again  with  the  same  preposition  with  it, 
n'^nd'a  Jon.  4:11,  the  Methegh  showing  the  Sh'va  to  be  vocal,  as  might 
also  be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted. 


Daghesh-Eorte. 

§  23.  1.  When  the  same  consonant  was  repeated  with  a 
vowel  or  even  the  shghtest  hiatus  intervening,  so  that  suc- 
cessive movements  of  the  organs  of  speech  were  required  in 
the  pronunciation,  the  Hebrews  invariably  wrote  the  letter 
tAvice.  When,  however,  there  was  no  interval  between  the 
reduplicated  consonants,  and  the  only  audible  result  was  a 
more  protracted  or  vehement  utterance  of  the  same  sound 
effected  by  a  single  effort  of  the  organs,  the  letter  was  written 
but  once.  This  fact  the  Masoretic  punctuators  have  indi- 
cated by  placing  a  point  called  Daghesh-forte  (pTH  ffiS'i)  in 
the  bosom  of  a  letter  so  affected,  to  show  that  it  is  to  be 


^  24  DAGHESH-FORTE.  31 

doubled  in  the  pronunciation ;  thus,  bia'^'i  vayyimmul.  Da- 
ghesh-forte  may  be  found  in  any  letter  with  the  exception 
of  the  gutturals  i?  n  n  y ,  which  on  account  of  their  weak- 
ness do  not  admit  of  reduplication.  The  letter  i,  par- 
taking of  this  with  other  peculiarities  of  the  gutturals,  re- 
ceives it  only  in  a  very  few  exceptional  cases,  e.  g.  ''icii'mr , 

2.  The  aspirates,  when  doubled,  always  at  the  same  time 
lose  their  aspiration  ;  thus,  ij^s;'  yippaktdh.  Daghesh-forte 
in  these  letters  is  readily  distinguishable  from  Daghesh-lene 
by  the  consideration  that  a  consonant  cannot  be  pronounced 
double  except  after  a  vowel.  A  point  in  one  of  the  aspirates 
is,  therefore,  Daghesh-forte  if  a  vowxl  precedes,  otherwise  it 
is  Daghesh-lene. 

3.  Daghesh-forte  in  1  may  be  distinguished  from  Shurek 
in  the  same  way.  Inasmuch  as  two  vowels  cannot  come  to- 
gether in  the  same  word,  if  a  vowel  precedes  it  is  Daghesh- 
forte,  if  not  it  is  Shurek. 

a.  Some  Grammarians  speak  of  Daghesh-forte  implicilum  in  the  oriit- 
turals,  by  which  they  mean  that  these  letters  appear  in  certain  cases  to 
complete  a  foregoing  syllable  as  well  as  to  begin  that  in  which  they  prop- 
erly stand,  in  spite  of  the  omission  of  Daghesh,  which  analogy  would  re- 
quire them  to  receive.  As  these  are  included  under  what  have  already, 
§  20.  2.  a,  been  explained  as  intermediate  syllables^  it  is  not  thought  neces- 
sary to  employ  an  additional  term. 

6.  The  Arabs  have  a  sign  of  reduplication,  Teshdid  (  "  ),  which  is 
written  above  the  doubled  letter.  The  Syrians  have  no  written  sign  for 
this  purpose,  and  it  is  disputed  whether  their  letters  were  ever  doubled  in 
pronunciation.  According  to  Asseman  Biblioth.  Orient.  III.  2.  p.  379,  the 
Western  differed  from  the  Eastern  Syrians  in  this  respect,  "  Occidentales 
nuUibi  literas  geminant." 


§  24.  Different  epithets  have  been  applied  to  Daghesh- 
forte  to  describe  its  various  uses  or  the  occasions  of  its  em- 
ployment. 1.  When  separate  letters,  whether  originally 
alike,  or  made  so  by  assimilation,  are  by  the  inflection  or 
formation  of  words  brought  into  juxtaposition,  the  Daghesh- 


32  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  24 

forte  wliicli  represents  such  a  doubling  is  called  compensa- 
tive ;  e.  g.  ''l?'^3,  formed  by  appending  the  syllable  ''1?  to  the 
root  r'^3 ;  ^T\r\Z  composed  of  the  same  syllable  and  the  root 
)^T  >  whose  last  letter  is  changed  to  n  to  conform  with  that 
which  follows  ;  *^aD  from  nio.  2.  When  the  reduplication  is 
indicative  of  a  particular  grammatical  form  the  Daghesh- 
forte  is  called  characteristic,  e.  g.  in  the  Piel,  Pual,  and 
Hithpaehof  verbs  ;  as,  tjin,  ^fr?^"!,  and  certain  forms  of  nouns, 
as,  ^isa  .  3.  When  it  has  arisen  from  the  necessity  of  con- 
verting a  previous  simple  syllable  into  a  mixed  one  in  order 
to  preserve  the  quantity  of  a  short  vowel  which  it  contains, 
it  is  Daghesh-forte  conservative;  e.  g.  15;^  for  so;'.  4.  When 
the  initial  letter  of  a  word  is  doubled  under  the  influence  of 
the  final  vowel  of  the  word  preceding,  it  is  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive;  e.  g.  ^^~'^,  ^^""^n;;',  ^,s2i  ^mp.  5.  When  the 
last  letter  of  an  intermediate  syllable  is  doubled  in  order  to 
make  the  following  hiatus  or  vocal  Sh'va  more  distinct,  it  is 
Daghesh-forte  dirimens  or  separative,  because  the  letter  which 
receives  it  is  thus  separated  in  part  from  the  syllable  to  which 
it  belongs ;  e.  g.  "'isy  innhhv,  for  "^b.TJ  iubJiE.  6.  When  the 
first  letter  of  a  final  syllable  is  doubled  under  the  influence 
of  a  previous  vowel  bearing  the  accent  (mostly  a  pause  ac- 
cent, §  30.  2.  ^.) 5  f<^i'  the  sake  of  increased  fuflness  and  force 
of  pronunciation,  it  is  Daghesh-forte  emphatic ;  e.  g.  '^^in  for 
'^~X} .  In  the  first  three  uses  named  above  Daghesh-forte  is 
said  to  be  essential,  in  the  last  three  it  is  euphonic. 


a.  Dan^hesh-forte  conjunctive  occurs  regularly  after  the  pronoun  fi^, 
e.  g.  D"'2.':"i"n2^  ir^  nn  Ps.  133:  1,  and  in  a  multitude  of  cases  after  final  Ka- 
mets  or  Seghol  in  words  accented  on  the  penult  or  followed  by  Makkeph, 
§  43,  e.  g.  rxrnn;?b  Gen.2  :  23,  cik^-nlprs  Deut.27  :  7,  ii  nn";nT  Num.  25  :  13, 
^2-nr2;^  Gen.  30:"33;  n^.n^'^A  Num.'  34:6,  7.  9,  n^ix^'nlj-a  Ex.  13:1 
(wliere  the  accent  is  on  the  ultimate),  T|'^"'"'??^  Prov.  15:  1  (in  some  edi- 
tions), more  rarely  after  other  vowels,  e.g.  ^XJJ  V^>ip  Gen.  19:14,  sb  ^T^X^i 
1  Sam.  8:  19,  once  after  the  liquid  n,  e.  g.  N^  i^.N'^  1  Kin.  11:  22.  See 
also  §  22.  6.  In  a  few  instances  words  thus  united  are  written  as  one,  e.  g. 
ri;TT9  Ex. 4:2  for   n|f  no,  so  cd^t?  Isa.  3:15,  nx^n^  Mai.   1:13,  nxsxoa 


§25 


DAGHESH-FORTE. 


33 


Isa.   27:8,   and  possibl}'-  C^x-iN  Isa.    33:7.     See    Dr.  Alexanclcr'.s   Com- 
mentary upon  this  passage. 

b.  Daghesli-forte  separative  occurs  only  in  the  following  examples  : 


n-iSS  Hos.  3:  2. 
T]ini'-i;3"'3  Ps.  45:  10. 
nini-Tn  Am.  5  :  25. 
PinirSJ^rn  Gen.  18:21. 
'  rphsn  Gen.  37  :  32. 
'i=^n  Gen.  17:17. 
Dn"'N':in  1  Sam.    10: 
24,    17  :  25, 
2  Kin.  6:  32. 
cniixsr;  .Tob  17:2. 
is^Esn  Ex.  2:3. 
sinsi'i'rin  (?)  Judg.20: 
43. 
nT:5.'':iri  1  Sam.  1  : 6. 
-i|5^n  Isa.  57:6. 
nn;?"^  Gen.  49:10. 
rnts^b  Prov.30:17. 


1  Sam.  28  :  10 
(?)     Ezek. 

13:20. 
Isa.  33:1. 
orinnii'oPs. 

89 :'  45. 
Joel  1:17. 
Job  9:18. 
Nah.  3 :  17. 
Ex.  15:  17. 
Deut.  23:11. 
Job  30  : 8. 
Ps.  141:3. 
Prov.  4:  13. 
Judg.  20 :  32. 
Jer.  4 :  7. 


ibao  Isa.  9:3,  10: 

t:   ■.  ' 

27. 
"^•ZIV  Deut.  32:32. 
•inhs:?  2    Sam.   23: 
'  27,  Jer.  29: 27. 
C2'^32?  Isa.  58  :  3. 
C3-in-iiy  Am.  5  :21. 
'■'  -^'^isiU?)  Cant.  1:8. 
ni::|3a  Ps.  89:52. 
rpnir^ja  Ps.  77  :  20. 

T^iZ'2i'J  Prov.  27  :  25. 
iDnp52:s  Ps.  119;  139. 
•':!inn5::i  Ps.  88: 17. 
tninVp.  (?)  Ps.  37: 
15.1sa.5:28. 
-^bnOJ  Zech.  4  :  12. 
bnb2ti  Ps.  58:9. 


This  list  is  corrected  and  enlarged  from  Gesen.  Lehrg.  pp.  86  it  Those 
words  which  are  followed  by  a  note  of  interrogation  (?)  are  found  in  some 
editions  but  not  in  others.  Daghesh  separative  may  be  found  after  He 
interrogative  in  some  instances  not  included  in  the  above  list. 

c.  Daghesh-forte  emphatic  occurs  only  in  ^Hn  Judg.  5  :  7,  1  Sam.  2:5; 
Jl^nil  Job  29  :  21  ;  ^nn^  or  ^nn;;  Job  21 :  13  ;  WSj'-;  Isar  33: 12,  Jer.  51 :  58  ; 
na'ib  Ezek.  21:15;  ^laipj  Ezek.  6:9;  nrjOJ  Jer.  51:30;  ^-ins  Ezek.  27: 
loV^^p  (?)  Isa.  19:6;  and  probably  il^nn'nJob  13  :  9  (not  in  pause). 


§  25.  In  order  to  the  distinct  utterance  of  a  reduplicated 
consonant,  it  must  be  followed  as  well  as  preceded  by  a 
vowel-sound.  Dagliesh-forte  is  consequently  never  written 
in  a  final  vowelless  letter,  with  the  exception  of  the  two  words 
PS ,  prip ,  both  of  which  end  in  aspirates  whose  pronuncia- 
tion would  be  changed  by  the  removal  of  the  Daghesh.  In 
every  other  instance  the  doubling  is  neglected,  even  though 
the  letter  be  an  aspirate,  which  will  for  this  reason  resume 
its  aspiration ;  e.  g.^p.,  V?jb;  3D,  "^^6;  T\h'^^  abridged  from 
nsn^'i;  qi;»n  from  ns^^^  In  a  medial  letter  with  Sli'va 
Daghesh  may  be  written,  because  the  Sh'va  being  thus  ren- 
dered vocal  the  reduplication  can  be  made  audible  by  means 
3 


34  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  2G, 27 

of  the  hiatus  which  it  represents ;  it  is,  however,  quite  as 
frequently  omitted,  the  Sh'va  commonly  remaining  vocal  as 
if  it  were  inserted,  and  compound  Sh'va  being  occasionally 
substituted  for  simple  to  indicate  this  fact,  §  16.  3.  h. ;  e.  g. 
D'ln'iy  for  D"''7!i2? ,  ixc?  for  iiS'BS ,  particularly  after  prefixes,  as 
Vav  conversive,  the  article  and  preposition  "a,  so  ^V>T^,  T2J|n'cn. 
It  is  seldom  omitted  from  a  medial  aspirate  on  account  of  the 
change  in  its  sound  involved :  yet  even  this  is  done  occasion- 
ally, e.  g.  n^:2n^  Judg.  8  :  2  for  n'^itn^,  ^^nn  Isa.  22  :  10  for 
^snn,  "jiiDT  from  'ji">3T.  In  a  few  rare  instances  it  is  dropped 
from  a  letter  followed  by  a  vowel,  when  the  laws  of  syllables 
will  permit  and  the  pronunciation  will  not  be  materially 
affected  ;  e.  g.  nsiyn  Ruth  1:13  for  nsiyn . 

Mappik. 

§  2G.  Mappik  (p''|'52  bringing  out  or  uttering),  is  a  point 
in  one  of  the  letters  i5  n  1  "i,  showing  that  it  represents  a 
consonant  and  not  a  vowel,  or  in  other  words  that  it  does 
not  quiesce  in  the  preceding  vow^el-sign.  It  is  unnecessary, 
however,  to  employ  any  notation  for  this  purpose  in  the  case 
of  «  1  and  '' ,  for  their  quiescence  can  be  readily  determined 
in  all  cases  by  the  rules  already  given,  ^13.  Although  it  is 
much  more  extensively  used  in  manuscripts,  therefore,  ]\Iap- 
pilv  is  in  modern  editions  of  the  Hebrew  Bible  only  inserted 
in  final  n  when  it  retains  its  consonantal  power ;  c.  g.  Siini? 
arfsah,  ns^is*  artsd,  rnnpb  rh'ihhCth,  nri)pb  laJc'hJia.  The  point 
four  times  found  in  i5,  ^S5^n^^  Gen.  43 :  2G,  Ezra  8:18, 
•^s^nn  Lev.  23 :  17,  ^55"^  Job  33  :  21,  though  called  aDaghesh 
in  the  Masoretic  notes  in  the  margin,  is  probably  to  be  re- 
garded as  Mappik. 

Raphe. 

§  27.  Raphe  (nsn  weak),  is  a  small  horizontal  stroke 
placed  over  a  letter,  and  denotes  the  opposite  of  Daghesh- 


^  28  ACCENTS.  35 

lene,  Daghesh-forte,  or  IMappik,  as  the  case  may  be.  As  no 
mconveriicnce  can  arise  from  its  omission,  it  is  only  occa- 
sionally used  in  modern  Bibles,  and  not  with  entire  uni- 
formity in  the  different  editions.  It  is  chiefly  found  where 
a  Mappik  has  been  omitted  in  n ,  which  according  to  analogy 
might  be  expected  to  be  inserted,  e.g.  n'lC^n  Ex.  9:18, 
rn?i?^  Lev.  13:4,  f-'ijifna  Num.  15:28,  nb  Num.  32:42, 
nrDiETS  Job  31 :  22  in  some  copies.  In  'T\}-r^z^r\  Ex.  20:4, 
Deut.  5:8,  it  is  the  opposite  of  Daghesh-forte,  and  shows 
that  b  may  either  be  doubled  agreeably  to  the  point  in  its 
bosom  or  not.  In  nknr,  tfb  Ex.  20  :  13,  Deut.  5:17,  it  is  the 
opposite  of  Daghesh-lene,  and  shows  that  the  r  may  either 
have  its  unaspirated  sound,  as  the  Daghcsh  indicates,  or 
may  be  aspu-ated.  It  is  often  referred  to  in  the  marginal 
Masoretic  notes  even  where  it  is  no  longer  found  in  the  text, 
e.g.  Judg.  10:10,  28. 


Accents 

§  28.  The  third  class  of  :Masoretic  additions  to  the  text 
are  those  which  relate  to  the  words.  These  are  the  accents, 
Makkeph,  Methegh,  and  the  K'ri.  An  accent  (nyb)  is  writ- 
ten upon  every  Avord  with  a  twofold  design,  1st,  of  marking 
its  tone-.syllable,  and  2dly,  of  indicating  its  relation  to  other 
words  in  the  sentence.  The  great  number  of  the  accents 
has  respect  entirely  to  this  second  function,  there  being  no 
difference  in  the  quality  of  the  stress  laid  upon  particular 
syllables,  such  for  example  as  is  marked  by  the  Greek  acute, 
grave,  and  circumflex,  but  only  that  difference  in  its  amount 
which  arises  from  the  unequal  emphasis  naturally  laid  upon 
the  different  members  of  a  clause  or  period.  Tlie  punc- 
tuators have  attempted  not  only  to  indicate  the  pauses  to  be 
made  in  reading,  as  is  done  by  the  stops  in  use  in  other  lan- 
guages, but  to  represent  to  the  eye  the  precise  position  held 


86  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  29 

by  each  word  in  tlie  structure  of  the  sentence,  and  the 
various  grades  of  attraction  or  repulsion  arising  from  the  re- 
lations whether  co-ordinate  or  subordinate  which  subsist 
among  them.  Every  sentence  is  fancifully  regarded  as  a  ter- 
ritory, which,  partitioned  into  its  several  clauses,  forms  em- 
pires, kingdoms,  and  principalities,  ruled  by  their  respective 
sovereigns,  each  of  whom  has  his  own  train  of  inferiors  and 
dependants.  The  accents  are  accordingly  divided  into  Dis- 
junctives or  Rulers  (a^pb^),  and  Conjunctives  or  Servants 
(D^'in?^).  The  former  indicate  that  the  word  upon  which 
they  are  placed  is  more  or  less  sej)arated  from  those  that 
follow ;  they  mark  thus  the  end  of  a  clause  or  of  the  section 
of  a  clause  over  which  they  exert  control.  The  latter  indi- 
cate that  the  w^ord  over  or  under  which  they  are  written  is 
connected  with  what  follows  and  belongs  to  the  clause  or 
section  ruled  by  the  next  succeeding  Disjunctive. 

a.  The  stress  of  voice  denoted  by  the  accent  must  not  be  confounded 
with  quantity.  An  accented  syllable  may  nevertheless  be  short,  the 
energy  with  which  it  is  pronounced  not  necessarily  affecting  its  length. 

h.  The  Jews  made  use  of  the  accents  as  musical  notes  in  the  cantilla- 
tion  of  the  synagogue,  whence  they  arc  also  called  ni3''3i3.  In  the  judg- 
ment of  some  this  is  a  part,  and  perhaps  a  leading  part,  of  their  original 
design.  Their  great  variety,  the  frequent  occurrence  of  accents  of  oppo- 
site powers  upon  the  same  word,  and  the  distinct  system  of  poetical 
accents,  favor  this  opinion.  Such  as  are  curious  to  know  the  details  may 
find  the  mode  of  their  employment  for  this  purpose  explained  at  length  in 
Bartoloccii  Bibliothoca  Magna  Rabbinica,  vol.  iv.  pp.  427-444. 

§  29.  The  Disjunctive  accents  may  be  divided  into  four 
classes  of  various  rank  or  power,  as  follows,  viz : 


Class  I.  Emperors. 

*1.    Silluk 

(.) 

:p!i^D 

*2.  Athnahh 

L) 

nsnst 

§29 


ACCENTS. 

Class  II.  Kings. 

3. 

S'gholta 

(■••) 

T  :      : 

2)ostp, 

4. 

Zakeph 

Katon 

C) 

'&^P,   tll?.I 

0. 

Zakeph  < 

Gadhol 

(') 

Piia  ?);?t 

*6. 

Tiplihha 

(J 

Class  III.  Lulces. 

xnso 

*7. 

R'bhr 

(■) 

T'^i"} 

*8. 

Shalshel 

eth 

(') 

'^^}^'!^P. 

*9. 

Zarka 

{-) 

Xj^'lT 

postp. 

10. 

Pashta 

(~) 

T   :  - 

postp. 

11. 

Y'thibh 

(<) 

131  n-i^^ 

prep. 

12. 

T'bhir 

(,) 

•n-inn 

37 


Class  IV.   Counts. 


ns. 

Pazer 

/  ^  \ 

1TQ 

14. 

Karne  Phara 

I  '^''\ 

n^ 

)£  "ij-i;^ 

15. 

T'lisha  Gh'dhola 

I  ^\ 

nbinS 

xsij-'bri 

prep. 

16. 

Geresli 

/^  \ 

^l? 

17. 

G'rashayim 

/  "\ 

n-iirj-iri 

*18. 

P'sik 

(I) 

ip-^DQ 

The  Conjunctive  accents,  or  Servants,  are  the  following, 


VIZ. 


*19. 

Merka 

\i  / 

"'^^'^^ 

*20. 

Munahh 

\  J  y 

21. 

Merka  Kh'phula 

^  ti  ' 

!ibl53  ss-i^a 

•22. 

Malipiikh 

V<  / 

'^p.fl'? 

23. 

Darga 

\j  / 

^^1'^ 

*24. 

Kudhma 

/  ^  \ 

NB'lp 

*25. 

Yerahh  ben  Yomo 

\  v/ 

■irr-ja  nn;; 

26. 

T'lisha  K'taiina 

r"^  . 

nsijp  N'^ibn    ;jos/:p. 

38  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  30 

a.  Merka  Kh'phula  has  sometimes  been  reckoned  among  the  Disjunc- 
tives, as  by  Gesenius  in  his  Lehrgebaude  ;  but  the  absence  of  Daghesh- 
lene  in  the  word  following  that  on  which  it  stands  in  Ex.  5:15,  Ezek. 
14:4,  proves  that  it  is  a  Conjunctive. 

b.  According  to  their  most  probable  significations,  the  names  of  the 
accents  appear  to  be  in  part  borrowed  from  their  forms  and  in  part  from 
their  uses.  Thus  the  Disjunctives:  Silluk,  end;  Athnahh,  rest ;  Segholta, 
bunch  of  grapes  ;  Zakeph,  small  and  great,  causing  suspension  ;  Tiphhha, 
palm  of  the  hand ;  Whhi",  square  or  reposing;  Shalsheleth,  chain;  Zarka, 
dispersion;  Pashta,  c.vpansio7i  or  letting  dawn  (the  voice);  Y'thibh,  s?'/- 
ting still;  T'bhir,  interruption;  Fazer,  sepajatur ;  Karnc  Phara, a  heifer^s 
horns;  T'lisha,  great  and  small,  shield ;  Geresh,  expidsioji ;  G'rashayim, 
double  Geresh;  P'sik,  cut  off.  Conjunctives:  Merka,  prolonging;  Mu- 
nahh,  (a  trumpet)  at  rest,  i.  e.,  in  its  proper  position ;  Merka  Kh'phula, 
double  Merka  ;  Mahpakh,  (a  trumpet)  ^^fe/VecZ;  Darga,  pro^-ress  ;  Kadh- 
ma,  beginning  ;  Yerahh  ben-Yomo,  moon  a  day  old. 

Other  names  are  given  to  some  of  these  accents,  particularly  where  they 
occur  in  certain  situations  or  combinations;  thus  Tiphhha  is  also  called 
Tarhha  (  ^r\y^_  ),  Munahh  with  P'sik  is  called  L'gharmeh  ( i^ansb  ),  etc. 

c.  The  classification  of  the  Disjunctives,  according  to  their  respective 
powers  and  the  laws  of  their  consecution,  has  been  the  work  of  Christian 
writers,  from  whom  all  accurate  investigations  of  the  accentual  system 
have  proceeded.  In  fact,  this  whole  subject  is  treated  by  the  Jewish 
grammarians  in  the  crudest  and  most  perplexed  manner.  Buxtorf  says,  in 
his  Thesaurus  Grammaticus,  p.  45 :  Accentuum  ratio  hactenus  nee  a  quo- 
quam  nostrorum  nee  ab  ipsis  etiam  Hebraeis  sufficienter  explicata  est. 
The  division  exhibited  above  is  the  one  now  commonly  adopted.  The 
current  names,  Imperatores,  Reges,  Duces,  Comites,  are  those  used  by 
Wasmuth  in  his  Institutio  Accent.  Heb.  1664.  Others  have  divided  them 
difTerently.  The  learned  PfeifTer,  author  of  the  Dubia  Vexata,  distin- 
guishes one  Emperor,  one  Archduke,  four  Dukes,  seven  Counts,  and  five 
Barons.  Boston,  the  well-known  author  of  the  Fourfold  State,  in  an  elab- 
orate Latin  treatise  upon  this  subject  left  by  him  in  manuscript  and  pub- 
lished shortly  after  his  death,  distributes  them  into  three  classes  of 
superior  and  one  of  inferior  rank.  Mention  is  made,  in  a  commendatory 
prefl\ce  by  Mill,  the  distinguished  critic  of  the  New  Testament,  of  another 
manuscript  in  English,  in  which  Boston  applied  his  views  practically  in  a 
twofold  translation  of  the  first  twenty-three  chapters  of  Genesis,  with 
copious  notes,  both  philological  and  theological.  This,  it  is  believed,  has 
never  been  published.  A  curious  little  book  upon  the  Canon  by  Ferdinand 
Parkhurst,  London,  1660,  makes  six  Regal  and  ten  Principial  Disjunctives, 
Y'thibh  and  P'sik  being  omitted  altogether. 

§30.1.  fourteen  of  the  accents  are  written  over,  and  eleven 
under,  the  words  to  which  they  are  attached.  P'sik,  whose 
only  use  is  to  modify  the  power  of  other  accents,  is  written 
after  the  word  to  which  it  belongs,  and  in  the  same  line 


^  30  ACCENTS.  39 

with  it.  The  place  of  the  accents  is  either  over  or  under  the 
letter  preceding  the  tone-vowel,  with  the  exception  of  the 
prepositives  Y'thibh  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  which  always  ac- 
company the  initial  letter  of  the  word,  and  the  postpositives 
S'gholta,  Zarka,  Pashta,  and  T'lisha  K'tanna,  which  stand 
upon  the  final  letter.  Y'thibh  is  only  used  when  the  first  is 
the  tone-syllable.  Pashta  is  repeated  if  the  word  on  which 
it  stands  is  accented  on  the  penult,  e.  g.  ^nn  Gen.  1  :  2,  or 
ends  with  two  vowclless  letters,  e.  g.  nil^^l  Huth  3  : 7,  or  if 
the  last  letter  has  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  ^1''  Gen.  33  :  13,  and 
in  some  manuscripts  and  editions  there  is  a  like  repetition  of 
S'gholta  and  Zarka.  When  a  word  bears  the  other  preposi- 
tive or  postpositives,  there  is  nothing  to  mark  its  tone-syllable 
unless  this  may  chance  to  be  the  one  upon  which  the  nature 
of  the  accent  in  question  requires  it  to  be  placed. 

2.  Silluk  has  the  same  form  as  Methegh,  ^44;  but  the 
former  invariably  stands  on  the  tone-syllable  of  the  last 
word  in  the  verse,  while  Methegh  is  never  written  under  a 
tone-syllable.  Pashta  is  likewise  distinguished  from  Kadhma 
only  by  its  position  upon  the  last  letter  of  the  word,  and 
after  the  superscribed  vowel,  if  there  be  one,  e.  g.  '^TS^f  Gen. 
1 : 7,  i^ij^^  Gen.  24 :  7,  while  Kadhma  is  placed  upon  the 
letter  preceding  the  tone-vowel,  e.  g.  "lies  Gen.  2  :  19  :  where 
this  chances  to  be  a  final  letter  the  laws  of  consecution  only 
can  decide ;  thus,  in  'n?'?!  Gen.  2G  :  4,  ^nxs  Deut.  16:3,  the 
accent  is  Pashta,  but  in  ?i?-iTb;i  Gen.  17  : 8,  ?inx2  1  Sam. 
29  :  G,  it  is  Kadhma.  Y'thibh  is  distinguished  from  Mahpakh 
by  being  written  under  the  first  letter  of  the  word  and  taking 
precedence  of  its  vowel  if  this  be  subscribed,  e.  g.  ^ii?y  Gen. 
1  :  11,  •>?  Gen.  31 : 6,  Deut.  10  :  lY  ;  Mahpakh  belongs  under 
the  consonant  which  precedes  the  tone-vowel,  and  after  its 
vowel-sign  if  this  be  subscribed,  e.  g.  ^'r}2'r\  Gen.  2:14,  "'I 
Gen.  32  :  33,  Deut.  4  :  7.  When  the  initial  syllable  bears  the 
tone  and  there  is  no  subscribed  vowel,  the  laws  of  consecu- 
tion must  decide ;  thus,  in  S^n  the  accent  is  Y'thibh  in  Gen. 


40  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  31 

3:15,   44:17;    Deut.    10:17;    but   Malipakli   in    Josh. 

17:1. 

§  31.  The  accents  abeady  explamed  are  called  the  prosaic 
accents,  and  are  found  in  all  the  books  of  the  Old  Testament 
with  the  exception  of  the  Psalms  (n^!jrin),  Proverbs  C^l?!^^), 
and  the  poetic  portion  of  Job  (^'i'^i?),  whose  initials  form  the 
technical  word  ti^DS? .  Here  a  different  system  of  accentua- 
tion prevails.  Thirteen  of  the  prosaic  accents,  one-half  of  the 
whole  number,  nowhere  occur  in  the  books  just  named,  viz, : 
S'gholta,  Zakeph-Katon,  and  Zakeph-Gadhol  of  the  Kings, 
Pashta,  Y'thibh,  and  T'bhir  of  the  Dukes,  Karne  Phara, 
T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  Geresh,  and  G'rashayim,  of  the  Counts, 
Merka  Kh'phula,  Darga,  and  T'lisha  K'tanna  of  the  Con- 
junctives. Such  as  are  common  to  both  systems  are  in  the 
previous  table  distinguished  by  an  asterisk.  The  powers  of 
some  of  these,  however,  are  altered,  so  that  a  new  arrange- 
ment of  them  is  necessary ;  and  they  are  supplemented  by 
additional  signs  formed  by  combining  the  prosaic  accents  or 
assigning  them  unusual  positions.  The  scale  of  the  poetical 
or  metrical  accents  thus  constituted  is  as  follows,  viz.  : 


Disjunctive  Accents. 

Class  I. 

1. 

Silluk 

(',) 

:  li^Sfl 

2. 

Athnahh 

(J 

Ti=sirj 

3. 

Merka-Mahpakh 

C) 

Tiasn 

4. 

R-'bhi" 

o 

ninsn 

5. 

Pazer 

C) 

li^sn 

6. 

R'bhi'*  Geresh 

(•') 

liisri 

T. 

Tiphhha  initial 

(.) 

ni35ri 

prep. 

8. 

Zarka 

D 

•ninsn 

posip. 

9. 

P'sik 

(0 

1  "lissn 

postp. 

^32 


POSITION    1 

or    THE 

ACCENT, 

CoXJtIK 

CTivE  Accents. 

10. 

Merka 

^  J  ^ 

ninsri 

11. 

Merka-Zarka 

■""irsn 

12. 

Mahpakh 

\<  / 

"niasn 

13. 

Mahpakli-Zarka 

*^'^t?^! 

14. 

Munahh 

^  J  / 

^i3^r^ 

15. 

Muriahh  superior 

/      -J     V 

liiifi 

16. 

Yerahh  ben  Yomo 

V  v/ 

Ti^sn 

17. 

Kadhma 

/  >  \ 

liisn 

IS. 

Tiphhha 

V  V.  / 

-ii::3n 

19. 

Shalsheleth 

(  '  \ 

ninsn 

41 


a.  It  will  be  perceived  that  there  are  fewer  Disjunctives  but  more 
Conjunctives  than  are  exhibited  by  the  prosaic  accents.  Merka-Malipakh 
answers  substantially  to  S'gholta;  RMibi^-Geresh  to  Tiphhha  before  Silluk, 
and  Tiphhha  initial  to  Tiphhha  before  Athnahh.  Tiphhha  and  Shalshe- 
leth are  transferred  from  the  list  of  Disjunctives  to  that  of  the  Conjunc- 
tives, whence  it  comes  to  pass  that  if  a  word  bearing  either  of  these 
accents  terminates  in  a  vowel,  Daghesh-lene  will  not  be  inserted  in  a  fol- 
lowing initial  aspirate,  e.  g.  Oli'ia  '^^^'^'^  Ps.  31 :  10,  n"inrs  N-':^  Prov.  8 :  3, 
m'53T523  Vasn';!  Ps.  10:2. 

b.  P'sik,  in  the  poetic  as  in  the  prosaic  accents,  is  never  used  alone  but 
always  in  conjunction  with  another  accent.  It  serves  to  strengthen  Dis- 
junctives and  to  reduce  the  power  of  Conjunctives  without  disturbing  the 
order  of  their  consecution.  It  is  thus  used  with  Merka-Mahpakh  Ps.  5 :  13, 
Fazer  Ps.  10: 14,  Tiphhha  initial  Ps.  31:4,  Mahpakh  Ps.  5 :  9,  Munahh 
Prov.  1:22.  Merka  Ps.  10:13.  Kadhma  Ps   10:5.  Shalsheleth  Ps.  7:6. 


Position  of  the  Accent 


§  32.  The  accent  in  Hebrew  may  fall  either  upon  the 
ultimate  or  the  penultimate  syllable,  but  never  at  a  greater 
remove  from  the  end  of  the  word.  In  the  former  case 
words  are  technically  termed  Milra  (^i'nb^  from  below),  and 
in  the  latter  Milel  ("J^^bt!  from  above). 


42  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  33 

1.  Tlie  position  of  the  accent  may  be  considered  in  rela- 
tion either  to  the  syllabic  or  to  the  etymological  strncture 
of  a  word,  that  is  to  say,  as  aflected  by  the  nature  of  its  syl- 
lables on  the  one  hand  or  of  the  elements  ot  which  it  is  com- 
posed as  a  signiticant  part  of  speech  on  the  other.  It  is  so 
far  determined  by  the  syllabic  structure  of  words,  that  a 
long  mixed  syllable  or  a  short  simple  syllable,  whether  in  the 
ultimate  or  the  penultimate,  nuist  receive  the  accent,  §18.  2. 
thus:  pn2\  np"r!?PT,  nra,  n-i': . 

2.  Considered  in  reference  to  their  etymological  structure, 
words  exist  in  two  conditions,  (1.)  their  priniary  uninflected 
state,  by  wdiich  their  essential  and  proper  meaning  is  con- 
veyed; (2.)  with  added  atfixes  and  prefixes,  by  which  that 
meaning  is  varionsly  moditied.  In  their  nude  or  primary 
state  all  words,  whether  primitives  or  derivatives,  are  ac- 
cented upon  the  ultimate,  and  so  continue  to  whatever  flexion, 
involving  no  terminational  appendages,  they  may  be  sub- 
jected.   Thus,ii:2,  nps,  npb,  ^j??,  n{?s,  ^ps^  ^psnn;  i%, 

3.  The  only  exception  is  a  class  of  words  called  Se- 
ffholates,  in  Avhicli  the  last  vowel  does  not  belonc;  orio-inallv 
or  essentially  to  the  form,  but  is  introduced  for  the  sake  of 
softening  the  pronunciation,  §G1.  2;  these  are  accented  on 
the  penultimate,  as  1\)^,  ^?D,  m\,  n^2,  rnri,  r:n3,  b.)i ,  b^), 

a.  'T^r^j'.  I^-  50:  S  is  said  to  bo  tlie  only  instance  of  a  word  ac^'cnted  on 
the  antepenult.  The  proper  tone-syllable  of  this  word  is  the  ultimate,  but 
upon  the  recession  of  the  accent  by  §  35,  the  vowel  next  preceding,  which 
has  arisen  from  Sh'va  and  is  unessential  to  the  form,  cannot  receive  it,  so 
that  it  necessarily  falls  upon  the  one  still  fnrthtr  back. 

§  33.  The  additions  which  words  may  receive  at  the  be- 
ginning or  end  aftect  the  accent  in  proportion  to  the  respect- 
ive weight  accorded  to  them.  Additions  to  the  end  of  words 
are  of  two  sorts,  which  may  be  distinguished  as  affixes  and 
suffixes.     Affixes  are  so  welded  to  the  word  or  mer2:ed  in  it 


^33  POSITION    OF    THE    ACCENT.  43 

that  in  the  popular  consciousness  they  have  become  an  in- 
tegral part  of  it,  and  their  independent  existence  or  separate 
origin  is  no  longer  thought  of;  such  are  the  personal  inflec- 
tions of  verbs  and  the  terminations  indicating  gender  and 
number  in  nouns  and  adjectives.  Suffixes  are  not  so  inti- 
mately blended  with  the  word  to  which  they  are  attached  as 
to  have  lost  their  individual  identity  and  independent  charac- 
ter, and  consequently  are  of  greater  weight  as  respects  the 
accent;  such  are  the  fragmentary  pronouns  appended  to 
verbs,  nouns,  and  prepositions. 

1.  If  the  appendage  consists  of  a  vowel  (as  n^,  ri,  ^, 
i,  \,  r.),  or  begins  with  one  (as  l^,,  \,  ^\,  Q\,  ^''^,  ^.,  '^-,  °,» 
)^,  u\,  ^\),  and  can  consequently  only  be  pronounced  by 
the  aid  of  the  final  consonant  of  the  word  to  which  it  is  at- 
tached, it  will  attract  the  accent  to  itself  or  to  its  initial  vowel 
from  a  noun,  adjective,  participle,  or  preposition,  as  ^p^^ , 
i-b'^  ,  D-'nn^  ,  V.^"^  ,  V2^1  >  ^""^^^  from  W  ;  Q^ffi'JI? ,  '''41'i^ , 
from  TS^p .  Such  an  appendage  to  a  verb,  if  a  suffix,  will 
so  far  accord  with  the  rule  just  given  as  to  carry  the  accent 
forward  one  syllabic  ;  but  the  accent  will  remain  in  its  origi- 
nal position  if  it  be  an  affix,  unless  it  is  either  dissyllabic  or 
causes  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  previously  accented ;  D^^nn 
with  a  suffix  ^^^"l^T}:  >  ^^^t  with  an  affix  ^^^'^nn  j  ^iy  with  a 
suflix  r-qt ,  but  with  an  affix  '^rq'P ,  -rt^y ;  C]b ,  r.rj? ,  nrj? ;  bj?, 
n^p  ,  '.^p  ,  T''^p ;  ^b^  ,  ^?0^ '  ^C'^"^  •  It  is  to  be  obsen^d, 
however,  that  a  paragogic  n^  or  n. ,  §G1.  6,  attached  to 
nouns,  pronouns,  and  adverbs,  and  occasionally  a  paragogic 
r  does  not  disturb  the  position  of  the  accent,  e.  g.  H'^ , 
nsii?;  n:,r.n:;  so  nrn,  n^i?,n7ii?,  T^:)  Lam.  1:1,  but 
-^nsbi:  Isa.  1 :  21 ;  neither  does  the  feminine  ending  r... , 
which  is  a  Segholate  formation,  e.  g.  'k'TQ ,  ro^'^'9  • 

a.  Paragogic  M^  receives  the  secondary  accent  Methegh  in  n^s,  fil^s 
Gen.  28  :  2^b%.  7. ' 

2.  The   appending  of  a   simple  syllable,   such   as   the 


44 


ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  33 


suffixes  '^P ,  ^3 ,  ^n ,  n ,  i^ ,  or  the  verbal  affixes  n ,  "^n ,  ^5 ,  n: , 
will  not  alter  the  position  of  the  accent  provided  it  originally 
stood  upon  the  ultimate ;  if,  however,  its  original  place  was 
the  penult,  or  if  the  syllable  in  question  be  attached  to  the 
word  by  a  union  vowel,  the  accent  must  be  carried  forward 
one  syllable  to  prevent  its  standing  on  the  antepenult,  which 
is  never  admissible:  nos ,  ^ns3,  i^&s,  '^?^5?;  i^^^,  Ppsia, 
^:nDS'59 ;  !:)b,  rii'jp,  ^ri'i'p .  Suffixes  appended  to  a  word  ending 
with  a  consonant  mostly  require  a  connecting  vowel,  and  con- 
sequently shift  the  position  of  the  accent.  Affixes,  by  reason 
of  the  less  weight  accorded  to  them,  commonly  do  not.  The 
suffix  ^  follows  the  general  rule  when  preceded  by  a  union 
vowel,  but  draws  the  accent  upon  itself  when  it  is  not,  e.  g. 
"'t  ,  ^"2^ ,  ^1^ ,  T%^  .  A  consonantal  appendage  to  a  long  un- 
accented vowel,  inasmuch  as  it  converts  the  ultimate  into  a 
mixed  syllable,  necessarily  draws  the  accent  upon  it  from  the 
penult,  §32.  1,  e.g.  ^noi?^,  ^^nox^,  d^npx^;  ^in^h^  ^  )^ri^'n^ . 

3.  A  mixed  syllabic,  whether  an  affix  as  DJ?,  in,  or  suffix 
asDD,  ]D,  en,  )r^,  will  attract  the  accent  to  itself,  DPDbn 
from  ^^n ;  D52573 ,  'ab^^b'n,  from  ^b-ia ;  anb;in  from  D^nri  .In 
the  unusual  form  D^bs  2  Sam.  23  :  6,  the  accent  stands  upon 
the  union  vowel. 

4.  The  only  prefixes  which  exercise  any  influence  upon 
the  position  of  the  accent,  are  the  Vav  conversive  of  the 
futm-e,  which  draws  back  the  accent  from  a  mixed  ultimate 
to  a  simple  penult,  •yh^\  n^s^i,  nfc.'i,  rna^i ;  and  the  Vav  con- 
versive of  the  preterite,  which  throws  it  forward  from  the 
penult  to  a  simple  ultimate,  n'^iax ,  J?i^5<'i ,-  S?3i^^ ,  ^^Ti^^l , 

a.  Some  languages  invariably  accent  the  same  part  of  the  word  ;  thus, 
Bohemian  and  Lettish  the  initial  syllable,  Polish  and  Lazian,  one  of  the 
Caucasian  tongues,  the  penult  of  all  polysyllables.  Others,  in  which 
more  freedom  is  allowed,  have  no  respect  to  the  etymological  structure  of 
words,  but  are  guided  entirely  by  the  character  of  their  syllables.  Thus, 
in  Arabic  and  Latin  words  are  accented  according  to  the  quantity  of  the 
penult;  the  accent  is  given  to  the  penult  if  it  is  long,  to  the  antepenult 


§  34,  35  POSITION    OF    THE    ACCENT.  45 

if  the  penult  is  short.  In  others  still  the  etymological  principle  is  the 
prevailing  one,  and  this  often  has  a  wider  scope  than  in  Hebrew.  Thus, 
in  Greek  the  accent  has  the  range  of  the  last  three  syllables.  In  San- 
scrit it  may  stand  upon  any  syllable  whatever  even  of  the  longest  words. 
In  English  it  is  almost  equally  free,  e.  g.  peremptorily,  inconsideralion,  its 
removal  from  its  primary  position  upon  the  radical  portion  of  the  word 
being  conditioned  by  the  respective  weight- of  the  formative  syllables  ap- 
pended, e.  g.  person,  personate,  personally,  personify,  personality,  per- 
sonijicdtion. 


§34.  The  location  of  the  accent  being  thus  influenced 
by  the  etymological  structure  of  words,  it  may  serve  to  dis- 
tinguish words  of  like  appearance  but  different  formation. 
Thus,  nn'a  Gen.  30:1,  nka  Gen.  29 : 6,  are  participles,  but 
T\tfi2  Gen.  35  :  18,  "ijli  Gen.  29  :  9,  are  preterites,  the  femi- 
nine affix  receiving  the  accent  in  one  case  but  not  in  the  other, 
§  33.  1.  So  ^53  thei/  built  from  nba,  but  ^:3  in  us;  ^ii?  thei/ 
carried  captive  from  !"air,  but  laia  tliey  returned  from  i^iJJ; 
Tn55  he  has  seized,  but  Tri5<  Job  23  :  9  I  shall  see  from  J"tTn  ; 
V^':  it  shall  be  evil  from  yi?n ,  5?:)^  he  shall  feed  from  n^"n ; 
nnt!  he  ivas  rebellious,  'riya  it  icas  bitter  from  "Ta  ;  "112^]?  arise 
thou  (fern.),  ''ti'ip  my  rising  uj). 

§  35.  The  position  of  the  accent  may  be  shifted  from  the 
following  causes,  viz. : 

1.  A  Conjunctive  is  frequently  removed  from  the  ultimate 
to  the  penult  if  a  Disjunctive  immediately  follows,  whether 
upon  a  monosyllable  or  a  dissyllable  accented  on  the  penult, 
in  order  to  prevent  the  unpleasant  concurrence  of  two  ac- 
cented syllables  in  closely  connected  words,  e.  g.  •i^'^^^  i^'^J^ 
Gen.  li's,  n^:^  nDia  Gen.  4:17,  t  ^^T^'  Dent.  32  :  3G, 
X)'!  Ta^^)  Ps.  2  :12,  tiV  ^^^  Isa-  36:8.  In  a  few  excep- 
tional cases  the  secondary  accent  Methegh  remains  to  mark 
the  original  tone-syllable,  after  the  principal  accent  has  been 
thrown  back,  TZ  "^^S"?  Num.  24  :  22,  r^  ^?.3  Isa.  40  : 7, 
a:^  5?^.tjn  Dent.  4  :  33. 

2.  The  special  emphasis  given  to  the  last  word  of  a 
clause  or  section,  and  represented  by  what  are  called  the 


^^  ORTHOGRAPHY.  &  gg 

pause  accents,  §  30,  2,  a,  is  sometimes  rendered  more  distinct 
by  a  change  of  the  accented  syllable  from  the  ultimate  to  the 
penult,  e.  g.  -ipbx  ^  .^jij.  nnx,  nr^.  r,^;^^  j^pj^.  ^3^^  ^^^,  ^^ 

from  the  penult  to  the  ultimate,  particularlyln  the'  case  of 
forms  with  Vav  conversive  of  the  future  ^b^l ,  ^br.i  ^  so 
^^'^ ,  °r^r^ ,  '^'9.^'^ .  The  accent  is  in  a  few  inVtanceV  at- 
tracted to  a  short  final  syllable  ending  in  a  weak  letter,  which 
either  loses  its  sound  entirely,  converting  the  syllable  into  a 
srniple  one,  or  requires  considerable  effort  and  energy  of  voice 
to  make  it  distinctly  heard,  e.  g.  xn^  Gen.  41  :  33  for  «-i^  • 
so  &{nn  Zech.  9  :  5,  Mic,  7:10,  S^irn  Ps.  39  :  14  for  ^th^' ' 

\ 
Consecution  of  Accents  in  Prose. 

§36.  1.  The  second  use  of  the  accents  is  to  point  out 
the  relation  of  words  to  one  another.     The  Disjunctives  in- 
dicate a  greater  or  less  separation  between  the  word  on  which 
they  stand  and  the  following  one  ;  the  Conjunctives  indicate 
a  connection.     The  greatest  separation  of  all  is  effected  by 
Silluk,  which  is  written  under  the  last  word  of  every  verse, 
and  is  followed  invariably  by  two  dots  vertically  placed  (:), 
called  Soph  Pasiik  (p^DS  ^d  end  of  the  verse).     The  next  in 
power  are  Athnahh  and  S'gholta.     When  a  verse  was  to  be 
divided  into  two  clauses,  Athnahh  was  placed  under  the  last 
word  of  the  first  clause,  Silluk  maintaining  its  position  at 
the  end  of  the  verse.     If  it  was  to  be  divided  into  three 
clauses,  which  is  the  greatest  number  that  any  verse  can 
have,  the  last  word  of  the  first  clause  receives  S'gholta,  the 
last  word  of  the  second  Athnahh,  and  the  last  of  all  Silluk. 
Verses  of  one    clause   range  from   Gen.   26  :  G,  containing 
three  words,  to  such  as  Jer.  13: 13  and  1  Chron.  28  :  1,  con- 
taining more  than  twenty :  the  most  common  division  is  into 
two  clauses,  e.  g.  Gen.  1:1;  -j^nxn  .  .  .  Q^n'bN  ;  three  clauses 


§  37       CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.         47 

are   mucli   less    frequent,    Gen.    1:7  !  1?  •  ^"^l?"?!?  •  •  •  ^TI^O* 
23  :  16,  24  :  30,  2G  :  28. 

a.  In  Job  1  :  8   S'gliolta  occurs  in  a  verse  of  two  clauses  without  Ath- 
nahh,  probably  because  tiie  accentuation  is  conformed  to  that  of  Job  2  :  3. 

2.  Eacli  of  these  clauses  is  capable  of  subdivision  to 
whatever  extent  its  length  or  character  may  seem  to  demand 
by  the  Disjunctives  Zakeph  Katon,  Zakeph  Gadhol,  Il'bhi^ 
Pazer,  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  according  to  the  number  of  sec- 
tions to  be  made  and  the  various  degrees  of  their  completeness. 
Thus,  ill  Josh.  1  : 8  the  clause  of  Athnahh  is  divided  into 
five  sections,  ^3  .  nii^?b  . .  r^b^'j  . , .  rps^  . . .  i2Jra;i ,  in  2  Kin. 
1  :  6  into  six,  ^T^^V.  .  .  .  l^^i?  n!?izJ  .  ^ky^'J'2.  . .  ^)'^^  . .  n^^s? . 
The  choice  of  the  accent  to  govern  a  particular  section  de- 
pends not  only  upon  its  power,  but  likewise  upon  its  rank, 
the  more  exalted  officer  standing  in  ordinary  cases  nearer 
the  sovereign.  Accordingly  toward  the  beginning  of  a  clause 
an  inferior  Disjunctive  will  be  used,  even  though  the  separa- 
tion is  such  as  would  require  an  accent  of  much  higher 
power  to  indicate  it  in  a  more  advanced  portion  of  the  same 
clause.  These  accents,  moreover,  have  not  a  fixed  value  like 
the  stops  in  other  languages ;  their  power  is  not  absolute  but 
relative,  and  varies  endlessly  with  the  circumstances  of  the 
case.  Athnahh  in  Gen.  1 : 1  marks  the  greatest  division  in  the 
verse,  but  that  is  not  sufficient  to  require  a  comma.  In  the 
next  verse  Zakeph  Katon  is  equal  to  a  semicolon  in  the  first 
clause  and  less  than  a  comma  in  the  second.  In  Gen.  27  :  16 
the  separation  indicated  by  R'bhi''  is  wholly  rhythmical. 

a.  Those  accents  which,  as  above  described,  mark  the  limits  of  clauses 
and  sections,  are  denominated  pause  accents. 

^37.  In  the  sections  thus  created  the  accents  are  dis- 
posed relatively  to  the  Disjunctive  which  marks  its  close. 
Each  ruler  has  his  servant  and  subordinate  officer,  whose 


48 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 


^37 


function  it  is  to  wait  upon  him.  In  other  words,  each  Dis- 
junctive is  regularly  preceded  by  a  particular  Conjunctive  and 
inferior  Disjunctive ;  and  the  train  of  accents  in  each  section 
is  formed  by  arranging  the  Disjunctives  in  their  fixed  order 
of  succession  Avith  or  without  their  regular  Conjunctives  until 
all  its  words  are  supplied.  The  trains  proper  to  the  different 
sections  are  shown  in  the  foUowino-  table  : 


Primart 

Sections. 

1 

ft 

o 

O 

O 

ft 

k 
D 

e 

>^ 
c 

H    „ 

ft 

O 

D 

d 

|2 
0 

m 

> 

•-a 
S5 

O 

O 

• 
1 

J 

(■    ^ 

.(..) 

V 

.c)b' 

1 

'0 

^o\j. 

A 

J 

.A.) 

- 

.(.)>.)' 

Secondary 
Skctions. 

• 

J    J 

jSiS 

U 

• 

..0,X) 

H 

-1  -1  J  J 

> 

;> 

Unusual 
Sections. 

1 

1? 

V  J  J  J  J  J 

§  38       CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.         49 

a.  Accents  of  like  forms  are  readily  distinguishable  in  the  table  by  the 
column  in  which  they  stand.  Where  perspicuity  requires  it  the  distinction 
will  hereafter  be  made  by  appending  tiieir  initial  letters,  thus  :  Kadhma  ''', 
Pashta  '^,  Mahpakh  "",  Y'thibh'^. 

§  38.  Exjilanation  of  the  Table.- — The  trains  preceding 
the  three  principal  accents  are  exhibited  in  the  horizontal 
lines  of  the  uppermost  division ;  those  of  the  ordinary  de- 
pendent sections  in  the  middle  division,  and  those  of  rare 
occurrence  at  the  bottom. 

1 .  Train  of  Silluk. — If  Silluk  be  immediately  preceded 
by  a  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Merka ;  if  a  Disjunctive  precede 
it  in  the  same  section,  with  or  without  an  intervening  Merka, 
it  will  be  Tiphhha,  Gen.  1:1.  If  there  be  a  Conjunctive 
before  Tiphhha,  it  will  be  Merka,  Gen.  1:1;  if  two  Con- 
junctives, which  occurs  but  fourteen  times,  they  will  be 
Merka  Kh'plmla  and  Darga,  Gen.  27:25,  Lev.  10:1,  2 
Chron.  20  :  30.  The  next  Disjunctive  before  Tiphhha,  in 
the  same  section,  will  be  T'bhir,  Gen.  1:4.  If  T'bhir  be  pre- 
ceded by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Darga,  Gen.  1  :  12,  or 
Merka,  Gen.  1  :  26 ;  if  by  two,  the  second  will  be  Kadhma, 
1  Sam.  15  :  33,  or  Munahh,  Gen.  2:4;  and  if  by  three, 
the  third  wall  be  T'lisha  K'tanna,  Gen.  2:19.  The  next 
Disjunctive  before  T'bhir,  in  the  same  section,  will  be  Geresb, 
Gen.  26  :  11,  27  : 4,  or  G'rashayim,  Ex.  23  :  4.  If  Geresh 
be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  it  wiU  be  Kadhma,  Gen. 
24  :  7,  or  Munahh,  Isa.  60  :  17 ;  if  by  a  second,  it  will  be 
T'lisha  K'tanna,  Gen.  2  :  5,  or  Munahh  with  P'sik,  Gen. 
28  :  9  ;  if  by  a  third,  it  will  be  Munahh,  1  Sam.  14  :  34  ;  if 
by  a  fourth,  it  will  also  be  Munahh,  Deut.  1:19. 

a.  The  parentheses  of  the  table  contain  alternate  accents.  Thus, 
Merka  is  substituted  for  Darga  and  for  Mahpakh  (before  Pashta  in  the 
clause  of  Zakeph  Katon)  if  no  more  than  one  vowel  intervenes  between 
the  Conjunctive  and  the  king  which  it  precedes,  e.  g.  Gen.  1  :  22,  Gen. 
1 :  24,  26  ;  Gen.  5:17,  Deut.  1 :  2,  35.  Munahh  is  also  regularly  substi- 
tuted for  Kadhma,  whenever  the  accent  stands  on  the  initial  letter  of  the 
word.  Gen.  25:8,  Gen.  19:35;  1  Kin.  19:7,  Deut.  1:28;  Gen.  19:12  ; 
4 


50  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  38 

Eccl.  5  :  7.  G'rashayim  takes  the  place  of  Geresh  provided  the  accent  is 
on  the  ultimate  and  it  is  not  preceded  by  Kadhma  either  on  the  same  or 
the  previous  v^^ord,  Ex.  16  :  23,  36  :  3.  When  two  accents  are  included  in  a 
parenthesis  the  meaning  is  that  if  an  additional  accent  is  required,  these 
two  will  take  the  place  of  the  one  before  the  parenthesis.  P'sik  has  no 
separate  place  in  the  consecution,  but  is  joined  with  the  other  accents  to 
modify  their  power.  It  is  constantly  associated  with  the  Disjunctive 
Shalsheleth  to  add  to  its  strength,  and  occasionally  with  the  different 
Conjunctives  to  reduce  their  strength,  but  without  disturbing  the  order 
of  their  consecution,  e.g.  with  Merka  Ex.  16:5,  Munahh  Gen.  46:2, 
Mahpakh  Ex.  30  :  34,  Kadhma  Lev.  11:32,  Darga  Gen.  42:13,  T'lisha 
K'tanna  1  Sam.  12:3. 


2.  Train  of  Atlmalih. — If  Athnahh  be  preceded  by  a 
Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1:1;  if  by  a  Disjunc- 
tive in  its  own  section,  it  will  be  Tiphhha,  Gen.  1:1.  The 
accents  which  precede  Tiphhha  have  already  been  mentioned 
in  explaining  the  train  of  Silluk. 

3.  Train  of  B'yholta. — The  first  Conjunctive  before 
S'gholta  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  3:3;  if  there  be  two,  the 
second  will  be  Munahh,  Lev.  8  :  31,  or  Merka,  Gen.  3  :  14. 
The  first  Disjunctive  in  its  section  will  be  Zarka,  Gen.  1  :  28; 
and  if  this  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Mu- 
nahh, Gen.  1  :  7,  or  Merka,  1  Chron.  5:18;  if  by  two,  the 
second  will  be  Kadhma,  Gen.  30  :  16,  31  :  32 ;  if  by  three, 
the  second  will  be  Munahh  and  the  third  Kadhma,  Lev. 
4  :  35.  The  next  Disjunctive  before  Zarka  will  be  Geresh, 
Gen.  24  :  7,  or  G'rashayim,  Ex.  39  : 3.  The  accents  pre- 
ceding these  have  been  explained  in  1. 

4.  Train  of  Zalceph  Katon. — The  first  Conjunctive  before 
Zakeph  Katon  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1  :  2-,  the  second  like- 
wise Munahh,  Gen.  27  :  45.  The  first  Disjunctive  will  be 
Pashta,  Gen.  1:2;  or,  if  the  proper  place  of  the  accent  be 
the  first  letter  of  the  word,  Y'thibh,  Gen.  1  :11,  2:11. 
The  first  Conjunctive  before  Pashta  will  be  Mahpakh,  Gen. 
1:9,  or  Merka,  Gen.  1:2;  the  second,  Kadhma,  Gen. 
39  :  19,  or  Munahh,  Gen.  1:12;  the  third  will  be  T'lisha 
K'tanna,  Ezr.  3:11.     The  Disjunctive  before  Pashta  will  be 


§  38       CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.         51 

Geresh,  Gen.  1  :  24,  or  G'rashayiin,  Gen.  1:11;  the  further 
consecution  is  explained  in  1. 

a.  In  some  instances  Pashta  is  found  not  in  the  train  of  Zakeph  Katon, 
but  seeming  to  govern  an  independent  section,  e.g.  Ex.  29:20,  Deut. 
9:6,  Josh.  10:11,  2  Sam.  14  : 7,  2  Chron.  18:23. 

5.  Zakeph  Gadhol  is  mostly  used  instead  of  Zakeph 
Katon  when  no  other  accent  precedes  it  in  its  own  section, 
whether  upon  the  same  word  or  one  before  it :  "I'm  ^x  Gen. 
9  :  4  (in  some  editions),  in  which  it  is  preceded  by  Munahh, 
is  exceptional. 

6.  Trai?i  of  JR'd/ii". — The  first  Conjunctive  before  R'bhia* 
will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1:9;  the  second,  Munahh  commonly 
with  P'sik,  Gen.  2:5,  or  Darga,  Gen.  6:15;  the  third, 
Munahh  with  P'sik,  Gen.  7:23,  31:29,  or  Merka,  Ex. 
14  :  10.  The  Disjunctive  before  R'bhi=^  will  be  Geresh,  Ex. 
16  :  3,  or  G'rashayim,  Deut.  1:11,  which  are  preceded  as 
in  1. 

7.  Train  of  Fazer. — Pazer  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Munahh,  1  Sam.  14  :  34,  by  two,  Ezek.  9  :  2,  by  three,  1 
Sam.  14  :  34,  or  by  four,  Isa.  6Q  :  20. 

8.  Trai?i  of  Tlisha  6'/^V/^o/«.— T'lisha  Gh'dhola  is  the 
weakest  of  the  Disjunctives  which  are  ever  set  to  rule  inde- 
pendent sections.  Its  weakness  is  in  fact  such,  that  it  is 
sometimes  drawn  into  the  section  of  a  stronger  Disjunctive  ; 
thus,  in  Gen.  1  :  12,  Lev.  4  :  7,  1  Sam.  17  :  51,  Isa.  9  :  5, 
Neh.  5  :  18,  it  takes  the  place  of  T'lisha  K'tanna  among  the 
antecedents  of  Pashta,  standing  between  it  and  Geresh  or 
G'rashayim ;  in  Gen.  13  : 1,  21  :  14,  Deut.  26  :  12,  it  stands 
similarly  between  T'bhir  and  Geresh  or  G'rashayim.  And 
in  many  cases,  perhaps  in  most,  when  it  rules  a  section  of 
its  own,  this  is  a  mere  subsection,  not  so  much  a  division  of 
one  of  the  principal  clauses  as  a  fragment  broken  off  from 
one  of  the  larger  sections  at  a  point  where  T'lisha  K'tanna 
would  have  stood  had  the  connection  been  sufficiently  close 


52  ORTlIOGRAniY.  §  39 

to  require  a  Conjunctive,  c.  g.  Gen.  19  :  3,  1  Kin.  20  :  28. 
That  tliis  is  not  always  so  nppcars,  lioAvever,  from  examples 
like  2  Sam.  14  :  32,  Gen.  7  :  7,  Isa.  66  :  19,  Jer.  39  :  5,  and 
particularly  Gen.  31  :  52,  where  nn^TDj)!;!  corresponds  to  the 
preceding-  -^px-QSV  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  may  be  preceded  by 
one  Mmiahh,  Gen.  27  :  4G,  by  two,  Josh.  2:1,  by  three, 
or  by  four,  1  Kin.  2:5. 

9.  Shalsheleth  occurs  but  seven  times,  viz..  Gen.  19:10, 
24  :  12,  39 :  8,  Lev.  8  :  23,  Isa.  13:8,  Am.  1  :  2,  Ezr.  5:12, 
and  in  every  histance  stands  npon  the  initial  \vord  of  the 
verse,  and  is  accompanied  by  P'sik.  It  has  consequently  no 
antecedents. 

10.  Karne  Phara  is  only  used  sixteen  times.  Its  section 
never  contains  less  than  three  Avords :  its  immediate  prede- 
cessor is  always  Yerahh  ben  Yomo,  to  Avliich  may  be  added 
one  Munahh,  Num.  35:5,  Neh.  5:13,  13:5,  2  Chron. 
24  :  5  ;  two,  2  Kin.  10  :  5,  Jer.  38  :  25,  Est.  7  :  9,  Neh.  1 :  G, 
2  Chron.  35:7;  three.  Josh.  19:51,  2  Sam.  4:2,  Jer. 
,13  :  13  ;  four,  1  Chron.  28  : 1 ;  or  five,  Ezek.  48:21. 

§39.  1.  The  complete  trains  of  the  several  accents  con- 
tain one  Disjunctive  from  each  of  the  inferior  orders,  dis- 
posed in  due  succession  of  rank,  with  one  Conjunctive 
immediately  preceding  the  first  class  of  Disjunctives,  two 
Conjunctives  preceding  the  second  class,  three  the  third  class, 
four  or  more  the  fourth  class.  These  trains  are  adapted  to 
sections  of  difterent  length  and  character  by  omitting  such 
of  the  Conjunctives,  and  more  rarely  by  repeating  such  of 
the  Disjunctives,  as  the  mutual  relations  of  the  words  may 
seem  to  require,  and  breaking  off  the  series  as  soon  as  every 
w^ord  in  the  section  is  supplied.  Thus,  while  the  general 
order  of  consecution  is  fixed  and  invariable,  there  is  the 
utmost  liberty  and  variety  in  particular  cases. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  Conjunctives  go  beyond  the  number 
here  assigned.     Thus,  Athnahh  is  preceded  by  two  Munahhs  in  Ex,  3:  4, 


§  39       CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.         53 

and.  according  to  some  editions,  in  Isa.  48:  11.  T'bhir  ifi  preceded  by  (bur 
Conjunctives,  Josh.  10:  11,  2  Chron.  22:  11,  Isa.  tJG:20;  Pashta  by  four, 
Ex.  5  :  8.  2  Kin.  5:1,  and  even  by  five.  Joeli.  10 :  51. 


2.  If  a  section  consists  of  but  a  single  word,  this  will  re- 
ceive the  appropriate  Disjunctive,  the  entire  antecedent  series 
of  the  table  being  then  omitted  as  unnecessary;  thus,  Siiliik 
:nb;'l  Gen.  5:5;  Athnahh  '\ic^^'\  Gen.  24:34;  Zakcpli 
Katon  nhsn  Isa.  1  :  30 ;  R'bhi'^  n-^isni  Gen.  7:19;  Pazcr 
ni3si^]  Gen.  22  :  2  ;  T'lLsha  Gh'dhola  p5  Gen.  19  :  8.  This, 
as  has  been  already  said,  is  the  regular  length  of  the  sections 
of  Zakeph  Gadhol  and  Shal.sheleth ;  but  those  of  S'gholta 
are  never  composed  of  less  than  two  Avords,  and  those  of 
Kame  Phara  never  of  less  than  three. 

3.  In  sections  of  greater  length  there  is  a  disposition 
towards  a  regular  alternation  of  Disjunctives  and  Conjunc- 
tives upon  successive  words,  e.  g.  Gen.  23  :  11  s  ,  ,  ^  ,  ,  , , 
Gen.  24  :  7  _,  \  '  '^ ,  and  consequently  thou^^rh  two  or  more 
Conjunctives  may  be  allowed  before  a  particular  Disjunctive, 
only  the  first  of  these  is  in  the  majority  of  ca.ses  employed. 
The  actual  relations  of  words  may,  however,  so  interfere  with 
this  regularity  as  on  the  one  hand  to  cause  the  intervening 
Conjunctives  to  be  dropped  entirely,  e.  g.  Gen.  1:22  ...,,, 
1  Chron.  15  :  18  '  '  ',/'',  or,  on  the  other,  to  introduce 
as  many  Conjunctives  as  the  table  will  admit,  e.  g.  Gen. 
3:14  '\,  ,  ",^  ''^\  But  if  either  of  the  three  primary  sec- 
tions consist  of  but  two  words,  the  first  must  have  a  Dis- 
junctive accent,  however  close  its  relation  may  be  to  the 
second,  e.  g.  :  n-^l  T^^-i  Gen.  9:20,  S2\r?  •'7jr?=^  Gen.  3 :  5, 
bsc^  n-j  Gen.  19:4. 


a.  In  Gen.  24 :  15.  where,  however,  editions  difTer,  Silluii  is  in  a  section 
of  two  words  immediately  preceded  by  Merka. 

6.  Sometimes  an  excluded  term  of  the  series  will  take  the  place  of  the 
secondary  accent  Methegh,  §44.  Tiphhha  is  thus  five  times  written  upon 
the  same  word  with  Silluk.   e.g.  S'urn.  15:21.  and  eleven  times  v/itb 


54  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  40 

Athnahh,  e.  g.  Num.  28  :  26.  Munahh,  Gen.  21  :  17,  for  which  Kadhma  is 
sometimes  substituted,  Gen.  IS:  21,  ol'len  stands  upon  the  same  word  with 
Zakeph  Katon.  Kadhma  is  also  joined  in  this  manner  with  Munahh,  Lev. 
10:12,  Merka,  Judg.  21:21,  Neh.  12:44,  Mahpakh,  Lev.  25:46,  and 
Geresh,  Ex.  16 :  15,  21  :  22,  35.     Mahpakh  with  Munahh,  Lam.  4  :  9. 

4.  Occasionally  a  subordinate  Disjunctive  or  its  alternate 
is  repeated  in  the  same  section  with,  or  without  its  ante- 
cedents. Thus,  T'bhir,  Deut.  26:2  ,_  ,  ._  '^^  ,  '\  so 
Deut.  30  :  20,  1  Sam.  20  :  21,  2  Kin.  17  :  36.  Zarka,  2  Kin. 
1:16  ■//""/,  so  ver.  6,  Gen.  42:21,  Jer.  21:4,  Neh. 
2:12.  Pashta,  Gen.  24:14,  42,  48,  65;  1  Kin.  20:9. 
Pashta,  Pashta  and  Y'thibh,  2  Kin.  10:30,  Ezr.  7:25. 
Geresh  and  G'rashayim,  Gen.  28  :  9. 

a.  There  is  a  double  accentuation  of  part  of  Gen.  35:22,  and  of  the 
entire  decalogue,  both  in  Ex.  20:  2-17,  and  Deut.  5  :  6-21,  which  involves 
a  double  vocalization  in  certain  words,  e.g.  :^ba  Ex.  20:3,  i.e.  either 
:13a  or  *';s.  Single  Avords  also  occur  with  alternative  accents,  e.g.  with 
G'rashayim  or  Geresh  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  nV  Gen.  5:29.  ^ii-if?  Lev. 
10  :  4,  ^D'ij'  2  Kin.  17  :  13,  n^xb?  Ezek.  48  :  10,  nxY  Zeph.  2:15.' 


Poetic  Consecution. 

§40.  1.  The  principle  of  the  consecution  is  the  same  in 
the  poetic  as  in  the  prosaic  accents,  although  there  is  consid- 
erable diversity  in  the  details.  There  is  a  like  division  of 
verses  into  clauses  and  sections  ruled  by  a  Disjunctive  at  the 
end,  which  imposes  upon  them  its  own  special  train  of 
accents.  The  sections  are  fewer,  however,  and  the  trains 
shorter  than  in  prose,  on  account  of  the  greater  brevity  of 
the  sentences  in  poetry  for  the  most  part.  But  this  reduc- 
tion is  more  than  compensated  by  the  new  complexity  arising 
from  the  latitude  allowed  in  the  choice  of  Conjunctives, 
which  it  seems  impossible  to  reduce  to  fixed  rules,  and  is 
probably  to  be  referred  to  their  use  as  musical  notes  for  the 


^  40  POETIC    CONSECUTION.  55 

cantillation  of  the  synagogue.  It  should  be  added,  that  the 
embarrassment  arising  from  this  inherent  complexity  of  the 
subject  is  seriously  aggravated  by  the  numerous  discrepancies 
in  the  different  editions  of  the  Bible,  by  which  the  true  ac- 
centuation in  the  three  poetical  books  is  often  involved  in 
doubt  and  uncertainty. 

a.  In  atlditioii  to  availing  himself  of  the  researches  of  others,  particu- 
larly of  Nordheimer  and  Ewald  in  their  discussions  of  this  subject,  the 
author  has  examined  verse  by  verse  the  entire  book  of  Proverbs  and  the 
first  division  of  the  Psalms  (Ps.  1-41),  as  well  as  other  selected  Psalms 
and  portions  of  Job.  As  the  result,  he  confesses  himself  quite  unable  to 
disentangle  the  mystery;  and  as  the  only  contribution  he  can  make 
towards  its  solution  he  has  concluded  to  present  in  detail,  and  in  as  con- 
venient a  form  as  possible,  the  facts  observed,  hoping  that  some  future  ex- 
ploration may  discover  the  principle  of  order,  if  any  such  principle  there 
be,  in  this  apparently  inextricable  confusion. 

3.  Verses  may  consist  of  one,  two,  or  three  clauses,  dis- 
tinguished by  the  three  Disjunctives  of  the  first  class.  If 
the  verse  contain  but  one  clause,  Silluk  will  be  written  upon 
the  last  word,  Ps.  4:1;  if  it  contain  two  clauses,  the  divi- 
sion will  be  made  by  Athnahh,  Ps.  1:4,  or  by  Merka- 
Mahpakh,  Ps.  I  :  2.  3  :  3,  upon  the  last  word  of  the  first 
clause  ;  if  it  contain  three,  the  last  word  of  the  first  will  have 
Merka-Mahpakh,  the  last  word  of  the  second  Athnahh,  and 
the  last  word  of  the  third  Silluk,  Ps.  1  :  1.  Clauses  may 
consist  of  a  single  section  when  no  subdivision  of  them  is 
necessary ;  or  they  may  consist  of  two  or  more  sections, 
when  the  subdivision  is  eff'ected  by  U'bhi''  or  Pazer,  e.  g. 

: ■  Ps.   18:  51,  :,  . '  Prov.   1  :  10, '.  '  Ps. 

41:7, •  /  Ps.  7:'6,,  : ■  .."Ps.  17:14. 


56 


OUTHOGRAl'llY. 


§41 


§41-  Tlie  order  of  the  accents  in  the  various  sections 


is  exhibited  in  the  following  table  : 


Principal 

Sections. 

>  t-H 

o  m 
izi  -<! 

Conjunctives. 

ft 

Conjunctives. 

1 

^c)u.)ic) 

:  V 

'/• 

>\,0\. 

or  -'s                  : 

■  \' 

A 

1     :    1    1 :  ! 
• 

:.0 

^  in. 

■■m\ 

"r(:):^;\)] 

J 

■n 

.., 

»-Xy,Oi. 

'rSh. 

Subordinate 
Sections. 

• 

'\MM\ 

V 

±H'r" 

Explanation  of  the  Table. 

a.  Train  of  Silluk. — If  Silluk  is  preceded  by  a  single  Conjunctive,  it 
will  be  Munahh,  Prov.  1 :  4,  or  Merka  either  alone  as  Prov.  1:2,  or  com- 
pounded with  Zarka,  Ps.  10 :  5,  and  P'sik,  Ps.  10  :  3.  If  it  be  preceded  by 
two  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  ^  Ps.  5:5,  ^  Ps.  10  : 6,  Prov.  12  :  1 
(in  some  editions),  ^  ^  Prov,  25  :  26,  "^  ^^  Ps,  18  :  7,  ■*  ■*  Ps.  36  :  1,  or  ■"  '  Prov. 


^41  POETIC    CONSECUTION.  57 

8: 13.    Ifit  be  preceded  by  three  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  ^  ,  ^  Ps.  24:6, 

'Ps.  10:2ror        'Ps.7:6).  Prov.  26:25  (or  ^       "Ps.  2S:8or 

Prov.  29 :  13),  ,  .  ^  Ps.  4:8,^^  '  Prov.  3 :  27,  ''  ""  .  If  it  be  preceded  by 
four  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  ^  ^  ,  \  Ps.  89:2,  ^  ^  /  ^' Ps.  32:5,  or 
■*  ■*  *^  Ps.  3  :  3  (in  some  editions  ''  ''  *  J.  If  it  be  preceded  by  five  Con- 
junctives, they  will  be  ^  ^  \  ^  Job  32:6,  37:12  (in  this  latter  example 
some  editions  substitute  a  Makkeph  for  Merka). 

If  Silluk  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its  own  section,  it  will  be 
R'bhi''-Geresh,  Ps.  1:1,  5:3,  10.     R'bhi^-Geresh  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Conjunctive,,   Ps.  5:  4  ;  by  two,,  ,  Ps.  8:2,  or,  ^  Ps.  31:10,  19;  by  three, 
or  Ps.  73:4. 

There  are  occasional  deviations  from  the  Conjunctives  of  the  table; 
thus,  R'bhi^-Geresh  is  in  Ps.  34:8  preceded  by  ^  "  ^.  In  some  of  these 
cases,  however,  editions  differ  in  their  notation  of  the  accents.  Thus,  in 
Ps.  5:7  some  editions  have  ^  "  before  Silluk,  others  ,  ";  in  Ps.  18:36, 
Prov.  30: 17,  some  have  ,  ,  others  ,  ;  in  Ps.  20:2  some  have  ^  ^ ,  others 
.  ;  in  Prov.  24  :  8  some  have  ,  ,  ,  others  ,  ,  the  two  words  being  joined 
by  Makkeph.  So,  again,  some  editions  have  in  Ps.  9:  11  ^  before  R'bhi"- 
Geresh,  in  Ps.  18:44  ,  in  Prov.  27:19  .  in  Prov.  21:17  ;  while 
other  editions  do  not  depart  in  these  passages  from  tlie  order  given  in  the 
table.     Similar  discrepancies  exist  in  the  other  sections  likewise. 

6.  Train  of  Athnahh. — Athnahh  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive. 
^  Ps.  5:8  (or  ^^  Prov.  8:30,  34),,  Ps.  5 : 3  (or  ^,  Ps.  35:21,  ,  "  Ps.  69:2), 
.Prov.  23:3,^  Ps.  14:3,  Prov.  6:3  (or  ^  ^  Prov.  16:10);  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps. 
6:8  (or^  ^^  Ps.  7:17),  ^  ^  Prov.  28:25,  Ps.  5:2  (in  some  editions  the 
latter  example  has  ^  _,  ^),  _,  ,^  Ps.  14:5,  ,  ^  Prov.  11:12,  14  •■21,,  /  Ps. 
37  :  1. ,  ^  Prov.  8  :  21,  ._  ^  Ps.  25  :  16  ;  by  three,  ^  ^  ,  Prov.  24  :  21,  ^  ^  ^  Ps. 
6:6  (or^  ^  .  "  Ps.  9:10,  or  ^  ^  _^  Ps.  16:10),  ,  ^  '  Ps.  10:17,  ^  ' '/ Prov. 
8:13,  __^  ,,  Ps.  18:50,  ,,  ._  _,  Ps.  10:13,  '  'fprov.  6:27,,  "  Vps.72:3; 
by  four, ,  ^  ^  Prov.  3: 12,  ^  ^  ^  ^  Prov.  24:  16,  y^  ^^  Ps.  34:7,  ^  ^  \  Ps. 
32:2  (in  some  editions),  "■    ^  ^^  Prov.  1 :  19, ,"    '"'^Ps.  65:2. 

If  Athnahh  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its  own  section,  it  will  be 
Tiphhha  initial,  Ps.  1 :  6,  26  :  4.  Tiphhha  initial  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Conjunctive,^   Ps.  5:6;  by  two,  ^  _^  Ps.  9:19(or        "  Ps.  14:1    or  Ps. 

16:9),^  'Ps.  32:11,^  ^  Ps.  35:14,15,^  /  Prov'  25 :  20 ;  by  three,  ^'^  ,  ^ 
Ps.  23:6,,  ,  ,'  Ps.  27:1,^  /  ^  Ps.  12:5  (or  ^  /  /  Prov.  27:14),\';"^ 
Ps.  9:14. 

c.  Train  of  Merka-Mahpakh.—Mevlia-Mahpakh  maybe  preceded  by 
one  Conjunctive,  which  is  almost  always  Yerahh  ben  Yomo,  Ps,  1:1 


58  OBTHOGRAPHY.  §42 

though  occasionally  it  is,  in  some  editions  at  least,  Merka,  Ps.l5:5,  35:  10, 
or  Mahpakh,  Ps.  24:8,  31:10.  If  it  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  ita 
own  section,  Zarka  will  be  employed,  Ps.  1 :  1,  Prov.  1:11. 

Zarka  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  Ps.  12:7  (or  ^  Prov. 
1 :  22),  ^  Ps.  6  :  3,  ^  ^  Ps.  12 :  3,  ^  *  Ps.  31  :  12 ;  by  two,  ^  ^ '  Prov.  30  :  15  (in 
some  editions      '),        Ps.  24 :  10  (or  Ps.  13:6),  Ps.  21  :  10,     ' 

Ps.  27 :  2  (or  /  ^  "  Ps.  35  :  26),  _  '  ''  Ps.  7  ;  10 ;  by  three,  ^  /  ^  Ps.  29  :  9, 

'     Ps.  31:14,     '     "       Ps.  10:  14;  or  by  four,  '     Ps.  40  :  6. 

d.  Train  of  R^bhi". — R'bhi"  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  Ps. 
5  :  1,  ^  Ps,  8  :  2  (or  ^  "  Ps.  23  :  4,  or  _  ^  Ps.  6  :  7),^  Prov.  28  :  22,  ^  Ps.  22  :  25, 
'Ps.  11:2  (or    '  Ps.  5  :  11)  ;  by  two,        Prov.  8  :  33.        Ps.  28  :  7  (or 

Ps.  18  :  3),  ^  /  Ps.  9 :  7,  ^  "  ^  ^  Ps.  1 1 :  4,  ^  /  Ps.  26  :  1,  ""^  Ps.  27  :  6  (or  ^  ^^ 
Ps.  5:9).        'Prov.  6:22,     '      Ps.    18:1   (or     '     ~  Ps.   7 : 7,   or    '    "    Ps. 

J       i     \  'l<  \|<  'IK 

39  :  5),  /   '  Job   16:10;  or  by  three,  ^  /  ^  Ps.  40  :  7,  ^  ,  \  Ps.  41  :  7  (or 
"     '     Ps.  39:6,  or     "     '     "  Ps.  3 :  8,  or        '     "   Ps.  41:14),  '    '      Ps. 

al<  '<l<  '  <     \  <  -"l< 

19:  14  (or' _  \  "  Ps.  39:  12),  "^  '  ""  Ps.  40  :  11, ,     ^  "  '  Prov.  24:31. 

e.  Train  of  Pazer. — Pazer  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  ^  Ps. 
89 :  20  (or,  ^  Prov.  30  :  S), '  Ps.  32  :  5  (or  /  Ps.  17  :  14) ;  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps. 
5 :  10,  Prov.  7  :  23  (or  ^  ,^  Ps.  28  :  5),  /  Ps.  13  :  3  (or  ^  /  Prov.  27  :  10), 
^  ^  Ps.  90  :  4,  ,  \  Ps.  7  :  6,  _  \  Ps.  39 :  13,  ^  ^  Ps.  11:2,/  Ps.  5  :  12  ;  or 
by  three,  ^  ^  Ps.  22:35,  23 :  4,  ^  ^  ^  Prov.  23:29  (where  some  editions 
have       '). 

§42.  The  trains  of  these  several  accents  are  adjusted 
to  sections  of  varying  length  by  expedients  similar  to  those 
employed  with  the  prose  accents,  viz. :  1 .  Omitting  the  Con- 
junctives in  whole  or  in  part.  2.  Repeating  the  Disjunc- 
tives, e.  g.  "  Ps.  14  : 1,  "  Ps.  17  :  14,  or  their  equivalents,  e.  g. 
Tiphhha  initial  before  "  Ps.  7:10,  before  '  Ps.  9:1;  "  before 
"  Ps.  18  : 1,  before  '  Ps.  22  :  15  ;  "  before  Tiphhha  initial  Ps. 
16:17.  3.  Writing  two  accents  upon  the  same  word, 
an^niss^'-aia  Ps.  5:11,  ''Snin  Ps.  27:11,  ^i?'?:^  Ps.  18:16. 
4.  Uniting  two  or  more  words  by  Makkeph,  so  that  they 
require  but  a  single  accent.  5.  Writing  the  different  parts 
of  a  compound  accent  upon  separate  words ;  thus,  Merka- 
Mahpakh  ^:x  bS^s;  Ps.  6 : 3,  Merka-Zarka  ^sn  ^5  Ps.  22:9, 
Mahpakh-Zarka  nxn  ^^  Prov.  6 : 3. 


§43  MAKKEPH.  59 

a.  Sometimes  when  two  accents  are  written  upon  the  same  word,  one 
is  the  alternate  of  the  other;  thus,  r^ja  I'rov.  1 :  19,  may  be  eitlier  5^2  or 
Saa  according  as  the  accent  remains  in  its  proper  position  in  the  ultimate, 
or  is  thrown  back  upon  the  penult  in  consequence  of  the  next  word  being 
accented  upon  its  initial  syllable. 


Makkeph. 

§43.  Makkcpli  {^'^'a  joi?m?^)  is  a  horizontal  stroke  by 
which  two,  three,  or  even  four  words  may  be  united. 
^S-"}px,  ^r™?n-D!S!  Gen.  30:31,  bS-^b-TC^  Gen.  33:11, 
iS-nrs-bs-nsi  Gen.  12  :  20,  25  :  5,  Ex.  20  :  11,  ytJs-nnvbs-b:^ 
Ex.  22  :  8,  fnir-^iS-bs-b?  Job  41  :  26.  It  belongs  properly 
to  the  accentual  system,  words  which  are  closely  related 
being  often  connected  in  this  manner  in  order  to  obviate 
the  necessity  of  unduly  multiplying  Conjunctive  accents. 
Thus,  the  first  fifteen  words  of  Ex.  22  : 8  are  in  this  manner 
reduced  to  eight.  Monosyllabic  particles  are  frequently,  and 
some  almost  constantly,  linked  with  the  succeeding  or  pre- 
ceding word,  of  whicli  they  may  be  regarded  as  in  a  manner 
appendages ;  thus,  bx ,  by ,  nx ,  biD ,  bx ,  "js ,  d5  ,  N5 ,  etc.  Exam- 
ples are  not  wanting,  however,  of  longer  words  similarly 
united,  e.  g.  D^irmrbT^  Dent.  19:15,  ^b^T^^Js?  1  Kin.  17  :  21, 
n'in^-n^s  Isa.  31:4.  This  use  of  Makkeph  is  not  to  be  con- 
founded with  that  of  the  hyphen  in  modern  languages  between 
the  members  of  a  compound,  as  self-same,  master-builder. 
Words  united  by  Makkeph  are  still  as  separate  as  ever  in  char- 
acter and  signification ;  but  they  are  pronounced  together  and 
are  accented  as  though  they  formed  but  one  word.  Hence, 
whatever  number  of  words  be  thus  joined,  the  last  only  will 
receive  an  accent.  And,  as  a  further  consequence,  if  a  word 
preceding  Makkeph  properly  ends  in  a  long  mixed  syllable, 
this  will,  by  the  loss  of  the  accent,  be  shortened,  ''i^TiX, 
Slijrbs ,  rir'^ybririn ,  or  failing  this,  will  commonly  receive  the 
secondary  accent  Methegh,  >^oi^"DT^ ,  ns?'n^"']'^K . 


60  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  44 

a.  Tsere  remains  before  Makkeph  in  13,  "^3,  "IV,  yiy^  ;  it  sometimes  re- 
mains and  is  sometimes  shortened  in  B'^,  lad  six,  rs  e.  g.  Gen.  16:  13 
rnn^i'dU,  but  ver.  15  i33"CiIJ .  It  once  remains  according  to  some  editions 
in  TIN  Job  41  :  26,  a  word  which  is  three  times  written  rx  without 
Makkeph,  Ps.  47:5,  60:2,  Prov.  3:12.     Comp.  §  19.  2,  a. 

b.  Makkeph  is  occasionally  found  in  the  middle  of  a  long  word,  which 
has  been  erroneously  divided  into  two,  e.  g.  ii^E"iia'^  Jer.  46  :  20,  and 
perhaps  tiipTipS  Isa.  61 :  1.  Sometimes  words  are  thus  divided  without 
a  Makkeph  to  unite  the  sundered  parts,  e.g.  Q"';?  ']?  Lam.  4:  3,  tfiinh  "^na 
2  Chron.  34:  6,  and  probably  ^lin  dliij  Hos.  4:  18,  ni-iQ  -iQnb  Isa.  2  :'20'. 
(See  Dr.  Alexander's  Commentary  on  this  passage.)  The  last  two  ex- 
amples are  plainly  intended  by  the  punctuators  to  be  read  as  separate 
words.  This  might  likewise  be  done  in  the  preceding  examples  if  they 
were  pointed  CliJ  "is  and  ch"'n2  "in3  . 


Methegh. 

§  44.  Methegh  (.^ri'a  bridle),  a  small  perpendicular  stroke 
under  the  initial  letter  of  the  syllable  to  which  it  belongs, 
is  a  secondary  accent  denoting  a  stress  of  voice  inferior  to 
the  main  accent.  As  this  latter  always  has  its  place  in 
Hebrew  either  upon  the  ultimate  or  the  penult,  distinctness 
was  promoted  and  monotony  relieved,  especially  in  long 
words,  by  giving  prominence  to  one  or  more  of  the  antece- 
dent syllables.  There  is  a  natural  tendency  to  heighten  the 
force  of  the  accent  by  passing  lightly  over  the  immediately 
preceding  syllable,  this  diminished  force  creating  in  its  turn 
a  new  stress  upon  that  next  beyond  it,  and  so  on  in  alternate 
elevations  and  depressions  to  the  beginning  of  the  word. 
Agreeably  to  the  principle  just  stated,  Methegh  regularly 
stands  in  polysjdlables  upon  the  second  syllable  before  the 
accent,  and  again  upon  the  fourth  if  the  w^ord  have  so  many, 
e.  g.  ^ii^\},  vl5s?;2,  ''?!J?^^'i?,  Dn^p,a,  Drpni'iiip^^,  niiiDipri^i . 
And  so  upon  two  or  more  words  connected  by  Makkeph, 
which  are  pronounced  as  one,  e.  g.  i^J'rrx'i';'  Gen.  22  :  8, 
nn^-aii-^s  1  Sam.  21 :  7. 

a.  Sometimes,  however,  particularly  when  the  nature  of  the  syllables 
requires  it,  §32.  1,  Methegh  takes  the  place  of  the  principal  accent  before 


§45  METHEGH.  61 

Makkeph  irrespectiv^e  of  the  position  of  the  accent  upon  the  following 
word,  i?-1"^xaJn  Num.  21:35,  liran-Ti^.^  Num.  21:  33,  ^=i3"r|>.^.  Jer.  34:1, 
C!in-nb-b3i  Gen.  30:  32,  nrsibn/l  Sam.  21 :  12,  '^B-'S  Ex.  lb":  5. 

b.  It  is  to  be  observed  that  the  position  of  Methegh  is  determined  by 
that  of  the  tone-syllable,  not  by  that  of  the  accentual  sign  when  these  are 
not  coincident,  as  frequently  happens  with  prepositives  and  postpositive?, 
e.g.  '■'ni"'"^]  Dent.  4  :  2G.  sirnini'n  Josh.  22:27,  where  the  tone  fells  on 
the  penult,  c^p^irr;  Jer.  26:21,  where  the  tone  is  upon  the  ultimate. 


§45.  The  secondary  accent  is  liable  to  be  shifted  from 
its  normal  position  for  the  following  reasons,  viz. : 

1.  If  the  syllable  which  should  receive  it  is  mixed,  it 
may  be  given  in  preference  to  an  antecedent  simple  syllable, 
e.  g.  nn^nTTX)  2  Sam.  22  :  24,  ^?nnna.i  Job  1 : 7,  niinnpnia 
Ezek.  42  :  5,  TiJ'^iitn-bKilJ.  Gen.  43:7;  or  if  none  such  precede, 
it  may  be  omitted  altogether,  e.  g.  DDS'a^]  Jer.  33  :  24, 
''?«?'?r^^  1  Kin-  31 : 1,  ni:£^n-b5-ni5  Dent.  G  :  25. 

2.  It  is  always  given  to  simple  syllables  when  followed 
by  a  vocal  Sh'va,  wdiether  simple  or  compound,  or  a  vowel 
which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va,  the  slight  pronunciation  proper 
to  the  Sh'va  or  its  derivative  giving  new  prominence  to  the 
preceding  vowel,  ^:ynik\  ^^.T}"^. ,  ^^.^}.,  riinj^irn  Gen.  30 :  38, 
^'I'lin'^ ;  sometimes  to  intermediate  syllables,  §  20.  2,  e.  g. 
^inp  Isa.  9:17,  10:34,  tjW  Obad.  ver.  11,  particularly 
after  He  interrogative  or  when  Daghesh-forte  has  been 
omitted  as  after  the  article,  Vav  conversive,  and  the  prepo- 
sition p,  e.  ff.  bti)2T\ ,  n^j-iJnn ,  ^^bn ,  ninis ,  D^y^nsisn  ,  nk'j-ch 
''n^ll ;  rarely  and  only  as  an  exception  to  a  mixed  syllable 
standing  in  the  first  place  before  the  principal  accent,  e.  g. 
«TC^n  Gen.  1:11,  n^mn  Ex.  12  :  7,  Zech.  14  :  2. 


a.  It  hence  appears  how  Methegh  comes  to  be  of  use  in  distinguishing 
the  doubtful  vowels,  §  19,  and  to  what  extent  it  can  be  relied  upon  for  this 
end.  As  it  invariably  accompanies  the  vowel  of  a  simple  syllable  when 
followed  by  vocal  Sh'va,  it  must  always  be  found  with  a,  I,  and  u  preced- 
ing Sh'va.  inasmuch  as  this  will  necessarily  be  vocal.  Initial  ^  u,  the  un- 
emphatic  conjunction,  is  an  exception,  Avith  which  it  is  commonly  not 
written,  e.  g.  ni;^:!i  Gen.  6:  19,  iixbbii  Gen.  31  :  4,  though  it  is  sometimes, 


63  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  45 

e.  g.  i'-^^nn^l  Gen.  1 :  18,  nh.t^  Judg,  5 :  12.  The  absence  of  Methegh; 
except  in  the  case  just  mentioned,  is  consequently  conclusive  evidence  of 
tlie  shortness  of  tiie  vowel.  As,  however,  short  v6we!s  in  intermediate 
syllables,  and  in  a  few  rare  Instances  even  in  mixed  syllables,  may  receive 
Methegh,  the  presence  of  this  sign  does  not  of  itself  determine  the  vowel 
to  be  long;  the  ultimate  decision  must  in  this  case  depend  ou  other  con- 
siderations. 


3.  When  by  the  operation  of  the  preceding  rule  Me- 
thegh comes  to  stand  in  the  first  place  before  the  accent, 
another  Methegh  is  nevertheless  occasionally  found  in  the 
second  place,  the  two  thus  standing  in  immediate  succession, 
e.  g.  nin^a  Gen.  32  :  22,  ^S?.'!^  Gen.  45  :  25  ;  and  even  three 
occur  upon  successive  syllables,  e.g.  ?]'i)a?'D'a^  Isa.  22  :19. 
But  commonly  where  there  is  more  than  one  Methegh,  their 
position  relatively  to  each  other  is  governed  by  the  same 
rules  as  the  position  of  Methegh  generally  with  relation  to 
the    principal    accent,    e.  g.    'nnsjrdjib ,    jHhirnn ,    'nf;i^;?ns5'\ , 

4.  Methegh  is  sometimes  written  under  a  letter  with 
'  Sh'va,  e.  g.  x?""^^  Job  1:11,2:5,  iBS-i5>^  Job  19  :  G,  nj:n:3 

Ps.  2  :  3,  nicn^as  Jer.  49  :  18,  '^i^.'a^  Ruth  1:11. 

a.  A  Methegh  so  situated  is  called  Gaya  (J^'^^sra  bellowing)  by  Jewish 
grammarians,  and,  according  to  Elias  Levita,  it  occurs  eighty-four  times, 
the  number  yielded  by  its  name  arithmetically  reckoned.  Methegh  upon 
a  short  vowel  before  a  compound  Sh'va  was  called  Ma"rikh  (Tf~N]?  pro- 
longing), with  a  short  Hhirik  it  was  called  Hhiruk  (p^iTJ  gnashing). 

5.  The  place  of  Methegh  is  frequently  supplied  by  an 
accent  chosen  agreeably  to  the  laws  of  consecution,  §  39. 
3.  6.,  e.  g.  aipnss:  Isa.  66  :  13,  oH^n-^sb  Deut.  12  :  31, 
Dn?Di5)  Zech.  7:14,  xni^-b^l  Num.  10:23,  ^':r|;?^^  Josh. 
22  :  12. 


a.  The  want  of  consistency  or  of  uniformity,  which  may  be  occasion- 
ally observed,  in  regard  to  the  insertion  or  omission  of  Methegh,  e.  g. 
nnnsa  Cant.  1 :  7.  ninsiy  Cant.  3:1;  tna  Cant.  6  :  5.  and  Lam.  4  :  9 ; 


§  46  k'ri  and  k'thibh.  68 

nidns  Num.  31:12,  ri^iS  Josh.  4:13,  and  llie  discrepancies  between 
different  manuscripts  and  editions,  e.  g.  «^3^i<  or  nsbx  Gen.  45 :  28, 
rinTai-^ixb  or  nn^f^isiy  Ps.  81 :  3,  if  not  arising  in  the  first  instance  from 
clerical  errors,  are  probably  to  be  attributed  to  the  inferior  importance  of 
the  sign  itself,  whose  place  might  be  presumed  to  be  sufiiciently  determined 
even  if  not  written. 


K'ri  and  K'thibh. 

§46.  Various  notes  extracted  from  the  Masora  ('^'^"ic'a 
traditioii),  a  collection  of  remarks  upon  the  text,  are  found 
in  the  margin  of  the  Hebrew  Bible,  which  are  explained  in 
the  glossary  at  the  end  of  most  editions.  The  most  im- 
portant of  these  are  the  various  readings  known  as  the  K'ri 
("'"ij?  read),  and  K'thibh  (^'^r^i'  icritten).  If  in  any  instance 
traditional  usage  sanctioned  a  reading  different  from  that 
which  was  written  in  the  text  or  the  K'thibh,  the  punctuators 
did  not  venture  to  alter  the  text  itself  for  the  sake  of  making 
the  correction ;  they  went  no  further  than  to  connect  with 
the  letters  of  the  text  the  vowels  of  the  w^ord  to  be  substi- 
tuted for  it  in  reading  or  the  K'ri,  with  a  reference  to  the 
margin  where  the  letters  of  the  substitute  might  be  found. 
Thus,  with  the  Avord  I'^'Q!^''!!  Josh.  G  :  7  is  connected  the 
marginal  note  "^ip  "n^xin.  The  vowels  here  attached  to  the 
K'thibh  belong  not  to  it  but  to  the  unpointed  word  in  the 
margin,  which  is  accordingly  "i^x^i .  The  proper  vowels  for 
the  pronunciation  of  the  K'thibh  are  not  written,  but  must 
be  supphed  from  a  knowledge  of  the  form  indicated  by  the 
letters,  Avhich  in  this  case  is  ^n'Ci^'^'i .  Again,  in  ver.  9,  M!yT\ 
in  the  text  refers  to  p  '•ypn  in  the  margin ;  the  K'ri  is  here 
■^^ph ,  and  the  K'thibh,  whose  vowels  are  left  to  be  deter- 
mined by  the  reader,  ^5pjn.  Jer.  42:6  has  ^ibz^  where  the 
marginal  note  is  ^"p  i:n:s< ;  the  K'ri  is  accordingly  ^^H'?'!' , 
and  the  K'thibh  ''ii? .  In  order  to  indicate  that  a  given  word 
was  to  be  omitted  in  reading,  it  was  left  unpointed,  and  the 


64  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  47 

note  "^"ip  Sib*!  n^nD ,  iDritten  but  not  read,  placed  in  the  margin, 
e.g.  Ti)'/:n  Ezek.  48:1G,  «3  2  Kin.  5:  IS,  inT  Jer.  51 : 3. 
If,  on  the  other  hand,  a  word  was  to  be  suppHed,  its  vowels 
were  inserted  in  the  text  and  its  letters  placed  in  the  margin, 
with  the  note  S^rD  sbi  iip,  read  hut  not  toritten,  e.  g.  Judg. 
20:13  in  the  text  ^  and  in  the  marmn  '':3,  to  be  read 
:.:a ;  so  Jer.  31 :  38  n\s:a  .  In  1  Kin.  21  :  8  the  first  letter 
of  D''"i£9^  is  l^ft  unpointed  as  superfluous,  and  in  Job  2  : 7 
"?,  is  explained  by  the  margin  to  stand  for  'i?^ :  so  Jer.  18 :  23 
^'Ti,.']  for  vm  . 

a.  The  number  of  these  marginal  readings  differs  in  different  editions. 
Elias  Levita  states  that  there  are  848.  Others  have  computed  them  to 
be  1,000;  others  still,  1,200. 

§47.  Sometimes  a  different  reading  from  that  of  the  text 
is  suggested  by  the  points  alone  without  a  marginal  note 
being  added  in  explanation,  as  when  a  particular  word  or 
orthography  is  regularly  substituted  for  another  of  frequent 
occurrence.  These  cases  are  presumed  to  be  so  familiar  to 
the  reader  as  to  require  no  other  index  of  their  existence 
than  the  presence  of  the  appropriate  vowels.  Thus,  the 
divine  name  Mini ,  which  the  Jews  had  a  superstitious  dread 
of  pronouncing,  was  and  still  is  read  by  them  as  if  it  were 
■'ns  Lord,  whose  points  it  accordingly  receives,  T\-\r^^ ,  unless 
these  two  names  stand  in  immediate  connection,  when,  to 
avoid  repetition,  it  is  read  D'^nbs  and  pointed  Mnn.^  Gen. 
15:2,  Hab.  3:19.  The  antiquity  of  this  superstition  is 
attested  by  the  Kvpwi  of  the  Septuagint,  -followed  in  the 
English  as  well  as  in  other  modern  versions  by  the  rendering 
Lord.  The  true  sound  of  the  name  never  having  been 
noted,  is  noAV  lost ;  the  only  clue  that  is  left  being  its  ety- 
mology and  the  form  which  it  assumes  in  composition, 
§62.  1,  from  which  the  conclusion  has  been  variously  drawn 
that  it  was  nin^,  ""On.,  or  ^^"^T!*^..  The  common  pronunciation 
Jehovah  is  manifestly  founded  upon  the  error  of  combining 


§48  k'ri  and  k'tiiibii.  65 

the  consonants  of  this  word  with  the  vowels  of  another  and 
an  entirely  different  one.  There  is,  however,  especially  as  it 
is  uncertain  whether  Yahve  or  Yah"va,  or  either  of  these,  was 
its  original  sound,  no  good  reason  for  abandoning  the  pro- 
nunciation familiar  to  the  Christian  world  and  hallowed  by 
the  association  of  constant  usage  for  the  sake  of  adopting 
another  which  is,  or  is  supposed  to  be,  phonetically  more 
exact,  any  more  than  we  need  be  guilty  of  the  pedantry  of 
preferring  YesJi,a>/aIm  to  Isaiah  because  it  approaches  more 
nearly  to  the  original  pronunciation  of  the  prophet's  name. 
Other  standing  K'ris,  unnoted  in  the  margin,  are  s^'in ,  the 
form  of  the  pronoun  of  the  third  person  feminine  which  is 
used  throughout  the  Pentateuch ;  this  is  designed  to  be  read 
X''n ,  though  the  sound  indicated  by  the  letters  is  in  all  proba- 
bility N^n .     So  ^bim-j  read  ^iis:' ,  and  ni%ry^_  read  Q:'^Tri^^ . 

§48.  In  the  absence  of  definite  information  respecting 
the  origin  and  sources  of  these  various  readings,  it  is  difficult 
to  determine  with  absolute  precision  the  weight  to  which 
they  are  respectively  entitled.  The  current  opinion  of  the 
ablest  Hebraists,  based  upon  a  carefid  scrutiny  of  their  in- 
ternal character  and  the  relation  which  ordinarily  appears  to 
subsist  between  them,  is  that  Avhile  the  K'ri  may  perhaps,  in 
a  few  cases,  correct  errors  in  the  K'thibh,  and  so  restore  the 
original  reading,  it  is  in  the  great  majority  of  instances  an 
explanatory  gloss  rather  than  an  emendation.  With  the  rare 
exceptions  already  suggested,  the  K'thibh  is  esteemed  the 
true  reading,  the  object  of  the  K'ri  being  to  remove  ortho- 
graphical anomalies,  secure  grammatical  uniformity,  substi- 
tute usual  for  unusual,  prevailing  for  obsolete  words  and 
forms,  and  occasionally  to  introduce  euphemistic  expressions. 
While  the  K'ri  is  probably  not  to  be  esteemed  the  original 
reading,  therefore,  it  deserves  attention  as  the  grammatical 
or  exegetical  comment  of  a  steadfast  tradition. 


66  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  49 


Accuracy  of  the  Points. 

§49.  1.  All  the  Masoretic  additions  to  the  text  designed 
to  facilitate  its  reading  have  now  been  considered.  The  cor- 
rectness of  the  pronunciation,  which  they  yield,  is  vouched 
for  not  only  by  the  esteem  in  which  they  are  universally 
held  by  the  Jews,  but  by  the  scrupulous  minuteness  of  the 
system,  its  consistency  with  itself  and  with  the  vowel-letters 
of  the  text,  its  affinity  with  and  yet  independence  of  the 
vocalization  of  the  kindred  languages  the  Arabic  and  Syriac, 
and  the  veneration  for  the  already  established  text  which 
evidently  characterized  its  authors,  since  they  did  not  venture 
to  change  the  text  even  in  the  slightest  particular. 

2.  The  only  additional  information  which  has  come  down 
to  us  respecting  the  true  sound  of  Hebrew  words,  is  furnished 
by  the  mode  of  writing  proper  names  in  the  Septuagint 
version,  and  the  few  Hebrew  words  preserved  by  ancient 
authors,  particularly  Origen  and  Jerome.  These  have  been 
subjected  to  an  elaborate  comparison  with  the  Masoretic 
punctuation,  and  the  result  has  been  to  establish  their  sub- 
stantial agreement  in  the  main,  with,  however,  not  a  few 
remarkable  points  of  divergence.  In  relation  to  this  subject 
it  should  be  observed,  that  the  Hebrew  pronunciation  of  the 
Seventy  is  inferred  entirely  from  their  mode  of  spelling 
proper  names,  not  from  words  in  living  use  in  the  language. 
The  chances  of  inaccuracy,  on  the  part  of  the  translators,  are 
here  peculiarly  great.  Many  names  were  -not  familiar  and 
were  of  rare  occurrence ;  and  as  no  system  of  vowel  notation 
then  existed,  they  were  left  entirely  to  their  independent 
knowdedge  of  the  sound  of  each  individual  word.  These 
words  were  written  by  them  in  a  foreign  alphabet,  whose 
sounds  did  not  coincide  precisely  Avith  those  of  the  Hebrew,, 
and  in  which  the  proper  equivalents  varied  somewhat  accord- 
ing to  their  combinations.     The  true  sound  w^as  also  de- 


^49  ACCURACY    OF    THE    POINTS.  07 

parted  from  sometimes  because  the  laws  of  Greek  euphony 
forbade  its  exact  reproduction.  The  neghgence  with  which 
they  are  chargeable  elsewhere  was  also  probably  aggravated 
here,  and  in  fact  there  are  many  instances  in  which  they  not 
merely  deviate  from  the  vowels  but  transpose  or  change  the 
letters.  Leaving  out  of  view,  therefore,  such  incidental  dis- 
crepancies as  are  to  be  accounted  for  in  the  ways  now  sug- 
gested, a  thorough  and  extended  examination  of  the  subject 
reveals,  with  all  the  general  agreement,  a  number  of  regular 
and  systematic  deviations. 

a.  These  are  thus  stated  by  Ewald,  Lehrbuch,  p.  1 16.  (1.)  An  e  or  l  de- 
rived from  a  is  written  d,  as  rrnn  ©apa,  nrbs  BaXaa/A.  "i"'"^?  TafSaotv,  CJ")^ 
Maptajj. :  and  on  the  other  hand,  a  is  sometimes  written  e,  n:on"^bfij< 
0At/3f/xa,  f:p  Keve^;  rj  Ted^,  especially  before  n,  as  nnp  Kope,  nnt  Zape. 
(2.)  e  is  written  for  l  and  6  for  u,  C'lns  Xerratot.  n':n^5  Teevva,  ')"''7? 
TeSeouv,  D':"!'-^?  Mecrpatyx,  rmii.__  Oxol,a&,  n^-U'  O^ta.  (3.)  for  the  diph- 
thongal e  and  o  their  constituents  ai  and  an  are  substituted,  ""^l^  Katvav, 
ira  Na/^aw.  (4.)  The  vowel  letters  are  softened  into  their  homogeneous 
vowels  X'^P.*^  oviKpa,  "^S"]"^!]  ovihaf^rjp.  (5.)  Vocal  Sh'va  is  written  as  a 
full  vowel,  commonly  a,  or  if  an  0  follow,  o,  rixn::  2a/?aw^,  bs^""i  Payouv^A, 
C^^iS  XepovfSifJi,  cho  SoSojtta ;  the  final  vowel  of  Segholates  is  also 
written  6  if  o  precedes,  T)^b  MoXo;)(,  I'c.i"  yop.op. 

3.  The  regularity  of  these  deviations  seems  to  be  best 
accounted  for  by  the  assumption  that  the  pronunciation 
represented  in  the  Septuagint  is  that  which  prevailed  among 
the  Jews  in  Egypt,  Avhich  would  naturally  be  less  pure  than 
that  of  Palestine  represented  in  the  vowel  points,  and  which, 
moreover,  betrays  in  the  particulars  recited  above  a  strong 
leaning  to  Aramaean  forms  and  sounds.  Accordingly  the 
view  now  commonly  entertained  is  that  the  vowel  notation 
of  the  Masorites  is  correct,  at  least  in  all  essential  particulars, 
and  that  it  is  properly  to  be  put  at  the  basis  of  all  investiga- 
tions into  the  phenomena  of  the  language. 


68  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  50 


Orthographic  Changes. 

§  5  0.  The  signs  thus  far  described  represent  all  the 
sounds  of  the  Hebrew  language.  Its  stock  of  words  is 
formed  by  combining  these  in  various  significant  ways.  The 
laws  of  such  combinations,  and  especially  the  mutations  to 
which  they  are  subject,  or  which  they  occasion,  next  demand 
attention.  When  a  particular  idea  has  been  attached  to  a 
certain  combination  of  sounds,  its  different  modifications 
may  naturally  be  expressed  by  slightly  varying  those  sounds. 
This  may  take  place, 

1.  By  the  substitution  of  one  letter  for  another  of  like 
character,  and  for  the  most  part  of  the  same  organ,  e.  g. : 

n;^rt  to  be.  exist,  iTjri  to  live  ;  S'23  to  pour  forth,  K^3  the  same  idea  ap- 
plied to  words,  to  prophesy;  pJlS  to  encircle  the  neck  with  an  ornament, 
pDH  to  strangle,  p;N  applied  to  sounds  uttered  in  strangulation,  to  groan; 
^:0  to  go  about  as  a  spy,  'b'y-\  to  go  about  as  a  merchant;  G33  to  collect, 
D^na  treasures;  ^'"'25  a  cup,  i'liis  or  ^"zip  a  helmet  (of  similar  shape); 
tp  tender,  delicate,  pT  thin  ;  "jpti  to  make  straight,  'SPi  to  straighten  the 
beam  of  the  balance,  to  weigh  ;  "1132  Jirst  born.  "^32  Jirst  ripe,  "ip3  the  first 
portion  of  the  day,  the  morning  ;  nbn  to  suspend,  nb'n  applied  to  a  bucket, 
to  let  down;  "its  to  cut.  "iS;?  to  reap;  -tij  gold,  :rh^  yellow;  "(ox^  to  con- 
ceal, "jS'sU  and  "(S^  to  hide  away  as  treasures,  "£&  to  cover  with  boards ; 
I'nj  to  destroy  by  tearing  down,  cnj  to  destroy  by  uprooting ;  ns::  to  slay, 
nST  to  sacrifice;  bDrj  to  bind,  b3J  to  bound;  n"]3  to  break  up,  flte,  tT^Q 
to  break  out,  blossom,  p^Q  to  break  in  pieces ;  3^p  to  cut  off,  ~:in  to  heto 
stone,  a^in  to  cut  wood, ;  "inS  to  surround,  -iZi'J  to  encircle  the  head  with  a 
crown;  T\^^  to  pour  oid,  "03  to  pour  in  libation  or  in  casting  metals ;  in^ 
to  shine,  "iHiJ  to  be  pure;  nnn  to  engrave,  dnn  to  plough;  iria  to  prove, 
iris  to  approve,  choose  ;  nnt;:  ?o  cZn'?i/c,  its  causative  HiTiirn ;  "inn  to  break 
through,  ipn  to  investigate  ;  arij  to  place,  \is  reflexive  iS^rili. 

2.  By  the  transposition  of  letters,  e.  g.  : 

"j^nS  to  deal  violently,  nrja  to  urge  ;  "i2p  to  cid  with  the  sickle,  reap,  y^p^ 
to  cut  with  the  teelli,  bite;  ti'lij  to  blow,  TliS?  breath;  053  to  collect,  0D3 
riches,  ni330^  storehouses. 

3.  By  the  addition  of  a  letter  : 

Thus,  from  the  letters  "i::,  in  which  inheres  the  idea  of  compression, 
are  formed  "I* ^  to  bind,  "iVJ.  to  press  together,  ^:ii<   to  heap   up,  ^^^    to  be 


§  51  ORTHOGRAPHIC    CHANGES.  G9 

straitened,  ^iJ3  to  guard,  besiege,  ^'^'S  to  restrain,  istn  an  enclosure  ;  from  T5 
are  formed  "in  to  cid,  tna  /o  n«<  off,  TIJ  ^o  cztf  /oose,  go  away,  tn  ?o  s/iear. 
bta  ?o  plunder,  nita  /iei<;/i  stone;  T'^S  ^o  unfold,  make  distinct,  VC^yi  to 
spread  out ;  Q"i3  a  vineyard,,  b'C'iS  a  garden. 

§  51.  Such  literal  cliaiiges  as  those  just  recited  not  only 
serve  to  express  new  shades  of  meaning,  but  even  where  the 
meaning  remains  precisely  the  same,  they  may  represent 
diversities  of  other  sorts.     Thus,  the  distinction  may  be, 

1.  In  point  of  currency  or  style :  One  form  of  the  word 
being  in  more  common  and  familiar  use,  the  other  more  rare 
and  savoring,  perhaps,  of  the  elevated  or  poetic  style,  e.  g. : 

"i:jj  to  guard;  "iiiS  poetic;  ri"i3  cypress,  ni^a  once  in  poetry;  "iJO  to 
shut,  rarely  "i?0;  iT^:?p  storm,  ^1^^'^.  rare  and  poetic;  "?5  to  cover,  once 
tjsi^  :  Tj?^  to  he  quenched,  once  '7\^"_] ;  -^'P  to  abhor,  once  sxn  ;  bro  to  be 
foolish,  once  bos ;  T\h']'J  iniquity,  once  ti'^?  . 

2.  Of  antiquity :  The  pronunciation  of  a  word  or  its 
form  may  undergo  changes  in  the  lapse  of  time.  Of  the 
few  instances  of  this  sort,  which  our  imperfect  data  enable 
us  to  fix  upon  with  some  measure  of  confidence,  the  follow- 
ing may  be  taken  as  specimens,  e.  g. : 

To  laugh  in  the  Pentateucli  pf^^,  in  other  books  (Judg.  16:25  ex- 
cepted) pnb  ;  to  cry  out  in  the  Pentateuch  P"^  ,  only  once  (Ex.  2  :  23) 
pSI  which  is  the  more  irequent  form  in  other  books  ;  -"rs  ,  nar?  a.  lamb, 
occur  in  the  Pentateuch  interchangeably  with  bas ,  nbas,  which  are  the 
only  forms  found  in  other  books ;  a  sceptre  ^5'^  ,  but  in  the  book  of  Esther 
li'^ano  ;  Damascus  p'::isy\  ,  in  Chronicles  pb^s'^'n  ;  how  1  Chron.  13:12. 
Dan.  10  :  17  T^^f}  ,  in  earlier  books  Tpx  . 

3.  Of  Dialect :  The  same  word  may  come  to  be  pro- 
nounced differently  by  those  who  speak  distinct  though  re- 
lated languages.  Thus,  the  Aramsean  dialects,  the  Chaldee 
and  Syriac,  in  very  many  words  regularly  substitute  i{  for  the 
Hebrew  final  n ,  and  the  corresponding  Unguals  for  the  He- 
brew sibilants,  2  being  sometimes  still  further  weakened  by 
the  loss  even  of  the  lingual  sound  to  that  of  the  guttural  y , 
e.  s:. : 


70  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  52 

Heb.  ni'Sn  to  wander,  Chajd.  N^-J  ,  Syr.  j.^^  ;  Heb.  rnj  gold,  Chald. 
-r,^,  Syr.  Isffi?;  Heb.  ^ri  a  rock,  Chald.  nrj  ,  Syr.  ]lLi  ;  Heb.  U?d 
three,  Chald.  n^n  ,  Syr.  l:<.Z  ,  Arab.  e>^"  J  Heb.  '}^-iN  the  carlh,  Arab. 
,^!f ,  Chald.  "TX,  Syr.  jll?)  .  Other  consonant  changes:  Heb.  ',2  a  son, 
Arab.  ^Jl  ,  Chald.  ^3  ,  Syr.  j-I: ;  Heb.  ba;?  ^o  A:///,  Arab.  JJci;  Heb. 
bbp?';',  Syr.  '\a.f.aJ;  Heb.  NS3  a  ^/t?'o»(?,  Chald.  "D-i^iS,  Syr.  }.aJC?aa.  Arab. 
"Is/;  Heb.  r^ph^  a  Jidd,  Chald.  Nb|?r! ,  Syr.  jf-al ,  Eth.  jTl^A. ."  . 

4.  Of  simple  eiipliony :  An  alternate  form  of  a  word 
may  be  produced  to  facilitate  its  pronunciation  or  make  its 
sound  more  pleasing,  e.  g. : 

"i?3J"ix ,  "i'"iX  purple;  tub,  )'q':i  to  hate;  ^'z^h  ,  nr;i;:  chamber, 
'p5), '■!=>'  Achan;  -^IXl^^^l^J  ,  -i5JX-;"]3!i33  Nebuchadnezzar;  5n'^,  a.'jin 
Doeg ;  cj^bx,  n"'52^r-bi<  alnmg  or  algiim  trees  ;  nis'nb^o,  ri"^ri?3  teeth. 

a.  Mere  varieties  of  orthography  must  not  be  mistaken  for  consonantal 
changes,  e.  g.  xb  occasionally  for  ib  and  vice  versA,  probably  r^bsb  for 
n^lb^C),  and  such  permutations  of  gutturals  as  abound  in  the  manuscripts 
of  the  Samaritans,  who,  making  no  distinction  in  the  sounds  of  these 
letters,  perpetually  confounded  them  in  writing,  Gesen.  Sam.  Pent.  p.  52. 
A  like  fiTulty  pronunciation  has  been  attributed  to  the  Galileans,  to  which 
there  is  a  probable  allusion  in  Matt.  26:73.     Buxtorf  Lex.  Chald.  p.  434. 

§  52.  The  changes  thus  far  described  result  in  the  pro- 
duction of  distinct  words,  and  belong  to  the  domain  of  the 
lexicon  rather  than  of  the  grammar.  The  lexicographer  re- 
gards such  words  as  cognate,  and  traces  them  back  to  their 
common  source ;  but,  in  the  view  of  the  grammarian,  they 
are  totally  distinct.  The  mutations  with  which  the  latter 
concerns  himself  are  such  as  take  place  in  the  direct  deriva- 
tion and  inflection  of  words.  These  are  altogether  euphonic, 
are  more  restricted  in  their  character,  and  take  place  within 
far  narrower  limits,  than  those  heretofore  considered.  When 
words  are  subjected  to  grammatical  changes  their  sounds 
are  brought  into  new  connections,  attended,  it  may  be,  with 


§  53  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  71 

a  difficulty  of  utterance  whicli  demands  some  measure  of 
relief,  or  they  pass  readily  and  naturally  into  other  sounds, 
which  are  easier  of  pronunciation  or  more  agreeable  to  the 
ear.  The  mutations  thus  induced  are  of  three  sorts,  viz. : 
Consonant  Changes,  the  Conversion  of  Consonants  into 
Vowels,  and  Vowel  Changes.  These  will  require  to  be  con- 
sidered separately. 


Consonant  Changes. 

§  53.  The  first  class  of  changes  embraces  those  which 
affect  the  consonants.  These  mostly  arise  from  the  concur- 
rence of  two  consonants,  creating  a  difficulty  in  the  pronun- 
ciation or  yielding  a  sound  displeasing  to  the  ear.  This  may 
take  place  either  at  the  beginning  or  the  close  of  a  syllable. 
Syllables  in  Hebrew  may,  and  often  do,  begin  with  two  con- 
sonants, §18.  1;  but  the  necessity  of  this  is  avoided  in 
certain  cases  by  the  following  expedients : 

1.  In  the  beginning  of  words  the  weak  letter  in  is  some- 
times prefixed  with  a  short  vowel,  thus  creating  a  new  initial 
syllable  to  which  the  first  consonant  may  be  transferred. 

a.  The  only  instances  of  this  are  afforded  by  the  second  and  seventh 
conjugations  of  verbs,  the  Niphal  and  Hithpael,  e.g.  bapti  =  bib]:?:!!  for 
Vi-j;:??;  b-Jprri  probably  for  ?bl?n  §82.  5.  h.  In  llS'nx  Ezek.  14 :  3  X  is 
prefixed  instead  of  i"i .  Prosthesis  is  more  common  in  the  domain  of  the 
lexicon,  where  S  is  always  the  letter  used,  e.g.  ?i"iT ,  ISi^TX  arm. ;  bi^fn, 
biianx  yesterday.  A  prefixed  N.  is  even  occasionally  employed  to  soften 
the  pronunciation  Avithout  the  necessity  stated  above,  e.  g.  nin:i3N ,  caaN:. , 
D'lis'i'iX, ,  ^■'fstx^.  So  in  Chaldee  Cix  blood, Yi&h.  Cn  ;  'i^X  garden.YL&h. 
"ja.  In  Arabic  the  concurrence  of  two  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  a 
word  is  regularly  obviated  by  prefixing  I  .     Comp.  Greek  x^ii,  ^X^^'^- 

2.  The  first  of  the  concurrent  consonants,  if  it  has  a 
comparatively  feeble  sound,  is  sometimes  dropped. 


72  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  53 

a.  This  occurs  regularlv  in  verbs  whose  first  radical  is  "^  or  : ,  and  in 
nouns  derived  from  such  verbs,  e.g.  -^  ior  r;^?'; ,  ny'n  ibr  i^y'7.'!,  ?^3  for 
b^di ,  'in  for  )h: .  "'n  Ezek.  2 :  10  for  ^h: ,  brcn  EzeU.  1 : 4  for  b^'rnj ,  and 
perhaps  ^i<3  Am.  8:8  for  IN^? . 

X  is  thus  dropped  in  ^;n:  for  ^irnrs,  ui  for  "illix  ;  also  in  a  few  instances  from 
the  beginning  of  the  second  syllable  of  words,  e.g.  ijl^Xp^  Ezek.  28:16 
for  ^13NN';  ;  "pTX  Job  32:  11  for  "("^'iNX  ;  D-^n^an  Eccl.  4:14  for  ci^.^Oxri; 
nirinn'2  Chron.  22:5  for  Q-^rnxn ;  r-iD52  Ezek.  20:37  for  niON ;? ;  nVsa 
1  Kin.  5:25  with  Daghesh-lorte  conservative  for  nbi:x?3  ;  "(in  Prov. 
8:17  for  -rjXN;  'pip  Prov.  17:4  for  V'iX^.;  Tib^'f!  1  Sam.  "1:17  for 
7|nbNi:3 .  These  examples  likewise  admit  ol"  a  different  explanation;  X 
may  give  up  its  consonantal  power,  losing  its  sound  in  that  of  the  pre- 
ceding vowel,  agreeably  to  §57.  2  (2),  after  which  it  may  readily  be 
dropped  altogether. 

J2  is  occasionally  dropped  from  the  participles  of  the  Pual  or  fourth 
conjugation,  as  n^sb  for  nf^^TD  ;  h  in  P.|D  for  nf?b ;  n  in  nib  Ex.  3:2  for 
^^r?.'?;  ^n^'^^  Ex.  7:22  for'cn'^-jnb  Ex.  7:11;  and  perhaps  3  in  nri^iD 
Gen.  49  :  11,  which  appears  to  be  for  nhsiDS  . 

b.  The  rejection  of  a  consonant  from  the  beginning  of  a  syllable,  when 
not  immediately  followed  by  another  consonant,  is  exceptional ;  as  "it 
Judg.  9:11  for  1^.;; ;  nnn  2  Sam.  22:41  for  nnn: ;  in  Ezek.  33:30  for 
nns?;  nisBH  Neh.  3:13  for  niscxn  ;  '^nb'inn  Judg.  9:9  for  "n^tjnnn,  and 
perhaps  -id  Jer.  42:  10,  which  seems  to  be  ibr  3i"c:^. 


3.  The  second  consonant  is  sometimes  dropped,  if  it  is  a 
letter  of  feeble  somid. 


a.  This  is  regularly  the  case  with  M  of  the  article  and  of  verbal  pre- 
fixes, and  ''  as  the  final  radical  of  verbs,  e.  g.  n';'2b  for  n'^snb;  bbp"^  for 
bbisn'i ;  iiBj  for  ii'i'ba . 

It  occurs  besides  in  a  few  sporadic  examples  with  these  same  letters, 
and  more  rarely  still  with  N  ,  1 ,  and  35 ,  e.  g.  "iT  for  ItnT ,  ''i  Ezek.  2  :  10  for 


bh^  Isa,  13  :  20  for  bnii'] ,  ^2nTn;i  2  Sam.  22  :'40  for  "'3'^i  xni  •  ^3  Isa.  3  :  24 
for  "^'3,  ''V  for  i^?, ,  C'^h'^  for  Q^h^^; ;  13  as  a  particle  of' entreaty,  probably 
for  ■'i-'a,  np'l"3  Am.  8:  8  (K'thibh)  for  M^T^'?  5  ^?  the  name  of  a  Baby- 
lonish deity  for  brs  is  a  foreign  contraction.  The  conjecture  that  133 
Mic.  1 :  10  is  for  i3>"3  in  Accho  is  ingenious  and  favoured  by  the  occurrence 
of  n;a  mi  Gath  in  the  parallel  clause;  but  it  is  at  variance  with  the  points, 
which,  upon  this  hypothesis,  should  be  123. 

b.  In  rare  cases  this  rejection  occurs  even  after  a  mixed  syllable, 
whose  final  consonant  is  thus  drawn  forward,  e.  g.  f\''!Zii.  for  nnrx  ,  iihn 
Job  29:6  for  tik^n,  3ann  Ex.  2:4  for  3il^nn  and'probably  pex  Ps" 
139  :  8  with  Daghesh-forte  conservative  for  PrO'*  • 


§54  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  73 

§  54.  When  the  concurrence  takes  place  at  the  close  of 
a  syllable,  Avhether  the  second  consonant  belongs  to  the  sanie 
syllable  with  the  first  as  at  the  end  of  words,  or  to  a  differ- 
ent syllable  as  in  the  middle  of  words,  the  following  changes 
may  be  produced. 

1.  An  aspirate  following  another  consonant  loses  its 
aspiration,  §21 ;  or  if  it  be  brought  into  juxtaposition  with 
its  like  so  as  to  form  a  doubled  letter,  the  aspiration  of  both 
will  be  removed,  §23.  2,  unless  the  combination  occurs  at 
the  end  of  a  word,  where  the  reduplication  is  not  expressed, 
§  25.  Thus,  n)2  for  nn^  ,  niann  for  Di2nrin ,  "jrinb  for  inn::b , 
but  nn  from  nnn,  trivia  1  Kin.  1  :  15  for  nn'iffi)2  or  f^nnir^, 
nin^.  Ezek.  4  :  3  for  t^^^ri-a ,  rhm  Mai.  1 :  14  for  innnir^  . 

2.  The  first  of  two  concurring  consonants  is  in  certain 
cases  assimilated  to  the  second,  the  doubling  thus  occasioned 
being  expressed  as  in  the  case  of  letters  originally  alike  by 
Daghesh-forte,  except  at  the  end  of  words,  §25,  where 
Daghesh  disappears  or  is  only  virtually  present,  being  re- 
sumed upon  the  addition  of  a  fresh  vowel  or  syllable.  This 
is  most  frequently  the  case  with  the  liquid  5 ,  rarely  wdth  ^ 
and  ■>  and  only  in  particular  w^ords ;  so  n  of  the  Hithpael 
of  verbs  before  "7  and  "J ,  and  in  a  few  instances  before  sibi- 
lants and  other  letters,  and  1  at  the  end  of  a  few  words 
before  n .  Thus,  ^k"!  for  )ki^ ,  rn^a  for  n:pD^ ;  n^:*  for  nj^)^ , 
nb  Ezek.  27  :  23  for  nibs  Am.  6:2;  ^^  for  ^^b  "ncs? ;  ^ss^'!' 
for  ^ii^^ro,  ^^^''.  for  si2t:n\  ^ijn  for  ^itrn,  DTsiiBn  for 
D'biirnn ,  ^sasn  for  ^i<35nn ,  nssn  for  nssnn ;  nb  for  ri'ib ,  nni? 
for  n^ns? . 

a.  So  perhaps  3  in  HE'D  according  to  Gesenius  for  f^h'zxi  and  D^  for 
p~^.  Compare  Greek  avyycv/j-;  for  o-uvyei/vys,  TeVu/Xjaat  for  reVuTr/xat,  and 
Eng.  il-logical,  ir-religioti,  im-matnre  formed  by  the  negative  prefix  in. 

3.  A  few  isolated  cases  occur  of  the  reverse  process  more 
common  in  Chaldee  and  Syriac,  by  which  a  doubled  letter  is 
resolved  into  two  different  consonants  by  the  change  of  the 


74  ORTHOGKAPIIY.  §  55 

first  or  the  second  member  of  the  rediiphcation  to  a  hqnid 
n  or  : ,  e.  s^.  '2^1?^  for  bsD^a ,  pi?^^^  for  piSTS^ ,  OiR^  Isa. 
23  :  11  for  ""'•iyri,  ^h'p  Job  IS  :  2  in  the  judgment  of  some 
for  ^ssp  cuds,  though  others  make  the  2  a  radical,  and  give 
the  word  the  sense  of  snares.  The  conjecture  that  ^5^r}  Ps. 
64  :  7,  Lam.  3  :  22  is  for  ^^sri  is  unnecessary  and  unwar- 
ranted. 

4.  When  n  of  the  Hithpael  of  verbs  would  stand  before 
a  sibilant,  it  is  transposed  with  D  and  12 ,  and  with  2  it  is  in 
addition  changed  to  12 .  Thus,  nnnc^  for  nncn^ ,  i^ni^j^  for 
"listen;' ,  '^^.t^'iO'j  for  i^iwf^O ,  PT^^^  for  p'^^fp? . 

a.  Ill  nrj^iir^n  Jer.  49  :  3  the  transposition  does  not  take  place  in  con- 
sequence of  the  number  of  similar  letters  which  would  thus  be  brought 
into  proximity.  In  the  cognate  languages  n  is  likewise  transposed  with  t 
and  changed  to  T.  thus,  Chald,  "S^in  for  )h]r^.^;  so,  also,  in  Syriac  and 
Arabic.  The  only  example  of  a  Hebrew  verb  whose  first  letter  is  T  ap- 
pearing in  this  conjugation  is  !l3-;tn  Isa.  1:16,  where  Ti  is  assimilated 
agreeably  to  2.  Compare  with  these  transpositions  the  frequent  Doric 
change  of  ^  (=  8cr)  into  crS,  as  crvpio-Soj  for  crvpt^w. 

§55.  The  occurrence  of  a  consonant  at  the  end  of  a 
word  may,  inasmuch  as  the  succeeding  word  must  necessarily 
begin  with  one,  be  reojarded  as  an  additional  case  of  the  con- 
currence  of  consonants.  As  the  contact  is  less  close,  how- 
ever, than  when  they  meet  in  the  same  word,  it  is  less  fruitful 
of  changes  than  in  the  cases  already  considered. 

1.  There  are  three  instances  in  which  it  has  been  doubt- 
fully conjectured  that  a  final  )  has  been  assimilated  to  a  fol- 
lowing initial  'Q;  viz.  nilb'ti-;  Isa.  35:1  presumed  to  be  for 
)im^;  Di-^^s  Num.  3  :49  for  li^^s  Ex.  21  :  30,  Ps.  49  :  9  ; 
D^oGen.  28:12. 

a.  Final  consonants  are  in  Sanskrit  perpetually  modified  by  the  initial 
letter  of  the  following  word.  But  it  is  by  no  means  clear  that  this  is  so  in 
Hebrew,  even  in  the  examples  alleged,  as  the  forms  admit  of  a  difi'erent 
explanation.  See  in  regard  to  the  first  passage,  Dr.  Alexander's  Com- 
mentary. 


^56  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  75 

2.  A  few  cases  occur  of  the  rejection  of  a  letter,  chiefly 
)  and  "a ,  from  the  end  of  a  word. 

a.  'i  of  the  verbal  endings  ",1  and  "p .  is  almost  always  dropped,  being 
only  retained  as  an  archaeic  or  emphatic  form,  and  chiefly  at  the  end  of  a 
clause,  e.  g.  )^^-}1  Deut.  8  :  16,  but  mostly  V^iy,  "^"i^lO  Gen.  32:20,  com- 
monly ^"iann;  i'^O^'ri  Ruth  3:4,  commonly  ""ia^n  •  So,  too,  in  some 
proper  nouns',  'lina^  Zech.  12: 11,  iij'S  Josh.  12  :  21 ;  ^'^^^, ,  whose  original 
■|  is  shown  in  the  derivative  "^i'^'^^  ^"^  ''^  perpetuated  in  the  modern  name 
Seiiun. 

h.  In  like  manner  a  is  rejected  from  the  dual  and  plural  terminations 
of  nouns  upon  their  entering  into  the  close  connection  of  the  construct 
state  with  the  following  word,  ''is].^  from  C^ilX,  ''03  from  t3"^n3 . 

c.  If  the  feminine  endings  n^  and  n^  have,  as  is  probable,  a  common 
origin,  this  may  be  best  explained  by  the  assumption  that  n  is  in  many 
cases  rejected  li-om  the  termination,  leaving  only  the  vowel,  though  it  is 
always  retained  when  any  addition  is  made  to  the  word:  thus,  the  con- 
struct state  r^=n,  absolute  nisn ,  but  with  a  suffix  •'n^san  ;  n^^il^ 
(comp.  nliTS  Deut.  32  :  36),  ''rP^::^;^.  It  is  to  be  observed  here,  that  this 
phenomenon  does  not  establish  the  possibility  of  an  interchange  between 
the  consonants  ti  and  n,  because  n  in  this  case  represents  not  h  but  the 
vowel  a. 

§  5G.  A  few  other  changes  remain  to  be  mentioned  which 
are  due  to  special  causes. 

1.  Nun  is  often  inserted  in  certain  forms  of  verbal 
suffixes  to  prevent  the  hiatus  between  two  vowels,  "i"?';!^?;! 
Je.r.  5  :  22,  or  §  53.  3.  a.  ^nn?^.  Isa.  33  :  21  for  ^nnn?;: , 
^ni'a'ai^.s:  Ex.  15:2  for  ^n'b'aini!: .  Comp.  Gr.  ayoo-to?  and 
Enolish  indefinite  article  an. 

2.  Vav  at  the  beginning  of  words  is  changed  to  "^ ,  e.  g. 
^b'^  for  "i?i ,  "i^,^  for  "iy^ ,  ^'i^ip?  for  bbjpi .  The  only  exceptions 
are  the  four  words  'il ,  nrn  Prov.  21  :  8,  ^^)  Gen.  11  :  30, 
^b'j  2  Sam.  6  :  23  (K'ri),  and  the  prefixes  Vav  Conjunctive 
and  Vav  Conversive. 

3.  Vav,  though  capable  of  being  reduplicated,  e.  g.  ^?;X 
is  in  most  instances  relieved  from  this  necessity  by  the  sub- 
stitution of  \  or  by  doubling  the  following  letter  in  its 
stead,  e.  g.  Drp^i!  or  n^aipx  for  D^pi? . 


76  OHTllOCKAniY.  §57 

I!.  Ill  one  iiis(anc(>  aliiM'  surli  a  clian^ri"  of  1  lo  ■^,  a  lullowinir  i  siillcrs 
the  contrary  chaiigo  to  1  to  jurvont  \\\c  lri])le  renirroiico  ol'  tlio  t?anie 
letter,  T|ltl!^.  1«'^-  0:9  for  T(::^":x  . 

4.  Yodli  before  tlie  plural  termination  D"" .  is  in  a  few 
cases  eliang-ed  to  N  to  prevent  the  eonjnnction  of  like 
sonnds,  Q>'ibn  llos.  11  :  7  for  D^^'^n  Josh.  10  :  iCO ;  D>'int 
llos.  1!  :  S  for  a^hs  Cum.  10  :  IV) ;  n"'s?'i^n  from  ^'^ri;  n^^ni: 
(also  tiisDi^)  for  u-^'':^^ ;  \s:i5a  Jcr.  o8  :  1.0  for  "^iba  (or  as  some 
read,  r'^ib3)  vcr.  1  1. 


<t.  Ill  likt>  inauiUM-  T  is  chan-roil  to  a.  before  ni  in  llic  worJ  riss  lor 
M>3  from  nip ;  it  is  ooiisoqiieiitly  iiiiiioeossary  to  assume,  as  deseuius  ilocs!, 
a  siiia-iilur  riX3  which  never  occurs. 


Change  of  Consonants  to  Voavf.t.s. 

§57.  The  second  class  of  changes  is  the  conversion  of 
consonants  into  vowels,  or  the  substitution  of  the  latter  for 
the  former.     Tliis  occurs, 

1.  Occasionally  in  reduplicated  syllables  or  letters,  2ii3 
for  n^ns ;  nit-ji-j  for  nir^rj;  5na  for  baba  Gen.  11 :9 ;  ninbar 
2  Chron.  35  :  13  from  nn?2?  Prov.  19  :  U. 

2.  ]\[uch  more  frequently  with  the  quiescents. 

(1)  A  prelixed  )  is  softened  to  its  homogeneous  vowel  u 
before  other  labials  or  vowelless  letters,  e.  g.  rr^i^,  "^i'}^;  the 
softening  of  an  initial  "^  to  J  only  occurs  in  '^ir'^x  1  Chron. 
2  :  13  for  ^r"^  ver.  1 :2,  t'X  2  Sam.  14:19,  Mic.  0:10  for  c."? . 

{^)  ]\Icdial  or  final  quiescents  Avithout  voAvels  of  their 
own  often  lose  their  sound  in  that  of  a  preceding  vowel. 
This  is  invariably  the  case  with  i  ami  "^  following  their  homo- 
geneous vowels,  e.  g.  ^"H^n  for  ^"iin  §  59,  ni^n'^a  for  n'l^r;';'^, 
unless  they  are  doubled,  as  "^'r.'^;^^ ,  n^s,  and  occasionally  even 


^  57  CHANGE    OF    CONSONANTS    TO    VOWELS.  77 

then,  e.  g.  "'t?"'^  for  '^t??''? .  I'inal  x  always,  and  medial  i<  fre- 
quently, gives  up  its  consonant  sound  after  any  vowel  what- 
ever, e.  g.  ViT/2  ,  in'i-Q ,  rxib  for  nsjib . 

a.  Medial  X  regularly  loses  its  consonantal  power  in  the  future  Kal  of 
Pe  Alepii  verbs,  e.g.  bix'i  ;  in  "itx  prceeded  by  b,  thus  12xb  ;  in  C'^n'^X 
and  certain  ffjrms  of  ITiX  preceded  by  the  prefixes  3  b  3  T ,  thus,  C'^n''!5xb  , 
•iri'bxb  but  ni^xb;  "^pxb',  -ppxb ,  -pxb  but  r'"'^:^^  ^Pi*!^ ,  ^:^^^.^ •  The 
following  examples  are  ol'a  more  individual  character,  e.g.  n-XD  ibr  n^X3, 
nb'X]  l^Kin.  11:39  for  ns^'X; ,  r,DEOxn  Num.  11:4,  t;->f5lX3  Jer.  40:1. 
iT'r^X'Jx::  Isa.  14:  23.  In  a  lew  cases  this  has  led  to  a  change  of  ortho- 
graphy, the  X  which  is  no  longer  heard  being  dropped,  or  another  vowel 
letter  substituted  for  it.  c.  g.  ib^i"*  Ezek.  42:5,  and  h'^z'^.n  Hos.  11:4  from 
b=X,  •,r!a--i  Job  8:8  Ibr  yiix-i,' '::i-i  Deut.  32:32  for  TTXi,  and  the  exam- 
ples cited  {'.03.  2,  a. 

b.  The  consonant  in  never  loses  its  sound  in  that  of  a  preceding  vowel 
like  the  rent  of  the  quiescents.  The  letter  n  is  often  used  to  denote  a 
vowel,  but  if  in  any  word  it  properly  expres.ses  a  consonant  this  is  never 
converted  into  a  vowel,  or  vice  versd.  The  exceptions  are  apparent  not 
real,  as  in  the  frequent  abbreviation  of  the  ending  W^  in  proper  names  to 
n"i,  thus  Jin'p'in,  nj;r*n.  The  change  here  does  not  consist  in  the  rejec- 
tion of  the  vowel  1  and  the  soltening  of  the  consonant  n.  but  the  syllable 
in  is  dropped,  whereupon  final  Kamets  is  written  by  its  appropriate  vowel 
letter,  §  11.  1,  a,  just  as  ^'"'^-■'a  after  the  rejection  of  'n^  becomes  ti;"'5a  , 
So  in  those  rare  cases  in  which  n  is  substituted  for  the  suflix  n,  e.g. 
nnrb  Lev.  13:4  for  "^''J'^-  The  proper  name  bxnns  Num.  34:28  is  de- 
rived not  from  iris  but  ni^,  a  root  of  kindred  meaning,  of  whose  exist- 
ence, though  otherwise  unattested,  this  word  is  itself  a  sufficient  voucher. 

(3)  Medial  N  often  gives  its  vowel  to  a  preceding  vowel- 
less  letter  and  rests  in  its  sound;  "^  occasionally  does  the 
same  with  a  homogeneous  vowel,  when  preceded  by  a  vowel- 
less  prefix, 

a.  Thus,  X:  c-^axn  for  cifcx-i ,  rxcn  for  rx'jn;  tj'jx'j  Ezek.  25:6 
from  -JX'r  ver.  15;  xvij  Ps.  1.39*: 20  for  ix-yUJ  .  so  xii:';'  Jer.''l0:5;  ""J^lx-, 
from  "pix-i ;  cx-nia  Neh.  6: 8  for  cxni3  ;  xin  Isa.  51 :  20,  ixn  Deut.  14:5; 
c^><-J^I  1  Sam.  ^14:33  for  c\V^'n; 'n-'ixs  Lsa.  10:13  for  vaxs;  -\'^_::^H'<. 
Zech.  11:5  for  ~i"X'; ;  this  even  occurs  after  mixed  syllables,  e.  g.  i^^xba 
for  nixb-s  ;  yx:';  for  7"x:^;  rixnjrb  for  rx-ipb,  particularly  in  proper 
nouns' bxi^r-]  for  bx:;^^^  ,'bxi;-n  for  bxr-n.  So,  i:"nn-3  Eccles.  2:13 
for  '("i-in'i;  i"'?'?"',^  Jer.  25:36  for  rpb-;! ;  r.nis-b  Prov.  30:17  for  rhp'b. 
There  is  no  instance  of  this  with  1.  on  the  contrary,  nia^ip  Cant.  5:2,  12. 

(4)  At  the  end  of  words  ^  and  ■•,  when  without  a  vowel 
of  their  own  and  preceded  by  a  vowellcss  letter,  invariably 


78  OETHOGRAPHY.  §  58 

quiesce  in  their  homogeneous  vowels,  "i  in  an  unaccented  u, 
">  in  1,  which  draws  the  accent  upon  itself  and  frequently 
causes  the  dissolution  of  a  previous  syllable  and  the  rejection 
of  its  vowel,  ^nia  for  ina ,  ^nniy'?  for  ^nniij^ ;  ^n":  for  '^r-o ,  ^-isi 
for  ;^n3 ,  ''^5  for  ^^^  . 

(5)  When  preceded  or  accompanied  hy  heterogeneous 
vowels,  1  and  "^  are  sometimes  dropped,  or  if  the  vowel  be  cf, 
they  not  unfrequently  combine  with  it,  forming  the  diph- 
thongal 0  and  e,  §  G2.  1,  e.  g.  p2^n  for  p^^r. ,  n'Sa  for  ■'"'i?,  nSa 
for  ^%,  D)?  for  Dtip,  a-ipn  for  D^ipn,  n^  for  nn)2;  n^isin  for 
ni"iLhn,  ^'^^2  for  TJJ!i'7P ,  ^I'i''^  construct  state  of  tyj-Q ,  n^i  const, 
of  n^a ,  bi^^n  for  b^^;'n ,  r3ro  for  ^"7^^, . 

a.  Vav  rarely  remains  with  a  heterogeneous  vowel  unless  accompanied 
by  weak  letters,  by  contrast  with  which  it  becomes  comparatively  strong, 
e.g.  nin,  •^h,  ni^. 


Vowel  Changes. 

§  58.  1.  The  third  class  of  changes  embraces  those  which 
take  place  in  the  vowels.  The  primary  office  of  the  vowels 
is  to  aid  in  pronouncing  the  consonants,  to  which  conse- 
quently they  are  quite  subordinate,  merely  occupying,  so  to 
speak,  the  interstices  between  them.  Their  number  and 
variety  being  greater,  howxver,  than  is  demanded  for  this 
single  purpose,  they  have  besides  to  a  certain  extent  an  in- 
dependent value  and  meaning  of  their  own  in  the  constitu- 
tion of  words.  (1)  Changes  of  vowels,  wliile  they  cannot 
like  a  difference  of  consonants  create  distinct  verbal  roots,  are 
yet  frnitful  of  those  minor  modifications  of  which  etymology 
takes  cognizance,  such  as  the  formation  of  derivatives  and 
grammatical  inflexions,  e.  g.  '5"i5  to  he  great,  b^ia  greatness, 
bina  great;  bt2]p  he  kiUed,  biti]^  to  kill,  Vib]?  kill  tJiou,  bbp 
killing,  brjp  killed;  C^D  a  horse,  HD'C  a  mare.  (2)  They 
may  indicate  differences  in  the  forms  of  words  which  have 


^58  VOWEL    CHANGES.  79 

arisen  in  the  lapse  of  time;  i?i  in  the  Pentateuch  means  in- 
differently (jid  or  boij,  in  later  books  (jlrl  is  Thv^  ;  s^n  in  the 
Pentateuch  Ue  or  she,  in  other  books  she  is  always  s''n ;  the 
form  of  the  demonstrative  nr'^n  is  found  only  in  Genesis, 
T^n  in  writers  after  the  time  of  Moses,  'nT"?n  in  Ezekiel; 
the  plural  of  the  demonstratiye  in  the  Pentateuch  '^s  or  n'^ii , 
elsewhere,  with  a  single  exception,  n!ps  .  The  imperfect  no- 
tation of  the  vowels  in  the  original  mode  of  writing  by  letters 
alone  has,  however,  left  us  without  the  means  of  ascertaining 
to  what  extent  such  changes  may  have  taken  place.  (3)  They 
may  indicate  diversity  of  dialect,  e.  g.  ^t3)5  to  kill,  Chald.  Vjp, 

Syr.  ^>-.tV^  ,  Arab.  JCxS' ,  Ethiop.  ^-tA : . 

2.  The  vowel  changes  with  which  orthography  is  con- 
cerned, on  the  other  hand,  are  pnrely  euphonic,  being  in 
themselyes  void  of  significance,  and  springing  solely  from  the 
natural  preference  for  what  is  easier  of  utterance  or  more 
agreeable  to  the  ear.  Orthographically  considered,  vowels 
are  either  mutable  or  immutable,  the  latter  behig  unaffected 
by  those  circumstances  which  occasion  changes  in  the  former. 
A  yoAvel  may  be  immutable  by  nature,  or  made  so  by  posi- 
tion. A  short  yowel  in  a  mixed  syllable  before  the  ac- 
cent is  ordinarily  immutable  by  position,  being  beyond  the 
reach  of  the  common  causes  of  mutation,  e.  g.  is"''^ ,  rinsTrip . 
Long  vowels  are  immutable  by  nature  in  certain  words  or 
classes  of  words ;  but  they  are  only  distinguishable  as  such 
by  a  knowledge  of  the  etymological  forms  which  require 
them.  It  may,  however,  be  obseryed,  as  a  general  though 
not  an  invariable  rule,  that  the  vowels  of  such  words  and 
forms  as  are  prevailingly  written  with  the  vowel  letters  are 
less  liable  to  mutation  than  those  which  are  prevailingly 
written  without  them.  IMutable  vowels  are  liable  to  changes 
both  of  quantity,  from  long  to  short,  and  the  reverse,  and 
of  quality  from  pure  to  mixed  {ii  to  o,  i  to  e,  a  to  r)  and  the 
reverse,   these  changes  being  confined,   except  in  rare  in- 


80  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  59,  60 

stances,  to  the  cognate  forms ;  thus,  i  never  passes  into  u  or 
0,  nor  these  into  a.  Only  as  C  stands  in  relation  to  both  i 
and  «,  it  serves  to  mediate  the  interval  between  them,  and 
thus  accounts  for  the  occasional  changes  of  i  to  a  or  the  re- 
verse, e.  g.  "s^Ppn ,  J^^r'^i?*^  j  ^^  fo^  '^■r^ '  ^^^  '  ^^ '  °?^^  comp. 


a.  The  exceptional  change  from  it  or  o  to  e  occurs  only  in  the  pro- 
nouns, e.  g.  cnbijp,  belbre  suffixes  ^nb::p ;  and  in  the  particle  nx ,  before 
suffixes  r X .  There  are  also  a  few  examples  of  the  change  of  short 
vowels  in  mixed  syllables  before  the  accent,  e.g.  nss^p. ,  construct  nnsn^a, 
plural  n"::3i'2. 

§  59.  The  mutations  of  vov^^els  are  due  to  one  or  other 
of  the  following  causes,  viz. :  1.  Syllabic  changes.  2.  The 
influence  of  consonants.  3.  The  influence  of  vowels.  4.  The 
accent.  5.  The  shortening  or  lengthening  of  words.  As  the 
vowel  of  unaccented  mixed  syllables  is  always  short,  and  that 
of  simple  syllables  long,  §18.  2,  it  is  evident  that  a  change 
in  the  character  of  a  syllable  will  involve  a  corresponding 
change  in  its  vowel,  unless  the  accent  interfere  to  prevent. 
Accordingly,  when  for  any  cause  a  mixed  syllable  becomes 
simple,  its  short  vowel  will  be  converted  into  a  long  one ; 
and  when  a  simple  syllable  becomes  mixed,  the  reverse 
change  will  take  place,  e.  g.  "in ,  B"'"in ;  n^p ,  P'cp .  In 
the  case  of  the  vowels  i  and  tt  there  is  frequently  an  addi- 
tional change  of  quality,  viz.,  of  t  to  B  and  u  to  o,  e.  g.  D''pn 
for  n^-i)pri;  ^;i3  for  'jiiD  in  place  of  ^i?  §  56.  3. 

a.  Dagliesli-lbrte  is  thus  resolved  by  tlie  prolongation  of  the  previous 
vowel  in  'ci-ap^ .  'C^^■^p■,  -^5|q  ,  ^?!?^3;  "''i;''?'!'. ,  ""uiiTon  ;  Dij-ii'n,  Di;i-n:3 ; 
ipn,  ipin;  u^^c-pr^  Eccies.  9-12  for  c-'i;;?;':^  §33. 2. a;  s-iporn  for  !i-ij?finr; ; 
nn^3  Lam.  1:8,  if  this  is  for  !Tn3  see  ver.  17;  and  if  the  conjecture  of 
Gesenius  (Thesaurus,  p.  4S3)  be  correct  as  to  the  true  reading  in  1  Chron. 
23:6,  24:3  cpsm  for  np!rn;i. 

§  60.  Contiguous  consonants  may  give  rise  to  vowel 
changes  by  their  individual  pecuharities,  as  is  the  case  with 


§  60  VOWEL    CHANGES.  81 

the  gutturals,  or  by  their  concurrence.     The  pecuUaritles  of 
the  gutturals  are  fourfold,  viz. : 

1.  A  preference  for  the  vowel  Pattahh  of  the  same  organ, 
into  which,  consequently,  a  preceding  or  accompanying  vowel 
is  frequently  converted,  e.  g.  nbir  for  ribw ;  wjh  for  D3?S ;  mS.^^ 
for  f^inro ;  s^'Istj:  for  y^TiJ ;  ^^^its  from  N'iiu . 

a.  The  instances  in  which  tliis  permutation  occurs  cannot  easily  be 
ennbraced  under  any  general  rules.  In  some  cases  it  was  optional;  in 
others, usage  decides  for  it  or  against  it  without,  however,  being  absolutely 
uniform.  The  following  statements  embrace  what  is  of  most  importance. 
(1)  The  stability  of  the  vowel  often  depends  upon  the  weight  attached  to 
it  in  the  etymological  form  ;  thus,  IS^'d  in  the  imperative  but  not  in  the  in- 
finitive for  s^d;  rrir-i  for  t-h^-^ ,  but  riia  not  ria  ihr  i'iir.  (2)  The 
vowel  preceding  the  guttural  is  more  liable  to  change  than  that  which 
succeeds  it,  e.  g.  yht"^^  always,  but  hs^"^  and  hsxi'n;  n:m  but  Gnni;  flpST 
but  Jll'OS  .  (3)  An  accented  vowel  is  sometimes  retained  where  one  un- 
accented would  suffer  change,  e.  g.  siin^i  but  "jn*;!;  '■irM;  cn^.  (4)  O  and 
ic  are  less  subject  to  alteration  than  t'  and  e,  e.g.  b?3  for  brQ ;  a  which  is 
already  cognate  with  the  gutturals  is  mostly  retained,  though  it  occasion- 
ally becomes  a  before  n,  e.g.  finx  from  nx,  "^n-jn^  Job  31 :  24  (in  most 
copies)  from  nb::^,  n^^  from  nn^av  (5)  ft  in  many  cnses  prefers  the 
diphthongal  vowels  e  and  o,  tJius  itipx,  "^pxiri,  ^'|Si^n,  "ibx";  but  tiTnoxi  ; 
^^"^i  ^tX"".  (6)^  n  partakes  of  this  preference  for  a  to  a  limited  extent. 
e-g.  ^?^]  for  "ip;''T  or  "lO^i;  t<-i^i  from  nN-17 . 

2.  The  reception  of  Pattahh  furtive,  §  17,  at  the  end  of  a 
word  after  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  (i.  e.  any  other  than 
a),  or  before  a  vowelless  final  consonant,  e.  g.  ^_'i  ,  i^^ir^,  nS, 

a.  This  is  necessary  when  the  vowel  preceding  a  final  guttural  cannot 
be  converted  into  Pattahh.  Sometimes  the  form  wiUi  Pattahh  and  that  with 
Pattahh  furtive  occur  interchangeably,  e.  g.  rj|x"b  and  n?db ,  or  with  a 
slight  distinction,  as  nfCwX,  in  pause  :n^'::N;  nsTTS,  construct' nata .  In 
a  few  instances  a  guttural  preceding  a  final  vowelless  letter  takes' simple 
Sh'va  instead  of  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  nnpb  1  Kin.  14  :  3,  and  in  most 
editions  S^in^'j  Jer.  13  :  25.  As  final  x  is  always  either  quiescent  or  otiant, 
it  never  receives  Pattahh  furtive.  The  letter  1  never  takes  it  unless  it  be 
in  a  single  instance,  and  that  in  a  penultimate  syllable  Cj^i"  Ps.  7:6, 
which  is  probably  to  be  read  yfrdoph ;  though  it  might  be  pronounced 
yiraddoph,  which  some  conceive  to  be  an  anomalous  form  for  C^i--. ,  after 
the  analogy  of  rn:i;:  Gen.  21:6,  the  compound  Sh'va  being  lengthened 
mto  a  vowel  followed  by  euphonic  Daghesh,  as  in  the  related  words 
6 


82  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  60 

n^^isn  Isa.  1:6,  and  n"^2n  Isa.  53:5,  while  others  adopt  the  explanation 
of  the  old  Jewish  Grammarians,  that  it  is  a  peculiar  combination  of  the 
Kal  ^i^T.  and  the  Piel  ^^'^'J . 

3.  A  preference  for  compound  rather  than  simple  Sli'va, 
^16.  3,  whether  silent  or  vocal,  inasmuch  as  the  gutturals 
are  more  readily  made  audible  at  the  beginning  than  at  the 
close  of  a  syllable,  and  the  hiatus  accompanying  them  as- 
sumes more  of  the  complexion  of  a  vowel  than  is  usual  with 
stronger  consonants. 

a.  The  gutturals  occasionally  retain  simple  Sh'va  when  silent.  This 
is  regularly  done  by  a  final  radical  n,  n  or  5,  followed  by  a  servile  letter, 
e.g.  Pjnij,  ^^'-^il,  crij;"!^,  cri:;j?:u372 ,  innadri,  with  few  exceptions  as 
r,!ii3)"i';i 'Hos.  8:2,  ^^h,i?  Gen.  26:29,  cw^0n  2  Sam.  21:6.  Other  cases 
have  more  of  a  casual  or  sporadic  character,  and  occur  chiefly  with  the 
stronger  gutturals  n  and  n.  nrjn";,  "sn:,  f^^'l^ ,  ^^np,  ^uin^nri,  nirrno 
but  mi^rn^,  \riQ]i_  but  ^irin^,  n^n.D  a  possession,  but  f^^ni  from  bni  a 
brook;  niore  rarely  with  X  and  V,  c^s'S  Lev.  4 :  13,  NOi-a  1  Kin.  15:16, 
C^iys  Isa.  11  :  15,  f^'^V.k  Deut.  25  :  7  but  in  pause  '.  tr^^fj  Isa.  28  :  6,  •'"I'lX.? 
Ex.  15  :  6;  1  has  for  the  most  part  simple  Sh'va  n'i-i,  cbnS';',  though  in 
a  few  instances  it  has  compound  "is"!?.]?,  ^"^^ti.J?!!. 

b.  (l)  Among  the  compound  ShVas  the  preference,  unless  there  is  some 
reason  for  choosing  another,  is  ordinarily  given  to  Hhateph  Pattahh,  as 
the  simplest  and  most  in  accordance  with  the  nature  of  the  gutturals,  and 
to  this  an  antecedent  Hhirik,  when  unessential  to  the  form,  is  commonly 
made  to  correspond,  e.  g.  iri?  ,  1b?.^_  for  'i^^'? .  Sometimes,  particularly 
with  N  (see  1.  a.  5.)  Hhateph  Seghol  is  taken  n6^X  .  f^i^'2^c  ,  nnTN ,  ri^ii , 
^rix,  cinx,  rri-iis^,  W^_,  n^h,  r\^-i-J  Joel  2 :  5,  r|'TnNl>  Jer.  13:21,  which 
not  infrequently  becomes  Hhateph  Pattahh  upon  the  prolongation  of  the 
word  ?;"}^x. ,  """Ji*.  Prov.  25:7,  inriwS:. ,  "lains*^ ,  iin^'in^X';'  Judg.  10:2,  or  the 
carrying  forward  of  its  accent  "'n'lixn,  ''P}13i<:V^'] ,  ''J\i'?'!!r!vl  j  "'^v't'T'TIv!!!  • 

(2)  If,  however,  z  or  6,  characteristic  of  the  form,  precede,  this  commonly 
determines  the  Sh'va  to  be  selected,  e.  g.  ^T^a^n  for  T'53^'n,  "^k^.^  for  "li^^, 
i^i'Q  for  ''t'^S;  though  sometimes  Hhateph  Pattahh  is  retained  and  the 
intermediate  syllable,  §20.  2,  resolved  into  a  simple  one  by  prolonging  the 
vowels,  e.  g.  7\-}iit\}.  Josh.  7  :  7,  n^?:H,  l^.^'Q  Isa.  1  :  31.  Hhirik  may,  how- 
ever, remain  short,  e.  g.  Tj^'ln  ,  sij?.^,  ^'in^  Job  6:  22,  particularly  if  a 
Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted  from  the  guttural,  e.  g.  «^£5<D  Jer.  3 :  8, 
though  even  in  this  case  the  assimilation  sometimes  takes  place,  e.  g. 
lin;]  Gen.  30:39  for  siTDJil';,  ii-inx  Judg.  5:28  for  IIH^.  If  a  vowel  has 
been  rejected  from  the  form,  the  corresponding  Hhateph  is  generally  pre- 
ferred, e.g.  C'l'iiE,?  fi'om  ^ei,  n"ii"7n,  "'^n'ijn  Ezek.  16:33,  is;n  Gen. 
16:13;  'in'i;::3n  l  Itin.  13  :  20  from  S^ en  5  Viit-n^  Gen.  37  :  22  from'  n^in. 
There  are  occasional  instances  of  the  same  word  being  variously  written 
in  this  respect,  e.g.   "'inx   Ruth  3:15,   ^linx  Cant.  2:15;  ^!^t!>?,J?'?    and 


§61  VOWEL    CHANGES.  83 

in-ixri'^  Isa.  44:  13;  l^'^^^n  Job  16:  16  (K'ri  in  some  copies),  1^^'i^n  Lam. 
1 :  2U,'  inj<;ri  Isa.  52  :  14',  'inxn  1  Satn.  28  :  14. 

c.  Before  another  guttural  the  compound  Sh'va  is  frequently  re- 
placed by  the  corresponding  sliort  vowel,  e.  g.  Ti.^Nrt  for  TiJ^*?!!!,  "'fiT^'Sn 
for  ■^n'T'^Jn  ,  CD"'nNn  for  C2"'nNi'i  ;  aiui  occasionally  under  N  by  a  long 
vowel  before  other  letters  as  well  as  gutturals,  or  by  a  short  vowel  with 
Daghesh,  e.  g.  C-'pnis:  for  c^phn,  l^rrnk,  C^i.N  for  Olis ,  nilX  for  "liiN  , 
"iSX  for  ^OX.  This  disposition  to  render  the  gutturals  more  audible  by  the 
aid  of  a  vowel  is  further  shown  by  their  attracting  to  themselves  the 
vowel  of  another  letter,  particularly  in  trilileral  monosyllables,  e.  g.  S'lT 
for  S-1T  (sJnt),  yar\,  s6i,  -^i^-q,  rnp  2  Kin.  12:9,  csa  for  1^x3,  ^xa", 
also'  'lii-ip  Ex.  2  :  20  for'  JX'np'  Ruth'l  :  20,  ^linJtPi  Prov.'l :  22  for  'irixr!, 
!in^2xn'job20:26  for  iinHDNn,  o':?Di<'!  Zech.  7 :  14  for  nn?DNi ,  and  by 
their  sometimes  causing  an  antecedent  or  accompanying  vowel  to  be  re- 
tained where  analogy  would  require  its  rejection,  e.  g.  "^xril-  for  ■'Jt^ia 
from  siia,  "^X'L^r! ,  ''i'^^ ,  ^P.^':^  f^'id  ''P.^l^,  c-^-iln^  from  n^na  comp'. 
1.  a.  (4),  -in^iiiTS-;  Deut.  32: 10;  nSr-a,  n^rn  .' 

4.  An  incapacity  for  being  doubled,  whence  they  never 
receive  Daghesh-forte,  and  the  previous  syllable  thus  becom- 
ing a  simple  one,  its  vowel  is  generally  lengthened,  §  59,  a  to 
a,  I  to  t,  a  to  o,  e.  g.  "ii^ia  for  l^-o ,  y^-a  for  fxia ,   1]nh;i  for 

a.  Sometimes  an  intermediate  syllable,  §20.  2.  is  formed,  and  tlie  vowel 
remains  short.  (1)  This  is  commonly  the  case  before  n,  frequently  be- 
fore n,  less  often  before  -J.  rarely  before  X,  never  before  "i ,  e.g.  ens, 
iri"^,  "iH"?,  -^;n  ,  j'NJ .  (2)  It  is  more  likely  to  occur  in  the  body  of  a  word 
than  after  a  prefix,  e.g.  '^nbn';'  Ps.  119:43  from  hn^,  but  p^n;;  Job  38:24 
from  pHn  .  (3)  When  the  guttural  comes  to  stand  at  the  end  of  the  word 
the  short  vowel  is  often  resumed,  e.  g.  ""^nn  Prov.  22  :  24  from  rtinnpij  I'sn 
Ps.  141:8  from  nnsn  but  lirn  Deut.  2:9.  There  are  a  very  few  in- 
stances in  which  Daghesh-forte  is  found  in  1 ,  e.  g.  T]'^'^  n':i3  Ezek.  16 :  4, 
rrn-a  Prov.  14:  10,  r^ti"."!?.?^^  Prov.  15:  1  (in  some  editions),  •^ix'n-d  Cant. 
5:2,  see  also  §24.  b.  ' 

§61.  The  concurrence  of  consonants  gives  rise  to  the 
following  vowel  changes,  viz.  : 

1.  When  two  vowelless  letters  come  together  at  the  be- 
ginning of  a  syllable  in  contravention  of  the  law  in  §  18,  the 
impossible  combination  is  relieved  by  giving  to  the  first  of 
them  a  short  vowel.  This,  if  there  be  no  reason  for  prefer- 
ring another,  will  be  the  briefest  of  the  vowels,  Hhiiik,  e.  g. 


84  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §61 

■inn^  for  ^^s^ ,  li^a  for  1^73 ,  ipm  for  ^pTn .  If  a  vowel  lias 
been  omitted  from  the  word,  the  corresponding  short  vowel 
is  frequently  employed,  e.  g.  '^i'p'a  for  '^D'p^a  from  tjbia  ('?|^'a); 
iDb^  from  ^■'5^  ;  '^Ipnn  from  bnn ,  ^ripn;"  for  ^2n^  from  fi-; .  Or 
if  one  of  the  consonants  be  a  guttural,  the  vowel  mostly  con- 
forms to  the  compound  Sh'va,  which  it  has  or  might  have, 
e.  g.  VT^.  for  ^l^V., ,  ^pTH^  for  ^pTn^^ ,  ''^nb  for  "^bnb ,  nbnb  for 
'iDPh ,  ^bys  for  ^b2?D . 

a.  Vav  before  a  guttural  follows  the  rule  just  given;  before  "^j  and 
sometimes  before  n  or  n  followed  by  "^ ,  it  takes  Hhirik ;  before  other 
vowelless  letters  it  gives  up  its  consonant  sound  and  quiesces  in  its  homo- 
geneous vowel  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (1),  thus  "innJi ,  ■'in^i ,  n'^'ni  and  rr^n;; ,  si^i, 

b.  In  Iriliteral  monosyllables  or  final  syllables  with  the  vowel  Pattahh, 
the  first  letter  sometimes  receives  an  accented  Seghol,  to  which  the  fol- 
lowing Pattahh  is  then  assimilated,  e.g.  filns  for  tjns  construct  of  Ci^S, 
td]?^'?  for  nabriTa  ^  the  Seghols  being  liable  to  be  changed  to  Pattahhs  by 
the  presence  of  a  guttural  rnstJa  for  riiQda  . 

c.  In  sisisb  Gen.  32  :  20  for  CDi:|:3:3  the  vowelless  letters  belong  to 
different  syllables,  and  the  introduction  of  the  new  vowel  makes  it  neces- 
sary to  lengthen  the  one  before  it. 

2.  Although  two  vowelless  letters  are  admissible  at  the 
end  of  a  word,  §18,  the  harshness  of  the  combination  is 
commonly  relieved  by  the  insertion  of  Seghol,  e.  g.  n^"?  fo^ 
^'-\'} ,  n^b  for  P^b  .  If  either  letter  is  a  guttural,  Pattahh  is 
mostly  used  instead,  e.  g.  ras ,  bys,  )n^_ .  If  either  letter  is 
'i ,  its  homogeneous  vowel  Hhirik  is  used ;  if  the  second  letter 
is  1,  it  wiU  rest  in  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (4.),  e.  g.  n^i,  ^bs,  ^nn, 
but  n;;,^ . 

a.  When  the  penultimate  letter  is  n  or  n,  it  in  -a  few  instances  takes 
Seghol,  as  bnx,  ',ri3  ,  nnB,  trS.  When  the  final  letter  is  X,  it  either 
remains  otiant,  §16,  or  requires  Seghol,  ^)^,  ^I'^'l ,  ^"l-j  '^'^5  5  '^  penulti- 
mate t<  either  quiesces  in  the  antecedent  vowel  or  attracts  it  to  itself, 
§60.  3.  c,  ri>l?5,  nxb  or  nxb,  t:Ni.  The  alternate  mode  of  facilitating 
the  pronunciation  of  gutturals  before  a  vowelless  letter  at  the  end  of  a 
word  by  means  of  Pattahh  furtive,  has  been  explained  §60.  2. 

3.  When  the  same  letter  is  repeated  with  or  without  a 
mutable  vowel  intervening,  there  is  often  a  contraction  into 


§  61  VOWEL    CHANGES.  85 

one  doubled  letter,  and  the  vowel  is  rejected  or  thrown  back 
upon  the  precedmg  consonant,  e.  g.  ^ID'!'  for  ^^^S'' ,  3b^  for 
nine;!  (Daghesh-forte  disappearing  at  the  end  of  the  word), 
2b  for  22^,  ^22^2-:  Job  31  :  15  for  ^sssio;*  (see  4.  below);  if 
another  consonant  immediately  follow  the  contracted  letters, 
a  diphthongal  vowel ''..  or  i  may  be  inserted  to  render  the  re- 
duplication more  audible  and  prevent  the  concurrence  of 
three  consonants,  "^iniio,  ni'^ipn. 

4.  In  accented  syllables  the  diphthongal  vowels  e  and  o 
are  employed  before  two  consonants  or  a  doubled  consonant 
in  preference  to  the  pure  i  and  ii,  e.  g.  n^iijn ,  npni^n ;  D^p , 
n-Qp  ■  b^tbpn ,  nsb-jpn ,  so  '^son ,  t:©p ,  ^n^i .  This  is  still  the 
case  when  at  the  end  of  a  word  an  auxiliary  Seghol  or  Pattahh 
has  been  inserted  between  the  letters  (according  to  2.),  e.  g. 
^b. ,  ^20 ,  b?3,  np^)3  from  p^i?^x? ,  or  the  reduplication  of  the 
doubled  letter  is  no  lonojer  heard  arjd  the  Dadiesh-forte  does 
not  appear,  §  25,  e.  g.  2Dn  comp.  '5"'t2pn . 

a.  The  vowel  e  is  in  like  circumstances  often  reduced  to  one  of  its  con- 
stituents a,  e.  g.  •'nVjpn  from  ^"^ii^n,  ^T\\hp_  from  brjp5 ,  nj^^n  from  "^n, 
■^P?^!  '"'?"?;P},  ^^cn,  and  occasionally  to  its  other  constituent  r,  e.  g. 
tR"^""i^^n  Irom  C-i;?rri ,  tnc3-i^  from  t;n;.  The  only  example  of  Shurek 
in  a  Segholate  form  is  nrvjn  Lev.  5  :  21. 

5.  In  unaccented  syllables  i  and  u  are  preferred  to  c  and 
ij  before  doubled  letters,  "nx ,  '^nx ;  -nn ,  ^nn ;  nacn  from 
2cn;  noH, ''2|^;<;  trq  comp.  bh^-q ,  -pn,  ^pn,  though  such 
forms  as  ^"A^n ,  ^jy ,  tr\2 ,  n^ri  likewise  occur. 

6.  A  voAvel  is  occasionally  given  to  a  final  consonant  to 
soften  the  termination  of  the  word,  and  make  the  transition 
easier  to  the  initial  consonant  of  that  which  follows ;  thus, 
^:^^,  ^)'i^;  J"in53  for  n?^ ;  on,  n^r,;  bwV,  n?X;  \x,  n^>?;  ^Eh, 
--isn;  <Tii;*^,.  ^n^s.^'?;  ni:n,  ihrn;  i^os  Ex.  15:10;  to^dd^ 
Ex.  15:5. 

a.  These  paragogic  vowels  have  established  themselves  in  the  cur- 
rent forms   of  certain  words,  as  ^\i^ ,  ^"^hi  '"''?^  j  ■'^^. ,  "'H^.  j  ''S-     But 


86  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  62 

with  these  exceptions,  they  are  chiefly  found  in  poetry.  The  vowels  ^  . 
and  i  are  mostly  attached  to  words  in  what  is  called  the  construct  state, 
ri  ^  to  words  in  the  absolute;  and  all  of  thenn  to  the  feminine  ending  n . 
Examples  of  i:  i;a  Num.  23:  18,  24:3,  15,  'ifi';n  several  times,  "irr?:  Ps. 
114:8.  Examples  of  \:  '^n::nx  Hos.  10:ll,''^qj<  Gen.  49:  IJ,  133' ibid., 
•in:::*  Gen.  31:39,  ^h-j^l  Ps.  110:4,  ■^=2:7  Ps. '114:8,  'r::-;  Ps.  123:1^ 
in-'s:^  Ps.  113:5,  ''^^'sM'Q  ver.  6,  "'i"'pn  ver.  7,  "'i'^TZ^'in  ver.  8,  "i-'Ciia 
ver.  9,  ^rxbri  Isa.  1  :  21, '^■:.^^<.5  Ex.  15:6,"  ^^]2  Zech.  ll':17,  ^nan  Lam! 
1  :  ],  iriV.a  ibid.,  "^i^'ii  Deut.  33:16.  It  is  also  attached  to  the  first  member 
of  the  compound  in  many  proper  names,  e.g.  ^X^inj,  "'ik'^S^TD ,  to  certain 
particles,  as  "^ri'^a ,  ^'^^^'^ ,  '^?'9?  ^"d  perhaps  to  such  participial  forms  as 
■innai  Jer.  22  :  23.  Of  n  ^ :  nr7;^N  Ex.  15:16,  nisnx  Isa.  8  :  23,  Job  34  :  13, 
37  i  12,  no-in  Judg.  14  :  18,  nrrV:.':  Ps,  3  :  3,  80  :  3,  Jon.  2  :  10,  nb-;^  almost 
constantly,  'nnii  Ps.  116  :  15,  ribni'  Num.  34  :  5,  Ps.  124 : 4,  nr^ij  Ps.  92: 16 
(K'ri),  125  :  3,' Ezek.  28  :  15,  Ho's.'  10:  13,  nrV'-J  Job  5: 16,  nn^f?  Ps.  44:27, 
63:8,  94:  17,  nnE^  Job  10:22,  nni^tn  Josl"  19:43,  Judg.  iV:  1,  and  regu- 
larly in  the  third  person  feminine  of  the  preterite  of  tib  verbs.  In 
modern  Persian  i  is  similarly  appended  to  nouns  in  close  connection  with  a 
following  word,  to  remove  the  obstruction  of  the  final  consonant  and  serve 
as  a  uniting  link. 

^  62.  The  changes  due  to  the  influence  of  vowels  may 
arise  from  their  concurrence  or  proximity. 

1.  Concurring  vowels  may  coalesce;  a  uniting  with  a 
forms  a,  uniting  with  i  or  u  it  forms  the  diphthongal  e  or  o, 
e.  g.  nist-n  Neh.  3:13  from  nisrsn  after  the  rejection  of  fi5 
by  §  53.  2.  d  J  fi'i'S  after  the  softening  of  ^  to  i  becomes  Ti^^ ; 
^nSipj?  by  the  rejection  of  n  becomes  i'^ipjp ;  in^  prefixed  to 
proper  names  is  from  ^n";   for  "in;; ,  §57.  2  (4). 

2.  One  of  them  may  be  hardened  into  its  corresponding 
semi-vowel ;  I  ^  .  with  t  "^  may  form  2^  ''  . ,  or  the  first  I  may 
be  changed  to  zy,  which,  upon  the  reduplication  of  the  ">  to 
preserve  the  brevity  of  the  antecedent  vowel,  §  24.  3,  becomes 
■'f .,  e.  g.  ""nns?  with  Q^ .  becomes  D^nny  or  Q-'^inS' .  So,  \  be- 
fore !".  ^  forms  n^  _ ,  and  before  i  forms  i^ . ,  e.g.  Sihsy , 
ni^ns^? ;  in  like  manner  ^  is  changed  before  i  into  uv,  form- 
ing ii.  ,  which,  by  §  56.  3,  becomes  i\  ,  e.  g.  ln^D>^  ,  by  the 
substitution  of  rii  for  in ,  tii^3^^ .  /  \  followed  by  u  ^  forms 
iv,  ^M^n'pt:;^,  ™'5t?;p;  in-^s,  l^S;  ^^h^ii  for  ^^p^n  Josh.  14  :  S. 
U  "^ ..  before  I  ■> .  or  u  ^  is  resolved  into  a?/,  which,  joined  with 
the  appropriate  semi-vowels,  becomes  ^ .  and  1^^,  the  virtual 


^  63  YOWEL    CHANGES.  87 

reduplication  of  the  final  consonant  in  the  one  case  preserv- 
ing the  short  vowel,  which  is  lengthened  in  the  other ;  thus 
''O^D  with  "^ .  becomes  ''D'D  ,  and  with  ^n ,  rD^o .  The  same 
resolution  of  "' ..  occurs  before  final  ^,  forming  ^^ .,  and  by 
§  CI.  .3  ^^ .,  thus  ^^rj:  with  tj  becomes  V^^^^ . 

a.  Grammarians  have  disputed  whether  in  sucli  Avords  ns  C"'^~3yj 
ri'2b?3  ihe  point  in  "^  is  Daghesli-forte  or  Mappik,  §2G,  and  accordingly 
whether  they  are  to  be  read  ib/in'i/ylni.,  vtalklmyijolh,  or  ihliilijlm, 
malkhuyoth.  If  the  exphmation  giv'en  above  be  correct,  it  is  Daghesh- 
forte  Conservative.   Comp.  C^p,  c;^;^  . 

b.  Such  Ibrnis  as  '^■]"i3,  'i"'"}?,  c^"iQ  from  "'"iS  are  only  apparent  excep- 
tions to  the  above  rules.  The  word  is  properly  ';'"}Q,  and  to  this  the  addi- 
tions are  made,  the  auxiliary  Hhirik  being  dropped  with  the  cessation  of 
the  cause  from  which  it  originated,  §57.  2.(4).  In  D"'Ni3'i:y  2  Chron.  17: 11 
from  "'2"}2  and  Q"'  _  the  vowels  are  kept  separate  by  an  interposed  X. 

c.  In  words  of  n^  formation,  such  as  nib:?,  "iibi",  Di'CJ:'  from  niL"3>  and 
ri^,  i ,  c"!  ,  it  might  appear  as  though  one  vowel  were  rejected  before 
another.  But  the  correct  explanation  is  that  "^  is  the  true  final  radical, 
and  the  forms  above  given  are  for  M^^Js",  i'^cJ-'',  ni';ii:;:J  (like  C"'p::'p)  from 
which  "1  is  rejected  by  §53.  3.  In  the  same  way  ^iL">\  ~-7',  etc.,  from  fiirs 
are  lor  ^''b^' ,  ^?^'>'-  In  such  alternate  Ibrms  as  n;j:'}b  I'rom  i^Va.  the  radi- 
cal "^  is  retained  by  preserving  the  antecedent  vowel,  which,  before 
Daghesh-forte  Conservative,  becomes  Hhirik,  §61.  5. 

§03.  The  following  euphonic  changes  are  attributable  to 
the  proximity  of  vowels,  viz.  : 

1.  Pattahh  before  a  guttural  is  often  changed  to  Seghol 
if  another  a  follows,  and  the  same  change  sometimes  occiu's 
after  a  guttiu'al  if  another  a  precedes. 

The  particular  cases  axe  the  following  : 

a.  When  (_)  stands  before  a  guttural  with  (^)  always  before  n,  e.g. 
inn  for  ;nn,  nn-j^'Q  Prov.  21:22.  c=nn,  ^nrnsn  (also  when  n  has 
Hhateph  Kamets,  e.g.  Ci"'i!:3nnn ,  ""nbnnn  Judg.  9:9),  often  before  n  and  'J . 
particularly  if  it  receives  the  secondary  accent,  e.g.  Ci"inn  for  c^'^nn. 
ninb  but  tzWd.  ^'^'rv::!P: ;  f^^^"",  t^-'-q-J  n-2,  rarely  before  i<  and  "i,  1^-i}^ 
Gen.'  14 :  10,  riiiss  Neh.  9 :  IS,  26  but  ""^ni^xi  Ezek.  35 :  12. 

b.  When  (  )  before  a  guttural  is  followed  by  another  consonant  with 
(-)  Of  (J  ^'iin.?. J  ^''„^n?.  but  ^''^n^,  xinp  but  nxina,  N-jn;;,  once  before 
the  liquid  ^,  e.g.  '^i^sx  E.\.  33:3  (or  ~|rt-i!)  &"d  once  before  2.  e.g. 
n::rt  for  nijnb. 

c.  In  nxnpxj  1  Sam.  2S:15  and  the  combination  'i"^  cbi3  a  similar 
change  takes  place  after  a  guttural  to  prevent  the  repetition  of  the  vowel 
a;  so  in  nilS'i'i  Ps.  20:4,  and  n:xi  n:x  after  the  liquid  3. 


88  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  64,  65. 

2.  Pattalih  is  sometimes  assimilated  to  a  following 
Seghol,  or  to  a  preceding  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

a.  The  assimilation  to  (..)  takes  place  regularly  in  what  are  called 
Segholate  forms,  in  which  an  auxiliary  Seghol  lias  by  §61.  2  been  intro- 
duced between  two  vowelless  letters,  Ti^a  forTj^i,  'Z'\^\  for  n"";,  y'ns  for 
"/"IN,  but  ST^a,  crQ  J  only  before  1,  which  can  combine  with  a  and  not 
with  e,  a  is  retained  and  lengthened  to  (J  by  §59,  "X,  Tip\-  Rarely  in 
other  cases  cd'i;;  for  ci'iV  where  the  change  is  facilitated  by  the  pre- 
ceding "1. 

b.  The  assimilation  to  (^)  occurs  in  a  few  cases  after  a  guttural  with  rj 
prefixed,  e.  g.  ci-fn  for  cyn,  inn  for  inn,  ^ixn  for  ■]''7.x^!  • 

c.  The  assimilation  to  (_ )  occurs  in  the  Kal  future  of  Pe  Yodh  verbs 
where  the  alternate  forms  are  -!i|]  and  y  15''?  • 

§  64.  The  folio v/ing  vowel  changes  are  due  to  tlie  accent, 
viz. : 

1.  If  a  long  vowel  in  a  mixed  syllable  be  deprived  of  its 
accent,  it  will  be  shortened,  §18,  e.g.  it?T?n,  '^^^^■,  ^^\ 
nc^i;  Dt\\  Db^'i;  nt?;.,  "li??,^. 

a.  If  a  vowel  preceding  Makkeph  is  incapable  of  being  shortened,  it 
will  receive  the  secondary  accent  Methegh,  agreeably  to  §43. 

2.  The  accent  prefers  to  be  immediately  preceded  by  a 
simple  syllable  and  a  long  vowel.  Accordingly  an  antece- 
dent vowelless  letter  often  receives  what  may  be  called  a  pre- 
tonic  vowel.  This  is  commonly  the  simplest  of  the  long 
vowels  u,  e.  g.  bt:;^ ,  nc;) ,  nnpb ,  l^^n;; ,  occasionally  e,  e.  g. 
^i?.'' ,  s^^'ii^ ,  V^^^. ,  V'^'^'^^ ,  rarely  u,  e.  g.  T\^'^^^ .  Such  a 
vowel  is  sometimes  inserted,  even  though  a  pre-existing 
mixed  syllable  is  thereby  destroyed,  e.  g.  in  the  plurals  of 
Segholates  and  of  feminine  nouns  derived  from  them,  D'^i^^ 
from  ^b)2,  niib)2  from  nib^ . 

§65.  The  special  emphasis,  with  which  the  last  word  of 
a  clause  is  dwelt  upon,  gives  rise  to  certain  vowel  changes 
in  connection  with  the  pause  accents,  §36.  2.  gj.  These  are 
(1)  lengthening  short  vowels,  viz.,  (.)  and  not  infrequently 
(J  which  has  arisen  from  (.)  to  (J,  e.  g.  ^ti?,  Tax ;  P:?J^3, 
Mns ;  rnx ,  rnii  •   'ini? ,  nns? ,  and  brino;in<2:  back   Kamets 


§  G6  VOWEL    CHANGES.  89 

rihatupli  shortened  from  liliolem  to  its  original  lengtli  froH, 
^'^r^  •  (2)  Restoring  vowels  wliicli  have  been  dropped 
in  the  conrse  of  inflection,  e.  g.  ^in2) ,  i^ns' ;  t\2^  ,  T\yi ; 
Ti)2^ ,  ^1^2? .  (3)  Changing  simple  Sh'va  in  triliicral  sylla- 
bles and  before  the  snffix  '^  to  Seghol,  e.  g.  ^r^'^3,  ^jn^a ;  ^n^^ 
"^^2 ;  D^T^  ,  031^ .  (4)  Changing  compound  Sh'va  to  the  cor- 
responding long  vowel,  e.  g.  "'IK,  ''rx;  "^in  (i^^rn),  ^^n ;  ^^n^ 

a.  Pattahh  sometimes  remains  without  change,  e.g.  'i^  Ps.  132:12, 
nnsjn  2  Sam.  2:27,  siD^S?  Jer.  7 :  10,  ^n=i:.ri  Prov.  ^30:9,  "'nr^Ji::  Job  34:5, 
i-^rtrx  Neh.  5:14.  Seghol  more  frequently,  Ti^^.,  P"^.,  n-i]^ ,  -n^  and 
T|":'n  .  Long  vowels  are  mostly  unaltered ;  only  Tsere  is  in  mixed  syllables 
occasionally  changed  to  Pattahh,  e.g.  JTPrr  Isa.  lS:5ibr  trin,  so  ;2irn 
Isa.  42:22,  !-sn  Gen.  17:14,  %r>^1  Gen.  21:8,  7^}.^,  Gen.  25:  34,  which, 
in  one  word  of  Segholate  formation,  is  converted  to  Seghol,  e.  g.  S.'d^, 
Slav  Where  the  same  word  has  alternate  forms,  one  is  sometimes  se- 
lected as  the  ordinary  and  the  other  as  the  pausal  form,  thus  Vbn;^ ,  "I'Bn;; ; 
dnn'^,  ^'21!?;  ^"^^^j  "^^'^5  ■'fi^==^\  !''ri"^-?'^  Gen.  43:14;  p");i  Ec'cl. 
12:  il,  :"ii"iv,l  Sam.  13:21;  T^,  ny  GenV49:3,  rarn ,  na^in  Lev. 
26:34,  35;  ^^"3?,  ^^'iJ3"'  .  Sometimes,  instead  of  changing  the  Sh'va  be- 
fore ^  to  Seghol,  its  vowel  is  shifted,  thus  T^3,  Tj^ ;  T|^,  Tj^",  "t^i* ,  and  in 
Ex.  29:  35  "^tlia^-  The  position  of  the  pause  accent,  so  far  as  it  differs 
from  that  of  the  ordinary  accent,  has  been  explained  §35.  2. 

h.  Of  the  pause  accents,  or  those  which  mark  the  limits  of  clauses  and 
sections,  the  first  class,  viz.,  Silluk,  Athnahh,  and  Merka  with  Mahpakh, 
almost  always  give  rise  to  the  vowel  changes  Avhioh  have  been  described; 
the  second  and  third  classes,  S'gholta.  Zakeph  Katon,  Zakepii  Gadhol, 
R'bhi''  and  Shalsheleth,  e.  g.  ^-n^Il  Isa.  13:8.  do  so  frequently ;  the  fourth 
class,  Pazer,  e.g.  2  Kin.  3:  25,' Prov.  30:4,  and  T'lisha  Gh'dliola,  e.g. 
Ezek.  20  :  21,  but  seldom.  Pausal  forms  are  occasionally  found  with  other 
Disjunctives,  thus,  Tiphhha  irbn  Deut.  13  :  5,  Pashta  ^n^'rtn  ibid.,  Geresh 
vh"j  Ezek.  40  :  4,  and  even  with  Conjunctives,  e.  g.  "'JS  Isa.  49 :  18 ,  nbii^n 
Ezek.  17  :  15,  TJJ3  2  Chron.  29  :  31. 

\(SQ.  1.  The  shortening  and  lengthening  of  words  has  an 
effect  upon  their  vowels.     The  shortening  may  take  place 
(1)  At  the  end  of  a  word  by  the  rejection  of  a  vowel. 

This  occurs  only  with  (..)  or  (..)  in  certain  forms  of  tib  verbs,  e.  g.br>ri  from 
nlijri,  ri'^i  for  ^l'^''.'],  in'^l  1  Sam.  21 :  14  for  tiw-^l,  ^'c\\  for  nniii'^l  .  In 
the  last  two  examples  the  short  vowel  is  lengthened  upon  its  receiving  the 
accent,  comp.  §64.1.  If  the  rejected  vowel  was  preceded  by  two  con- 
sonants, these  will  now  stand  together  at  the  end  of  the  word,  and  be  lia- 
ble to  the  changes  described  §61.  2,  e.  g.  v)"irt  for  i^2~n  . 


90  ORTHOGRAniY.  ^  6Q 

(2)  In  the  body  of  a  word  by  shortening  a  long  vowel  in 
a  mixed  syllable,  Avhicli  mnst,  of  conrse,  be  the  one  bearing 
the  accent,  §  32. 1,  or  rejecting  a  long  vowel  in  a  simple  syl- 
lable before  the  accent  (the  pretonic  vowel,  §  C4.  2),  ^i'l , 

nn^;    If^-g,    1fb)2;    IC^p^;    TiJ^)?^. 

a.  This  is  in  general  the  only  reduction  possible.  The  vowel  of  a 
mixed  syllable,  if  short  already,  is  capable  of  no  further  abbreviation  ;  and 
it  cannot  be  rejected,  or  there  would  be  a  concurrence  of  vowelless  con- 
sonants which  the  language  seeks  fo  avoid  (i^ip'in  Prov.  30:  6  is  an  excep- 
tion). And  the  vowel  of  a  simple  syllable,  if  short,  must  have  the  accent, 
§32.  1,  which  preserves  it  from  rejection.  The  changes  above  recited  are 
confined  to  the  last  two.  or,  in  case  the  accent  is  upon  the  penult,  the  last 
three  syllables  of  the  word;  for  the  antecedent  portions  of  polysyllables 
are  already  abbreviated  to  the  utmost.  Contractions  due  to  the  peculiari- 
ties of  certain  letters,  as  the  gutturals  and  quiescents,  which  have  been 
before  explained,  are  not  here  taken  into  the  account,  e.g.  ^'c'iJ ,  ^izxa; 
nia,  nio;  n'^n;',  inv 

b.  Where  the  last  vowel  cannot  be  shortened,  it  sometimes  experiences 
a  change  of  quality  from  pure  to  diphthongal,  such  as  is  produced  by  the 
pressure  of  two  following  consonants,  §61.4,  e.g.  ^'^'n:;^,  ^'^2;^;i  ;  ::"''c;in, 
rnir-in;  nit;;',  rlr; ;  ivc;v  tc"^;  c^c^o,  ''O^b. 

2.  If  a  word  be  lengthened  by  additions  at  the  end,  its 
vowels  are  liable  to  changes  in  consequence. 

(1)  Such  additions  create  a  tendency  to  shorten  the  pre- 
vious part  of  the  word  in  the,  manner  just  described.  Tor 
the  normal  length  of  words  in  Hebrew  being  dissyllabic,  the 
genius  of  the  language  is  opposed  to  transcending  this  limit 
any  further  than  is  absolutely  necessary.  If  the  addition  is 
not  of  sufficient  weight  to  affect  the  position  of  the  accent, 
no  abbreviation  results.  But  if  it  is  of  weight  enough  to 
remove  the  accent,  an  abbreviation  follows  if  it  is  possible  for 
one  to  be  made.,  e.g.  nn^,  Q''^^^,  oi^nn^  for  Di^")!!  by 
§G1.1. 

(2)  They  produce  changes  in  an  ultimate  mixed  syllable. 
If  the  appendage  begin  with  a  consonant,  the  antecedent 
vowel  will  now  be  succeeded  by  two  consonants  and  be  liable 
to  the  changes  consequent  upon  such  a  position,  §  61.  4,  e.  g. 
rob-jjpn  from  b^t:;:^;  n:)9p  from  D^p;  ^pVipn  from  ^'''^'^^; 


^GQ 


VOWEL    CHANGES. 


91 


ir^btap  from  ^Dp .  If  the  appendage  begin  with  a  vowel,  it 
will  attach  itself  to  the  final  consonant,  which  will  in  conse- 
quence be  drawn  away  from  its  own  syllable  to  begin  the  new 
one.     This  may  occasion  the  following  changes  : 

(«)  If  the  preceding  vowel  is  an  auxiliary  Seghol  or 
Pattahh,  introduced  to  facilitate  the  pronunciation  of  the 
second  of  two  vowelless  consonants,  §61.2,  it  wHl  be  rejected, 
inasmuch  as  it  is  no  longer  required  for  this  pm-pose,  e.  g. 
isb^  from  i^t ,  innp  from  nno . 

{b)  If  it  be  a  short  vowel,  it  must  either  be  lengthened 
to  adapt  it  to  the  simple  syllable  in  which  it  now  stands,  or 
rejected  on  account  of  the  disposition  to  abbreviate  words 
upon  their  receiving  accessions  at  the  end,  e.  g.  f^^'^JP  and 
n'pif j5  from  ^12)^ .  The  cases  are  very  rare  in  wdiich  a  short 
vowel  remains  unchanged  in  consequence  of  its  having  the 
accent,  §18.  2,  e.  g.  rna^iq  1  Kin.  19 :  15  from  ^ky^,  r.b^t^n 
Ezek.  8  :  2  from  b^TJ^n . 

(c)  If  it  be  a  long  vowel,  it  may  be  rejected,  as  '^'^'^'} 
from  ^'Ci^"} ,  ^%tD  from  Dii? ,  or  retained  either  unaltered,  as 
rn'i2''f:n  from  D"^[?r},  ''i.l^'^  from'jiT^'a,  or  with  a  change  of 
quality  from  pure  to  diphthongal  or  the  reverse,  n;[:in^  from 
pint) ,  ^niiDS  from  y\^} ,  ^;^pn  from  uyr\ ,  D'^bbs  from  t2''Sa  . 

TABLE  SHOWING  THE  CHARACTER  AND  AFFINITIES  OF  THE  VOWELS 
AND  THE  ORDINARY  LIMITS  OF  EUPHONIC  CHANGES. 


Lu>is 


Short. 


Guttural,  . 
Palatal, 

Labial, 


pure 


i  dijjlithongal 


pure 
dijjJitJionf^al   6 
pure  u 


PART  SECOND. 

ETYMOLOGY. 

Roots  of  Words. 

§  67.  Etymology  treats  of  the  various  kinds  of  words, 
their  formation  and  inflections.  Three  successive  stages  are 
here  to  be  distinguished.  The  first  is  the  root  or  radical 
portion  of  words.  This  embraces  those  fundamental  sounds, 
in  Avhich  the  essential  idea  originally  inheres.  Roots  do 
not  enter,  in  their  nude  or  primitive  form,  into  the  current 
use  of  language,  but  they  constitute  the  basis  upon  which  all 
actually  occurring  words,  with  the  exception  of  the  inorganic 
interjections,  are  constructed.  The  second  stage  is  the  word 
itself  in  its  simple  uninflected  state ;  this  is  formed,  if  a  prim- 
itive, directly  from  the  root,  if  a  derivative,  from  a  pre-existing 
primitive,  by  certain  changes  or  additions,  which  serve  to  con- 
vert the  radical  idea  into  the  precise  conception  intended, 
which  is  as  yet,  however,  expressed  absolutely.  The  third 
and  only  remaining  stage  is  the  word  as  it  appears  in  the  ac- 
tual utterances  of  speech,  so  modified  by  inflections  as  to 
suggest  the  definite  qualifications  of  the  idea,  such  as  the 
tense  of  verbs,  the  gender  and  number  of  nouns,  and  the  de- 
gree of  adjectives,  or  its  relations  whether  of  agreement  or 
subordination,  such  as  the  persons  and  modes  of  verbs  and 
the  cases  of  nouns. 

§  68.  There  are  in  Hebrew,  as  in  most  languages,  two 
classes  of  roots,  which  may  be  denominated  respectively  pro- 


§  68  ROOTS    OF    WORDS.  93 

nominal  and  verbal.  Pronominal  roots  form  tlie  basis  of  sncli 
words  as  express  the  relations  of  things  to  the  speaker  or  to 
one  another,  viz.,  pronouns  and  certain  prepositions,  adverbs, 
and  otlier  particles.  From  verbal  roots,  which  arc  by  far 
the  more  numerous,  spring  words  expressive  of  ideas,  viz., 
verbs,  nouns,  and  such  particles  as  are  derived  from  them. 
Verbal  roots  consist  exclusively  of  consonants,  and  are  almost 
invariably  triliteral.  The  introduction  of  a  vowel  or  vowels, 
even  for  the  sake  of  pronouncing  them,  destroys  their  abstract 
radical  character,  and  converts  them  into  specific  words  of 
this  or  that  description.  Nevertheless,  for  reasons  of  conve- 
nience, the  letters  of  the  root  are  usually  pronounced  by  the 
aid  of  the  vowels  belonging  to  them  in  the  simplest  form  of 
the  corresponding  verb,  which  is  mostly  the  third  person  sin- 
gular of  the  preterite,  e.  g.  ^t?)^ ,  tjH'a .  This  must  not  be 
suffered,  however,  to  lead  to  the  confusion  of  identifying 
that  particular  verbal  form  with  the  proper  radical,  nor  of 
supposing  the  verb  to  be  the  radical  part  of  speech  from 
which  nouns  in  all  cases  are  derived :  verbs  and  nouns  are 
rather  to  be  regarded  as  co-ordinate  branches  springing  from 
a  common  root. 


a.  The  ^g.v7  quadriliterals  and  quinqueliterals  which  occur  are  mostly- 
formed  from  pre-existing  triliterals  by  the  addition  of  a  weak  letter,  or  a 
letter  similar  to  one  of  the  original  radicals,  e.  g.  00*13  to  lay  waste  comp. 
CDS;  r|S"bT  to  hum  comp.  t{S^•,  Mssno  a  branch  comp.  ^iS?p  ;  C^ernb 
thoughts  comp.  D'^QSJb ;  a^ind  a  sceptre  comp.  tJlntJ ;  lixbir  tranquil 
comp.  'i;^?,^;  twJ'iQ  to  spread  comp.  ^"^S  ;  or  by  blending  two  different 
roots,  e.g.  T^£i?"i  to  be  fresh  composed  of  -I3"n  and  tis:: ;  "^bbbs  a  certain 
one  =  ^i^^^  "^i??  ;  ?"n"i2:J  a  frog  from  "i^  to  leap  rnn  (in  Arabic)  a 
marsh.  Some,  which  are  not  thus  reducible,  may  perhaps  be  of  foreign 
origin. 

b.  Many  of  the  triliteral  roots  appear  to  be  based  upon  pre-existing 
biliterals.  Thus,  the  cognates  ^ijs,  iib,  tu,  nn,  na,  T^ia,  have  in  com- 
mon the  two  letters  tJ  with  the  associated  idea  of  cutting,  §50.3.  The 
frequent  examples  of  this  description,  together  with  the  fact  of  the  exist- 
ence of  a  few  biliterals,  e.  g.  25<  father,  rix  brother,  CX  mother,  have 
suggested  the  thought  that  the  ultimate  roots  may  in  all  cases  have  been 
biliterals,  and  that  the  triliterals  were  a  secondary  formation.  Various  in- 
genious but  unsuccessful  attempts  have  been  made  to  demonstrate  this 


94  ETYMOLOGY.  §  69 

position  by  an  actual  analysis,  and  to  effect  the  reduction  of  all  roots  to 
two  primitive  letters.  Still  more  extravagant  and  fanciful  is  the  endea- 
vour, which  has  actually  been  made,  to  explain  the  origin  of  roots  from  the 
individual  letters  of  which  they  are  composed,  and  to  deduce  their  mean- 
ings from  the  names,  the  shapes,  or  other  peculiarities  of  those  letters. 
The  existence  of  roots  and  the  meanings  attached  to  them  must  be  ac- 
cepted as  ultimate  facts.  Some  have  arisen,  no  doubt,  from  the  imitation 
of  sounds  in  nature;  but  in  most  cases  no  satisfactory  reason  can  be  given 
why  a  given  combination  of  sounds  has  that  particular  sense,  which  is  in 
fact  connected  with  it. 

§  69.  The  formation  of  words  and  their  inflection  are  ac- 
comphshed  partly  by  internal  changes  and  partly  by  external 
additions.  The  internal  changes  are  the  insertion  of  vowels 
and  the  reduplication  of  consonants  in  various  significant 
ways,  e.  g.  bb^,  b-jp ,  bh'p ,  bujb  .  The  external  additions  are 
significant  syllables  welded  to  the  root  or  to  the  word,  either 
at  the  beginning  or  the  end,  e.  g.  btsj?,  ri'piijp,  Vibfp^,  ^ibtoj^nn. 

a.  The  triliteral  and  exclusively  consonantal  character  of  Semitic 
roots  is  their  most  remarkable  peculiarity  in  distinction  from  those  of  the 
Indo-European  languages  which  are  as  prevailingly  monosyllabic,  the 
vowel  being  an  essential  constituent,  while  the  number  of  consonants  is 
variable.  The  fact  of  the  vowel  being  an  integral  part  of  the  root  in 
these  languages  interferes  wiih  their  employment  of  internal  changes  for 
purposes  of  derivation  and  inflection,  and  confines  them  almost  entirely  to 
external  additions,  e.  g.  voco,  vocabam,  vocalio,  vocabulum,  vocito,  etc. 
The  composition  of  words  of  which  such  large  use  is  made  in  tiie  Indo- 
European  tongues,  6.  g.  ad-voco,  in-voco,  etc.,  is  almost  unknown  in  He- 
brew except  in  the  formation  of  proper  names. 

b.  Different  languages  differ  greatly  in  their  flexibility,  that  is  to  say, 
in  the  variety  of  words  which  may  spring  from  a  common  root,  and  the 
number  of  forms  which  the  same  word  may  assume  to  express  the  various 
relations  into  which  it  enters.  Relations,  which  in  some  languages  are 
expressed  by  flection,  as  the  cases  of  nouns,  tenses  of  verbs,  concord 
of  adjectives,  are  in  others  indicated  by  additional  -words,  as  prepo- 
sitions, auxiliary  verbs,  etc.,  or  suggested  by  the  order  of  words  in  the 
sentence. 

c.  Formative  syllables,  added  either  at  the  beginning  or  the  end  of 
words  for  the  sake  of  inflection,  are,  in  the  ordinary  consciousness  of  those 
who  use  the  language,  completely  amalgamated  with  them,  so  that  their 
separate  origin  and  signification  is  never  thought  of  They  are  thus  to 
be  distinguished  from  those  words  which,  by  reason  of  their  dependent 
character,  are  attached  to  others  as  prefixes  or  suffixes,  but  yet  preserve 
their  separate  identity  as  prefixed  conjunctions  and  prepositions  and  suf- 
fixed pronouns. 


§70,71  PRONOUNS.  95 

§70.  The  parts  of  speech  in  Hebrew  arc  either  decUna- 
ble  as  pronouns,  verbs,  and  nouns  (including  adjectives) ;  or 
indechnable,  as  the  article,  adverbs,  prepositions,  conjunc- 
tions, and  interjections.  As  most  if  not  all  of  the  syllables 
employed  in  the  formation  and  inflection  of  verbs  and  nouns 
are  of  pronominal  origin,  it  will  be  necessary  to  consider  the 
pronouns  first. 

a.  The  classification  usual  with  tlie  Jewish  grammarians  is  into  verbs 
(ni^yQ  actions),  nouns  (  niTsd  names),  and  particles  (o"'j:72  words). 


Pronouns. 

PERSONAL     PEOXOTJNS. 

§  71.  The  Hebrew  pronouns  are  personal,  demonstrative, 
relative,  and  interrogative  or  indefinite.  The  personal  pro- 
nouns are  the  following,  viz.  -. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 


1.     I  ^i:i5,     13X  We 

^y  j  Thou  m.  nPi?  Ye  m 


CP,S 


( Thou/,      r-x ,     ^lyii?  Ye/.       ]r)i? ,  ri:px 

o  j  He  x^n  They  w?.  on,    msn 

'^•(She  N^n  They/,     in,     n^n 

There  are,  it  will  be  perceived,  distinct  forms  for  singular 
and  plural  in  the  three  persons,  and  for  masculine  and  fem- 
inine in  the  second  and  third.  There  is  no  form  for  the 
neuter,  as  that  gender  is  not  recognized  in  Hebrew. 

a.  (l)  The  alternate  forms  of  the  first  person  singular  "'ili^  (in  pause 
"i^bx  with  the  accent  on  the  penult  except  Job  33:  9),  and  "^rs  (in  pause 
"'SS)  are  used  interchangeably  and  with  perhaps  equal  frequency.  It  has 
been  observed,  however,  that  while  the  former  is  the  more  common  in 
the  Pentateuch,  it  never  occurs  in  the  books  of  Chronicles,  and  but  once 
in  Ezekiel,  viz.,  36 :  28,  a  passage  borrowed  from  the  Pentateuch.  The 
usual  plural  of  this  person  is  ^:r!t^.")  "H?  occurs  but  six  times,  viz.,  Gen. 


96  ETYMOLOGY.  §  71 

42 :  11,  Ex.  IG  :  7.  S,  Num.  32  :  32,  2  Sam.  17  :  12,  Lam.  3  :  42  ;  ^3N  though 
common  in  later  Hebrew,  occurs  but  once  in  the  Old  Testament,  viz.,  Jer. 
42 :  6  K'thibh,  where  the  K'ri  substitutes  the  usual  form. 

(2)  The  second  person  masc.  sing.  nnN  (in  pause  occasionally  npis  Ps. 
2  :  7,  25  :  27,  40  :  18,  70  :  6,  but  mostly  nnx  )  is  in  five  instances  written  S^N 
Avithout  the  final  He,  which  is  however  restored  in  the  K'ri,  viz.,  1  Sam. 
24  ;  19,  Ps.  6  :  4,  Job  1  :  10,  Eccles.  7  :  22,  Neh.  9 :  6.  and  in  three  instances 
nx  without  the  final  vowel  Num.  11  :  15,  Deut.  5  :  24,  Ezek.  28  :  14.  The 
feminine  nx  is  occasionally  written  "'nx  Judg.  17:2,  1  Kin.  14:2,2  Kin. 
4  :  16.  23,  8  :  1,  Jer.  4  :  30,  Ezek.  36  :  13  ;  the  K'ri  invariably  retrenches  the 
superfluous  "i,  though  it  is  probable  that  the  original  pronunciation  proper 
to  this  orthography  was  "inx .  The  feminine  plural  'nx  occurs  only  Ezek. 
34: 31,  where  a  few  manuscripts  read  'ifiX  ;  the  alternate  form  t^:ni<  oc- 
curs Gen.  31 :  6.  Ezek.  13 :  11.  34 :  17 ;  in  Ezek.  13  :  20  most  editions  have 

(3)  The  third  person  fern.  sing.  XT)  occurs  but  eleven  times  in  the 
books  of  Moses,  viz..  Gen.  14:2,  20:5,  38:25,  Lev.  2:  15  (in  some  editions), 
11:39,  13:  10.  21.  16:  31,  21:9,  Num.  5:  13,  14.  In  its  stead  is  found  Xiri 
a  combination  of  the  letters  of  the  masculine  with  the  vowel  of  the  fem- 
inine. The  explanation  of  this  is  that  Nin  hu  was  at  that  early  period  of 
common  gender  and  used  indifferently  for  both  masculine  and  feminine. 
As  this  primitive  usage  subsequently  became  obsolete,  the  word,  when 
used  for  the  feminine,  was  read  X"'n  hi  according  to  the  uniform  practice 
of  the  later  books,  and  the  punctuators  have  suggested  this  by  giving  it 
the  corresponding  vowel,  §47.  According  to  Kimchi  "in  Ruth  1:13  and 
nsn  2  Sam.  4  :  6,  Jer.  50:5,  stand  for  the  masculine  plural;  this  assump- 
tion is  unnecessary,  however,  as  in  the  first  passage  the  feminine  may 
have  the  sense  of  the  neuter  "these  Ihingsy  and  in  the  last  two  it  is  an 
adverb  of  place,  meaning  here. 

6.  (1)  The  pronoun  "liibx  unites  the  palatal  found  in  the  nominative 
singular  of  the  first  person  in  Indo-European  languages,  Gr.  iyw,  Lat.  ego, 
Goth,  ik,  with  the  nasal  of  its  other  parts  Gr.  fxi,  vuii,  Lat.  me,  nos,  Goth. 
mik.  The  same  combination  is  found  in  the  Coptic  and  the  Phcenician. 
The  Arabic  and  Syriac  have  retained  only  the  abbreviated  form  in  the 
singular  and  the  prolonged  form  in  the  plural.  The  second  person  npiX 
is  based  upon  the  lingua!  n  as  the  Doric  tv,  Lat.  tu,  Ger.  du,  Eng.  ihuu  ; 
and  the  third  person  NW  upon  the  guttural  n  as  the  Zend  ho,  Gr.  6, 
Lat.  hie,  Eng.  he. 

(2)  Words  in  such  constant  and  flimiliar  use  as  the  pronouns  are  sub- 
ject to  more  or  less  irregularity  in  all  languages.  The  original  plural 
termination,  as  will  be  shown  more  fully  hereafter  in  the  case  of  verbs 
and  nouns,  is  c^ .  In  the  first  person  n  is  omitted  to  prevent  the  concur- 
rence of  nasals  in  the  same  syllable,  ''iX  ,  s:x  ;  the  plural  of  the  prolonged 
ibrm  seems  to  be  best  explained  by  supposing  it  to  have  been  originally 
is::x  ,  which  was  in  the  lingular  softened  to  ''bbx  by  §57.1,  and  in  the 
plural  by  a  transposition  and  weakening  of  the  palatal  to  a  guttural  (comp. 
Gr.  eycj,  Sans,  aham),  became  irn'sx^  or  by  §53.  2,  ^lina  .  The  plurals  of 
the  second  and  third  persons  were  originally  DWS,  CW,  which  are  still 


§  72  PRONOUNS.  97 

preserved  in  the  Arabic  an<l  have  left  their  traces  in  the  inflections  of 
verbs,  e.g.  "^ibiip"',  '^3"^ri3::p  .  The  vowel  u,  however,  wliich  in  the  plu- 
rals of  masculine  nouns  lias  been  converted  into  i.  has  in  the  pronouns 
undergone  a  still  further  modification  into  the  diphthongal  e  en  or  c  CPix . 
The  distinction  of  gender  is  indicated  in  the  plural  not  by  affixing  the 
characteristic  termination  of  that  gender  as  in  nouns,  but  by  a  change  of 
the  final  nasal.  An  unaccented  n  ^  is  often  added  by  §61.  6.  to  relieve  the 
harshness  of  the  consonantal  ending. 

c.  In  the  technical  language  of  the  Jewish  grammarians  pronouns  are 
called  ni^'iS  cognomina ;  the  first  person  is  "i2T"a  the  speaker.,  the  second 
Nia^S  present,  the  third  "rp?  hidden  or  absent. 

§72.  When  the  pronomis  are  used  in  their  separate  form 
as  distinct  words  they  have  the  forms  ah^eady  given.  AVhen, 
however,  they  stand  in  a  rehntion  of  dependence  to  verbs, 
nouns,  and  particles,  they  are  appended  to  them  in  the  follow- 
ing abbreviated  forms,  called  the  pronominal  suffixes  : 


SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

1. 

Com. 

1 

13 

^3 

2.  • 

f  Ilasc. 

^ 

a? 

\  Fern. 

n 

P 

3.- 

1  Masc. 

^n 

D 

on 

\  Fern, 

n 

n 

1 

10 

In  the  first  person  singular  "^ .  is  attached  to  nouns,  and 
1?  to  verbs.  In  the  second  person  the  palatal  3  is  substituted 
for  the  lingual  n  of  the  separate  pronoun.  Por  a  similar 
change  in  the  first  person  see  §  85.  a.  (i).  The  modifications 
in  the  forms  of  the  suffixes,  occasioned  by  the  endings  of  the 
words  to  which  they  are  attached,  will  be  considered  here- 
after, §^101,220.  The  third  plural  forms  on,  in  are  used 
Avith  plural  nouns  ;  D ,  1  with  verbs  and  singular  npuns. 

The  suffixes  of  the  second  and  third  persons  plural  D3, 
1? ,  CO  J  10  ai'6  cahed  (/rave,  the  rest  are  li^ht.  The  former 
being  mixed  sjllables,  always  receive  the.  accent,  §  33.  3,  and 
tend  more  strongly  to  shorten  the  words  to  which  they  are 
attached  than  the  latter. 
7 


98  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  73,  74 


Demonstrative  PrOxNouns. 
§73.  1.  The  ordinary  demonstrative  is — 

Ilasc.      Fern.  Common. 

Singular,   ri"     ni?T  this        Plural,   bx     n|i«  these. 

The  poetic  form  ^T  is  sometimes  a  demonstrative,  Ps. 
12:8,  Hab.  1:11,  but  more  frequently  a  relative  (like  the 
English  that),  in  which  case  it  is  used  without  change  for 
both  genders  and  numbers.  The  feminine  is  occasionally 
written  without  tlie  final  in  and  with  a  different  vowel  letter 
n'T  or  iT .  The  plural,  coming  from  a  different  root,  is  suffi- 
ciently distinguished  without  the  usual  termination ;  b&5  occurs 
eight  times  in  the  books  of  Moses  and  once  in  1  Chron.  20:8; 
in  all  other  places  the  consonantal  termination  is  softened  by 
an  appended  n  .. . 

2.  The  singular  of  this  pronoun  is  in  a  few  instances 
compounded  with  ^  either  without  any  change  of  meaning,  or, 
as  Evvald  and  Nordheimer  follow  Jarchi  in  supposing,  in  the 
sense  of  the  remote  demonstrative  that.  Thus  (with  the 
article  0  prefixed) — 

Masc.  Fern.  Ccm. 

Sing,    this  or  that      nf  ?n  ^T;in  T3n 

a.  The  first  form  occurs  twice  in  Genesis  (24  :  65,  37: 19),  the  third  six 
times  in  the  post-Mosaic  books  as  a  mascuhne  (Judg.  6  :  20,  1  Sam.  14  :  1, 
17:26,  2  Kin.  23:  17,  Dan.  8:16,  Zcch.  2:8),  and  once  as  a  feminine 
(2  Kin.  4:25),  the  second  once  in  Ezekicl  (36  :  35). 

3.  The  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person  i^^n  is  used 
for  the  remote  demonstrative  t/mt. 


Kelatia^e  Pronoun. 

§  74.  The  relative  icho,  which  is  "iTl^i? ,  which  may  be  em- 
ployed as  a  separate  word,  or  may  be  shortened  to  a  prefix  to 


§75  INTERROGATIVE    AND    INDEFINITE    PRONOUNS.  99 

with  Daghesh-forte  compensative  in  the  following  letter, 
unless  it  be  a  guttural  and  consequently  incapahlc  of  receiv- 
ing it,  §23.  1.  In  a  few  instances  the  prefix  t  takes  the 
vowel  (J  followed  by  Daghesh-forte,  Judg.  5  :  7,  Cant.  1  :  7, 
Job  19  :  29  ;  once  it  has  (J  before  N'  Judg.  G  :  17,  and  twice 
{.)  Eccl.  2  :  22  (in  some  copies),  3  :  18.  The  relative  suffers 
no  change  for  gender  or  number  either  in  its  separate  or  its 
prefixed  state.  Its  objective  relation  to  verbs  and  particles 
and  its  possessive  relation  to  nouns  are  expressed  without 
changing  the  relative  itself,  or  removing  it  from  its  position 
at  the  beginning  of  its  clause  by  appencUng  the  a})piopriate 
pronominal  suffix  to  the  governing  word,  e.  g.  'ri'rq  ~"rsc  u-/io 
he  sent  him,  i.  e.  whom,  he  sent,  "l^^"  '^'^'i^.  icJdcJi  its  seed,  i.  e. 
whose  seed.  It  may  also  receive  an  adverbial  sense  from 
being  followed  by  the  pronominal  adverb  Cir  there,  e.  g. 
DO  —  nci*  where,  nrns  —  nrs«  ichither,  ^'tti  —  '^±)^__  tchcnce. 

a.  The  prefix  d  occurs  to  the  exclusion  of  the  full  form  of  the  relalive 
in  the  Song  of  Solomon,  and  with  great  frequency  in  another  production 
of  Solomon's.  Ecclesiastes.  There  are  besides  occasional  examples  of  it  in 
other  books,  e.g.  Judg.  5:7,  6:17,  7:12,8:26,2  Kin.  6:11,  1  Ciiron.  5:20, 
Job  19: 29,  Ps.  122-124,  129,  133-137,  144,  Lam.  2:15,  16.  The  word 
Ci'ira  Gen.  6:3  is  in  several  ancient  versions  and  in  the  common  English 
translation  rendered  as  though  it  were  made  up  of  the  preposition  3  ,  the 
relative  'Q  and  the  particle  ^l' for  (hat  also;  but  the  most  recent  inter- 
preters derive  it  from  the  verb  55'J  to  err.  and  translate  in  their  erring. 

h.  i'i;x  or  ^3  is  also  used  for  the  conjunction  that.     Comp.  Lat.  quod. 

Interrogative  and  Indefinite  Pronouns. 

§75.  1.  The  pronouns  ^12  icho  ?  q>x  whoever  Y<A^\AVi^  to 
persons,  and  r."a  idiat?  or  whatever  relating  to  things,  are 
employed  both  as  interrogatives  and  in  an  indefinite  sense. 
They  experience  no  change  for  gender  or  number. 

The  vowel  of  ?",'a  is  regulated  by  the  initial  sounds  of 
the  succeeding  word.  Before  a  letter  capable  of  receiving 
Daghesh-forte  it  is  pointed  ^^2  and  the  following  letter  is 
doubled,  e.  g.  '^^ir-^  Ex.  3:13.     Before  the  stronger  gut- 


100  ETYMOLOGY.  §  76 

turals  n  and  n  it  also  commonly  receives  (.),  e.  g.  N^rrr-.^ 
Ps.  39  :  5,  Ti'^n  ™  Gen.  31  :  36.  Before  the  weaker  gut- 
turals N,  'J  and  1,  it  commonly  takes  (J,  e,  g.  r.^X""^  Zech. 
1 :  9,  ^^3?  r\i2  2  Kin.  8:13,  Dn\s-i  n^  Judg.  9  :  48.  Before 
n,  n,  and  y  with  Kamets,  and  occasionally  before  other  let- 
ters it  takes  (■),  §  63. 1.  a,  e. g.  i^  ^^n-n^  Ex.  32:1,  '^nxibn-ma 
Gen.  20 : 9,  tr^m-r\'q  ib.,  bip  rrq  1  Sam.  4 :  14,  t:STrTQ  nti 
2  Kin.  1  : 7.  In  a  few  instances  the  final  vowel  letter  is 
omitted  and  the  inteiTogative  is  joined  with  the  following 
word,  e.  g.  n-T^  Ex.  4  :  2,  ai^^  Isa.  3:15,  ni<bn^  Mai.  1:13, 
Dn)2  Ezek.  8  :  6  K'thibh. 

2.  Another  interrogative  is  formed  by  prefixing  the  par- 
ticle ^i?  to  the  pronoun  nr ,  ni?T ,  thus  MT  ^i?  which  ^  or  ivhat? 
1  Kin.  13  :  12,Eccles.  11:6,  niirb  ^^fortuhat?  lohy?  Jer.  5:7. 

3.  The  words-  '•J^bN  ^i'bs  which  are  always  used  in  com- 
bination, or  contracted  into  one  ^?^bs ,  are  in  usage  equivalent 
to  an  indefinite  or  indeterminate  pronoun,  Eng.  a  certain  one, 
Lat.  quidam,  Gr.  6  helva ;  they  are,  however,  derived  not  from 
pronominal  but  verbal  roots. 

Verbs. 

TIIEIE     SPECIES. 

§76.  1.  Hebrew  verbs  have  seven  diff'erent  forms  which 
have  been  denominated  species  or  conjugations  (n'':^;3  did/d- 
in(js).  These  represent  as  many  modifications  of  the  verbal 
idea,  and  are  as  follows,  viz. : 

1.  bp         Kal  Simple  active. 

2.  b?BD         Niphal  "      passive. 

3.  bi^s         Piel  .  Intensive  active. 

4.  b:?s         Pual  "  passive. 

5.  b-^i^Bn         Hiphil  Causative  active. 

6.  bysn         Hophal  "  passive. 

7.  bysnn         Hithpael       Reflexive. 


§77  SPECIES    OF    VERBS.  101 

a.  The  term  conjugations  was  introduced  by  Reuclilin,  and  is  very  gen- 
erally employed  in  Hebrew  grammars  and  in  those  of  the  cognate  lan- 
guages. It  must  be  borne  in  mind,  however,  that  Hebrew  conjugations 
are  totally  unlike  the  conjugations  of  Latin  and  Greek.  The  latter  denote 
the  various  modes  of  inflection  adopted  by  different  roots.  The  former  are 
modifications  of  the  same  root,  which  differ  in  meaning  while  their  inflec- 
tions are  substantially  alike.  They  correspond  rather  with  voices  or  with 
derivative  verbs,  such  as  frequenlatives  and  causatives,  although  they  not 
infrequently  require  to  be  translated  by  words  radically  distinct.  The 
term  species  proposed  by  Schultcns,  though  less  commonly  adopted,  is 
more  descriptive. 

2.  Kal  means  li^kf,  and  denotes  that  species  in  wliicli  no 
other  than  the  three  radical  letters  appear,  and  these  only  in 
then'  single  power.  The  other  species  are  called  /leav?/ 
(a"'^33),  because  burdened  by  the  reduplication  of  the  radi- 
cals or  the  addition  of  other  letters.  Their  names  are  de- 
rived from  l^i'S  to  do,  which  was  the  model  for  inflection,  the 
form  assumed  by  this  verb  in  each  species  serving  as  its 
designation.  Unusual  verbal  forms  are  in  like  manner  de- 
noted  by  the  corresponding  forms  imposed  upon  its  radicals. 

3.  Other  technical  expressions,  such  as  the  names  of  the 
various  classes  of  verbs,  are  also  to  be  traced  to  this  source. 
A  verb  whose  first  radical  is  a  guttural,  a  Nun,  or  a  Yodh,  is 
called  a  Pe  Guttural,  Pe  Nun  (fs),  or  Pe  Yodh  ("^s)  verb, 
Pe  as  the  initial  of  ^?2  becoming  the  technical  designation 
of  a  first  radical  generally.  So  a  verb  whose  second  radical 
is  Vav  is  called  an  Ayin  Vav  ("'y ) ;  one  whose  third  radical 
is  He,  a  Lamedh  He  (J^*'') ;  one  whose  second  and  third  rad- 
icals are  alike  an  Ayin  Doubled  (r'b),  etc. 

§77.  The  general  idea  of  the  several  species  already 
stated  is  liable  to  certain  modifications  in  the  variety  of  cases 
to  which  it  is  applied. 

1.  The  Niphal  is  commonly  the  passive  of  Kal  or  of  the 
simple  idea  of  the  verb,  nia  to  steal,  Ni.  to  he  stolen ;  -1^3  to 
write,  Ni.  to  he  written. 

2.  Sometimes,  like  the  Greek  middle  voice  which  coin- 
cides with  the  passive  in  certain  of  its  forms,  it  has  a  reflex- 


103  ETYMOLOGY.  §78 

ive  signification,  l^'J  to  hide,  Ni.  io  hide  one's  self;  TaiO  to 
keep,  Ni.  to  keep  ones  self,  cf)v\dTT€adai;  Dn?  Ni.  to  repent, 
lit.  to  grieve  ones  self,  fieTa/jieXeadai;  or  expresses  reciprocal 
action,  )''i';  to  co/(nsel,Ki.  to  take  counsel  together ;  cnb  Ni.  to 
fglit,  ^a-x'^crOcLi',  lit.  to  devour  one  another.  In  some  verbs  it 
has  both  a  passive  and  a  reflexive  sense,  "iD^  Ni.  to  he  sold 
and  to  sell  one's  self;  r.sn  Ni.  to  be  seen  and  to  let  one's  self 
be  seen,  to  appear. 

3.  Sometimes  when  the  Kal  is  intransitive  and  does  not 
admit  of  a  proper  passive,  the  Niplial  is  cither  identical  with 
it  in  signification,  ^i"^;?  K.  and  Ni.  to  approach,  or  retains  a 
shade  of  its  original  force  by  representing  the  state  or  condi- 
tion not  al)solntely  as  in  Kal,  bnt  as  something  eff^ected  and 
involving  a  change  from  another  previous  condition,  K^iri  to 
be  full,  Ni.  to  be  filed,  n:;n  to  be,  Ni.  to  become. 

§  78.  1.  The  Piel  gives  new  intensity  to  the  simple  idea 
of  the  verb,  by  which  its  meaning  is  variously  modified  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  case,  'avyi  to  be  few.  Pi.  to  be 
veri/ feiu ;  ^in  to  folloiD,Y\.  to  follow  ardentli/,  to  pjursue; 
ins  to  fear.  Pi.  to  fear  constantly,  to  he  timid;  ^^"^^  to  ask. 
Pi.  to  ask  repeatedhj  and  earnestli/,  to  beg ;  i«J3  to  create, 
as  God,  Pi.  to  form  with  pains  and  labour,  as  man ;  ins  to 
write.  Pi.  to  ivrite  much  with  the  implication  that  it  is  to  little 
purpose,  to  scribble ;  "lii?  to  bury.  Pi.  to  bury  great  numbers. 

2.  The  energy  resident  in  this  species  displays  itself  by 
signifying  the  producing  or  causing  of  that  which  is  denoted 
by  the  simple  idea  of  the  verb,  thus  quickening  intransitive 
verbs  into  transitives,  and  making  such  a.s  were  transitive 
before  to  be  doubly  so.  In  this,  which  is  the  more  frequent 
case,  it  becomes  virtually  equivalent  to  a  causative,  "ins  to 
perish.  Pi.  to  make  to  perish,  to  destroy ;  ^\d^  to  learn.  Pi.  to 
teach,  i.  e.  cause  to  learn.  Both  these  senses  are  occasionally 
found  united  in  the  same  verb,  snjp  Pi.  to  be  very  near  and  to 
bring  near ;  Tin©  Pi.  to  be  very  corrujjt  and  to  corrupt  or  de- 
stroy. 


§79,80  SPECIES    OF   VERBS.  103 

3.  Pual  is  the  passive  of  Picl,  and  therefore  can  only  exist 
when  the  sense  of  the  latter  is  such  that  a  passive  is  possible. 

§70.  1.  The  Iliphil  denotes  the  causing  or  producing  of 
that  which  is  signified  by  the  simple  form  of  the  verb,  and, 
as  in  the  corresponding  case  of  Piel,  intransitive  verbs  become 
transitive,  and  such  as  admitted  of  one  object  before  are  now 
capable  of  receiving  two :  'l'^^  io  descend,  Hi.  to  cause  to  de- 
scend, brill r/  down ;  iils  to  come,  Hi.  fo  hring  ;  '^^'\  to  see,  Hi. 
to  shoiu. 

2.  In  some  verbs  Hiphil  has  an  intransitive  sense,  but 
in  most  of  these  cases  there  is  either  an  ellipsis  of  the  object 
or  the  idea  of  production  and  causation  can  still  be  obsciuely 
traced,  nirip  Hi.  to  be  attentive,  prop,  to  malie  [ones  ear)  at- 
tend;  plnia  Hi.  to  be  sweet,  prop,  to  cause  siueetness ;  ^V<^  Hi. 
to  be  wise,  prop,  to  act  luiselj/,  exhibit  wisdom ;  "^^"^  Hi.  to  be 
brave,  prop,  to  act  bravely;  "Ji^J  Hi.  to  grow  old,  prop,  to  acquire 
ar/c.  In  a  few  instances  both  senses  are  found  united  in  the 
same  verb,  nSs  Hi.  to  cause  to  bud  and  to  jmt  forth  buds  ; 
tj'iij  Hi.  to  prolong  and  to  be  long ;  '^i?5'  Hi.  to  enrich  and  to 
grow  rich ;  "ji?^  Hi.  to  make  fat  and  to  become  fat  (comp. 
YiW^.  fatten). 

3.  Hophal  is  the  passive  of  Hiphil. 

a.  When  Kal  lias  both  a  transitive  and  an  intransitive  sense,  Hiphil, 
as  the  causative  of  the  latter,  becomes  substantially  identical  with  the 
former.  T\'Si  K.  in  extend  or  to  bend,  trans,  and  intrans..  Hi.  id.  trans.  In 
Job  23;  11,  Ps.  125:5,  Isa.  30  :  11,  where  the  Hiphil  of  this  verb  appears  to 
ha  used  intransitively  in  the  sense  of  turning  aside,  there  is  an  ellipsis  of 
its  proper  object,  to  bend  (the  steps). 

§80.  1.  The  Ilithpael  is  reflexive  or  reciprocal  of  the 
idea  of  the  \cYh,  mostly  as  this  is  expressed  in  the  Piel  spe- 
cies (from  which  it  is  formed,  §82.  5),  the  particular  shade 
of  meaning  being  modified  according  to  the  circumstances 
of  the  case.  (1)  It  indicates  that  the  subject  is  likewise  the 
direct  object  of  the  action,  t:>^  Pi.  to  deliver,  Hith.  to  escape, 
deliver  ones  self;  pt?  Pi.  to  justify,  Hith.  to  just  if//  one's  self; 


104  ETYMOLOGY.  §80 

to£n  Pi.  to  seek,  Hitli,  to  disguise  ones  self,  prop,  to  let  ones 
self  he  sought  for  ;  n"in  Pi.  to  malce  sick,  liitli.  to  make  ones 
self  sick  whether  in  reality  or  in  the  esteem  of  others,  i.  e.  to 
feign  sickness  ;  C3?n  Hith.  to  show  ones  self  toise  whether  in 
reahty  or  in  his  own  conceit.  (2)  Or  that  he  is  the  indirect 
object  of  the  action,  which  is  for  his  benefit,  or  relates  en- 
tirely to  him,  nns  Pi.  to  ojjen,  Hith.  to  ojienfor  ones  self; 
!iln:  Hith.  to  inherit  {for  07ies  self) ;  l^n  Pi.  to  make  gracious, 
Hith.  to  implore  favour,  prop,  to  make  to  be  gracious  to  one's 
self  (3)  Or  that  the  action  is  mutual  between  two  or  more 
parties,  Tii^j?  Pi.  to  hind,  Hith.  to  consjnre,  prop,  to  band  to- 
gether;  in^'i  to  see,  Hith.  to  look  iqwu  one  another. 

2.  This  species  is  sometimes  a  mere  passive  like  the 
Niphal  nsTlJ  to  forget,  Hith.  to  he  forgotten ;  1£2  Pi.  to  atone, 
Hith.  to  he  atoned ;  '^JP^  Pi.  to  prepa^'e,  Hith.  to  be  prepared. 
In  a  few  instances  the  reflexive  and  the  passive  senses  are 
found  in  the  same  verb,  "i?^  Hith.  to  sell  ones  self  diwdi  to  he 
sold. 

a.  (!)  The  affinity  between  the  Piel  and  Hiphil  species  is  such  as  in 
very  many  verbs  to  render  it  unnecessary  to  retain  tliem  both,  and  one  or 
the  other  has  been  allowed  to  fall  into  disuse.  Where  both  exist,  they 
are  often  nearly  or  quite  synonymous,  and  are  used  indiscriminately,  t;";^ 
Pi.  and  Hi.  to  sauclifi/,  or  differ  only  in  the  frequency  of  their  employment, 
ri^a  Pi.  and  Hi.  (rare)  to  send,  raa  Pi.  (rare)  and  Hi.  to  cause  to  hear. 
In  other  cases  they  are  distinguished  by  adhering  to  those  significations 
of  the  species  in  which  they  depart  palpably  from  one  another,  n^S  Pi. 
(intens.)  to  groic  luxuriantly,  Hi.  (caus.)  to  make  to  grow,  bio  Pi.  (caus.) 
to  make  foolish.  Hi.  (intrans.)  to  act  foolishly  ;  or  by  developing  them  from 
different  significations  of  the  root,  bffi3  Pi.  to  cook  (food),  Hi.  ^o  ripen 
(fruit) ;  ""^a  Pi.  to  bless  (prop,  to  kneel  in  worship),  Hi.  to  cause  to  kneel 
(as  a  physical  act),  cis  Pi.  to  break  the  bones  (c:?:^.),  Hi.  ?o  render 
strong;  or  by  restricting  them  to  special  applications,  "1l:|^  Pi.  to  burn  171- 
ce«se  (to  idols),  Hi.  to  burn  incense  (to  God);  tbn  Hi.  to  change,  Vi.  to 
change  (the  clothes)  ;  ti^liQ  Hi.  to  strip.  Pi.  to  strip  (the  slain  in  battle). 

(2)  It  is  still  less  common  to  find  both  Niphal  and  Hithpael  in  the  same 
verb.  Where  this  does  occur  they  are  sometimes  used  interchangeably, 
at  others  a  distinction  is  created  or  adhered  to,  T|S'^  Ni.  and  Hith.  to  be 
poured  out ;  ^i'H  Ni.  and  Hith.  to  talk  with  one  another ;  T|'^3  Ni.  to  be 
blessed,  Hith.  to  bless  o»e's  self;  Cnn  Ni.  to  be  ploughed,  Hith.  to  keep  {one^s 
self)  quiet;  "ilUj^  Ni.  to  be  bound,  Hith.  to  conspire. 

(3)  When  in  particular  verbs  two  species  have  substantially  the  same 


§81  PERFIXT    Vl;KBS.  105 

sense,  it  sometimes  happens  that  parts  only  ofeacli  are  in  use.  one  supple- 
menting tlie  deficiencies  ot'  the  other,  or  tiuit  one  of  the  active  species, 
losing  its  proper  passive,  is  supplied  by  anotiier  whose  corresponding 
active  is  wanting.  Thus  ^b^  (o  be  able  has  a  Kal  preterite  and  infinitive  ; 
but  its  future  is  Hophal  (strictly,  to  be  made  able,  but  in  usage  the  equiva- 
lent of  Kal)  ;  C|D3  to  be  pale,  "^33  to  draw  near,  "OJ  lo  be  poured  out,  have 
their  futures  in  tlie  Kal  but  their  preterites  in  tiie  Niphal ;  C^D^  to  add  has 
both  a  Kal  and  a  Hipbil  preterite,  which  are  synonymous,  but  only  a 
Hiphil  future.  Again,  in  h'J3  to  separate  and  "i^TIj  to  destroy,  the  Kal  has 
yielded  to  the  Hiphil  (strictly,  to  cause  separation,  destruction),  but  the 
Niphal  is  retained  as  its  passive;  Y'n'^  to  bathe  and  pfj  ^^  sprinJde,  have 
in  the  active  the  Kal  form  and  in  the  passive  the  Pual. 

(4)  All  verbs  are  found  in  one  or  more  of  these  species  or  conjugations, 
but  very  few  in  the  wliole  of  them.  Of  the  1,^32  trilitera!  verbs  in  the 
Hebrew  Bible,  530  appear  in  some  one  species  only.  360  in  two  species, 
235  in  three,  IIS  in  four,  70  in  five,  12  in  six,  and  but  7  in  the  entire  num- 
ber, viz.:  "153  to  cleave  asunder,  n5a  to  uncover,  nbn  to  be  sick,  J'ti  to 
know,  ^y^  to  bring  forth,  ipQ  to  vitiit,  C>i"i  to  be  high.  Tlie  number  of 
species  in  which  a  given  verb  appears,  is  sometimes  limited  by  the  ne- 
cessity of  the  case,  as  when  its  meaning  will  not  admit  of  the  modifica- 
tions denoted  by  all  the  species;  or  by  usage,  as  when  certain  species  are 
dropped  as  unnecessary,  the  ideas  Avhich  they  would  convey  being  ex- 
pressed in  another  manner;  or  by  the  circumstance  that  in  the  small  vol- 
ume of  the  Old  Testament,  examples  may  not  occur  of  all  the  species 
which  actually  were  in  use. 

b.  Instances  occur  in  which  the  active  species,  and  less  frequently  the 
passives,  derive  their  meanings  not  directly  from  the  root,  but  from  some 
noun  which  has  sprung  from  it.  These  are  called  Denominatives.  Thus, 
yi"]"^  K.  to  break  the  neck  (^liJ);  "i^  K.  ^o  tithe  (^bi;  ten);  '^zh  to  make 
bricks  (noab) ;  rsbs  Ni.  to  be  possessed  of  understanding,  or,  according  to 
others,  to  be  devoid  of  understanding  (-^b  heart);  "ins  Pi.  to  act  as  priest 
(•nis);  )ij?  Pi.  to  build  a  nest  {'-p);  rin^D  Va.  -pavt.  square  (■s^'jii  fom^); 
i;3t72  Pu.  almond-shaped  ('''k^^);  "^^^  Pu.  di/ed  scarlet  (viio) ;  ^'^^'^I'n  Hi. 
to  snow  (sbiL;):  'j'^TXrt  Hi.  to  give  ear  (Lix);  nsli  Hi.  to  snare  (riD);  nb-cn 
Ho.  to  be  salted  (nb^);  "ih^nH  Hith.  to  make  one^s  self  a  Jew  i^^^^*:)] 
'^^'•^'^i^  Hith.  to  supply  one's  self  with  provision  (T^:?).  A  verbal  form  may 
occasionally  arise  even  from  an  adverb,  fiNbrts  Ni.  part,  removed  far  aicay 
(nxbrj).  or  an  interjection,  Dii^}  Hi.  and  he  stilled  (Oil  hush!). 


Perfect  Verbs. 

§  81.  There  is  one  normal  standard  for  tlie  formation  of 
tliesc  several  species  and  their  further  inflection,  to  wliich  all 
verbs  conform  unless  prevented  by  the  character  of  their 
radicals.     There  are  no  anomalous  or  irregular  deviations 


106  ETYMOLOGY.  §  82 

from  this  standard,  such  as  are  found  m  other  languages,  for 
which  no  explanation  can  be  given  but  the  fact  of  their  oc- 
currence. Whatever  deviations  do  occur  result  from  the 
presence  of  letters  in  the  root  which  do  not  admit  of  certain 
combinations  and  forms,  and.  compel  the  adoption  of  others 
in  their  stead.  Verbs  are  hence  distinguished  into  perfect 
and  imperfect.  They  are  styled  perfect  when  their  radical 
letters  are  capable  of  entering  into  all  those  combinations 
and  exhibiting  all  those  forms  which  conformity  with  the 
standard  requires.  They  are  imperfect  when  the  root  con- 
tains a  weak  letter,  §  7.  2,  or  is  otherwise  so  constituted  as 
to  lead  to  a  departure  from  the  standard  inflections. 

§82.  1.  In  perfect  verbs  the  Kal  is  formed  by  giving 
Pattahh,  or  more  rarely  one  of  its  compounds,  Tsere  or 
Hholem,  to  the  second  radical  as  its  essential  or  characteristic 
vowel,  and  to  the  first  radical  a  pretonic  Kamets,  §  64.  2, 
thus :  bb;^ ,  ^i| ,  |i3]5 . 

a.  The  number  of  verbs,  perfect  and  imperfect,  whose  second  radical 
has  Tsere  or  Hlioiem,  or  as  they  are  technically  called  middle  e  and  mid- 
dle 6,  is  quite  inconsiderable.  They  are  mostly  of  an  intransitive  sig- 
nification. 

(1)  The  following  have  Tsere,  viz.  : 

•,i?J  to  be  old.  -lis  (Isa.  24:20  123)  (o  be  ni  to  die. 

ytn  to  delight.                        heavij.  ^33  to  fade. 

-■jn  to  hew.  "iii3  to  be  rigid.  5<r-.i  to  thirst. 

nri-J  to  be  clean.  dib  and  dib  to  put  on.  hhp^  (Isa.    33:9  b?D|D)  to 

X^b::  to  be  unclean.  !S5^  trans,  or  intrans.  (Esth.  wither. 

uii";  to  be  dry.                          7:5   N^^   trans.)  to  xib  to  hate. 

xi;  to  fear.                             fll  or  be  full.  bor  to  be  brought  low. 

(2)  The  following  have  Tsere  in  pause,  §  65.  3.  a,  or  as  a  pretonic  vowel, 
§  64.  2,  before  a  suffix,  but  Pattahh  in  other  cases.  Such  as  only  occur  in 
pause  or  with  suffixes  are  printed  with  Tsere. 

-nx  to  love.  ^Ty  to   be   or  become       b'in  to  cease. 

-     T  ~  T  -    T 

cirx  to  be  guilty.  great.  y^n  to  be  leavened. 

p23  to  swell.  p3'n  to  cleave  to.  v;:n  to  he  profaned. 

^3.J  to  prevail.  ')ir'^  to  grow  fat.  "ihrt  to  lack. 


^  8:3  PERFECT    VERBS.  107 

"iBn  to     blush     (distin-  nk'J  to  be  strong.  i'i'J  to  be.  sated. 

guished  from  "iEH  vH'l  to   come    upon,  to   trsb  to  rejoice. 

to  dig).  prosper.  JiatJ  to  forget. 

t{S'^  to  be  weary.  uinp?  to  be  holy.  "js'-^  to  dwell. 

'C'^''  to  possess.  -"nir  to  come  near.  c?2'j  to  be  desolate. 

Cr3  to  be  pleasant.  -V"}  to  be  hungry.  "Siy^  to  hear. 

Several  others  are  marked  with  Tscre  in  the   lexicon  of  Gesenius,  in 
which  that  vowel  does  not  occur. 
(3)    The  following  have  Hholem  : 

•nx  to  shine.  Vd"^  to  be  able.  -H  (Ps.  IS  :  15   ^2)  to 

llJia  to  be  ashamed.  Uip^  to  snare.  shoot. 

ai-j  to  be  good.                   bl2  (:^ee  §86.  a) /o/oj/;.  Via  (Gen.  43:  U  Ti'^rd) 

^5^  to  dread.  '|b^  to  be  small.  to  be  bereaved. 

2.  The  Niplial  is  formed  by  prefixing  i  to  tlie  letters  of 
the  root ;  thus,  5u)jp: ,  wliich  by  §  Gl.  1.  becomes  bbjpp . 

3.  The  Piel  and  Piial  are  formed  by  doubhng  the  second 
radical    and  attaching  the   appropriate  vowels ;  thus,  ^I2p , 

4.  The  Hiphil  and  Hophal  are  formed  by  prefixing  n 
with  the  proper  vowels ;  thus,  ^"'"jjpn ,  Vjjpn . 

5.  The  Hithpael  is  formed  by  prefixing  t?n  to  the  con- 
struct infinitive  of  the  Piel ;  thus,  ^k^'^^  .  If  the  first  radi- 
cal be  one  of  the  sibilants  0 ,  tJ  or  to ,  the  n  of  the  prefixed 
syllable  will  be  transposed  with  it,  ^iiJTicn,  ^snt'n,  iinriirin. 
If  the  first  radical  be  i: ,  the  n  will  be  transposed,  and  in 
addition  changed  to  t: ,  e.  g.  PT^^sn  .  If  the  first  radical  be 
one  of  the  Unguals  1 ,  "^  or  ri ,  the  l^  will  be  assimilated  or 
united  to  it  by  Daghesh-forte,  pii"n ,  "inan ,  a^nn . 

a.  In  one  instance  nr^aiiirn  Jcr.  49:3  n  remains  before  "d  withoin 
transposition,  which  would  bring  three  linguals  in  close  connection,  and 
once  it  is  assimilated  to  d,  Eccl.  7:  16  CT^iffi^,  elsewhere  crind^ ;  n  is 
likewise  assimilated  to  the  sibilant  T  in  llie  only  Hithpael  form  in  which 
that  letter  is  the  initial  of  the  root  ^is^u"!  Isa.  1:16.  In  one  instance 
^"^Pr'^^r  Judg.  19:22  n  remains  without  assimilation  before  1.  The  n 
may  either  be  assimilated  or  not  to  the  initial  3  of  two  verbs  N^J,  xiij. 
and  the  initial  5  of  two  "iis,^?!).  It  is  assimilated  to  the  3  of  023.  which 
occurs  but  twice  in  the  Hithpael,  to  the  3  of  7^3,  which  only  occurs  once, 
and  in  one  instance  to  "i,  viz.  zxii-\i<  Isa.  33:10  but  caiini  Dan.  11:36. 


108  ETYiAIOLOGY.  §  83 

h.  The  seven  species  may,  agreeably  to  their  formation,  be  reduced  to 
three  with  their  derivatives,  viz.: 

Active  1.  Kal  2.  Piel  3.  Hiphil 

Passive  Pual  Hophal 

Middle  Niphal  Hithpael 

(1)  The  prefixed  letters  of  the  Niplial  and  Hithpael  5  and  t^  (with  n 
prosthetic.  §53.  1.  a)  are  probably  in  tiieir  origin  fragmentary  pronoun.s 
signifying  selfj  whether  they  are  referable  to  "'3N.  and  riPX  of  the  first 
and  second  persons  must  be  left  to  conjecture.  The  idea  primarily  sug- 
gested is  that  of  performing  an  action  upon  one's  self;  but  in  the  Niphal 
usually,  and  in  the  Hithpael  occasionally,  the  reflexive  signification  has, 
as  in  certain  tenses  of  the  Greek  middle  and  in  the  reciprocal  verbs  of 
some  modern  languages,  given  place  to  the  passive.  In  the  Arameean 
the  forms  with  a  prefixed  ns  have  not  only  quite  lost  their  original  char- 
acter as  reflexives,  but  liave  superseded  all  other  passives. 

(2)  The  idea  of  causation  in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal,  if  the  author  may 
venture  to  offer  his  own  opinion  upon  this  perplexed  subject,  is  not  due, 
as  in  the  Indo-European  causatives,  to  the  introduction  of  a  syllable 
directly  suggesting  it.  It  appears  to  be  primarily  another  intensive  form, 
with  which  usage  has  ordinarily  connected,  as  it  frequently  has  with  the 
Piel,  the  notion  of  productive  energy  or  the  quickening  of  an  intransitive 
into  a  transitive.  As  in  the  Piel  and  its  derivatives,  the  idea  of  intensity 
is  suggested  by  giving  a  doubled  and  consequently  more  intense  pronun- 
ciation to  the  central  radical;  so  in  the  Hiphil,  by  a  like  symbolism,  the 
power  of  the  root  is  augmented  by  the  accession  of  a  new  initial  syl- 
lable, whether  the  weak  letter  n  is  merely  for  the  sake  of  pronouncing 
the  vowel,  which  seems  likely  from  the  corresponding  N  in  Aramtean  and 
Arabic,  or  is  itself  significant,  in  which  case  it  must  be  of  pronominal 
origin,  related  possibly  to  XW  of  the  third  person,  and  having  a  prepo- 
sitional or  intensive  force. 

(3)  The  distinction  between  active  and  passive  in  the  intensive  and 
causative  species  is  made  by  the  vowels  alone,  and  that  in  a  way  perfectly 
simple,  and  yet  as  clearly  marked  as  possible.  Of  the  three  pure  vowels 
i  and  n  offer  the  most  striking  contrast,  and  these  are  severally  set  in  op- 
posite syllables  in  the  forms  to  be  distinguished;  i  or  its  cognate  e  marks 
the  second  syllable  of  the  actives,  ij  or  its  cognate  o  the  first  syllable  of  the 
passives,  the  other  syllable  receiving  in  every  case  the'simplest  and  only 
remaining  vowel :  thus,  b"'ppn  ,  h'jip^  —  ^ip ,  ^'^P.^  ■  For  that  a  primarily 
belonged  to  the  first  syllable  of  both  Piel  and  Hiphil  is  apparent  from  its 
retaining  its  place  throughout  these  species  with  the  exception  of  the 
preterite,  and  from  its  preservation  in  the  cognate  languages. 

§83.  If  '"^1?  to  kill  be  taken  as  the  representative  of  the 
regular  verb,  tlie  various  species  with  their  significations  will 
be  as  follows,  viz. : 


§  83  PERFECT    VERBS.  109 

1.  Kal  i:::!?  to  IdU. 

2.  Niplial  ^bp3  to  be  killed. 

3.  Piel  'ii?p  to  kill  many  or  to  massacre. 

4.  Pual  brsp  to  he  massacred. 

5.  liipliil  ^■''P^P  ^0  cause  to  kill. 

G.  Hoplial         ^'^p*?         ^0  <^(?  caused  to  kill. 
7.  Hithpael     ^^p^n         ^'o  kill  ones  self. 

a.  It  is  in  each  case  the  third  person  masculine  singular  of  the  preterite 
which  is  given  above,  and  the  strict  signification  therefore  is  Jie  has  killed, 
etc.  These  being  the  simplest  forms  of  tiie  various  species,  however,  and 
destitute  of  any  sign  of  tense  or  person,  are  commonly  used  to  represent 
the  species;  and  in  this  sense  the  proper  equivalent  is  the  infinitivCj  which 
is  the  form  used  for  designating  verbs  in  English. 

b.  The  verb  ^uj;^  is  well  fitted  for  a  model,  and  is  now  generally  so 
employed.  The  consonants,  which  compose  its  root,  have  no  peculiarities 
to  interfere  with  its  inflection,  it  has  a  signification  capable  of  being  car- 
ried through  all  the  species,  and  as  it  exists  likewise  in  the  cognate  lan- 
guages, it  off'ers  a  good  basis  for  their  comparison.  It  occurs,  indeed,  but 
three  times  in  the  Bible,  Job  13:15,  24:14,  Ps.  139:19,  and  in  but  one 
species;  still  the  very  rarity  of  its  occurrence  only  restricts  it  more  com- 
pletely to  its  use  as  a  representative  or  typical  verb.  The  old  Jewish 
model  ' i"3 ,  §76.2,  is  objectionable  on  account  of  its  weak  letter  V,  and 
on  account  of  the  twofold  sound  of  its  initial  radical  S,  which,  with  its 
Daghesh-lene,  might  prove  perplexing  to  beginners. 

c.  (1)  The  existence  of  other  and  less  usual  species  is  a  needless  as- 
sumption. The  Poel,  Pilel,  Pilpel  and  the  like,  are  not  additional  species 
but  identical  in  character  ard  signification  with  those  already  named.  The 
more  copious  Arabic,  with  its  nicer  shades  of  distinction,  has  greatly  mul- 
tiplied the  number  of  its  species  or  conjugations. .  incorporating  into  its 
standard  paradigm  forms  corresponding  to  some  of  these  which  the  He- 
brew only  occasionally  employs.  In  the  latter  language,  however,  they 
are  at  the  utmost  alternate  forms  substituted  in  place  of  the  ordinary 
ones,  and  found  for  the  most  part  in  the  imperfect  verbs,  to  the  nature  of 
whose  radicals  they  owe  their  peculiarities  of  structure.  When,  as  is  the 
case  in  a  very  few  instances,  there  is  a  double  form  to  a  particular  species 
in  the  same  verb,  usage  has  mostly  created  an  arbitrary  distinction  be- 
tween them,  e.g.  Pi.  ^""[ii^  lo  uproot  and  ^Vo  to  take  root;  Pi.  B^p  to 
cause  to  stand,  applied  to  covenants  and  oath.s,  to  ratify,  and  t^ip,  in  a 
physical  sense,  to  raise  up;  Hi.  n^i"  ''J  cause  to  rest,  to  set  down,  and 
r.'^sn  to  leave,  to  let  alone.  There  is  no  objection  to  the  employment  of 
these  names  as  convenient  designations  of  particular  modes  of  formation, 
provided  it  is  understood  that  they  mean  nothing  more. 

(2)  There  are  very  feiv  instances  of  what  may  be  called  compound 
species;  thus,  Niphal  of  Pual  ^ips/::  Isa.  59:3,  Lam.  i :  li,  to  be  exceed- 


110  ETYMOLOGY.  §84 

ingly  defiled,  stronger  than  the  simple  Niphal  ^X53 ;  Niphal  of  Hithpael 
!in&53  Ezek.  23:48,  1Q33  Deut.  21:8,  :  nin'r?  Prov.  27;15. 

§84.  To  each  of  these  species  belong  a  preterite  and  fu- 
ture, two  forms  of  the  infinitive,  an  absokite  and  a  construct, 
a  participle,  and,  except  to  the  Pual  and  Hophal  which  as 
pure  passives  cannot  express  a  command,  an  imperative.  The 
Kal  has  both  an  active  and  a  passive  participle,  one  more,  con- 
sequently, than  the  other  species.  The  preterite  of  each 
species  is  the  form  already  described,  §83.  The  remaining 
parts  are  formed  in  the  following  manner,  viz. : 

1.  The  absolute  infinitive  is  formed  by  changing  the  last 
vowel  in  Hiphil  and  Hophal  to  Tsere,  and  in  each  of  the 
other  species  to  Hholem,  observing  likewise  that  Hhirik  in 
the  penult  of  Piel  and  Hiphil  is  to  be  changed  to  Pattahh. 
(See  Paradigm  of  the  Perfect  Verb.)  This  rule  gives  to 
Niphal  the  infinitive  Vtb;:? ,  which  form  actuaUy  occurs,  §91.  (5. 
If,  however,  the  original  Sh'va  be  suffered  to  remain  after 
the  prefixed  5,  §82.  2,  thus,  ^^IP?,  a  prosthetic  H  will  be  re- 
quired in  order  to  its  pronunciation,  §53. 1.  a,  after  which  2 
will  be  assimilated  to  the  following  letter,  §  54.  2,  and  a  pre- 
tonic  Kamets,  §G4.  2,  added  to  the  p  in  order  to  give  full 
effect  to  the  reduplication ;  thus  Viiij^n ,  which  is  the  form 
written  in  the  paradigm. 

2.  The  construct  infinitive  is  formed  from  the  absolute 
in  the  Kal  by  rejecting  the  pretonic  Kamets,  §82.  1,  in 
Niphal  by  changing  the  last  vowel  to  Tsere,  and  in  the  re- 
maining species  by  making  the  last  vowel  conform  to  the 
corresponding  vowel  of  the  preterite. 

3.  The  future  is  formed  from  the  construct  infinitive  by 
the  appropriate  personal  prefixes ;  if  the  first  letter  of  the 
infinitive  be  n,  it  is  rejected,  §  53.  3,  and  its  vowel  given  to 
the  prefix. 

a.  (1)  Some  verbs  take  Pattahh  in  the  last  syllable  of  the  Kal  (bture 
instead  of  the  Hholem  of  the  construct  infinitive.  This  is  particularly  the 
case  with  intransitive  verbs.     Such  as  have  Tsere  in  the  preterite  regu- 


§84 


PERFECT    VERBS. 


Ill 


larly  take  Pattahh  in  the  future;  of  the  list  given  §82.  l.a.  (1)  and  (2) 
but  three  -:in,  hb.i,  'i'J  talce  Hiiolem,  and  two  'J'Dn  and  orir  take  indif- 
ferently Hiioleni  or  Pattahh.  Of  verbs  with  middle  o  in  tiie  preterite 
three  bT3,  'pp^  and  bid  take  Pattahh  in  the  future;  the  rest  either  do  not 
occur  in  the  future,  or  have  imperfect  letters  in  their  root  which  obscure 
their  true  formation. 

(2)  The  following  verbs  with  Pattahh  in  the  preterite  have  Pattahh 
likewise  in  the  Kal  future.  Those  which  do  not  occur  in  the  Kal  preterite, 
or  occur  only  in  forms  which  do  not  reveal  the  character  of  the  vowel  fol- 
lowing the  second  radical,  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk.  Verbs  having 
a  Pattahh  in  the  future,  which  is  due  to  imperfect  letters  in  the  root,  (e.  g. 
Pe  Yodh,  Ayin  Guttural,  Lamedh  Guttural),  are  not  included  in  this  list. 


i^X  to  mourn. 
*  rjbx  /o  learn. 
*  ")>"rx  to  be  strong. 
*C;3X  to  he  angry. 
*^5fi  to  become  vain. 
pin  to  be  strong. 
can  to  be  wise. 

-     T 

~^n  to  be  dark. 
*bC3  to  be  foolish. 

'i^^  to  learn. 

pr"0  to  be  sweet. 


yz"^  to  lie  down. 
Tin  to  rage  ov  tremble. 
~an  to  he  icet. 
"w"  to  ride. 


"O^^  to  come  near. 
bca  (intrans.)  to  fall 

of. 
*~n2  to  he  poured. 

pbo  (J>SQ).h.)  to  ascend.  *"iet  to  spread. 

'(d'J  to  smoke.  *-h''^  to  rot, 

*pn^'  to  he  remoced.  ~o':J  to  lie  down. 

*  p"!}!  to  he  righteous.  d'^'O  to  ride. 

h^j^  to  he   lightly  es-  *cBd  to  be  complete, 

teemed.  *"i'?''^  to  groicfat. 
*-t1";:5  to  be  attentive. 


(3)  The  following  with  Pattahh  in  the  preterite  have  both  Pattahh  and 
Hholem  in  the  future. 


15a  to  deal  treacher-      t^sn  to  be  hot.  "TTJ  to  bite. 

oiisly.  "|:n  to  be  gracious.  hT^  to  do. 

"iTJ  fut.  0,  to  tear,  fut.  ♦C'ln  fut.  0,   to  plough,  i:^"S  to  strip  off. 

a,  to  resolve.  fut.  a,  to  be  silent,  nop  to  use  divination. 


T^n  (mostly  fut.  e)  logo.  '^■^^'.^  to  tear. 
trT  to  curse.  "ik^  to  form. 

*'::^ZT^  to  bind.  hv^  to  trespass. 

*aiyn  fut.  0,   to  subdue,      nnj  toflee. 
fut.ttjto  beiceak.    ■   '".'id  to  vow. 


^:ip  fut.oJof»^o^fut. 

a,  to  be  short. 
rSlli  to  rest. 
Crn  to  be  finished. 


b.  Some  imperfect  verbs,  chiefly  Pe  Yodh,  take   Tsere  in  the  second 
syllable  of  the  Kal  future,  e.g.  307. ,  'jri'i . 

4.  The  imperative  lias  the  same  form  with  the  construct 
infinitive  except  in  Hiphil,  where  the  last  vowel  is  Tsere  as 
in  the  infinitive  absolute. 


112  ETYMOLOGY.  §85 

a.  Where  the  Kal  future  has  Pattahh  or  Tsere  the  imperative  takes 
the  same. 

5.  The  Kal  active  participle  takes  the  form  bt?p  and  the 
passive  hrh'^ .  The  participle  of  the  Niphal  lengthens  the 
last  vowel  of  the  preterite  from  Pattahh  to  Kamets ;  those 
of  the  other  species  are  formed  by  prefixing  'n  to  the  con- 
struct infinitive,  rejecting  n  where  this  is  the  initial  letter, 
§53.3,  and  lengthening  the  last  vowel  where  this  is  short. 

§85.  1.  The  preterite  and  future  are  inflected  through 
three  persons,  the  imperative  only  in  the  second  person,  a 
command  presupposing  the  form  of  direct  address.  There 
are  also  distinct  forms  for  the  singular  and  plural  numbers 
and  for  the  masculine  and  feminine  genders.  Verbal  inflec- 
tions are  made  by  means  of  pronominal  fragments  added  to 
the  end  of  the  preterite  and  imperative,  and  for  the  most  part 
prefixed  to  the  future. 

a.  The  following  are  the  fragments  used  for  this  purpose  in  the  various 
parts  of  the  verb  : 

Preterite  C^?^). 

(1)  Singular.  3rdpers.  masc.  The  third  person  alone  has  no  per- 
sonal ending  in  any  of  its  iorms;  as  cacli  of  the  others  has  such  a  termi- 
nation, none  was  needed  for  the  sake  of  distinction.  Nothing  more  was 
required  than  to  indicate  the  gender  and  number.  The  masculine  singu- 
lar is  expressed  by  the  simple  form  of  the  species  with  no  appended  sign 
whatever. 

2 fern.  The  original  feminine  termination  is  ri_,  which,  appended  to 
the  masculine,  would  give  ri?u2|Ti,  a  form  used  before  suffixes,  §101.1,  in 
Lamedh  He  verbs  and  occasionally  elsewhere,  §86.6.  Commonly,  how- 
ever, in  verbs  as  in  nouns  and  adjectives,  the  final  n  is  dropped,  §55.  2.  c, 
and  the  previous  vowel,  which  thus  comes  to  stand  in  a  simple  syllable,  is 
lengthened,  i^^^I^. 

2  masc.     The  appended  Jn  is  derived  from  tirX . 

2  fern,     tn  from  tns  . 

1  com.  "'Pi  changed  from  "^S  of  "i^bN  ;  compare  the  similar  relation  of 
the  suffixes  ^,  CD  to  the  pronouns  nfiK  ,  CPiN  §72.  The  Ethiopic  retains 
the  k  unaltered,  kalalku. 


§85  PERFECT   VERBS.  113 

Plural.  3  com.  The  original  plural  termination  §  71.  h.  (2)  is  a  nasal 
D  or  "j  preceded  by  the  vowel  ^.  The  full  ending  '(^  is  still  found  in  a 
very  few  instances,  §86.6,  generally  the  ")  is  dropped,  §55.  2.  a. 

2  masc.    cri  frotu  nns  . 

2  fern,     'n  from  "nx  . 

1  com.     "!  from  ^:X  . 

Future  (Tn:^). 

(2)  Singular.  3rd  pers.  masc.  The  prefixed  ']  is  from  KW  ;  the 
vowel  u,  which  distinguishes  the  masculine  pronoun,  is  changed  to  the 
corresponding  semivowel  1,  and  this  at  the  beginning  of  words  becomes  "^ , 
§56.2. 

3  fern,     ri ,  the  sign  of  the  feminine,  is  here  j^refixcd. 

2  masc.  and f em.  The  prefixed  !n  is  from  >'^n^<,  "Pix,  from  the  latter 
of  which  is  derived  the  appended  "^  _  of  the  feminine. 

1  com.     The  prefixed  N   is  from  "iIX  . 

Plural.  3  viasc.  and  2  masc.  The  same  plural  termination  as  in  the 
preterite  is  appended  to  the  corresponding  singular  forms. 

3  fern,  and  2fem.  The  feminine  plural  is,  as  in  the  pronouns  ri'tn  , 
njnx ,  denoted  by  n  appended  to  the  singular,  the  2  fern.  sing,  termina- 
tion "^ .   being  dropjjed  as  superfluous. 

1  com.     The  prefixed  3  is  from  ^3i<. . 

Im])er alive  C"^^^),  etc. 

(3)  No  designation  of  the  person  is  here  necessary  as  the  second  is  the 
only  one  in  use.  Gender  and  number  are  indicated  by  the  same  termina- 
tions as  in  the  corresponding  person  of  the  future.  The  future  forms  will, 
in  fact,  in  every  case  directly  yield  those  of  the  imperative  by  rejecting 
the  prefixed  n ,  the  sign  of  the  second  person,  and  restoring  the  n  in 
those  cases  in  which  it  has  been  suppressed. 

(4)  The  Infinitice  {"^p^  fountain,  Avhence  other  forms  are  derived)  is 
an  abstract  verbal  noun  commonly  masculine,  but  sometimes  with  a  femi- 
nine termination. 

(5)  The  Participle  ("^?i:''2  intermediate  between  the  preterite  and  the 
future)  shares  the  inflections  of  nouns  and  adjectives. 

2.  The  inflections  of  the  perfect  verb  in  all  the  species 
are  shown  by  the  paradigm  of  ^bj?  upon  the  next  page. 


Paradigm  of 

KAL. 

KIPIIAL. 

PIEL. 

PUAL. 

Pret. 

3  m. 

^t5R 

^^P? 

^^P 

^^P. 

3/. 

nbtop 

T    :  'it 

HDi^pj 

T    :  ':  • 

•^P^P 

^??P 

2  m. 

nbi:p 

i?^^P? 

nb^p 

J?^^P 

2/ 

^^^1? 

nbiipD 

^^"^P 

^t'^P 

1   c. 

^r^^t^p 

^nbtbpp 

'^^^P 

^nb-bp 

Phcr. 

3   c. 

^btpp 

^-PPP 

^bpp 

^btDp 

2  VI. 

t3nbt:p 

c^fPp? 

anb^p 

t^nbi^p 

2/. 

"(fe^^l? 

l^^Pp? 

"p^^^P 

K'^^R 

1  c. 

^;bbp 

^:bbpD 

^jb-^p 

iijb^p 

Infin. 

ahsol. 

bibp 

bbpri 

btop 

btip 

constr. 

btbp 

'^^liH 

bt?p 

(^^P) 

FUT. 

3  m. 

^^pr 

bt?;?: 

^tpp:' 

b^p"; 

3/. 

btipn 

^P)?f^ 

^tapn 

bbpn 

2??i. 

b'apr) 

^tij^n 

^^P^ 

btopn 

2/. 

'^bppri 

^bppn 

^btppn 

'bppn 

1  c. 

^^F?^ 

^^1?^ 

^^P^ 

^^P^ 

Plur. 

3  m. 

^^pp: 

^^^9P.: 

^^Pp' 

^tpp:* 

3/. 

n:bt2pn 

n:bbpn 

T  :    •■It    • 

n:btopn 

i^.-^feps^ 

2  m. 

^bppn 

^bt^i^n 

^btppn 

^btppn 

2/ 

r;2bt:pm 

T  :      ';    • 

n-btpn 

T  :    ••  It    • 

n^btopn 

Mjbtopn 

t  :    —1-..   : 

1   f. 

bbpp 

^t?)?? 

^t^p3 

■       ^^.P? 

Imper. 

2  m. 

btbp 

'^i^n 

^tsp 

2/. 

'^Pi? 

^btipri 

-btpp 

Plur. 

2  «i. 

^bpp 

^^pp^r* 

^btop 

wanting 

1 

2/ 

nsbbp 

T  :      1: 

n;b^pn 

t;    -Ir    • 

rijb^p 

T  :    "I— 

Part. 

act. 

^'^P 

^^P^ 

pass. 

b^i:p 

^^P? 

btop^9 

114 


Perfect  Verbs. 

HIPHIL. 

HOPDAL. 

nnrirAEi.. 

KAL  (?nt'd  e). 

KAL  {mid.  o).. 

^'^pn 

bi:^ 

^^P^n 

-lis 

••r 

bio: 

T 

n^tppn 

nbtipn 

ri'i^prin 

runs 

T   :  IT 

nbs-j: 

T    ;    rr 

rbt:pn 

nbt^irn 

rb^prn 

T  ;  —  r 

T  :        r 

s^bt:pri 

rbt:pn 

:  ;  — ':    t 

rbbpnn 

mi3 

:  :       T 

^pbtbj^r; 

"'^T^PO 

^nbtbpnn 

Ti-i:: 

•ib-'tjpr; 

^bippn 

^b'l^pnr; 

:  !T 

:  IT 

cfiibtipr; 

°fe''^Pv 

Dnbt^prn 

Dri-^3 

(Dribj'ii;\ 

■,nbt:pr) 

i^^^pn 

'jrbtiprri 

1^7^? 

(#?^) 

tbbpr: 

^Dbibpn 

^jbtbpnn 

;  —  r 

;       T 

^t?i?n 

^^PV 

(btipnri) 

^ii3 

bib-d 

T 

^'^1?^] 

bt^jDr? 

-^p^r* 

-ns 

bb"^ 

^'^p: 

^^p: 

^^pr^" 

"^5": 

b|ir^ 

b"^b|:n 

bt:i:n 

bt^pnn 

lirn 

bitn 

^■ppJD 

b-Jj^P] 

bt^pnn 

"i^^n 

bi-cn 

'^'^p^ 

^?^P^ 

^biiDprn 

^nnsn 

^b^'i-n 

^'^P^ 

'^P^ 

-fepf'J^ 

"^r^? 

-?^"^ 

^b-tpi^: 

^bi:p^ 

•5i:pn: 

^^^?: 

^'^3^\' 

n;bi2pr) 

njbtbpn 

T  :  — •:   T 

MjbtDpnn 

n^±^r\ 

!n:b^tv- 

iib^tipn 

ten 

^btipnn 

^ninsn 

6si:ri 

•^.-fpp^ 

M:bi:jDn 

nsbtapripi 

nj^iirri 

M^bstn 

^*t:p5 

btbw 

^^P^'? 

"1?? 

^1'^? 

^■^Pn 

-tspt^n 

"^? 

'^'^pu 

'  'J^P^r^ 

^■ins 

^b^tbi^tj 

wanting 

6t2pnr; 

ii^n3 

»^?T^pJj 

n:bt3pnn 

r  :     ■•'—    :     • 

T  :  —  : 

bTb|D7^ 

btbp^j 

tI;    t 

■  ^^Ps^'-P 

115 


116  ETYMOLOGY.  §80 

a.  In  order  to  a  belter  understanding  of  the  preceding  2''^''^'^'gr")  it 
should  be  observed  that  certain  changes  result  from  attaching  the  per- 
sonal inflections  to  the  verb,  which  are  to  be  exphiined  by  tlie  general 
laws  of  sounds  and  syllables. 

(1)  The  prefixes  of  the  future  occasion  no  changes  unless  they  stand 
before  t^  which  is  rejected,  and  its  vowel  given  to  the  prefix,  §53.  3,  e.  g. 
bii?'^  for  ^Lfisti"^,  or  stand  before  a  vowelless  letter  when  the  Sh'va  of  the 
prefix  becomes  Hhirik.  §61.  1,  thus  forming  a  new  syllable  to  which  the 
initial  radical  is  attached,  e.  g.  ^ip"?  for  Vbp';'.  Where  N  of  the  first  per- 
son singular  would  receive  Hhirik,  it  takes  the  diphthongal  Seghol  in- 
stead, §60.  1.  a  (5),  e.  g.  ^'^I^x,  ^i?|5i^.. 

(2)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  vowel,  viz..  n ^  and  "i  _  of  the  femi- 
nine singular  and  !)  of  the  plural,  occasion  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  in 
the  ultimate.  §66.  2,  which  is  no  longer  needed,  except  in  the  Hiphil  whose 
long  *i  ,  is  retained  in  the  preterite  and  future,  and  takes  the  place  of  (  ) 
in  the  imperative,  e.g.  J^^^ij^,  "■^'^kP]  but  inb"'u:~n  .  In  the  Kal  impera- 
tive the  rejection  takes  place  although  it  creates  a  necessity  for  the  forma- 
tion of  a  new  syllable,  ''^'^p,  'B'jp  for  ""P-p,  I3"jp  from  ^ip ,  §61.1. 

(3)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  consonant  tn  or  of  a  simple  syllable 
n,  Ti.  !13,  nj  occasion  no  change,  except  the  compression  of  the  antece- 
dent vowel,  which  now  stands  before  two  consonants,  to  (.)  in  the  preterite, 
and  from  "i .  to  (..)  in  the  future,  fJ^i^PH  <  •'^J^^pJ!:?  §61.4.  But  verbs 
with  middle  o  retain  the  Hholem  in  the  Kal  preterite,  ''ri^!^^  . 

(4)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  mixed  syllable  CJn,  "iPi  occasion  the 
same  compression  of  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate,  and  inasmuch  as  they 
always  receive  the  accent,  §33.3,  they  likewise  cause  the  rejection  from 
the  penult  of  the  Kal  preterite  of  the  pretonic  Kamets.  which  owes  its  ex- 
istence to  the  proximity  of  the  tone  syllable,  §S2.  1,  Cn^^P  from  ^^p. 


Remarks  on  the  Pekfect  Veebs. 


§86.  o.  Preterite.  Verbs  with  middle  Tsere  exchange  this  for  Pat- 
tahh  upon  the  accession  of  a  personal  affix  beginning  with  a  consonant. 
Those  with  middle  Hiiolem  retain  this  vowel,  unless  it  be  deprived  of  the 
accent  when  it  is  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph,  t\']h,  '''^y^l )  ''f?^=^! 
'?^"i,T^ !  '^'''?^^'?  •  The  second  vowel,  whatever  it  be,  is  regularly  dropped 
before  affixes  beginning  with  a  vowel,  but  here,  as  elsewhere  throughout 
the  paradigm,  is  restored  and  if  need  be  lengthened  on  the  reception  of  a 
pause  accent,  e.g.  ^"ij^Q ,  :!^^£.0)  'i-^t  •  The  words  ^?n  Judg. "  5  :  5, 
n^J3  Isa.  63:1a  64  : 2"\are  by  Kimchi'  Mikhol  fol.  5,  regarded  as  Kal 
preterites  from  '^'i':  flowed,  in  which  case  the  second  must  be  added  to  the 
list  of  forms  with  Daghesh- forte  emphatic,  §24.  c,  by  Gesenius  as  "Niphal 
preterites  from   b^J  shook,  comp.  nH'33   Gen.  11:7,  ^-Tiij  Am.  3:11  from 


§87  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  ii7 

b.  Sing.  3  fern.  The  old  form  with  n  is  found  constantly  in  Lamedh 
He  verbs,  occasionally  in  Lamedh  Aleph,  and  in  two  instances  besides, 
nbTX  Deut.  32  :  36  (with  the  accent  on  the  penult  because  of  a  following 
monosyllable,  §35.  1.),  and  rrr  Ezek.  46  :  17  from  "V J .  The  vowel  letter 
N  is  once  written  in  place  of  n ,  Nf^^a  Ezck.  31  :  5  KUhibfi,  §  11.  1.  a. 

2  masc.  The  vowel  letter  n  is  sometimes  appended  as  in  the  pro- 
noun nnx  from  which  the  termination  is  tai<en,  nni:.2  Mul.  2 :  14,  nn'JrJ 
Jer.  17:4;  so  in  other  species  besides  Kal,  nnsc;:  Gen.  31  :  30,  nn^'n-) 
Job  38  :  12  K'thibh,  nn^s^in  Ps.  73  :  27.  In  the  last  example  the  n  of  the 
root  is  united  by  Daghesh-lbrte  with  the  n  of  the  personal  affix ;  this 
union  regularly  occurs  between  roots  ending  with  n  and  affixes  beginning 
with  the  same  letter  '^iri'irjs  Job  23 :  17,  niirn  Ps.  89 :  45,  "^narn  Isa. 
16:10,  cna^-n  Ex.  5:5,  ritni  Ezek.  28:8,  '^rj'-q  Gen.  19:19,  •'nnnni 
Jer.  49:37.    '  .  ' 

2 fern.  The  full  termination  "^T}  of  "'PX  is  frequently  added  in  Jere- 
miah and  Ezekiel  and  occasionally  elsewhere,  "^nirT  Ezek.  1G:22,  and 
repeatedly  in  the  same  ch;ipter.  "'H't]^  Ruth  3:3;  so  in  other  species 
•^n'li'n  Jer.  3:5,  ''ri-iab  Jer.  13:21.    'See  also  Jer.  4 :  19,  22:23,  46:11. 

1  com.  The  vowel  letter  "^  is,  contrary  to  the  ordinary  rule,  §11.  1.  a, 
omitted  in  four  instances  in  the  K'thibh,  though  it  is  supplied  by  the  K'ri, 
Fisn;*  Ps.  140  :  13,  Job  42  :  2,  n-'ia  1  Kin.  8  :  48,  ri'^V-J  Ezek.  16  :  59. 

Plur.  3  coHi.  The  full  ending  "(^  only  occurs  in  )'^y^1  Deut.  8:  3,  16 
'i^p^  Isa.  26:16,  and  -(V^p^  Isa.  29:21  from  dp;,  the  restoration  of  the 
Hholcm  before  the  pause  accent  causing  the  rejection  of  the  Kamets, 
which  is  a  pretonic  vowel  and  can  only  remain  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  the  accent;  the  form  is  thus  sufficiently  explained  without  the  neces- 
sity of  a.?suming  it  to  be  the  future  of  a  verb  dip  which  nowhere  else 
occurs.  An  otiant  N,  §16. 1.  is  twice  added  to  this  person,  as  is  regularly 
the  case  in  Arabic,  n^zhn  Josh.  10:24,  XiiwS  Isa.  28:  12.  The  forms  of 
similar  appearance  N>id3  Ps.  139:20,  M'Cil  Jer.  10:5,  arc  in  reality  of 
different  character  as  the  N  is  in  these  a  radical,  whose  vowel  has  been 
shifted  to  the  preceding  letter,  §57.2.  (3).  The  occasional  omission  of  the 
vowel  letter  1  from  the  K'thibh,  e.g.  '<^^  1  Sam.  13:  19,  ^sp  Esth.  9:27, 
niad  Deut.  21:7,  n-'n  Josh.  18:12.''l4.  19  indicates  a' diflbrcnce  of 
reading.  The  words  of  the  text  are  in  the  singular,  and  require  the 
pointing  "inx  etc.  i^isd  etc.;  the  K'ri  has  substituted  ^''r^JJ.  "-2d  etc. 
for  tlie  sake  of  a  more  exact  concord  of  the  verbs  with  their  subjects,  §48. 

2  masc.  and  fern.  There  is  no  example  of  a  verb  middle  o  in  the 
second  person  plural;  the  forms  in  the  paradigm  are  inferred  from 
analogy,  to  indicate  which  they  are  enclosed  in  parentheses.  In  njrsVrn 
Am.  4:3,  n^  is  added  to  the  2  fern,  as  to  the  corresponding  pronoun. 

§87.  Infinitive.  The  Hholem  of  the  construct  is  usually  written  with- 
out 1,  li;a  Isa,  33  :  1,  though  not  invariably,  "pd  and  V-'^-  '-^'^^  '"^"'l  '•^"-3) 
and  before  Makkeph  is  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph,  §64.  1,  "cop  Ezek. 
21  :26.  28.  34.     The  Hholera  of  the  absolute  infinitive  is  usually  though 


118  ETYMOLOGY.  §  88 

not  invariably  written  with  1.  e.g.  liaa  Isa.  48 : 8  but  ^atJ  Lev.  15:24, 
and  is  immutable.  The  construct  infinitive  has  Pattahh  in  place  of  Hho- 
lem  in  ~=':3  1  Kin.  1 :  21  eZ  passim  and  hh'O  Eccles.  12  :4.  The  feminine 
form  of  the  construct  infinitive  occurs  repeatedly  in  imperfect  though  it  is 
of  rare  occurrence  in  perfect  verbs,  e.  g.  f^i^^'^  Deut.  11  :  22,  30  :  20,  Josh. 
22:5,  nj<2b,  ni:rix,  nx"}":.  i"^-^."^  Jer.  31  ;  12,  nH^n  Ezek.  16:5,  ^ij':^ 
Lev.  15 :  32.  In  Pe  Yodh  and  Lamedh  He  verbs  the  feminine  is  the  cus- 
tomary form. 

§88.  Future.  3  wasc.  The  Hholem  is  commonly  written  without  Vav, 
though  often  with  it  T^""'^^,  -ri3^  and  Sin^'^i,  and  before  Makkeph  is 
shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph,  §  64.  1,  "T^^^"?  Isa.  32 :  1,  the  Vav  being  in 
such  cases  rejected  by  the  K'ri  if  found  in  the  K'tliibh,  e.g."niri:x  Hos. 
8: 12  ;  in  "i'i~5';i  Josh.  18  :  20  the  Hholem  remains.  The  vowel  of  the  last 
syllable  is  rejected,  as  is  the  case  throughout  the  paradigm,  upon  the  recep- 
tion of  a  vowel  affix,  §  66.  2,  unless  retained  or  restored  by  the  pause  accent, 
§65.2,  ^-^'2'^  Prov.  8:  15,  ^"I'jrri  Jer.  10  :  12;  twice,  however,  instead  of  re- 
jection Hholem  is  changed  to  Shurek  sii^iQlU'  Ex.  18  :  26,  ''^'^-".;r\  Ruth  2:8. 
A  like  form  appears  in  the  K'thibh,  Prov.  4  :  16  ibit'^i . 

3  fern.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  is  in  two  instances  added  both  at  the 
beginning  and  the  end  of  the  verb,  viz. :  nnxiin  Deut.  33:16,  rinxinpi 
Job  22:21,  paragogic  n^  being  appended  to  the  former,  §97.  1,  and  a 
pronominal  suffix  to  the  latter.  A  like  duplication  of  the  sign  of  the 
second  person  feminine  occurs  in  rxin  1  Sam.  25:34  K'ri,  where  the 
K'thibh  has  the  fuller  ending  inj<3n  . 

2  fern.  '  is  sometimes  added  to  the  long  vowel  with  which  this  person 
ends  TP-,!'^  Rulli  2  :  8,  '•ri^;tD  Ruth  3 ;  4,  V';!^?]!^'^?  1  Sam.  1 :  14.  Occa- 
sionally tlie  feminine  ending  is  omitted  and  the  raascuHne  form  used  in- 
stead, e.  g.  "'"'■irri  Isa.  57  :  8. 

1  com.  p5X  Ps.  139:  8,  though  by  some  grammarians  referred  to  p03 , 
is  probably  for  p^p5<  from  p^O,  the  liquid  h  being  excluded,  and  Daghesh- 
forte  conservative  inserted  in  the  previous  letter,  §53.  3. 

Plur.  2  viasc.  and  3  masc.  The  full  plural  termination  'l  is  of  more 
frequent  occurrence  here  than  in  the  preterite,  the  vowel  of  the  second 
radical  being  either  retained  or  rejected,  'i^'iiJp'?  Ruth  2  :  9,  "insi'tn  Josh. 
24:15,  "i^H'nn:i  Ex.  9:29,  l^^xtli^  Josh.  4:6,  '|rjpb'^ ,  .'|!ii-2b';i  Ps.  104:28, 
pSiy-:  1  Sam.'  2  :  22,  Josh.  2  :  8^  i^n^qn  Deut.  1 1*  22,  I'^'^^V  Jer.  21:3;  so 
in  other  species,  "j^ips^  Job  19:23,'  ^^^Bl^'i  Job  24:24,  V^n'-itn  Gen.  32:20 
and  '|1"iS-]n  Ps.  58  :  2^  1^i:^p=!n  2  Kin. '(3  Tig,  "i^uJ'rsn  Mic' 2':  8,  :  i^^l^Qp": 
Job  9  :  6.  it  is  chiefly  found  at  the  end  of  a  clause  or  verse,  the  pausal 
emphasis  delighting  in  lengthened  forms,  or  before  words  beginning  with 
a  weak  letter,  to  separate  the  final  vowel  more  completely  from  that  of  the 
following  initial  syllable.  In  the  judgment  of  Nordheimer  t^V^lJ''^^  Isa. 
35  :  1  preserves  this  ending  in  a  still  older  form  :  Ewald  thinks  the  final  "j 
has  been  assimilated  to  the  initial  a  of  the  following  word,  §55.  1 ;  in  all 
probability,  however,  t:  is  here,  as  it  usually  is,  the  3  plur.  suffix,  and  it  is 


§89  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT   VERBS.  119 

properly  so  rendered  in  tlie  common  English  version  shall  be  glad  for 
them. 

3  fern.  In  a  very  few  cases  the  initial  "^  of  the  masculine  form  is  re- 
tained, the  distinction  of  gender  being  sufficiently  marked  by  the  termina- 
tion njn-ir;  Dan.  S  :  22,  n::2n]  Gen.  30  :  3S,  njna^  1  Sam.  C  :  12;  or,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  termination  ^  of  the  masculine  is  retained,  the  gender 
being  sufficiently  indicated  by  the  prefixed  f1 ,  :^ronn  Jer.  49  :  11,  '-";p;ri 
Ezek.  37  :  7;  sometimes  the  gender  is  neglected  entirely  and  the  masculine 
form  used  for  the  feminine,  e.  g.  Vi't:"i';i  Hos.  14  :  1.  The  assumption  that 
the  3  feni.  plur.  is  used  for  the  3  fern.  sing,  in  n:j<^p?r!  Ex.  1  :  10,  Mj^nFi 
Job  17:16.  njoi-^n  Isa.  28  :  3,  f^3"j:^^'n  Isa,  27 :  11. 'nanS-dn  Judg.  5':'26. 
is  unnecessary;  in  the  first  passage  il^riba  ,  the  subject  of  the  verb,  is 
used  in  a  collectrve  sense,  wars  shall  occur;  the  others  are  to  be  similarly 
explained  with  the  exception  of  the  last,  where  ns  maybe  the  suffix  with 
Nun  epenthetic  in  place  of  the  more  usual  ibrm  nsnbtTi  her  hand  —  she 
puis  it  forth.     Com  p.  Obad.  ver.  13. 

2  and  3  fern.  The  vowel  letter  n  is  occasionally  in  the  Pentateuch, 
and  more  rarely  in  other  books,  omitted  from  the  termination  ti: ,  particu- 
larly when  there  are  other  vowel  letters  in  the  word,  ^'r'v)=r}^  Gen.  27  :  1, 
,-^ZT\  Gen.  30:3S,  ^dstni  Gen.  33:6,  /n^jn  Ezek.  ^3:' 20,  ^'^.^P;  nine 
times  in  the  Pentateuch,  three  times  in  Ezekiel,  and  once  in  1  Samuel. 

When  the  root  of  the  verb  ends  with  )  this  is  united  by  Daghesh-forte 
with  the  affix  ns,  §25,  ns'scn  Ezek.  17 :  23,  nsiipn  Ezek.  32  :  16.  or  with- 
out Daghesh,  nj-jrFl  Ruth  1:13,:  n:^xri  Isa.  60  •  4,  i-i:S'nn  Ps.  71  :  23  in  most 
editions.     So  in  the  fem.  plur.  imperative,  f^i.'!^5^  Gen.  4  :  23. 

§S9.  Imperative.  Sing.  masc.  The  Hholem  of  the  last  syllable,  as  in 
the  future  and  infinitive  construct,  is  mostly  Avritten  without  1,  e.  g.'ipQ , 
yet  not  always,  "S'lJ  and  T|i£iy  ;  before  Makkeph  it  is  shortened  to  Kamets 
Hhatuph  "Ti^'S  Judg,  9:  14.  It  may  perhaps  be  similarly  shortened  with- 
out Makkeph  in  'i?0  Judg.  19  :  5,  comp.  ver.  8,  §19.  2.  a,  or  the  vowel  may 
be  Kamets  lengthened  li-om  Pattahh  by  the  accent,  which  docs  occur, 
though  rarely,  with  conjunctives.  §65.  3.  b. 

Fern.  sing,  and  masc.  plur.  The  vowel  of  the  first  syllable  is  com- 
monly Hhirik,  but  under  the  influence  of  the  rejected  Hholem  it  is  occa- 
sionally Kamets  Hhatuph,  §61.1,  "'i^^  Judg.  9:10,  ^z'd-o  Ezek.  32:20 
(but  ib'rt:  Ex.  12:21,  for  the  Methegh  see  §45.2),  ^Sh'J  Zeph.  3:14, 
"^rr^P,  Mic.  1 :  16,  and  (with  i  retained  in  the  K'thibh)  "'^aiDp?  1  Sam.  28:8, 
Judg.  9:  12.  Upon  the  restoration  of  the  original  vowel  by  the  pause  ac- 
cent, the  vowel  under  the  first  radical  is  dropped  as  no  longer  necessary, 
^•Shd  Zech.  7  :  9,  ^1*23  Nah.  2  :  9.  When  the  third  radical  is  an  aspirate 
it  rarely  receives  Dagesh-lene  in  this  mood  though  preceded  by  ShVa, 
§22.  a.  (1);  such  cases  as  '^^''^^  Isa.  47:2,  ''BDN  Jer.  10:17,  are  excep- 
tional. 

Fem.  plur.  The  final  vowel  n^  is  dropped  in  "i"^"-^  Gen.  4 :  23.  §90; 
occasionally  ti  is  not  written  though  the  vowel  remains,  ^'SS^  Ruth.  1 :  9, 


1.20  ETYMOLOGY.  §  90 

§90.  PARTiciPLE.g.  Aciire.  The  Hholein  of  lln' first  syllable  is  written  in- 
differently witli  or  witliout  Vav,  1:.2  am]  "''p:^ ,  mostly  without  when  addi- 
tions are  niad(;  to  the  word.  In  n~:''"0  Piuv.  25  :  19  Shurek  is  substituted 
ibr  Hholem,  unless,  as  Ewald  suggests,  it  is  a  Pual  participle  with  "a 
omitted  ;  or,  as  others  propose,  it  is  to  be  taken  as  an  abstract  noun.  The 
Tsere  of  the  second  syllable  is  Avritten  without  ">  except  "zb  2  Kin.  8:21; 
it  is  shortened  to  Seghol  in  cbin  Isa.  41  :  7,  upon  the  recession  of  the  ac- 
cent, rf'^'in  Ps.  IG,:  5  and  r,Ci"i  Isa.  29 :  14,  3S  :  5,  Eccles.  1 :  IS,  have  been 
improperly  regarded  as  participles  with  Hhirik  in  place  of  Tsere.  The 
former  is  the  Hiph.  fut.  of  the  verb  Tj^^ ,  which  is  found  in  Arabic  though 
it  occurs  only  in  this  place  in  Hebrew,  and  means  thou  wilt  enlarge ;  the 
latter  is  the  ordinary  Hiphil  future  ofCjO^,  and  the  construction  is  ellip- 
tical, I  (am  he  who)  will  add,  see  Dr.  Alexander's  Commentaries.  Partici- 
ples are  rarely  formed  from  neuter  verbs,  yet  b^b  fading,  naij  desolate, 
verbal  adjectives  of  the  same  form  with  the  preterites  middle  e  and  o 
being  mostly  used  instead,  N_b?a  full,  '||DT  old,  ^-1"'  afraid. 

Passive.  This,  in  the  few  cases  in  which  it  is  in  use  in  intransi- 
tive verbs,  has  the  sense  of  the  active,  UJis  and  ti^^.'b  wearing,  'aiu  and 
■|m3u3  dwelling,  n!i::3  trusting ;  there  are  occasional  instances  of  the  same 
thing  in  transitive  verbs,  "i^iT  rememhering,  T^inx  holding.  The  last 
vowel  is  witli  lew  exceptions  as  Gas  Deut.  32:34,  nr"2),  CX3  written 
with  Vav. 

There  are  a  very  few  instances  in  which  participles  appear  to  be  in- 
flected in  the  different  persons  by  means  of  the  terminations  proper  to  the 
preterite.  This,  ahiiough  common  in  Chaldee  and  Syriac,  occurs  in  He- 
brew only  in  the  following  examples  : 

2  fern.  sing.  f]1^"'  Gen.  16  :  11,  Judg.  13  :  5,  7  ;  and  with  the  fuller  end- 
ing "'na-^-',  ■'n:ir?^  Jer.  22  :  23,  ''ri:='c3  Jer.  51  :  13.  The  punctuators  must 
have  regarded  these  terminations  as  personal  inflections,  because  the 
s^imple  form  of  the  feminine  participle  and  that  which  it  always  has  when 
joined  with  a  noun  of  the  third  person,  is  ri'ibi  Gen.  17:19,  and  with  "^ 
paragogic  in  the  K'thibh  '^naii;'^  Ezek.  27  :  3. 

2  masc.  plur.  cn''intnttia  Ezek.  S  :  16,  the  Hithpael  participle  of  nn'iy. 
There  is,  it  is  true,  an  abruptness  and  difficulty  in  the  construction,  they, 
ye  were  worshipping,  which  can  only  be  explained  upon  the  assumption 
that  after  describing  these  bold  transgressors  in  the  third  person,  Ezekiel 
turns  to  them  and  directly  addresses  them  in  the  second,,  or  that  his  mean- 
ing is,  not  only  they  but  ye  too  (the  people)  were  worshipping  in  these 
your  representatives.  But  in  view  of  the  frequent  and  sudden  changes  of 
person  found  in  the  prophets,  and  the  unusual  forms  and  bold  constructions 
which  abound  in  Ezekiel,  almost  any  explanation  seems  preferable  to  an 
unauthorized  change  of  the  text,  with  most  modern  interpreters,  to  the 
ordinary  plural  CiriptfTi  which  is  contained  in  a  very  few  manuscripts, 
but  not  enough  to  overcome  the  presumption  in  favor  of  the  more  difficult 
reading ;  or  the  supposition  of  a  mongrel  word  compounded  of  the  two 
roots  i^H''^  to  xcorship,  and  rifio  to  corrupt,  in  order  to  suggest  the  idea  of 
a  corrupt  or  corrupting  service. 


§91  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  121 

3  plur.  ;  "'i'l'iilpi?^  (heij  are  cursing  vie,  Jcr.  15:  10.  Kimchi  explains 
this  word  as  a  compound  of  tlie  roots  h'b\:>  lo  curse,  and  ribp?  (o  treat  as 
%-ile ;  Gesenius,  as  a  coniusing  of  two  distinct  readings,  llie  participle 
•'Djibj^Ta  and  the  preterite  "^j^liibp;  and  Ewald  clianges  the  text  to  '^"Ah'^'Q  ^ 
though  his  conjecture  is  unsustained  by  a  single  manuscript,  and  Nun 
epenthetic  never  occurs  with  participles.  The  suggestion  is  here  offered 
that  the  letters  of  the  word  may  be  regarded  as  the  plural  of  the  partici- 
ple inflected  after  the  manner  of  the  preterite,  with  the  added  suffix,  so 
that  the  proper  pointing  would  be  ""D^pbirri ;  tlie  punctuators,  however,  have 
sought  here,  as  not  inlVequcntly  elsewhere,  §48,  to  establish  a  more  exact 
agreement  between  the  participle  and  its  subject  n'ibs  by  pointing  the 
former  as  a  singular,  whereupon  the  Vav  must  be  looked  upon  as  epen- 
thetic or  superfluous,  ',  ^'2^h'':>'p_^•q  as  if  for  ;  "^sbbj^JD  .  In  fact,  a  few  manu- 
scripts omit  the  Vav.  while  others  remark  that  it  is  superfluous;  the 
weight  of  authority  is  certainly  in  favor  of  retaining  it,  though  the  other 
reading  may  be  accepted  as  an  explanatory  gloss. 


§91.  a.  Preterite  Sing.  3  masc.  Some  copies  have  i"^"'?.  Jer.  50:23 
with  Seghol  under  the  prefixed  Nun  lor  "'^''3. 

b.  Infinitive.  The  following  may  be  mentioned  as  examples  of  the 
shorter  form  of  the  absolute  C^bsJ  Gen.  31 :  30,  cribj  Judg.  11  :2d,  iib^i  1  Sam. 
2:27,  !!^1I^3  2  Sam.  1:6;  of  the  longer  form  given  in  tlie  paradigm  iririi 
Jer.  32  :  4,  which  once  appears  with  prosthetic  N  in  place  of  n  Ezek.  14  : 3 
T^il'ns ,  §53.  1.  a.  The  construct  infinitive  usually  has  Tsere  T(£^"n  Ezek. 
16:  36.  but  is  in  one  instance  ^i^:!7  Ps.  68  :  3,  formed  as  in  Kal  by  rejecting 
the  pretonic  Kamets  from  the  absolute.  There  are  a  few  examples  of  the 
construct  form  used  for  the  absolute  ll^sn  1  Kin.  20  :  39,  ^^^i^  Deut. 
4  :  26.  The  prosthetic  ri  is  commonly  retained  after  prefixed  prepositions 
"^fe^v^  which  are  less  closely  connected  with  the  word  than  the  formative 
prefixes  of  the  future;  it  is,  however,  rejected  in  ibttisa  Prov.  24:17. 
comp.  cyrsna  Dan.  11  :  34.  The  Tsere  of  the  last  syllable  of  the  con- 
struct infinitive,  as  well  as  of  the  future  and  imperative  which  are  formed 
from  it,  is  shortened  to  Seghol  upon  losing  its  accent,  ~r"sn  Job  34  :  22, 
cn|n  Judg.  9:  38,  1=^7  Eccles.  7:26,  rarely  to  Pattahh,  Z]SP\  Job  18:4. 
In  the  Imperative  '^'?.t"n  the  form  with  Seghol  is  the  usual  one,  that  with 
Tsere  only  occurring  in  Isa.  7:  4.  The  pretonic  Kamets  of  this  species  is 
singular  in  not  being  liable  to  rejection  on  the  shifting  of  the  tone,  e.  g. 
ci-ir-tri  Ezek.  21  :  29,  "^n^S":  Ps.  37  :  9. 

c.  Future  Sing.  1  cnm.  The  prefixed  X  occasionally  has  Hhirik, 
BSli'x  Ezek.  20:36,  1  Sam.  12:7,  dnnx  Ezek.  14:3,  nnrsx  Ex.  14:4,  17. 

Plur. /em.  Tsere  rarely  remains  in  the  second  syllable  i^;?^'!;!!  Ruth 
1:13,  being,  as  in  the  Piel  preterite,  commonly  changed  to  Pattahh  before 
the  concurring  consonants,  nibsxtn  Jer.  24:2,  so  with  a  pause  accent, 
n:22Tin  Isa.  13:  16  K'ri,  Zech.'l4:'2  K'ri,  fiiop.'n  Isa.  28:  3;  the  first,  as 
the  original  form,  is,  how^ever,  placed  in  the  paradigm. 


122  ETYMOLOGY.  §92 

d.  Imperative.  Ewald  regards  ^^^p3  Isa.  43:9,  .Toel  4:11.  'ibD  Jer. 
50  :  5,  as  imperatives  without  the  usual  n  prosthetic  ;  but  this  assumption 
is  needlesSj  for  they  can  readily  be  explained  as  preterites. 

e.  Participle,  In  1  Sam.  15:  9  njS'a?  co7z;emj);/6/e,  is  in  formaNiphal 
participle  from  the  noun  'ni'Z'O  conlempt. 


§92.  a.  The  intensive  species  is  usually  formed  by  doubling  the 
second  radical;  in  tb-::  Ezek.  28:23,  and  the  passive  form  ^b^^N  the 
third  radical  is  doubled  instead,  an  expedient  resorted  to  repeatedly  in 
Ayin  Vav  verbs  and  occasionally  in  Ayin  guttural.  In  'i:>ihr52iJ  Ps.  88  :  17 
both  radicals  are  doubled;  the  entire  second  syllable  is  repeated  in  '"ifi'ino 
Ps.  38:11,  ^n^anrn  Lara.  2:  11,  1:20  a  passive  form,  as  shown  by  the 
Hhateph-Kamets,  §82.  5.  b  (3),  and  in  -liirifiiriN  Hos.  4:18,  provided  this 
is  to  be  read  as  one  word,  §43.  b;  if,  according  to  the  division  in  the 
Masoretic  text,  ^^rt  is  a  separate  word,  it  is  the  imperative  of  "in^  to  give, 
though  this  is  always  elsewhere  pointed  fiTlii .  In  tn'^s^S^  Ps.  45:3,  the 
first  syllable  is  repeated,  the  6  under  the  first  letter  indicating  it  to  be  a 
passive  form. 

b.  Intensity  may  likewise  be  denoted  without  a  reduplication  by  insert- 
ing the  long  vowel  Hholem  in  the  first  syllable  of  the  root.  This  is  often 
done  in  Ayin  doubled  verbs,  but  only  in  the  following  instances  in  others, 
pret.  ''m:T"'  1  Sam.  21:3,  'Onb  Isa.  40  :  24,  ^h'j)  Ps.  77:18,  ^niil!:  Isa. 
10:13  flit.  ni;b7  Hos.  13:3,  i7)f.  abs.  illh  and  i'-iH  Isa.  59:  13,  hif.  const. 
tiiD'.;:i3  Am.  5:11,  part,  "^bsir^  Job  9:15,  i3dlb72  Ps.  101:5  K'thibh. 
These  are  called  Poel  forms  by  many  grammarians,  and  those  in  the  pre- 
ceding paragraph  Pilel,  Pulal,  Pealal,  etc.  They  are  in  reality,  however, 
only  modified  forms  of  the  Piel,  whose  signification  they  share. 

c.  Preterite  Sing.  3  masc.  The  original  Pattahhof  the  first  syllable 
§82.5.  6(3)  is  preserved  in  ^i^l  Gen.  41:51.  The  second  syllable  has 
Seghol  in  '^k'^  (in  pause  '■>zy\),  n^s ,  DsS  (twice  t3a3),  Pattahh  in  nix.  b'nj 
(^■na  in  pause),  pin,  :^3 ,  tJ'np,  C^i::  (in  pause  :^^j?.l^  Isa.  19:  21),  and  before 
Makke'ph  in  "TJ^h  ,  "^^72  (:  'c\'o  in  pause)  ;  a  appears  likewise  in  the  pausal 
form  nssp  Mic.  1  :  7.  The  Tsere  is  always  retained  in  the  infinitive  con- 
struct and  future,  and  with  the  exception  of  ^^3  Ps.  55:  10,  in  the  impera- 
tive ;  though  throughout  tlie  species  it  is  shortened  to  Seghol  upon  losing 
the  accent,  Tj^Sp  Deut.  30  :  3,  -C':}^^  Ex.  13  :  2,  -^^'T,  'Deut.  7  :  10. 

d.  Infinitive.  The  primitive  form  of  the  infinitive  absolute  is  of  rare 
occurrence,  e.  g.  ^s;^  Ps.  118: 18,  i<'ip,  1  Kin.  19:  10,  Jxb'n  Ex.  21:  19,  rp'na 
Josh.  24:  10.  Most  commonly  it  has  Tsere  in  the  second  syllable  like  the 
infinitive  construct,  nks  Jer.  12:  17,  ^hh  Jer.  32:  33,  a^p  Jer.  39:18,  yhp_ 
Mic.  2 :  12,  n^tJ  Ex.  21  :  36;  and  in  one  instance  it  has  Hhirik  in  the  fir.?t 
syllable  like  the  preterite  "j^N?  2  Sam.  12  :  14.  There  is  no  need  of  assum- 
ing a  similar  form  for  the  infinitive  construct  in  "j'.^n  Lev.  14:  43,  which 
can  readily  be  explained  as  a  preterite.  Tsere  of  the  construct  is  short- 
ened to  Scgliol  before  Makkeph,  "nan  Isa.  59: 13,  or  on  the  recession  of  the 


§  93  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  123 

accent,  pni  Gen.  39:  14,  17,  and  in  one  instance  besides,  cn^  Judg.  5:8. 
Tliere  are  a  few  examples  of  the  construct  infinitive  with  a  feminine  ter- 
mination, nns;!  Lev.  26:18,  nnjsT  Ps.  147:1,  n:|'a  Isa.  6:13,  r|np^S 
Ezek.  16:52.' 

e.  Future  Sing.  1  com.  5t  is  commonly  prefixed  with  Hhateph-Pat- 
tahh;  it  has,  however,  the  diphthongal  Hhateph-Seghol  in  iinTX  Lev. 
26:  33,  §60.  3.  6,  and  draws  to  itself  the  full  vowel  which  has  hence  arisen 
to  a  preceding  1,  in  Dnr.ox;!  Zech.  7:  14  for  Cn^OX" ,  §60.  3.  c. 

Plur.  2  and  3  fern.  Tsere  under  the  second  radical  is  sometimes 
changed  to  Pattahh,  though  not  with  the  same  frequency  as  in  the  Niphal, 
'^r^''^1t\^  Is:l-  13:  18.  but  n:")?"!?!  Job  27:  4,  and  in  pause  Prov.  24  :  2. 

p  u  A  I. , 

§93.  a.  Of  the  vowels  proper  to  the  first  syllable  of  the  passive, 
§82.  5.  b  (3).  Pual  ordinarily  has  z2,  which  is  preferred  before  a  doubled 
consonant  c^'iZJ ,  §61.  5,  and  Hophal  6  before  concurrent  consonants  1i;Srt. 
This  distinction  is  not  steadfastly  adhered  to,  however,  and  Pual  occasion- 
ally appears  with  Kamets  Hhatuph,  r'ns  Ezek.  16:4,  irind  Nah.  3:7, 
il'is  Ps.  72:20,  1&3  Ps.  80:11,  Prov.  24:  31,  r)-irn^  Ps.  94:20,' C'ix^  passim. 
This  seems  to  furnish  the  best  explanation  of  the  disputed  words  ^n-i'^n  or 
^n:i-in  Ps.  62:4,  "^i^'P^  Ps.  101:5  K'ri,  inpsxn  Job  20:26.  Gesenius're- 
gard.-,  these  as  Piel  forms  with  (.)  lengthened  to  (J  on  the  omission  of 
Daghesh-forte,  §59.  a;  but  the  absence  of  Methegh,  which  Gesenius  in- 
serts without  authority,  shows  the  vowel  to  be  6  not  a.  Others  think  that 
Jinbsxn  is  the  Kal  future  for  ^inlprx'rn,  the  vowel  being  attracted  to  the 
guttural  from  the  previous  letter.  §60.  3. c.  There  is  no  difficulty,  however, 
in  regarding  them  all  as  Pual  forms,  and  translating  severally  mat/  ijou  he. 
slain,  armed  with  the  tongue  (of  a  slanderer),  .shall  be  made  to  consume 
him.  In  Ps.  62;  4  the  reading  of  Ben  Naphtali  W^S^n  is  probably  to  be 
preferred  to  that  of  Ben  Asher,  which  is  found  in  the  conmion  text;  the 
former  is  a  Piel  and  has  an  active  sense:  (how  long)  will  ye  slay  or  mur- 
der?    See  Alexander  and  Delitzsch,  in  loc. 

b.  The  vowel  u  of  the  first  syllable  is  occasionally  written  with  Vav. 
nht  Ezek.  16:34,  i^b^ln  Ps.  78:63,  ^Vr  Judg.  18:29,  13:8,  Job  5:7, 
bjilXlS  Ezek.  27  :  10,  but  mostly  without  it. 

c.  Preterite  Sing.  3  masc.  An  instance  of  paragogic  rt_  appended  lo 
the  preterite  is  found  in  ^>hh:!  Ezek.  31: 15. 

d.  Infinitive.  The  absolute  form  occurs  in  ~3a  Gen.  40:  15;  there  is 
no  example  of  the  construct. 

e.  Participle.  As  l^D^,  T^'^"'?''? ,  1;?'-?:;  in  a  few  instances  the  initial 
a  is  omitted,  r<\5h  2  Kin.' 2:10  for  t^l?^'^ ,  ■T^^'^  (^vith  Daghesh-forte 
euphonic)  Ezek! '21 :  15,  16,  ti-iir;^>ii  Eccles.  9:12  for  diii;?;'^?,  §59.  a. 
Some  of  the  forms  in  which  this  has  been  alleged  may  however  be  better 
explained  as  preterites. 


124  ETYMOLOGY.  §94 


§94.  a.  Preterite.  The  first  vowel  is  usually  Hhirik  but  occasionally 
Seghol,  e.g.  c^ii^^rri  1  Sam.  25:7,  particularly  in  Pe  guttural  and  a  few 
Lamedh  He  verbs.  Once  X  is  prefixed  instead  of  n,  :"'?i^n5n  Isa.  63:3; 
in  Isa.  19:  6  ^n^iTNti  is  not  a  double  Hiphil  with  both  N  and  n  prefixed, 
but  is  a  denominative  from  n:TN,  a  derivative  of  rirj ,  which  does  not 
indeed  occur  in  its  simple  form  but  is  justified  by  the  analogy  of  ^J3N  from 
2T3.  n  takes  the  place  of  n  in  Tiby'in  Hos.  11:3;  so  likewise  the  future 
'"''?.r!f!)f!i  Jer.  12:5,  and  participle  tTTinnp  Jer.  22:15,  though  the  corres- 
ponding preterite  is  'T^nvl  Neh.  3:20. 

Sing.  3  masc.  The  I  of  the  second  syllable  is  almost  always  written 
with  Yodh,  rarely  without  it,  e.  g.  ^'^viH  1  Sam.  12  :  24,  but  in  every  other 
place  ^"^"^^in-     So  in  the  participle  c^:^  Job  11  :  3  but  D'^^3??  Judg.  IS  :  7. 

b.  Infinitive.  Absolute.  The  Tsere  of  the  second  syllable  which  be- 
fore Makkeph  is  shortened  to  Seghol  "isn  Prov.  24  :  23,  28:  21,  is  mostly 
written  without,  thus^l^n,  nirn ,  ^sbn,  bcrn,  'son,  ^-in^!,  -?^'n, 
ri^'rn,  though  sometimes  with  it^iiit'n' Am.  9:8  but  "ii:cr!  Isa.  14:'23,  ' 
b-'SiJjn  and  bscn  ,  twice  ^""^.^.^  ,  nine  times  csrri,  '^'■^p.'n ,  '^•'i:"^  .  Hhirik 
in  this  syllable  is  rare  and  exceptional,  b"'Qrn  Ezek.  21  :  31,  ~i''i".v!  Josh. 
7:7.  5^  is  prefixed  instead  ol"  n  in  C'S'rN  Jer.  25:  3  and  Tj^^N  Gen.  41:  43, 
provided  the  latter  is  a  Hebrew  and  not  a  Coptic  word. 

Construct.  The  second  vowel  is  commonly  Hhirik  written  with  "^ , 
^"^ipn,  T\"'^t?n  rarely  and  as  an  exception  without  '',  ^^'Cl  Isa.  23:11, 
or  with  Tsere  bn;ri  Deut.  32:8,  lirsb  Deut.  26:12,  Neh.  10:39,  'iS^b 
Dan.  11:35.  In  a  few  instances  the  first  vowel  is  Hhirik  as  in  the 
preterite  'ni^^'H  Deut.  7:24,  28:48,  Josh.  11:14,  1  Kin.  15:29,  PJ-iln 
Jer.  50:  34,'n3''-i'7n  Jer.  51:33,  rr^^'pp.  Lev.  14:43.  The  initial  n 'is 
mostly  retained  after  prefixed  prepositions,  though  it  is  sometimes  rejected, 
as  niitJb  Am.  8 :  4  but  n-airnb  Ps.  8:3,  li'rb  once  but  i^i'^.i^b  fifteen 
times. 

c.  Future  Plur.  In  a  very  few  instances  Hhirik  is  rejected  upon  the 
addition  of  the  masculine  plural  termination  ^pa")!'!!  1  Sam.  ]4:22.  31:2, 
>lii"i']'^1  Jer.  9:2.  There  is  no  example  of  this  without  the  presence  of 
Vav  conversive  unless  it  be  "^nsntn  Job  19:3,  which  maybe  regarded 
as  Kal. 

d.  Imperative  Sing.  wasc.  The  second  syllable  usually  has  Tsere 
without  Yodh  ^p^D ,  M^'^r'^!?  fn"'*!  before  Makkeph,  Seghol  "1=0?!  Job 
22:21,  -^Jn  1  Sam'.  23:  ll',  -J3n  Isa.  64:8.  There  are  a  very  lew  ex- 
amples with  Hhirik  in  pause,  :  ?^5in  Ps.  94 : 1,  to  which  some  would  add 
N'^isin  Isa.  43:8,  but  see  Alexander,  H'^iin  Prov.  19:23,  wS^in  Jer.  17:  IS. 

e.  Participle.  In  Nriii  Ps.  135:7,  Tsere  is  taken  in  place  of  Hhirik 
upon  the  recession  of  the  accent;  ""ncn?  Isa.  53:3  is  not  a  participle  but  a 
'loun,  Alexander  in  lac.     Hhirik  is.  in  a  k^w  exceptional  cases  occurring  in 


^95,  96  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  125 

the  later  books,  rejected  in  the  plural,  D''2bn73  Zech.  3:7  for  DiDi'ijnri, 
n^-qhn^  Jer.  29:8,  D"''nt?53  2  Chron.  28:23,  ni'-ianTa  1  Chron.  15:24  K'ri, 
2  Chron,  7:G  K'ri.     Comp.  Chald.  "pibn^g  Dan. '3':  25. 

HO  PH  AL. 

§95.  a.  The  first  vowel,  though  mostly  Kamets  Hhatuph  T\?'!^ii ,  ^hh^ii . 


Lev.    6:15,'  iop?p   Mai.  1  :  il,  Sfrsn  ,    Di-ijrs-Q  5'   niy-dsp .   p^-j'o .    rApi 
Ezelc.  29:18.    ''  '  '  '  "'  '  •-:•.• 

h.  Preterite.  In  "ri^^nri  aui  I  obliged  to  leave?  Judg.  9:9,  11.  13. 
the  characteristic  Ti  is  rejected  after  t^  interrogative. 

c.  Infinitive.  The  absolute  has  Tsere  in  the  second  syllable,  ^Pnn 
Ezek.  16:4,  "ikn  Josh.  9:21.     The  construct  has  Pattahh,  "lOiin  Ezr.  3:11." 

d.  Imperative.  This  mood  occurs  twice,  n::5';3n  Ezek.  32  :  19,  ^:Eri 
■Jer.  49 :  S. 

e.  Participle.  In  ni'ljJZJplnTS  Ezek.  46:22  n  remains  after  the  pre- 
formative  ?3 . 

HITHPAEL. 

§96.  a.  Preterite.  In  two  instances  inx  is  prefixed  instead  of  'rTt , 
viz.,  "linnx  2  Chron.  20 :  35,  >i>biridN  Ps.  76  :  6.  In  the  verb  ^>p,B  Daghesh- 
forte  is  omitted  in  the  second  radical  and  the  previous  vowel  lengthened. 
§59.  a.  ?n-5rn,  ^inpsri'i  Judg.  20:  15,  17,  "il^sn":  Judg.  21  :  9,  in  addition 
to  which  the  vowel  of  the  prefixed  syllable  is  6  in  ^"ipQrrt  Num.  1  :  47, 
2  :  33,  26:  62,  1  Kin.  20  :  27.  In  three  verbs  upon  the  assimilation  of  n  to 
the  first  radical,  the  prefix  takes  u,  §61.  5,  <^;^':!»'7  (the  accentuation  is 
unusual)  Isa.  34:6,  riSl3-jn  Deut.  24:4  (but  in  "the  future  always  XK'J^ 
Lev.  21  :  1  and  repeatedly  elsewhere),  C^lSfi  (/;?/]  const.)  Lev.  13:  55,  £6. 
These  arc  sometimes  called  Hothpaal  and  regarded  as  passives  of  Hith- 
pael.  Where  both  forms  exist  in  the  same  verb,  however,  as  in  ^)D3  and 
X^w  ,  there  appears  to  be  no  distinction  in  their  meaning ;  they  seem 
rather  to  have  arisen  from  a  disposition  to  give  to  the  Hithpael,  where  it 
has  a  passive  signification,  §80.  2,  the  vowels  of  a  proper  passive  species, 
§82.  5.  b  (3).  In  vi*i>.Hri-!  Jer.  25:  16,  ^d"ir}-]  Jer.  46:8  (elsewhere  viysn")), 
and  !  7^213  Isa.  52 : 5,  o  prolonged  from  u.  on  account  of  the  absence  of 
Daghesh-ibrte,  is  for  a  like  reason  given  to  the  first  radical. 

b.  Tlie  last  vowel  of  the  preterite,  infinitive  construct,  future,  impera- 
tive and  participle,  is  Tsere  written  without  Yodh,  TiSnnn ,  b'nyn^ , 
DiJn';' ,  li'^irnn  inf.  const.,  'iss^.n  imper.,  ''22n^ ,  which  before  Makkeph 
is  shortened'  to  Seghol,  "^i'^p.r,^  Isa.  30  :  29,'  "Ti^rinO  Gen.  6  :  9,  "C^rn"' 
Job  6:  16.  Frequently,  however,  Pattahh  is  used,  or,  with  a  pause  accent, 
Kamets,  rikp?nn  pret.,  pinnri  pref.  and  impcr.  (but  inf.  const,  and  pari. 


126  ETYMOLOGY.  §97 


253 

io.x.  ,.^  .•^.     ^  CI. .......  .^  ^.^^  ^.,...^ ^^  .>.. -  .- -  plural  of  the 

future,  nsr^nnn  Zech.  6:7  but  njicr.^n  Lam.  4:  1,  where  some  copies 
have  njrernrn .  Hhirilc  occurs  instead  of  Pattahh  in  the  preterites, 
^nb'i^rni',  '■^nb^i^rri'i  Ezek.  38  :  23,  crili"nprni  Lev.  11 :  44,  20  :  7,  each  of 
which  has  Vav  conversive,  throwing  the  accent  more  strongly  on  the  final 
syllable. 

c.  There  is  no  example  of  the  infinitive  absolute. 


Paragogic  and  Apocopated  Future  and  Imperative. 

§  97.  The  paucity  of  moods  in  Hebrew  is  partially  com- 
pensated by  modifications  of  the  futm'e,  known  as  the  para- 
gogic and  apocopated  futures. 

1.  The  paragogic  or  cohortative  is  formed  from  the  ordi- 
nary future  by  appending  the  termination  n^  to  the  first  person 
singular  or  plural,  and  in  a  very  few  instances  to  the  third 
person  singular,  thus  converting  it  from  a  simple  declaration 
of  futurity  to  an  expression  of  desire  or  determination, 
n^TSii  I  shall  keejj,  !"0''9^^  I  loill  surel?/ keej)  or  let  me  keep, 
Ps.  39  :  2 ;  ^J5n33  let  US  break,  «i3'^Hit3  let  us  cast  away,  Ps. 
2:3;  nffi^n;'  let  him  hasten,  Isa.  5:19. 

a.  The  third  person  of  the  paragogic  future  occurs  besides  the  example 
just  given,  in  nxisn  let  it  come  Isa.  5:  19,  nsrin  he  it  dark  (by  some  ex- 
plained as  a  noun,  darkness)  Job  11 :  17,  nsi:^'!';!  may  he  accept  (as  fat),  or, 
according  to  Kimchi,  via]j  he  reduce  to  ashes,  Ps.  20  :  4,  f^pn  Prov.  1  :  20, 
8  :  3.  and  after  Vav  conversive  J^^-^i.'n]  Ezek.  23  :  20,  and  ver.  16  K'ri.  It 
has  also  been  suspected  in  nnnpi  Lev.  21 :  5  K'thibh. 

b.  Instead  of  n^,  n..  is  appended  in  ni-npN;  1  Sam.  28:15,  ni^^i 
Ps.  20  :  4,  §63.  1.  c;'so  in  the  imperative  nr^  or  nyn  Prov.  24  :  11. 

2.  The  apocopated  or  jussive  future  is  an  abbreviation  of 
the  second  or  third  persons  singular  and  expresses  a  wish  or 
command,  or  with  a  negative,  dissuasion  or  prohibition.  In 
the  perfect  verb  it  has  a  separate  form  only  in  the  lliphil 
species,  the  ^ ,  of  the  ultimate  being  changed  to  (..),  or  before 
Makkeph  to  (..),  p''k^'^  he  ivill  cause  to  cleave,  pl^-  may  heoY 
let  him  cause  to  cleave ;  bisilJn  thou  icilt  understand,  ^5T0ri 


§  98  rARAGOGIC    rUTURE,    ETC.  127 

thou  may  est  understand  or  understand  thou,  Dan.  9:25, 
-jb-irri-bx  may  it  not  or  let  it  not  ride^  Ps.  119  :  133.  In 
some  classes  of  imperfect  verbs,  as  in  the  Ayin-Vav  and  par- 
ticularly the  Lamedh-Ile,  it  is  used  in  other  species  still. 

a.  The  only  instances  of  the  abbreviated  future  occurring  in  the  first 
person  are  pTrix  Isa.  42:6  and  S"i:  Isa.  41:23  K'thibh,  where  tlie  K'ri 
has  nx"J3. 

h.  The  paragogic  and  apocopated  futures  may  be  regarded  as  mutually 
supplementary,  and  as  forming  together  something  like  a  complete  Opta- 
tive or  Subjunctive  mood.  The  apocopated  future  has,  it  is  true,  no  sep- 
arate form  for  the  second  fern.  sing,  or  the  second  and  third  pers.  pbir.,  in 
which  the  verb  has  terminal  inflections,  but  it  may  be  regarded  as  coin- 
ciding in  these  with  the  ordinary  future,  except  that  it  never  has  the 
final  ■).  So  in  those  species  in  which  it  is  indistinguishable  from  the 
ordinary  future,  it  may  yet  be  regarded  as  included  under  it.  Neither  the 
apocopated  nor  the  paragogic  futures  occur  in  the  strictly  passive  species, 
viz.,  the  Pual  and  Hophal,  self-determination  and  command  both  implying 
that  the  subject  is  the  originator  of  the  action.  The  more  flexible  Arabic 
has  three  varieties  of  the  future  in  addition  to  the  ordinary  one.  to  express 
as  many  modifications  or  moods. 

c.  The  apocopated  future  derives  its  name  from  the  apocopation  of  the 
final  letter  by  which  it  is  characterized  in  rib  verbs;  the  brevity  of  its 
form  is  adapted  to  the  energy  and  rapid  utterance  of  a  command.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  speaker  dwells  upon  the  word  expressive  of  his  own 
desire  or  determination,  thus  giving  rise  to  the  prolonged  form  of  the 
paragogic  future.  The  appended  n^  may  perhaps  be  identical  with  a  like 
termination  added  to  nouns  to  indicate  motion  or  direction,  denoting  as  it 
does  the  direction  of  the  speaker's  will  or  wishes  towards  that  which  the 
verb  e.xpresses. 

§98.  1.  Paragogic  n^  is  sometimes  appended  to  the 
masculine  singular  of  the  imperative,  softening  the  command 
into  an  earnest  entreaty  or  expression  of  strong  desire,  ^'n'io 
hear  (thou),  ?i^^T^  oh,  hear!  or  pray,  hear!  nt?)?^  listen, 
nn^iCipn  pray,  listen!  The  addition  of  this  vowel  to  the  im- 
perative and  to  the  future  causes,  as  in  the  regular  inflections 
of  the  paradigm,  \  86.  h.  (2),  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  syllable,  except  in  the  Hiphil  where  "^ .  remains  in 
the  future  and  is  restored  in  the  imperative.  In  the  Kal  im- 
perative this  rejection  occasions  the  concurrence  of  two 
vowelless  consonants,  the  first  of  which  nmst  accordingly 
take  a  short  vowel,  §61.  1 ;  if  the  rejected  vowel  was  Hho- 


128  ETYMOLOGY.  §  99 

lem  this  will  be  Kamets-Hhatiiph,  otherwise  it  will  be  the 
briefest  of  the  vowels,  Hhirik,  2VJ ,  roT^  Jer.  49  :  11 ;  nsT, 
nJDT  2  Chron.  6  :  42,  ^htj ,  nnD"^  Gen.  39  :  7.  12. 

a.  In  a  few  instances  the  vowel-letter  remains  in  the  K'thibh  though 
invariably  thrown  out  in  the  K'ri,  e.g..  tiSTilii  K'thibh.  HEn-^  K'ri  Ps. 
26:2.  naib^  K'thibh,  nibTD  K'ri  Judg.  9:8;  nbipcxi  K'thiVh,  t^^g^^'w^T 
K'ri  Ezr.  8  :  25;  frJipiTX  Iv'thibh,  rrjpds  K'ri  Isa.  IS  :  4.  This  may  not 
indicate,  however,  the  retention  of  the  full  vowel  but  only  of  an  audible 
remnant  of  it,  §  13.  a,  which  is  likewise  attested  by  the  occasional  appear- 
ance of  Hhateph  Kamets,  ~n^^ii  1  Kin.  19:20,  "J^^^'N?  Dan.  8:13  (in 
some  copies)  or  Hhateph  Pattahh  nHpdXT  Ezr.  8  :  26,  Jer.  32  :  9,  and  by 
the  fact  that  the  resulting  Sh'va,  even  when  simple,  is  always  vocal, 
§22.  a  (1).  Occasionally  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  found  in  the  paragogic  im- 
perative when  the  vowel  of  the  ordinary  imperative  is  Pattahh  ;  thus, 
znp  Lev.  9:7,  ^^']p,  Ps.  69:  19.  and  on  the  contrary,  nnr^  Gen,  25:  31, 
fuL  ^'i-qi  Ex.  21 V?'  nna3  (with  Daghesh  separative)  Ps.'l41  :  3. 

2.  As  the  imperative  is  itself  a  shortened  form  there  is 
little  room  for  further  abbreviation ;  it  sometimes,  however, 
suffers  apocopation  of  the  final  n^  of  the  feimnine  plural, 
phtd  Gen.  4:23  for  n:^i3TJ: ,  §G1.  2,  i^np  Ex.  2:20  for 
n:Knp  ,  §  GO.  3.  c,  and  in  Lamedh  He  verbs  of  final  ?"> ..  of  the 
masculine  singular,  "tjn  2  Kin.  0:18  for  T^^.^  Ezek.  6:11, 
b5  Ps.  119  :  18  for  r-,?^;  ;qnn  Deut.  9  :  14  for  i^^-^ri  Judg. 
11 :  37,  but  without  any  evident  change  of  meaning. 


Vav  Conversive. 

§99.  1.  The  primary  tenses  are  supplemented  by  two 
others,  formed  in  a  peculiar  manner  by  what  is  called  Vav 
Conversive  (tj^sn  in).  This  prefix  has  the  remarkable  effect, 
from  wdiich  its  name  is  derived,  of  converting  the  ordinary 
future  into  a  preterite  and  the  ordinary  preterite  into  a  future. 
The  following  appear  to  be  the  reasons  of  this  singular  phe- 
nomenon. Past  and  future  are  relative  and  depend  for  their 
signification  in  any  given  case  upon  the  point  of  time  from 
which  they  are  reckoned.  This  may  be  the  moment  of  speak- 
ing, when  all  anterior  to  that  moment  will  be  past,  and  all 


§99  VAV    CONVERSIVE.  129 

posterior  to  it  future.  Or  by  some  conventional  method 
miderstood  between  the  speaker  and  liis  hearers.,  an  ideal 
present  may  be  fixed  distinct  from  the  real  present  and  the 
measurements  of  past  and  future  made  from  the  former. 
Now  Vav  Conversive  placed  before  a  future  indicates  that  its 
tense  is  to  be  reckoned  not  from  the  actual  present  but  from 
the  time  denoted  by  some  previous  word,  whether  verb, 
noun,  or  adverb.  And  when  the  stand-point  is  thus  taken 
in  the  past,  events  may  be  described  as  future  with  reference 
to  it,  though  they  have  actnahy  taken  place  at  the  time  of 
narration.  Vav  is  properly  the  copula  and ;  when  this  is 
prefixed  to  the  future  for  the  purpose  already  designated,  it 
is  followed  by  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte,  which  give  to  it  the 
force  of  and  tlien  or  and  so,  indicating  that  what  follows  is 
the  sequel  of  what  precedes.  Consequently  a  narration  be- 
gun in  the  preterite  may  be  continued  in  the  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  the  opening  words  fixing  the  initial  point  from 
which  all  that  come  after  proceed  in  regular  succession  ;  and 
the  future  so  employed  is  converted  into  what  may  be  called 
a  continuative  preterite.  Thus,  in  the  account  of  the  crea- 
tion in  Gen.  1,  the  original  condition  of  things  is  described 
in  the  preterite,  ver.  2,  f/ie  earilt  was  ^r;i^\^  withoidform  and 
void.  The  subsequent  scene  is  then  surveyed  from  this  point. 
The  next  statement  is  accordingly  made  by  a  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  ver.  3,  ^^X"^!]  and  God  said,  in  its  primitive  im- 
port, a7id  then  God  sai/s  or  tinll  say,  his  speaking  being  future 
to  the  state  of  things  previously  described.  This  fixes  a  new 
stand-point  from  which  the  next  step  in  the  process  is  a  fresh 
advance ;  it  is  hence  followed  by  another  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  ver.  4,  !5{"i!:n  and  he  saio ;  and  so  on,  '^in;;'!  and 
he  divided,  ver.  5,  ^"^iP^!]  and  he  called,  etc. 

a.  Tiio  nature  of  this  prefix  wouldl^e  more  precisely  expressed  perhaps 

by  caUing  it  Vav  Consecutive,  as  Ewald  and  others  propose.     But  as  Vav 

Conversive  is  the  name  in  common  use,  and  as  this  sufRcienliy  cliaracterizes 

its  most  striking  effect,  it  is  here  retained.     There  have  been  various  con- 

9 


130  ETYMOLOGY.  §99 

jectures  respecting  its  origin.  In  the  judgment  of  some  1  is  an  abbrevia- 
tion of  the  verb  ."iili  was,  hence  "i^^i'T  lie  was  or  it  was  (so  that)  he  will 
say  i.  e.  he  was  about  to  say  or  was  saying,  which  is  then  likened  to  the 
Arabic  combination  of  tlie  preterite  of  the  substantive  verb  with  the 
future  tense  to  express  past  action;  but  1  evidently  has  the  sense  of  the 
conjunction  aiul,  "'?i<'i  does  not  mean  he  said,  but  and  he  said.  Others 
regard  it  as  an  abbreviation  of  n"tiT  and  he  was  ;  Ewald  of  1N^  and  then. 
Rodiger  thinks  that  the  vowel  has  no  inherent  significance,  but  is  attached 
to  the  conjunction  on  account  of  the  emphasis  of  its  peculiar  use.  Perhaps 
the  best  suggestion  is  that  of  Schultens,  7«s;i7.  p.  424,  that  "irx'l  maybe  for 
"i^Xi^ni,  by  §  53.  3  ;  fi  prefixed  to  a  noun  is  the  definite  article,  and  points 
it  out  as  one  previously  known  ;  its  use  in  this  particular  case  is  to  define 
the  time  of  the  action  of  the  verb  before  whicli  it  stands  by  pointing  it  out  as 
known  from  what  preceded.  The  vowel  of  this  prefix  is  upon  this  hypothesis 
analogous  both  in  its  origin  and  its  effects  to  the  augment  e  in  Greek,  or  a 
in  Sanskrit,  by  which  a  preterite  is  formed  from  a  present  or  a  future, 
TVTTTta,  €TTJ7rrov;  Tvipo),  eTvijja,  and  which  is  traced  by  Bopp  to  a  pronominal 
root  having  a  demonstrative  sense,  Vergleichende  Grammatik  pp.  786  ff. 
The  fact  that  the  Samaritan  Pentateuch  sometimes  substitutes  n  for  1 
conversive  might  seem  to  lend  confirmation  to  this  theory  of  its  derivation. 
But  as  i1  stands  with  equal  frequency  for  1  copulative,  f;nd  1  for  the  arti- 
cle n,  it  is  probable  that  these  commutations  are  to  be  classed  with  the 
other  numerous  inaccuracies  of  this  edition. 

2.  This  employment  of  Vav  Conversive  to  alter  the  mean- 
ing of  the  tenses  by  transporting  the  mind  of  the  hearer  or 
reader  to  an  ideal  present  in  the  past  or  futm-e  is  one  of  the 
most  remarkable  idioms  of  the  Hebrew  language,  and  one 
which  may  appear  to  be  extremely  arbitrary,  as  it  certainly 
is  in  some  of  its  applications,  at  least,  quite  difficult  of  con- 
ception and  foreign  to  our  habits  of  thought.  It  neverthe- 
less imparts  a  beauty  and  a  vividness  to  Hebrew  description 
which  are  altogether  peculiar  and  which  are  incapable  of 
being  adequately  transferred  to  any  other  language.  The 
narrator  lives  in  the  midst  of  that  which  he  records,  and 
watches  its  progress  step  by  step  telling  what  he  sees.  This 
peculiarity  of  the  Hebrew  tenses  may  perhaps  be  illustrated 
by  an  analogous  though  far  more  restricted  usage  in  English, 
by  which  certain  tenses  may  be  transferred  to  another  sphere 
than  that  which  they  describe  if  measured  from  the  time  of 
narration,  without  any  confusion  or  liability  to  mistake  re- 
sulting from  it.     Thus,  the  present  may  be  used  of  past 


§99  VAV    CONVERSIVE.  131 

events,  as,  Then  the  devil  taketh  him  up  into  an  exceeding 
high  mountain  and  sheiceth  him,  etc.  Or  the  present  and  the 
perfect  may  be  used  of  what  is  still  future,  as.  When  thou 
art  converted  strengthen  thy  brethren  ;  When  he  is  come  he 
will  reprove  the  world  of  sin. 

3.  Vav  Conversive,  it  has  already  been  stated,  is  prefixed 
to  the  future  with  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte  in  the  follow- 
ing letter,  fni?^!,  ^2"^'?^:},  ^^.  If  the  first  letter  of  the 
future  be  Yodli  with  Sh'va,  Daghesh  is  commonly  omitted, 
§  25,  but  rarely  if  it  be  2 ,  aiid  never  if  it  be  ri ,  since  its  re- 
moval in  this  case  would  change  the  sound  of  the  letter  by  re- 
storing its  aspiration,  "^T^  ,  "^^Ti  but  '^%1^'^ ,  '^so:^, .  Before 
55  of  the  first  person  singular,  which  caimot  receive  Daghesh, 
§23.  1,  Pattahh  is  lengthened  to  Kamets,  §60.4,  ^Ssi , 
"hl^^  •  In  the  Hiphil  "^  .  is,  with  few  exceptions,  e.  g.  m^'H;^-!? 
Ps.  105  :  28,  compressed  to  (J  as  in  the  apocopated  future, 
^^p!!! ,  ^li^J?^ ,  and  before  jMakkeph  it  is  shortened  to  (J 
"*ia5l .  In  the  first  person  singular,  however,  "^ .  remains  in 
the  Hiphil,  and  a  paragogic  ?^  ^  is  not  infrequently  appended 
in  all  the  species,  e.  g.  ^■^^"'rs;: ,  n}'^.^-?r  oi'  '"•rH^il  '>  ^'''^^^  oi' 
^5X1 :  ^^■arsn !  ni:brsi ;   nn";^^   or   nna^jxi  •   paracfodc   n 

•-rt^  •:-rrJ  T:iT-rT'  •-    -:iT  r    :    -     irr   '        1_  O      ID  » 

also  occm's  though  more  rarely  in  the  first  pers.  plur.  "ribnn 
Gen.  41  :  11,  nTj^isi ,  nirj^nii  Ezr.  8  :  23,  Wtps:)  ver.  31. 

a.  The  tendency  to  abbreviation  produced  by  Vav  Conversive  is  mucli 
more  apparent  in  some  classes  of  imperfect  verbs.  Tlius,  final  n..  is  re- 
jected from  ti"i>  verbs  as  in  the  apocopated  future  i^?"0 ,  ^^M  >  '^'^V.,  ''^p.y, 
the  accent  is  drawn  back  from  a  mixed  ultimate  to  a  simple  penult  in  the 
Kal  and  Hiphil  of  Ayin  doubled  verbs  and  of  those  which  have  a  quiescent 
for  their  fir^t  or  second  radical,  in  consequence  of  which  the  vowel  of  the 
last  syllable,  if  long,  is  shortened,  §64.  1,  -b;;,  -O^!! ;  ^^^^ ,  ^=X'" ;  -i;;, 
air^l;  -"^'iii"",  -'■^.■''''];  ^^P"^^  ^i?;^5  ^'^P?'  ^k!;--  '^'^^  same  drawing  back 
of  the  accent  and  shortening  of  the  ultimate  syllable  occurs  in  the  Pie! 
of  the  following  verbs,  whose  middle  radical  is  n,  "T>3^1,  lyij^? ,  J""''^'! 
but  not  in  w^n-^;] ;  so  in  Tiii?^  Hab.  3:  6,  and  the  HithpacI  crcnn;;  Dan. 
2:1.  It  occurs  also  in  the  Niphal  of  a  few  verbs,  which  form  the  ex- 
ception, however,  not  the  rule,  ^Si'],  tnii^i,  rox"]  or  rcN_;;i ,  crsni 
but  2nx'^i,  li^*',  T|^^'',  ■"i^;'!'!:)  ~?^"'?j  etc.  The  first  person  singular 
is  mostly  exempted  from  shortening  or  change  of  accent,  ii^NV  -liJNi, 


132  ETYMOLOGY.  §100 

O^iTXI  or  tpXI ,  bipxi ,  thoiicjh  it  sometimes  sufTers  apocopation  in  h"b  verbs 

t       TIT  *  ■%   TIT    '  *  ■    TiT   >  tr>  t  i 

'<■!'^?'^  )  "'H?*'!  •  The  prolon^rcd  plural  ending  )^  is  very  rarely  used  after  Vav 
Conversive;  it  does,  however,  occur,  c.  g.  'j!i::"Ji^lri5  Deut.  1:22,  "jill^tf!]!! 
Deut.  4:11,  't^:n,^1  Judg.  11  ;  18. 

b.  In  a  very  tew  instances  Vav  Conversive  takes  Pattahli  before  K,  its 
vowel  being  conformed  to  the  compound  ShVa,  which  follows,  e.  g.  IZJ"!:?^)!, 
Judg.  6:  9,°>innnbxi  2  Sam.  1 :  10,  r\k^i<.^.  Ezek.  16:  10  but  i^GSX^i  vcr.  8, 
f^^r^?.N,l  Job  30\26,  !^4''^™    ^"^  '^^  '  ^^■' 

§100.  1.  Vav  Conversive  prefixed  to  the  preterite  makes 
of  it  a  continuative  future  or  imperative,  by  connecting  Avith 
it  the  idea  of  futurity  or  command  expressed  in  a  preceding 
verb.  It  is  properly  the  conjunction  )  and,  whose  pointing  it 
takes,  its  pecuhar  force  being  derived  from  its  connecting 
power.  Accordingly,  in  speaking  of  coming  events,  the 
stand-point  is  first  fixed  in  the  future  by  the  opening  words, 
and  the  description  is  then  continued  by  the  preterite  with 
Vav  Conversive.  Thus,  in  Samuel's  recital,  1  Sam.  10 : 1-8, 
of  what  was  to  happen  to  Saul,  he  first  refers  the  whole  to 
the  future  by  the  word,  ver.  2,  ^P>9^^  i/pon  ihj  depart- 
ing, and  then  proceeds  with  preterites  with  Vav  prefixed, 
ty&hy^  thou  sJudtfuid,  ^'^'9*?)  aiid  they  shall  say,  ver.  3,  FiS^ni 
and  thou  shall  pass  on,  etc.  etc.  In  like  manner  injunctions 
begun  in  the  imperative  are  continued  in  the  preterite  with 
Vav  Conversive.  Thus  the  Lord  directed  Elijah,  1  Kin.  17:3 
ifi  (inipcr.)  yo,  tn'^is^  (pret.)  and  turn,  'k'pPy)  (pret.)  and  hide, 
!Ti^>^  (pret.)  and  it  shall  he. 

2.  This  prefix  conniionly  has  the  effect  of  removing  the 
accent  to  the  ultimate  in  those  forms  in  which  it  ordinarily 
stands  upon  the  penult ;  and  if  the  penult  be  a  long  mixed 
syllable,  as  in  the  Kal  preterite  of  verbs  with  Hholem,  it  will 
in  consequence  be  shortened,   X^^l ,   tfi^^^,) . 

a.  The  shifting  of  tlic  accent,  which  served  in  some  measure  to  indicate 
to  the  ear  the  alteration  in  the  sense,  takes  place  chiefly  in  the  following 
cases,  viz. : 

(1)  It  occurs  with  great  regularity  in  the  first  and  second  persons  sin- 
gular of  every  species,  ina^f^  ihoii,  hast  gone,  ^bni  and  thou  shall  go, 
^tns^nn  and  I  will  go,  so  n^3-ii ,  inbirni,  ■'naV^'bo^  though  ■'n'-irsn^T. 
ZephT"  1 ;  17,  except  in  ^h  and  n"b  verbs,  where  the  accent  usually  re- 


§101  VERBS    WITH    SUf FIXES.  133 

mains  in  its  original  position  althoiigli  the  usage  is  not  uniform,  '■r-'iz^ 
Lev.  26  :  9,  yni^  1  Kin.  18  :  12.  r-S-ni  l  Chron.°4  :  10,  ^nvrndr.:  I  Sam. 
15  :  30,  ■^P-'in;'  Isa,  8  :  17  but  r^sxi  Lev.  24  :  5,  rx=n  Gen.G  TlS.  -r-sinn 
-f^ns-l  Lev. '26:  9,  fxrnn  Ex.  26:  33.  In  the  first  person  plural  of  a'l'i 
verbs  the  accent  generally  remains  upon  the  penult,  f:riv  E.x.  8 :  23. 
:«?bni,  ^:r^h-.  Gen.  34;  17. 

(2)  It  occurs,  though  less  constantly,  ia  the  third  feminine  singular 
and  third  plural  of  the  Iliphil  of  perfect  verbs,  and  of  the  various  species 
of  Ayin-Vav  and  Ayin-doubled  verbs.  nU"'"n:n"  Ex.  26:33  i^X'^rrr.  Lev. 
15:29.  nrr  I.sa.  11:2,  ii'ip_:,  l^ni  Hab.'  1:8  but  f,z''i-::r.i  Ezfck."43:24, 
ICE^  Hab,  1:8. 


Verbs  with  Suffixes. 

§101.  Pronouns  are  frequently  suffixed  to  the  verbs  of 
which  they  are  the  object.  The  forms  of  the  suffixes  have 
already  been  given  §  72.  It  only  remains  to  consider  the 
changes  resulting  from  their  combination  with  the  various 
parts  of  the  verb. 

1.  The  personal  terminations  of  the  verbs  underp-o  the 
following  changes : 

Prderite. 

Sing.    ?i  fern.     The  old  ending  n. ,  4  85.  a  iV),  takes  the 
place  of  n^  . 

2  masc.  n  sometimes  shortens  its  final  vowel  be- 
fore the  suffix  ^:  of  the  first  person. 

I  fern.  The  old  ending  ^n ,  §  80.  a,  instead  of  n . 
Plur.  2  raaac.  'n  from  the  old  pronominal  ending  =•  n , 
§  71.  ^  (2),  takes  the  place  of  zi; .  The  fem- 
inine of  this  person  does  not  occur  with 
suffixes. 

Future. 

Plur.  2  and  ?j  fern.  Tlie  di.>tinctive  feminine  termina- 
tion is  dropped,  and  that  of  the  mascuhne 
assumed,  '^-p;? r  for  ":'-'rpn . 


134  ETYMOLOGY.  §>101 

a.  In  several  of  these  cases  it  would  be  more  correct  to  say  that  it  is 
the  uncompounded  state  of  the  verb  in  which  the  change  has  taken  place, 
and  that  before  suffixes  the  original  form  has  been  preserved,  the  added 
syllable  having  as  it  were  protected  it  from  mutation. 

2.  Changes  in  the  suffixes  :  The  suffixes  are  joined 
directly  to  those  verbal  forms  which  end  in  a  vowel ;  those 
forms  which  end  in  a  consonant  insert  before  the  suffixes  of 
the  second  pers.  plur.  DD ,  p ,  and  the  second  masc.  sing.  T| ,  a 
vocal  Sh'va,  and  before  the  remaining  suffixes  a  full  vowel, 
which  in  the  preterite  is  mostly  a  and  in  the  future  and  im- 
perative mostly  e. 

The  3  fern.  sing,  preterite  inserts  ii  before  the  suffixes  of 
the  third  pers.  plural,  and  c  before  the  second  fern,  singular; 
when  it  stands  before  the  third  sing,  suffixes  ^n ,  n ,  there  is 
frequently  an  elision  of  n ,  requiring  Daghesh-forte  conserva- 
tive in  the  verbal  ending  n  to  preserve  the  quantity  of  the 
previous  short  vowel,  ^r^^t?j5  for  ^nri Vj;? ,  •^J??'^]'  for  O*?;*^)? . 
see  §57.3.  b. 

When  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  ^n  is  preceded  by  (J, 
the  fi  may  be  elided  and  the  vowels  coalesce  into  i ,  i3i:jp  for 
^n^tijp ;  when  it  is  preceded  by  '' . ,  Shurek  may  be  hardened' 
to  its  corresponding  semi-vowel  1 ,  l'^r>'pt:)p  for  irr^rib'jjp  §  62. 1. 

When  the  third  fem.  suffix  n  is  preceded  by  (J,  final 
Kamets  is  omitted  to  prevent  the  recurrence  of  the  same 
sound,  "n^dp  for  v^'^j?. 

A¥hen  ^n ,  rs  of  the  third  pers.  singular  are  preceded  by 
(..),  the  vowel  of  union  for  the  futm^e,  a  5 ,  called  Nun  Epen- 
thetic, is  sometimes  inserted,  particularly  in  emphatic  and 
pausal  forms,  to  prevent  the  hiatus  between  the  two  vowels, 
(..)  being  at  the  same  time  shortened  to  (..) ;  <i  is  then  com- 
monly elided  and  a  euphonic  Daghesh-forte  inserted  in  the 
Nun,  'I3^'9^"i  for  ^i^lptpj^"' .  The  same  shortening  of  the  (..)  and 
insertion  of  Daghesh  may  occur  in  the  first  person  singular 
and  plural  and  the  second  masculine  singular ;  this,  like  the 
preceding,  takes  place  chiefly  at  the  end  of  clauses. 


§101  VERBS  WITH  surnxEs.  135 

a.  The  Nun  Epenthetic  of  the  future  and  the  Preterite  vowel  of 
union  a,  whicli  is  abbreviated  to  Sh'va  before  T] ,  C3 ,  la,  may  be  rehcs 
of  old  forms  of  the  verb  still  represented  in  the  Arabic,  where  the 
Preterite  ends  in  a,  and  one  mode  of  the  future  has  an  appended  Nun. 
Daghesh-forte  in  the  suffixes  of  the  first  and  second  persons  may  be  ex- 
plained, as  is  usually  done,  by  assuming  the  insertion  and  assimilation  of 
Nun  Epenthetic,  ~\?.'^p.1  for  V(?^:2p';' ;  or  it  may  be  Daghesh-forte  emphatic, 
§24.  6,  and  the  few  cases  in  which  Nun  appears  in  tliese  persons  may  be 
accounted  (or  by  the  resolution  of  Daghesh,  §54.  3,  instead  of  the  Daghesh 
having  arisen  from  the  assimilation  of  Nun,  so  that  Tjab^p';  may  be  for 
^!?^P?  instead  of  the  reverse. 

b.  The  suffixes,  since  they  do  not  in  strictness  form  a  part  of  the  word 
with  which  they  are  connected,  are  more  loosely  attached  to  it  than  the 
pronominal  fragments  which  make  up  the  inflections;  hence  vowels  of 
union  are  employed  with  the  former  which  serve  to  separate  as  well  as 
to  unite.  Hence  too  the  vocal  Sh'va,  inserted  before  the  suffixes  of  the 
second  person,  does  not  so  completely  draw  the  final  consonant  of  the  verb 
to  the  appended  syllable  as  to  detach  it  from  that  to  which  it  formerly  be- 
longed ;  this  latter  becomes,  therefore,  not  a  simple  but  an  intermediate 
syllable,  §20.  2.  A  like  distinction  exists  between  prefixed  prepositions, 
etc.,  and  the  personal  prefixes  of  the  future.  The  latter  form  part  and 
parcel  of  the  word,  while  the  former  preserve  a  measure  of  their  original 
separateness.  Hence  when  they  form  a  new  initial  syllable  by  the  aid  of 
the  first  consonant  of  the  word,  this  is  properly  a  mixed  syllable  after  a 
personal  prefix  but  intermediate  after  a  preposition,  -iris"^  but  3in33, 
§22.  a.  Hence,  too,  a  liability  to  contraction  in  one  case  which  does  not 
exist  in  the  other,  ^'Jl?"]  but  ^'Jl^rib,  Vs")  but  VS33. 

3.  Changes  in  the  body  of  the  verb  : 

Except  in  the  Kal  preterite  those  forms  which  have  per- 
sonal terminations  experience  no  fm'ther  change  from  the 
addition  of  suffixes ;  those  which  are  without  such  termina- 
tions reject  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable  before  suffixes  re- 
quiring a  vowel  of  union  and  shorten  it  before  the  remainder, 
^%:',  ''?^^'9i?^  ^'^)?^  ^??'^)?\  ^r'^I?^;  tut  \  of  the  Hiphll 
species  is  almost  always  preserved,  ^wS^ppn ,  ^iT'^^^. . 

In  the  Kal  imperative  and  infinitive  the  rejection  of  the 
vowel  occasions  the  concurrence  of  two  voweUess  letters  at 
the  beginning  of  the  word,  which  impossible  combination  is 
obviated  by  the  insertion  of  Hhirik  to  form  a  new  syllable ; 
or,  if  the  rejected  vowel  was  Hholem,  by  the  insertion  of 
Kamets  Hhatuph. 


136  ETYMOLOGY.  §102 

In  the  Kal  preterite,  where  Loth  vowels  arc  liable  to  mu- 
tation, a  distinction  is  made  by  rejecting  the  first  before  suf- 
fixes and  the  second  before  personal  inflections  where  this  is 
possible,  e.  g.  bb]^,  ^'j'^2'  ^^'91^  ^^^^t  S^^tpjp,  iVj)?.  Accordingly 
upon  the  reception  of  a  suflix  the  voAvel  of  the  second  rad- 
ical, whether  it  be  a,  c,  or  o,  must  be  restored,  and  if  need 
be  lengthened,  whenever,  in  the  course  of  regular  inflec- 
tion, it  has  been  dropped,  and  the  voavcI  of  the  first  rad- 
ical, wherever  it  remains  in  the  regular  inflection,  nnist  be 
rejected. 

a.  Final  mixed  syllables,  as  shown  in  2  b,  ordinarily  become  interme- 
diate upon  appending  ca,  "3,  rj,  and  consequently  take  a  short  vowel 
notwithstanding  the  following  vocal  Sh'va.  This  is  invariably  the  case 
before  CD  and  "(3,  unless  the  Avord  to  which  they  are  attached  has  a  long 
immutable  vowel  in  the  ultimate  which  is  of  course  incapable  of  being 
shortened;  it  is  also  usually  the  case  before  V],  the  principal  exception,  so 
lar  as  verbal  forms  are  concerned,  being  the  a  and  e  of  the  Kal  preterite, 
a  of  the  Kal  future,  and  i  of  the  Iliphil,  'TjSfJ?  ,  r,5Toa  ,  Ti^nx  ,  r^bj^dx , 
i^snis,  v,'^'''^.^,  but  r,-!33n,  ?]S?3p,  ?)1^s . 

§102.  1.  The  first  and  second  persons  of  the  verb  do 
not  receive  suflixes  of  the  same  person  with  themselves,  for 
when  the  subject  is  at  the  same  time  the  object  of  the  action 
the  Hithpacl  species  is  employed  or  a  reciprocal  pronoun  is 
formed  from  the  noun  tIDSd  soid,  self,  as  ''t"&5  myself.  Suffixes 
of  the  third  person  may,  however,  be  attached  to  the  third 
person  of  verbs,  provided  the  subject  and  object  be  distinct, 

a.  There  is  a  single  example  of  a  verb  in  the  first  person  with  a  suffix 
of  the  first  person,  but  in  this  case  the  pronoun  expresses  the-  indirect 
object  of  the  verb,  ■^sn^'b?.  J  have  made  for  me,  Ezek.  29  :  3.- 

2.  Neuter  verbs  and  passive  species,  wdiose  signification 
does  not  admit  of  a  direct  object,  may  yet  receive  suffixes 
expressive  of  indirect  relations,  such  as  would  be  denoted 
by  the  dative  or  ablative  in  occidental  languages,  "'r^'Q'^  ye 
fasiedfor  me  Zech.  7  :  5,  ''liipsn  Hlou  shall  he  forgotten  by  me. 
Isa.  44  :  21. 


§103  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  137 

3.  The  infinitive  may  Ijc  viewed  as  a  noun,  in  which  case 
its  suffix  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  possessive,  and  represents  the 
subject  of  the  action ;  or  it  may  be  viewed  as  a  verb  when 
its  suffix  represents  the  object,  e.  g.  ''^'^j^  mij  Jiillivfj,  i.  e.  that 
which  1  perform,  '':l?ifiP  killinf)  me.  The  participle  may  also 
receive  the  suffix  either  of  a  vcrl)  or  a  noun,  the  pronoun  in 
either  case  denoting  the  object,  '':i«'"i  seeing  me  Isa.  47  :  10, 
■^l)?;©  hating  me,  ht,  my  haters,  Ps.  35  :  19. 

a.  The  infinitive  with  a  verbal  sufilx  represents  the  subject  in  ''iillllJS 
at  my  reluming^  Ezek.  47  : 7. 

§  103.  The  paradigm  upon  the  next  page  exhibits  certain 
portions  of  the  regular  verb  >"^p  Vvith  all  the  suffixes. 

a.  The  parts  of  the  verb  selected  are  eiifficient  representatives  of  all 
the  rest,  and  by  the  aid  of  the  rules  already  given  will  enable  the  student 
to  determine  any  other  required  form  for  himself.  The  third  person  sin- 
gular of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  which  undergoes  no  change  in  the  body  of 
the  verb,  will  answer  mutatis  mutandis  for  all  the  forms  in  that  species 
ending  with  the  final  radical.  The  third  singular  of  the  Piel  preterite, 
which  suffers  a  change  in  its  last  syllable  only,  will  in  like  manner  answer 
for  all  the  forms  in  that  species  ending  with  the  final  radical.  The  Kal 
preterite  is  given  in  all  the  persons,  both  on  account  of  the  peculiarity 
of  that  tense,  which  suffers  changes  in  both  its  vowels,  and  in  order  to 
exhibit  the  changes  in  the  personal  terminations  which  apply  equally  to 
the  preterites  of  the  other  species.  The  Kal  infinitive  and  imperative 
are  peculiar  in  forming  a  new  initial  syllable  which  echoes  the  rejected 
vowel.  The  third  person  singular  of  the  Kal  future  affords  a  type  of  all 
the  forms  in  that  tense  which  end  with  the  final  radical;  and  the  third 
plural  of  the  same  tense  is  a  type  of  all  the  future  forms  in  this  and  in 
the  other  species  which  have  personal  terminations  appended.  The  par- 
ticiples undergo  the  same  changes  in  receiving  suffixes  with  nouns  of  like 
formation,  and  are  therefore  not  included  in  this  table. 


I'aIIADIGM    01''    'I'lIK     I'kRJ'KCT 


R  I  N  a  11  L  A  n . 

I  ririii.         i3  iiuiHC.         2  fern.         3  laaac.  {\fom. 


Kal  I'liiri'DiirrK. 

Hi  NO.  I!  ■nuiHc.     ^^hu\>      !r(bt)p      'qStij^     T]^x:ip  ^      ^^a\) 

wjhn..  ^pn^tip  '^r^^^ip  =^'^^?^I?  ^'^ri'^^P  /  ^^^^i? 


ii  «/rA.,-.  ^pnbtip  \ ^nribt:p  (    ^nbt:p 

^:nbt:p  \  inbtop  J 

rnbt^p  J 

1  cmn,     ^'ribtDp  Ti'^nbtDp    rnbtip    n^nbtop 

pmii:.  ;:  .v;///.     ^p6tip     ^^btpp     "qfep    ^n^btDp      n^btjp 


^^ibt:p    Tj^:bt:p  ^n^:bt:p     tn^ibiDp 


iNnNiTivi;.         ^btip  ^    *r|'brjp      "qbttp       ibpp        ^nbtpp 

h'lri'inii;. 

riAUi.  a  wa«c.  ^p^^pp:    '?]^bt:p.'^    t|^bt)p;^  ^n^btop;'     n^pp;^ 


I  Ml'KKAI'lVD. 

s.Nd. 'J  ;//vw.    ^pbpp    ^nbpp      nbpp 

l*ii:i,    l'iii;i'i;itri'i;. 

siN.i.  :i /;/rm..     "^pbpp      Tjbpp      rj'br:p       ibtop       nbtap 

I  liniii,  I'lnri  r.iii'i'i:. 

siN.i. !!  viaxc.  ^pb^ppri  ^b^9pM  "^i^'Ppn   ib^ppn    r^b^ppM 

138 


Verbs  with  Suffixes. 


P  LU  K  A  I, , 

1  com.  2  r/w«c.  'Iftm.  Jj  'rn/i^.c.  '•'^ftm. 


'''ir'ii         ^?r-if  'irr^i?  '-frl?  V^J? 


r::;p       cirbi:p       -,irbc:p        rrzzz        -r'5i:p 


•i-rvL,. 

C"vUp 

•-  ^r-ff 

'-'•*'  <•:;,< 

'CZ^Tl^ 

li^f^ 

■-r-;^ 

-^r-?i< 

"if^ 

c^t:p 

♦??E 

•"''*f»?* 

'^^4 

-;™ 

^u— 

^r*?*^ 

^-^ 

'?tP 

I^r"" 

-f  r,f».' 

139 


140  etymology.  §104 

Remarks  on  the  Perfect  Verbs  with  Suffixes. 


PEETEKITE. 


§  104.  a.  There  are  two  examples  of  (  )  as  the  union  vowel  of  the 
preterite,  ''i^,^'^,  Isa.  8:11,  T\ji<'^  Judg.  4:20.  Daghesh-forte  euphonic  is 
sometimes  inserted  in  the  suffix  of  the  first  pers.  sing.,  ''3t!B'^  Ps.  118:  18, 
■■23^  Gen.  30:6. 

b.  The  suffix  of  the  second  masc.  sing,  is  occasionally  T]  ^  in  pause  !  TpXO 
Isa.  55  :  5,  so  with  the  infinitive,  T|'i';t'n  Deut.  28  :  24,  45;  and  a  similar 
form  with  the  future  may  perhaps  be  indicated  by  the  K'thibh  in  Hos.  4:6 
-jXCSas.  §11.  l.a,  where  the  K'ri  has  ^OXOX .  With  xb  and  rib  verbs 
this  form  of  the  suffix  is  of  frequent  occurrence,  !  "3^  Isa.  30:  19,  Jer.  23:37, 
MS"^?"^  Ezelc.  28  :  15.  In  a  few  instances  the  final  a  is  represented  by  the 
vowel  letter  rt,  and  the  suffix  is  written  na,  n^'-i^?^^_  1  Kin.  18:44, 
nsniiDi:!  Prov.  2:  11,  n^^i":;^':  Ps.  145:  10,  n3^:?.;i  Jer. '7:27. 

c.  The  suffix  of  the  second  fem.  sing,  is  commonly  T\^,  'H^T'P  ^^^-  54:6, 
Tl'HNS  Isa.  60  :  9,  except  after  the  third  fem.  sing,  of  the  verb,  when  it  is 
ti..,  Ti^^nN;^  Ruth  4:  15,  Ti^^^Sid  Isa.  47:  10;  sometimes,  especially  in  the 
later  Psalms,  it  has  the  ibrm  "'s  corresponding  to  the  pronoun  "'Pii^  , 
•'D'liStX  Ps.  137  :  6,  "i^VJrrr]  Ps.  103  :  4. 

fZ.  The  suffix  of  the  third  masc.  sing,  is  written  with  the  vowel  letter  M 
instead  of  1  in  nbns  Ex.  32  :  25,  Ti'ij^  Num.  28 :  8,  and  in  some  copies  n'^sx 
1  Sam.  1 :  9,  where  it  would  be  feminine ;  this  form  is  more  Irequently  ap- 
pended to  nouns  than  to  verbs. 

e.  In  a  few  instances  the  n  of  the  third  fem.  suffix  is  not  pointed  with 
Alappik,  and  consequently  represents  a  vowel  instead  of  a  consonant, 
n-i'?2':j  (with  the  accent  on  the  penult  because  followed  by  an  accented 
syllable)  Am.  1  :  11,  so  with  the  infinitive,  rinojri  Ex.  9:  18,  rid^rn  Jer. 
44  :  19,  and  the  future,  irnTjnm  Ex.  2:  3. 

f.  The  suffix  of  the  third  masc.  plur.  receives  a  paragogic  1  once  in  prose, 
irrn'ins  Ex.  23:31,  and  repeatedly  in  poetry,  "iaxb^on,  inilJi'iin  Ex.  15:9; 
once  -1  is  appended,  l^ijpD'i  Ex.  15:5;  Cin  is  used'but  once  as  a  verbal 
suffix,  cn^^^'"^  Deut.  32  :  26. 

g-.  The  suffix  of  the  third  fem.  plur.  "j  is  seldom  used.  'i"^lni''i';i  Isa.  48:7, 
)^.'^^'}  Hab.  2  :  17;  more  frequently  the  masculine  □  is  substituted  for  it, 
c^iiiPip  Gen.  2G :  15,  18,  C^'iJna':'!  Ex.  2:  17,  DlnpN!!:.  1  Sam.  6:  10,  so  Num. 
17 : 3,  4,  Josh.  4 : 8,  2  Kin.  18":  i's,  Hos.  2  :  14,  Prov!  6:21;  *|n  is  never  used 
with  verbs.  When  attached  to  infinitives  a  paragogic  n^  is  sometimes 
added  to  "j,  njxia  Ruth  1 :  19,  Mjnnb  Job  39 :  2. 

h.  Verbs,  which  have  Tsere  for  the  second  vowel  in  the  Kal  preterite,  re- 
tain it  before  suffixes,  ^afiN;  Deut.  7 :  13,  D'Jnb  Lev.  16 : 4,  nxab  Deut. 
24:  3,  itn^S'i';  Job  37:24.  '  'The  only  example  of  a  suffix  appended  to  a 
preterite  whose  second  vowel  is  Hholem,  is  l^'P^S'i  Ps.  13:  5  from  "'npi'', 


§  105  PERFECT   VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  141 

the  Hholcm  being  shortened  to  Kamets  Hliatuph  by  the  sliifting  of  the 
accent.  Tsere  oi"  the  Piel  species  is  mostly  shortened  to  Seghol  before 
V],  CD.  "3,  V]:J?P  Deut.  30:3,  7(:i3p'i  ver.  4,  but  occasionally  to  Hhirik, 
ci^^XX  (the  Methegh  in  most  editions  is  explained  by  §45.  2)  Job  16;  5. 
n-a-2-i-ix  Isa.  23  : 1,  CDr'n;^^  Ex.  31  :  13,  ciaiQ  Isn.  1:15.  Hhirik  of  the 
Hjphi'l  species  is  retained  before  all  suffixes  with  very  few  exceptions, 
!i3ndri  1  Sam.  17:25,  Ps.  65:  10;  in  tyil-:,  Deut.  32:7.  the  verb  has  the 
form  of  the  apocopated  future. 

i.  The  tliird  fcni.  preterite  sometimes  takes  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  in 
its  full  form,  wn^rr,  Prov.  31 :  12.  ^inn^^x^  Ezek.  15 :  5,  so  in  pause  :  wn^HN^ 
1  Sam.  18:28,  ^nnbax  Gen.  37:20,' :  ^nrz^so  Isa.  59:16.  and  sometimes 
contracted  by  the  exclusion  of  n  ,  TO^isr.  1  Sam.  1  :  24,  Wnb'^  Puuh  4  :  15, 
!inr:a  Job  21  :  18.  The  third  fem.  suffix  is  always  contracted,  nn'inx^  Jer. 
49-24    nnpbn  Isa.  34:17.  nr.D^'S  1  Sam.  1:6.     The  suffix  of  the  third 

^^''J  ,1-..  /  T-:i* 

masc.  plural  is  D.,  not  D^,  with  this  person  of  the  verb,  the  accent 
falling  on  the  penult,  cr2;;j  Gen.  31:32,  crxrjTa  Ex.  18:8,  cr^^3  Ps. 
119:129  cnsia  Isa.  47:14.  In  the  intermediate  syllable  before  T^  the 
vowel  is  usually  short  in  this  person.  ~):^'^^'?  Jer.  22:26,  ^fi^^i<^  Ezek. 
28:  18,  though  it  is  sometimes  long,  ^(f^^an  Cant.  8  :5,  as  it  regularly  is  in 
pause  :^ri;3^?  ibid.;  so  before  ''i  and  ^la  of  the  first  person.  ■'?f^^=S<,  Ps. 
69  :  10,  ;  ^:nf<':i'a  Num.  20  :  14. 

j.  The  second  masc.  sing,  preterite  usually  takes  Pattahh  before  "^3  ex- 
cept in  pause,  ^?r.npn  Ps.  139:  1,  rr.nn  Job  7:14,  "^IP^!?^  Ps.  22:2.  It 
takes  the  tiiird  masc.  sing,  suffix  cither  in  its  full  form.  :inn'^23  Ezek. 
43:20,  or  contracted,  "iriSD.N:.  2  Kin.  5:6,  "i^b  Hab.  1:12,  ir'ip_  (accent 
thrown  back  by  §35.  1)  Num.  23  :27,  ^r.tj;_r\,  Ps.  89:  44. 

k.  The  second  fem.  sing,  preterite  assumes  (.),  commonly  without  Yodh, 
§11.  1.  a,  before  suffixes,  and  is  accordingly  indistinguishable  from  the  first 
person  except  by  the  suflix  which  it  receives,  §  102.  1,  or  by  the  connection 
in  which  it  is  found,  ''rnn^'?  Jer.  15:10,  "'in^?^  Cant.  4:9,  ■'sn'^S'n  1  Sam. 
19: 17,  nnnid?3  Ex.  2: 10;  once  it  takes  (J,  ^nnniri  Josh.  2: 18,  and  in  a 
few  instances  the  masculine  form  is  adopted  in  its  stead,  :!i;r)52'rn  Josh. 
2:17,  20,  Cant.  5:9,  «n"i^^  Jer.  2:27  K'ri,  inx^n  2  Sam.  14:'l0.' 

/.  The  plural  endings  of  the  verb  may  be  wn-ittcn  fully  ^  or  defectively 
(.),  thus,  in  the  third  person,  "'J^'i^jO  P.-?-  18:6,  ''^i^t:  Hos.  12:1;  the 
second  "^in'SS  Zech.  7  :  5,  'isn-'^rr;  Num.  20:  5,  21 :  5  ;  and  the  first  !in5-j-]':j 
1  Chron.  13:  3. 


FrTTJEE. 


§105.  a.  The  union  vowel  a  is  sometimes  attached  to  the  future,  thus  "i?., 
^jpsnn  Gen.  19:19,  '^ins;;.  Gen.  29:32,  "X^":  Ex.  33:20,  Num.  22:33, 
^5!:Vn^n  Isa.  56:3.  ^SSabV'job  9:18;  ^3,,  ^^T^.1  Is^-  63:16;  "i  (for  !inj, 
is'^nV  Hos.  8 :  3.  inzbn' Ps.  35:  8,  •s;:?r':  Eccles.4:  12.  "irC";]  1  Sam.  21: 14, 
so 'in  the  K'thibh,  l' Sam.  18:1  iznu-^-i ,  where  the  K'ri  has  ^ininx^T;  Ft^ 
(for  r}  ).  nn-'3'l  Gen.  37:33,  ninnn  2  Chron.  20:7,  t^'i^W^^I  Isa.  26:5; 
D   ,  ncabi  Exr29:30.   cfe^C''   Deut.  7:15.   C-P3   Num.  21:30,  c:/3  Ps. 


142  ETYMOLOGY.  §106 

74:8,.  cb'^rx^  Ps.  118:  10;  )^,  )vvi-^  Ex.  2:  17.  In  1  Kin.  2  :  24  the  K'ri 
has  "'Jt^^tTi"',  while  the  K'thibh  has  the  vowel  letter  "^  representing  the 
ordinary  e,  ■'3"'2iOTi. 

b.  The  suffixes  with  Daghesh  inserted  occur  chiefly  in  pause  ;  thus  "^S.. , 
^Snri-'  Jer.  50  :  44  ;  ^3 . ,  '^:i":=n  Gen.  27 :  19,  !  "^Snr  sn  Job  7  :  14,  9 :  34  ;  ^i: .. 
(ist  phir.),  ^i'^^1  Job  31:15;',",,  M^^jDX  Isa. '43:  5,  ^H!?.^^-  ^^a.  44:2', 
:  ~)^iX  Ps.  30:13;  ^iS..  (3  masc.  sing.),  ^'snirSn,  ;  siSJnnn  Job  7:  18,  tSl^J."! 
Job  41:2  K'ri,  ^i^xri^":  Hos.  12:5;  ns.. ,  'n'2nu:s'n  Ps.'65:10,  or  without 
Daghesli,  n;rib''irn  Judg.  5  :  26,  Obad.  ver.  13  ;  the  unemphatic  form  of  the 
suffix  and  that  with  Daghesh  occur  in  conjunction.  ^^^31::;)  nf^-'QU'^  Isa. 
26:  5.  There  are  a  very  i'ew  examples,  Ibund  only  in  poetry,  of  D  inserted 
between  the  verb  and  the  suffix  without  further  change,  i2p35'^  Ps.  50  :  23, 
KW^^-  J'"''-  22:24,  ^n5;n3^-;i_  Jer.5:22,  :^n:D'i:'i  Ps.  72:  15V=i>"i;'?.2?:  Deut. 
32 ':  "16/  :  in: ^'s/nx^  Ex. '  15 :  2 . 

c.  The  plural  ending  '^l  is  in  a  i'ew  instances  found  before  suffixes,  chiefly 
in  pause,  i;2N;npi ,  i::'irid'i ,  •.•^::^^^'^  Prov.  1:28,  !r,:!in3C'i  Ps.  63:4, 
r^J^iN-va-:  Ps.  9i:i2,  rij'^nnd'i  Isa.' 60:  7,  10,  jsins-.^r^  Jer.  '5:22,  ', r\:Ai<:i^_'^ 
Jer.  2:24;  twice  it  has  the  union  vowel  a,  ■':i!iS3'3n  Job  19:2,  iiisS-i 
Prov.  5 :  22. 

d.  When  the  second  vowel  of  the  Kal  future  is  0,  it  is  rejected  before 
suffixes  requiring  a  union  vowel,  compound  ShVa  being  occasionally  sub- 
stituted ibr  it  in  the  place  of  simple,  S"i&N  Hos.  10:10.  liEnn;]  Num. 
35:20,  :nnaN  Isa.  27:3,  ''^ti'^^,1  Isa.  62 :  2"  tigf.'^"?  Ezek.  35  :"6, '  nrariDX 
Jer.  31  :  33  ;  once  the  vowel  remains,  but  is  changed  to  Shurek.  !  D"i!ii3ilJn 
Prov.  14:  3;  a,  on  the  other  hand,  is  retained  as  a  pretonic  vowel,  §64.  2, 
"ijirab"!  Job  29:14,  cfcab^  Ex.  29:30,  njij-ia^x  Cant.  5:3,  *i?^3iri  Gen. 
19:19.  Hliolem  is  shortened  before  ?],  D3,  '|D ,  though  the  vowel  letter 
T  is  occasionally  written  in  the  K'thibh,  ^"ii^J*  Jer.  1 :  5. 

e.  The  following  are  examples  of  feminine  plurals  with  suffixes:  2  fern, 
plur.  '^SN-in  Cant.  1:  6,  Sfem.  plur.  ''2rit-nn  Job  19:  15,  T(n3in  Jer.  2:  19. 
The  masculine  form  is  sometimes  eubstUuted  for  the  feminine,  limifN';' , 
n^^^v!'^  Cant.  6:9. 

INFINITIVE    AND    IMPEEATITE. 

§  106  a.  Kal  Infinitive.  Before  V] ,  C3 ,  "ja ,  Hholem  is  shortened  to  Ka- 
mets  Hhatuph,  Ti^SwS;  Gen.  2:  17,  ?i-]rs)  (Methegh  by  §45.  2-)  Obad.  ver. 
11,  CDbzx^  Gen.  3:5,  CD-i72i<  Mai.  1:7.  Pattahh  remains  in  the  single 
example,  CSIJn  Isa.  30  :  18  ;  sometimes  the  vowel  of  the  second  radical 
is  rejected  before  these  as  it  is  before  the  other  suffixes,  and  a  short 
vowel  given  to  the  first  radical,  commonly  Kamets  Hhatuph,  ^"1^^  Deut. 
29:11,  riV.^d  2  Kin.  22:19,  C='i:;3  Deut.  27:4,  once  Kibbuts", '  ci"!::]:? 
Lev.  23:  22,'  sometimes  Hhirik,  niad  Gen.  19:  33.  35  but  "iisu:  Ruth  3:'4; 
"irjb  Zech.  3:1,  i^Ei  2  Sam.  l:io,  innQ  Neh.  8:5,  and  occasionally 
Pattahh,  ?j?.p"!  Ezek.  25  :  6.  In  the  feminine  form  of  the  infinitive,  as  in 
nouns,  the  old  feminine  ending  n  is  substituted  for  i^,  "inrTOU  Isa.  30: 19, 
inrsrn  Hos.  7  :  4.  The  Niphal  infinitive  retains  its  pretonic  Kamets  before 
suffixes,  n="irtn  Ezek.  21 :  29. 


§  107  IMPERFECT   VERBS.  143 

b.  Kal  Imperative.  The  first  radical  commonly  receives  Kamets  Hhatuph 
upon  the  rejection  of  Hholem,  ''3"!3J,  "'?'7.h'3  Jer.  15  :  15,  but  occasionally  it 
takes  Hhirik,  H'^S?  (with  Daghesh-lbrte  eupiionic)  Prov.  4:  13. 


Imperfect  Verbs. 

^107.  Imperfect  verbs  depart  more  or  less  from  tlie 
standard  already  given,  as  tlie  nature  of  their  radicals  may 
require.     They  are  of  three  classes,  viz. : 

I.  Guttural  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a  guttural  letter 
in  the  root. 

II.  Contracted  verbs,  two  of  whose  radicals  are  in  cer- 
tain cases  contracted  into  one. 

III.  Quiescent  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a  quiescent  or 
vowel  letter  in  the  root. 

These  classes  may  again  be  subdivided  according  to  the 
particular  radical  afPected.  Thus  there  are  three  kinds  of 
guttural  verbs : 

1.  Pe  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  a 
Sfuttural. 

2.  Ayin  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  second  radical  is 
a  guttural. 

3.  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  third  radical 
is  a  guttural. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  contracted  verbs  : 

1 .  Pc  Nun  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  Nun, 
and  is  liable  to  be  contracted  by  assimilation  with  the  second. 

2.  Ayin  doubled  verbs,  or  those  whose  second  and  third 
radicals  are  ahke,  and  are  hable  to  be  contracted  into  one. 

There  are  four  kinds  of  quiescent  verbs  : 

1.  Pe  Yodh  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  Yodh. 


144  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  108,   109 

2.  Ay  in  Vav  and  Ay  in  Yodli  verbs,  or  those  whose 
second  radical  is  Vav  or  Yodh. 

3.  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs,  or  those  whose  third  radical  is 
Aleph. 

4.  Lamedh  He  verbs,  or  those  in  which  He  takes  the 
place  of  the  third  radical. 

The  guttural  differ  from  the  perfect  verbs  in  the  vowels 
only  ;  the  first  division  of  the  contracted  verbs  differ  only  in 
the  consonants  ;  the  quiescent  and  the  second  division  of  the 
contracted  verbs  differ  from  the  perfect  verbs  in  both  vowels 
and  consonants. 

a.  The  third  class  of  imperfect  verbs  may  either  be  regarded  as  hav- 
ing a  quiescent  letter  in  the  root,  which  in  certain  forms  is  changed  into 
a  vowel,  or  as  having  a  vowel  in  the  root,  which  in  certain  forms  is 
changed  into  a  quiescent  letter.  As  the  settlement  of  this  question  is 
purely  a  matter  of  theory,  the  usual  name  of  quiescent  verbs  has  been 
retained  as  sufficiently  descriptive. 

h.  The  origin  of  these  various  technical  names  for  the  different  kinds 
of  imperfect  verbs  is  explained  §  76.  3. 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

§108.  Gutturals  have  the  four  fohowing  peculiarities, 
§60,  viz.  : 

1 .  They  often  cause  a  preceding  or  accompanying  vowel 
to  be  converted  into  Pattahh. 

2.  They  receive  Pattahh  furtive  at  the  end.  of  a  word 
after  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  or  before  a  vowelless  final 
consonant. 

3.  They  take  compound  in  preference  to  simple  Sh'va. 

4.  They  are  incapable  of  being  doubled,  and  conse- 
quently do  not  receive  Daghesh-forte. 

§109.  Pe  guttural  verbs  are  affected  by  these  peculiari- 
ties as  follows,  viz.  : 


^109  PE    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  145 

1.  The  Hhirik  of  the  preformatives  is  changed  to  Pat- 
tahh  before  the  guttural  in  the  Kal  future,  if  the  second 
vowel  be  Hholem,  'W^.  for  "liir;^ ;  but  if  the  second  radical 
has  Pattahh  this  change  does  not  occur,  because  it  would 
occasion  a  repetition  of  the  same  voAvel  in  successive  sylla- 
bles, §G3.  1. 15.  In  the  Kal  future  ^/f,  therefore,  in  the  Niphal 
preterite  and  participle,  where  the  voAvel  of  the  second  sylla- 
ble is  likewise  a,  and  in  the  Hiphil  preterite,  where  t  is 
characteristic  and  therefore  less  subject  to  change,  Hhirik  is 
compounded  with  Pattahh,  or,  in  other  words,  is  changed  to 
the  diphthongal  Seghol,  pin^;: ,  l)2'j^ ,  ^^)2|n  .  Seghol  accom- 
panying 2^  of  the  first  person  singular  of  tlie  Kal  futm^e, 
§60.  1.  a  (5),  and  Kamets  Ilhatuph,  characteristic  of  the 
Hophal  species,  suffer  no  change.  The  same  is  true  of 
Hholem  in  the  first  syllable  of  the  Kal  participle,  Hhirik  of 
the  Piel  preterite,  and  Kibbuts  of  the  Piial  species,  for  the 
double  reason  that  these  vowels  are  characteristic  of  those 
forms,  and  that  their  position  after  the  guttural  renders  them 
less  liable  to  mutation,  §  GO.  1.  a  (2) ;  the  second  reason  ap- 
plies likewise  to  the  Hhirik  of  the  feminine  singular  and 
masculine  plural  of  the  Kal  imperative,  which,  as  the  briefest 
of  the  short  vowels,  is  besides  best  adapted  to  the  quick  ut- 
terance of  a  command,  ''^'aS' ,  ^^^9^  . 

2.  As  the  guttural  does  not  stand  at  the  end  of  the  word, 
there  is  no  occasion  for  applying  the  rule  respecting  Pattahh 
furtive ;  this  consequently  does  not  appear  except  in  '^ri''' ,, 
apocopated  future  of  rnn ,  and  in  one  other  doubtful  exam- 
ple, §114. 

3.  Wherever  the  first  radical  should  receive  simple  Sh'va 
the  guttural  takes  compound  Sh'va  instead ;  this,  if  there  be 
no  reason  for  preferring  another,  and  especially  if  it  be  pre- 
ceded by  the  vowel  Pattahh,  will  be  Hhatepli  Pattahh,  whose 
sound  is  most  consonant  with  that  of  the  gutturals ;  this  is 
the  case  in  the  Kal  second  plural  preterite,  construct  infini- 
tive, future  and  imperative  with  Hholem,  and  in  the  Hiphil,, 

10 


146  ETYMOLOGY.  §  1 1 0 

infinitives,  future,  imperative,  and  participle,  crn^:? ,  ^^-^ . 
If,  however,  the  guttural  he  preceded  hy  another  vowel  tlian 
Pattahh  the  compound  Sli'va  will  generally  be  conformed  to 
it ;  thus,  after  Seghol  it  becomes  Hhateph  Seghol  as  in  the 
Kal  future  and  imperative  u,  the  Niphal  preterite  and  par- 
ticiple, and  the  Iliphil  preterite,  piri,%  "'^"^"-X},  and  after 
Kamets  lihatuph  it  becomes  Hhateph  Kamets  as  in  the 
Hophal  species,  ^''2>n.  If  this  compound  Sh'va  in  the 
course  of  inflection  comes  to  be  followed  by  a  vowelless 
letter,  it  is  changed  to  the  corresponding  short  vowxl,  ^  Gl.  1, 
thus,  (.)  becomes  (.)  in  the  second  feminine  singular  and  the 
second  and  third  masculine  plural  of  the  Kal  future ;  (J  Ije- 
comes  (..)  in  the  third  feminine  singular  and  the  third  plural 
of  the  Xiphal  preterite ;  and  (J  becomes  (J  in  the  corres- 
ponding persons  of  the  preterite  and  future  Hophal,  ''^''9??) , 

a.  The  simple  Sli'va  following  a  short  vowel  thus  formed,  remains 
vocal  as  in  the  corresponding  forms  of  the  perfect  verb,  the  new  syllable 
being  not  mixed  but  intermediate,  and  hence  a  succeeding  aspirate  will 
retain  its  aspiration,  thus  ^"i^"^  yaam^dhu.  not  1~5:?^  yaamdu,  §22.  a. 
In  like  manner  the  Kal  imperative  has  "''7^3.  in^?  not  '''^^5,  *i^a3,  show- 
ing that  even  in  the  perfect  verb  "'rlrp,  liZip  were  pronounced  kit'li, 
kWiu,  not  killl,  killu. 

4.  The  reduplication  of  the  first  radical  being  impossible 
in  the  infinitive,  future  and  imperative  Xiphal,  the  preceding 
vowel,  which  now  stands  in  a  simple  syllable,  is  lengthened 
in  consequence  from  Hhirik  to  Tsere,  §  GO.  4,  1*^:?n  for  "i^^n. 
§110.  1.  The  verb  "i^V  to  stand,  whose  inflections  are  shoAvn 
in  the  following  paradigm,  may  serve  as  a  representative  of 
Pe  guttural  verbs.  The  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael  are  omit- 
ted, as  they  present  no  deviation  from  the  regular  verbs. 
The  Niphal  of  Tbr'  is  not  in  use,  but  is  here  formed  from 
analogy  for  the  sake  of  giving  completeness  to  the  paradigm. 


p 

VRADIGM    OF 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

1 

KAL. 

XIPIIAL. 

UIPIIIL. 

IIOPIIAJ-. 

Peet,  3  m. 

—  T 

1  -••f,f. 

"''zpr} 

"wTI 

3/ 

T     ;  ;T 

1  ~'Z"Z 

T       •  v:  iv 

t  1  1  »^i 1 

2  m. 

r  :    ~  T 

r''2^z 

i-  "T^r^." 

r--:"- 

2/. 

^7'=< 

^''^■}. 

rrz^n 

\e. 

T"'=? 

"Ty'l"'. 

"F"^"-"~ 

Tr'Z^i 

.  :    —  t:  rr 

Plur.  3  c. 

^"23^ 

^r'2,71^ 

•i~"T«i^'n 

•1    .._^»   1 

2  m. 

cfit;? 

UTTT^Z 

cr-rr- 

nrT^z-Ti 

2/ 

"i~~'s? 

1^7^5 

"ip— — ^'n 

"Fi~'^^'n 

\e. 

^'-T=< 

^-T=".?. 

^'-Ts-?.V! 

''•"■""f  ~ 

IXFIX.  J-J^oZ. 

1  .'.»/ 

r   ," 

""^•Tj 

T^I-Ti 

Ccwwfr. 

^a^ 

•■  T    1- 

•  -:  1- 

—  i:  rr 

FcT.  3  w. 

1  '^^ 

1   0^ 
■•   T  '• 

1     a.' 

1  ai*'  ' 

3/ 

-izvr. 

1   a^i'  : 

•■  r  .— 

-""-^'Fi 

"=^.^;' 

2  7W. 

'"^-.^J 

•■   T     ,** 

""r?^ 

TZ"r\ 

—  t;  tT 

2/ 

■-•;rrn 

■"'.i^r 

"~"'r?^' 

•     :    r   rr 

Ic. 

"^?^? 

"";?^^< 

"=^'*$ 

P?«r.  3  Wi 

:  —1- 

:  ;T'* 

^m"'^^" 

•"'^ 

3/ 

r  :        -:  1- 

T   :      "  T    !•• 

T'Z'Tzyjr] 

r;:7";;;r! 

2  TO. 

..  _.  1- 

:  T  rr 

2/ 

T  ;         -:  I- 

r  :    •■  r  1- 

T'lZ^'ZyTj 

-:'-z"r\ 

r  :    —  t:  rr 

Ic. 

'1272 

~"/ZyZ 
•  —.1- 

Impee.  2  m. 

-rr 

Iw^t    1 

2/. 

'""^•? 

^"^'Z^T") 

.    »«'l  1 

wanting 

PZwr,  2  TO. 

•i~/— • 

"~^"~ 

'<  1    _>«  1 

2/ 

1  i-T^^n 

r  :    ••  -:  r- 

Paet.  ^c(. 

■^t'^  • 

-"zrz 

Pa*». 

T 

T  V^V 

r  r.  a- 

147 


148 


ETYMOLOGY.  §  1 1 1 


2.  The  Kal  imperative  and  future  of  those  verbs  which 
have  Pattahh  in  the  second  syhable  may  be  represented  by 
PIT}  to  he  strong. 

Impeuative. 

Singular.  Plural, 

masc.  fern.  masc.  fern. 

pin  ^PJV  ^PJ^  nJpTM 

Future. 

3  masc.  Sfem.  2  masc.  2  fern.  1  corn. 

Sing.  pVr^_  plLi^  PlU^  ^plVi^         plT:)^. 

PLim.      ^Pi^^.    •^^pio^      ^pJ05    •^jpi'j^     piup. 

3.  Certain  verbs,  whose  first  radical  is  K ,  receive  Hholem 
in  the  first  syllable  of  the  Kal  future  after  the  following, 
which  is  distinctively  called  the  Pe  Aleph  (Sfi's)  mode. 

Future  of  Pe  Aleph  Verbs. 

2  masc.  2 /em.  1  com. 

—  •    :         I  - 

:       I  T  :  -  :         I  t  :  -  - 

Pive  verbs  uniformly  adopt  this  mode  of  inflection,  viz.  : 
inx  to  perish,  fi^  to  he  loillwg,  bisj  to  cat,  ^^'^.to  say,  nsx 
to  bake ;  a  few  others  indifferently  follow  this-  or  the  ordinary 
Pe  guttural  mode,  snsj:  to  tove,  vnx  to  take  hold,  vjox  to 
gather. 

Remarks  on  Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

§  111.  1.  The  preformative  of  the  Kal  future  a  has  (J  in  one  instance, 
^blnl  Ezek.  23  :  5.  That  of  the  Kal  future  o  has  („)  in  ^^rr^._.  Prov.  10 :  3, 
!:]U5n^^.  Ps.  29  :  9.    Three  verbs  with  future  o,  B^ri ,  Dnn ,  ^nn  have  Pat- 


3  masc. 

3/f?«. 

Sing. 

%^ 

bii^rn 

Plue. 

65wS^ 

riDbivsn 

§111  REMARKS    ON    PE    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  149 

talih  in  the  first  syllable  when  the  Hliolem  appears,  but  Scgliol  in  those 
forms  in  which  the  Hholem  is  dropped.  Oi^n.'i',  Job  12  ;  14.  ^D^"^^.  2  Kin. 
3:25  but  ib'^n::  Ex.  19:21,  24;  so  with  suffixes,  ''^^^t^,^  Ps!  141:5, 
nb-ini  Isa.  22:  19,  -innrna  Isa.  53:2.    nsn  lias  ii-isni  but  nsn-i. 

2.  a.  If  the  first  radical  be  X,  which  has  a  strong  preference  for  the 
diphthongal  vowels,  §60.  1.  a  (5),  the  prefcrmative  takes  Seghol  in  most 
verbs  in  the  Kal  future,  whether  a  or  o,  pbx^  ,  Tibx;^ ,  "^.'NPi,  iHxPi  as  well 
as  y^X],  tjix;^,  ^i5<f;i,  Cl^Nf] ;  in  a  {g\n  witii  future  a.  §110.  3,  it  takes  the 
other  compound  vowel  Hholem  when  to  complete  the  diphthongal  charac- 
ter of  the  word  the  (.)  of  the  second  syllable  usually  becomes  (  )  in  pause, 
and  in  a  few  instances  without  a  pause  accent,  ^25<'',  1~.><'' ,  ^''r-'^'^ '  ''^^"'i 
and  in  two  verbs  it  becomes  (  .)  after  Vav  conversive,  "i'?^'] ,  ^nx'l . 

6.  As  K  is  always  quiescent  after  Hholem  in  this  latter  form  of  the 
future,  §57.  2.  (2)  a,  Pe  Aleph  verbs  might  be  classed  among  quiescent 
verbs,  and  this  is  in  fact  done  by  some  grammarians.  But  as  K  has  the 
double  character  of  a  guttural  and  a  quiescent  in  different  forms  sprung 
from  the  same  root,  and  as  its  quiescence  is  confined  almost  entirely  to  a 
single  tense  of  a  single  species,  it  seems  better  to  avoid  sundering  what 
really  belongs  together,  by  considering  the  Pe  Aleph  as  a  variety  of  the 
Pe  guttural  verbs.  In  a  few  instances  X  gives  up  its  consonantal  charac- 
ter after  (..)  which  is  then  lengthened  to  (_),  i^rxn  Mic.  4 :  S.  When 
thus  quiescent  after  either  Tsere  or  Hholem,  N  is  always  omitted  in  the 
first  person  singular  after  the  preformative  S,  "nx  Gen.  32:5  for  ~ni<X, 
-nx  Prov.  8:  17  for  -f^XX,  bix  Gen.  24:33  for  ii=NX ,  and  occasionally 
in  other  persons,  iBTn'^Jer.  2:36  for  ""IsTxr) ;  so  Kn;)  Deut.  33:21,  sih 
Prov.  1:10,  Cibh  Ps.'  104:29,  sin^n  2  Sain.  19:14,  Tnril  2  Sam.  20 : 9, 
^nsh^  1  Sam.  28  :24  ;  in  a  few  instances  the  vowel  letter  1  is  substituted 
for  it,  •1?=i;'  Ezek.  42 :  5  fur  ^p=n;',  niix  Neh.  2  :  7,  Ps.  42:  10. 

c.  A  like  quiescence  or  omission  of  X  occurs  in  ^^X^l  Num.  11 :25  Hi. 
fut.  for  ^ix^l,  b-^sn  Ezek.  21  :  33  Hi.  inf  for  ^-^i-Ni^,'  rix  Job  32  :  11  Hi. 
fut.  for 'pTwS^x,  "I'^Tia  Prov.  17:4  Hi.  part,  for  'j^ix^',  §53.  2.  a,  >13B^  Job 
35:  11  Pi.  part,  for  ^3D^xri ,  §53.  3,  •':nTn  2  Sam.  22:  40  Pi.  fut.  for  "^itixn, 
I'M  1  Sam.  15  :  5  Hi.  iut!  for  2-iN^^;i ,  ii^rn  Isa.  21  :  14  Hi.  pret.  for  ^^rx^i, 
\r\1  Isa.  13:  20  Pi.  fut.  for  -nx": ,  and  after  prefixes  nrx^  for  ^^xb  ,  the 
Kal  infinitive  of  "i?DX  with  the  preposition  b,  ?i"i2NT  Ezek.  28:  16  Pi.  fut. 
with  Vav  conversive  for  rjiaxNl  .  it^^'ni  Zech.  11 :  5  Hi.  fut.  with  Vav 
conjunctive  for  "'ii^X'),  ninsicn  Eccles.  4:14  Kal  pass.  part,  with  the 
article  for  cnioxn. 

d.  The  diphthongal  Hholem  is  further  assumed  by  Pe  Aleph  roors 
once  in  the  Niphal  preterite,  ^mxj  Num.  32  :  30  for  ^inxD  ,  and  five  times 
in  the  Hiphil  future,  'rrri)H  Jer.  46  :  8  for  nn^i.xx  ,  b'iix  Hos.  11:4  for 
is-'ixx.  nnsix  Neh.  13:'l3  for  nn'^SS^X ,  i:i<'l^  1  Sam.  14:24  abbreviated 
from  nb'x'T  for  i^]?N;.^:! .  ">"''']  2Sam.  20:5  K'ri  for  inx* i . 

e.  X  draws  the  vowel  to  itself  from  the  preformative  in  ^nnxri  Prov. 
1:22  Kal  fut.  for  ^iliqxn  in  pause  *i=i^xn  Zech.  8:  17,  Ps.  I  :  3,  §60.  3.  c. 
Some  so  explain  wBrsn  Job  20:26,   regarding  it  as  a   Kal   future  for 


150  ETYMOLOGY.  §112 

!in^2i<n  with  the  vowel  attracted  to  the  tt  from  the  preformative  ;  it  is 
simpler,  however,  to  regard  it  as  a  Piial  future  with  Kamets  Hhatuph  in- 
stead of  Kibbuts,  as  C^sn  Nah.  2:4,  ^C;^^.1  ^^-  94:20. 

3.  a.  Kamets  Hhatuph  for  the  most  part  remains  in  the  Kal  infinitive 
and  imperative  with  suffixes,  as  <n"r^j  M'^!?  ? '''!'^?  j  being  rarely  changed 
to  Pattahh,  as  in  ^n^::n  Prov.  20:  16,  or  Seghol,  as  "HEDX  Num.  11  :  IG, 
ni"iy  Job  33 :  5.  In  the  inflected  imperative  Seghol  occurs  once  instead 
of  Hhirik,  ""'QilJn  Isa.  47:  2,  and  Kamets  Hhatuph  twice  in  compensation 
for  the  omitted  Hholem,  "^Tb^  Zeph.  3:14  but  ^T>S  Ps.  68:5,  ilinn  Jer. 
2:12  but  li"in  Jer.  50:27,  though  the  o  sound  is  once  retained  in  the 
compound  Sh'va  of  a  pausal  form,  '^3^"  Isa.  44:27.  Ewald  explains 
D-iayn  Ex.  20  :  5,  23  :  24,  Deut.  5  :  9,  and^Cins'J  Deut.  13  :  3  as  Kal  futures, 
the  excluded  Hholem  giving  character  to  the  preceding  vowels;  the  forms, 
however,  are  properly  Hophal  futures,  and  there  is  no  reason  why  the 
words  may  not  be  translated  accordingly  be  induced  to  serve.  In  a  few  Kal 
infinitives  with  a  feminine  termination  n  has  (.  ),  •^''^n  Ezek.  16:5. 
insTsn  Hos.  7:4. 

h.  In  a  very  ^q,\v  instances  Pattahh  is  found  in  the  first  syllable  of  the 
Niphal  and  of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  "J'nS'.i  Ps.  89 :  8,  nn^nn  Judg.  8  :  19. 

§112.  1.  The  guttural  invariably  receives  compound  Sh'va  in  place  of 
simple,  where  this  is  vocal  in  the  perfect  verb ;  and  as  in  these  cases  it 
stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  Avord,  it  is  more  at  liberty  to  follow  its  na- 
tive preferences,  and  therefore  usually  takes  (..).  In  nn^'^ii  2  plur.  pret., 
rii''<']  inf,  <i];li  imper.  of  tr^in ,  the  initial  n  has  (.)  under  the  influence  of 
the  following  "^ ;  N  receives  (..)  in  the  second  plural  of  the  Kal  preterite, 
and  in  the  feminine  and  plural  of  the  passive  participle,  finnrx.,  cnbsx, 
d'^6!i::x ,  but  commonly  (...)  in  the  imperative  and  infinitive,  §60.  3.  6,  bb'x 
imper.,  Wx  and  bi;x^  inf,  ihx  and  thx.  inf,  yss  imper.,  ^72X  inf.  and 
imper.  (but  "T^Nln  Job  34 :  IS  with  H.  interrogative),  'p'i'^^,  tp'S.  (with  n^ 
paragogic  HSGx),  and  in  a  very  few  instances  the  longvowel  (..).  §60.  3.  c, 
!|SN  Ex.  16:  23  for  ^lEN,  si'^rx  Isa.  21  :  12. 

2.  Where  the  first  radical  in  perfect  verbs  stands  after  a  short  vowel 
and  completes  its  syllable,  the  guttural  does  the  same,  but  mostly  admits 
an  echo  of  the  preceding  vowel  after  it,  inclining  it  likewise  to  begin  the 
syllable  which  follows.  In  the  intermediate  syllable  thus  formed,  §20.  2, 
the  vowel  remains  short,  only  being  modified  agreeably  to  the  rules 
already  given  by  the  proximity  of  the  guttural,  which  itself  receives  the 
corresponding  Hhateph.  The  succession  is,  therefore,  usually  (_.  _),  (...  ..)  or 
(,.  ).  In  a  very  few  instances  this  correspondence  is  neglected;  thus,  in 
T,bnri  3  fem.  fut.  of  X\?i]  to  go  (comp.  pn^l^  from  pns  to  laugli)  the  Hhirik 
of  the  preformative  remains  and  the  guttural  takes  Hhateph  Pattahh ;  in 
nb'yrt  (once,  viz.,  Hab.  1 :  15  for  ti^sn)  and  f^^?.'n  Hiphil  and  Hophal 
preterites  of  n^y  ^o  ^o  ?(p,  and  !n'^i?'7.  (once,  viz..  Josh,  7:7  lor  lrin2?t]i) 
Hi.  pret.  of  nn^  to  pass  over,  the  guttural  is  entirely  transferred  to  the 
second  syllable,  and  the  preceding  vowel  is  lengthened.  The  forms  niilnb  , 
'^iir'i!'  1  ^'6'''!'^''! !  '^T'"!,?  fi'o"^  '^T^)  '0  te,  and  n|;Ji|^  from  n^n  to  Z/i-fi, are  pecu- 
liar in  having  simple  vocal  Sh'va. 


§112  REMARKS    ON    TE    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  151 

3.  Wlicre  (.J  or  (_  )  are  proper  to  the  form  these  are  frequently 
changed  to  (..)  or  (.^^.)  upon  the  prolongation  of  the  word  or  the  removal 
of  its  accent  forward.  Thus,  in  the  Kal  future,  TiOX;]  2  Kin.  5 :  3.  iiEpx"! 
Ex.  4  :  29,  ""itrDii^  Ps.  27  :  10,  ''DDxn  Josh.  2  :  IS  ;  ^:i'^x;]  Isa.  59:  5^  "^roWn 
Judg,  16:13;  the  Niphal,  D^rp.  i  Kin.  10:3,  nMb^j"  Nah.  3 :  11.  D'rbr'j 
Ps.  26:4;  and  especially  in  tiie  Hiphil  preterite  with  Vav  convcrsive. 
n-iSNn  Job  14:19,  tn'isxni  Deut.  7:24,  cn-i:xn;i  Deut.  0:3  (comp. 
cn5=xn  Ps.  SO:  6),  "^n-j^xni  Lev.  23:30;  "'n-VNnV  'isa.  49:26;  "'npinn 
Neil.  5:16,  '^npinni  Ezek.' 30  :  25;  rj-'ri-inrn' lsa.'43:  23,  ^ptn-rrrri')"  Jer. 
17:4;  ^xn  Deut.  1:45,  n37xn^  Ex.  15:26,  "^nrinnn  Jer.  49:'37;  after 
Vav  conjunctive,  however,  the  vowels  remain  unchanged,  "^npinni  1  Sam. 
17:35,  "'niJinnni  Ps.  50:21.  The  change  from  (,„  ^.)  to  (..,j'  after  Vav 
conversive  occurs  once  in  the  third  person  of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  ""iTXIni 
Ps.  77:  2,  but  is  not  usual,  e.  g.  rp■il±t^;l  .  .  .  'i"i"'';.?fl'i  Lev.  27:  S.  There 
is  one  instance  of  (...)  instead  of(..  ^_)in  the  Hiphil  infinitive,  "pTnn 
Jer.  31:32. 

4.  A  vowel  which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va  in  consequence  of  the  rejec- 
tion of  the  vowel  of  a  following  consonant,  will  be  dropped  in  guttural  as 
in  perfect  verbs  upon  the  latter  vowel  being  restored  by  a  pause  accent, 

5.  Sometimes  the  silent  Sh'va  of  the  perfect  verb  is  retained  by  the 
guttural  instead  of  being  replaced  by  a  compound  Sh'va  or  a.  subsidiary 
vowel  which  has  arisen  from  it.  This  is  most  frequent  in  the  Kal  future, 
though  it  occurs  likewise  in  the  Kal  infinitive  after  inseparable  preposi- 
tions, in  the  Niphal  preterite  and  participle,  in  the  Hiphil  species,  and 
also  though  rarely  in  the  Hophal.  There  are  examples  of  it  with  all  the 
gutturals,  though  these  are  most  numerous  in  the  case  of  n,  which  is  the 
strongest  of  that  class  of  letters.  In  the  majority  of  roots  and  forms  there 
is  a  fixed  or  at  least  a  prevailing  usage  in  favour  either  of  the  simple  or 
of  the  compound  Sh'va;  in  some,  however,  the  use  of  one  or  the  other  ap- 
pears to  be  discretionary. 

a.  The  following  verbs  always  take  simple  Sh'va  under  the  first  radical 
in  the  species,  Avhose  initial  letters  are  annexed  to  the  root,  viz. : 

CTX  Hi.  to  be  red.  bnn  K.  Hi.  to  he  vain.  ^in  K.  to  gird. 

"itix  Ni.  Hi.  to  be  illus-  n:n  K.  Hi.  to  meditate,  h'^n  K.    (not    Ho.)     to 

trioits.  v'l'jrt  K.  to  thrust.                          cease. 

C-jx  Hi.  to  dose.  "inn  K.  Ni.  to  honour.  -:;n  K.  to  cut. 

*-\l2i<  K.  to  shut.  n;rj  K.  Ni. /o  6e.  ''^^^  K-    ("ot    Hi.)     to 

vjHx  K.  to  learn.  *"'?^  K.toinjure,ii>ound.               live. 

12X  K.  to  gird  on.  N^n  Ni.  Hi.Ho.  fo/a'Je.  cdh  K.  111.  to  he  wise. 

fiis  K.  Ni.  (not  Hi.)  '^zn  K.  to  heat  off.          *'c^r\  K.  meaning  doubt- 

to  he  guilty,  "i^n  W\. to  join  together.              ful. 

*  a7ra|  XeySfievov. 


152  ETYMOLOGY.  §    112 

ibrt  K.  Ni.  to  desire.  ^Efi  K,  (u  dig.                 <ti:j  K.  to  put  on  as  an 

irn  K.  to  spare.  "iBO  K.  Hi.  to  blush.                    ornament. 

can  K.  Ni.  to    do  vio-    t'sn  K.  Ni.  to  search.       ^j'-i'J  Hito gather  imich. 

lence  to.  -^n  K.  (not  Hi.) /o/ie?f.  "i^:^  N\.  to  be  wanting. 

yatn  K.  to  be  leavened,  fp^^  K-  Ni.   ?o  invesli-   "^zv  K.  Ni.  ^o  trouble. 

"lin  K.  to  ferment.  gate.                        h'D^  Hi.  /o  ie  presiimp- 
Tjin  K.  /o  dedicate.         *  j'^n  K.  /o  tremble.                        iuous. 

bon  K.  /o  devour.  rinn  K.  to  i'a/i-e  j^p.          ti."~^'  K.  Ni.  to  pervert. 

ccn  K.  to  muzzle.  T)^n  Ni.  to  be  destined,    ^i"-"^"  K.  Fli.  to  ^i7A,e. 

■l6n  K.  Hi.  to  lack.  bnn  Uo.tobe sivaddled.'^t.rv  Ni.  to  ie  6wr«i  7<jt>. 

nsn  Ni.  to  coye?\  Drn  K.  Ni.  Hi.  to  seaZ.    pr^'  K.    Hi.    to    be  re- 
Tsn  K.  Ni.  to  be  panic-  rinn  K.  to  se/x^e.                            moved. 

struck.  "nn  K.  to  break  through.  ^irV  K.  Ni.  Hi.    to   e?2- 

■j^sn  K.  to  delight.  r-ii'   K.  to  tore,  (Zoto.                      /rea^. 

&.  Tlie  following  are  used  with  both  simple   and  compound  Sh'va,  either 
in  the  same  Ibrm  or  in  ditierent  forms,  viz. : 

-DX  to  bind.  non  to  trust.  riii^  to  icear. 

TjEri  to  turn.  "^n  to  withhold.  ^iy  to  encircle. 

"tin  to  take  in  pledge.     r]i"n  to  uncover.  ti'J  to  conceal. 

dnn  to  bind.  j.ijn  to  think.  "iri^  to  shut -up,  restrain. 

p]n  to  ie  strong.  fii^'n  to  6e  cZar/c.  -jrS  to  supplant. 

nbn  to  be  sick.  '^'Z'J  to  pass  over.  yis  to  smoke. 

pbn  to  divide.  "ij^  to  7ie/p.  "ii^'iy  to  6e  r/c/i. 

c.  The  following  have  simple  Sh'va  only  in  the  passages  or  parts  al- 
leged, but  elsewhere  always  compound  Sh'va,  viz. : 

rns  2  Chr.  19  :  2,  Pr.  15  :  9,  to  love.     nAn  Ezek.  26 :  IS,  to  tremble. 

Its  Ps.  65  :  7,  to  g-ZrcZ.  irrn  Hi.  part,  to  &e  silent. 

fiDS  Ps.  47  :  10.  to  gather.  rrn  Jer.  49  :  37,  to  6e  dismayed. 
Ti^n  Ps.  109  :  23,  to  g-o.  ni:?  Eccl.  5  :  S,  to  serre. 

cyn  Job  39  :  4,  Jer.  29 :  8,  to  dream.      I'i'J  Jer.  15  :  17,  Ps.  149 : 5,  and 

?]bn  Job  20  :  24,  to  change,  pierce.  "j'^^'  Ps.  5  :  12,  to  e.vidt. 

AH  other  Pe  guttural  verbs,  if  they  occur  in  forms  requiring  a  Sh'va 
under  the  first  radical,  have  invariably  compound  Sh'va. 

The  use  or  disuse  of  simple  Sh'va  is  so  uniform  and  pervading  in  cer- 
tain verbs,  that  it  must  in  all  probability  be  traced  to  the  fixed  usage  of 
actual  speech.  This  need  not  be  so  in  all  cases,  however,  as  in  other  and 
less  common  words  its  occurrence  or  non-occurrence  may  be  fortuitous; 
additional  examples  might  have  been  pointed  differently. 

*  a7ra|  KfySfieyoy.  f  Except  Ps.  44 :  22. 


^113-116  AYIN    UUTTUllAL    VERBS.  153 

§113.  1.  The  Hliirik  of  the  prefix  is  in  the  Niphal  future,  imperative 
and  participle,  almost  invariably  lengthened  to  Tsere  upon  the  omissiqn 
of  Daghesh-fortc  in  the  first  radical,  "iDn;.,  "lis^,  Isa.  23  :  IS,  a::n';  (the  re- 
trocession of  the  accent  by  §35.1)  Isa.  28:27,  pbn;^  Job  38:24,  y^m 
Nam.  32 :  17,  p3n^5  ^  Sam.  17  :  23.  which  is  in  one  instance  expressed  by 
the  vowel  letter  "^ ,  <^Ci"^r]  Ex.  25  :  31.  The  only  exception  is  ^"i^?  (two 
accents  explained  by  §42.  a)  Ezek.  26:15  for  J'^firiS  ,  where  the  vowel 
remains  short  as  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  only  being  changed  to 
Seghol  before  the  guttural  as  in  the  Niphal  and  Hiphil  preterites.  Ac- 
cording to  some  copies,  which  differ  in  this  from  tlie  received  text,  the 
vowel  likewise  remains  siiort  in  n;SN  Job  19:7,  "inirrn  Ezek.  43:18, 
Cp^nsi  1  Chron.  24:3,  ri'Jra  Lam.V:'"ll. 

2.  The  initial  n  of  the  Hiphil  infinitive  is,  as  in  perfect  verbs,  rarely 
rejected  after  prefixed  prepositions,  as  ppnb  Jcr.  37: 12  for  '!:''pr:'.\y^,  ,  ii"'bnh 
Eccles.  5:5,  -''i"b  2  Sam.  19:19,  '^"b  ijeut.  26:12,  -lirrs  Noh.  10:39, 
~iiT"b  2  Sam.  IS  :  3  K'thibh  ;  and  still  more  rarely  that  of  the  Niphal  infin- 
itive, ?1J^V5  Lam.  2: 11  for  Clirna,  snna  Ezek.  26  :  15. 

§114.  The  letter  1  resembles  the  other  gutturals  in  not  admitting 
Daghesh-forte,  and  in  requiring  the  previous  vowel  to  be  lengthened  in- 
stead, c^"^;;l  Jon.  1:5,  ^35"*i  Ps.  106:25.  In  other  cases,  however,  it 
causes  no  change  in  an  antecedent  Hhirik,  Cl^n^  Deut.  19 :  6,  tj"";  2  Sam. 
7:10,  r!^2"jri  Ps.  66:12,  except  in  certain  forms  of  the  verb  nxi  in  see, 
viz.,  N"i^T  Kal  future  with  Vav  conversive,  shortened  from  fixi";!,  nififn 
which  alternates  with  !^X"irt  as  Hiphil  preterite,  and  once  with  Vav  con- 
versive preterite.  '^n'^X-iri^.  Nah.  3:5.  It  is  in  two  instances  preceded  by 
Hhirik  in  the  Hiphil  infinitive,  r^'^H)  '""pn  Jer.  50:  34.  In  the  Hophal 
species  the  participles  fl^i^  Isa.  14:6,  P^t"^^  Lev.  6:  14  take  Kibbuts  in 
the  first  syllable,  but  nxn .  hb-\  have  the  ordinary  Kamets  Hhatuph. 
Resh  always  retains  the  simple  Sli'va  of  perfect  verbs  whether  silent  or 
vocal,  rpn  Gen.  44  : 4,  "'i^iS'i-i  Ps.  129  :  86,  except  in  one  instance,  7)^^;^ 
Ps.  7  : 6.  where  it  appears  to  receive  Pattahh  furtive  contrary  to  the  ordi- 
nary rule  Avhich  restricts  it  to  the  end  of  the  word,  §00.  2.  a. 

§115.  The  verb  b^x  reduplicates  its  last  instead  of  its  second  radical 
in  the  Pual,  bH^N ;  -,rn  reduplicates  its  last  syllable,  l^w-jT^n  Lam.  2  :  11, 
§92.  a.  '^r.^^'jn  Hos.  11:3  has  the  appearance  of  a  Hiphil  preterite  with 
ri  prefixed  instead  of  n. 

brn  is  a  secondary  root,  based  upon  the  Hiphil  of  b^n.     See  ""'J  verbs. 
For  the  peculiar  forms  of  r,Di<  and  T\^r\  see  the  "2  verbs,  ^6^  and  Tir ;  • 


Ayin  GuTTurwVL  Verbs. 

§>11G.  Ayin  guttural  verbs,  or  those  wliicli  have  a  gut- 
tural for  their  second  radical,  arc  affected  by  the  peculiarities 
of  these  letters,  §108,  in  the  following  manner,  viz.  : 


154  ETYMOLOGY.  §117 

1.  The  influence  of  the  guttural  upon  a  following  vowel 
being  comparatively  slight,  this  latter  is  only  converted  into 
Pattahh  in  the  future  and  imperative  Kal,  and  the  feminine 
plural  of  the  future  and  imperative  Niphal,  Piel,  and  Hith- 
pael,  where  the  like  change  sometimes  occurs  even  Avithout 
the  presence  of  a  guttural,  ^i?^?  for  bsr^^ ;  ra'pi^lir^  for  M?ri?5ri . 

2.  No  forms  occur  which  could  give  rise  to  Pattahh 
furtive. 

3.  When  the  second  radical  should  receive  simple  Sh'va, 
it  takes  Ilhateph  Pattahh  instead  as  the  compound  Sh'va 
best  suited  to  its  nature ;  and  to  this  the  new  vowel,  formed 
from  Sh'va  in  the  feminine  singular  and  masculine  plural  of 
the  Kal  imperative,  is  assimilated,  ^'?i!«5  for  "1^X5  . 

4.  Dagliesh-forte  is  always  omitted  from  the  second  radi- 
cal in  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael,  in  which  case  the  preceding 
vowel  may  either  remain  short  as  in  an  intermediate  syllable, 
or  Hhirik  may  be  lengthened  to  Tsere,  Pattahh  to  Kamets, 
and  Kibbuts  to  Hholem,  §00.4,  ins ,  bh . 

§117.  The  inflections  of  Ayin  guttural  verbs  may  be 
shown  by  the  example  of  H'a ,  which  in  some  species  means 
to  redeem,  and  in  others  to  2JoUute.  The  Hiphil  and  Hophal 
are  omitted,  as  the  former  agrees  precisely  with  that  of  per- 
fect verbs,  and  the  latter  differs  only  in  the  substitution  of 
compound  for  simple  Sh'va  in  a  manner  sufficiently  illus- 
trated by  the  foregoing  species. 

a.  The  Pual  infinitive  is  omitted  from  the  paradigm  as  it  is  of  rare 
occurrence,  and  there  is  no  example  of  it  in  this  class  of  verbs.  As  the 
absolute  infinitive  Piel  mostly  gives  up  its  distinctive  form  and  adopts  that 
of  the  construct,  §92.  cZ,  it  is  printed  with  Tsere  in  this  and  the  following 
paradigms. 


Paradigm 

OF  Ayin 

Guttural  Verbs 

KAL. 

XIPIIAL. 

PIEL. 

PUAL. 

lUTIIPAEL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

bs5 

bvi^f? 

b^^r? 

bi^b 

bi^ssnr! 

3/. 

nbS3 

T  ~:iT 

5^b!^"'? 

^bv^B 

nbi53 

ribv^^-^nr; 

2  m. 

T  :   —  r 

nbi^ro 

J^biSr. 

nbj^b 

nbs^-irn 

T  :  —  T    :    • 

2/ 

5^b.Sj 

^^b^?:o 

rbvss 

pb.sb 

nbi^^nr; 

\c. 

^K})^^ 

Tb^^^*? 

T'^ii??!' 

TibJib 

T^^^^r^n 

Plur.  3  c. 

^b.^^3 

-:iT 

^b^J;:v 

^b^5 

^^ 

^b^srri 

2  m. 

dnb.sri 

t^J^bsro 

c:rib^B 

nr;b!^b 

Dnbi^srn 

2/. 

^b.^ri 

i^r^f? 

l^b.^B 

"i^bbib 

•nbj5r«nn 

1  c. 

:  — T 

^jbj^ro 

^4^^? 

^^b^i'ii 

^:b!!^^rr; 

Infix.  Ahsol. 

bij53 

^i^i(»  j 

bj^r. 

••  T 

Constr 

bj<r. 

b^?r> 

bksr^ri 

FuT.  3  ?«. 

b^.-r 

*•  T  • 

b^^r 

"  T  ; 

bk:.^ 

3/ 

b!J?Jt^ 

b^5•in 

•*  T      • 

b.s."n 

••  T    : 

bi<:.ri 

bsS^nn 

2  m. 

b.^:>n 

bl^SFl 

bJ5:.n 

*■  T    ; 

bj<:n 

bkr^rr. 

2/ 

^p.s::»n 

"'b^^ri 

^bj^^ri 

^bsbn 

^b.sBnn 

Ic. 

b^35$ 

bx5^5 
..  ^ ... 

b5^:^5 

b^?3^^5 

bi^r't?^? 

PZi«\  3  m. 

^b.N;:: 

^bsstr 

^bssjro 

^b^sr 

^bi^r^n;^ 

3/. 

mb^^r^n 

HDb^^-tn 

T  ;   —  r    • 

njb^:<n 

T  :  — T    : 

nibvSjn 

"bv^srn 

2  ?». 

6!s;:»ri 

^byi^n 

•'bis;:ri 

^b.sbn 

^b^s^r^s^ 

2/ 

Mjb.s^n 

M:b^5!.n 

T  ;    —  T    • 

r;:b^5:n 

nrbi^bn 

r  :  — T    :    • 

1  c. 

b.<5:o 

••  T  • 

bs^ro 

bk;o 

••  T    ;  • 

Imper.  2  7?!. 

bJ^B 

bsksn 

bx!i 

••  T 

bkr^nn 

■•  T    ;     • 

2/. 

^bss5S 

'1^^^' 

wanting 

^bs:nr: 

PZi^r.  2  OT. 

^^^^2 

^b.s^ri 

-:iT 

^^^^^rr* 

2/. 

^wb^s 

T  :  —  T    • 

r;:bs3 

r  ;  — T 

rijbjiBriti 

T  ;  —  T    :    • 

Part.  Act. 

bj!<b 

b^rrj 

"  T   : 

b.s^n-j 

Pass. 

T 

b^^ro 

T      : 

155 


156  ETYMOLOGY.  §118,119 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Guttural  Verbs. 

§118.  1.  If  tlie  second  radical  is  ^,  llie  Kal  future  and  imperative 
commonly  have  Hholem;  but  the  i'ollowing  take  Pattahh.  Tj"!'^  io  belong^ 
-"n  to  be  dried  or  desulale,  1~n  to  tremble,  tltin  to  reproach,  to  winter^ 
ynn  to  sharpen,  2'n_:j  to  be  sweet,  -"ijD  to  come  near,  V^p^  to  cover ;  v)'b^  to 
tear  in  pieces,  has  either  Hholem  or  Pattahh  ;  UJnn  to  plough  has  fut.  o, 
to  be  silent  has  fut.  a. 

2.  With  any  other  guttural  for  the  second  radical  the  Kal  future  and 
imperative  have  Pattahh ;  only  Cfi;  in  roar,  and  cnn  to  lore,  have  Hho- 
lem ;  ci"T  to  curse,  bya  to  trespass,  and  bs'Q  to  do,  have  either  Pattahh 
or  Hholem;  the  future  of  THX  to  grasp,  is  ihs;^  or  inxi. 

3.  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate  is  as  in  perfect  verbs  commonly  prolonged 
to  Kamets  before  suffixes,  where  Hholem  would  be  rejected,  <7?f7X  Prov. 
4:6,  crJnd^  2  Kin.  10  :  U,  cprirx  2  Sam.  22:43,  "'i^P.^a  isaV45:ll, 
■i3tf7^,::  GeV.  29:32. 

4.  The  feminine  plurals  of  the  Niphal  and  Piel  futures  have  Pattahh 
with  the  second  radical  whether  this  be  "i  or  another  guttural.  tiDbtian 
Ezek.7:27,  njanian  Prov.6:27,  n::nnn  Ezek.  16:6,  it^JSi^jn  Hos.'4:13, 
but  Tsere  occasionally  in  pause,  rtDnnon  Jer.  9  :  17. 

§119.  1.  With  these  exceptions  the  vowel  accompanying  the  guttural 
is  the  same  as  in  the  perfect  verb;  thus  the  Kal  preterite  viid.  c  !  2nx 
Gen.  27  :  9,  ?i:nns:  Deut.  15  :  16;  infinitive  pn  1  Sam.  7  :  S,  iznci  Jer.  15:3' 
with  Makkephi  "nns  1  Kin.  5:20;  Nipharinfinitive,  ^n)ri  Ex.  17:10, 
with  suffixes,  ?;?^:i^n  2  Chron.  16:  7,  8,  with  prefixed  3,  onbD  Judg.  11  :25, 
bis!r3  1  Sam.  20  :  6,  28,  and  once  anomalously  with  prefixed  X,  i:J^"x  Ezek. 
14:  3  (a  like  substitution  of  N  for  n  occurring  once  in  the  Hiphil  preterite, 
:  iFibxsx  Isa.  63:3);  future  cn^^  Ex.  14:14,  Avith  Vav  conversive, 
;  Ox-q'^]  '  Job  7 :  5,  bn;?^.^  Ex.  32  :l',  ph^i  Judg.  6:34,  in^Fii  Ex.  9:15, 
■j'n^riT  Num.  22:25.  or  with  the  accent  on  the  penult,  cn^'^'l  Ex.  17:8, 
D^;i:ril  Gen.  41:8;  imperative,  Cn^ri  1  Sam.  18:17,  or  with  the  accent 
thrown  back,  l-iQn  Gen.  13:9;  Hiphil  infinitive,  ^'Xwrt  1  Sam.  27:12, 
pn-in  Gen.  21:  16,  ti7.n^n  Deut.  7:2,  apocoimted  future,  Drn^  ,1  Sam. 
2:10,  bhp::  1  Kin.  8:1  (in  the  parallel  passage.  2  Chron..5  :'2,  h^f^P.I), 
rn'rn  Deut.  9:26,  nns^  Ps.  12:  4,  with  Vav  conversive,  &S2*]  1  Kin.  22  :5i, 
nnsNJ  Zech.  11:8;  imperative,  n'npn  Ex.  28  : 1,  with  Makkeph,  "7}^"}^]  Ps. 
81  :  li,  ~PV.i1  2  Sam.  20  :  4,  "bnpn  Deut.  4  ;  10,  with  a  pause  accent  the 
last  vowel  sometimes  becomes  Pattahh,  pnnn  Job  13:  21,  :  l^'rn  Ps.69:24, 
though  not  always,  i'npfn  Lev.  8  :  3.  Hophal  infinitive,  ^nnri  2  Kin.  3: 23. 
Tsere  is  commonly  retained  in  the  last  syllable  of  the  Piel  and  Hithpael, 
which  upon  the  retroce.ssion  or  loss  of  the  accent  is  shortened  to  SeghoJ, 
tro  Lev.  5  :  22,  tno-^_  Hos.  9  :  2,  pn^h  Gen.  39  :  14,  "pnbb  Ps.  104  :  26, 
wl-in-^  74 :  10,  ntiai'^y  Gen.  39  :  4,  csBntn",  Dan.  2  : 1,  ':^^yT^  2  Kin.  18  :  23, 
and  occasionally  before  suffixes  to  Hhirik,  t3i:i"iQ  Isa.  1:15,  t^ins^^T:  (fern, 
form  for  ?jn^s:??3,  §61.  5)1  Sam.  16:  15  but  cn^nnb   Isa.  30:  18,  nsnn^a 


^120,121     REMARKS    ON    AYIN    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  157 

Ezek.  5  :  16;  in  a  few  instances,  however,  as  in  the  perfect  verb,  Pattahh 
is  taken  instead,  thus  in  the  preterite,  ::nb  Mai.  3:  19,  rn-  Ps.  103:13, 
pnn  Isa.  6:12,  t'^X  Deut.  20  : 7,  Tj^a  Gen.  24  :  1  (rp3  rarely  occurs  ex- 
cept in  pause),  'w"^iQ  Isa.  25:11,  and  more  rarely  still  in  the  imperative, 
2-i;5  Ezek.  37  :  17.  and  future  :i":rr":  Prov.  14 :  10.  ^i^l^r}^ ,  ibxjr-^  Dan.  1 :  8. 

2.  ^K"^,  which  has  Kamets  in  pause,  ^^^  •  '''"JJ'^'j  but  most  commonly 
Tsere  before  suffixes,  ^"■«^.">i,  '^3"?N'r.  exliilifts  the  peculiar  forms,  npbs'j 
1  Sam.  12:13,  !  rnbs-d' l' Sam.  l':  20,  sin^rss'j  Judg.  13:6,  Wrpxin 
1  Sam.  1 :  28. 

3.  Kamets  Hhatuj)h  sometimes  remains  before  the  guttural  in  the  Kal 
imperative  and  infinitive  with  suffixes  or  appended  fi ,  C^nx  IIos.  9:  10, 
r,5N:'  Ruth  3:  13,  COX^  Am.  2:4,  ==CX^  (by  §61.  1)  IsaV^b :  12,  C=.="^5 
Deut.  20  :  2  (the  alternate  form  being  cs'i'i'ia  Josh.  22 :  16),  nirin  Ex.  30 :'  18, 
nj^n"!  Ezek.  8:6.  and  sometimes  is  changed  to  Pattahh,  T\p.".^  Isa.  57:  13, 
C^rV  Ezek.  20:27,  frjr.'j  Hos.  5  :  2,  n:^ri s  Deut.  10:15,  nri^  Jer- 31 :  12, 
or  with  simple  Sh'va  under  the  guttural,  r,M"a  Ps.  68:8,  iirT  2  Chron. 
26:19.  In  nirj  Num.  23:7,  Kamets  Hliatuph  is  lengthened  to  Hholem 
in  the  simple  syllable.  Once  the  paragogic  imperative  takes  the  form 
nbx':;  Isa.  7:  11,  comp.  f^nb'p,  "rra   Dan.  9  :  19.  nxsn  Ps.  41  :  5. 

4.  Hhirik  of  the  inflected  Kal  imperative  is  retained  before  "i,  'r,~3 
Jo.sh.  9:  6.  and  once  before  n.  Hn^  Job  6:  22;  Avhen  the  first  radical  is  X 
it  becomes  Seghol,  ^inx  Ps.  31  :  24.  'liriH  Cant.  2:  15  ;  in  other  cases  it 
is  changed  to  Pattahh,  ■■"^i::".^.  Isa.  14:31,  '^prT.  Judg.  10:14. 

§120.  1.  The  compound  Sh'va  after  Kamets  Hhatuph  is  (^.),  after 
Seghol  ( .).  in  other  cases  (..).  as  is  sufficiently  shown  by  the  examples 
already  adduced.  Exceptions  are  rare,  "^i^ix  Ruth  3:15,  ■''in'in  Ezek. 
16:  33.  'i";p.xn'?  y'lha'rehu  Isa.  44: 13. 

2.  The  letter  before  the  guttural  receives  compound  Sh'va  in  ~ns';i 
Gen.  21:  G;  in  "KiTSJ  Ezek.  9:8,  this  leads  to  the  prolongation  of  the 
preceding  vowel  and  its  expression  by  the  voAvel  letter  x,  §11.  \.  a.  This 
latter  form,  though  without  an  exact  parallel,  is  thus  susceptible  of  ready 
explanation,  and  there  is  no  need  of  resorting  to  the  hypothesis  of  an  error 
in  the  text  or  a  confusion  of  two  distinct  readings.  "i<'^'3  and  "X'i'X  . 

3.  Resh  commonly  receives  simple  Sh'va.  though  it  ha.s  compound  in 
some  forms  of  T|~2,  e.  g.  '^Tl^n  Num.  6:  23.  "i^T.s  Gen.  27:27. 

§121.  1.  Upon  the  omission  of  Daghesh-forte  from  the  second  radical 
the  previous  vowel  is  always  lengthened  before  1,  almost  always  before 
X,  and  prevailingly  belbre  3,  but  rarely  before  n  or  n.  The  previous 
vowel  remains  short  in  nya  to  terrify,  0^3  to  provoke.,  137^  to  he  few,  ~?3 
to  shake,  and  p?^  to  cry.  It  is  sometimes  lengthened,  though  not  always, 
in  ~iX3  to  make  plain,  t]X3  to  commit  adultery,  yX3  to  despise,  "S3  to  re- 
ject, bx"r  to  ask;  "i~3  to  consume,  "i>b  to  sueep  away  by  a  tempest,  3rpi  to 
abhor ;  bns  to  affright,  Mn3  to  be  dim,  bnj  to  lead.  It  is  also  lengthened 
in  r^np  to  be  dull,  which  only  occurs  Eccl.  10:  10.     The  only  instances  of 


158  ETYMOLOGY.  §  122, 123 

the  prolongation  of  the  vowel  before  n  are  crib  Pi.  inf.  Judg.  5 :  S.  "na  Pu. 
pret.  Ezei<.  21:  18,  >in^  Pu.  pret.  Ps.36:  13,  "^ni^n'inn  Job  9:  30,  the  first  two 
of  which  may,  however,  be  regarded  as  nouns.  Daghesh-lbrte  is  retained 
and  the  vowel  consequently  remains  short  in  MS  Ezck.  16:4.  : 'IN"!  Job 
33:21,unless  the  point  in  the  latter  example  is  to  be  regarded  asMappik,  §26. 

2.  When  not  lengthened,  Hhirik  of  the  Piel  preterite  commonly  re- 
mains unaltered  before  the  guttural,  ^"ins  Job  15:18,  ^nnb  Jer.  12:10, 

though  it  is  in  two  instances  changed  to  Seghol,  ^"if^X  Judg.  5:  28.  "'rnini 
Ps.  51:7.  ...-.•         o  -    .  :  -...:,•.. 

3.  When  under  the  influence  of  a  pause  accent  the  guttural  receives 
Kamets,  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  converted  to  Seghol,  §63. 1.  a,  "'nrriili 
Ezek.  5:  13,  cnjn"  Num.  23:  19,  :!inn-jn  Num.  8:7. 

§122.  1.  ')3?.^  and  )ii<^  are  Piel  forms  with  the  third  radical  redupli- 
cated in  place  of  the  second  ;  ^H'^'^^  doubles  the  second  syllable  ;  and  ^Zfi.X 
"-fi  Hos.  4 :  18,  is  by  the  ablest  Hebraists  regarded  as  one  word,  the  last 
two  radicals  being  reduplicated  together  with  the  personal  ending,  §92.  a. 

2.  Vy:J  and  ^b'o  have  two  forms  of  the  Piel,  cnd  and  lii^'^,  "ii;o  and 
lib,  §92.  b.;  and  era  two  forms  of  the  Hithpael,  ^ics^an';' ,  ^crJn^  Jer. 
46:7,8;  :  fxsa  Isa.  52:5.  follows  the  analogy  of  the  latter;  yni^  Eccl. 
12:  5,  is  sometimes  derived  from  'j'XJ  to  despise,  as  if  it  were  for  'J'"'!!*?^  ; 
such  a  form  would  however  be  unexampled.  The  vowels  show  it  to  be 
the  Hiphil  future  of  "^13  or  rather  ys^  lo  flourish  or  blossom,  the  5<  being 
inserted  as  a  vowel  letter,  §11.  1.  a.  ^'5<.j3  Isa.  59:3,  Lam.  4:  14  is  a 
Niphal  formed  upon  the  basis  of  a  Pual,  §83.  c.  (2).  TTi-inn  Ezra  10:  16 
is  an  anomalous  infinitive  from  lii'^'n ,  which  some  regard  as  Kal,  others 
as  Piel. 


Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 

§123.  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a 
guttural  for  their  third  radical,  are  affected  by  the  peculiari- 
ties of  these  letters,  §  108,  in  the  following  manner,  viz.  : 

1 .  The  vowel  preceding  the  third  radical  becomes  Pat- 
tahh in  the  future  and  imperative  Kal,  and  in  the  feminine 
pku'als  of  the  future  and  imperative  Piel,  Hiphil,  and  Hith- 
pael, n^^^ 

2.  Tsere  preceding  the  third  radical,  as  in  the  Piel  and 
Hithpael  and  in  some  forms  of  the  other  species,  may  either 
be  changed  to  Pattahh  or  retained ;  in  the  latter  case  the 
guttural  takes  Pattahh-furtive,  §17,  after  the  long  heteroge- 
neous vowel,  e.  g.  n'iTi?!'  or  n?t?'' . 


§124  LAMEDH    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  159 

3.  Ilhirik  of  the  Hiphil  species,  Hholem  of  tlie  Kal  and 
Niplial  infinitives,  and  Sliurek  of  the  Kal  passive  participle, 
suffer  no  change  before  the  final  guttural,  which  receives  a 
Pattahh-furtive,  n^Srn  ,  ri'^w  . 

4.  The  guttural  retains  the  simple  Sh'va  of  the  perfect 
verb  before  all  afFormativcs  beginning  with  a  consonant, 
thougli  compound  Sh'va  is  substituted  for  it  before  suffixes, 
which  are  less  closely  attached  to  the  verb,  J^n^ffl ,  ^'H^/^ . 

5.  AVhen,  however,  a  personal  afformativc  consists  of  a 
single  vowelless  letter,  as  in  the  second  feminine  singular  of 
the  preterite,  the  guttural  receives  a  Pattahh-furtive  to  aid  in 
its  pronunciation  without  sundering  it  from  the  affixed  ter- 
mination, rinS-i^  . 

a.  Some  grammarians  regard  this  as  a  Pattahh  inserted  between  the 
guttural  and  the  final  vowelless  consonant  by  §61.  2,  and  accordingly  pro- 
nounce onHid  shulahhnt  instead  of  shala°hht.  But  as  these  verbs  do 
not  sutler  even  a  compound  Sh'va  to  be  inserted  before  the  affixed  per- 
sonal termination,  it  is  scarcely  probable  that  a  full  vowel  would  be  ad- 
mitted. And  the  Daghesh-lene  in  the  final  Tav  and  the  Sh'va  under  it 
show  that  the  preceding  vowel  sign  is  not  Pattahh  but  Pattahh-furtive, 
§  17.  a. 

G.  There  is  no  occasion  in  these  verbs  for  the  application 
of  the  rule  requiring  the  omission  of  Daghesh-forte  from  the 
gutturals. 

§  1 24.  The  inflections  of  Lameclh  guttural  verbs  may  be 
represented  by  nri)  to  send.  The  Pual  and  Hophal,  which 
agree  with  perfect  verbs  except  in  the  Pattahh-furtive  of  the 
second  feminine  preterite  and  of  the  absolute  infinitive,  are 
omitted  from  the  paradigm.  The  Hithpael  of  this  verb  does 
not  occur,  but  is  here  formed  from  analogy,  the  initial  sib- 
ilant being  transposed  with  fi  of  the  prefix,  according  to 
P2.  5. 

a.  Instead  of  the  Niphal  infinitive  obsolute  with  prefixed  n,  which 
does  not  happen  to  occur  in  any  verb  of  this  class,  the  alternate  form  with 
prefixed  3,  §91.  &,  is  given  in  the  paradigm,  rs^tz  being  in  actual  use. 


Paradigm  of  Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 


KAL.  NIPHAL.  PIEL.  HIPHIL.  DITHPAEL. 


Peet.  3  m.  nS'iiJ  M^'ipp  n3lI3  Tpy-i^T}  n^Fiolil 

3/.  nnbi!)  (irib'i'p  tii^V^  HM''pii3n  nu>ra;n 

2  TO.  nnb"::  nnb'iD  nM^oJ  r.nb'irn  nn'^n-iDM 

T-:"T  t;-:'  r;--  t;-;'  t:--:' 

2/.  r~'?"^  i^r^b"^'?  r"?'^  ^"?"^"  T"'?^"^'" 

1  c.  ViMpuJ  ^rinS'iJp  'nn'id  Tnb'cn  ■  TinVnisn 
p^M?-.  3  c.  'Hro  ^inb'^^p  ^inVd  "rr^'tt}  ^inbri'^rri 

2  m..  cnnb"j  dnrib-u^p  Qrir^V^  ^^r^boin  Dr-nbri'irn 
2/  "iD"^'^  l^~b'^"?  l^D"'?'^  '^"b'i'n  "pinbn'u^r) 
1  c.  rjr^t  ^:nb^^3  ^jhVj  ^inSirn  tnbpxr; 


iotin.  ^5s(j?.     nibd        nb 'it;        liy^       ub'dn       

Constr.  nbo;  nbilSn  nSoJ         n^b'^Tn         Mbn'tDtl 


FcT.  3  m.  nbp;'  nb^>a;  hVlJ-  u^^'^'!  ^'^a-. 

3/  nb'ivi  nb'^n  npTri  ij^boin  nbri-uipi 

2  m.  nbi2"n  r^yw}  nj^n  n^b'^n  nbrnirri 

2/  '^nb^ri  'rib^^n  'fiH'^  "n-b-aJn  "nbriajn 

\c.  nb'd.s  rb^^^  r:bt\N5  M^b'^i^  ^bn-^sj? 

Fiur.svi.  ^.fib'i??  ^'^b'^;'  ^inb»r";^  ^"^b"^^  ^'thbni^^ 

3/  n:r-ib-i:ri  n:nb'^ri  M;nb^ijri  n.r^b-^r'ri  n^Mbnzn 

2w.  ^,nb"i:n  ^ifib?^  ^nrin  ^rr^bdn  ^.fibn-i-n 

2/  njnb'iin  ninb'^ri  njnb'iD'n  Mjnbian  nrnbn^in 

1  c.  nS'^2  nbt^^  nb-::D  n^b'^j:  hbrrij: 


imper.  2«2.        nbcj      nb^n        nbo?       nb"^rn      nbri^rri 
p?2ir.  2  7H.       ^nb'jj     ^nb'^L^n       ^nb-j:    ^ri^b-^rn    ^inbrrcr; 


Part.  ^c^.  tjb^  nb'iD-J        fj"b'i?'J         5jb^^'-? 

Pass.      mbii:       nbu:D 


160 


§125,120     llEMARKS    ON    LAMEDII    GUTTURAL  VERBS.         101 


Hemarks  on  Lamedii  Guttural  Verbs. 

§125.  1.  The  KnI  llitiiro  niid  inipenitive  liave  Pattahh  witliout  exception  ; 
in  one  instance  the  K'tliibh  inserts  1.  mbcx  Jer.  5  :  7,  where  tlie  K'ri  is 
"n^px .  Tlie  vowel  a  is  retained  before  suffixes,  remaining  short  in  cr:i2 
Arn.  9:1,  but  usually  lengthened  to  Kamets,  f^^^i'j:?^'?  2  Chron.  21:17, 
■'JS^'J  Gen.  23:11.  In  the  paragogic  imperative  a  may  be  retained. 
nnb'o  ,  nr^a'ii  Dan.  9:  19,  or  rejected,  and  Hhirik  given  to  the  first  radical. 
'r^V■c•^  Job  32  :  10,  nnba  Gen.  43  :  8.  Hhirik  appears  in  nn:n  Gen.  25  :  31. 
but  verbs  whose  last  radical  is  l  commonly  take  Kamets  Hhatuph  like 
perfect  verbs  both  before  paragogic  n^,  and  suffixes,  "rTiTsd  1  Chron. 
29  :  IS,  cnc;^  Prov.  3  :  3. 

2.  Tlie  Kal  infinitive  construct  mostly  has  o,  ij'?::^  Jon.  2:1,  :  ^''isb 
Num.  17:28,  — tS3.  Isa.  54:9,  rarely  a.  n^'J  Isa.  58:9,  S'lJ  Num.  20:3, 
?|nir?3  1  Sam.  15:1.  With  a  fcniinine  ending,  the  first  syllable  takes 
Kamets  Hhatuph,  "^f^-?  Zeph.  3:11;  so  sometimes  before  suffixes,  in2T 
2  Sam.  15:12.  ''V-C'b  Neh.  1:4,  crrrb  .Tosh.  6:5,  but  more  commonly 
Hhirik.  trp3  Am.'l':  13,  ir-'s  Num.'  35  M9,  inns  Neh.  S  :  .5,  rarely  Pat- 
tahh, -y'l.y!l  Ezek.  25:6. 

3.  Mo.'rt  verbs  with  final  "i  liave  Hholcm  in  the  Kal  future  and  impera- 
tive. But  such  as  have  middle  c  in  the  preterite  take  Pattahh,  §82.  1.  a; 
and  in  addition  the  following,  viz. :  ~::X  to  shut,  ^^x  to  say,  nnn  to  honour. 
n"n  to  grow  pale,  ^W  to  shake,  "iCi'  to  be  rich,  ^nS  to  entreat,  "lUS  to  slip 
away,  "i^Q  to  press,  ^sd  to  drink  or  be  drunken.  The  following  have 
Pattahh  or  Hholem,  "i]5  to  decree,  "i^J  to  voiv,  "ikp^  fut.  o,  to  reap,  fut.  a. 
to  be  short. 

§  126.  1.  Tsere  is  almost  always  changed  to  Pattahh  before  the  guttural 
in  the  preterite,  infinitive  construct,  future  and  imperative;  but  it  is  re- 
tained aii^l  Pattahh-furtive  given  to  the  guttural  in  pause,  and  in  the  in- 
finitive absolute  and  participle  which  partake  of  the  character  of  nouns 
and  prefer  lengthened  forms.  Thus,  Niphal :  infin.  constr.,  "'^"i'n  Estlu 
2  :  8,  n-Dn  Isa.  51  :  14,  future,  nst"-]  Ps.  9  :  19,  !  ^'I^n';'  Job  17  :  3^  impera- 
tive, even  in  pause,  nixn.  Picl:  preterite,  n^a  Lev.  14:8  l^'na  2  Chron. 
34  :  4,  infin.  constr.,  y?3  Hab.  1:13,  r^3  Lam.  2  :  8,  future,  n^E^  Job  16:  13. 
!  ?|33ri  2  Kin.  8  :  12,  "^i^^SFi  Dent.  7  : 5,"  imperative,  n^d  Ex.  4  :  23.  Hiphil  : 
apocopated  future,  ni::"^  2  Kin.  18:30,  fut.  with  Vav  conversive,  t'2Z'^'^ 
Judg.  4:23,  fem.  plur..'  njrsn  Ps.  119:  171,  imperative,  SC'in  Ps.  86:'a 
and  even  in  pause,  riB::n  .1  Kin.  22:  12.  Hithpael:  r^r-nn  Prov.  17:  14, 
ni:n7  Dan.  11:40,  fiinrn  Ps.  106:47;  this  species  sometimes  has 
Kamets  in  its  pau.sal  forms'  ^""^^^'r^  Josh.  9  :  13,  :"|Srn  Ps.  107  :  27.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  absolute  infinitives:  Piel,  n.^i^  Deut.  22 :  7.  Hiphil, 
nisn  Isa.  7:11,  Hophal.  nH-:n  Ezek.  16:4.  Participles:  Kal.  ni;2  Deut. 
28:52,  but  occasionally  in  the  construct  state  with  Pattahh,  f'Si  Ps.  94:9. 
5n  Isa.  51:15,  rpn  Isa.  42:5,  rO'J  Lev.  11:7,  Piel,  r~i]r:  1  Kin.  3:3, 
Hithpael,  "J.F;)i:J^  1  Sam.  21  :  15.  Tsere  is  retained  before  suffixes  of  the 
second  person  instead  of  being  either  changed  to  Pattahh  or  as  in  perfect 
11 


162  ETYMOLOGY.  §127,128 

verbs  shortened  to  Seghol,  Pi.  inf.  const.  ^n|r^  Deut.  15 :  IS.  fut.  ^jn^rx 
Gen.  31 :  27.  There  is  one  instance  of  Pattahh  in  the  Hiphil  ini".  const., 
n?in  Job  6  :  26. 

2.  In  verbs  with  final  "i  Pattahh  takes  tlie  place  of  Tsere  for  the  most 
part  in  the  Piel  preterite  (in  pause  Tsere),  and  frequently  in  the  Hithpael 
(in  pause  Kamets) ;  but  Tsere  (in  pause  Tsere  or  Pattahh,  §65. a)  is  com- 
monly retained  elsewhere,  "isri  Ps.  76:4,  >~'fP_  Ex.  9 :  25,  "I'^rirn  Prov, 
25  :  6,  "i;jxnn  Ps.  93:  1,  -ihit^_  Gen.  22  :  14,  nTSS'i  Gen.  10  :  19,  !  -i'j;;rn  Zeph. 
2  :  4.  Two  verbs  have  Seghol  in  the  Piel  preterite,  12^  (in  pause,  "'X'n) 
and  -IE3. 

§  127.  1.  The  guttural  almost  always  has  Pattahh-furtive  in  the  second 
fern.  sing,  of  the  preterite,  ri?^tu  Ruth  2:8,  *.ri?;:b  Ezek.  16:28,  Snyjn 
Esth.  4:  14,  T\n}i-cr,  Ezek.  16:  4,  scarcely  ever  simple  Sh'va,  firi;^b  1  Kin. 
14:3,  rin^d  Jer.  13:5,  and  never  Pattahh  (which  might  arise  liom  the 
concurrence  of  consonants  at  the  end  of  a  word,  §61.  2),  unless  in  rnpb 
Gen.  30:  5,  and  *.  ftl-J^  Gen.  20:  16,  the  former  of  which  admits  of  ready 
explanation  as  a  construct  infinitive,  and  the  latter  may  be  a  Niphal  par- 
ticiple in  the  feminine  singular,  whether  it  be  understood  as  in  the  common 
English  version  "she  was  reproved,^^  or  it  is  adjudged  {\.  e.  ]usl\y  due, 
as  a  compensation)  to  thee  ;  the  latest  authorities,  however,  prefer  to 
render  it  Ihoit  art  judged,  i.  e.  justice  is  done  thee  by  this  indemnification. 
Pattahh  is  once  inserted  before  the  abbreviated  terminationof  the  feminine 
plural  imperative,  )^'^^  Gen.  4:  23  for  njsrd  . 

2.  The  guttural  takes  compound  instead  of  simple  Sh'va  before  suf- 
fi.xes,  not  only  when  it  stands  at  the  end  of  the  verb,  V]":o  Num.  24:  11, 
?is'2b'^  Prov.  25 :  17,  but  also  in  the  first  plural  of  the  preterite,  ",*i;ri:b 
Ps'.' 44  :  IS  (^:n='-;3  ver.  21),  c^irn';  Isa.  59  :  12,  ^in^ib'.rs  Ps.  35  :  25,  C!ij:;:^;r''in 
2  Sam.  21:6,  Hl-?^!^  Ps.  132:6;  i  retains  simple' Sh'va  before  all  per- 
sonal terminations  and  suffixes,  ri'^rx  Judg.  4:20,  canox  Mai.  1:7,  c="i2S 
Josh.  4:23. 

3.  In  a  few  exceptional  cases  the  letter  before  the  guttural  receives 
compound  Sh'va,  Jir^EX  Isa.  27:4,  "Hnj^b  Gen.  2:23. 

§12S.  The  Hiphil  infinitive  construct  once  has  the  feminine  ending  rl, 
rd'rirn  Ezek.  24:26;  na/n^sni  Ezek.  16:50  for  njnasni  perhaps  owes 
its  anomalous  form  to  its  being  assimilated  in  termination  to  the  followincr 
word,  which  is  a  Lamedh  He  verb.  In  t^pXi  Am.  S  :  8  K'thibh  for  ni'pca 
the  guttural  V  is  elided,  §53.  3. 


Pe  Nun  (fs)  Verbs. 

§129.  Nun,  as  the  first  radical  of  verbs,  lias  two  pecu- 
liarities, viz. : 

1.  At  the  end  of  a  syllable  it  is  assimilated  to  the  fol- 


§130  PE    NUN    VERBS.  1G3 

lowing  consonant,  the  two  letters  being  written  as  one,  and 
tlie  doubling  indicated  by  Dagliesli-forte.  This  occurs  in  the 
Kal  future,  Niphal  preterite  and  participle,  and  in  the  Iliphil 
and  Hophal  species  throughout ;  thus,  ilJasi  becomes  ^i^"} , 
written  ti^  so  tJ53  for  TiJ533,  iiij^sn  for  TiJ-^arn.  In  the 
Hophal,  Kamets  Ilhatuph  becomes  Kibbuts  before  the 
doubled  letter,  §61.  5,  iiJ^n  for  irsrn. 

2.  In  the  Kal  imperative  with  Pattahh  it  is  frequently 
dropped,  its  sound  being  easily  lost  from  the  beginning  of  a 
syllable  when  it  is  without  a  vowel,  t^k  for  TlJ^? ,  §  53.  2.  A 
like  rejection  occurs  in  the  Kal  infinitive  construct  of  a  few 
verbs,  the  abbreviation  being  in  this  case  compensated  by 
adding  the  feminine  termination  Ti ;  thus,  mir^  for  I^T2f5  (by 
§  63.  2.  a),  the  primary  form  being  ilJi? . 

a.  In  the  Indo-European  languages  likewise,  n  is  frequently  conformed 
to  or  affected  by  a  following  consonant,  and  in  certain  circumstances  it  is 
liable  to  rejection,  c.  g.  iyypdcfxD,  ijxf^dXXw,  o-Dcrrpee^o). 

§  130.  1.  The  inflections  of  Pe  Nun  verbs  maybe  repre- 
sented by  ©i?  fo  ajjjjwac/i.  In  the  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael, 
they  do  not  difter  from  perfect  verbs.  The  last  column  of 
the  paradigm  is  occupied  by  the  Kal  species  of  )b^  to  give, 
which  is  peculiar  in  assimilating  its  last  as  well  as  its  first 
radical,  and  in  having  Tsere  in  the  future. 

a.  The  Kal  of  n^3  is  used  only  in  the  infinitive,  future,  and  imperative, 
the  preterite  and  participle  being  supplied  by  the  Niphal,  which  has  sub- 
stantially the  same  sense:  the  missing  parts  are  in  the  paradigm  supplied 
from  analogy. 

6.  The  future  of  '^\  has  Pattahh  in  one  instance  before  Makkeph, 
-■r)3  Judg.  16  :  5. 


Paradigm  of  Pe  Nun  Verbs. 

KAL. 

KIPUAL. 

nipniL. 

HOPHAL. 

KAL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

—  T 

■di? 

t^iri 

'LJistl 

lib? 

3/ 

T  ;  IT 

T  :  • 

T         •       • 

nira 

T   :  IT 

2  m. 

r)^^2 

^"^^? 

npiri 

jn-jp'^n 

T    — T 

2/ 

nii:35 

ri'iT^j 

nirjt»M 

riaj^M 

nhs 

le. 

^nii355 

T''^'^r 

^nprjri 

^n"a:'r>n 

"^nihs 

Pliir.  3  c. 

:  IT 

^ir'iiD 

^a;''ii!n 

vir"riri 

^:n3 

2  ??i. 

nir\t:c 

nrTCjr,j 

Dnii:r,r; 

Dn-iD'su 

tin^'? 

2/. 

]^'^y^. 

■jtiliS^^ 

iri^'^i'n 

]ir\^^ti 

'\k^i 

Ic. 

mt": 

^D-^'i? 

rjt'jn^i 

rj'dtri 

iisn: 

Infix.  Absol. 

T 

T      • 

t:^ 

'oi\n 

"(iris 

C'onstr. 

niTB 

••T      • 

^^r>n 

nn 

FuT.  3  m. 

tr 

•T     ■ 

^'T. 

uj'ii;^ 

1^: 

3/ 

TTsn 

••T      • 

'uj^^n 

iDBn 

]tp) 

2  m. 

'iT^n 

^i:'3-'n 

•^^rin 

ii:"^n 

1^^^ 

2/ 

^izj5n 

^b'j-'n 

^'^''^^ 

^■i'sn 

^inn 

1  c. 

'^3^5 

••T    V 

■is^^j^ 

ID^^ 

1^^ 

Plur.  3  m. 

^iiir 

^°i/3i'" 

^'^^T- 

Vi:'-i^ 

"ri" 

3/. 

ra^^n 

T     :   "T    • 

fiTiitsri 

Mt'iT^ri  1 

i^r.x^^) 

2  m. 

^'iT^ri 

;  IT    • 

^TL'ir\ 

iib'rtPi 

ii2nri 

2/. 

niTT^ri 

T     ;     'T    • 

irijirr;ri 

ujir'^ri  1 

(r^m) 

1  c. 

\233j 

iD^ro 

■  IP1^. 

Impee.  2  TO. 

■di» 

TZj^iin 

uj^n 

■n 

2/ 

-Ies 

^ir^sn 

^•^^sri 

wanting 

^in 

Plur.  2  «?. 

vi:'r> 

;  IT    • 

^'o^iri 

^sn 

2/ 

n"irr;tj 

Paet.  Act. 

■dib 

"^i:"^rrj 

Pass. 

T 

T    • 

T     \ 

i^^5 

164 


§131,132  REMARKS    ON    PE    NUN    VERBS.  165 


Remarks  on  Pe  Nun  Verbs. 

§  131.  1.  If  the  second  radical  be  a  guttural  or  a  vowel  letter,  Nun  be- 
comes strong  by  contrast  and  is  not  liable  to  rejection  or  assimilation, 
hm  Num.  .34:18,  i^n  2  Kin.  4:24,  ^ihrt  Gen.  24:48,  iinijx  Ex.  15:2. 
It  is,  however,  always  assimilated  in  nn?  the  Niphal  preterite  of  tns  (o 
repent,  and  occasionally  in  rn:  to  descend,  e.  g.  nn;^  Jer.  21  :  13,  nnn 
Prov.  17:  10,  wna  Ps.  38:  3  but  rn:n  ibid.,  nmn  Joel  4:  11. 

2.  Before  other  consonants  the  rule  for  assimilation  is  observed  with 
rare  exceptions,  viz.:  :  !)i:3.n:n  Isa.  58:3,  ?i^:n  Ps.  68:3,  "iii:37  Jer.  3:5, 
n-iS5';i  Deut.  33  :  9  (and  occasionally  elsewhere),  "'i^^.l  Job  40  :  24,  :^s"p?37 
Isa." 29:1,  rpn^r]  Ezek.  22:20,  ^Qjb  ((br  b'sltih)  Nuni.  5:22,  tjrors  (ibr 
Vinbrns  with  Daghesh-forte  separative,  §24.  5)  Isa.  33:1,  ^pnrn"  Judg. 
20:31.' 

3.  Nun  is  commonly  rejected  from  the  Kal  imperative  with  a,  rs 
2  Sam.  1 :  15  (once  before  Makkeph,  "1!;.^  Gen.  19:  9,  in  plural  rlri^  1  Kin. 
18:30  and  -rra  Josh.  3:9),  "b^  Ex.  3 :"  5,  "r.  Job  ]  :  11,  ^rp  Deut.  2:24. 
•inQ  Ezek.  37 :  9,  '^P,^_,'^  Gen.  27 :  26,  though  it  is  occasionally  retained, 
iiraa  2  Kin.  19:29,  i^ii'D  Ps.  10:  12,  or  by  a  variant  orthography,  np3  Pi?. 
4 :  7  but  always  elsewhere  Nb .  In  imperatives  with  o,  and  in  Lamedh  He 
verbs  which  have  e  in  the  imperative,  Nun  is  invariably  retained,  li'ii:; 
Prov.  17:  14,  "^iJ?  Ps.  24:  14,  Cp3  Num.  31:2,  yn?  Ps.  58:7,  ni^p:  Gen. 
30:27,  nbj  Ex.  8:  1. 

4.  The  rejection  of  Nun  from  the  Kal  construct  infinitive  occurs  in  but 
few  verbs;  viz.:  rr^  (with  suffix,  inrr*)  from  liJ^:,  rns  from  no:,  r^s 
(twice)  and  ^53  from  rSD ,  Tsh  (once)  and  rbD  from  "ij ,  xis  has  rX'r 
(by  §60.  3.  c),  with  the  preposition  b,  nxiib  by  §57.  2.  (3),  once  niii 
(§53.  3)  Job  41 :  17,  once  without  the  feminine  ending,  XVJ  Ps.  89:  10,  and 
twice  S<'C3 ;  'r!3  has  commonly  ntn  (for  n,:n),  with  suffixes  "'Pin,  but  "r: 
Num.  20  :'21,  and  -,r3  Gen.  38  :  9. 

5.  The  absolute  infinitive  Niphal  appears  in  the  three  forms  'nrri  Jer. 
32  :  4,  r,^3n  Ps.  68  :  3,  and  fprij  Judg.  20  :  39. 

6.  The  n  oi^  the  prefix  in  the  Hithpael  species  is  in  a  few  instances 
assimilated  to  the  first  radical,  §82.  5.  a,  ^riiansrt  Ezek.  5:13,  ''rxiin 
Ezek.  37:  10,  .Ter.  23:  13,  H'im  Num.  21 :  7,  DaiK'^ll:  \4,  -yi^t-q  Isa.  52 -'o. 

§132.  1.  The  last  radical  of  1P3  is  assimilated  in  the  Niphal  as  well  as 
in  the  Kal  species,  Crn3  Lev.  20:25.  The  final  Nun  of  other  verbs  re- 
mains without  a.ssimiiation,  ri:ES,  f^5:ii\  nsn:2.  In  2  Sam.  22:41  nrn  is 
for  nrro  which  is  found  in  the  parallel  passage  Ps.  18:41.  "inn  1  Kin. 
6:  19,  17:14  K'thibh,  is  probably,  as  explained  by  Ewald,  the  Kal  con- 
struct infinitive  without  the  feminine  ending  ("jn)  prolonged  by  reduplica- 
tion, which  is  the  case  with  some  other  short  words,  e.  g.  ^iHO  from  '|73. 
''a"'T3  for  "^"O  ;  others  regard  it  as  the  infinitive  nn  with  the  3  fern.  plur.  suffix 
or  with  ■)  paragogic ;  Gesenius  takes  it  to  be,  as  always  elsewhere,  the 


166  ETYMOLOGY.  §133,134 

2  masc.  sintr.  of  the  Kal  future.  H:pi  Ps.  8:2.  is  not  the  Kal  infinitive 
(Kimchi),  nor  the  3  fem.  sing.  pret.  for  i^^M  (Nordheimer),  but  the  im- 
perative with  paragogic  l^^.     See  Alexander  in  loc. 

2.  The  peculiarities  of  Pe  Nun  verbs  are  shared  by  rjr^  to  take.  whos=e 
first  radical  is  assimilated  or  rejected  in  the  same  manner  as  5.  Kal  inf 
const,  rnp  (with  prep,  "b .  rin|r5,  to  be  distinguished  from  Pfjp^  2  fem. 
sing,  pret.),  once  'rnp^  (by  §6U.  3.  c)  2  Kin.  12:  9,  with  suffixes  ""nn;?, 
fut.  n^7,  imper.  np,  -'niD  rarely  npb,  "'Hp^ ,  Hoph.  fut.  n^^  ,  but  Niph. 
pret.  M|5^?.  In  Hos.  11 :  3  cnps  is  the  masculine  infinitive  with  the  suffix 
for  cnnp  ;  the  .same  form  occurs  without  a  suffix,  npj  Ezek.  17:5,  or  this 
may  be  explained  with  Gesenius  as  a  preterite  for  nj?^  . 

3.  In  Isa.  64:  5  b~i||  has  the  form  of  a  Hiphil  future  from  '?3;  but  the 
sense  shows  it  to  be  from  bisj  for  ^"22],  Daghesh-forte  being  omitted  and 
the  previous  vowel  lengthened  in  consequence,  §59,  a. 


Ayin  Doubled  (^b)  Verbs. 

§133.  The  imperfect  verbs,  thus  far  considered,  differ 
from  the  perfect  verbs  either  in  the  vowels  alone  or  in  the 
consonants  alone ;  those  which  follow,  differ  in  both  vowels 
and  consonants,  §107,  and  consequently  depart  much  more 
seriously  from  the  standard  paradigm.  The  widest  diver- 
gence of  all  is  found  in  the  Ayin  doubled  and  Ayin  Yav 
verbs,  in  l)oth  of  which  the  root  gives  up  its  dissyllabic 
character  and  is  converted  into  a  monosyllable ;  a  common 
featm'e,  which  gives  rise  to  many  striking  resemblances  and 
even  to  an  occasional  interchange  of  forms. 

§134.  1.  In  explaining  the  inflections  peculiar  to  Ayin 
doubled  verbs,  it  w^ill  be  most  convenient  to  separate  the  in- 
tensive species  Piel  and  Pual  with  their  derivative  the  Hith- 
pael  from  the  other  four.  That  which  gives  rise  to  all  their 
peculiar  forms  in  the  Kal,  Ts'iphal,  Hiphil,  and  Hophal 
species,  is  the  disposition  to  avoid  the  repetition  of  the  same 
sound  by  uniting  the  two  similar  radicals  and  giving  the  in- 
tervening vowel  to  the  previous  letter,  thus,  so  for  iio, 
no  for  nno  §61.3. 

2.  In  the  Kal  species  this  contraction  is  optional  in  the 
preterite ;  it  is  rare  in  the  infinitive  absolute  though  usual  in 


§135  AYIN  DOUBLED  VERBS.  1G7 

the  construct,  and  it  never  occurs  in  the  participles.  AVith 
these  exceptions,  it  is  universal  in  the  species  already  named. 
§135.  This  contraction  produces  certain  changes  both  in 
the  vowel,  which  is  thrown  back,  and  in  that  of  the  preced- 
ing syllable. 

1.  A\'hen  the  first  radical  has  a  vowel  (pretonic  Kamets, 
§  82. 1),  as  in  the  Kal  preterite  and  infinitive  absolute,  and 
in  the  Niphal  infinitive,  future  and  imperative,  this  is  simply 
displaced  by  the  vowel  thrown  back  from  the  second  radical, 
thus  nic,  no,  n-io,  zb;  3i3n,  z-isn;  2icn,  nsn. 

2.  AVhen  the  first  radical  ends  a  mixed  syllable  as  in  the 
Kal  future,  the  Niphal  preterite,  and  throughout  the  Hiphil 
and  Hophal,  this  will  be  converted  into  a  simple  syllable  by 
the  shiftimz;  of  the  vowel  from  the  second  radical  to  the  first, 
whence  arise  the  following  mutations  : 

In  the  Kal  future  -ic;'  becomes  -i"^  with  i  in  a  simple 
syllable,  contrary  to  §18.2.  Tliis  may,  however,  be  con- 
verted into  a  mixed  syllable  by  means  of  Daghesh-forte,  and 
the  short  vowel  be  retained,  thus  zt^ ;  or  the  syllable  may 
remain  simple  and  the  vowel  be  lengthened  from  Ilhirik  to 
Tsere,  §59,  thus,  in  verbs  fut.  a,  'V2^  for  'y^'oy,  or  as  the 
Hhirik  of  this  tense  is  not  an  original  vowel  but  has  arisen 
from  Sh' va,  §85.2.«(l),it  may  be  neglected  an  d  f/,  the  simplest 
of  the  long  vowels,  given  to  the  preformative,  which  is  the 
most  common  expedient,  thus  2c^ .  The  three  possible 
forms  of  this  tense  are  consequently  iz"^ ,  it"^  and  '^'C'! . 

In  the  Xiphal  preterite  lie:  becomes  by  contraction  nc: . 
In  a  few  verbs  beginning  with  n  the  short  voAvel  is  retained 
in  an  intermediate  syllable,  thus  ^n:  for  "i"": ;  in  other  cases 
Hhirik  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  "iri:  for  "iin: ,  or  as  the  Ilhirik 
is  not  essential  to  the  form  but  has  arisen  from  Sh'va, 
§  82.  2,  it  is  more  frequently  neglected,  and  Kamets,  the 
simplest  of  the  long  vowels,  substituted  in  its  place,  thus  26: . 
The  forms  of  this  tense  are,  therefore,  -c: ,  "p^.: ,  "n: . 

In  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  species  the  ^■owels  of  the  pre- 


168  ETYMOLOGY.  §  136 

fixed  n  are  cliaracteristic  and  essential.  Tliey  must,  there- 
fore, either  be  retained  by  inserting  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first 
radical,  or  be  simply  lengthened ;  no  other  vowel  can  be  sub- 
stituted for  them,  non  for  n^ion ,  ns^  or  no;^  for  n^so;: ,  ^3" 
(Kibbuts  before  the  doubled  letter  by  §G1.  5)  or  no^n  for 

3.  The  vowel,  which  is  thrown  back  from  the  second  radi- 
cal to  the  first,  stands  no  longer  before  a  single  consonant,  but 
before  one  which,  though  single  in  appearance,  is  in  reality 
equivalent  to  two.  It  is  consequently  subjected  to  the  com- 
pression which  affects  vowels  so  situated,  ^61.4.  Thus,  in 
the  Niphal  future  and  imperative  Tsere  is  compressed  to 
Pattahh,  nns;!,  ^i-j -,  nnon,  nsn  (comp.  bop,  p^ipp)  though  it 
remains  in  the  infinitive  which,  partaking  of  the  character  of 
a  noun,  prefers  longer  forms.  So  in  the  Hiphil  long  llhirik 
is  compressed  to  Tsere,  ^"^sor. ,  son  (comp.  b'^pp;^ ,  npbtipr)). 

§136.  Although  the  letter,  into  which  the  second  and 
third  radicals  have  been  contracted,  represents  two  con- 
sonants, the  doubling  cannot  be  made  to  appear  at  the  end 
of  the  word.     But 

1 .  When  in  the  course  of  inflection  a  vowel  is  added,  the 
letter  receives  Daghesh-forte,  and  the  preceding  vowel,  even 
where  it  would  be  dropped  in  perfect  verbs,  is  retained  to 
make  the  doubling  possible,  and  hence  preserves  its  accent, 
§  33. 1,  n|D ,  ^ao;' . 

2.  Upon  the  addition  of  a  personal  ending  which  begins 
with  a  consonant,  the  utterance  of  the  doubled  letter  is  aided 
by  inserting  one  of  the  diphthongal  vowels;  o  (i)  in  the 
preterite,  and  e  ( "^J  in  the  future.  By  the  dissyllabic  append- 
age thus  formed  the  accent  is  carried  forward,  §32,  and 
the  previous  part  of  the  word  is  shortened  in  consequence 
as  much  as  possible,  ^on ,  nison ;  20"^ ,  f"'?''^?^  • 

3.  When  by  the  operation  of  the  rules  already  given, 
§135.  2,  the  first  radical  has  been  doubled,  the  reduplica- 
tion of  the  last   radical  is  frequently  omitted  in  order  to 


§137,138  AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  169 

relieve  the  word  of  too  many  doubled  letters.  In  this  case 
the  retention  of  the  vowel  before  the  last  radical,  contrary  to 
the  analogy  of  perfect  verbs,  and  the  insertion  of  a  vowel 
after  it,  are  alike  unnecessary,  and  the  accent  takes  its  accus- 
tomed position,  'QS'' ,  '■'r^sri . 

§137.  The  Piel,  Pual,  and  liithpael  sometimes  presei*ve 
the  regular  form,  as  V^n ,  b'jn ,  ^innn .  The  triple  repetition 
of  the  same  letter  thus  caused  is  in  a  few  instances  avoided, 
however,  by  reduplicating  the  contracted  root  with  appro- 
priate vowels,  as  ^ddd  ,  'i^'^prn .  Or  more  commonly,  the 
reduplication  is  given  up  and  the  idea  of  intensity  conveyed 
by  the  simple  prolongation  of  the  root,  the  long  vowel 
Hholem  being  inserted  after  the  first  radical  for  this  purpose, 
as  nniD ,  bSiinn . 

§  138.  In  the  following  paradigm  the  inflections  of  Ayin 
doubled  verbs  are  shown  by  the  example  of  320  to  surround. 
The  Pual  is  omitted,  as  this  species  almost  invariably  follows 
the  inflections .  of  the  perfect  verb ;  certain  persons  of  the 
Hophal,  of  which  there  is  no  example,  are  likewise  omitted. 
An  instance  of  Piel,  with  the  radical  syllable  reduplicated,  is 
given  in  ^020  to  excite. 

a.  The.  Hithpael  of  rro  does  not  actually  occur  ;  but  it  is  in  tlie  para- 
digm formed  from  analogy,  the  initial  sibihmt  being  transposed  with  tiie  n 
of  the  prefix,  agreeably  to  §82.  5. 

b.  In  his  Manual  Lexicon,  Gesenius  gives  to  'T\^l^^  the  meaning  to 
anil,  but  the  best  authorities  prefer  the  definition  subsequently  introduced 
by  him  into  his  Thesaurus,  to  e.vcite. 


Paradigm 

OF  Ayin 

KAL. 

NIPUAL, 

PIEL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

—   T 

1 

ICD 

-bio 

3/. 

nine 

T   :  IT 

niab 

T    — 

T    — T 

T   :      1 

2  m. 

(!??=?) 

nibo 

T             — 

inibc3 

T        — : 

nnbio 

2/ 

(!??==) 

nibD 

nibcp 

nzbio 

Ic. 

"!??5? 

"nibo 

^nibcD 

*ri2bic 

P?i/r.  3  c. 

;  IT 

^nb 

^nb3 

— T 

^bnSo 

:      1 

2  «i. 

(Dnnnp) 

Dnino 

dnincp 

Dmnio 

2/. 

(i^?^?) 

1^)1-5 

lt'"^5? 

l^T^'^'? 

1  c. 

:  —  T 

ii:ibD 

^;ibDD 

^33biD 

Infix.  Alsol. 

T 

.  1 

::ibr; 

-bio 

Constr. 

nb 

^br; 

-bio 

FXTT.    3  ?«. 

T 

ns^. 

-b: 

-bio"; 

3/. 

nin 

T 

bbn 

nbn 

zbicn 

2  TO. 

T 

isn 

-bn 

nbion 

2/ 

T 

"b5n 

^^bn 

'bnicri 

1  c. 

T 

-3^ 

-bi^ 

-bicis; 

P?Kr.  3  m. 

T 

^^^T. 

^^b: 

^bnio^ 

3/ 

nrjcri 

T    ;         • 

n:2bpi 

rirnbicn 

T    ;    *•           : 

2  ??i. 

^ban 

^nbn 

^bnicn 

2/ 

T    ; 

n:nbn 

T    ;  —    • 

M^nbiorp 

1  c. 

ni: 

-Dp 

-b? 

■nbicp 

Imper.  2  ??i. 

nb 

'I'^t} 

-bio 

2/ 

^ino 

^iL^fs 

"bnio 

•    :      1 

P^?«-.  2  «?. 

^•ID 

iisbri 

^bzio 

:      1 

2/ 

n:^bD 

T        V    ■., 

njnbri 

nsniio 

T    ;    " 

Part.  Act. 

^bb 

nbio54! 

Pass. 

T 

nb5 

TT 

170 


Doubled 

Verbs. 

mrniL. 

nOPUAL. 

HITHPAEL. 

PIEL. 

==- 

ncn 

liircri 

r\b::o 

rqtr. 

T   — 

T   :      1    :    • 

t  l3C"^0 

niacn 

r^niircn 

r'l^'C^P 

niac- 

ri2iincn 

^?5?P 

^niacn 

^nsnirrri 

T9!^?P 

^ztr, 

iiafc^n 

:       1    :    • 

^-vi?P 

Dri",2:n 

V   :  —      1    :    • 

l3r)9?9'? 

inis?- 

in^zincn 

lK]-?jp 

mac" 

^rzzircri 

-tr, 

tjcro 

-t-j 

niinpri 

t]C5D 

-t 

2tr 

^=i'ii^?' 

?}6iD^ 

=tn 

ic^n 

-iinyn 

■^^^^^ 

==i? 

-c-in 

izincn 

M^T?^ 

'^tT) 

^i^t^n 

^inincn 

^;cp£ri 

=?? 

r6^i< 

-i'i^■^!^$ 

"y??^ 

is6; 

^^t^^ 

^iiinc^ 

^-Vr?" 

"■3=^ 

!i2cn 

^^c^n 

^inincn 

^iv^cri 

"r??5? 

n:nr;ncn 

n-5c2cn 

=?? 

IZD^D 

a2incp 

■^Si??? 

==v 

liir.cn 

■^c^^ 

>iatn 

■wanting 

"■3=0 

rijnfiinci-i 

1  ulJt^.'U 

==•5 

T 

inirc-^ 

TICjC'^ 

171 


172  ETYMOLOGY.  §139,140 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Doubled  Verbs. 

§  139.  1.  The  uncontracted  and  the  contracted  forms  of  the  Kal  preter- 
ite are  used  with  perhaps  equal  frequency  in  the  third  person;  the  former 
is  rare  in  the  first  person.  ■'no5:t  Zech.  8i  14.  15.  irtTa  Deut.  2:35,  and 
there  are  no  examples  of  it  in  the  second;  ^3"i  Gen.  49:23  and  ^B1  Job 
24  :  24  are  preterites  with  Hholem,  §82.1.  In  Ps.  118:11,  ■'3!133&-Cy  i:!i2D 
the  uncontracted  is  added  to  the  contracted  form  for  the  sake  of  greater 
emphasis.  Compound  Sh'va  is  sometimes  used  with  these  verbs  instead 
of  simple  to  make  its  vocal  character  more  distinct,  §16.  1.  b,  ^"?5f|.  Gen. 
29  :  3,  S,  ^ybj  Ex.  15  :  10,  rp^bn  Isa.  64:  10,  "^il^:  Gen.  9  :  14,  ^2=pn  Num. 
23:25. 

2.  The  following  are  examples  of  the  contracted  infinitive  absolute, 
3p  Num.  23:25,  br  Ruth  2:16,  -.is  Isa.  24:19,  nrS  (with  a  para- 
gogic  termination)  ibid.;  of  the  uncontracted,  "n~5<,  "("i^y  .  "I'i-n,  vl"isi3 , 
nifiS,  nina ,  iii^;  of  the  infinitive  construct,  TU  and  1^.  Z'zo  and  -b , 
DOO,  *1T';J ,  T2 ,  d'n .  once  with  u  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  n^ia  Eccles.  9:  1, 
and  occasionally  with  a,  ~ti  Isa.  45:  1,  T)'J  Jer.  5  :  26,  cna  (with  3  plur. 
suf )  Eccl.  3  :  18,  c=33n^  Isa.  30  :  18  (R:3n  Ps.  102  :  14);  C^anb  Isa.  17  :  14, 
though  sometimes  explained  as  the  noun  crib  with  the  suffix  their  bread, 
is  the  infinitive  of  c^n  to  erow  warm:  C."'r3  Gen.  6  :  3  Eng.  ver.  for  that 
also,  as  if  compounded  of  the  prep.  2,  the  abbreviated  relative  and  Ca,  is 
by  the  latest  authorities  regarded  as  the  infinitive  of  S^o  in  their  erring ; 
iln  Job  29 :  3  has  Hhirik  before  the  suffix.  The  feminine  termination  ni 
is  appended  to  the  following  infinitives,  nisn  Ps.  77  :  10,  Job  19:  17,  niaiU 
Ezek.  36  :  3,  "^nisT  Ps.  17  :  3.  The  imperative,  which  is  always  contracted, 
has  mostly  Hholem,  20,  ni'n  and  c^  but  sometimes  Pattahh,  hi  Ps.'ll9:22 
(elsewhere  53),  nss  Ps.  80  :  16.  Fiirst  regards  rri  as  a  contracted  par- 
ticiple from  nnn  .  analagous  to  the  Ayin  Vav  form  C|ri . 

3.  The  following  uncontracted  forms  occur  in  the  Kal  future.  '|in^  Am. 
5:15,  li^7  and  i^n  from  Tns ;  in  the  Niphal,  l^^l  Job  11:12;  Hiphil. 
cr'rn  Mic.  6:13,  C^^^q  Ezek.  3:  15,  ''rnnni  Jery49  :  37,  and  constantly 
in  '|in  and  bb^  ;  Hophal,  ^^"^  Job  20:8  from  ^nj .  In  a  few  instances 
the  repetition  of  the  same  letter  is  avoided  by  the  substitution  of  X  for 
the  second  radical,  ^DXa"^  =  ^ICO^-;!  Ps.  58:8  and  perhaps  also  Job  7:5, 
-i'iX^T2  =  Ti^ai3  Ezek.  28:24,  Lev.  13:51,  52,  -■iOsd  =  r<?lb&iJ  Jer.  30:  16 
K'thibh.  Comp.  in  Syriac  uxj?  part,  of  wc? .  According  to  the  Rabbins 
1XT3  =  !!TT^  Isa.  18  :  2,  but  see  Alexander  in  loc. 

§140.  1.  Examples  of  different  forms  of  the  Kal  future:  (1)  With 
Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical,  c^;" ,  n3i<,  20^,  "I'pi,  cii'";i,  cn"^ ;  or 
with  a  as  the  second  vowel,  ^537,  ^57,  il^PiV  (2)  With  Tsere  under  the 
personal  prefix,  cn^,  nn^,  "la";,  r^'n^,  bpn,  ^53n'; ,  e  being  once  written 
by  means  of  the  vowel  letter  "^ .  cn'^N .  (3)  With  Karnets  under  the 
personal  prefix,  "jn^,  20^,  T:;^,  "lii'; ,  pi^,  sn|i,  nu:;;  this  occurs  once 
with  fut.  a,  in""    Prov.  27: 17.     With  Vav  Conversive  the  accent  is  drawn 


§  140  REMxVRKS    ON    AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  173 

back  to  the  simple  penult  syllable  in  this  form  of  the  future,  and  Hholem 
is  consequently  shortened,  §64.  1,  tr],  1:9^1,  VJm,  tnH,  '{n^^y  There 
are  a  few  examples  of  u  in  the  future  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  "p^'J  Prov. 
29:6,  7"n^  Isa.  42:4,  Eccles.  12:6,  DPin  Ezek.  24:  11  and  perhaps  ^\^ 
Gen.  49 :  19,  Hab.  3:  16,  'i^iiJ;  Ps.  91  :  6,' though  Gesenius  assumes  the  ex- 
istence of  "1^3  and  l^liy  as  distinct  roots  from  It^  and  ^y^  . 

2.  The  Niphal  preterite  and  participle.:  (l)  With  Hhirik  under  the 
prefixed  3,  nin^J  Job  20  :  28,  bns ,  'nn? ,  rn:.  (2)  With  Tsere  under  the 
prefix,  "^nJn:  Jer.  22:23,  C^yxD  Mai.  3:9,  B^iro  Isa.  57:5.  (3)  With 
Kamets  under  the  prefix,  -o: ,  ^jTJ,  "inj,  "Cj ;  sometimes  the  repetition 
of  like  vowels  in  successive  syllables  is  avoided  by  exchanging  a  of  the 
last  syllable  for  Tsere,  hf:}  and  i=p?3.  Gr:  and  G^: ,  nsDJ  Ezek.  26:2, 
or  for  Hholem  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  >l"b3,  y^J  Eccl.  12:6,  ^"'ij  Am. 
3:11,  !l-i:3  Nah.  1 :  12,  ^llrij  Isa.  34  : 4. 

3.  The  Niphal  future  preserves  the  Tsere  of  perfect  verbs  in  one  ex- 
ample, bnn  Lev.  21  :  9,  but  mostly  compresses  it  to  Pattahh,  by"],  ^'57,  n-"'^, 
1537,  "H"] .  C537,  rit"7 ,  tti^;  like  the  preterite  it  sometimes  has  Hholem, 
tian  Isa.  24  :  3,  pisn  ibid.  If  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural  and  incapable 
of  receiving  Daghesh,  the  preceding  Hhirik  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  "irj!], 
bhii ,  en;; ,  yi-.n ,  Jia'n"; .  The  Kal  and  Nipi^al  futures,  it  will  be  perceived, 
coincide  in  some  of  their  forms  ;  and  as  the  signification  of  these  species 
is  not  always  clearly  distinguishable  in  intransitive  verbs,  it  is  often  a 
matter  of  doubt  or  of  indifference  to  which  a  given  form  should  be  referred. 
Thus,  bn"; ,  T^^l ,  n^"?  are  in  the  Niphal  according  to  Gesenius,  while 
Ewald  makes  them  to  be  Kal,  and  Fiirst  the  first  two  Niphal  and  the 
third  Kal. 

4.  The  Niphal  infinitive  absolute:  lian  Isa.  24:3,  piin  ibid.,  or  with 
Tsere  in  the  last  syllable,  D^n  2  Sam.  17:  10.  The  infinitive  construct: 
Drn  Ps.  68  :  3,  bnn  Ezek.  20  :  9,  and  once  with  Pattahh  before  a  suffix, 
iSnn  Lev.  21  :4.     The  imperative:   ^^iin  Isa.  52:  H,  ^jann  Num.  17:  10. 

5.  In  the  Hiphil  preterite  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable  is  compressed 
to  Tsere,  -On ,  ^Eli  (in  pause  "^Sfi.  so  :^:2'^n,  :  "arr,).  or  even  to  Pat- 
tahh, p"in,  l:p?n,  ^rn,  -lin,  ~^v)\  "^n,  ni-n,  ^S^in',  ^laon .  Both  infini- 
tives have  Tsere,  thus  the  absolute  :  p"n  ,  "rn  ,  risn  ,  isn  ,  bnr\ ;  the 
construct:  "lin,  tjCn ,  -srs  ('\^ir\  Zech.  11:10),  ''in,  bpn ,  urr\.  in 
pause  J-^i^.  P^ri.  with  a  final  guttural,  "'^•^,  ?"!n-  '-Tbe  imperative: 
a&n ,  ncn ,  bpn ,  bnn ,  rrn ;  iia'rn  Job  21 :  5  is'  a  Hiphil  and  not  a  Hophal 
form  as  stated  by  Gesenius,  the  first  vowel  being  Kamets  and  not  Kamets 
Hhatuph.  Futures  with  a  short  vowel  before  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first 
radical:  "E"],  Cin^ ,  "irn,  sins;; ;  with  a  long  vowel,  ']ii^  '^^^  ,  ^S"?)  ^H? 
or  'H./'ri^)  ^"^'i?  and  ?'|i';,  T|bn,  fXS^  (e  expressed  by  the  vowel  letter 
St.  §11.1.0)  Eccles.  12:5.  When  in  this  latter  class  of  futures  the 
accent  is  removed  from  the  ultimate,  whether  by  Vav  Con\-ersive  or  any 
other  cause,  Tsere  is  shortened  to  Seghol,  b5^j ,  pl^j)  "'?;^-  "'")!-'  m'?,) 
inn,  and  in  one  instance  to  Hhirik,  7";n]  Judg.  9:53  ("~riT  would  be 
from  y^i)  before  a  guttural  it  becomes  Pattahh,  >"^^",  'in'],  ""iSV  Par- 
ticiples: ZtiXi.  ^^?3,  i)n^,  h'4^  Ezek.  31:3,  S^^  Prov.  17:4.      In  a  very 


174  ETYMOLOGY.  §  141 

few  instances  the  Hliirik  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  retained  in  the  last 
syllable  of  this  species  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs.  T)'^6t2  Jndg.  3  :  21,  Cit'i  Jer, 
49:20,  n^tsi  Num.  21:30. 

6.  Hophal  preterites:  bmn.  irnn^in ,  ilisri;  futures:  ci-iii ,  nxsi-i,  p^^li, 
■)n;i,  nsPi,  '^^'1■^,  -&''■',  ^'k'!,  m^'?;  participles:  tE^i^ ,  li-c  or  in  some 
copies  li'2  2  Sam.  23  :  6  ;  infinitive  with  suffix,  f^^^^i  Le\^  20 :  34,  with 
prep.,  i^^'^'nis  ver.  43. 

§141.  1.  Upon  the  addition  of  a  vowel  affix  and  the  consequent  inser- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  last  radical,  the  preceding  vowel  and  the 
position  of  the  accent  continue  unchanged,  si3i  .  ^'^"^  ^  ^I'-r:?  (distinguished 
from  the  fem.  part,  tra'r;),  iibn;' ;  if  the  last  radical  does  not  admit 
Daghesh-forte  a  preceding  Pattahh  sometimes  remains  short  before  n, 
but  it  is  lengthened  to  Kamets  before  other  gutturals,  •T^'J,  fii'n)  (100.  2), 
tnsln,  nni^  and  irilU.  When  the  first  radical  is  doubled,  Daghesh  is 
omitted  from  the  last  in  the  Kal  fut.  O,  1»\i'?,  'I'^r?'?,  I^P?,  and  occasionally 
elsewhere  ^ns^^  Hi.  fut.  ^issan  Ho.  pret.  Other  cases  are  exceptional, 
whether  of  the  shifting  of  tiie  accent,  ^3"i  Ps.  3  : 2,  ^sn  Ps.  55 :  22,  ^5p 
Jer.  4  :  13,  and  consequent  shortening  of  the  vowel,  "^'S  Jer.  7  :  29  for  "'•ta , 
''i'l,  !lH  for  isn,  !i2n,  -Tn-id  Jer.  49:28  (with  the  letter  repeated  instead 
of  being  simply  doubled  by  Daghesh,  so  likewise  in  C'i'id';!  Jer.  5  :  6,  "^sirn 
Ps.  9:14),  for  nh;  the  omission  of  Daghesh,  nj'd;  1  Sam.  14:36,  njrn 
Prov.  7:  13,  !i2S3n  Cant.  6:  11,  7  :  13,  :  sipn;;  Job  19  :' 23,  -n:^  Num.22:'ll", 
17  (Kal  imper.  with  rt^  parag.  for  'f^^^P,  shortened  by  Makkeph  from  nl2p, 
so  "n'^X  om  Num.  23:7),  or  in  addition,  the  rejection  of  tlie  vowel,  ^"01^ 
K.  futV'Gen.  11:6  for  sip^,  n333  Gen.  11:7  K.  fut.  for  n^^'ii,  n^;p^  Isa. 
19:3  Ni.  pret.  for  n;5z;  or  np^:,  ri:;p3  Ezek.  41:7  Ni.  fut.  for  nspj ; 
15;3  Judg.  5:5  according  to  Gesenius  for  ^Vf:  Ni.  pret.  of  bbT  to  shake, 
according  to  others  K.  pret.  of  bn  (ofow;  >li3?ni  Ezek.  36:3  for  ^H'^) 
(Ewald)  from  bbs  to  enter,  or  for  ^^"^^^  Ni.  fut.  of  nbs  to  go  2ip.  ^ibna 
Ezek.  7  :  24  Ni.  pret.  for  film  ,  "^^nJ  Cant.  1:6  Ni,  pret.' for  "l"n?.  Once 
instead  of  doubling  the  last  radical  "^  is  inserted,  *l''^'^  Prov.  26  :  7  for  ^^"n  , 
comp.  rir":,^!  Ezr.  10  :  16  for  rJi-^^  . 

2.  Upon  the  insertion  of  a  vowel  before  affixes  beginning  with  a  con- 
sonant, the  accent  is  shifted  and  the  previous  part  of  the  word  shortened 
if  possible;  thus,  with  o  in  the  preterite,  riiip ,  ''iniiX'l  (Kamets  belbre  ^ 
which  cannot  be  doubled),  cniSS; ,  ^Si-Ta  ,  ''nip?  .  C^'p^? ,  nip^n  ,'  T-'nisn 
(the  vowel  remaining  long  before  "i),  rhnti  (Pattahh  instead  of  compound 
ShVa  on  account  of  the  following  guttural,  §60.  3.  c),  "^rsnn ,  once  with 
u,  ^liTr?  Mic.  2:4;  with  e  in  the  future,  i^J-^son  ,  nr!3:in  ,  nj^lnn .  If  the 
first  radical  be  doubled,  Daghesh  is  omitted  from  the  last,  and  the  cus- 
tomary vowel  is  in  consequence  not  inserted.  f^^P^ri ,  njban  ;  other  cases 
are  rare  and  exceptional,  nnnon ,  inbn? ,  "Tnani ,  nnb^3 ,  siarn  which  is 
first  plur.  pret.  for  ^isbn  not'third  plur.  for  :i53n  (Ewald),  §54.3;  "^n'ir^ 
Deut.  32:41,  inisn  Isa.  44:16,  "^ni^':]  Ps.  116:6,  have  the  accent  upon 
the  ultimate  instead  of  the  penult. 

3.  Before  suffixes  the  accent  is  always  shifted,  and  if  possible  the 
vowels  shortened,  "'sio^,  ^nio'^  from  riD";,  lab";,  ^(l^a?  from  liiy^,  *i2:|'i!:! 


§  141  REMARKS    ON    AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS,  175 

from  cnn,  C^En.  from  "in;  in  T;:n'i  Gen.  43:29,  Isn.  30:  19,  from  ',n;, 
obisn  Lev.  2(3:  15  Irom  ^Ert,  tlie  original  vowels  have  been  not  only  ab- 
breviated but  rejected,  and  the  requisite  short  vowel  given  to  the  first  of  the 
concurring  consonants,  §61.  1.  In  a  very  few  instances  a  form  resembling 
that  of  Ayin  Vav  verbs  is  assumed,  Daghesh  being  omitted  from  the  last 
radical  and  the  preceding  vowel  lengthened  in  consequence,  ipW  Prov. 
S:29  lor  ipn  ver.  27,  ^^"'r^ri,  Isa.  33:  1  for  ^"ann ,  sin-^niorri  Ezek.  14:8 
for  sin^niJS'rn  ,  nii-J-^-tn  Lam.  1  :  S  for  ti^hfj  Hi.  pret.  of  b^j ,'  ]r^-n-;  Hab. 
2:  17  for  inm  Hi.  fut.  of  nnn  with  3  fem.  plur.  suf,  Cp-ix^  2  Sam.' 22:  43 
in  a  few  editions  for  C]5"iX  .  Nun  is  once  inserted  before  the  suffix  in  place 
of  doubling  the  radical,  "i32p  Num.  23  :  13  for  "I3p  . 

§141.  1.  Of  the  verbs  which  occur  in  Picl,  Pual,  or  Hithpael,  the  fol- 
lowing adopt  the  forms  of  perfect  verbs,  viz.  : 

'TIS  to  curse.  -2^  to  cry.  "ji;?  to  make  a  nest. 

tta  to  plunder.  rri3  to  smite,  break.  Y'-^"^  to  cut  off. 

■i-ia  to  purify.  2rb  to  take   away  the  "in  to  he  many. 

d^^  to  grope.                              heart.  T)?"J  to  he  tender. 

"pt  to  refine.  ppb  to  lick.  Tib  to  liarroio. 

C"2n  to  warm.  ^X'O  to  feel,  to  grope.  ^'°}''0  to  ride. 

y^n  to  divide.                    tts  to  leap.  )iv  to  sharpen. 

nr.n  to  he  broken.  h'bs  to  judge,  to  inter-  crtn  to  be  perfect. 
bh'j  to  cover.                               cede. 

2.  The   following,  which  are  mostly  suggestive  of  a  short,  quick,  re- 
peated motion,  reduplicate  the  radical  syllable,  viz.  : 

~i"^n  to  burn.  nn'O  to  linger.  "i'd  to  sport,  delight. 

""^S  to  dance.  T\~_^  to  excite.  'pp_':i  to  run. 

r^hh  to  be  mad.  r|S:£  to  chirp.  "rn  to  mock. 

3.  The  following  insert  Hholem  after  the  first  radical,  viz.  : 

*;x  to  complain.  in:  to  fly.  rr~i  to  break. 

bbs  to  mix.  CD3  to  lift  np.  nh'j  to  sink. 

pp3  to  empty.  CjEO  to  occupy  the  thres-    hS':i  to  spoil. 

Tia  to  ciU.  hold.  L-b'r  to  be  desolate  or 

"Tir.  to  sweep  away.  "its  to  bind.  amazed. 

cr'n  to  be  still.  ofep?  to  cut  off.  ^^7)  to  beat. 

rnn  to  break  loose  ^'^i^  to  gather. 

4.  The  following  employ  two  forms,  commonly  in  different  senses,  viz. : 

bsbj  and  bB-ia  to  roll.  '{in  to  make  gracious,   ']3'in   to  be 

b'bn  to  praise,  b'B'in  to  make  mad.  gracious. 

b^n  to  profane,  b^in  to  wound.  b^'q  to  speak,  V'^i^  to  mow. 


176  ETYMOLOGY.  §  142,  143 

230  to  change,  -310  to  surround.  'b''ip_  to  curse,  '^I^^p  ^o  whet. 

"l?^'  ^^  gather  clouds,  )\'^V  to  prac-  VST  and  "lili  to  crush. 

Use  sorcery.  Tn'IJ  and    'T^'ii    to    treat    ^cilh   i-io- 
T^IQ  to  burst,  "5E"i3  to sJiaketo pieces.  lence. 

5.  The  following  use  different  forms  in  different  species,  viz. : 

ppn  Pi.  to  decree,  Pu.  p^ri .  'i'l  Pi.  /o  s/io?;;,  Hith.  'ii-rn.* 

I^ri  Pi.  ifo  measure,  Hith.  Tibnn  .  titi-i  Pi.  to  break,  Pu.  ^"i!^""! . 

nn73  Pi.?omaA'fiZ«7/e?',Hith.^a-:rrn.  XsilJ  Pi.  /o  incidcate,  Hith.   "iin'l'n 

bobo  Pi.  fo  e.ro7;,  Hith.  ^.V'in&n  •  to  pierce. 
b^i'J  Pi.  to  maltreat,   Hith.   b^^rn 
and  ^i^is'nlT! . 

6.  The  following  examples  exhibit  the  effect  of  gutturals  upon  redu- 
plicated forms:  Preterite,  ruJ^a  Isa.  11:8;  Infinitive,  "~n"inb  Prov. 
26:21,  f^^n^nn  Ex.  12:39;  Future,  yTb?n\l5K  Ps.  119:47,  ^lyUJs'a':' Ps. 
94:19;  imperative,  dbrnrn  Isa.  29:9;  Participle,  "^"n^  Gen".  2'?':  12, 
ri!i!-ibn73  Prov.  26: 18.    '    '    ' 

§  142.  1.  The  Pual  species  adheres  to  the  analogy  of  perfect  verbs 
with  the  exception  of  the  preterites,  Tnis  Nah.  3  :  17.  hiis  Lam.  1 :  12,  the 
future  :!irilJry:n  Isa.  66:12,  and  the  participles,  i^fY'-'O  Isa.  9:4,  ^^'^3 
Isa.  53 :  5. 

2.  i^p':  Isa.  15  :  5  is  for  :  ^'''JyJ'!^  Pi.  fut.  of  ^^j; ,  §57.  1.  'nann  2  Sam. 
22  :  7  is  contracted  for  ^^2Pr'  Ps.  18  :  27,  probably  with  the  view  of  as- 
similating it  in  form  to  the  preceding  !  DBRfi  ;  in  regard  to  :b52Firi  in  the 
same  verse,  Nordheimer  adopts  the  explanation  of  Alting  that  it  is  a  simi- 
lar contraction  of  the  Hithpael  of  VpQ  ihoii  will  show  thyself  a  judge, hwt  as 
it  answers  to  tVnQrir!  Ps.  18:27,  the  best  authorities  are  almost  unanimous 
in  supposing  a  transposition  of  the  second  radical  with  the  first  and  its 
union  with  n  of  the  prefix. 

3.  ^rin  and  hbv\ .  The  prefixed  fn  remains  in  the  Hiphil  future  of  'in, 
e- g-  ^Pin?)  ^^r}'^'] )  ^-r^-^P"  iin^l  ill  the  derivative  nouns  C"'^rri,  ni'^rrriD; 
whence  these  forms  are  in  the  lexicons  referred  to  the  secondary  root  brrt  . 


Pe  Yodh  C'S)  Verbs.    - 

§143.  In  quiescent  verbs  one  of  the  original  radicals  is 
^? ,  1  or  "^ ,  ^vliich  in  certain  forms  is  converted  into  or  ex- 
changed for  a  vowel.  As  i5  preserves  its  consonantal  charac- 
ter when  occupying  the  second  place  in  the  root,  and  also 

*  "Si^ri'q    Ps.    78:65   is   not  from  "i^n  (Gesenius)   but   from   "i?"!,  see 
Alexander  in  loc. 


^144  PE    YODH    VERBS,  177 

(with  tlic  exception  of  the  Pe  Aleph  future,  §110.  3,  and  a 
few  occasional  forms,  §111.  3)  when  it  stands  in  the  first 
place,  verbs  having  this  letter  as  a  first  or  second  radical  be- 
long to  the  guttural  class  ;  those  only  in  which  it  is  the  third 
radical  (Lamedh  Aleph)  are  properly  reckoned  quiescent.  On 
the  other  hand,  if  the  first,  second,  or  third  radical  be  either 
Yodh  or  Vav,  the  verb  is  classed  as  quiescent.  All  verbs 
into  which  either  i  or  ^  enter  as  a  first  radical  are  promiscu- 
ously called  Pe  Yodh,  as  the  modes  of  inflection  arising  from 
these  two  letters  have  been  blended,  and  Yodh  in  either  case 
appears  in  the  Kal  preterite  from  which  roots  are  ordinarily 
named,  §  83.  a.  In  the  second  radical  the  Vav  forms  (Ayin 
Vav)  preponderate  greatly  over  those  with  Yodh  (Ayin 
Yodh).  In  the  third  radical  the  Yodh  forms  have  almost 
entirely  superseded  those  wdth  Vav,  though  the  current  de- 
nomination of  the  verbs  is  derived  from  neither  of  these 
letters  but  from  He  (Lamedh  He),  which  is  used  to  express 
the  final  vowel  of  the  root  in  the  Kal  preterite  after  the 
proper  radical  has  been  rejected. 

a.  Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  the  consonant  n  belong  to  the  guttural 
class,  e.  g.  naa,  rrbri,  and  are  quite  distinct  IVom  the  quiescent  verbs  rib 
in  which  n  always  represents  a  vowel,  e.  g.  ^33,  riDQ  . 

§144.  1.  In  Pe  Yodh  verbs  the  first  radical  is  mostly 
Yodh  at  the  beginning,  §  56.  2,  and  Vav  at  the  close  of  a 
syllable.  It  is  accordingly  Yodh  in  the  Kal,  Piel,  and  Pual 
i?pecies,  and  commonly  in  the  Hithpacl,  nr;',  me;',  n#^, 
n#^nn.  It  is  Vav  in  the  Niphal  and  commonly  in  the 
Hiphd  and  Hophal  species,  ni'is ,  n^iuin ,  nr^r* . 

2.  In  the  Kal  future,  if  Yodh  be  retained,  it  will  quiesce 
in  and  prolong  the  previous  Hhirik,  and  the  second  radical 
will  take  Pattahh,  e.  g.  t^^.  ;  if  the  first  radical  be  rejected 
the  previous  Hhirik  is  commonly  lengthened  to  Tsere, '^j?.^ 
the  Pattahh  of  the  second  syllable  being  sometimes  changed 
to  Tsere  to  correspond  with  it,  §  63.  2.  c,  e.  g.  ^ ;  in  a  few 
instances  Hhirik  is  preserved  by  giving  Daghesh-forte  to  the 
12  . 


178  ETYMOLOGY.  §145,146 

second  radical  as  in  Pe  Nun  verbs,  the  following  vowel  being 
either  Pattahh  or  Hholem,  rk^ ,  p'k^ . 

3.  Those  verbs  which  reject  Yodh  in  the  Kal  future,  re- 
ject it  likewise  in  the  imperative  and  infinitive  construct, 
where  it  would  be  accompanied  by  Sh'va  at  the  beginning 
of  a  syllable,  §  53.  2.  a,  the  infinitive  being  prolonged  as  in 
Pe  Nun  verbs  by  the  feminine  termination,  ^^ ,  t^^^. . 

§  145.  1.  In  the  Niphal  preterite  and  participle  Vav 
quiesces  in  its  homogeneous  vowel  Hholem,  ^iais ,  ^isis ;  in 
the  infinitive,  future,  and  imperative,  where  it  is  doubled  by 
Daghesh-forte,  it  retains  its   consonantal  character,   ^i??^n, 

2.  In  the  Hiphil  Vav  quiesces  in  Hholem,  niiiJin,  n^iJi'i; 
a  few  verbs  have  Yodh  quiescing  in  Tsere,  ^"'i^''^ ,  ^'^P'^.'? ; 
more  rarely  still,  the  first  radical  is  dropped  and  the  preced- 
ing short  vowel  is  preserved,  as  in  Pe  Nun  verbs,  by  doubling 
the  second  radical,  Ji'^^n ,  ^''sr;^ . 

3.  In  the  Hophal  Vav  quiesces  in  Shurek,  StB^h,  si'^''; 
occasionally  the  short  vowel  is  preserved  and  Daghesh-forte 
inserted  in  the  second  radical,  si^ . 

a.  The  Hholem  or  Tsere  of  the  Hiphil  arises  from  the  combination  of 
a,  the  primary  vowel  of  the  first  syllable  in  this  species,  §82.  5.  b.  (3), 
with  ?t  or  i,  into  which  the  letters  1  and  ■>  are  readily  softened,  §57.2.  (5). 
The  Hholem  of  the  Niphal  is  to  be  similarly  explained  :  the  Hhirik  of 
this  species,  which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va  and  cannot  combine  with  Vav, 
is  exchanged  for  the  simplest  of  the  vowels  a  (comp.  sbj ,  Cipj),  and  the 
union  of  this  with  1  forms  o.  The  Hophal  retains  the  passive  vowel  u, 
which  is  occasionally  found  in  perfect  verbs,  §95.  a. 

§146.  The  inflections  of  Pe  Yodh  verbs  may  be  repre- 
sented by  those  of  aiz?^  to  sit  or  divell.  The  Piel,  Pual, 
and  Hithpael  are  omitted  from  the  paradigm,  as  they  do  not 
differ  from  perfect  verbs.  The  alternate  form  of  the  Kal 
future  is  shown  by  the  example  of  tin;;'  to  be  drij. 


Paradigm  of  '. 

?E    YODII 

Verbs. 

KAL. 

NIPUAL. 

nipniL. 

nOPHAL. 

KAL. 

Pket.  3  m. 

nir"^ 

zm 

n^ibin 

rnr^n 

••r 

3/ 

"^^\x 

T    :    1 

nn^iziin 

T     SIT 

2  m. 

T   :   — r 

n^-a:i] 

nzir^n 

T    :  — T 

2/. 

nniD> 

ri»ii:i2 

nn'^'H 

FiZ'oj^r; 

rit^n; 

\c. 

^nn'i:^ 

^nn-iji] 

"nnTiJin 

•     :   — T 

Plur.  3  c. 

:  IT 

:     1 

^n^TTin 

:       1 

:  IT 

2  m. 

i^n^"^": 

DrQDID 

DriniiJin 

Qnn-uj^n 

nun-G?^ 

2/ 

1^?"*^: 

■jS^^'^'i? 

^nnirin 

inn^i^n 

■n-i-a': 

1  c. 

^^T^r 

^;nTri] 

^riirin 

^rn-ir'^n 

;  — T 

Inpin.  -45so?. 

ni-ij"' 

mrin 

T 

Constr. 

J^'^"^' 

•T      • 

n^irin 

i 

irz;^ 

FuT.  3  m. 

mr"' 

••T    • 

Z'lhr 

n^^^  i 

■^^^? 

3/ 

nuin 

ri;^n 

n"Trin 

m2j^,n  1 

iTj^ri 

2  ?w. 

nrn 

n-^iDin 

n'3^n 

^n'n 

2/ 

^iian 

'■ht-n 

^n^-iiin 

•    :       1 

1  e. 

n-iTj^^ 

■•T     • 

n^-(ri5< 

nu?i&^ 

iri\^ 

Plur.  3  m. 

^n'l:-' 

;iT  • 

^n-^-^v 

:     1 

3/. 

T    :    —  •• 

n:n"j:'^ri 

T    :     •• 

nriTT^n 

T    :   —      • 

2  w. 

^nirn 

:iT    • 

^n""u:in 

:       1 

2/ 

njnirn 

rijn-!z:-,n 

T    ;     "T    • 

T   :    *• 

T    ;    — 

nri^n-n 

1  c. 

^^?. 

niz;;? 

u^iTlD 

l-ic'iiD 

IZJi-D 

ImPEK.  2  TO. 

^^. 

mr^ri 

nujin 

^i' 

2/ 

^2123 

"^nir^ri 

^n^'^rin 

wanting 

^irn^ 

Plur.  2  m. 

^n-d 

^r^^^ 

^z-^up^n 

Va;n^ 

2/ 

T    ;     •■ 

rtmizjin 

T   :    •• 

"r-^5: 

Paet.  Act. 

n-i:-^ 

n^iijtj 

tn'"^ 

Pass. 

T 

r 

T 

T 

179 


180  ETYMOLOGY.  §  147 


Remarks  on  Pe  Yodh  Verbs. 

§147.   1.  The  following  verbs  retain  Yodh  in  tlie  Kal  future,  viz. : 

Tl'i^  lo  he  dry.  T|C^  to  be  poured.  N'n^  to  fear. 

ya^  to  toil.  ^"S"^  to  appoint.  frn^  to  cast. 

in;j  to  delaij.  tit"^  to  be  weary.  vn"^  to  possess. 

HD^  to  oppress.  |'?^  to  counsel.  Db|;  to  put. 

p3^  to  suck.  n£^  to  he  beautiful.  'fci"^  to  sleep. 

The  concurrence  of  Yodhs  in  the  third  person  of  the  future  is  some- 
times prevented  by  omitting  the  quiescent  "oh"; .  ^ii"}"^,.  ^^d^,  ihe  long 
vowel  receiving  Methegh  before  vocal  Sh'va,  and  thus  distinguishing  the 
last  two  words  from  the  Lamedh  He  forms,  ^X'^';'  from  fixn  atul  ^i^l  Irom 
nid,  §45.  2. 

2.  The  following  have  Tserc  under  the  preformative ;  those  in  which 
the  second  vowel  is  likewise  Tsere  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk  : 

i'T'^  to  know.  *  'ip^  to  bear.  S'p^  to  be  dislocated. 

1n^  to  be  joined.  *  x:^'^  to  go  out.  *  T^J  to  g-o  down. 

cnli  to  conceive.  ^:jJ  to  be  straitened.     *  -ui^  to  sit,  dwell. 

The  second  syllable  has  Pattahh  in  ^nn  Jer.  13:  17,  Lam.  3:48,  and 
in  the  feminine  plurals,  ■^J'l^n,  '^5'7'br];  "^JS^P  has  Seghol  after  the 
analogy  of  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs ;  tissd'^n  (with  the  vowel-letter  ">  for  e) 
occurs  only  in  the  K'thihh,  Ezek.  35:  9,  and  of  course  has  not  its  proper 
vowels.  In  !  "^l^"?  Ps.  138  ;6  the  radical  Yodh  remains  and  has  attracted 
to  itself  the  Tsere  of  the  preformative.     Comp.  §  60.  3.  c. 

3.  The  following  insert  Daghesh-forte  in  the  second  radical,  viz. :  "lO'l' 
to  chastise,  instruct,  nk^  to  bum.  In  sinnn  Isa.  44 :  8  short  Hhirik  re- 
mains before  a  letter  with  Sh'va;  ''3u:"i'^  Job  16:11  is  explained  by  some 
as  a  Kal  future,  by  others  as  a  Piel  preterite. 

4.  The  following  have  more  than  one  form  :  -Di;  to  be  good  fut.  "U'l"'  , 
once  ^k'-i^Pi  Nah.  3:8;  pk^  to  pour  pi"',  once  p^in  1  Kin.  22:35;  li;; 
toform,'^'k-!  and  T^'^^l ;  ip';  to  burn,  '^p_2  Isa.  10:16,  ami  ^pTn  Deut". 
32 :  22 ;  yp";  to  awake,  ■j^p"^':  once  f  p';'  1  Kin.  3:15;  -np^  to  be  precious, 
"ip"'';'  and  "ip^  ,  or  with  a  vowel  letter  for  e,  ^p^D ;  nb^  to  be  desolate,  ciiFi 
once  n:^d^n  Ezek.  6:6;  liy";  to  he  right, '^b'''^ ,  once  ns'iTi-";' (3  fem.plur., 
§88)  1  Sam.  6  :  12.     Some  copies  have  ^in":  Isa.  40  :  30  for  ^n^  . 

5.  In  futures  having  Tsere  under  the  preformative,  the  accent  is  shifted 
to  the  penult  after  Vav  Conversive  in  the  persons  liable  to  .such  a  change, 
viz. :  3  sing.,  2  masc.  sing.,  and  1  plur.,  Tsere  in  the  ultimate  being  in  con- 
sequence shortened  to  Seghol,  5>'^^\  "^^^1!)  "^"l.?^  •  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate 
becomes  Seghol  in  "^2^;;. ,  "i^i"^^*  (with  a  postpositive  accent)  Gen.  2:7,  19, 
Ddi'^]  Gen.  50:26;  but  ""J"'''::,  ^"T'^ ,  )^.'''^1,  YP^'^.I,   only  once  before  a 


§148-150  REMARKS    ON    PE    YODII    VERBS.  181 

monosyllable,  S35.  1,  yP."'^'^  Gen.  9:24.  The  accent  remains  on  tlic  ulti- 
mate in  tlie  Lamedh  Alcph  form  N3:*1 ,  unless  the  following  word  begins 
with  an  accented  syllable,  c.  g.  X^tn  Gen.  4:16,  8:18.  The  pause  re- 
stores the  accent  in  all  these  cases  to  its  original  position.  ! -■>^.^2  Ruth 

4  : 1,  iinm  Ps.  139 :  1,  'i-.'-i  Ps.  18  :  10,  635.  2.  " 

§148.  1.  Kal  construct  infinitives  with  Yodh  :  "CZ"}  and  witli  a  fetiiinine 
ending  n'ri';!,  r.^b^,  ib"^  with  euf.  "'io;',  one*  with  prep.  Tio'^b  2  Chron. 
31  :  7,  Daghesh  conservative  after  J,  §14.  a;  nx"i7,  §87,  once  KI7  Josh. 
22:25  and  with  prep,  xnb  1  Sam.  18:29  from  JfS^;  rin^  once  5<i'l':  2  Chron. 
26  :  15  from  rri"; ,  ■pt;'^ . 

2.  Infinitives  without  Yodh:  t^'A  (with  suf.  "'0"'^),  rrj'r\  Ex.  2  :  4,  and 
without  the  feminine  termination  S"i ,  11"^  (withsul!  "'n'lb)  and  tinb,  once 
r.y  1  Sam.  4:19,554.2,  nxk  (with  snV!  ''r5<^),  ni^.ii',  nnn  (with  suf. 
•ipiTi)  once  n"i-i  Gen.  46:3,  ncn  (with  suf.  nri':J-i),'p=iu  Vnsd  ,  with 
suf.  Ti^a  once  "^naia  Ps.  23:6).  Yodh  is  perhaps  dropped  from  the  ab- 
solute infinitive  -iU3  Jer.  42: 10,  which  is  usually  explained  to  be  for  -iiJ^  ; 
it  may,  however,  be  derived  from  the  Ayin  Vav  verb  ivj  . 

3.  Imperatives  with  Yodh:  iin-^,  Hn^ ,  fn";  .  Without  Yodh:  'J'^  (with 
n  parag.  nr^  Prov.  24  :  14),  rfi  (with  n  parag.  f^^H;  for  ^l-n  Hos.  4: 18, 
see  §92.  a),  N:i  (">5^,  fern.  plur.  njix-^  Cant.  3:11),  ::0  ("nd  ;  ndd). 
With  both  forms :  pi  and  pi-;  (^p^";),  ^^  (^7"'),  twice  'T17  Judg.  5:13,  "in 
"jn  and  tidn^. 

§  149.  1.  The  Niphal  of  nj-;  has  u  instead  of  0.  '.:^3  Zeph.  3  :  18,  ni^r: 
Lam.  1:4;  iin|l3  1  Chron.  3  :  5,  20  :  8  has  u  foliowed  by  Daghesh.  r"i: , 
which  according  to  Gesenius  is  from  r:j^  ,  has  i;  Ewald  assumes  the  root 
to  be  rins,  and  refers  to  it  likewise  the  Kal  future  and  the  Hiphil  ascribed 
to  rk^,  §147.3.  and  §150.4.  In  that  case  the  Daghesh  in  ^r.lfi  Isa.  33: 12. 
Jer.  51 :  58,  will  not  require  the  explanation  suggested  in  §  24.  c,  but  the 
K'thibh  n-in-'li'n  2  Sam.  14:30  will  be  unexplained.  Cp-3  Ps.  9:  17  is 
not  the  Niphal  preterite  or  participle  of  Cp;j,  but  the  Kal  participle  of  Cp: . 

2.  Yodh  appears  in  the  Niphal  future  of  two  verbs  instead  of  Vav. 
hr\\'':)  Gen.  8  :  12,  1  Sam.  13:  8  K'ri,  r.n^7  Ex.  19  :  13.  In  the  first  person 
singular  X  always  has  Hhirik,  snnx,  lb  jx,  ".CJX,  C^Ji*,  tk'^^  ,  "'"T.l^- 

§1.50.  1.  In  the  Hiphil  the  following  verbs  have  Yodh  preceded  by 
Tsere,  viz. :  -i?^  lo  be  good,  hb"^  to  hoicl.  )'i'^  to  go  to  the  right.  "X'^  to 
change,  p:'^  to  suck.  Yodh  is  lil<evvise  found  in  '^ri'^'^n  Judg.  16:26 
K'thibh,  and  in  the  following  instances  in  which  the  prefix  has  Pattahh  as 
in  perfect  verb.s,  Cnio-^i^  Hos.  7:12,  ^'^'b;:'^  Prov.  4:25,  nii-^n  P.s.  5:9 
K'ri  (K'thibh  "lO'.n),  K^'^n  Gen.  8 :  17  K'ri  (K'thibh  Xliin),  c"^';i::-o 
1  Chron.  12  :  2.  ' 

2.  In  -■'•J!!?  Job  24  :  21  (elsewhere  -^i^!))  and  h'^)'":'  (once  i^b^S'wX  Mic. 
1:8),  the  radical  Yodh  attracts  to  itself  the  vowel  of  the  preformative, 
comp.  §  147.  2.  He  remains  after  the  preformative  in  'ib'^"?''"'^  Isa.  52  :  5, 
nT;.-!-:  Neh.  11:17,  Ps.  28:7,  ^^i'i.T^  1  Sam.  17:47,  Ps.  116:6.  Both 
Yodh  and  Vav.  quiescing  in  their  appropriate  vowels,  are  liable  to  omis- 
sion, "•'an,  'p"":?!,  '^''Y^,  Vd'Cn,  and  once  the  vowel  Tsere  is  dropped 
before  a  suffi.x,  ''.nprri  Ex.  2 :  9  for  Wp-^S'^n . 


182  ETYMOLOGY.  §150,151 

3.  Vav  conversive  draws  the  accent  back  to  the  penultimate  Tsere  or 
Hholem  of  the  Hiphil  future  in  the  persons  liable  to  be  affected  by  it, 
§147.5,  and  shortens  the  final  vowel,  ~'4'^J.1,  PP^I,  -'^."i*!! ,  -^.JV  >En] ; 
but  with  a  pause  accent  !  "nS]  Ruth  2  :  14. 

4.  The  following  verbs  insert  Dagrhesh  in  the  second  radical  in  the 
Hiphil,  viz.:  J:^;  to  set, place,  r:^];  to  spread,  p^'J  to  pour,  except  :  rp::'^ 
2  Kin.  4 : 5  K'ri  (K'thibh  np2i:2),  rk^  to  burn,  'except  nin-i^in  2  Sam. 
14 :  30  K'thibh. 

5.  In  the  Hophal  a  few  examples  occur  of  u  followed  by  Daghesh,  5-2'^ 
Ex.  10:24,  ^'k-^^  Isa.  14:  11,  Esth.  4:  3,  lb^-2  Isa.  23:16,  pk"?  Job  11  :  15 '; 
and  a  few  of  Hholem,  2Jnin  Lev.  4  :  23,  28'  N-iii  Prov.  1 1  :  25'  for  nnii  from 
riTV  The  construct  infinitive:  'ibin  Ezr.  3:  11,  and  with  the  feminine 
termination  r'n^m  Ezek.  16:4,  nn|n  Gen.  40:20,  Ezek.  16:5. 

§  150.  1.  In  the  Kal  preterite  Yodh  is  once  dropped,  ^n  Judg.  19  :  11  for 
Tn'l' .  Hhirik  occurs  with  the  second  radical  of  lB^  and  ^^"^  in  the  first 
and  second  persons  singular  with  suffixes,  and  in  the  second  person  plural, 
which  is  perhaps  due  to  the  assimilating  power  of  the  antecedent  Yodh, 
e.  g.  ■'Sri'l^'?,  t^P^i'?,  Cini::i-iv 

2.  In  the  Piel  future  the  prefix  Yodh  of  the  third  person  is  contracted 
with  the  radical  after  Vav  conversive,  ^nfca-'n  Nah.  1:4  for  inira;;^!,  ns^l 
Lam.   3:33,    >i^?l    Lam.   3:53,    cnis^l    2    c'hron.    32:30   K'ri  '(K'thibh 

D-ldiil). 

3.  Three  verbs  have  Vav  in  the  Hithpael,  i^^jJ^n  j  ^'^.""H  i  f^Jj^H;  ^ 
is  assimilated  to  the  following  1  and  contracted  with  it  in  sntD^lJ  Ezek. 
23:48  for  silS^ns  a  peculiar  Niphal  formed  on  the  basis  of  a  Hithpael, 
§83.  c.  (2).  In  'akntn  Ex.  2:4  for  rik^rn  Yodh  is  rejected  and  its  vowel 
given  to  the  preceding  letter,  §53.  3.  b. 

§151.  1.  T\^>^  and  "r^  .  T\?^>  to  go  in  the  Hiphil  and  for  the  most  part  in 
the  infinitive  construct,  future  and  imperative  Kal  follows  the  analogy  of  Pe 
Yodh  verbs,  as  though  the  root  were  T|r^  .  Thus.  Kal  inf.  const,  nrb  (nsb , 
with  suf  "^riS^)  rarely  T\^n.;  fut.  Tj.^"^  (once  with  the  vowel  letter  i  fore, 
iibb"'ii;  Mic.  1 :  S,  fem.  pi.  nsrbn),  occasionally  in  poetry  T\^'^.^  (3  fem.  sing, 
t(BnPi) ;  imper.  fj^  (with  n^  parag.  i^^^,  or  without  the  vowel  letter  V]l? , 
fem.  pi.  HSdH  and  ^'pB)  once  labrj  Jer.  51:50.  Hiphil:  T("'r"in.  once  in 
the  imper.  ■'21^^■^  Ex.  2:9,  and  once  in  the  participle  d'^bbri'a  Zech.  3:7 
for  C'li-'bna,  §94.  e.  .        '  ' 

2.  v]b5J  to  gather  and  r.O^  to  add  are  liable  to  be  confounded  in  certain 
forms.  In  the  Hiphil  future  of  tlb'J.  0  is  twice  represented  by  the  vowel 
letter  N,  vjBi^'::  1  Sam.  18:29,  ',^SpNn  Ex.  5:7;  Cibx  drops  its  Jt  in  the 
Kal  future,  when  it  follows  the  Pe  Aleph  inflection,  §110.  3.  which  it  does 
only  in  the  following  instances,  T{q}^  2  Sam.  6:1,  V|bn  Ps.l04:29,  noDX 
Mic.  4 :  6,  ^3DX  1  Sam.  15 :  6,  where  the  Hhirik,  being  abbreviated  from 
Tsere,  is  short,  notwithstanding  the  Methegh  in  the  intermediate  syllable, 
§45.  2.  a.  The  apoc.  Hiph.  fut.  of  Cib^  Avhen  joined  with  the  negative 
particle  iiX  is  accented  on  the  penult,  CiOin'bx  Deut.  3 :  26,  and  in  one  in- 
stance the  vowel  of  the  ultimate  is  dropped  entirely,  r]bin~ix  Prov.  30.:  6. 


§152,153     AYIN    VAV    AND    AYIN    YODII    VERBS.  183 

3.  nirn'iain  Zech.  10:6  is  probably,  as  explained  by  Gesenius  and 
Heno-stenberg.'for  D'^nnoin  from  :iB;  to  dwell,  though  Ewald  derives  it 
from°-lil3  to  return,  as  if  for  D'^ni3^;n,  and  Kimchi  supposes  it  to  be  a 
combination  of  both  words  suggesting  the  sense  of  both,  in  which  he  ia 
followed  by  the  English  translators.  I  will  bring  them  again  to  place  them. 

d"'xr;n  Isa.  30:  5  "is  regarded  byGesenius  as  an  incorrect  orthography 
for  la^iin ;  but  Maurer  and  Knobel  read  it  lI3"'X2n  and  assume  a  root  CX2 
synonymous  with  bia  ".     Alexander  in  loc. 

rpain  Ps.  16:5,  see  §90. 


Ayin  Vav  (^y)  AND  Ayin  Yodii  (""'i^)  Verbs. 

§152.  Yodh  and  Vav,  as  the  second  radical  of  verbs, 
have  the  following  peculiarities,  viz  : 

1.  They  may  be  converted  into  their  homogeneous 
vowels  i  and  u. 

2.  They  may  be  rejected  when  accompanied  by  a  hetero- 
geneous vowel,  which  is  characteristic  of  the  form.  Yodh 
forms  are  confined  to  the  Kal  of  a  few  verbs ;  in  the  other 
species  Vav  forms  are  universal. 

a.  Yodh  is  never  found  as  a  quiescent  middle  radical  in  any  species 
but  Kal:  it  enters  as  a  consonant  into  the  Piel  of  two  verbs,  and  the  Hith- 
pael  of  two,  §161.  l.theNiphal  of  n'lri  to  be,  and  the  Hiphil  of  n^n  (o  line. 

§153.  1.  In  the  Kal  preterite  and  active  participle  and 
in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  species,  the  quiescent  is  rejected 
and  its  vowel  given  to  the  preceding  radical.     Thus, 

Kal  preterite :  D^  for  Di^  where  a,  which  arises  from 
blending  a  with  the  pretonic  Kamets,  §62.  1,  is  in  partial 
compensation  for  the  contraction,  r^^  for  r,i"a ,  rs  for  tJi3 , 
sn  for  n'i;'!  .     Por  an  exceptional  formation,  see  §  157.  1. 

Active  participle  :  0)5  for  DJjp  ,  ra  for  ni^  ,  irk  for  tc^3  , 
2^  for  3^n ,  the  ordinaiy  participial  form  being  superseded 
by  that  of  another  verbal  derivative,  as  is  the  case  in  some 
perfect  verbs  of  a  neuter  signification,  §  90. 


184  ETYMOLOGY.  §154 

Hipliil  and  Hoplial :  n^pn  for  D-'ijpr;,  Q^j??  for  Q'^ll^^, 
sj?^n  for  D^jxn ,  the  short  vowel  of  the  prefix  bemg  pro- 
fonged  in  a  simple  syllable,  §  59. 

2.  In  the  Kal  construct  infinitive,  future,  imperative  and 
passive  participle,  the  quiescent  is  softened  into  its  homo- 
geneous vowel,  a^p ,  ^•'-1 ;  in  the  future  the  preformative 
commonly  takes  the  simplest  of  the  long  vowels  a,  D^p^, 
^^■H;',  comp.  so;'. 

3.  In  the  Kal  absolute  infinitive  and  in  the  Niphal 
species  a  similar  softening  of  1  occurs,  which,  with  the 
accompanying  or  preceding  a,  forms  o,  §  57.  2.  (5),  dip  (kom= 
kaiim)  for  Q'iip;  Dip?  for  oip?,  the  prefix  usually  taking  the 
simplest  of  the  long  vowels  a ;  Dip;'  for  Dip;' . 

4.  In  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Niphal  and 
Hiphil  preterites  o  (i)  is  inserted  before  the  affixed  termina- 
tion in  order  to  preserve  the  long  vowel  of  the  root  from  the 
compression  incident  to  standing  before  two  consonants, 
§01.4;  in  the  feminine  plurals  of  the  Kal  future  c  C^..)  is 
sometimes  inserted  for  a  similar  reason,  this  prolongation  of 
the  w^ord  being  attended  by  a  shifting  of  the  accent  and  a 
consequent  rejection  of  the  pretonic  vowel  of  the  first  sylla- 
ble, Dni^ipD,  niT2"^pn,  T^T'tl^■pT\.  In  the  Niphal  preterite, 
when  the  inserted  i  receives  the  accent,  the  preceding  i  is  for 
euphony  changed  to  ^ ,  e.  g.  '^ni'aipp . 

5.  In  the  Kal  and  Hiphil  species  the  apocopated  future 
takes  the  diphthongal  vowels  o  and  B  in  distinction  from  the 
ordinary  future,  which  has  the  pure  vowels  u  and  i,  §  G5.  2.  3, 
thus  SiiJ!^ ,  si??;' .  With  Vav  Conversive  the  accent  is  drawn 
back  to  the  simple  penult,  and  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable 
is  shortened,  SiljH  ,  n©^1 . 

§154.  1.  In  the  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael,  the  form  of 
perfect  verbs  is  rarely  adopted,  the  second  radical  appearing 
as  1 ,  e.  g.  "lis?,  or  as  '' ,  e.  g,  Dtip . 

2.  Commonly  the  third  radical  is  reduplicated  instead 


§155  AYIN    VAV    AND    AYIN    YODII    VERBS.  185 

of  the  second,  wliicli  then  quicsces  m  Hholcm,  Pi.  t]^ip, 
Pu.  D^ip ,  liith.  n^vnn . 

a.  In  tlie  Pual  o  is  the  passive  vowel  here  adopted  in  preference  to  n; 
in  the  Piel  and  Hithpael  it  arises  from  the  combination  of  ii,  to  which  1  is 
softened,  with  tlie  antecedent  a,  C^ip  for  0^^p_ .  §82.  5.  b  (3). 

3.  Sometimes  the  quiescent  letter  is  omitted  from  the 
root,  and  the  resulting  biliteral  is  reduplicated,  Pi.  ^?^?, 
Pu.  bibs . 

a.  The  two  forms  of  the  intensive  species,  which  depart  from  the  regu- 
lar paradigm,  precisely  resemble  in  appearance  those  of  Ayin  doubled 
verbs,  though  constructed  upon  a  dilTerent  principle,  as  already  explained. 

§155.  The  inflections  of  Ayin  Vav  verbs  are  shown  in 
those  of  Q^ip  to  stand  or  rise,  in  the  following  paradigm ;  the 
divergent  forms  of  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  in  the  Kal  species  are 
exhibited  by  n''"i7o  contend. 

a.  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  are  named  not  from  the  Kal 
preterite,  in  which  the  quiescent  is  rejected,  but  Irom  the  construct  infini- 
tive, the  simplest  form  in  which  all  the  radicals  appear. 

b.  No  Hophal  forms  occur  in  those  persons  in  which  the  inflective  ter- 
minations begin  with  a  consonant.  The  same  is  true  of  the  Ayin  Yodh 
imperative. 


Paradigm  of 

Ay  IN  Vav 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

PUAL. 

Pjret.  3  m. 

»=)? 

Dip; 

D/bip 

D^bip 

3/. 

^^ 

n-:ip; 

tT2-T^ 

n^^ip 

2  m. 

^'rP- 

ini:bp: 

n-^/bip 

n^tT 

2/ 

rp^ 

rii/bps 

n-j^bip 

n-;tip 

Ic. 

v^t 

"ni:!:p5 

-n-^/bip 

^mizip 

Plur.  3  c. 

^■-1? 

^^Jip3 

^■b'fi^ 

^'i'-pip 

2  m. 

^'^^r^l 

Dhi";:ip2 

Dri'j'^ip 

Dn-r^ip 

2/ 

WP- 

(hi'jip.? 

ifer^^l? 

"i^^v^^P 

1  c. 

^^ii 

ii:i7jp5 

^:7fbip 

^2/f^ip 

Infix.  ^'IfooZ. 

Dip 

Dipn 

Const)'. 

n^p 

Dipri 

D'jip 

FuT.  3  »i. 

Dp; 

Dip: 

D-jip': 

D-bip^ 

3/ 

D^pn 

Dipn 

D°bipri 

D'bipn 

2  TO 

D^pn 

Dipn 

D^hipn 

D^bipn 

2/ 

^#n 

^23ipri 

rbl2ipn 

•    :    'i    : 

rb^ipn 

1  c. 

D^,px 

Dip.^ 

C"r?ip2S| 

D-bipy? 

PZi^?'.   3  7)1. 

^■-^P^ 

^•::ip: 

■   'i  • 

^■j-;ip': 

3/ 

|-;r:!:ppi 

n:-:ipri 

nrfbipri 

n-fbipin 

2  «i. 

^■:t>i? 

^■ripn 

^•r^ipn 

vjaipn 

:     'i    : 

2/. 

M:-i:prp 

Mj'^ipri 

T    :    ••    I      : 

M:-tipn 

T    :   —    <      : 

1  c. 

dt:^ 

Dip: 

Dbip^ 

D"bip5 

Impee.  2  7n. 

D^p 

Dipri 

D-:ip 

2/. 

r^^p 

^■^ipn 

^:bt)ip 

wanting 

PZwr.  2  «i. 

^•:^p 

^-ipn 

^■j-jip 

:     'l 

2/. 

""-^P 

MJ-^ipri 

n2-:^ip 

Part.  Act. 

t^P 

D-bip:j 

Pass. 

D^p 

Dips 

D:bip53 

186 


AND    AyIN 

YoDH  Verbs. 

niPHiL. 

nopnAL. 

IIITIIPAKL. 

KAI.. 

D"pn 

dp^n 

d-bipnn 

nn 

^"fi?" 

n-bp^n 

T  T 

snrj"pn 

(n-^p^u) 

T}'2b%T::r} 

nnn 

T    ;  — 

T                   • 

TO-pn 

(n-^r^^n) 

rrfj^prri 

^^:i 

^nrj-pr; 

(T9fe^-) 

T-^/bip/nr; 

'2^?^ 

^nii^n 

^-T" 

^■:;p^r; 

rb^^ipnri 

^n^n 

niir::'j:n 

(DMp^r:) 

□n'f^ipnri 

1        nnnn 

ry^'m 

(#tP^v) 

■|na:2^pr^ri 

1^?^ 

^Dti^pji 

(^^) 

^r^/bipnri 

^:nn 

Dpn 

nin 

1 
2^1 

Q-PO 

ahiprn 

n^n 

t^-p: 

Dp^^ 

D^iipn^ 

•  r 

D-pn 

Dp^n 

Q^jiprn 

!                                               •      T 

D'pn 

Dp^n 

Q'j^pnn 

n^ni^ 

^■r-pJ? 

^■b'jiprri 

^n^nn 

i:2-p^ 

Dp^i< 

D-bipni^ 

n^n.s 

•■-■p: 

^•^p^: 

^■j-jipn^ 

^2^n^ 

^f^P^ 

(r::^p^,r,) 

T    :    ••    '      :    • 

T    ;    ••   T 

^•rpin 

^t:p^,n 

ilu^nn 

-^tI^^ 

(n:":p^n) 

nrfbiprn 

T    :    ••   r 

^■P5 

Dp^i 

Q'bipnj 

•  r 

DPO 

tJ'bT^M 

iH 

'rVK^ 

wanting 

^7b53ipnri 

''n^n 

^-T>0 

^"j-::ip^r; 

iin^n 

-^■^PO, 

T    :    •■    '      :    • 

(^Pt^) 

i^'P'^ 

nprj 

D-bipsn'j 

T 

187 


188  ETYMOLOGY.  §156,157 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  Verbs. 

§  156.  1.  Medial  Yodh  and  Vav  remain  without  quiescence  or  rejection 
in  a  few  verbs,  whose  root  contains  another  feeble  consonant  by  contrast 
with  which  these  letters  acquire  new  strength.  This  is  always  the  case 
in  Lamedh  He  verbs,  e.  g.  i^^f^.  <^13  ;  so  likewise  intlie  following  guttural 
verbs  and  forms,  si;a  to  e.rp/re,  ^  l-jn;;  Isa.  29:22,  :  w;ai  Isa.  42:11, 
^'■^X  to  he  an  enemy,  '■(^VJ  1  Sam.  IS  :'9  K'ri  (K'thibh  V^')?  '^^Ti  ■^^^■ 
4:  31,  which  are  confined  to  the  Kal  species,  and  in  n^n  to  he  airy  or  re- 
freshing, which  is  besides  Ibund  in  the  Pual  participle. 

2.  The  Kal  preterite  has  Pattahh  in  two  instances  as  in  Ayin  Vav 
verbs,  12  Zech.  4:  10,  H'J  Isa.  44  :  18  but  ni:  Lev.  14 :  42.  It  has  Tsere 
in  ri^  to  die,  li  Isa.  17  :  11  but  >nD  .Jer.  50  :  3,  and  Hholem  in  n-ix  to  shine, 
■dia  to  he  ashamed,  aib  to  he  good,  §82.  1.  a,  and  in  ^1X2  Jer.  27 :  18,  else- 
where 1X3,  ^-h  Isa.  1:6,  Ps.  58:4,  elsewhere  1"it.  Hhirik  once  occurs 
instead  of  Pattahh  in  the  second  person  plural,  cn'rs  Mai.  3  :  20.  The 
following  participles  have  Tsere,  D^ib  ,  -j'b  ,  "i  .  ri  ,  "li; ;  the  following 
have  Hholem,  n-'6i2,  cit'iS  ,  c^r^p  2  Kin.  16:7  (comp.  cn^'iip  Ex.  32:25 
in  the  Samaritan  copy),  elsewhere  ^152^. 

3.  The  vowel  letter  N  is  written  for  «,  §  11.  1.  a,  once  in  the  preterite, 
txp  Hos.  10:14,  and  occasionally  in  the  participle,  l:.xH  Judg.  4:21, 
nirixn  Prov.  24:7,  ax-i  2  Sam.  12:1,  4,  Prov.  10:4,  13:23,  D'l-JX^ 
despising  Ezek.  16  :  57,  28  :  24,  26,  to  be  distinguished  from  n^ipd  roioing 
Ezek.  27:8,  26.  The  consonant  N  is  once  introduced  in  place  of  the 
omitted  T,  nixn  Zech.  14:  10  for  t^^"^ ;  the  ancient  versions  favour  the 
assumption,  that  "'"iSS  Ps.  22:17  is  in  like  manner  for  n^^^  ])ierci>ig, 
though  the  most  recent  and  ablest  expositors  take  it  to  be  a  preposition 
and  noun  like  the  lion.     Alexander  in  loc. 

4.  The  accent  regularly  remains  upon  the  radical  syllable  before 
affixes  consisting  of  a  vowel  or  a  simple  syllable,  though  with  occasional 
exceptions,  e.  g.  nx;^  Lev.  18  :  28,  lin  Gen.  26  :  22,  ^i'-a  Gen.  40  :  15,  ^inn 
Num.  13  :  32.  In  a  few  instances  it  is  shifted  by  Vav  conversive  preterite, 
§100.2.  ^'Jh)  Obad.  ver.  16,  siSOT  Am.  3  :  15,  tinD'i  Isa.  11  :  2,  >in;^  Isa. 7: 19 
but  1X21  ibid..  >^X21  Zech.  5:4,  HDb'i  ibid.,  where  the  feminine  ending  is 
n  _  instead  of  n  j  so  in  the  passive  participle,  rrnlT  Isa.  59  :  5  for  nniT . 

§  157.  1.  Hholem  is  in  a  few  instances  found  instead  of  Shurek  in  the 
construct  infinitive,  Ni2  ,  V'.i  Judg.  3  :  25,  tiio,  nii  and  HID,  'J-^i  Isa.  7:2, 
elsewhere  rii ,  "i^  Isa.  30  :  2,  which  is  not  from  It:^,  2c'  Josh.  2  :  16,  else- 
where 2Va,  and  with  suf.  crii  Ezek.  10  :  17,  "^'•ia.  Ps.  71  : 0,  which  is  not 
the  participle  from  tnu  (Gesenius),  TiJ  my  hreaking forth,  i.  e.  the  cause 
of  it  Ps.  22 :  10,  see  Alexander  in  loc. ;  Gesenius  explains  this  form  as  a 
participle,  but  is  obliged  in  consequence  to  assume  a  transitive  sense 
which  nowhere  else  belongs  to  the  verb. 

2.  The  following  imperatives  have  Hholem,  "'"lix  Isa.  60:1,  N2 ,  \:;ia, 


§158  AYIN    VAV    AND    AYIN    YODII    VERBS.  189 

"^na   Mic.  4:10,    idii  Mic.  4:13.      With  parago^ic  n,    nip    or    n^c^ip, 
ri;;ld  or  n^Vc:.     Examples  of  tlic  feminine  plural,  HD^'p,  r!3::c". 

3.  The  following  futures  have  Ilholem.  xii';,  '|iT^  Gen.  6  :  3,  elsewhere 
l"''!^,  aiD3  Ps.  80:19,  Gin;  and  CW;i ,  mh.^  where  the  Hhirik  of  the  per- 
fect paradigm  is  lengthened  to  Tsere  under  the  preformative.  Examples 
of  the  feminine  plural  :  nD-ixhri  and  nsxidn ,  nj^bsi^n,  nj-^k^lEri  and  Zech. 
1:17  ni:i!isn  (in  some  editions  without  Dagliesh),  n3"'irrFi  and  n:n'rn, 
njixn,  njniiTsn  Ezek.  13  :  19.  Tlie  accent  is  shifted  anil  Kamets  rejected 
from  the  preformative  upon  the  addition  of  a  suffix  or  paragogic  Nun,  the 
latter  of  which  is  particularly  frequent  in  this  class  of  verbs  both  in  the 
Kal  and  Hiphil  future.  ■'?2^":3'?,  ^^.^,^,,  '^i^^^,  C^-^';' ,  "^sip";,  "jW^iicri, 
niS^n  Ezek.  4  :  12,  with  Daghesh  euphonic  in  the  5  which  is  omitted  in 
some  copies.  Apocopated  future:  n^i; ,  n'd'^  and  "^'4?  >  ^'^'^i  7P^;  '-^'r^) 
Dp;  with  the  accent  thrown  back  to  the  penult  cp;  ,  Future  with  Vav 
conversive:  n?2;i  (in  pause  nt;i),  ZUJ^I  (^iy^l),  ^J?^! ,  O^^^V  yp,^'^,  nis*1 
the  last  voivcl  is  changed  to  Pattahii  before  a  final  guttural,  -•■5;],  ns'si, 
and  sometimes  before  "1  or  after  an  initial  guttural  "i^^l  but  "i^^l,  C]i';;)  he 
was  weary,  Ti^";!  he  flew,  Onni ;  the  vowel  of  the  preformative  is  likewise 
changed  to  Pattahh  in  Uinn^  Job  31  :  5,  ::?^1  1  Sara.  14:  32,  -jro;;  1  Sam. 
15:  19  but  -Jr^i  1  Sam.  25:  14. 

§158.  1.  The  verbs  which  exhibit  peculiar  Ayin  Yodh  forms  in  Kal, 
with  unimportant  exceptions,  either  do  not  occur  in  the  Hiphil  or  retain 
the  same  signification  in  both  these  species.  This  has  led  some  gram- 
marians to  entertain  the  opinion  that  these  are  not  Kal  but  abbreviated 
Hiphil  forms,  while  others  suppose  that  the  Hiphil  in  these  verbs  is  a 
secondary  formation,  and  has  arisen  from  the  Kal  future  having  the  form 
of  the  Hiphil.  Only  three  examples  occur  of  quiescent  Yodh  in  the  Kal 
preterite,  nii"'"i  Job  33:  13  (n^n  Lam.  3:58),  "^niJia  Dan.  9:2  (nn:?  Ps. 
139:2)  wrr^n  Jer.  16  :  IG.         " 

2.  The  following  verbs  have  "^  in  the  Kal  future  and  imperative.  ""'3 
to  undersland,  TT'i  (once  Tia  Mic.  4:10)  to  break  forth,  b"?  (once  biji 
Prov.  23  :  21  K'thibh)  to  exult,  V^  (once  lin;  Gen.  6:3)  in  judge,  ■j-'^J  to 
lodge,  -""^  to  contend,  ni'ii:  to  muse,  C-'ib  (once  C^iib;  Ex.  4:11)  to  put, 
b'lb  (once  c!iaw^7  Isa.  35:  1)  to  rejoice,  "s'^a  (once  lii:;  Job  33:  27)  to  sing, 
n'id  to  place  J  h'n  or  PTi  to  iioist,  wriUie,  has  both  Yodh  and  Vav.  To 
these  are  to  be  added  >n"ii  Jer.  4  :  3,  Hos.  10:  12,  nd">n  Ps.  71  :  12  K'tliibh. 
K'ri  nciin  as  always  elsewhere;  Y''^1  ^^  urge,  y'^l  to  flourish,  ^''^1  ^0 
wander,  are  in  the  Hiphil  according  to  Gesenius  :  but  as  the  corresponding 
preterites  are  not  Hiphil  but  Kal,  and  there  are  no  other  forms  of  the  Kal 
future,  they  might  with  equal  propriety  be  regarded  as  Kal  futures  of 
Ayin  Yodh  roots  ;  the  second  of  them  is  so  regarded  by  Ewald.  Apoco- 
pated futures:  '(il.  ^i;  and  h^^^,  -7;;,  tib; ,  nt;.  ",^11  and  : -(bn .  With 
Vav  conversive  :  bs^l ,  'h'^l .  nb;i  ,  "i^nT ,  bnpi ,  nsni ,  "irni .  With  para- 
gogic Nun  and  suffixes  :  "i^^'^S"; ,  V^Tiin,  C52"^d';i .     Feminine  plural:  n:b;.p.. 

3.  The  infinitives  show  a  stronger  disposition  I0  adopt  Vav  forms. 
Yodh  is  only  retained  in  the  following  absolute  infinitives:  "j"'^  Prov.  23:  1, 
r."'5  and  r}'{,  i)ia   Prov.  23:24  K'ri  (h'.i,  K'thibh),  n-^n   Jer.  50:34,  else- 


190  ETYMOLOGY.  §159,160 

where  2n.  Construct  infinitives:  'ji'^ ,  'pj;  Gen.  24:23,  elsewhere  '^iV, 
ni^  once  2T1  Judg.  21:22  K'thibh.  niib  and  n^lib,  D-^iy  Job  20 : 4,  2  Sam. 
14:7  K'ri,  elsewhere  niii:,  '."'UJ  1  Sam.  18:6  K'ri  (K'thibh  "illlJ),  n-iiu, 
also  with  suf.  iiui^  Deut.  25:4,  elsewhere  irsi'n .  In  the  difficult  verse 
Hos.  7:4  "I'^^'ia  has  been  variously  explained,  as  the  Kal  infinitive  pre- 
ceded by  the  preposition  "|^  or  as  the  Hiphil  participle.  The  only  certain 
instance  of  a  Kal  passive  participle  of  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  is  nrrc:  2  Sam. 
13:  32  K'ri  (K'thibh  n^-^b) ;  some  explain  f^q  Num.  24:  21,  Obad.  ver.4, 
as  a  passive  participle,  others  as  an  infinitive. 

4.  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  adopt  the  Vav  forms  in  all  the  derivative  species, 
e.g.  ■'rnibj,  -,ii3,  in?.2'i3';,  lii'srn,  nfeiii ;  n"in  covhed,  l  e.  potluge,  is  the 
only  instance  of  a  Niphal  participle  with  Yodh. 

§159.  1.  Examples  of  the  Niphal  preterite:  li^j ,  iio; ,  f^'Oi ,  nixs; 
the  accidental  Hhirik  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  preserved,  in  bias  by 
means  of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical  ;  in  ^1^3  it  is  lengthened  to 
Tsere  before  the  guttural;  in  '•  "if J  Jer.  48:  11  the  radical  1  is  rejected, 
which  gives  it  the  appearance  of  an  Ayin  doubled  verb.  Inflected  forms  : 
hjid:  (part.  fern.  n;i=3),  ^-'"^^ ,  ^5^3 ,  vjiis,  fib'h ,  "^rh^:^ ,  ^rhtz ,  tri^iis? , 

2.  Infinitive  absolute:  hii.Ti .  Construct:  bi^sn ,  niisn ,  with  n  re- 
jected after  the  preposition  "ixb  .Tob  33:  30,  §91.  bj  once  it  has  Shurek. 
•C^'r\r-i  Isa.  25:  10.     Imperative,  'pin.  ^bian , 

3.  Future:  li^^  '^^i^": ,  biiai,  -pP  Ps.  72  :  17  K'ri  (K'thibh  )^:^),  ^'."^h  , 
>1P,   ^N.-;,  !ini<:;,  -.ir'V     Participle:  'prj ,    Til:3 ,   n-'iiss ,   c\nic] ,    C^rrs , 

§  160.  1.  The  short  vowel  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  in  a  few  instances 
preserved  in  the  Hipliil  by  doubling  the  first  radical,  thus  n'^rn  and  n'^an. 
n-'cn  and  rr^pn ,  b'^-vn ,  r^'^ ,  'p^t! ,  and  'p^"; ,  "I'^n";  and  ^h^'j  2  Sam. 
22 :  33. 

2.  Hiphil  preterite  inflected:    ni^-ikn,    ^SiDti,    ^s^-^-nn  and  ^r^n,    with 

.syllabic  affixes:  niran  .  nili:"'^^  /  ^'''^"''^^:  ^"^  ^'^'^'^r ;  =^^''''?^:  ^'"' 
nri'-ifi  ,  crb'^ii;-!,  ■'ni:i£"'£n.1 ,  or  when  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural, 
ininil'n,  n^-^rri  and  nn^s;ri,  or  without  the  inserted  Hholem,  J^siri, 
■^rin^n 'and  ■^nin-'iri. ,  >is-:n  and  ^3'i3"'=n ,  t:siX2n,  and  cnk^nrt^ ,  "Tien  and 
nr}?:n,  §61.  4.  a.     With  suffixes,  "ir^n  ,  J^^^PO;  ^^^'^^l '  ^^^""'"^^-.^  '^^'^t^- 

3.  Hiphil  future  inflected:  ^S'^^V  ^-"r^?  >  feminine  plural  f^i^^^n , 
n572^pn,  nsa^nn.  Witli  Nun  paragogic  and  suffixes:  'pii'^r'i,  tniJDV 
ApJDCopated  '  future  :  yb^  ,  nip^  ,  els';! ,  n-17  .  With  Vav  conversive  : 
r-a'1,  n;^i,  c-;*],  'isx;  and  "^^k^^,  if  the  last  radical  be  a  guttural,  S^!?;! . 
n^'],  n'l^T,  or'i<,  k!;^!.  once  N-'ii^l  and  once  N"'2^:! ;  upon  the  reception 
of  a  suffix  the  vowel  is  restored  to  its  original  length,  CSi-q';] ,   ^ns-^r^ 

4.  Hiphil  infinitive  absolute :  ::an ,  rrn,  tfen  once  C-^pn  Jer.  44 :  25 ; 
construct,  b^in  ,  n^in,  n^'jjn ,  c^pn  ,  with  suffix _^i^nn,  ^^^9^:  ^^-T^^-.^ 
cis^an  and  once  with  a  feminine  termination  i~'0;!i.  Isa.  30  :  28. 


§>  161,  162  LAMEDH    ALEPH    VERBS.  191 

5.  In  a  few  instances  u  is  found  in  the  Hophal  before  Daghesh- forte  or 
Sh'va,  nni2n  Zech.  5:11,  n:?3  Ezek.  41:9,  11  but  nisin  Lam.  5:5,  and 
in  some  ediuons  c^^rt  2  Sam.'  23:1,  i^'J^  Job  41:1,  ^rrn  2  Sam.  21:9, 
thoufifh  others  read  cpn     '.h'C^  ,  ^in^n. 

§161.  1.  Tiie  fjllowing  verbs,  which  are  only  found  in  one  or  more  of 
the  three  reduph'cated  species,  double  the  middle  radical  either  as  Vav  or 
as  Yodh,  viz. :  "y^T]  to  render  liable.  h^V  to  da  wickedly,  iny  to  blind.  n^S 
to  pervert,  2JT:3  to  cry  fur  help,  !i3"i^L:;in  Josh.  9:12,  ^li'^S"^  Josh.  9:4;  so 
also  C^p  fut.  n*p'^  and  nr-'ip^,  "^yj  fut.  ^^^"1,  which  have  quiescent  Vav 
in  other  species,  and  mn  ,  which  has  consonantal  Vav  lik'ewise  in  the  Kal, 

2.  The  following  omit  the  quiescent  in  the  Piel  and  double  the  result- 
ing biliteral,  bsbs  to  sustain,  ti-^rNuJwS-J  Isa.  14:23,  ^V^V-?'?  Isa.  22:17, 
^■"^H-^  ^''^^-  2  =  ^'  ''r^^^?'?  Jo^  16:  12  but  y^^-}  Jer.  23':  29,'  npip  Num. 
24:17  and  ipip^  Isa. '22;'5,  ■^^jr.nbri  Isa.  17:l'l;  !  rri'^  Isa.  15:5  is  for 
sl'^2-'??"?,  §57.  i;  '^i)""!  Job  39:  3  is  perhaps  for  ^P?b^'7  "from  h^b ,  comp. 
pSN  Ps.  139:8  for  p^'?^  i  §SS,  though  Gesenius  conjectures  that  it  is  an 
erroneous  reading  for  ^vh"\  from  t'lb  .  The  only  Hitlipael  formed  by  a 
like  reduplication  is  bnbnnn  Esth.  4:4,  elsewhere  bSinnn . 

3.  Other  verbs  double  the  third  radical  in  the  Piel  and  Hithpael.  Ex- 
amples of  the  feminine  plural :  iiD^ni^in,  iiibipn,  :  nisvi^nn ,  n5:;i:icnpi. 
Hholem  is  changed  to  u  before  the  doubled  letter  in  the  contracted  form, 
^^^"^1  Job  31:15  for^  5155:1=^1,  §61.  3.  Fiirst  explains  >i;?^^lnT  Isa.  64  :  6  as 
in  like  manner  for  ^iD^Si^cni ,  while  Gesenius  makes  it  a  Kal  future,  used  in 
this  single  instance  in  a  transitive  sense,  cboffiis  Am.  5  :  11  is  probably  a 
variant  orthography  for  fiscoia  ,  §  92.  b. 

4.  The  following  are  the  only  examples  of  the  Pual  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs, 
viz.:  With  1  doubled,  T\rj-o  Eccles.  1:  15,  n-^nin^  Jer.  22:  14.  Redupli- 
cated biliteral,  ^^=^3  1  Kin'.  20:27.  The  third  radical  reduplicated,  b^in 
to  be  born,  '.mi3  'Ezek.  28  :  13,  Ps.  37  :  23,  n37:7:i-'Pi  Ps.  75 :  1 1  and  C7:i-ia 
Neh.  9:5.  VJ^-j  Isa.  16:  10,  'iSlii';  Job  26:  ll'  'nsijido  Ezek.  3S  :  S.    ' 

5.  ci^rn'lJiDP}  Jer.  25  :  34  is  an  anomalous  preterite  from  y^'h  to  scatter. 
with  n  prefixed  and  inflected  after  the  analogy  of  Niphal ;  some  copies 
have  the  noun  cainim'Eri  your  dispersions. 

In  '^nbusri'i  Ezek.  36:  11  for  "^rihuJfil  from  "il3 ,  Tsere  is  retained  under 
the  prefix  as  though  the  word  were  Irom  the  related  Pe  Yodh  verb  -tsi, 
e.  g.  'in^'J-^ni.  On  the  other  hand,  in  ^np"'3ni  Ex.  2:  9  from  pi;;,  Tsere 
is  rejected  as  though  it  were  from  an  Ayin  Vav  verb. 


Lamedh  Aleph   (5«b)  Verbs. 

§162.  1.  Alepli,  as  the  third  radical  of  verbs,  retains  its 
consonantal  character  only  when  it  stands  at  the  beginning 
of  a  syllable,  nsjt^ ,  ^i^^i^n . 


192  ETYMOLOGY.  §  1G3 

2.  At  the  end  of  the  word  it  invariably  quiesces  in  the 
preceding  vowel,  p7.  2.  (2),  t^'i^  ,  i^k-Q ,  i^^i-qn  .  If  this 
vowel  be  Pattahh,  as  in  the  Kal  and  Niphal  preterites  and 
in  the  Pual  and  Hophal  species,  it  is  in  the  simple  syllable 
lengthened  into  Kamets,  §  59,  i«i^  for  xi-a ,  xi)23  for  i«i^? ; 
so  likewise  in  the  Kal  future  and  imperative,  where  «  as 
a  guttural  requires  a,  i«2^^  for  t^i^a'' ,  xiti  for  ^^^  .  A  like 
prolongation  of  Pattahh  to  Kamets  occurs  before  medial  &5 
in  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Kal  preterite,  T)'^^'^ , 

3.  With  the  single  exception  just  stated,  medial  ^5  quiesces 
in  the  diphthongal  vowel  e  before  syllabic  affixes  ;  thus,  in  the 
first  and  second  persons  of  the  preterites  of  the  derivative 
species  in  Tsere,  t^i^i'o^ ,  ''i^sirin ,  in  the  feminine  plurals  of 
all  the  futures  and  imperatives  in  Seghol,  npiss'an ,  npss'a . 

a.  This  e  may  arise  from  the  diphthongal  preferences  of  S,  §60. 1.  a  (5). 
or  it  may  be  borrowed  from  the  corresponding  forms  of  nb  verbs,  between 
which  and  ivb  verbs  there  is  a  close  affinity  and  a  strong  tendency  to 
mutual  assimilation.  In  Chaldee  and  Syriac  no  distinction  is  made  be- 
tween them. 

§163.  This  class  of  verbs  is  represented  in  the  follow- 
ing paradigm  by  ^*i^  io  find ;  the  Piel  and  Hithpael,  though 
wanting  in  this  verb,  are  supplied  from  analogy.  The  Pual 
and  Hophal  are  omitted  because  they  are  of  rare  occuiTence, 
and  they  present  no  peculiarities  but  such  as  are  common  to 
the  other  species. 

a.  In  their  ordinary  inflection  Laraedh  Aleph  verbs  diflfer  from  the 
perfect  paradigm  in  the  vowels  only. 


Paradigm  or  Lamedii  Aleph  Verbs. 

KAL. 

NIPIIAL. 

PIEL. 

niPiiiL. 

lUTHI'AEL. 

Pket 

3  in. 

vS-:i3 

T    :  • 

;j^r; 

;j<-r;n 

t^ii-^nri 

8/. 

T   :   IT 

T    ;     ;  • 

T    :    • 

ni^ia-:ipri 

2  m. 

n:j5r:] 

T             ••     • 

T         ••    ;     ' 

nL^^s-^nri 

2/ 

n.s:^^ 

ri<r;3 

n^i  12:13 

nvHi^rr; 

nyjis-^nr; 

1  G. 

-n.si-^ 

''ri.^i-;? 

T^^^"^ 

*n^5:i:'-n 

TL^^-^nn 

Plur 

5c. 

^5^r^ 

^ki;-;? 

^i^!212 

^^^:^i2ri 

^^^i2pr] 

2  m. 

dns^r^ 

nh^T;: 

Dn^^r^ 

Dr1^5r;r; 

tlt^i'iX^-tTj 

2/. 

■jiiw^r; 

■p^^'-?? 

■nw^!^:a 

■|ni^r;ri 

]t^i^-i'2T'r} 

1  c. 

r.i^^-2 

T    r 

"lJ\!il'^j 

r.m-g 

^:b^r2ri 

M^i\i^"™X^i(J 

Intik 

Absol 

T 

wSb:-^3 

^k'2 

2^^'^L! 

Constr 

^i'2 

••     T      • 

tr4.'2 

^■r^n 

i^^'^nn 

FUT. 

3  m. 

i^TT 

•■     T  • 

iVrT 

^"k'T 

^^=^? 

of. 

ij^k-^n 

••     T      • 

Kis-^n 

i<^:^-2X^ 

iS;ii'2rn 

2  ??i. 

^-^an 

••     T      • 

t^T2r\ 

^"^'Q'F\ 

2^^=r^ 

2/ 

\s;:^-^n 

^^T/zr] 

^iji^S'-n 

'^^T2'r\ 

"^'4^r.n 

1  c. 

]J^i■;^5 

^^r^j^ 

^r^.^ 

^^"4"^^ 

^r^nj^ 

Plin- 

3  wi. 

^fe: 

^1^-^/2^ 

^.sr^^ 

^^"4'r 

^^^■2r\^ 

3/ 

rr.^t'nri 

nr^^i^sri 

r;3&5^t:n 

r;:^:^-n 

2  m. 

^kT;r] 

^irr^n 

^i^-r^ri 

^,k;:s":nn 

2/. 

M:5^^'2n 

n:^5r^n 

n:.^ES°2nn 

1  c. 

!^r;5 

*•      T  • 

^^=5 

b5^^»] 

^^'4=^? 

Imper 

2  «t. 

T    ; 

l^itJn 

5^k!a 

is;r:n 

^k-^nri 

2/ 

^^^"^ 

•s::^n 

^T4'5 

\^-irn 

^^^■^rn 

Plur 

2  m. 

^^^:^°^ 

:    IT   • 

^^T2 

'^^5"r;rj 

^uSis-^nn 

2/ 

T        V    ; 

1 

T             V     T      • 

•^,-^'4'^ 

n's^'-^n 

Part.  Act. 

^^'^ 

ii±-2'^ 

!j5^rf2 

s^^'^r''-? 

Pass. 

.s^-i-j 

^'-^^"^ 

13 


Idi 


194  ETYMOLOGY.  §164,165 


Remarks  on  Lamedii  Aleph  Verbs. 

§164.  1.  Verbs  having  Tsere  as  their  second  vowel,  §S2.  1.  a,  retain  it 
in  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Kal  preterite,  rii^j^,  f^S^'s^j  T'-^?.^- 

2.  Quiescent  N  is  occasionally  omitted  from  the  body  of  the  word. 
e.  g.  Kal  pret.  ''T}^1  Job  1 :21  for  TN^;',  "'^I'k-o  Num.  11:  11,  "^r/a^  Judg. 
4: 19,  •'n^pij  Job  32':  18,  ^33  1  Sam.  25:8  for  ^3X3:  fut.  ri2'i)7\  and  nSKT^n  ; 
rk-i  Deut.  28:57  part.  fem.  sing,  for  rxk^  ;  W'laT:  Job  4i:17  for  irx'^aia 
const,  inf  with  prep,  and  suf.  from  f<i^"3 .  Niph.  pret.  crsHj  Josh.  2:16, 
cn^::3  Lev.  11:43.  Otiant  N,  §16.  1,  may  in  like  manner  be  dropped 
from  the  end  of  the  word  after  quiescent  Vav  or  Yodh,  e.  g.  ~pn  Gen. 
20:6  for  KV^n ,  i2:j>l  1  Kin.  12:12  for  stii*!!,  ''■^nn  2  Kin.  13:6,  '"^'onn 
Jer.  32:35,  "^r  Ps.'l41:5,  '^':  Ps.  55:16,  '^'ix  1  Kin.  21:29,  Mic.  1:15, 
'^'Z'q  2  Sam.  5:2,  and  in  three  other  passages;  ''Sri  Ruth  3:15  is  Hiph. 
imper.  fern,  for  ''5<"'^f7 ,  §  62.  2. 

3.  The  vowel  following  i^  is  in  a  few  instances  given  to  a  preceding 
yowelless  consonant,  and  the  X  becomes  otiant  or  quiescent,  §57.  2  (3), 
i<!ii3  Ps.  139:  20  for  !ixb3,  xvisi  Jer.  10:5  for  ^iXCSi,  ^.x"!"!  imp.  for  ^xni. 

T  :iT  '  T  •  I        _  rJ  ■  •  '  ' 

Nlij'i  Eccles.  10:5  Kal  part.  fem.  for  i^5<^^  ;  t:''XL:'n  1  Sam.  14:33  for 
D-^V^ti,  tX'iiS  Neh.  6:8  Kal  part,  with  suf  for  ti-}i3,  siXQn?  Ezek.  47:8 
for  >1XQ"i3;  and,  on  the  contrary,  quiescent  X  attracts  to  itself  the  vowel 
of  the  preceding  consonant  in  "K^p  Ex.  2:20  Kal  imp.  for  f^3X-ip  and 
nrk^   Cant.  3:11  for  n:xk    from'tJ^V 

4.  Final  t<  resumes  its  consonantal  character  upon  the  addition  of 
euffixes  "iN'^rs,  receiving  (._)  before  ~|,  CD  and  )q.  in  consequence  of  which 
a  previous  Tsere  or  Sh'va  is  converted  into  Paltahh,  §60.  1,  ^|^,^3 ,  ^^?.3UJ, 
riX':;3,  TjX^nan,  r^XSi'g  Pi.  inf,  D=5<,^"-i,  c=x:sb  Kal  inf  for  tsx^l^^a,  §G1.  I.e. 

5.  Kamets  in  the  ultimate  is  mostly  retained  before  suffixes  and  para- 
gocric  n,  r,N:JO'i,  nxs"!  Ps.  41:5,  f^i<'^|^^<.^  1  Sam.  28:  15,  but  f^X^DS  Jsa. 
56:12.  Tsere  is  rejected  f^ji:Ji<  Neh.  2:13,  2  Chron.  1:10,  or  retained 
only  in  pause  :  inx^.  Judg.  9:  29. 

§165.  1.  He  is,  in  a  few  instances,  substituted  for  X,  nan  Ps'.  60:4  for 
XC-1,  n^nri  Jer.  19:11  for  i^'k''i\}.,  ^'k^  Ps.  4:7for  t<a3,  §3:  l.  a,  nans  Jer. 
49V10  for'sans.,  ninn  1  Kin.'  22:25,  2  Kin.  7:12  Yor  xinn  r\ZTD'j  Job 
8:21  for  i^'^^'j'.' 

2.  Sometimes  t^  remains,  but  the  vowels  arc  those  of  nb  forms,  "^njips 
Ps.  119:101  for  "'nxys,  N-Jh  Eccl.  8: 12,  9:  18,  Isa.  05:20  lor  xih,  i<hl 

1  Sam.  22:2,  Isa.  24:^2.  «ii^  Ecch  7:26,  S<%  1  Kin.  9:  11,  Am.  4:2  Pi. 
pret.  for  tiias,   S^S-i  Ps.    143:3  for  t<3'n  ,  H^-q   Jer.  51:34  for  N^o,  ''nxc'i 

2  Kin.  2:21  for  '^nNB'n ,  ^3XET  Jer.  51:9  for  ^ISKQ"] ,  'i^^.^"!  Job  39:24  for 
-X535^  N^sn  Deut.  28:59  Hiph.  pret.  for  K-^VsH ,  Nii-^'Ps.  135:7  Hiph. 
part,  const,  for  ^5"'iia  from  i<^y,  to  which  may  be  added  ns-'S'^n  Ezek. 
23  :  49.  ns^xa^an  Jer.  50  :  20,  with  "^  inserted  as  in  ri">  verbs. 


§  166-168  LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  195 

3.  Sometimes  the  rtb  form  is  adopted  both  in  consonants  nnd  vowels. 
!l3^  Ezek.  28:16   for  ^ixbo,  :i^3  1    Sam.    6:10,  ^h    Ezek.  39:26,  "^inbs 

1  Sam.  25:  33  for  ''Jnxbs','  nari  Ruth  2:9  lor  rxi^,  r.^D"^  Gen.  23:6'for 
N^="i,  nj'^D-in  Job  5:  IS  lor  niXE-jn  comp.  Jer.  8:11,  51:9,2  Kin.  2:22, 
•>i\zi:  Ps.32:"lfbr  ST^IJ? ,  T^-'i:  Jer.  26  :  9  for  r.X23 .  n-^aann  1  Sam.  10:6, 
niisnn  1  Sam.  10:13,  ^n-'S'sri  2  Sam.  3:8'  n^i/lsa.'29 :  7  for  i^/k^'^; 
nip^  Ezek.  8  :  3  is  by  some  interpreters  tliouglit  to  be  for  i<"^3.p5^  prorok- 
ing  to  jealousy,  and  by  others  cxphiined  in  the  sense  of  the  ti"b  vevh  seUiug 
(Israel  to  their  foes). 

§166.  1.  The  3  fern,  preterite  has  the  old  ending  n^,  §86.  b,  in  nxin 
Ex.  5  :  16  lor  nij-Jn,  nwXnjD  Dent.  31  :  29,  Isa.  7:  14,  Jer.  44:23,  nxiri  Gen! 
33:11  Hoph.  from  isii'  nx^s3  Ps.  118:23  (rx^S?  Deut.  30:ll'  is  the 
feminine  participle),  to  which  the  customary  ending  ti^  is  further  added 
in  nnitbsD  2  Sam.  1 :  26.  i^^ix^nn  Josli.  6 :  17  fin-  nx"i3nn, 

2.  A  feminine  termination  rt^,  n,  or  as  in  fib  verbs  ni,  is  occasionally 
added  to  the  construct  infinitive,  c.  g.  Kal,  t^N^^,  '"'5<i';i,  "^^sb,  rsnp  from 
6<"i|^  /o  wee^,  distinguished  from  tinp  and  nixn]ri  Judg.  8:1  from  X'^ij^  to 
call,  Tik'i-q  and  din??:  never  xS^ ,  nxab  Prov.  8:13,  with  suf  ihx'jn 
Ezek.  33':  12.  Niphal,  inxssri  Zech.  13:4.  Pie!,  nix^a  and  n^^] 
•inxsp  2  Sam.  21  : 2;  nix'^ao  Ezek.  17 :  9  is  a  Kal  inf  const.,  formed  as  in 
Chaldee  by  prefixing  a. 

3.  There   are  two  examples  of  the   Niphal   infinitive   absolute.  X^irJ 

2  Sam.  1  :  6  and  xi:an  Ex.  22  :  3:  the  analogy  of  the  former  has  been  re- 
tained in  the  paradigm  for  the  sake  of  distinction  from  the  construct.  Piel 
infinitive  absolute:  x:;^ ,  X3"i ,  xna.     Hiphil  inf  abs.:  X!^sn  ,  t^'ict}. 

4.  The  Hiphil  future  with  Vav  conversive  commonly  has  Tsere  in  the 
ultimate,  though  Hliirik  also  occurs  xnp;ni ,  x{?''1  ,  xin^l ,  xanm ,  xiii'l 
and  xii^;;,  xil^l,  once  X"'3J]  Ezek.  40  :  3,  and  once  X^i^]  Neh.  8  :  2. 

5.  Kamets  sometimes  occurs  in  the  ultimate  of  the  Hithpael  future, 
X"^_3ni  Num.  23:24  but  x'-isnn  Ezek.  29:  15,  so  XDnn7,  N5a-J7,  x^antn, 
I'l^x^isri^;  more  rarely  in  the  preterite,  nxaan. 

jl67.  1.  The  following  are  the  only  Pual  forms  which  occur.  Pret. : 

tixsci ,  iixan ,  xVp .  Fut, :  ni^"^ .  Part. :  xsn^D ,  nxa-ja ,  d'^x^tsts  ,  □"'X^^p^ , 
nixi-J^ ,  with  suf  ''X'i'p?73 .     " 

2.  The  following  are  the  only  Hophal  forms:  Pret.  >lX2nn,  nxiin , 
xi^in,  rxnn,  .'^^^xi:r^,  tixnirt.    Fut.:  x4^'',  ^ixii'^.    Part.:   xijii^,  nx:i^a . 

3.  For  the  anomalous  forms,  finxiin  Deut.  33;  16,  T;nxiaPi  Job  22:  21, 
rxin  1  Sara.  25  :  34  (K'thibh  Tixan),  see  §88  (sing.  3  fern.)  ' 


Lamedh  He  (nb)  Verbs. 

§  168.  In  these  verbs  the  third  radical,  which  is  Yodh  or 
Vav,  does  not  appear  at  the  end  of  the  word  except  in  the 


196  ETYMOLOGY.  ^169 

Kal  passive  participle,  e.  g.  ''^ba ;  in  all  other  cases  it  is  re- 
jected or  softened,  the  resulting  vowel  termination  being 
usually  expressed  by  the  letter  n,   §11.  1.  ^. 

In  the  various  preterites  n  stands  for  the  vowel  a,  and 
is  hence  pointed  n  ^  . 

In  the  futures  and  participles  it  stands  for  c,  and  is 
pointed  !i.. . 

In  the  imperatives  it  stands  for  e,  and  is  pointed  n .. . 

In  the  absolute  infinitives  it  stands  for  o  or  e ;  in  the 
Kal  it  is  pointed  ri ,  in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  n .. ,  in  the 
Niphal  and  Piel  n '  or  n .. .  There  are  no  examples  in  l^ual 
and  Hithpael. 

The  construct  infinitives  have  the  feminine  ending  ^li . 

a.  In  this  class  of  verbs  the  Yodh  forms  have  almost  entirely  super- 
seded those  with  Vav.  The  latter  are  confined  to  the  construct  infinitive 
where  ni ,  occurring  in  all  the  species,  is  best  explained  by  assuming  1  to 
be  radical  (comp.  f^JN)]  Ezek.  28: 17  as  an  alternate  of  nix"i)  and  to  a  few 
other  sporadic  cases,  viz. :  a  single  Kal  preterite,  ''PJlVia  Job  3 :  25,  the 
reduplicated  forms  of  three  verbs,  njX3 ,  iin.::^,  ti^npdn,  and  the  pecu- 
liar form,  T).:^'^i<.  Isa.  16  :  9. 

6.  In  the  Kal  preterite,  Yodh  is  rejected  after  the  heterogeneous 
vowel  Pattahh,  §57.  2.  (5),  which  is  then  prolonged  to  Kamets  in  the  sim- 
ple syllable,  nbj  for  •'5:..  As  Pattahh  is  likewise  the  regular  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  in  the  preterites  of  Niphal  and  Hophal,  and  occasionally  appears 
in  Piel,  §92.  c,  and  Hithpael,  §96.  6,  the  final  Kamets  of  these  species  may 
be  similarly  explained.  The  ending,  thus  made  uniform  in  the  other 
species,  passed  over  likewise  into  the  Hiphil  preterite,  which  it  did  the 
more  readily  since  a  belongs  at  least  to  some  of  its  persons  in  the  perfect 
verb.  Yodh  is  in  like  manner  rejected  after  the  heterogeneous  Hholem 
of  certain  infinitives,  while  it  leaves  the  homogeneous  Tsere  of  others  un- 
modified. 

c.  The  futures,  imperatives,  and  participles  of  certain  of  the  species 
have  e  as  the  normal  vowel  of  their  ultimate ;  in  this  Yodh  can  quiesce, 
leaving  it  unchanged.  Those  of  the  other  species  (except  the  Hiphil, 
which  is  once  more  attracted  into  conformity  with  the  rest)  have  or  may 
have  a  in  the  ultimate  ;  this,  c-ombined  with  the  i  latent  in  ^  .  will  again 
form  e.  In  the  future  this  becomes  e  (..)  in  distinction  from  the  ending  e(..) 
of  the  more  energetic  imperative;  and  the  absolute  is  distinguished  from 
the  construct  state  of  the  participle  in  the  same  way. 

§169.  1.  Before  personal  endings  beginning  with  a 
vowel  the  last  radical  is  occasionally  retained  as  ^ ,  particu- 


§170  LAMEDH  HE  VERBS.  197 

larly  in  prolonged  or  pausal  forms,  n^^'on ,  von ,  :  )T>cr\^, ;  it 
is,  however,  commonly  rejected  and  its  vowel  given  to  the 
antecedent  consonant,  ^"^a  for  ^^)^^ ,  "'b.^n  for  '^'?'?^ri ;  in  like 
manner  the  preterite  3  fem.,  which  in  these  verbs  retains  the 
primary  characteristic  ti, ,  §8G.  5,  ^%  for  J^^'p^,  to  which  is 
further  appended  the  softened  ending  n  ^ ,  thus  nnbs ,  in 
pause  nrib5 . 

a.  The  n^  of  the  3  fem.  pret.  is  frequently  explained  as  a  second  fem- 
inine ending  added  after  the  first  had  lost  its  significance  in  the  popular 
consciousness.  It  might,  perhaps  with  equal  propriety,  be  regarded  as 
paragogically  appended.  §61.6,  comp.  such  nouns  as  nryTi:'^,  iiinVs , 
npr''X ,  in  order  to  produce  a  softer  termination  and  one  more  conformed 
to  that  which  obtains  in  the  generality  of  verbs.  Nordheimer's  explanation 
of  the  ri  as  hardened  from  n ,  J^rbii  for  •^'7^,5 ,  labours  under  the  double 
difficulty  that  there  is  neither  proof  nor  probability  for  the  assumption  that 
the  consonant  n  could  be  exchanged  for  n  ,  and  that  n  in  the  preterite  of 
these  verbs  is  not  a  radical  nor  even  a  consonant,  but  simply  the  represen- 
tative of  the  vowel  a. 

2.  Before  personal  endings  beginning  with  a  consonant 
the  third  radical  "^  remains  but  is  softened  to  a  vowel,  so 
that  in  the  Kal  preterite  it  quiesces  in  lihirik,  in  the  Pual 
and  Hophal  preterites  in  Tsere,  in  the  Niphal,  Piel,  Hiphil, 
and  Hithpael  preterites  in  either  Hhirik  or  Tsere,  and  in  the 
futures  and  imperatives  of  all  the  species  in  Segliol,  Jn^^a , 

3.  Forms  not  augmented  by  personal  endings  lose  their 
final  vowel  before  suffixes,  e.  g.  ^?^a ,  r\b^^  from  ti55 ,  ^b^^! 
from  nS;^;! ,  !r]b.w  from  f^'^n .  The  preterite  3  fem.  takes  its 
simple  form,  e.  g.  ^nn^a  or  ^n?^ ,  and  in  pause  ^t^b^ . 

§170.  The  Lamedh  He  verbs  will  be  represented  by 
t^%  to  wicover,  reveal,  which  is  used  in  all  the  species. 


Paradigm 

OF  Lamedh 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

Peet.  3  TO. 

nbii 

T    T 

nb'ro 

T  ;  ■ 

JlXii 

T    • 

3/. 

T  ;  IT 

nhbro 

T  :  :  • 

T  ;  • 

2  TO. 

r-b:, 

T       •     T 

n'b:o 

n-bn 

T       •     • 

2/. 

n-br* 

•      T 

J^'b'f? 

n^br. 

Ic. 

•        •      T 

'P'S? 

r^^ 

PZi^r.  8  c. 

^b:> 

T 

^b:o 

^^ 

2  TO. 

t^vl'b? 

c^n-bro 

^fy)^ 

2/ 

'^'Y^ 

1^'^?? 

tn^ 

Ic. 

iirbs 

•     T 

^2'5f? 

^rb^ 

Infin.  ^JsoZ. 

n'b3 

nbro 

Gonstr. 

nib's 

nib-- 

T      • 

FUT.    3  TO. 

npr 

1  1  Jit  ■ 

V    T  ' 

"^: 

3/ 

Mb:n 

nbiin 

V    T      • 

nb':,n 

2  TO. 

fi.bfri 

1— V'-*^ 

V    T      • 

^)'^'^ 

2/ 

"^fi^i 

^b':,n 

•     T      • 

^b':<n 

Ic. 

nbj^5 

nb'jx 

Mb.-i^ 

Plur.  3  TO, 

^b^v 

^br 

T  • 

^b^: 

3/ 

n^b:<ri 

f^rfe^ 

2  TO. 

•ib;»n 

^bin 

T      • 

\b3ri 

2/ 

T    V    ;    • 

f^r.^'^^ 

ri"^_^rtn 

Ic. 

M^!pro 

nbro 

V    T  • 

•    •^fe? 

Impek.  2  ?«. 

•^i?^ 

rib-in 

•  1 

m55 

2/ 

.1  * 

^br,n 

"     T      • 

il 

PZwr.  2  TO. 

^ 

^b-,n 

T      " 

^,bs 

2/. 

M^br* 

»  I-  Vilt  » 

T      V    T      • 

^r.V^ 

Part.  ^cf. 

nbii 

H.b'rg 

Pass. 

^^br, 

T 

nbro 

198 


He  Verbs. 

1 

PUAL. 

niPHiL. 

HOPHAL. 

niTUPAEL. 

nb'? 

nb^n 

T  :   T 

t^i^iirri 

nhba 

nnb:n 

T  :  :    T 

T  :  —   :    • 

T^'^h 

n-i^n 

T    •  —  ;    ' 

Tr% 

n^bbr* 

in-b':ri 

n-b'^rn 

-r^^% 

•^r^b'^n 

"n^b':-n 

•    ■    :    T 

^n^brrn 

^ 

^br^n 

^b:n 

:    r 

^b^rv 

: 

Dr)^b:r; 

Dr\'b:ri 

cn^bsrr; 

',h"""r» 

"iD^brun 

"r)"b:»n 

•n^bsrn 

r^n 

^rb'^n 

»  1    . 

(nb^rri) 

(nib:-) 
r3T 

r^:r»rri 

•  1 

»  1  ^r' . 

V  ;  r 

* 

nV^ri 

Mb:«n 

n.^^r^ 

nr^n 

nb';CT 

^.>;>^ 

nb^rn 

"?;*^ 

^"^;*^ 

-b^r) 

^fetnn 

m!??^ 

rib'--5^ 

V  :    T 

n.^^rs 

'I'ij': 

^^:^: 

•i::r 

;  T 

^•sn: 

ri:^b'3r} 

-r^?^ 

s^r.?5^^ 

^yr\ 

63rn 

;    T 

^b^rn 

rr/i:Pi 

nrbb-n 

r::-3:'ri 

nris^^ri 

T    V  •.   : 

V  ;  r 

5^55??? 

^V'-^ 

Mbrirtn 

»  l^-»»  1 

wanting 

.   ^b':- 

wanting 

^b'^rn 

^b:»n 

^bsnn 

np^b'^n 

M"_f3!Pin 



>--vn 

rib'->rj 

.» '.;'-*  ^ 

-V'..-, 

Mm  «>.xH'^ 

»  '.r'^T 

»  i.'l'r^r 

199 


200  ETYMOLOGY.  §171,172 


SHORTENED     FXJTTJEE     AND     IMPERATIVE. 

§171.  1.  The  final  vowel  n  .  is  rejected  from  tlie  futures 
wlien  apocopated  or  wlien  preceded  by  Vav  conversive.  The 
concurrence  of  final  consonants  thence  resulting  in  the  Kal 
and  Tliphil  is  commonly  relieved  by  inserting  an  unaccented 
Seghol  between  them,  §G1.  2,  to  which  the  preceding  Pat- 
tahh  is  assimilated  in  the  Hiphil,  §  G3.  2.  a,  the  Hhirik  of 
the  Kal  either  remaining  unchanged  or  being  lengthened  to 


Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable. 


KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

niPHiL. 

HITHPAEL. 

Future. 

5^^-)'!' 

nir 

nl^;! 

^%': 

^^^4^:^ 

Apoc.  Fut. 

'^'^^    or     ^5!! 

bh 

T   • 

i^ 

^ 

ban"? 

Vav.  Conv. 

%h    or   b^M 

b^l 

b^i 

b^^i 

biin^'i 

2.  The  final  vowel  n..  is  sometimes  rejected  from  the  im- 
perative in  the  Piel,  lliphil,  and  Hithpael  species,  e.  g.  Pi.  % 
for  r^h,  liiph.  b^h  for  nbr^n,  Hith.  bsnn  for  n?5nn. 


Remarks  on  Lamedh  He  Verbs. 

§172.  1.  Kal  preterite :  The  third  person  feminine  rarely  occurs  with 
the  simple  ending  n^,  niblS  Lev.  25:  21,  n^n  2  Kin.  9:37  K'thibh ;  so  in 
the  Hiphil,  rnxbri  Ezek.'  24 :  12,  nk-in  Lev.  26 :  34,  and  Hophal,  n^sn 
Jer.  13  :  19.  Yodh  is  occasionally  retained  before  asyllabic  affixes,  tr^on 
Ps.  57  :2,  the  only  instance  in  which  the  feminine  has  the  ending  usual  in 
other  verbs,  si-^cn  Dent.  32  :  37,  !l"«i3  Ps.  73  :  2  K'ri ;  so  in  the  imperative, 
si-inx,  ii^ra  Isa.  21:12;  future,  l^'^s^'^ ,  '^^^^.l ,  )^'^i^';i,  l^i'-'onV  1^^nir7, 
'i^'''?Uv'  ,'i^^^'rPi;  ■|?^7'?)  "i':.^'''  ''■'f'^'??  ^"^nx;; ,  Niphal  preterite',' iT'i? ,  Piel 
future,  •('i^S^ri,  !l?3'iDD'^,  Hiphil  future,  iVi^n,  imperative,  si''nn  for  1"'nKrt. 

2.  Infinitive:  Vav  is  sometimes  written  for  the  final  vowel  of  the  infini- 
tive absolute  instead  of  n,  iia,  irr,,  isn,  inn,  iiTS,  ib'y,  iip,  ixi,  ini::, 
and  in  a  few  instances  the  feminine  termination  is  added,  ni^X ,  niX"i, 
mrna.  There  are  also  examples  of  the  omission  of  this  termination  from 
the  construct  infinitive,  ii''av  and  ib?. ,  nbp,  i"i!S~i,  irnij;  once  it  has  the 
form  njxn  Ezek.  28  :  17.        ' 

3.  Future  :  There  are  a  very  few  examples  of  Tsere  as  the  last  vowel 
of  the  future,  nx'iin  Dan.  1  :  13,  tihvn  Josh.  7  :  9,  nt?^21  Josh.  9 :  24, 
-T'nn  Jer.  17:  17:  so  in  the  Piel,  n^sn  Lev.  18:7  tf;  and,  on  the  other 


§173  REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  201 

hand,  there  is  one  instance  of  an  imperative  ending  in  Seghol,  viz.,  the 
Piel,  n5"i  Judg.  9:29.  Tlie  radical  "^  remains  and  rests  in  Hhirik  in 
ijTni  (3  fern.)  Jer.  3  :  6,  in  the  Hiphil,  "'nion  (2  masc.)  Jer.  18  :  23,  and  in 
the  Kal  imperative,  "^in  (2  niasc.)  Isa.  26  :  20.  Yodh  appears  once  as  a 
consonant  before  a  suffix,  ''?']'.'^w^^^l  Job  3 :  25,  and  once  belbre  f\  paragogic, 
HiTsriX  Ps.  77:4,  which  is  very  rare  in  these  verbs,  but  perhaps  dis?places 
the  final  vowel  in  tiytix  Ps.  119  :  117,  and  the  Hitlipael,  n>'!^c:  Isa.41:2.3. 
In  a  few  instances  "^  is  restored  as  a  quiescent  before  suffixes,  '3'!^ni  Hos. 
6:2,  "^rsn  1  Kin.  20:35,  i^^fe?'?  Ps.  140:10K'ri,  c:^^N:sx  Deut.  32 :  26. 
Examples   of  the   feminine   pluruil:  np-'Snn  ,    rnjH-in  ,  j^>~ni ,    nr]i ? riT , 

4.  The  future  of  a  few  verbs  when  apocopated  or  preceded  by  Vav  con- 
versive  simply  drops  its  last  vowel,  either  retaining  Hhirik  under  the  per- 
sonal prefix  or  lengthening  it  to  Tsere,  PiS*]  ,  ^0'|i] ,  ~?!^V  '^"•!'!i ,  ^^7.  j 
nd;il;  so  in  the  Pe  Nun  forms,  l\^  and  T^i ,  n^,  and  Pe  Yodh  rp^il ,  with 
Pattahh-furtive  under  the  first  radical  of  the  Pe  guttural,  '^n*],  §17.  ,  or 
the  vowel  of  the  personal  prefix  (diangcd  to  Pattahh,  §60.  1,  r)t<^l,  X'^^l 
but  N"17. ,  i<"!ib!!  •  Most  commonly  Seghol  is  inserted  between  the  concur- 
ring consonants,  tn'fT,  )^i,  iiJ^,  -ini,  ^s-i  and  Vsn,  'f^^T,  *,3'^i  and  'En^, 

"i^S  "iklT^!  ''i^^l )  '^P.-'D)  ^V-  ^"d  ='!!?};!  J ' f]"!'?!!,  y"!r=i.^  Kn^3,  N^.P)j ;  ^'^.j,  or 
Pattahh  if  one  of  the  consonants  is  a  guttural,  §61.  2;  thus,  in  Ayin  gut- 
tural verbs,  t'is^^,  tn^riT ,  ^ij  ,  I'rri,  in  Pe  guttural  '|n'|>i  from  J^i.n^ , 
§60.  1.  a.  (3),  "in";i  from  fT^n|;i,  or  with  the  additional  change  of  tiie  vowel 
of  the  prefix  to  Pattahh,  "inni ,  trin  from  i^i"n ,  yn^_^  from  n^n]  ,  l?P)i , 
::??]  Isa.  59:  17  (in  1  Sam.  15:19,  14:32  K'ri,  this  same  form'  is  fVom 
i;d  or  -o-^b,  §  157.  3),  hv^^  ,  "i^':>,  'vA\  The  rejection  of  the  final  vowel 
takes  place  frequently  even  in  the  first  person  singular,  which  in  other 
verbs  is  commonly  exempt  from  shortening,  §99.  3.  a,  "£XT.  N";K1  and 
nx-jx;;,  nrisv  tn^,  ^rxi,  yjki.  brxi  and  norxi.  In  a  fe'w  instances 
the  final  vowel  is  retained  in  other  persons  alter  Vav  conversive,  e.  g. 
niij?.51  1  Kin.  16  :  25,  in:?^T  2  Kin.  1 :  10,  n:=^l  Josh.  19  :  50.  -srn;;,  1  Sam. 
1  :9,  "^t*;::  1  Ki'i-  16:17,  nj^';.'^]  1  Sam.  17:  42,  n-,:^_l  2  Kin.  0:23,  •^tu 
Deut.  32  :  IS  is  fut.  apoc.  of  n'^d  as  in";  or  ini  of  n^n . 

5.  The  passive  participle  drops  the  final  "^  in  IDS  Job  15:22  for  i^D^, 
vl-3  Job  41:25  for  ""^irs,  and  fem.  plur.  nvja  Isa.^  3:16  K'thibh  (K'ri 
miL;?),  nvrs  1  Sam.  25':  18  K'thibh. 

§173.  1.  In  the  Niphal  preterite  Yodh  may  quiesce  in  either  Tsere  or 
Hhirik,  though  the  former  is  more  frequent,  nifsJ  and  "^riif??,  ri^^SS  and 
!ir^;D;  ^vz-^i  and  ^sifc-JS,  in^^Ea  and  la^^'sa. 

2.  Examples  of  the  infinitive  absolute  :  rrbiJ ,  ^^"73 ,  nf^fn  .  Construct : 
rnhri  and  niP53,  niirn,  nix'in  and  nxnri;  with  suffixes,  irprii,  ihvi'^'n, 
once  as  though  it  were  a  plural  noun,  cbininjti  Ezek.  6  :  S,  so  the  Kal 
infin.,  Tj^r-'DS  Ezek.  16:  31,  once  with  a  preposition,  rir^b  Ex.  10:3. 

3.  Future  apocopated  and  with  Vav  conversive:  i>rri,  nlpsni,  nsN". , 
yh^j  ^'r;'^)  ^t"-'  "i^!"^!  ^"^  i"  °"6  "^^'■b  with  Pattahh  before  n,  ns^l 
Gen.  7 :  23.  Ps.  109 :  13.  though  some  editions  omit  the  Daghesh-forte  in  the 
former  passage,  thus  making  it  a  Kal  future. 


202  ETYMOLOGY.  §174,175 

§174.  1.  Piel :  Two  verbs,  PNJ  I u  be  becoming  and  iinij  io  drcnv  (the 
bow),  having  a  guttural  for  their  second  radical,  double  the  third  instead, 
which  in  tiie  reduplication  appears  as  Vav,  though  the  general  law  is  ad- 
hered to  requiring  its  rejection  from  the  end  of  the  word  and  the  substitu- 
tion of  the  vowel  letter  n .  The  only  forms  which  occur  are,  of  the 
former,  the  preterite  nTX3  Ps.  93:5,  V.Nj  Cant.  1:10,  Isa.  52:7,  and  of 
the  latter  the  participle  plur.  constr.  "'."'.n^'^  Gen.  21  :  16.  There  are 
three  examples  of  Hholem  inserted  after  the  first  radical,  §92.  b,  "^T^'Ci^ 
Isa.  10:13  from  f^D^J ,  the  b  being  an  orthographic  equivalent  for  D, 
§3.  1.  a,  and  in  the  infinitive,  i;h,  Tin  Isa.  59:  13. 

2.  In  the  first  person  singular  of  the  Piel  preterite  "•  sometimes  quiesces 
in  Tsere ;  in  all  the  other  persons,  however,  and  even  in  the  first  singu- 
lar, when   a  sufHx  is  added,  it   invariably  quiesces  in  Hliirik,  '^n'^Sa  and 

•ini^^a ,  •'ri'iJip ,  once  ''n-'iip  ,  "^ni^s  and  "'n-'_23  ,  ^pn'^^? ,  cn^^s  . 

3.  Infinitive  absolute:  riiir?  and  m^? ,  n^3  ,  ni33 ,  nb,  iih,  inh  .  The 
construct  always  ends  in  ni  with  the  exception  of  n_^l  also  ni^iS ,  and 
isn  Hos.  6 :  9. 

4.  Future:  in  Ti"^"]S:.  Isa.  16:9  from  "^^"^ ,  the  second  radical  is  doubled 
as  "1,  §153.  1,  and  the  third  appears  as  1,  §56.  3.  a;  ^(^2^<.  Ex.  33:  3  is 
for  ^bax  ,  §63.1.6.  With  Vav  conversive  :  Vy;^ ^  ^kV •  ^='!!!!  "'V^, 
^"p'\'] ;  "'?^] )  so  in  the  first  person  singular,  ^3N^  ,  I^N.i  ;  once  Pattahh  is 
lengthened  to  Kamets,  in";']  1  Sam.  21 :  14 ;  so  in  pause,  :bjn  Prov.  25:  9. 

5.  The  imperative  has  Seghol  in  a  single  instance,  n?"]  .Tudg.  9:29 
and  sometimes  drops  its  final  vowel  bj ,  bn,  "["g  ,  D3 ,  12  and  ni^ . 

6.  Pual  infinitive  construct  with  suffix:  iri:?'  Ps.  132:1. 

§175.  1.  Pliphil  preterite:  The  prefixed  ri  has  occasionally  Seghol, 
rib':i-i  and  "^'^^1,  ^^\\!.,  t^t^\!,  ^-^"}1,  ^^r'^^^H-  Yodh  may  quiesce  in 
Hhirik  or  Tsere,  n"'i:5n,  ''n"'b;n  ,  ri-'iTn,  "^ri'^Dn  .  Yodh  once  remains  as 
a  quiescent  in  the  3  masc.  sing.,  "'bnn  Isa.  53:  10,  and  once  in  the  3  masc. 
plur.,  1"'0-cn  Josh.  14:  8  for  !i^pT2n  ,"§62.  2. 

2.  The  infinitive  absolute  has  Kamets  in  l^?"|^3  by  way  of  distinction 
from  ■12-irT  and  f^i'in  Jer.  42:2,  which  are  always  used  adverbially. 
Construct:  The  prefixed  il  has  Hhirik  in  one  instance,  rn'ipn  Lev. 
14 :  43  ;  nirnb  2  Kin.  19:  25  K'thibh  is  for  nixuinb  . 

3.  The  future,  when  apocopated  or  preceded  by  Vav  conversive.  some- 
times simply  rejects  its  final  vowel,  'n^'^  ,  i<"i'!i,  'n'l::,  puiiji,  "li'l  from 
'^■^^)  ''!!!  fi'om  nn,  u>'^^  from  nbj,  Ti^i  from  rii;;  commonly,  however, 
Seghol  is  inserted  between  the  concurring  consonants,  bx'^1  from  nBs, 
§111.2.  a,  b;\'fll,  'jt'si,  o^jni,  irni ,_ -nEl;.! ,  ta-i^i,  Cj-ir),  or  Pattahh  if  one 
of  the  consonants  is  a  guttural,  "in^l,  n?:n,  H'!!  j  ^■'n'^i .  Occasionally  the 
final  vowel  remains,  f^^?,!l1  1  Kin.  16:17.  18:42,  na-irnl  Ezek.  23:19; 
once  the  radical  ^  appears  quiescing  in  Hhirik,  "^nrn  (2  masc.  apoc.  for 
*^^Pl)  Jer.  18:23.  The  retention  or  rejection  of  the  vowel  is  optional  in 
the  first  person  singular,  naiNi  ,  npirxi  ,  nssi  and  "nxi  from  M=3.  b^'kl, 
"OX  from  n-JD. 


§170,177       REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    HE   VERBS. 


203 


4.  The  imperative  is  sometimes  abbreviated,  ^^1^  and  inn,  nE"Jtj 
and  ri'nn,  ^?n  for  n^?,v! ,  ~k^  =^"'1  '^^'  ^^^H  ^"^  M^i  5  'li^n!  (accent  on 
the  ultimate)  Ps.  39:lU  is  lor  nru-n  ,  the  same  word  Isa.  6 :  9  is  from 
yyiy,  §  140.  5. 

5.  Hophal  infinitive  absolute:  rrnsn  Lev.  19:20. 

§176.  1.  Hithpael:  One  verb  nn'OJ  reduplicates  its  third  radical, which 
appears  as  "i,  ninnan  to  worship,  i'u\.  ninnir'; ,  with  Vav  conv.  sinritti^.l 
(or  nnri'r'i,  §6L  2,  plur.  ^'■no^!'^!] j  "'fi"-  ^"''^'j^'^n :  :^»tl  o"ce  with  suf. 
ir^inRUJn  2  Kin.  5:18,  the  accent  being  thrown  back  by  a  following 
monosyliablc.  For  the  inflected  participle,  cn-iTrinirTS  Ezek.  8:1G,  see 
§90,  page  120. 

2.  In  the  preterite  "^  mostly  quiesces  in  Tsere  in  the  first  person  singu- 
lar, and  in  Hhirik  in  the  other  per.^ons,  ip-^nxrn,  '^ni'innirn ,  n'^-nnuiin , 
cn'i'inn'rn ,  nib'nn,  n^snrn,  n-'-nspn,  n-^rniiin. 

3.  The  future  apocopated  and  with  Vav  conversive :  ^l^'^^  ,  CSr':  , 
")nnn,  ^rn"^. ,  ^^^^,  ^k}'^.^^  or  with  Kamets  in  the  accented  syllable, 
'iNn''T,  "ir'p'n,  so  always  in  pause,  ^f]~''l;  J^!;^^!  Gen,  24:65. 

4.  The  shortened  imperative  :  "ir>nn  ,  ^T^'^'H  • 

§  177.  1.  n^n  io  be,  fut.  ii|;n|i ,  Hhirik  being  retained  before  the  guttural 
under  the  influence  of  the  following  Yodh,  whence  the  ShVa,  though 
vocal,  remains  simple;  so  in  the  inf  const,  with  prep,  nrna,  ni'^nb.  nlinr, 
though  without  a  prefix  it  is  ni^'^,  once  n^.i^  Ezek.  21:  ]5.  The  apoco- 
pated future  "'ri-j  (in  pause  ''H^.)  and  with  Vav  conversive  ""n?^,  is  lor 
"irf,  the  vowel  of  the  prefix  returning  to  the  Sh'va  from  which  it  arose, 
§85.  2.  a  (1),  page  116,  when  the  quiescence  of  the  middle  radical  gives  a 
vowel  to  the  first.  The  same  thing  occurs  in  the  peculiar  form  of  the 
future  x^ih^  Eccl.  11:3,  where  the  second  radical  appears  as  1,  which  it 
sometimes  'does  in  the  imperative,  n'^n  and  nih  Gen.  27 :  29  or  x'l'n  Job 
37:6,  ami  in  the  participle  n'in  Neb.  6--6,  Eccl.  2:22,  fem.  r^^^ir:  Ex.  9:3. 

2.  n^n  fn  live.  The  root  "in  is  usually  inflected  as  a  Lamedh  He 
verb  preV  n'jn ,  fut.  n^n;] ,  apoc.  '^n'? ,  with  Vav  conversive  "'h';,!,  though 
in  the  preterite  3  masc' it  occasionally  takes  an  Ayin  doubled  form,  ^n, 
e.  g.  Gen.  3:22,  5:5,  and  once  in  the  3  fem.  an  Ayin  Yodh  form  :  n'^n  Ex. 
1 :  16,  or  it  may  be  explained  as  an  Ayin  doubled  form  with  Daghesh-forte 
omitted,  §25. 

3.  In  a  few  instances  X  is  substituted  for  the  third_  radical  in  Lamedh 
He  verbs,  ^rx:in  Ezek.'  43:27,  snx  Isa.  21:12,  KCJ  Jer.  23:39,  xin"! 
2  Chron.  26 :  15,  wNrh  Pro  v.  1 :  10  from  nix  ,  xr,''3  Dent.  33 :  21  from  lirii , 
X^n^l  2  Chron.  16:12,  X3C^  Lam.   4:1.  wXrn;    2   Kin.  25:29.  xrirJ";  Eccl. 


17:  14  for  n^2n,  nnp^  Dan.  10:  14  for  n^p-.  ;  and  the  full  Lamedh  Aleph 
form  is  adopted  in  X'^'^s:  Hos.  13:  15  for  nns^. 


204  ETYMOLOGY.  §178,179 

Doubly  iMPERrECT  Verbs. 

§  178.  Verbs  which  have  two  weak  letters  m  the  root,  or 
which  are  so  constituted  as  to  belong  to  two  different  classes 
of  imperfect  verbs,  commonly  exhibit  the  peculiarities  of 
both,  unless  they  interfere  with  or  limit  one  another.  Thus, 
a  verb  which  is  both  «'b  and  H'b  wiU  follow  the  analogy  of 
both  paradigms,  the  former  in  its  initial  and  the  latter  in  its 
second  syllable.  But  in  verbs  which  are  both  "^V  and  Si^ 
the  1  is  invariably  treated  as  a  perfect  consonant,  and  the  fi^ 
peculiarities  alone  preserved.  AU  such  cases  have  been  re- 
marked upon  individually  nnder  the  several  classes  of  verbs 
to  which  they  respectively  belong. 


Defective  Verbs. 

§179.  1.  It  has  been  seen  in  repeated  instances  in  the 
foregoing  pages  that  verbs  belonging  to  one  class  of  imper- 
fect verbs  may  occasionally  adopt  forms  from  another  and 
closely  related  class.  Thus  a  ^^  verb  may  appear  with  a 
rib  form,  or  an  13^  verb  with  an  "h  form  or  vice  versa.  The 
occurrence  of  an  individual  example,  or  of  a  few  examples 
of  such  divergent  forms,  may  be  explained  in  the  manner 
just  suggested  without  the  assumption  of  an  additional  verb 
as  their  source.  Sometimes,  however,  the  number  of  diver- 
gent forms  is  so  considerable,  or  the  divergence  itself  so  Avide, 
that  it  is  simpler  to  assume  two  co-existent  roots  of  the  same 
signification,  and  differing  only  in  the  weak  letter  which  they 
contain,  than  to  refer  all  to  a  single  root. 

a.  Thus.  i«^3  means  to  shut  up  or  restrain,  and  n^s  to  he  Jlnished: 
yet  a  few  JiP  rorn:is  occur  in  tlie  sense  not  of  the  latter  but  of  the  former 
verb.  They  are  accordingly  held  to  be  from  !^^3 ,  but  assimilated  in  inflec- 
tion to  the  nb  paradigm.  On  the  other  hand,  5<"i^  means  to  call,  and 
n^r5  to  meet;  but  so  many  xb  forms  are  found  with  this  latter  significa- 
tion that  it  seems  necessary  to  assume  a  second  root  N'l;^  having  that 


^180  QUADRILITEllAL    VERBS.  205 

meaning.  The  verb  to  run  is  ordinarily  y^i"!  ;  but  i^ik'n  Ezek.l:  14  is  too 
remote  from  an  l':?  form  to  be  referred  to  that  root ;  hence  it  is  traced  to 
another  verb  N^"i  of  the  same  sense.  No  clear  line  of  distinction  can  be 
drawn  between  the  cases  in  which  divergent  forms  are  to  be  traced  to  a 
sinTle  root,  and  those  in  which  the  assumption  of  a  second  is  admissible  or 
nec'essary.  This  must  be  decided  in  detail,  and  the  best  authorities  not 
infrequently  diifer  in  their  judgment  of  particular  examples. 

2.  Where  two  verbs  exist  whicli  are  thus  radically  con- 
nected and  identical  in  signification,  it  not  infrequently  hap- 
pens that  they  are  defective  or  mutually  supplementary,  that 
is  to  say,  that  one  of  them  is  in  usage  restricted  to  certain 
parts  or  species,  the  remainder  being  supphed  by  the  other. 

a.  The  following  are  cxnmi)Ies  ofdefective  verbs:  ::ia  to  he  g-ooc/,  used 
in  the  Kal  species  only  in  the  preterite,  the  corresponding  future  is  from 
::b-' ;  ".5"'  Kal  pret.  to  fear,  the  fut.  and  imper.  from  "i^J  ;  p"b^  Kal  pret. 
and  inf  \o  spit,  fut.  from  ptl ;  T?3  K^^^  P''et.  and  inf  to  break  or  disperse, 
fut.  and  imp.  from  yiQ ;  rfe;  Kal  pret.  to  be  alienated,  fut.  from  S'f?;  ;  nnb 
K.  pret.  to  be  a  prince,  fut.  from  il'o  ;  snn  Kal  pret.  and  inf  to  be  many, 
fut.  from  nin  which  is  used  throughout  the  species ;  tiVn  Kal  fut.  to  be  Jiot, 
pret.  and  inf  from  C^n  ,  which  is  also  used  in  the  future  ;  ft^  to  counsel, 
borrows  its  Kal  imper.  from  y^v ;  'f^p  Kal  fut.  to  aioake,  pret.  from  the 
Hiphil  of  YP1,  which  is  also  used  in  inf  imper.  and  fut.;  I^h  to  place,  the 
reflexive  is  c'xpressed  by  :k::rn  from  ii";  ;  nnu  to  drink,  the  causative 
is  np'i^n  from  '^^l^;  lli^iin  from  tii";  is  used  as  the  causative  of  llJia  to 
be  ashamed,  as  wVll  as  'i-^ir) ;  Ti^n  to  go,  derives  many  of  its  forms  from 
r,^i ;  nn";  to  give,  is  only  used  in  the  Kal  imperative,  it  is  supplemented 
by  "(W  of  totally  distinct  radicals. 

QUADRILITERAL   VeRBS. 

§180.  Quadriliteral  verbs  are  either  primitives  formed 
from  quadriliteral  roots,  whose  origin  is  explained,  §  G8.  «, 
or  denominatives,  the  formative  letter  of  the  noun  or  adjective 
being  admitted  into  the  stem  along  with  the  three  original 
radicals.  The  former  class  adopt  the  vowels  and  inflections 
of  the  Piel  and  Pual  species,  while  the  latter  follow  the 
Hiphil. 

a.  The  only  examples  of  quadriliteral  verbs  are  the  following,  viz. :  Piel 
pret.  rl-iEj  he  spread..  Job  26  :  9,  where  the  original  Pattahh  of  the  initial 
syllable"  of  the  Piel,  §82.  5.  6  (3),  is  preserved;  lut.  with  suf  nsro^?^  he 


206  ETYMOLOGY.  §  181 

shall  waste  it,  Ps.  80  :  14.  Pual  pret.  th'o'^^  it  freshened,  Job  33  :  25,  the 
Methegh  and  the  Hhateph  Pattahh  being  used  to  indicate  that  the  Sh'va 
is  vocal,  and  that  the  form  is  equivalent  to  lis::"! ;  part.  0QDn?3  scaled  off 
ov  resembling  scales,  Ex.  16:  14,  Vin^-q  clothed,  1  Chron.  15:27.  Hiphil 
pret.  iiniiTxn  they  stank,  Isa.  19:6  lor  sin"i3TStr)  as  ^"iriyj  for  il'^ri;D,  de- 
rived from  n:TX  putrescent,  which  is  simpler  than  to  make  it  with  Gesenius 
a  double  or  anomalous  Hiphil  from  npT ,  §  94.  a,  comp.  Alexander  in  loc. ; 
fut.  nb-^XTiirN  I  will  turn  to  the  left.  Gen.  13  :  9;  ilb-ix^t^tn  Isa.  30  :  21,  part. 
c^Hxiat^'U  1  Chron.  12  :  2  from  biirib  the  left  hand,  elsewhere  reduced  to  a 
triliteral  by  the  rejection  ofx,  ^"'^bnb  2  Sam.  14:19,  ■'bij:-vrri  Ezek. 
21  :21.  To  these  may  be  added  the  form,  which  occurs  several  times  in 
the  K'thibh  D-^^asna  1  Chron.  15 :  24,  etc.,  and  Ci-insna  2  Chron.  5  :  12, 
for  which  the  K'ri  substitutes  D"'nsn^  or  D'^iSnTS.  As  it  is  a  denomina- 
tive from  iTi^bsn  a  trumpet,  it  has  been  suspected  that  the  form  first  men- 
tioned should  be  pointed  ci-i:jbin^  ;  the  other,  if  a  genuine  reading,  is 
probably  to  be  read  D"i~"i2h^  . 

Nouns. 

THEIE     FOEMATION. 

^181.  Nouns,  embracing  adjectives  and  participles  as 
well  as  substantives,  may  be  primitive,  i.  e.  formed  directly 
from  their  ultimate  roots,  or  derivative,  i.  e.  formed  from  pre- 
existing words.  Those  which  are  derived  from  verbs  are 
called  verbals;  those  which  are  derived  from  nouns  are 
called  denominatives.  The  vast  multiplicity  of  objects  to 
which  names  were  to  be  applied  and  the  diversity  of  aspects 
under  whicli  they  are  capable  of  being  contemplated,  have  led 
to  a  variety  in  the  constitution  of  nouns  greatly  exceeding 
that  of  verbs,  and  also  to  considerable  laxity  in  the  significa- 
tions attached  to  individual  forms.  But  whatever  complexity 
may  beset  the  details  of  this  subject,  its  main  outlines  are 
sufficiently  plain.  All  nouns  are,  in  respect  to  their  forma- 
tion, reducible  to  certain  leading  types  or  classes  of  forms, 
each  having  a  primary  and  proper  import  of  its  own.  The 
derivation  of  nouns,  as  of  the  verbal  species,  from  their 
respective  roots  and  themes  calls  into  requisition  all  the  expe- 
dients, whether  of  internal  or  external  changes,  known  to  the 
language,  §69.  Hence  arise  four  classes  of  nouns  according 
as  they  are  formed  by  internal  changes,  viz.  : 


^182,183  roiiMATiON  or  nouns.  207 

1.  The  introduction  of  one  or  more  vowels. 

2.  The  reduplication  of  one  or  more  of  the  letters  of  the 
root.     Or  by  external  changes,  viz. : 

3.  The  prefixing  of  vowels  or  consonants  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  root. 

4.  The  affixing  of  vowels  or  consonants  at  the  end. 

a.  The  mnss  of  nouns  are  to  be  regarded  as  prinnitivcs  and  not  as  de- 
rived from  their  cognate  verbs.  Many  roots  are  represented  by  nouns 
alone,  without  any  verbs  from  which  they  could  have  sprung,  e.  g.  DX 
father.  Y"},^,  earth.  And  where  verbs  of  kindred  meaning  do  exist,  it  is 
probable  that  they  are  not  the  source  or  theme  of  the  nouns,  but  that 
both  spring  alike  directly  from  their  common  root,  as  T\^'0  to  reign^  and 
T)^.X!  king  from  the  root  "^ba .  Since,  however,  these  roots  or  elemental 
themes  are  destitute  of  vowels,  and  consequently  are  incapable  of  being 
pronounced  in  their  primitive  or  abstract  state,  it  is  customary  and  con- 
venient in  referring  to  them  to  name  the  verb  which  though  a  derivative 
form  has  the  advantage  of  simplicity  and  regularity  of  structure,  and  is 
often  the  best  representative  of  the  radical  signification.  Accordingly, 
Tj^.b  Mng  may  be  said  to  be  derived  from  the  root  Ty^'O  to  reign,  that  is,  it 
is  derived  from  the  root  "^"O  of  which  that  verbal  form  is  the  conven- 
tional designation,  §68. 

h.  Infinitives,  participles,  nouns  which  follow  the  forms  of  the  secondary 
or  derived  species,  §187.  2.  a,  and  some  others,  are  evidently  verbals. 
Most  nouns  of  the  fourth  class,  as  well  as  some  others,  are  denominatives. 

Class  I. — Xouns  formed  lij  the  insertion  of  Towels. 

§182.  The  first  class  of  nouns,  or  those  which  are 
formed  by  means  of  vowels  given  to  the  root,  embraces  three 
distinct  forms,  viz. : 

1.  Monosyllables,  or  those  in  which  the  triliteral  root 
receives  but  one  vow^^l. 

2.  Dissyllables,  in  which  the  second  is  the  principal 
vowel  and  the  first  a  pre  tonic  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

3.  Dissyllables,  in  w^hich  the  first  is  the  principal  vowel 
and  the  second  a  mutable  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

1.  Triliteral  Monosyllables. 

§183.  The  formative  vowel  may  be  given  either  to  the 
second  radical  "^tsp ,  bipp ,  bi-jp ,  b^isp ,  or  to  the  first,  ^tfp , 


208  ETYMOLOGY.  §184 

Y'iP. ,  Y^V;  in  the  latter  case  an  imaccented  Segliol  is  com- 
monly interposed  between  the  concurring  consonants,  '^Cl.  2, 
to  which  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  assimilated,  §63.  2.  a,  b'jjb , 
btij? ,  b'jp .  Forms  thus  augmented  by  the  introduction  of 
an  auxiliary  vowel  are  termed  Segholates. 

a.  In  this  and  the  following  sections  h'Jp  is  used  as  a  representative 
root  in  order  more  conveniently  to  indicate  to  the  eye  the  Kirmation  of  the 
different  classes  of  nouns.  No  root  could  be  selected  which  would  afford 
examples  in  actual  use  of  the  entire  series  of  derivative  forms;  b'^p  has 
but  one  derivative  blip  slaughter,  and  this  only  occurs  in  Obad.  ver.  9. 

b.  As  i,  6.  and  u  rarely  or  never  occur  in  mixed  accented  syllables,  §  19, 
they  are  excluded  from  monosyllabic  nouns.  Every  other  vowel  is,  how- 
ever, found  with  the  second  radical,  thus  a,  t^sa  a  little  prop,  ■paucity^ 
tii^  honey,  ~i2a  man;  «,  V^x  strength,  'ZT\'3  writing,^  "ixn  residue;  e,  Csd 
shoulder^  n;o  bush;  e,  b^7  howling,  ::!S3  grief,  :;NT  a  wolf;  especially  2, 
c>,  and  u,  which  occur  with  greater  frequency  than  any  others.  When  the 
first  radical  receives  the  vowel,  I  and  u  are  likewise  excluded,  inasmuch  as 
they  rarely  or  never  stand  before  concurrent  consonants,  §61.  4.  Few  of 
these  nouns  remain  without  the  auxiliary  Seghol  i^'^a  a  valley,  \Xrd 
vanity,  i<:on  sin,  V)\  spikenard,  U'^p  truth.  Kamets  is  only  found  before 
Vav,  §63.  2.  a,  ria,'  and  in  pause,  §65,  "(rs,  O-iS. 

c.  When  the  second  radical  receives  the  vowel,  there  is  a  concurrence 
of  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  the  word,  which  is  sometimes  relieved 
by  prefixing  X,  §53.  1.  a,  with  a  short  vowel,  mostly  e,  §60.  1.  a  (5).  but 
occasionally  rt,  v'':i-2.'».  finger  for  "is,  rij^rx  lattice,  i^inx  belt,  ^i'lTX  and 
i'lTT  arm,  Hbnx  and  h'VZT}  yesterday. 

§184.  These  nouns,  standing  at  the  first  remove  from 
the  root,  express  as  nearly  as  possible  its  simple  idea 
either  abstractly,  e.  g.  b"'^!;?  emptiness,  bioto  hereavement,  "nfy 
strenfjtU,  p'^^  rifjldeoiisness,  "its?  help,  ^"i^  greatness,  or  as  it 
is  realized  in  some  person  or  object  which  may  be  regarded 
as  its  embodiment  or  representative,  ^^^}_  lord  from  "li-T  to  he 
mi(/1ity,  Oi.y:  man  from  llJi^J  to  he  sick,  b^na'  hoiindary,  ^03 
lihation  ])Yo]).  pourivg  out,  yov  vallei/ ^iYO^.  dejjth,  '^t^Ti  vine- 
gar prop,  sourness. 

a.  That  the  position  of  the  formative  vowel  before  or  after  the  second 
radical  does  not  materially  affect  the  character  of  the  form,  appears  from 
the  following  considerations:  (1.)  The  sameness  of  signification  already 
exhibited,  and  which  may  be  verified  in  detail.  (2.)^  The  occasional  ap- 
pearance of  the  same  word  in  both  forms,  e.  g.  ^^J  and  "i25  man,  'S'C': 


^185  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  209 

and  S'b?  'planl,  xbs  and  X"^?3  'prison,  'nii  and  "(ina  thumb,  tnsb  and  nni^i 
brio-hhiess.  (3.)  The  concurrence  of  botli  forms  in  tlic  Kal  construct  infi- 
nitive h-^p.  and  n^'^F?,  §S7,  ''"j'^p^  and  C^V^R  ■  (4)  Tlie  fact  that  Segiio- 
lates  may  ari^e  alike  from  bip  and  Vjp5 ,' §61.  1.  6.  (5.)  The  cognate 
lano-uages ;  monosyllables  in  Arabic,  whose  vowel  precedes  the  second  radi- 
cal, answer  to  those  whose  vowel  succeeds  the  same  radical  in  AramfEan, 
and  both  to  the  Hebrew  Segholatcs,  c.  g.  nns  servant,  Aram,  li??^,  Arab. 
G   c  ^ 

b.  The  presence  of  imperfect  letters  in  the  root  may  occasion  the  Ibl- 
lowing  modifications: 

NS  roots.  Aleph.as  a  first  radical,  sometimes  receives  a  long  vowel  (_.) 
instead  of  Sh'va  (J,  §G0.  3.  c,  -,!i^N  fidelity  for  ITOJi,  niTS  girdle  lor  niix  . 

S  Guttural  and  '"?  Guttural.  If  the  third  radical  be  a  guttural,  Pat- 
tahh  is  substituted  f()r  the  auxiliary  Seghol,  §  61.  2,  n^b  confidence,  Sril? 
hearing,  tn^J  height;  if  the  second  radical  be  a  guttural,  the  preceding 
vowel  if  Hholem  remains  unchanged,  otherwise  it  also  commonly  becomes 
Pattahh  ^fl   young  Jitau,  "lij  youth,  "mjs  fear  hut  bnii  tent,  cnb  bread. 

I'b  and  fs  roots.  A  vowelless  '^  or  3  is  in  a  few  instances  rejected 
from  the  beginning  of  a  word,  §53.  2.  a,  Isii  produce  for  <'13'?,  "i'^'o  famil- 
iarity for  'lib'^,  siib  elevation  for  X"^C3,  "n  lamentation  hv  "'jn:,  particu- 
larly in  feminines  and  secondary  derivatives;  thus,  nrn  ,  Inns',  n^^,  ndn 
drop  an  initial  Yodh,  and  rii'p ,  i^-'S  an  initial  Nun.  Nun  may  also  ex- 
perience assimilation  when  it  is  a  second  radical,  yjX  anger  for  riix,  013 
cup  for  o:'3. 

l'!:?  anrf  "^'J  roots.  In  Segholates  i  is  preceded  by  Kamets  h'.V  (accord- 
ino-  to  Kimchi  b).3  in  Ezek.  2S  :  IS)  wickedness,  "in  midst,  unless  the  last 
radical  is  a  guttural,  nin  space;  "^  is  preceded  by  Pattahh  and  followed 
byHliirik,  b"^^  night,  'pi  eye.  These  letters  frequently  give  up  their  con- 
sonantal character  and  become  quiescent,  §57.  2.  Vav  is  rejected  in  a  few 
words  as  "'3  brand  for  "'is ,  "'N  island  for  I'lS  ,  ^'"i  watering  for  inn  ,  §53.  3. 

n"b  roots.  In  a  very  fevv  instances  the  proper  final  radical  is  rejcnted^ 
as  it  is  in  verbs,  and  the  final  vowel  written  ri,  as  n:0  bush,  n=a  weep- 
ing, nh  thought.  When  "^  appears  asi  the  radical,  it  prefers  the  form 
"'ba  weeping,  '''^•^  fruit,  "ps  vessel;  1  retains  its  consonantal  character  in 
ino  winter,  ibb  qmdl,  or  it  may  be  changed  to  its  cognate  vowel  u, 
which  combines  with  the  preceding  «  to  form  o,  §62.  1,  i^'^  (for  dhjau) 
ink,  ixtn  antelope.  In  Segholates  1  quiesces  in  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (1),  ^nb 
sioimming  ibv  ini,  'na  emptiness;  the  lexicon  of  Gesenius  contains  the 
forms  lib  garment,  i:ip.  e?zc/,  iVc3  security,  but  these  words  only  occur  in 
the  plural  or  with  suffixes,  and  the  absolute  singular  is  quite  as  likely  to 
have  been  ^I'S ,  ^i^p  ,  1?a . 

2.   Tlie  main  voicel  in  tlie  ultimate. 

§185.  1.  The  second  form  of  this  class  is  a  dissyllable 
with  one  of  the  long  vowels  in  the  second  which  is  its  j^rin- 
14 


210  ETYMOLOGY.  §185 

cipal  syllable,  and  in  the  first  a  pretonic  Kamets,  for  which 
Tsere  is  occasionally  substituted  when  the  second  vowel  is 
Kamets,  thus  bi:;^  or  ^"Jp  ,  '^"^p ,  5^bp ,  bibp ,  brjp . 

2.  These  are  properly  adjectives,  and  have  for  the  most 
part  an  intransitive  signification  when  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  is  <?,  t,  or  o,  and  a  passive  signification  when  it  is 
I  or  u,  "^p  and  flip  small,  ^i^'^/at,  tj^n:  made  of  brass,  "'"'na 
chosen.  Those  with  a  and  i  in  the  ultimate  are,  however, 
prevailingly  and  the  others  occasionally  used  as  substantives, 
and  designate  objects  distinguished  by  the  quality  which 
they  primarily  denote,  P"^^  herbs  prop,  (jreen,  "^^'^.  strong 
drinlv  prop,  intoxicating,  ^''23  leojmi'd  prop,  sjjotted,  Ji''^:^  and 
C]'5^  turban  prop,  icound  around,  ^"33  ^^org,  that  which  is 
glorious. 

a.  The  intransitive  adjectives  supply  the  place  of  Kal  active  partici- 
ples to  neuter  verbs,  §90,  and  in  ^^3  verbs  they  have  superseded  the  regu- 
lar formation,  §153.  1,  C|b  for  c'liD.  Kal  passive  participles  are  verbals 
with  U.  Tiiis  formation  with  I  in  the  ultimate  is  adopted  in  several  names 
of  seasons.  2"'r^l<  Abib,  the  time  of  ears  of  corn,  TpDX  ingathering  prop. 
the  being  gathered,  l"*^?  vintage,  "i^^rj  pruning-time,  llJ"''^n  ploughing- 
time,  i"^^;:;  harvest. 

b.  Adjectives  with  o  commonly  express  permanent  qualities,  those 
with  e  variable  ones,  hi^^  great,  b"ia  growing  great ;  pjtt  strong,  ptn  be- 
coming strong  J  Si"if?  «ear.  S"|i|^  approaching;  pinn  remote,  pnn  receding. 
Hence  the  former  are  used  of  those  physical  and  moral  conditions  which 
are  fixed  and  constant,  such  as  figure,  colour,  character,  etc.,  TjiX  iong, 
hi'S  round,  p^S  deep,  n'ds  high;  c^x  red,  in3  spotted,  "^p}  speckled,  pin; 
green,  "ip'S  striped,  "li^  xchiie,  p"ib  bay.  "nd  black ;  pin^  sweet,  "nh:j 
pure,  ^"iij^  holy.  And  tlie  latter' are  employed  of  sliifting  and  evanescent 
states  of  body  and  of  mind,  N^^  thirsty,  t.V'^  hungry,  TZ':2  sated,  ?)r; 
weary,  bzx  grieving,  ysn  desiring,  ^"^Ti fearing,  'by  exulting.' 

c.  The  active  signification  asserted  for  the  form  hix^p  in'a  few  instances 
cannot  be  certainly  established;  "Cip'^  or  'C'^'p'^  fowler,  is  intransitive  in 
Hebrew  conception  as  is  .shown  by  the  construction  of  the  corresponding 
verb,  comp.  Lat.  aucupari,  aucupatus.  Other  alleged  cases  are  probably 
not  nouns  but  absolute  infinitives  of  Kal,  ')in3  Jer.  6:  27  may  as  well  be 
rendered  1  have  set  thee  to  try  as  for  a  trier  (of  metals)  ;  y'^n  Isa.  1  :  17  is 
not  oppressor  nor  oppressed  but  wrong-doing,  to  dSiKetr,  see  Alexander  in 
loc. ;  and  even  piii^  Jer.  22 :  3  may  in  like  manner  be  oppression  instead 
of  oppressor. 

d.  n'b  roots  are  restricted  to  forms  with  i.  in  which  the  radical  "^ 
quiesces,  '''}'-^  fresh,  "^'.y  afflicted, '^'p':  or  ^''pj  with  otiant  X,  §16.  l,/)Mre, 


§186  FORMATION    OP    NOUNS.  211 

or  with  a  which  combines  witli  it  to  form  e,  n  ,  -n^  and  rrib  fidd^  i^si 
fair^  nxa  high;  in  a  few  nouns  this  final  vowel  is  dropped,  >^  Jish  for 
nil,  IP.  mark  for  n'ln,  VV  tree  for  nkr ,  "la  .<?on  for  tiis  ,  riB  mouth  lor  i-.'-^Q 
unless,  indeed,  these  and  the  like  arc  to  be  regarded  as  primitive  bilit- 
erals.  Vav,  as  a  final  radical,  may  be  preceded  by  a.  IJS  meek,  or  e.  i^d 
secure. 

3.   T7ie  main  rowel  in  the  penult. 

§18G.  1.  The  tliird  form  of  tliis  class  is  a  dissyllable 
having  an  innnutable  vowel,  mostly  Ilholcm,  though  occa- 
sionally Shurek  or  Tscre  in  the  first,  which  is  its  principal 
syllable,  and  a  mutable  Kamets  or  Tsere  in  the  second,  thus 

2.  These  indicate  the  agent,  and  are  either  active  par- 
ticiples, buip  killing,  or  substantives,  Dnin  signet-ring  prop. 
sealer,  ^"^y^  enemy,  one  jjractising  hostilitg,  bi'^ilj  fox  prop. 
digger,  vlP"'5  hammer  prop,  pomuler,  ^?^n  morning-star  prop. 
sJiining  one. 

a.  A  number  of  nouns,  indicative  of  occupation,  follow  the  participial 
form,  which  thus  serves  to  express  permanent  and  professional  activity, 
"1(513  herdsman,  ^z'n  sailor  -prop,  rope-handler,  "d-yin  ploughman,  "irii""  potter 
prop,  former.  0^13  fuller,  ")n3  priest,  C^S  vine-dresser,  "iniD  merchant, 
"ibio  scribe,  bsin  trafficker,  ns;'i  shepherd,  Xe'"i  physician,  n|?-i  dealer  in 
unguents,  tLp^  embroiderer,  "iriii  u-atchinan,  "^^ii:^  porter  prop,  gate-keeper. 
aevj  judge. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  «  in  the  first  syllable  is  shortened  and  fol- 
lowed by  Daghesh-lbrte  conservative,  2jW  and  assJ  pj'/jg.  V53>15  p?7. 

c.  SS  7-oo/s.  The  contraction  of  3JS  and  the  quiescence  of  IS'  roots,  by 
reducing  them  to  biliteral  monosyllables,  obliterates  to  a  considerable  ex- 
tent the  distinctions  which  have  been  described  and  which  are  possible 
only  in  triliterals.  The  contracted  forms  which  arise  from  "S  roots  are 
~b  ,  -b,  -O  ,  -b,  1^183.6.  Of  these  ;:b  =  nsb  belongs  to  the  monosylla- 
bic formation,  and  is  chiefly  used  of  abstracts,  "iS  pitriti/,  "Z"!  midtitude,  tn 
integrity,  V'J  yoke  ;  and  lb  ^  j::D  to  the  first  species  of  dissyllables,  em- 
bracing adjectives  and  concrete  nouns,  Cn  perfect,  yn  feast ;  while  -h 
and  -O  may  arise  indifferently  from  either,  po  rottenness  is  an  abstract 
noun  for  ppTD ,  but  Tj"]  tender  is  an  adjective  for  T^a"! ,  Kamets  being  com- 
pressed to  Pattahh  before  the  doubled  letter,  comp.  §135.  3;  3b  heart  is 
for  the  dissyllable  ^4^,  but  "|n  _/afo?;r  for  the  monosyllable    "in. 

'i:?  and  ^'J  roots.  Nouns  from  quiescent  13  and  "^S  roots  may  be 
divided  into  three  pairs  of  forms,  Cpi ,  3"]  ;  nip  ,  3"'") ;  Cip  ,  3*~i .  Of  these 
the  last  pair  (with  the  exception  of  Kal  passive  participles)  belong  to  the 
primitive  monosyllabic  formation,   3"''i   strife,  3li:  goodness,  the  first  pair 


212  ETYMOLOGY.  §187 

to  the  first  species  of  dissyllables,  ^"n  poor^  ^1  proud,  bx  God  prop,  the 
mighty  one,  and  the  second  pair  may  belong  to  either,  ti"^"!  =  UJ")"!  poverty, 
p'n  =  pn  eiii-pty,  'pk  =;)1J<  strength,  zrJ>  =  zrj  good. 

Class  II. — Kouns  icith  reduplicated  radicals. 

§187.  1.  The  simple  form  proper  to  adjectives  is  ex- 
plained §185;  it  may  be  converted  into  an  intensive  by 
doubling  the  middle  radical,  retaining  the  long  vowel  of  the 
second  syllable  and  giving  a  short  i  or  a  to  the  first.  This 
reduplicated  or  intensive  form  denotes  what  is  characteristic, 
habitual,  or  possessed  in  a  high  degree.  Adjectives  of  this 
nature  are  sometimes  used  as  descriptive  epithets  of  persons 
or  things  distinguished  by  the  quality,  which  they  denote, 
IIdSji  very  iveali,  n|?3  seeinr/  prop,  (having  eyes)  %cide  open, 
Yh%  righteous,  "ii23  migJifi/  man,  "J^an  full  of  grace,  Q^JTi 
merciful. 

a.  As  a  general  though  not  an  invariable  rule,  the  first  syllable  has 
Pattahh  when  a  pure  vowel  a,  I,  or  u  stands  in  the  ultimate,  but  Hhirik 
when  the  ultimate  has  one  of  the  diphthongal  vowels  e  or  o.  Several 
nouns  with  a  in  the  second  syllable  are  descriptive  of  occupations  or 
modes  of  life,  comp.  §186.  2.  a,  "iSX  husbandman,  jr^"^  fisherman,  )'^'^  judge, 
'O'in  (zzrir^n)  workman,  risiJ  cook,  n^^  seaman  (from  tib-q  salt),  bso 
bearer  of  burdens,  ^"^I  hunter,  r^'p?  bowman.  Zl'^  thief,  not  a  mere  equiva- 
lent to  ^313  one  who  steals,  but  one  who  steals  habitually,  who  makes  steal- 
ing his  occupation. 

b.  Since  the  idea  of  intensity  easily  passes  into  that  of  excess,  the 
form  bisp  is  aj^plied  to  deformities  and  defects,  physical  or  moral,  c'bx 
dumb,  '2^  hump-backed,  UJ^n  (i=\r"nn)  deaf,  "i-i:^  blind,  rjS-3  lame,  nnp 
bald,  ti'ji^'J  perverse. 

c.  In  a  few  instances  instead  of  doubling  the  second  radical;  the  pre- 
vious Hhirik  is  prolonged,  §59.  a,  ^'i'ap  and  tliia'^p  7iettle  prop,  badly 
pricking,  li^'T?  smoke,  "lirr'd  the  Nile  prop,  very  black,  P"i3"'^  priso7i. 
Tn-'S  spark,  "li^^S  battle,  •j'li''?  spark. 

d.  The  following  double  the  third  radical  in  place  of  the  second,  rin"ia 
brood,  ")3?.T  green,  IJJ?.'^  quiet,  MiSJ  comely  from  f^SJ^,  the  last  radical 
appearing  as  1 ,  §  169,  by?5X  feeble,  where  the  long  vowel  Tsere  is  in- 
serted to  prevent  the  concurrence  of  consonants. 

e.  5)3?  and  more  rarely  "35  roots  reduplicate  the  biliteral  formed  by  their 
contraction,  bj^S  and  bj^;<  wheel  prop,  roller,  nnnn  frightful,  "'"'pi  girt. 
IpTp  crown  of  the  head  prop,  dividing  (the  hair) ;  so  fern.  J^^nbn  severe  pain, 
fiBaba  casting  down,  Ti'i^.h^  skull,  and  plur.  ni^pba  baskets,  n"is;i:5  turning 


^188  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  2113 

upside  down  from  niy  =  •."3,  nix^'b  (sing,  ''h'^h)  loops  and  C^blb  (sing, 
probably  i^'lp^b  =  ib'b)  winding  stairs  from  rji">  =iy>  ;  a  root  bib  is  need- 
lessly assutued  by  Gcscnius.  Sometimes  the  harsh  concurrence  of  con- 
sonants is  prevented  by  the  insertion  of  a  long  vowel,  b^lb^  (const.  bkb:i:) 
cymbal  prop,  tinkling,  ^i'"i?  and  "i^li"!?.  stark  naked,  totally  destitute.  b{?'b|7 
despicable,  or  (he  softening  of  the  former  of  the  two  consonants  to  a  vowel, 
S57.  1,  ::3i3  star  for  ^sns,  nis::i:j  bands  worn  on  the  forehead  for 
m'EliJs:: ,  ';i%''K'  (with  the  ending  "p  added)  ignominy  for  'pbirbp,  bra 
Babylon  for  biba ,  or  its  assimilation  to  the  succeeding  consonant,  i23 
something  circular,  a  circidt  for  '^S'i3.  Tlie  second  member  of  the  redu- 
plication sufiers  contraction  or  change  in  fT^"!!^  chain  for  JTniy'i^M  and 
^P.'^P.  foor  for  ^ib-ip?  . 

2.  Abstracts  are  formed  witli  a  doubled  middle  radical 
by  giving  u  to  the  second  syllabic  and  i  to  the  first,  piin 
foldincj  the  hands,  Q^'5i:3  reiribation,  Y^'^'^  abomination,  and 
in  the  plural  C^SS  atonement,  D"^"7^pS  commandments,  D'lnn^Jin 
divorce. 

a.  Tliese  may  be  regarded  as  verbals  formed  from  tlie  Piel.  A  like 
formation  is  in  a.  ^qw  instances  based  upon  other  species,  e.  g.  Hiphil  "^on 
melting  Worn.  T)r3 ,  niriSfi:.  cessation  from  the  '\'3  root  V\'B,  Niphal  Cib!itn33 
tcrestlings :  C^r^nJ  when  derived  from  the  Niphal  means  repenlings,  when 
from  the  Piel  consolations. 

c.  "'J  roots  reduplicate  (he  biliteral  to  ivhich  iliey  are  contracted,  ^ri'iri 
injiammation,  C^zrt'^d  delight. 

c.  A  few  roots,  which  are  either  li'  or  V  guttural,  or  have  a  liquid  for 
their  third  letter,  double  the  last  radical  with  u  in  the  fiaal  syllable, 
y^iliys  thorn-hedge,  "liXS  (^l^nxs)  ruddy  glow,  cniiatn  upright  columns 
designed  for  way-marks,  tTi^ns'lji  horror,  D"^B^SN3  adulteries,  C'lpra  ridges, 
also  with  o  or  «  in  the  last  syllable,  nn^3  acquiescence,  b'bnp_  pasture, 
-ii-nJO  shorter,  "i''^^^  obscuration,  "i"'"iSTy  (K'thibh  "iliBb)  tapestry,  b^b'sn 
whence  "ib'brn  dark.  The  concurrence-  of  consonants  is  relieved  in  b^lbad 
(in  some  editions)  snail  by  Daghesh-forte  separative. 

§188.  A  few  words  reduplicate  the  two  last  radicals. 
These  may  express  intensity  in  general,  J^V'nj^s  complete 
opening,  n^p-nD';'  very  beaiififid,  or  more  particularly  repeti- 
tion, tJSDSn  ttcistcd  prop,  turning  again  and  again,  P^p^n 
slippery,  ^p^p?  croolced,  ^'rb^t^  perverse,  v^ddcs?  mixed  multi- 
tude prop,  gathered  here  and  there,  ninsnnn  spots  or  stripes, 
n'nanfin  moles  prop,  incessant  diggers.  As  energy  is  con- 
sumed by  repeated  acts   or   exhibitions  and  so  gradually 


214  ETYMOLOGY.  §189,190 

weakened,  this  form  becomes  a  diminutive  when  apphed  to 
adjectives  of  colour,  Di'o'jJ!?^  reddish,  p'bj?'^^  (/reenish,  "innniJ? 
blackish. 

a.  Tlie  first  of  two  concurring  consonants  is  softened  to  a  vowel  in 
nn"^::n  trumpet  for  ii^^-}^n  ,   and  probably  ^IX]?.  Lev.  16  :  8  for  btbT?. 

b.  ^'b  roots  drop  their  initial  radical,  Ci^nriri  gifts  from  -^l^,  C^N^Nlt 
offspring,  issue  from  N:i^ . 

Class  III. — Nouns  formed  ly  prefixes. 

§189.  The  third  class  of  nouns  is  formed  by  prefixing 
either  a  vowel  or  a  consonant  to  the  root.  In  the  following 
instances  the  vowel  a  is  prefixed  with  a  in  the  ultimate  to 
form  adjectives  of  an  intensive  signification,  STSS  utterlij  de- 
ceitful^ "iTDi?  violent,  "jniiJ  (^in^x)  perennial,  Jill's?  (onl}'' 
represented  by  a  derivative,  §  94.  o)  very  foul,  fetid,  I^tes 
exceedingly  gross  or  thick  (applied  to  darkness,  Isa.  59  :  10), 
or  verbal  nouns  borrowing  their  meaning  from  the  Hiphil 
species,  sr^^^i?  memorial,  5"i'3'7i?  declaration. 

a.  This  form  corresponds  with  Xj3\  the  Arabic  comparative  or  super- 
lative. Its  adoption  for  Hiphil  derivatives  corroborates  the  suggestion, 
§82.  5.  h  (2).  respecting  the  formation  of  the  Hiphil  species  and  the  origin 
of  its  causal  idea. 

6.  The  letter  X  is  merely  the  bearer  of  the  initial  vowel  and  has  no 
significance  of  its  own  in  these  forms;  t\  is  substituted  for  it  in  i'^'^ti 
(=b3';N)  palace,  temple  prop,  very  capacious  from  bb'^  in  the  sense  of  its 
cognate  bl3  to  contain.  So,  likewise,  in  a  few  verbals  with  feminine  ter- 
minations, nsir^dn  Ezek.  24  :  26  causing  to  hear  used  for  the  Hiph.  infin., 
§128,  ii^^n  deliverance  from  b^3,  MnjO.  grant  of  rest  (=  nhn:n)  from 
n^ii .        ' 

c.  The  short  vowel  prefixed  with  X  to  monosyllables  of  the  first 
species,  as  explained  §  183.  c,  has  no  effect  upon  the  meaning,  and  does  not 
properly  enter  into  the  constitution  of  the  form. 

§190.  The  consonants  prefixed  in  the  formation  of  nouns 
are  "a,  n,  and  "^ .  They  are  sometimes  prefixed  without  a 
vowel,  the  stem  letters  constituting  a  dissyllable  of  them- 
selves, bbp"a ,  ^iica ,  b^'nn ,  n^i^xn ;  more  commonly  they 
receive  a  or  i  followed  by  a  long  vowel  in  the  ultimate,  e.  g. 


^191  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  215 

a.  Pattalih  commonly  stands  before  e,  z,  and  u,  and  Hhirik  before  a  and 
0,  unless  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural  or  an  assimilated  Nun,  when  Pattahh 
is  again  preferred,  hhj^^o  food,  vi^-q  planting,  ni-is'?  scno,  oinn  a  species 
ofbil-d,  c'^'n-'  a  kind  ^of  gem.  Seghol  is  occasionally  employed  before  a 
guttural  or'iiquid  followed  by  a,  §63.1.6,  ^f^^^.  depth,  ns";^  chariot, 
D^hpbTa  pair  of  tongs.  These  rules  are  not  invariable,  however,  as  will 
appear"  from  such  forms  as  n2TT3,  '{zp-q  ,  ^ibo^ ,  i:Jip^^  ,  ^ip'^'?  •  A  few 
words  have  a  in  the  ultimate,  rb'ri^  harp,  p:n^  strangling.  The  inser- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte  separative  in  the  first  radical  is  exceptional,  unpia 
Ex.  15  :  17?  z.-'^^.ll-q  Job  9  :  IS,  ni-i552T2  Joel  1  :  17. 

h.  "^'s  roots.  The  first  radical  appears  as  "^  resting  in  Hhirik  or  Tsere. 
li'j^T3  and  -li"^-?  rectitude,  ^'Ti-'n  new  wine,  ■|T2"^n  south,  or  as  1  resting 
in  Hholem  or  Shurek,  ni;i-3  appointed  time,  "^O^-a  correction,  rain  sojourner, 
n;TO  so/vmp.  In  a  few  instances  it  is  rejected,  bin  u-o/'ZcZ,  or  assimilated 
to"  the  following  radical,  vk-q  bed,  vWq  knowledge. 

""jJ  and  •'"si  roo^s.  The  root  is  reduced  to  a  monosyllabic  biliteral  by 
the  quiescence  or  rejection  of  tbe  second  radical,  the  prefix  receiving 
Sh'va,  ^-s-q  citadel,  cnri  sound  place,  cinn  ocean,  C!ip^  living  thing, ^  or 
more  commonly  a  pretoiiic  Kamets  or  Tsere,  nixTa  luminary,  "p-^ ,  'J';';^ 
and  ',^'3  strife,  yi-n^  race,  S'^'n;'  adversary.  The  feminine  form  is  almost 
alwayVadopted  after  n,  ni^vrn  salvation,  nir.n  oblation. 

si?  roo/s.  The  root  is  mostly  contracted  to  a  biliteral  and  the  vowel 
compressed  to  a,  ft,  e  or  o,  §61.  4,  the  prefix  sometimes  receiving  Sh'va 
which  gives  rise  to  a  Segholate  form,  §61.  1.  6,  psb  tribute  Jor  0=^,  nra 
bitterness  for  irri ,  l^in  defilement  for  bsn ,  -"^.i  /ear  for  rp'S ,  l-in  ??2asf 
for  "pPi ;  more  frequently  it  receives_  a  pretonic  Kamets  or  Tsere,  7)00 
covering,  'i:;'9  shield,  IVJ^  fortress,  "li^  angiiish.  In  pii'^a  running,  the 
short  vowel  of  the  perfect  root  is  preserved  by  means  of  Daghesh-forte  in 
the  first  radical,  n  is  almost  always  followed  by  the  feminine  ending, 
n^nn/o%,  n^rn  beginning,  n^sn  prayer. 

.l"bi  roots.  The  ultimate  has  n..,  nino  disease,  nLn^  pasture,  which 
is  apocopated  in  a  few  words,  b?i  ZZ/'/niO'  t<p,  b?^  /<?>/jer  part,  'fVh  and 
I?':  071  «ccozmi  o/;  and  always  disappears  before  the  feminine  ending  n^, 
§62.  2.  c,  t^??.^  ascent,  ni:iT3  commandment,  n-pn  /io;)e,  nsbn  weariness. 
Before  the  ferninine  termination  n  the  final  radical  appears  as  quiescent 
1  or  1,  n-^ann  interest,  ri:tn  whoredom-,  n-iinn  encamping,  X^-^i'^q  pasture. 
Yodh  is  retained  as  a  consonant  after  •«,  C"^'?^r,^  diseases. 

§191.  The  letter  13  is  a  fragment  of  the  pronoun  ^^ 
2c/w  or  ma  ufrnf.     Nouns,  to  which  it  is  prefixed,  denote 

1.  The  agent  w/io  does  what  is  indicated  by  the  root,  as 
the  participles,  §  84.  5,  formed  by  an  initial  -n ,  and  a  few 
substantives,  b'^ibi?  didactic  psalm  prop,  instructor,  ^El2 
(from  ^?:)  chaff  ^vo\).  icliat  falls  off. 

2.  The  instrument  hij  which  it  is  done,  npEia  %  from 


216  ETYMOLOGY.  §192 

nii3  io  open,  ^^b-a  goad  from  ^iab  to  learn,  fhyi  saio  from 

3.  The  place  or  time  in  tchlch  it  is  done,  r\ii'c\  altar 
from  T^kl  io  sacrifice,  Yk^ri  Mr,  llb^.  brick-kiln,  "lisia  period 
of  residence. 

4.  The  action  or  the  quahty  icldch  is  expressed  by  the 
root,  nst:^  slaucjUer,  ^sra  mourning,  rh^  sickness,  T\^m 
error,  nir-'^  straigMness.  Verbals  of  this  natm^e  sometimes 
approximate  the  infinitive  in  signification  and  construction, 
as  nisr.^  overturning,  trkm  EzeL  17:9,  §160.2.  In 
Chaldee  the  infinitive  regularly  takes  this  form,  e.  g.  bti]?^ 
io  kill. 

5.  The  object  upon  idMcIl  the  action  is  directed  or  the 
subject  in  ii'ldcU  the  quahty  inheres,  bix^.  food  from  bii?  to 
eat,  nil2T^  psalm  from  ^)bT  /o  6-//;y,  nipb^  ^oo/y  from  npb  ^ 
M-^,  ni^iyT?/^^/  things  from  l^iy  /o  (5(?/«/,  ns'^^a  //^«^  ^^y^^c/^ 
^'^  5W2fif//,  pnn^  //^«if  267^2c/^  2*5  remote. 

a.  These  different  significations  blend  into  one  another  in  such  a  man- 
ner that  it  is  not  always  eas}^  to  distinguish  the  precise  shade  of  meaning 
originally  attached  to  a  word:  and  not  infrequently  more  than  one  of  these 
senses  co-exist  in  the  same  word.  Thus,  ^ixa  luminary,  may  suggest  the 
idea  of  agency,  dispenser  of  light,  or  of  place,  resercoir  of  light'J  nbix^ 
Jmife,  may  be  so  called  as  an  agent,  rt  devourer,  or  as  an  instrument,  used  in 
ealing;  U-!i:?ri  means  both  n  holy  thing  and  a.  holy  place;  ^S^an  sale  and 
something  sold  or  for  sale  ;  nib^:?  royal  aidhority  and  kingdom  ;  N^i?3  the 
act, place,  and  time  of  going  forth  ixnd  that  which  goes  forth;  st'f-a  the  place 
and  time  of  sitting  or  dwelling  as  well  as  they  xcho  sit  or  dwell. 

§192.  Nouns  formed  by  prefixing  ^  or  n  denote  persons 
or  things  to  which  the  idea  of  the  root  is  attached. 

1.  ^  is  identical  in  origin  with  the  prefix  of  the  3  masc. 
future  in  verbs,  and  is  largely  used  in  the  formation  of  names 
of  persons,  pn^:'  Isaac,  nns;'  JephiJia,  but  rarely  in  forming 
appellatives,  T^T^  adversary  prop,  contender,  'i^o;*  apostate 
prop,  departer,  "J^pb;;  hag  prop,  gatherer,  D^p;'  living  thing 
prop,  that  {ichich)  stands,  nn^;-  fresh  oil  prop,  that  {lohich) 
shines. 


§193  rORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  217 

2.  in ,  probably  the  same  with  the  prefix  of  the  3  fcm. 
future  of  verbs,  which  is  here  used  in  a  neuter  sense,  is  em- 
ployed in  the  formation  of  a  few  concrete  nouns,  ^n'^n  oah 
prop,  that  {ichich)  endures,  ^"'^■Sri  cloak  prop,  that  [irhicli) 
tcraps  up,  1i3n  furnace  prop,  tliut  {whicli)  burns,  11 -sn  aj:)}^^ 
prop,  that  {which)  exhales  fragrance.  But  it  more  frequently 
appears  in  abstract  terms  like  the  feminine  ending  in  other 
forms,  "Jinn  understanding,  "i^n^n  bitterness,  5^3?n  delight. 
It  is  very  rarely  found  in  designations  of  persons,  and  only 
when  they  occupy  a  relation  of  dependence  and  subordina- 
tion, and  ma}''  consequently  be  viewed  as  things,  T^'abri 
learner,  st^'^n  one  dwelling  on  another's  lands,  tenant,  vassal. 

a.  The  great  majority  of  nouns  with  r.  prefi.xcd  have  likewise  a 
feminine  ending,  nb'^'in  deep  sleep,  nrvin  salvalion,  rriXEtn  beanhj, 
n-i'ann  fraud. 

Class  IV. — Xouns  formed  hy  affixes. 

§•193.  The  nouns  formed  by  means  of  an  affixed  letter 
or  vowel  arc  chiefly  denominatives.  The  consonant  "J  ap- 
pended by  means  of  the  vowel  o,  or  less  frequently  a,  forms 

1.  Adjectives,  "iinns*  last  from  nns  after,  f^i^'}frst  from 
t'i?!  head,  "o^n  middle  from  ^^n  midst,  frit'na  brazen  from 
rit;fi:  brass.  A  very  few  are  formed  directly  from  the  root, 
■ji^nx  j?>oo/-,  X^"^':^^^  most  high,  )^)i^  tuidotced. 

2.  xibstract  substantives,  the  most  common  form  of 
which  is  li^^p ,  e.  g.  'jiV.y  blindness,  linE!3  confidence,  X^^'p, 
pain,  XVT-  pcdeness,  though  various  other  forms  likcAvise 
occur,  e.  g.  X^'^%  and  "j^l^N  destruction,  "jiHa  dominion,  p'^T^JS 
success,  i^r^  offering. 

a.  In  a  ^'&\\  words  the  termination  'i  has  been  thought  to  be  intensive. 
rid  sabbeilh,  "("insn  a  i^reat  suhhath.  ^T  proud,  '"i"!"'.'!  exceedingly  proud, 
and  once  diminutive  i:i"^S  man,  'ib'X  UUle  man,  i.  c.  the  pupil  of  the  eye, 
so  called  from  the  image  reflected  in  it.  The  word  '^"^i^l;  .Teshurun  from 
-liiii  vpright,  is  by  some  explained  as  a  diminutive  or  term  of  endearment, 
while  others  think  that  the  termination  'il  has  no  further  meaning  than 
to  make  of  the  word  a  proper  name,  comp.  'j'ozl .  See  Alexander  on 
Isaiah  44:  2. 


218  ETYMOLOGY.  §194,195 

b.  )  is  occasionally  affixed  with  the  vowel  e,  )l']i.  a.ve,  "Jib:?  nail. 

c.  A  few  words  are  formed  by  appending  D,  e.  g.  DI'^S  and  "("'"JQ  ran- 
som, t  bo  ladder  from  hbti  to  lift  up,  cbin  siicred  scribe  from  :2"in  stylus, 
Ci~iT  soulli  Irom  in'n  ?o  shine;  or  b,  e.g.  b'2'13  garden  from  C"i3  t-me- 
?/ar(Z,  bi-'^S  calyx  or  cup  of  a  flower  Irom  ?"^^5  n<p,  bb"ip  a;z/c/e  from  D";p. 
joint,  '^"in  locust  'from  StT!  indicative  of  tremulous  motion,  bs'^?.  //(JcA; 
darkness  from  ^"'"i^  cloud,  b7"i2  ?ro?i  probably  from  t")3  /o  pierce. 

§194.  The  vowel  "^ .  forms  adjectives  indicating  relation 
or  derivation. 

1.  It  is  added  to  proper  names  to  denote  nationality  or 
family  descent,  "'^^S'  Hebrew,  "'P^l';^  Jcbicsite,  "^ri'E'^s  FhUistine, 
ii2"ii?  Aramean,  '^"l^'a  Egyf)tian,  "'pX'iiO';'  Israelitish,  an  Israel- 
ite, "i?^  Banite,  TO)?  Kohathite,  ^k'^^^'}^.  Gershonite. 

2.  It  is  also  added  to  other  substantives,  "^bisa  northerner, 
"^'yy:  foreigner.,  "^ps  villager,  ^'iT\  footman,  ""riy  timely,  ''^''?3 
2 i'^ ;?<?;•  from  the  plural  D'^?2;  to  a  few  adjectives,  '''^TDK  and 
ITDX  violent,  '^T:'^,  and  ^"^y^.  foolish,  and  even  to  prepositions, 
™n /o?6^(?6-nrom  nnp ,  ^3sb/;w// from  ibsb  +  \  ,  §02.2. 

a.  The  feminine  ending  n^  is  dropped  before  this  ending,  ''"'^n';!  ./e?/; 
from  iT^ln";!,  '^'"^''^^  Btiiite  from  ni;"'"}a,  or  the  old  ending  n^  takes  its 
place,  ''J^r?^  Maacliathite  from  ^-".."^  ,  or  i  is  inserted  between  the  vowels, 
■^sbd  Shelanite  from  nbilJ.  Final  "^  _  combines  with  the  ajipended  ''.  into 
I,  §  62.  2,  "i^^  Levite  and  Leiu'.  lild  Shunite  and  Shuni. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  "i.  takes  the  place  of  "^ .  ,  e.g.  ''"in  tp/zjVe 
stuffs,  "^n^n  basket,  "^^ib  Zoo/j,  and  perhaps  "'libn ,  in  a  collective  sense 
windows,  is^bn.  tincovered,  ib"'3  which  Gesenius  derives  from  ^=3  and 
takes  to  mean  cunning;  if  however,  it  is  derived  from  nVs ,  §187.  1.  c, 
and  means  spendthrift,  the  final  Yodh  will  be  a  radical. 


MULTILITERALS. 

§195.  1.  Quadriliteral  nouns  are  for  the  most  part 
evenly  divided  into  two  syllables,  I'ijp?'  scorpion,  13T5  treas- 
urer, tiiT^T]  sickle,  l^^ba  barren.  Sometimes  the  second  rad- 
ical receives  a  vowel,  that  of  the  first  radical  being  either 
rejected,  pt^^_  damask,  b)2}'n  frost,  '^1'^^  vi?ie  blossom,  or  pre- 
served by  the  insertion  of  Daghesh-forte,  ilJ^a^n  fint,  ts^nsy 


^196        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.         219 

Spider,  li-'^^s  and  tj.lbia  concub'uie.     Occasionally   the   third 
radical  has  Dagliesh-forte,  ri'Su^  bed,  T^k^'ofin. 

2.  Words  of  five  or  more  letters  are  of  rare  occurrence 
and  appear  to  be  chiefly  of  foreign  origin,  l^^nx  purple,  ?'ii"iB^ 
fro(/,  WJ'd  cloth,  i)'^'^;^^,  mule,  If'i-tns?  salrap. 

3.  Compound  words  are  few  and  of  doubtful  character, 
ni^bs  shadow  of  death,  nibis^  auj/lhinff  prop,  tchat  and  what, 
n"aibn  nothhg  prop,  no  ichat,  b?!'f3  worthlessness  prop,  no 
2Jroff,  n'jbss'a  darkness  of  Jehovah,  T\'iT\^Tb'!h  fame  of  Jeho- 
vah, except  in  proper  names,  p'^i""'?':^?  Melehizedeh,  king  of 
righteousness,  ^!"07?^  Ohadiah,  serving  Jehovah,  Q'^p^in"'  Je- 
hoialdm,  Jehovah  shall  establish. 


Gender  and  Number. 

§19C.  There  are  in  Hebrew,  as  in  the  other  Semitic 
languages,  but  two  genders,  the  masculine  ("i3J)  and  the 
feminine  ("ip2).  The  masculine,  as  the  primary  form,  has 
no  characteristic  termination ;  the  feminine  ends  in  M^  or  t^ , 
e.  g.  bt?p  masc.,  nrjip  or  t^^tsp  fern. 

a.  The  only  trace  of  the  neuter  in  Hebrew  is  in  the  interrogative,  n^ 
a/'7/a^  being  used  of  things  as  """a  «;/io  of  persons.  The  function  assigned 
to  the  neuter  in  other  hinguages  is  divided  between  the  masculine  and  the 
feminine,  being  principally  committed  to  the  latter. 

h.  The  original  feminine  ending  in  nouns  as  in  verbs,  §85.  1.  a  (!),  ap- 
pears to  have  been  n,  which  was  either  attached  directly  to  the  word, 
pibbp  which,  by  §61.  2.  becomes  n^Vpj  of  added  by  means  of  the  vowel  a. 
Tod-p  or  T^'cp .  which  by  the  rejection  of  the  consonant  from  the  end  of 
the  word,  §55.  2.  c,  becomes  M^^p.  The  termination  ri_  or  n^  is  still 
found  in  a  very  few  words,  rp~3  emerald,  nxp  pelican,  nr£i:3  company 
3  Kin.  9:  17,  fi-;.™  morrow,  mi's  portion^  rip  end,  ni>^  Josh.  13:13,  and 
the  poetic  forms,  rnri't  song,  riifrip^  inheritance,  riAi:^.  ^  help,  nnb  fruitful, 
niu:  sleep.  Two  other  words,  n;n  Ps.  74  :  19  and  rj'^ja  Ps.  61  :  1,  have 
been  cited  as  additional  examples,  but  these  are  in  the  construct  state, 
which  always  preserves  the  original  n  final;  it  is  likewise  always  re- 
tained before  suffixes  and  paragogic  letters,  §61.  6.  a,  Vjrirvr^,  JirrTa]", 
■in^n. 

c.  The  feminine  ending  n^  receives  the  accent  and  is  thus  readily  dis- 


220  ETYMOLOGY.  §197 

tinguished  from  the  unaccented  paragogic  n^ .  In  a  few  instances  gram- 
marians have  suspected  that  forms  may  perhaps  be  feminine,  though 
the  punctuators  have  decided  otherwise  by  placing  the  accent  on  the 
penult,  e.g.  ir^is  burning  Hos.  7  :  4,  ^^"''^'^  Galilee  2  Kin.  15:29,  "Tibp 
destruction  Ezek.  7:25,  HJirn  vulture  Deut.  14:17,  i"''^C"l'  low  Ezek. 
21  :  31. 

d.  The  vowel  letter  x.  which  is  the  usual  sign  of  the  feminine  in 
Chaldee  and  Syriac.  takes  the  place  of  n  in  xc'n  tJiresIdng  Jer.  50  :  11, 
Xan  terror  Isa.  19:  17,  srn  wrath  Dan.  II  :  44,  X^^b  lioness  Ezek.  19:2. 
sna^a  mark  Lam.  3:12,  n^td  hitter  Ruth  1:20,  Xn-.;5  baldness  Ezek. 
27:31,  Xjd  s/eep  Ps.  127:2.  No  such  form  is  found  in  the  Pentateuch 
unless  it  be  N'nj  loathing  Num.  11:20,  where,  however,  as  Ewald  sug- 
gests, X  may  be  a  radical  since  it  is  easy  to  assume  a  root  X"iJ  cognate  to 
"■■^T.  The  feminine  ending  in  prononnsof  the  second  and  third  persons,  and 
in  verbal  futures  is  ^  "^ . ;  an  intermediate  form  in  e  appears  in  nniT  Isa. 
59  :  5  and  fr^'^"?.  the  numeral  ten,  or  rather  teen,  as  it  only  occurs  in  num- 
bers compounded  with  the  units.  For  like  unusual  forms  in  verbs  see 
§86.  6.  and  §156.  4. 

e.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  in  the  Indo-European  languages  is  a  final 
vowel,  corresponding  to  the  vowel-ending  in  Hebrew;  the  Latin  has  a.  the 
Greek  a  or  17,  the  Sanskrit  I.  And  inasmuch  as  the  feminine  in  Hebrew 
covers,  in  part  at  least,  the  territory  of  the  neuter,  its  consonantal  ending 
T\  may  be  compared  with  t.  the  sign  of  the  neuter  in  certain  Sanskrit  pro- 
nouns, represented  by  d  in  Latin,  id,  illitd,  istiid,  quid;  in  English  il. 
what,  that.  This  distinctive  neuter  sign  has,  however,  been  largely  super- 
seded in  Indo-European  tongues  by  m  or  v,  which  is  properly  the  sign  of 
the  accusative,  bonum,  KaXov,  the  passivity  of  the  personal  object  being 
allied  to  the  lifeless  non-personality  of  the  neuter,  Bopp  Vcrgleich. 
Gramm.  §152.  In  curious  coincidence  with  thi.s,  the  Hebrew  sign  of  the 
definite  object  is  rx  prefixed  to  noujis;  and  its  principal  consonant  is 
affixed  to  form  the  inlerior  gender,  the  neuter  being  comprehended  in  the 
feminine. 

§197.  It  is  obvious  that  this  transfer  to  all  existing 
things,  and  even  to  abstract  ideas,  of  the  distinction  of  sex 
found  in  living  beings,  must  often  be  purely  arbitrary. '  Eor 
althouo;h  some  thino;s  have  marked  characteristics  or  associa- 
tions  in  virtue  of  which  they  might  readily  be  classed  with 
a  particular  sex,  a  far  greater  number  hold  an  indeterminate 
position,  and  might  with  quite  as  much  or  quite  as  little 
reason  be  assigned  to  either.  It  hence  happens  that  there  is 
no  general  rule  other  than  usage  for  the  gender  of  Hebrew 
w^ords,  and  that  there  is  a  great  want  of  uniformity  in  usage 
itself. 


^197 


GENDEll    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS, 


901 


a.  The  following  names  of  fciuules  are  without  tiic  proper  distinctive 
leminine  termination : 

ck  mother.  ')ins  shc-ass.         ^^^''S  concubine.       ^VJ  qitcen. 

So  the  names  of  double  members  of  the  body,  whether  of  men  or  ani- 
mals, which  are  feminine  with  rare  excejitions  : 


",1X  ea7\ 
rs^rx  finger. 
•jna  iJinvib. 
Ti~3  knee. 

Tiie  lollowin 

nx  brazier. 
~Vrx  fuolslep. 
-ikn  n-ell. 
pa  belli/. 
nn  sword. 


SITT  arm.  t\3  palm.  ]'},p,  horn. 

1^  hand.  C)P3  shoulder.  ^5"?.  /oo^ 

""D;;  thigh.  )"!':}  eye.  ')!u  /oo//i. 

rjis  ?y('«5-.  i'^:i  s/(/e.  pi^^  leg. 

nouns  arc  also  feminine  : 


013  cup.  "cyj   Great  Bear.  ^Tis  light. 

"1 33  circuit.  u;"!^;  couch.  "b^  side. 

353  brightness.  nC3>  workmanship,  i<i2"i  vnjriad. 

M^i  s/ioe.  riS  morsel.  hllTT}  world. 

6.  The  following  nouns  are  of  doubtful  gender,  being  sometimes  con- 
strued as  masculine  and  sometimes  as  feminine.  Those  which  are  com- 
monly masculine  are  distinguished  thus  ('^) ;  those  which  are  commonly 
leminine  are  distinguished  thus.  (f). 

T\~}M  way.  *  "1^3:3  fortress. 

*b3"in  temple.        *  '^S!'^  allaj: 

*  '|iin  vmltitude.     "^.?n^  camp. 
"l^T  heard.  *  ■^r!'?  ?"0(:^. 

•jisn  window.      *  cipTS  ylace. 
"liin  court.  t^^!'^?  brass. 

\>Z.y  jubilee.  ^ 'C'^X  soul. 

"^bij  ^-i^o  •  t  '^^'^  yzoMr. 

*  ni33  glory.  iv  cloud. 
15  /;a/7.                *  c?  people. 

*  C"!3  vineyard,      f  C^iiy  6o»e. 


t  "5N  sifojz^. 

*  -liN  light. 
nix  s/'s'ji. 

"r.N  (irk. 

nnii  j;r;///. 

t  Y';.i<  earth. 

t  ^N  /'•*'• 

*  i;3  garment. 

*  n"^2  house. 

XV^  vaZ/e?/. 
•)5  garden. 


*  3b  heart. 
cnb  bread. 


"z^'V  evening. 


I  d;^q  /i»/c  (^repe- 
tition). 

■jiSS  north. 

ndp  6o7t'. 
t  n^n  spirit. 
t  r'nn  street. 

*  cnn  womb. 

*  criH  juniper. 

*  M3iy  sceptre. 
nid  sabbath. 


t  rr  time{dura-    tinn  ocean, 
lion).         *  "'O'Ti  south. 
*  cis  /ace. 


17 
*  i"n  razor. 


*  ■,"i.j'  threshing-   f  "jicb  tongue. 

floor.        *  bi3i<.ia  /oocZ. 
t  nb^  fZoor. 

Gescnius  ascribes  only  one  gender  to  a  few  of  these  words,  but  3b  is 
once  fern.  Prov.  12:25;  so  bbs^^  fern.  Hab.  1:16,  ^^37a  fern.  Hab.  1:10, 
niT-a  fem.  Ezelv.  43  :  13.  c:r3j'masc.  Ezek.  24  :  10.     The  list  migiit  be  re- 


222  ETYMOLOGY.  §198 

duced  by  referring  the  vacillation  in  gender,  wherever  it  is  possible,  to  the 
syntax  rather  than  the  noun.  Verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns,  which  be- 
long to  feminine  nouns  may  in  certain  cases,  as  will  be  shown  hereafter,  be 
put  in  the  masculine  as  the  more  indefinite  and  primary  form.  While,  on 
the  other  hand,  those  whicli  belong  to  masculine  names  of  inanimate  ob- 
jects are  sometimes  put  in  the  feminine  as  a  substitute  for  the  neuter. 

c.  Some  species  of  animals  exhibit  a  distinct  name  for  each  sex,  the 
feminine  being  formed  from  the  masculine  by  the  appropriate  termination, 
"iQ  bullock,  irns  heifer,  i>5?  calf,  fem.  i^bs:^,  b2S  lamb,  fem.  nir23.  or 
being  represented  by  a  Avord  of  different  radicals,  ^ion  ass.  fem.  '|iPX . 
When  this  is  not  the  case,  the  name  of  the  species  may  be  construed  in 
either  gender  according  to  the  sex  of  the  individual  spoken  of,  as  ^725 
camel,  ^jba  cattle,  "liSiS  bird,  or  it  may  have  a  fixed  gender  of  its  own 
irrespective  of  the  sex  of  the  individual;  thus,  Sps  dog,  iXl  XDolf,  "ii"i5  ox, 
are  masculine,  ripiix  hare,  Mail  dove,  bn"!  sheep,  are  feminine. 

d.  The  names  of  nations,  rivers,  and  mountains  are  commonly  mascu- 
line, those  of  countries  and  cities  feminine.  Accordingly,  such  words  as 
Dinst  Edom,  3X173  Moab,  nn^n-p  Judah,  ^'n^^  Egypt,  B'^V-^?  Chaldees, 
are  construed  in  the  masculine  when  the  people  is  meant,  and  in  the  fem- 
inine when  the  country  is  meant. 

§198.  The  feminine  ending  is  frequently  employed  in 
the  formation  of  abstract  nouns,  and  is  sometimes  extended 
to  the  formation  of  official  designations  (comp.  /tis  Honour, 
/lis  Excellency ,  his  Revercjice),  rins  governor,  ri;2  colleague, 
nbnp  preacher,  and  of  collectives  (comp.  humanity  for  man- 
kind), j'^  a  fish,  '^^y'^fsh,  "i?^  a  cloud,  nbj?^  clouds,  1*;^  a  tree, 
ni?  timber,  tyi)^  a  traveller,  rh-p.  caravan,  nibbbz  Zeph.  3:19 
the  halting,  ^(^"'^3  the  escaped. 

a.  (1)  The  feminine  ending  added  to  Segholates  gives  new  prominence 
to  the  originally  abstract  character  of  this  formation,  i"d"i  and  i^J'lU'i 
wickedness,  distinguished  by  Evvald  as  to  aStKov  and  dStKt'a,  HQ-ii  shame, 
nb23>  slothfulness. 

(2)  So  to  monosyllables  whose  second  radical  receives  the  vowel,  i^I^'^i? 
righteousness,  which  is  more  abstract  and  at  the  same  time  used  more  ex- 
clusively in  a  moral  sense  than  the  Segholate,  p"]^  rightness,  ^^SN  dark- 
ness, ^qnivdAeni  to  ^£X,  t^nii?  {zzz'^i':)  brightness,  t^b'^'O-]  (z^r^i^i)  salva- 
tion. Or  nouns  of  this  description  might  be  supposed  to  have  sprung  from 
the  adjectives  belonging  to  the  second  form  of  Class  I.,  the  pre  tonic  vowel 
falling  away  upon  the  addition  of  the  feminine  ending,  ^2X  dark,  nbsN 
the  dark,  to  ctkotuvov,  'n'S'^xai  the  being  saved  from  ^"^itiJ^,  t^b"'5Q  _/«s//ce 
from  h'^'b'^  judge.  The  following  nouns,  descriptive  of  the  stalion  or  func- 
tions of  a  particular  class,  follow  this  form,  T\?M.  king,  nsib^a  kingly  office 
or  sway,  N"'33  prophet,  nxl^a  prophecy,  ''n'3  priest,  ns^is  priesthood  or 
priestly  ditty,  ^31  merchant,  nb3~i  traffic. 


§198  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  223 

(3)  The  feminine  ending  occasionally  gives  an  abstract  sigiiification  to 
reduplicated  forms,  lh  blind,  rTii?  blindness,  nsa  hai:ivg  a  bald  fore- 
head, nnba  baldness  in  front,  i<::n  sinner,  rxi:n  and  nlsL^n  sin,  !^n^? 
terror,  nc^p  sending;  ii^nbn  anguish,  or  to  those  which  have  a  jirefixed 
letter  a,  nisnia  overthrow,  nbr^p.  dominion,  nT^firr^a  confusion,  or  particu- 
larly n,  nrT::ri  salvation,  rrn^rn  leslinwuy,  i^l^pn   /lojae,   f^i^^fi  weariness. 

(1)  It  is  likewise  added  to  forms  in  ■^. ,  fi'f^'''^^  judgment,  ^f^'}'^'.  ivork- 
ing.  n"'bx"i  beginning,  rrinnx  e«(i,  ri'i"ix'^  remnant,  the  termination  r!i 
being  often  found  in  place  of  n-^.,  n-^usn  2  Chron.  26:21  K'ri,  n^ll'Sn 
K'thibh.  disease  prop,  freedom  from  duty,  ''^^"Sn  /ree,  Sn^^J^^n  redness, 
i3"'b3n  rec/,  n!in"in?3  bitterness,  ''~i''"i'3  ftiV/er,  rin:;:3  heaviness,  r^iirbx 
•m;/c/oWiooc/,  and  occasionally  ni ,  ni'^^n  icisdom,  T\'y^\in  folly,  though  the 
latter  may  perhaps  be  a  plural  as  it  is  explained  by  Gesenius.  Ewaid 
suggests  a  connection  between  the  final  ^  ^  of  the  relative  adjective,  which 
thus  passes  into  >l  and  even  to  i  in  this  abstract  formation,  and  the  old 
construct  ending  "'.  and  i.  The  further  suggestion  is  here  offered  that 
both  may  not  improbably  be  derived  from  the  pronoun  Nsin ,  which  was 
originally  of  common  gender,  §71.  a  (3).  Thus,  y'^N"'!^'^"  Gen.  1:24 
beast  of  earth  is  equivalent  to  '{"H  ^^"  ^.H  beast  viz.  that  of  earth,  and 
pi:i"i2b73  (which  may  be  for  ^3?^  as  the  plural  ending  C,  for  CI,  §  199.  e). 
is  equivalent  to  p1^  X^n  T\^}2  king  viz.  that  of  righteousness.  The  ap- 
pended pronominal  vowel  thus  became  indicative  of  the  genitive  relation; 
and  its  employment  in  adjectives,  involving  this  relation,  is  but  an  exten- 
sion of  this  same  use,  ■'Bxib'^  of  or  belonging  to  Israel,  Israelitish.  The 
further  addition  of  the  feminine  ending  in  its  abstract  sense,  has  mostly 
preserved  the  vowel  from  that  attenuation  to  I  which  it  has  experienced  at 
the  end  of  the  word,  comj).  §101.  1.  a.  r.^S'ibx  u-idoichood  prop,  the  state 
of  a  widow  'i^^N  ,  m'^a^n  wisdom  prop,  the  qualitij  belonging  to  the  wise 
nan.  The  rare  instances  in  which  the  termination  r.1  is  superimposed 
upon  "i  viz.:  n^i'iTDX  ,  n^'':3pip,  may  belong  to  a  time  when  the  origin 
of  the  ending  was  no  longer  retained  in  the  popular  consciousness.  The 
termination  n"<_  or  n^l  in  abstracts  derived  from  Tib  roots  is  of  a  different 
origin  from  that  just  explained  and  must  not  be  confounded  with  it;  "^  or  n 
is  there  the  final  radical  softened  to  a  vowel,  §  169,  as  n'i'd  or  n^i^O  cap- 
tivity from  nib  to  lead  captive. 

b.  In  Arabic,  nouns  of  unity,  or  those  which  designate  an  individual, 
are  often  formed  by  appending  the  feminine  termination  to  masculines 
which  have  a  generic  or  collective  signification.  This  has  been  thought 
to  be  the  case  in  a  few  words  in  Hebrew,  ''Zi^Jleet,  i^!;?^;  ship,  "li'b  hair, 

nnr">l3  a  hair,      ^t>  swarm,  H'lnz'n  a  bee. 

c.  Some  names  of  inanimate  objects  are  formed  from  those  of  ani- 
mated beings  or  parts  of  living  bodies,  which  they  were  conceived  to 
resemble,  by  means  of  the  feminine  ending,  taken  in  a  neuter  sense,  tx 
mother,  tiks  metropolis,  TC^'"^.  thigh,  ■^3"i']  hinder  part,  extremity,  ^'2  palm 
of  the  hand,  nbs  palm-branch,  Hsa  forehead,  nnsia  greave,  mE  moidh. 
n"D  edge. 


224  ETYMOLOGY.  §  I9t> 

§199.  There  are  three  numbers  in  Hebrew,  the  smgular 
(Tn;i  pirb),  dual  (D^iic  pirb),  and  plural  (Q^3n  f^b).  The 
plural  of  masculhie  nouns  is  formed  by  adding  a"!.  ,  or  de- 
fectively written  D . ,  to  the  singular,  D^6  /wrse,  D^o^o  /torses, 
p'^^l  righteous  {inati),  C'lp'!^  or  Dp^'i?  righteous  {men).  The 
plural  of  feminine  nouns  is  formed  by  the  addition  of  rii , 
also  written  fi',  the  feminine  ending  of  the  singular,  if  it 
has  one,  being  dropped  as  superfluous,  since  the  plural  ter- 
mination of  itself  distinguishes  the  gender,  Dis  cup,  ^iob 
cujjs,  T^i-^t^z  virgin,  niS^na  and  n'b^nn  virgins,  r.s^rbn  sin, 
nisitsn  sins;  in  two  instances  the  vowel-letter  i5  takes  the 
place  of  1 ,  §11-  1-  ^^  ^^'"^^  Ezek.  81  :  8,  nssra  Ezek.  47  :  11. 

a.  The  masculine  plural  sometimes  has  "p,  instead  of  n^  ,  e.g.  'py^a 
oftener  than  ni^i2  in  the  book  of  Job,  'C'zh'o  Prov.  31 :  3,  "pkn  2  Kin.  11 :  13, 
■p*S  Mic.  3:12,  'P'b'aiirJ  Lam.  1:4,  ■|"^:'7  Ezek.  4:9,  "pi?';  Dan.  12:13. 
This  ending,  which  is  the  common  one  in  Chaldee,  is  chiefly  found  in 
poetry  or  in  the  later  books  of  the  Bible. 

b.  Some  grammarians  have  contended  for  the  existence  of  a  ^q\y  plurals 
in  "i  without  the  final  D,  but  the  instances  alleged  are  capable  of  another 
and  more  satisfixctory  explanation.  Thus,  i";3  2  Kin.  11:4,  '^ri'iS ,  iffcs 
2  Sam.  8:  IS,  ""JJ'VV  2  Sam.  23:8,  and  "'isn  1  Sam.  20 :  38  K'thibh  (K'ri 
n"ia~),  are  singulars  used  collectively;  ''IZ'3  2  Sam.  22:44,  Ps.  144:2, 
Lam.  3  :  14.  and  '^3i52'n  Cant.  8  :  2,  are  in  the  singular  with  the  suffix  of  the 
first  person;  '^i'O  Ps.  45  :  9  is  not  for  cii^  si  ringed  instruments,  hut  is  the 
poetic  form  of  the  preposition  '(q  from ;  ■'li<3  Ps.  22:17  is  not  for  C"'"!^ 
piercing,  but  is  the  noun  "^"iX  Avith  the  preposition  3  like  the  lion,  §156.  3. 

c.  There  are  also  a  few  words  which  have  been  regarded  as  plurals  in 
1. .  But  ^tin  Zech.  14  :  5  and  '^'^b  Judg.  5  :  15,  are  plurals  with  the  suffix 
of  the  first  person.  In  :  ijin  2  Chron.  33  :  19.  Avhich  is  probably  a  proper 
name,  and  "'ij  Am.  7  :  1,  Nah.  3  :  17,  which  is  a  singular  used  collectively, 
final  "1  is  a  radical  as  in  "^n'J  =  nnb  .  !'^~in  Isa.  19  :  9  is  a  singular  with 
the  formative  ending  i. ,  §194.&;  •^bi^n  j'er.  22:  14  and  "^S'lbn  Isa.  20  :  4, 
might  be  explained  in  the  same  way,  though  Ewald  prefers  to  regard  the 
former  as  an  abbreviated  dual  lor  Cii^'i^n  dorthle  (i.  e.  large  ami  shoinj) 
windows,  and  the  latter  as  a  construct  plural  for  "'ETjn  ,  the  diphthongal  e 
being  resolv^ed  into  oy,  comp.  §57.  2  (5).  "''^'^  Ezek.  13:  IS  is  probably  a 
dual  for  C"]' "11 ,  though  it  might  be  lor  the  unabridged  singular  !ti^.  which, 
however,  never  occurs.  The  divine  name  """'J  Almighty  is  best  explained 
as  a  singular;  the  name  "'Jis  Lord  is  a  plural  of  excellence,  §201.2, 
with  the  suffix  of  the  first  person,  the  original  signification  being  my 
Lord. 

d.  In  a  ^ii\Y  words  the  sign  of  the  feminine  singular  is  retained  before 
the  plural  termination,  as  though  it  were  one  of  the  radicals,  instead  of 


§200 


GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OP    NOUNS. 


oor. 


being  dropped  agreeably  to  tlio  ordinary  rule,  rb-n  door  pi.  Piin^'n.  So, 
mo?  pillow,  nc,;:^  bow.  rii^'J  trough,  rr^sn  sf>ear,  r^j^bx  icidowhood,  niinin-s 
divorce,  mjtn  whoredom,  ns'O  ///)  jil.  ninEb.  To  these  must  be  added 
rr^nd,  provided  it  be  derived  ii-om  •"'nl^  in  the  sense  oC pit  j  it  may,  how- 
ever, signify  (/es/r((f//o??,  from  the  root  nno,  when  the  final  n  will  be  a 
radical.     See  Alexander  on  Psahii  107  :  20. 

e.  The  original  ending  of  the  plural  in  nouns,  verbs,  and  pronouns, 
seems  to  have  been  CI,  §71.6.  (2).  In  verbs  the  vowel  has  been  pre- 
served, hut  the  final  nasal  has  been  clianged  or  lost,  l^biip';'  or  >i;:::p% 
§85.  1.  a.  (1).  In  masculine  nouns  and  pronouns  the  final  nasal  has  been 
retained,  but  the  vowel  has  been  attenuated  to  I  ore,  n"b^D,  cn ,  ens: 
the  Arabic  has  una  for  the  nominative  and  Ina  for  the  oblique  case.  If 
we  suppose  n,  tlie  sign  of  the  feminine,  to  he  added  to  C1 ,  the  sign  of  the 
plural,  the  vowel  will  regularly  be  changed  to  i  before  the  two  con- 
sonants, §G1.  4 ;  then  if  the  nasal  be  rejected  before  the  final  consonant, 
agreeably  to  the  analogy  of  r2  for  Pi:3  and  013  for  p3i3.  the  resulting 
form  Aviil  be  m',  the  actual  ending  of  the  feminine  plural.  If  the  sign  of 
the  plural,  like  all  the  other  inflective  letters  and  syllables,  is  of  pronom- 
inal origin,  this  Q,  which  is  joined  to  words  by  the  connecting  vowel  1, 
may  perhaps  be  related  to  t^'O  taken  indefinitely  in  the  quantitative  or 
numerical  sense  of  qicot  or  aliquot,  comp.  Zech.  7:3;  and  the  adverbial  or 
adjective  ending  n^  or  Q*  may  in  like  marmer  be  referred  to  the  same  in 
its  qualitative  sense,  comp.  Ps.  8  :  5,  so  that  C|5"'T  vacue,  would  strictly  be 
qud  vacuus.  The  pronoun  seems  in  fact  to  be  preserved  without  abbrevia- 
tion in  the  Syriac  t-^La^l  =  nil"'  inlerdiu. 

§  200.  The  gender  of  adjectives  and  participles  is  care- 
fully discriminated,  both  in  the  singular  and  in  the  plural,  by 
means  of  the  appropriate  terminations.  But  the  same  want 
of  precision  or  uniformity  which  has  been  remarked  in  the 
singular,  §197,  characterizes  likewise  the  use  of  the  plural 
terminations  of  substantives.  Some  masculine  substantives 
take  ni  in  the  plural,  some  feminines  take  C.  ,  and  some 
of  each  gender  take  indifferently  Q''.   or  ri . 

a.  The  following  masculine  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  ni : 
those  which  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk  are  sometimes  construed  as 
feminine. 


-N  father. 
''^x  boui. 
31X  familiar 
spirit. 
isix  treasure. 
*  nix  sign. 
15 


*  n^k  path. 
•,iri"X  palace. 
Vs'Z/X  cluster. 

-ni  pit. 
ill  ronf. 

b-iis  lot. 


*  "i^J  threshing-      "pi-'n  vision 


floor. 
'n*!'^  goad. 
i:t  tail. 
y^n  street. 
mn  breast. 


nisni  dream. 
'ia^'n  invention. 
rtii:  hand  breadth. 
S33  throne. 
niP  tablet. 


22G 


ETYMOLOGY. 


§200 


h":^  night. 

*  n2T?2  allar. 

"'^"^  rain. 
"i'i;"_^  lithe. 
*  ik'n  summit. 

*  cip72  place. 


'"i:^  s^q^ 


ni<;  hoitle. 
"1.3  lamp. 
"lis  sA:/h. 

"j?  leader. 


".in:?  bundle. 
hyp  voice. 
"■■ip  it-a/Z. 
-Tp  war. 
*3in"i  street. 


piriT  cliain. 

ciu  name. 
"i£i\a  trumpet. 
nui  pillar. 
*  Dinn  (Zee/). 


&.  The  following  feminine  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  C^   :  those 
marked  thus  (f)  are  sometimes  masculine: 

t  "■?.'?.  'ii'a//.  !~''?5;3  spelt. 


nBx  terebinth.  r^  /arc. 

ri!i:^3X  widoii-hood.  t^y,■c^  branch. 


n^"X  woman. 

•^^r^  fg-cake. 
nniz'n  6pe. 


n^:T  whoredom. 
tiun  wheat. 
MZ'l^n  darkness. 
nji"!  fZore. 
t  'IS  pitcher. 


tixo  measure. 
'V  she- goat. 

■L;;!r3  concubine. 


f^h-j^  flax. 
r5  morsel. 

hr}"!  sheep. 
n^i'O  barley. 
Thb.'d  ear  of  corn. 

nu'::  acacia. 


Also  C'^iiiia  ^^5-5  which  is  not  found  in  the  singular. 

c.  The  following  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  either  t:"i_  or  ri; 

MASCtTLINE     N0UX8. 


-bb  heart.  '^•■-■'9  delicacy. 

"iix^a  light.  '^1'>ri_  fountain. 

b'nS'a  tower.  -|'^^  bed. 

"lOio  foundation.   "iS'^^'S  dwelling. 

2'iJio  sea^.  "O  basin. 

P^]'0  bo2cl.  'yj  iniquity. 

'zin'Z'O  pain.  Z'gV  heel. 
-lioTD  nail. 

FEMININE     N  0  r  N  S . 

iin"'X  terror.         ni^idx  grape-cake,      bv^  shoe. 
nfebx  s/iea/.  i^'^ir^.  Astarte.        !^'?j<  /'e«/J. 

nax  people.  ^"'^n  spear. 

NOUNS     CONSTRUED     IN     EITIIEU     GENDER. 


cb"'^ 

porch. 

■^•ix 

lion. 

ni^ 

generation. 

n::T 

sacrifice. 

1^^^! 

memorial. 

ci^ 

day. 

^""ii 

forest. 

"ii'3 

lacer. 

nib 

liar  p. 

'ndow. 


n^2  garment.  nr^n  court. 

Sa  r?"m.  "'23  circle. 

bi'^ri  temple.  "'^^'P  fortress. 

lyinT  arH?.  "^.'^i^^  camp. 


n"'p  thorn. 

I'J  cloud. 

riy  c'orcZ. 


"i^ns  breach. 
nxns  jiecA-. 

"i:f?  grave. 

nip  7'eec/. 
c^np  o.re. 

n-ib  /eZa'. 

l^lisn  delirrht. 


-ens  /ioo/l 


r::::  side. 


§201  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  227 

d.  The  two  forms  of  the  plural,  though  mostly  synonymoii;?,  occnsion- 
ally  dillur  in  sense  ;is  in  Latin  loci,  and  luca.  Thus  ni"i33  is  used  of 
round  masses  of  money,  talents,  ^'i"'^3  of  bread,  round  loaves;  n-in^p 
thorns,  ni"i"'0  hooks;  C^J??.  heels,  r\'\z]^_y  foot-prints  ;  W^XiVXi  fooLsle})S  ol' 
men,  ni-l'S  yee^  of  articles  ol'lurniture.  Comp.  §198.  c.  Sometimes  they 
differ  in  usage  or  frequency  of  employment :  thus  m'^^  days.  rii:d  years, 
are  poetical  and  rare,  the  customaiy  ibrms  being  n"'r;j,  C^jd. 

e.  Nouns  mostly  preserve  their  proper  gender  in  the  plural  irrespective 
of  the  termination  which  they  adopt;  though  there  are  occasional  excep- 
tions, in  which  feminine  nouns  in  D"i_  are  construed  as  masculines,  e.g. 
n"iiJ3  women  Gen.  7:  13,  Di'sp  words  Job  4:4,  nii:^3  ants  Prov.  30:25, 
and  masculine  nouns  in  m'  are  construed  as  feminines,  e.  g.  niiX^J^  dwell- 
ings Ps.  84  :  2. 

f.  In  explanation  of  the  apparently  promiscuous  or  capricious  use  of  the 
masculine  and  leminine  endings,  it  may  be  remarked  that  the  termination 
C  in  strictness  simply  indicates  the  plural  number,  and  is  indeterminate 
as  to  gender,  §  199.  e,  though  the  existence  of  a  distinct  form  for  the  fem- 
inine left  it  to  be  appropriated  by  the  masculine.  The  occurrence  of  ci  in 
feminine  nouns,  and  even  in  the  names  of  females,  as  DiC3  women,  C^.p 
sAe-g-oa/i',  may  therefore,  like  the  absence  of  the  distinctive  feminine  ending 
from  the  singular,  be  esteemed  a  mere  neglect  to  distinguish  the  gender  by 
the  outward  form.  The  occurrence  of  the  feminine  ending  in  a  masculine 
noun,  whether  singular  or  plural,  is  less  easily  accounted  for.  Such  words 
may  perhaps,  at  one  period  of  the  language,  have  been  regarded  as  fem- 
inine, the  subsequent  change  of  conception,  by  which  they  are  construed 
as  masculine,  failing  to  obliterate  their  original  form.  Such  a  change  is 
readily  supposable  in  words,  which  there  i.s  no  natural  or  evident  reason 
fur  assigning  to  one  sex  rather  than  the  other;  but  not  in  nizi^  fathers, 
which  can  never  have  been  a  feminine.  One  might  be  tempted  in  this 
case  to  suspect  that  rii  was  not  the  sign  of  the  plural,  comp.  r.inx  sister, 
nirn  mother-in-law,  but  that  ^  belonged  to  the  radical  portion  of  the 
word,  and  that  in  was  appended  to  form  a  collective,/a//te7Vioo(/,  §198, 
which  has  in  usage  taken  the  place  of  the  proper  plural.  More  probably, 
however,  the  idea  of  official  dignity,  which  was  so  prominently  attached 
to  the  paternal  relation  in  patriarchal  times,  is  the  secret  of  the  feminine 
form  which  2X  assumes  in  the  plural,  comp.  m'"'^3  leaders,  "^^yip  preacher, 
while  its  construction  as  a  masculine  springs  so  directly  out  of  its  significa- 
tion as  to  remain  unaffected.  And  this  suggests  the  idea  that  the  like  may 
have  happened  to  names  of  inanimate  objects.  They  may  receive  the 
feminine  ending  in  its  neuter  sense  to  designate  them  as  things,  §198.  c, 
wliile  at  the  same  time  they  are  so  conceived  that  the  masculine  construc- 
tion is  maintained. 

§201.  1.  Some  substantives  are,  by  their  signification  or 
by  usage,  limited  to  the  singular,  such  as  material  nouns 
taken  in  a  universal  or  indefinite  sense,  t'k  fire,  '^'hl  ffold, 
"''?'7^:  (jroitnd ;  collectives,  TfJ  children,  ^'Jfoiol,  13^?  birds  of 


228  ETYMOLOGY.  §  202 

prey,  "ij?^  large  cattle  (noun  of  unity  "liizJ  an  ox),  ]i?i  small 
cattle  (noun  of  unity  "^^  a  sheej)  or  goat)  ;  many  abstracts, 
yt?!l  salvation,  ?T^^?  blindness.  On  the  other  hand  some  are 
found  only  in  the  plural,  such  as  nouns,  whose  singular,  if  it 
ever  existed,  is  obsolete,  Q^b  ivater,  D'^pfe  face  oy  faces,  Ql'iatc 
heaven,  U'^b'a  boivels,  W^ira  men,  tlW)X~m  adjacent  to  the  head, 
and  abstracts,  which  have  a  plural  form,  S'^'iin  life,  D'^inx 
love,  Q'^'bri'i  mercy,  tih^'^T\7\  government. 

a.  The  intimate  connection  between  a  collective  and  an  abstract  is 
shown  by  the  nse  of  the  feminine  singular  to  express  both,  §  19S.  In  like 
manner  the  plural,  whose  office  it  is  to  gather  separate  units  into  one  ex- 
pression, is  used  to  denote  in  its  totality  or  abstract  form  that  common 
quality  which  pervades  tliem  all  and  renders  such  a  summation  possible, 
comp.  TO.  SiKaia  right,  tu.  aSi/ca  wrong.  Some  abstracts  adopt  indifferently 
the  feminine  or  the  plural  form,  !^:^'2X  and  n'':^^^?  Jideliiy,  H^X5  and 
di]3^X5  redemption,  t^'^r\  and  ti^'^n  life,  "^iirin.  and  ci'^in  darkness,  nxbj 
and  t3"Ni!a  setting  of  gems. 

b.  The  form  ^'^hvji'p  is  adopted  by  certain  words  which  denote  periods 
of  human  life,  tjiniii'S  childhood,  Di^^sib?  youth,  c^'ina  adolescence,  □"^b^ina 
virginity,  niblbs  period  of  espousals,  B'^jp!  old  age. 

c.  Abstracts,  which  are  properly  singular,  are  sometimes  used  in  the 
plural  to  denote  a  higli  degree  of  the  quality  which  they  represent,  or  re- 
peated exhibitions  and  embodiments  of  it,  nn^iiiri  might,  ni^lSvi  deeds  of 
might. 

2.  There  are  a  few  examples  of  the  employment  of  the 
plural  form  when  a  single  individual  is  spoken  of,  to  suggest 
the  idea  of  exaltation  or  greatness.  It  is  thus  intimated  that 
the  individual  embraces  a  plm-ality,  or  contains  within  itself 
what  is  elsewhere  divided  amongst  many.  Such  plurals  of 
majesty  are  D'^n'bs?  God  the  supreme  object  of  worship,  ^\~^._ 
Supreme  Lord  prop,  my  Lord,  §  119.  c,  and  some  other  terms 
referring  to  the  divine  being,  ^"^s^iia  Eccles.  12:1,  D'^niia 
Eccles.  5  :  7,  tj^iri?  Isa.  54  -.  5,  u^^i-^  Hos.  12:1;  also,  0^=155 
(rarely  with  a  plural  sense)  lord,  tJi^ya  (when  followed  by  a 
singular  sufhx)  master,  Sni^ri3  l^ehemoth,  great  beast,  and 
possibly  D''D'nn  Teraphim,  wliich  seems  to  be  used  of  a  single 
image,  1  Sam.  19  :  13,  16. 

§202.  The  dual  is  formed  by  adding  D"'.  to  the  singular 


§203  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  229 

of  both  Gfcnders,  ri  as  the  simi  of  the  ferahiine  remaiiiiriii: 
unchanged,  and  r.^  revcrthig  to  its  original  form  ri^,  §  IdiiJj, 
"l)  hand  du.  ^"T^ ,  thH  door  du.  D^nb^ ,  rfiia  Iqj  du.  D^nst^ . 

a.  The  dual  ending  in  Hebrew,  as  in  the  Indo-European  languages, 
Bopp  Vergleich.  Grannn.  §206.  is  a  modified  and  strengthened  form  of  the 
plural  ending.  The  Arabic  goes  beyond  the  Hebrew  in  extending  the 
dual  to  verbs  and  pronouns.  The  Chaldee  and  Syriac  scarcely  retain  a 
trace  of  it  except  in  the  numeral  two  and  its  compounds. 

§203.  The  dual  in  Hebrew  expresses  not  merely  two,  but 
a  couple  or  a  pair.  Hence  it  is  not  employed  with  the  same 
latitude  as  in  Greek  of  any  two  objects  of  the  same  kind, 
but  only  of  two  which  belong  together  and  complete  each 
other.     It  is  hence  restricted  to 

1.  Double  organs  of  men  or  animals,  C^Ti?  ears,  C??^ 
nostrils,  O'^bn]?  Jwrns,  Q??5-?  win(js. 

2.  Objects  of  art  which  are  made  double  or  which  con- 
sist of  two  corresponding  parts,  tr;*^^_  jjair  of  shoes^  'cr}Z]'&'n 
pair  of  scales,  ^y^^^:^^  pair  of  tongs,  'U'^tj^^  folding  doors. 

3.  Objects  which  are  conceived  of  as  constituting  to- 
gether a  complete  whole,  particularly  measures  of  time  or 
quantity,  'Wj'iyr^  period  of  two  days,  hiduum,  D'^?3TjD  tioo  weeks, 
fortnight,  Q''ri3"i3  tico  gears,  hiennium,  D^^rs^D  two  measures, 
n^Sss  tico  talents,  Q^^i'i'i  Prov.  28  :  G,  IS  double  ivag  (comp. 
in  English  double  dealing),  D^"!ir:,?  p)air  of  rivers,  i.  e.  the 
Tigris  and  Euphrates  viewed  in  combination. 

4.  The  numerals  D';'3'i^  two,  D''^S3  double,  D^Hxis  two  hun- 
dred, Q'^Bbi^  tico  thousand,  D'?rii3'i  two  mgriads,  U^p1!'y^,  seven- 
fold, n%vb3  of  two  sorts, 

5.  A  few  abstracts,  in  which  it  expresses  intensity,  Dl^rib:?? 
double-slotl fulness,  ^''kiT^,  double-rebellion,  D?^0?  double-light, 
i.  e.  noon,  D'iiJ'tiJi  double-icickedness. 

a.  Names  of  objects  occurring  in  pairs  take  the  dual  form  even  when  a 
liigher  number  than  two  is  spoken  of.  c^^ii^'n  w^'^J  1  Sam.  2:  13  the  Ihree 
teeth,  Ci'^253  ya'ix  Ezek.   1 :  6  four  wings,  c'Dja  ra  Isa.  C:  2  S7.v  wings, 


230  ETYMOLOGY.  §  204, 205 

n^:'':^  f^'J'^'^,  Zech.  3  :  9  sei-en  eyes,  S^i-ia-bsi  D';i''j^n-'i5S  all  (he  hands  and 
all  knees  Ezek.  7  :  17.  Several  names  of  double  organs  of  the  human  or 
animal  body  have  a  plural  form  likewise,  which  is  used  of  artificial  imita- 
tions or  of  inanimate  objects,  to  which  these  names  are  applied  by  a  figure 
of  speech,  §  19S.  c,  ciJijD  horns,  ni:n|:?  horns  of  the  altar,  D';'2D3  wings, 
nisrs  extremities,  D";En3  shoulders,  riisna  shoulder-pieces  of  a  garment, 
c'li"'"  eyes,  S^li;!?.  fountains,  C^bS"!  ftet,  cbs"!  times  prop,  beats  of  the 
foot.  In  a  few  instances  this  distinction  is  neglectedj  D"'nD'^  and  riirEliJ 
lips,  Di'i';  and  mi';  sides,  D'^PSi'^  extremities. 

b.  The  dual  ending  is  in  a  very  i'aw  words  superadded  to  that  of 
the  plural,  m'iin  xcalls  of  a  city,  Dirt'n  double  walls,  nih^b  boards, 
D^nhb  double  boarding  of  a  ship,  D"irj"!nj  name  of  a  town  in  Judah,  Josh. 
15 :  36. 

c.  The  words  c^a  water  and  Q';':Qd  heaven  have  the  appearance  of 
dual  forms,  and  might  possibly  be  so  explained  by  the  conception  of  the 
element  of  water  as  existing  in  two  localities,  viz.  under  and  above  the 
firmament.  Gen.  1 : 7,  and  heaven  as  consisting  of  two  hemispheres.  They 
are.  however,  commonly  regarded  as  plurals,  and  compared  with  such 
plural  forms  in  Chaldee  as  ')'^?'^  Dan.  5:9  from  the  singular  J<^i^.  In 
D';ibTl"!ll"i  Jerusalem,  or  as  it  is  commonly  written  without  the  Yodh  Qbdli';', 
the  final  Mem  is  not  a  dual  ending  but  a  radical,  and  the  pronunciation  is 
simply  prolonged  from  cbdJiT;,  comp.  Gen.  14:18.  Ps.  76  :  3,  though  in 
this  assimilation  to  a  dual  form  some  have  sus^iected  an  allusion  to  the 
current  division  into  the  upper  and  the  lower  city. 

§  204.  It  remains  to  consider  the  changes  in  the  nouns 
themselves,  Avhich  result  from  attaching  to  them  the  various 
endings  for  gender  and  number  that  have  now  been  recited. 
These  depend  upon  the  structure  of  the  nouns,  that  is  to  say, 
upon  the  character  of  their  letters  and  syllables,  and  are  gov- 
erned by  the  laws  of  Hebrew  orthography  already  unfolded. 
These  endings  may  be  divided  into  two  classes,  viz, : 

1.  The  feminine  ri,  which,  consisting  of  a  single  con- 
sonant, causes  no  removal  of  the  accent  and  produces  changes 
in  the  ultimate  only. 

2.  The  feminine  n^ ,  the  plural  D"'.  and  ni,  and  the 
dual  Dl'. ,  which  remove  the  accent  to  their  own  initial 
vowel,  and  may  occasion  changes  in  both  the  ultimate  and 
the  penult. 

§205.  Nouns  which  terminate  in  a  vowel  undergo  no 
change   on   receiving   the   feminine   characteristic  n ,  "'iij'ip 


^  206        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OE  NOUNS.         231 

MoaUte,  n-'iiji'a  Moabitess,  s^r-^  findlnt/  fcni.  nskb ,  ^br\ 
sinner,  nsDn  5//?,  §198.  Nouns  which  terminate  in  a  con- 
sonant experience  a  compression  of  their  final  syllable,  which, 
upon  the  addition  of  n ,  ends  in  two  consonants  instead  of 
one,  §GG.  2,  and  an  auxiliary  Segliol  is  introduced  to  relieve 
the  harshness  of  the  combination,  §G1.  2.  In  consequence 
of  this  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate  is  changed  from  (7-  or  a  to 
c,  §G3.  2.  a,  from  c  or  t  to  c,  or  in  a  few  words  to  B,^  and 
from  o  or  u  to  d,  §G1.  4.  nii^:  broken  fem.  nn^t^? ,  urq'^._ 
reddish  fern.  r^qW^. ,  ^?n  (joivf/  fem.  tdf\ ,  n-^i^  w/^^i'^r, 
n-135  mistress,  tjicn  /i;^  fem.  ntirn ,  t-^k  man,  rm^  woman, 
§  214.  1.  b,  -fis?  scaitcred  fem.  ni;i£2 ,  ni?^n3  and  ntJns  /^r«55. 
When  the  final  consonant  is  a  guttural,  there  is  the  usual 
substitution  of  Pattahli  for  Seghol,  T^  liearing  fem.  n?72-^ , 
T'i;^  toucliing  fem.  t'Siy^  . 

a.  In  many  cases  t!ie  feminine  is  formed  indifferently  by  n  or  by  n^ ; 
in  others  usage  inclines  in  favor  of  one  or  of  the  other  ending,  though  no 
absolute  rule'^can  be  given  upon  the  subject.  It  may  be  said,  however, 
that  adjectives  in  \ ''almost  always  receive  n;  active  participles,  except 
those  o'^'h,  l"i'  and'nb  verbs,  oftener  take  n  than  n^ ;  n  is  also  found, 
though  less  frequently,  with  the  passive  participles  except  that  of  Kal, 
from  which  it  is  excluded. 

h.  A  final  "i ,  1  or  n  is  sometimes  assimilated  to  the  feminine  charac- 
teristic n  and  contracted  with  it,  §54,  n?  for  r:?  daughter,  rn^  for 
rsnt)  gift,  ris  for  r?rN  truth,  nnx  for  n-inx  one,  nn'iTa  ]  Kin.  1:15 
for'rnT^^  ministering,' rh^  Maf.  1:14  for  nnn'^TD  corrxtpl^.  ni:n^  for 
rnin^  p«».  The  changes  of  the  ultimate  vowel  are  due  to  its  compres- 
sion belbre  concurring  consonants. 

c.  The  vowel  u  remains  in  nriliin  Lev.  5  :  21  deposit,  and  the  proper 
name  nrn:n  Tanhumeth.  From  n'ii'  brother,  ch  father-in-law  nre  formed 
m^;^<  sister,  rion  mother-in-law,  the  radical  1,  which  has  been  dropped 
from'  the  masculine,  retaining  its  place  before  the  sign  of  the  feminine, 
comp.  §  101.  1.  a;  rx^23  diffiadt  Deut.  30 :  11  is  for  ni<^E3  from  X^Si . 

§20G.  The  changes  which  result  from  api^ending  the 
feminine  termination  n,  ,  the  plural  termhiations  c\  and  ni, 
and  the  dual  termination  Q\  ,  are  of  three  sorts,  ^iz. : 

1.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  ultimate,  when  it  is  a 
mixed  syllable. 


232  ETYMOLOGY.  §  207 

2.  Tliose  which  take  place  in  the  ultimate,  when  it  is  a 
simple  sellable. 

3.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  penult. 

§207.  When  the  ultimate  is  a  mixed  syllable  bearing 
the  accent,  it  is  affected  as  follows,  viz.  -. 

1 .  Tsere  remains  unchanged,  if  the  word  is  a  monosylla- 
ble or  the  preceding  vowel  is  Kamets,  otherwise  it  is  rejected ; 
other  vowels  suffer  no  change,  r'b  dead  fem.  riin'a ,  pi.  D'^ih'a ; 
^^;'  thlfjli  du.  a^?"i^ ,  D^iiJ  complete  fem.  nisbT^ ,  pi.  D'^'abi^ , 
f.  pi.  T\yd}t ;  tj?n  (joinfj  fem.  robn ,  pi.  Q^ibh ,  f  pi.  niibn . 

a.  The  rejection  of  Tsere  is  clue  to  the  tendency  to  abbreviate  words 
which  are  increased  by  additions  at  the  end,  §66,  1.  It  is  only  retained 
as  a  pretonic  vowel,  §64.  2,  when  the  word  is  otherwise  sufficiently  abbre- 
viated, or  its  rejection  would  shorten  the  word  unduly.  Tsere  is  retained 
contrary  to  the  rule  by  fni:^':::,  n"'y3~i  cMldren  of  the  third  and  fourth 
generations,  by  a  few  exceptional  forms,  e.g.  •T7J;3  Jer.  3 : 8,  11,  nbsiL'r 
Ex.  23:26,  nVjb  Cant.  1:6,  nr^l'uj  Isa.  54:1.  and  frequently  with  the 
pause  accents,  §65,  e.g.  S^^^^i';  Isa.  21:3,  Cirrid  Lam.  1 :  16,  \r,i-o-cy:h 
Isa.  49 :  8,  ^■'•JJSN  Ex.  28  :  40,  n^^^iO  Gen.  19  :  11,  2  Kin.  6:18  (once  with 
Tiphhha),  :  ^"^^SpA  Isa.  2  :  20,  niDn-,Q  Eccles.  2  :  5,  nin^l^  Isa.  2:4.  It 
also  appears  in  several  feminine  substantives,  both  singular  and  plural,  e.  g. 
nbQn^Q  overthrow,  rii:j^|i?3  counsels,  nrsiP  abomination,  iiiS'Ci2  staff,  nEli'Dia 
witch.  On  the  other  hand,  the  following  feminines  reject  it  though  pre- 
ceded by  Kamets,  hv'^  wild-goat,  fem.  f^^?."  ,  "i?^  ostrich,  fem.  >i:";^ ,  "n^ 
thigh,  fem.  ■^3"!'^.  It  is  also  dropped  from  the  plural  of  the  monosyllable 
*|2  S071,  and  its  place  supplied  by  a  pretonic  Kamets,  C^ra  sons,  n;l2  daugh- 
ters, the  singular  of  the  feminine  being  r.2  for  Sn:?,  §205.6;  so  5^T^ 
fork -pi  niiMia. 

b.  Kamets  in  the  ultimate  is  retained  as  a  pretonic  vowel,  "?  white, 
fem,  nbb,  pi.  c-^isb,  f.  pi.  nibb ;  lira /oWrcss,  pi.  d'^'^^J^td  and  ni-i:^2T:, 
only  disappearing  in  a  few  exceptional  cases,  ~J'b  hair.  fem.  iTn"t2J,  ibb 
quail,i)].  cinbb,  u;"^5a  pasture,-pl.  ti''vyq  once  rnlriJi^,  ninsria  and  riina:.;^ 
fords,  ^33  talent  du.  C^nsii  but  in  pause  '^'I'^I^SS,  -Pj  river  du.  C^^ti,^  .  The 
ii'b  participles,  ii.2:i  prophesying  ip\.  Ciit<33,  S<r::3  poUu'tedY>\-  C^iy'>zi:^ ,  ^<i^2 
found  pi.  n"^5>5:s:^3  adopt  the  vowels  of  n'i)  forms,  §165.  2;  but  with  the 
pause  accents  Kamets  returns,  Q'^X33  Ezek.  13:2,  :  n^X^^:^  Ezr.  8:25. 
The  foreign  word  "i3']Q  suburbs  forms  its  plural  irregularly  cnins. 

c.  Hholem  and  Hhirik  commonly  suffer  no  change;  but  in  a  few  words 
Shurek  takes  the  place  of  the  former,  and  in  one  Tsere  is  substituted  for 
the  latter,  §66.2(3).  liii^  terror  pi.  D'^^^S^ ,  "(iia  habitation  pi.  ci^^'J? . 
pin?3  sweet  fern.  n^W^a  pi.  nipwp ,  pii  distress  i'em.  ^p^^'^,  '("i^'^  lodging 
fem.  'iJ''^'?,  tn'r^T^^fighl  fem.  nblJTD ,  n-;;73  rest  fem.  r^mri-q ,  '^i'i-c^^  fortifica- 
tion fem.  r;n!i:jri ,  pi^    deep   fem.    npiin?  Prov.   23:27   and  f^i?"^?^,  P"in"i 


§207  GENDER,    AND    NUMBER    OE    NOUNS.  233 

chain   pi.  nipWj    1    Kin.  6:21    K'ri ;  li-^Q  escaped   pi.   t3'^i:^53  or  S^bbs 
fem.  nbi^Q  or  nibs. 

(Z.  Hholera  is  dropped  from  tlic  plural  of  -lis^  bird  pi.  c'^aii .  as  well 
as  from  the  plural  of  nouns  having  the  feminine  characteristic  n  in  the 
singular;  thus  nbj^a  skidl,  by  tiie  substitution  of  the  plural  ending 
ni  for  n. ,  §199,  becomes  ni^sba ,  np^qia  com-se,  pi.  nipbrng  ,  or  with 
Hhateph-Kamets  under  a  doubled  letter,  §16.  3.6,  nsns  coai  pi.  rbns, 
n^aiL^  ear  of  corn,  pi.  D"'p3d ;  in  two  instancesa  pretonic  Kamets  is  inserted, 
n-isa  drought  p\.  niiaa,  rinrrr^  Av/ar/e  pi.  ni-ind?. 

e.  Seghol  in  nouns  with  the  feminine  characteristic  n  affixed  mostly  fol- 
lows the  law  of  the  vowel  from  which  it  has  sprung,  §205;  if  it  has  been 
derived  from  T.sere  it  is  rejected,  if  from  any  other  vowel  it  is  still  in  some 
instances  rejected,  though  more  commonly  it  reverts  to  its  original  form 
and  is  retained,  rip?b.i"i  sucker  (from  piT")  }»I.  riipsi^,  nnjjt  epistle  (from 
"lix)  pi.  ninax,  n^iwN^^  knife  (from  bsNi^)  pi.  ribsN-Q,  n^inTO'is;  reddish 
(from  tD'^ri'is^)  pi.  ni^i'TTTD'ix^,  npi-i^  mirse  (from  P'^p^aj  pi.  mpr^a,  nbp-^up 
scale  pi.  D^'iypbp  and  m'bpbp  .  Pattahh,  which  lias  arisen  from  a  Seghol 
so  situated  under  the  influence  of  a  guttural,  follows  the  same  rule,  ri^aa 
ring -pi.  niraii ,  rir;o  (Horn  v::'^)  touching  p\.  niJ'ib . 

f.  A  Cew  nouns  with  quiescents  in  the  ultimate  present  apparent  ex- 
ceptions, which  are,  however,  readily  explained  by  the  contractions  which 
they  have  undergone.  Thus  nin  for  '"'^n,  §57.2  (5).  thorn,  has  its 
plural  n-ifjin  or  C]-'n;ri ;  ti-'  (d^^)  daij,  pi.  C^i;  (d"''?']"?)  ;  'O'l'?  (lil'r)  strife, 
pl.C-^iino;  ^ib  (nvi)  o.r,  pi.  t'^'nlb  ;  l^in  for  "^lin  or''ll^,  §186.  2.' c, /jo/,  pi. 
n-iniT^  or  n-'ni'n,  §20S.  3;  p^h  (pre  or  p;;ib)  street,  pl.'c-piU;  "T-i;  (n-^r  or 
"'ll?)  C'''Z/r  P'-  once  t;"'V:y  Judg.  10  :  4  usually  contracted  to  ^^yJ  ;  CNT 
(dx'-i)  head,  ])1.  n-'U.'xn  (c^lrx-i).  So  njjo  measure  becomes  in  the  dual 
D'i'nXD  for  C^Pijp  ami  ni<"a  one  hundred,  du.  C'^rX'3  for  C';'ri<'S  ;  f^ssbri 
(nixbia  ,  §57.  2  (3)  ),  work,  probably  had  in  the  absolute  plural  niixbia  ". 
whence  the  construct  is  ni^Nb^  . 

2.  The  filial  consonant  sometimes  receives  Dagliesli-forte 
before  tlie  added  termination,  causing  tlie  preceding  vowel 
to  be  shortened  from  a  to  a,  from  B  or  l  to  /,  and  from  f)  or 
a  to  u,  §G1.  5.  This  takes  place  regularly  in  nouns  which 
are  derived  from  contracted  TJ  roots,  Dri  perfect  fem.  riisn  , 
a':  sea  pi.  ^^^1;  '^y;  (from  ih)  shield,  pi.  Q^h)?  and  nisr^Ta , 
fem.  nij^ ;  'pri  sfatitte  pi.  Q^jin ,  fem.  njjn ,  pi.  rr-pn  ,  or  in 
whose  final  letter  two  consonants  have  coalesced,  v|N'  for  ^lli? 
du.  Q"2X  nose;  Ty  for  T2?  sIie-(/oat  ^\.  D'^tS?;  tv_  for  rH$  time 
pi.  n^^:;>  and  trirc* ;  t^^*  for  lr:^?  man,  tw^  looman,  and  it 
not  infrequently  occurs  in  other  cases. 

a.  Nouns  with  Pattahh  in  the  viltimate  with  few  exceptions  double  their 
final  letter,  being  cither  contracted  forms,  b'l  weak  pi.  n"'r^  fem.  Thr\  pi. 


234  ETYMOLOGY.  §207 

ris^,  or  receiving  Daghesh-forte  conservative  in  order  to  preserve  the 
short  vowel.  C^X  /joo/  pi.  CaSN  ;  so  "i^ix  wheel.  O^ri  myrtle.  'CV'd  feio,  "n^H 
frig-htful.  p^P~i7  greenish,  "^ix^  desiie.  Before  gutturals  Pattahh  may 
be  retained  ill  an  intermediate  syllable,  rh  fresh  pi.  fiinb,  or  lengthened 
to  Kamets,  §60.4,  "I'J  prince  ])1.  dnb  I'em.  i^'^b ;  so  nira^.x  Jingers, 
nj'a-ix  four,  c-^ j-ais  helmets,  c^^^  straits  and  Dixni'^  baskets,  rxbb  loops, 
which  do  not  occur  in  the  singular,  but  are  commonly  referred  to  ■^'^W, 
•'V^b,  ^194.  b,  1  being  changed  to  X  as  in  §208.3.  d;  also  "ib  breast, 
which  omits  Daghesh  du.  C^nc .  Pattahh  is  in  the  following  examples 
changed  to  Hhirik  before  the  doubled  letter,  §58.  2,  T2  pi^eij  fern.  n'f2,  nn 
fear  km.  nnn,  nj  unne-press  pi.  nins ,  la  garment  pi.  ni^'o  and  t-ivja , 
D^  tribute,  C;b  basin,  rb  morsel,  ^^  side,  babr,  wheel,  mrobo  baskets, 
n''i02p  palm-branches,  inia  threshing-sledge  pi.  Caiia  or  by  the  resolu- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte,  §59.  a.  d^;"'"iia  .  It  is  rejected  from  bkb:^  cymbal 
pi.  C^b'jib:!,  "iT  soH  pi.  D''3T  ,  D'l'^ji-ia  i)e/T/e,9,  probably  from  1S"i5  and  Q^riD 
?neH,  from  the  obsolete  singular,  r^ .  The  plural  of  ci'  people  is  C"is:i 
and  in  a  very  few  instances  with  the  doubled  letter  repeated,  Cirry  ;  so 
111  mountain  pi.  D-i-in  and  ci'nnq  Deut.  8:9.  bk  shadow  pi.  t:''Bb:2 ,  pn 
statute  pi.  Cj^jsn,  and  twice  in  the  construct,  "■'Pk^'  Judg.  5  :  15,  Isa.  10:  1, 
which  implies  the  absolute  form  D^ippsn  . 

b.  The  final  letter  is  doubled  after  Kamets  in  the  following  words  be- 
sides those  from  2?:'  roots,  dB^ix  porch  pi.  Qirbx  ;  so  lirx  hire,  bia  camel, 
*!»'!  tinte,  Ti'i^nTD  darkness,  pn"i73  distance,  'ijiD  small,  '|:s'"  green,  '\^^ 
quiet,  'lUi'J  ///?/,  "jS'J  coney,  to  which  should  perhaps  be  added  -^P?  Deut. 
8:  15  scorpion,  though  as  it  has  a  pause  accent  in  this  place  which  is  the 
only  one  where  it  is  found  with  Kamets,  its  proper  form  may  perhaps  have 
been  ""jpy ,  §65.  The  Niphal  participle  "1233  honored  has  in  the  plural 
both  ^"333  and  t;i"3:3 .  Several  other  words,  which  only  occur  in  the 
plural,  are  in  the  lexicons  referred  to  singulars  with  Kamets  in  the  ulti- 
mate ;  but  the  vowel  may,  with  equal  if  not  greater  probability,  be  sup- 
posed to  have  been  Pattahh.  Kamets  is  shortened  to  Pattahh  before  n , 
which  does  not  admit  Daghesh-forte,  in  the  plurals  of  nx  brnthcr  \)\.  Cinx  . 
nn  liook,  niia-a  confidence,  §00.  4.  a. 

c.  The  fullowing  nouns  with  Hholem  in  the  ultimate  full  under  this 
rule,  in  audition  to  those  derived  from  "S'J  roots,  '^z\.peak  pi.  0"';;::^,  ttinn 
sacred  scribe,  -^in  band,  cxb  nation,  D"i"'5  naked,  and  several  adjectives 
of  the  form  bbp.  which  are  mostly  written  without  the  vowel-letter  I, 
§14. 3,  e.g.  Cinx  red  fern.  HM'ix  ,  D^six,  c^'x  terrible,  ^{'^^  long,  etc.; 
V'B'^^  dunghill  takes  the  form  mnECX  in  the  plural. 

d.  There  are  only  two  examples  of  doubling  when  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  is  Shurek,  C^iin  Prov.  24:31  nettles  or  brambles  from  bl~n , 
ni^xn  Esth.  2  :  9  from  "^^xn  Kal  pass,  part  of  nx-^ . 

e.  Ili'^X  (ess)  m.a?z  is  not  contracted  in  the  plural  tiiu-'ix  men;  in  the 
feminine,  for  the  sake  of  distinction,  the  initial  weak  letter  is  dropped,  CiC3 
women,  which  is  used  as  the  plural  of  nt"X  woman ;  n"iO''X  men  and  rifX 
women  are  rare  and  poetic,  nx  ploughshare  has  either  t"inx  or  tipx  in 
the  plural. 


^208  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  235 

^208.  1.  Segliolate  iiomis,  or  those  wliicli  have  an  imac- 
ceiited  vowel  in  the  ultmiate,  drop  it  when  any  addition  is 
made  to  them,  §CG.  2.  (1).  As  this  vowel  arose  from  llie 
concmTence  of  vowelless  consonants  at  the  end  of  the  word, 
the  necessity  for  its  presence  ceases  when  that  condition  i.o 
longer  exists.  Segholates  thus  revert  to  their  original  form 
of  a  monosyllable  ending  in  concurrent  consonants,  §183. 

2.  Monosyllables  of  this  description  receive  the  feminine 
ending  with  uo  further  change  than  the  shortening  due  to  the 
removal  of  the  accent,  in  consequence  of  which  o  becomes  u 
or  more  rarely  u,  B  becomes  /  or  more  rarely  t; ;  v  may  be 
restored  to  a  from  which  it  has  commonly  arisen,  §183,  or 
like  e  it  may  become  i  or  c,  ^p  (n^^)  strengiU  fem.  r^%1! , 
irsn  (t^sn)  fem.  r\%'^r^  freedom,  ^^^  C^^^?)  scujivfj  fern.  rn^« 
and  nnriN ,  ^bb  ( t|b^ )  ling  nib'a  ciiieen,  '^^"^  daughter  fem. 
nnn-j . 

a.  Nouns  having  cither  of  the  forms  !^?'-fi?.  ^V'^I^;  ^^nP  •  '^'V'^P.- 
n^'uip,  are  consequently  to  be  regarded  as  sprung  I'rom  nionosyUaliics  with 
the  vowel  given  to  the  first  radical. 

3.  Before  the  })lural  terminations   a  pretonic  Ivamets  is 
inserted,   and  the  original  vowel  of  the  monosyllable  falls 

away,  th  ( tt^- )  ^^'^"[J  \^-  °'^'^^ '  ^'^^^  f^^^^^  P^-  ^"^^^^  '  "^^^^ 
(nrk:)  sailing  pi.  C^i^s^ ,  !^"i^«  id.  pi.  n'n^5<^ ,  b?3  {V^%)  %corl; 
pi.  a^b'^D  ,  ysifn  sin  pi.  Q^k'^n . 

a.  Pretonic  Kamets  is  not  admitted  by  the  numerals  dnby  Iwmhj 
from  ^i-r  ten,  C-^i^DD  setenly  from  r^a  seven,  C^^'n  mnelij  from  vty\ 
nine.  The  words  n'-^r^a  pislachio-niits,  n^iinri  ebony.  d^^5<^  Job  40:21,22, 
c^rm  mercies  a'^ripd  and  ni'iir'LJ  sijcamores,  which  do  not  occur  in  the 
singular,  have  been  regarded  as  examples  of  a  like  omission.  But  there 
nee^d  be  no  assumption  of  irregularity  if  the  first  is  taken  with  Fiirst  from 
nrJ3  .  the  second  with  Gesenius  from  "'iz'n  ,  and  the  others  are  explained 
alter  a  like  analogy.  Quadriliteral  Segholates  also  receive  pretonic  Ka- 
mets in  the  plural  'i^is  pi.  ts'b'JS  merchants,  unless  the  new  letter  creates 
an  additional  syllable,' in  which  case  the  introduction  of  Kamets  would 
prolong  the  word  too  much,  'V:^^  concuhine  pi.  Q-^Bbs  ,  'q;^^  nail  n-';nQS  . 

6.  The  superior  tenacity  of  Hholem,  §60.  1.  a  (4),  is  shown  by  the  occa- 
sional retention  of  o,  not  only  as  a_  compound  Sh'va  under  gutturals,  JTix 
ica?/ pi.  r,in-ix,  so  d']n  month,  ui'^/n  thicket,  -iri  sheaf,  ^tV  fdwn  ;  hut  a* 


236  ETYMOLOGY.  §  209 

Kamets-Hhatuph  in  ti'np  holiness  pi.  D"''i?'7i^.  fi'i'i  '=''*^"7ii?  >  ''-^"!'-^  ^""'  P'- 
n'^lii-jiy  ,  §  19.2,  or  as  a  long  vowel  in  bni<  tent  pL  □■'V'"?^  ,  ^i":^  s/«'!^  pl-  l^'l'^*^ ; 
§60.  3.  c,  or  shifted  to  the  following  letter  so  as  to  take  the  place  of  the 
pretonic  Kamets  in  'fl^  thumb  pl.  ni:in3 ,  n;2  brightness  pl.  ninj? , 
§184.  a.  Comp.  boQ  {y>'q'^)  graven  image -p\.  Ci^-iOQ.  In  othernouns  it  is 
rejected,  "iprS  morning  pl.  ninfD3 ;  so  'j'na  ihreshing-Jioor,  "iB3  cypress,  yep 
hand/all.  n^'"i  spear,  onn  juniper,   b?iu  hollow  of  the  hand. 

c.  Miiidle  Vav  quiesces  in  the  plural  of  the  following  nouns:  r"a  death 
pl.  n"'nio  ,  ny-]:!^  iniquily  pl.  ribi^.  Gesenins  regards  a'^px  Prov.  11:7, 
Hos.  9 :  4,  as  the  plural  of  IIIX,  while  others  derive  it  from  'pN ,  translating 
it  riches  in  the  former  passage  and  sorrow  in  the  latter,  the  primary  idea 
out  of  which  both  senses  spring  being  that  of  toil.  Middle  Yodh  quiesces 
in  the  plural  of  b^st  ram  pl.  D'lH^x  ,  ni_7  olii-e  pl.  c^n^'r ,  h"^^  night  pl.  n'iB-'b  , 
but  not  in  h'^'n  strength  pl.  C^b'^n ,  y^  fountain -pl.  rns;^^  ,  T's*  ass-colt  pl. 
nin^y  ,  r^n  g-oai  pl.  aia;|;n.  The  plural  of  X75  valley  is  rvxa  by  trans- 
position from  the  regular  form  n"iX"'a  which  is  twice  found  in  the  K'thibh 
2  Kin.  2:  16,  Ezek.  6:3;  n^?  house  has  as  its  plural  c-ira,  whether  this 
be  explained  as  for  tD"'n:3  from  <1D!2  to  build  or  for  C^nrin  from  r^2  to 
lodge.  Middle  Yodh  always  quiesces  before  the  feminine  and  dual  endings, 
T;k  provision  {em.  •T^"'^ ,  )1S  eye  du.  ^"^'v^,- 

d.  Monosyllables  in  "i.  from  Hb  roots  belong  properly  to  this  forma- 
tion, §57.  2  (4)  and  §1S4.  6,  and  follow  the  rules  given  above  both  in  the 
feminine  '^Hn  ("^'bn)  necklace  fern.  •n';^n,  and  the  plural  i"iX  (^"JX)  lion 
pl.  Di^nx  and  ni^ni< ,  its  kid  pl.  C"'^'};?,  or  with  the  change  of"'  to  X, 
§56.  4,  which  also  occurs  in  verbs,  §177.  3,  "^bn^  necklace  pl.  C^N^n  ,  ^rs 
simple  pl.  Qi^ra,  n-irs  and  d'^Nrs  ,  li:^  gazelle  pi.  t^^^ii  ,  D-is::?  and 
rik-S ;  in  like  manner  D'^ksS'  branches,  ti<2b  lions  are  referred  to  ''E^^ 
and  "^i^  though  these  singulars  do  not  occur;  "ibs  (f^S)  utensil  does  not 
receive  Kamets  in  the  plural  C^bs. 

4.  The  dual  sometimes  takes  a  pretonic  Kamets  like  the 
plural,  but  more  frequently  follows  the  feminine  in  not  re- 
quiring its  insertion,  nbi  (nbt)  ^oor  du.  Q^nb-i ,  ^  {r^'yi) 
•way  du.  D"?"^^ ,  Tk  ^Tk)  ^^orn  du.  t3^:"}jp  and  Qi^hp,  ^nb 
c'/.^f>X-  du.  D:':nb,  ^ni  (tj-iii)  Z-;^^^  du.  D"?-'.n,  so  D^im,  Q^???., 

■   -  :  -  J  •   -  t:  IT 

^209.  When  the  idtimate  is  a  simple  syllable,  the  follow- 
ing cases  occur,  viz  : 

1.  Pinal  n.  is  rejected  before  the  feminine  and  plural 
endings,  r.s;^  heauUfd  fem.  1%^  f.  pl.  Tiis;' ,  nfc^TQ  %corh  pl. 
Diib?^;  so  r,ili^_  camp  du.  a''.-™. 

rt.  The  last  radical  in  words  of  this  description  is  properly  "^ ,  which  is 
rejected   after   a   vowellcss  letter,    §62.  2.  c,  so   that  ns^  is   lor  iT^Bi   and 


§  209        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OP  NOUNS.         237 

CilJS'.'a  for  D"''^il'S'_55  ,  In  a  very  few  instances  the  radical  "^  remains,  e.g. 
n'las  Cant.  1:7  from  nq2>  ("'bi^)  D'^nriri  Isa.  25 :  6  from  rt'n'c^  (■'H'?^) 
and  is  even  strengthened  by  Daghesli-lbrte,  §207.2,  i^l^zi^  Lam.  1:16 
from  !ii?."ia,  ^■j'l's  and  nnb,  §196.  6,  iem.  of  ."173,  ni'iri  Hos.  14:  1,  else- 
wliere  ninri,  ns  mouth,  edge  pi.  D"^!? ,  niiQ  and  rii'S,  or  changed  to  N, 
§56.  4,  nba  ("^bzj)  young  lamb  Q'^xb::  (o'^^bi:),  so  that  it  is  not  necessary 
to  assume  a  singular  "h'^  which  no  where  occurs,  nsbn  Ps.  10:8  D"^i<3bn 
ver.  10.     See  Ale.xandcr  in  loc. 

2.  Final  '',  may  combine  with  the  feminine  and  phiral 
endings,  so  as  to  form  n^  ,  D^^ . ,  '^'^'^ .  ,  or  it  may  in  the 
mascuhne  phiral  be  contracted  to  Q''.  ,  §G2.  2,  '^1^2?  Hebrew 
pi.  d-^nn:?  and  ts-i^nins^  fem.  n'^"in5?  f.  pi.  ni^nns^;  ^i  5/^//;  pi. 
rHs.  and  a"'^ir,  "^irsn/^wpl.  n^irtn,  ^pp  j^/^y-e  pi.  Q^^j?:.  So 
nouns  in  t-?,  upon  the  exchange  of  the  feminine  singular  for 
the  plural  termination  tr'sia?  Ammonitess  pi.  rii'^si/G? ,  rr'pn 
Hittifess  ti^rt] . 

a.  In  C''X"'2"ii'  2  Cliron.  17:  11  Arabians  from  ""r?"!?  ^^  ^  is  interposed, 
elsewhere  C:'^;:^^?  ;  ni'b'n  brandies,  ni'jj  corners  and  ri'iSJia  bowls,  which 
do  not  occur  in  the  singular,  are  assumed  to  be   from  tT'b'n ,    rT^^T   and 

&.  A  few  monosyllables  in  "!_  form  their  feminines  in  this  manner, 
though  in  the  masculine  plural  they  follow  the  rule  before  given,  §208.  3.  (/, 
"•^3.  A/rZ  fem.  n^'is ,  ^bb  lion,  N^nb  lioness,  §196.  d,  ^z:^  gazelle  fcm.  n^=:i 
(rr^":!  and  J<'^^^  arc  used  as  proper  names),  "'rd  drinking  fem.  iTnd  . 

3.  There  are  few  examples  of  final  l  or  i  v.ith  added 
endings.  The  following  are  the  form.s  which  they  assume : 
^.pp  dri?i/c  pi.  Q^ip">^,  t^^ob-Q  hingdom  pi.  ni^sb^ ,  §G2.  2, 
rr^n?  festimoui/  pi.  t^l";^ ,  2nins  sister  pi.  fiifib?  and  ni^ns  for 
ni-iHS ,  "^3"!  and  Ni3"i  wyriad  pi.  tniiin ,  n^.vin  and  nixa"} ; 
\\\Q  dual  3!"!n3"!  inserts  the  sign  of  the  feminine. 

a.  ri"':n_  or  n-.^jn  Jer.  37  :  16  cells  is  referred  to  the  a.ssumcd  singular 
r!i':n;  nrjD  Isa.  3:16  K'thibh  and  T^^S--J  1  Sam.  25:18  K'thibh  are 
formed  from  ^123,  'k:j'J  abbreviated  Kal  passive  participles.  §172.  5,  but  in 
the  absence  of  tlie  appropriate  vowel  points  their  precise  pronunciation 
cannot  be  determined. 

b.  N9nns  ending  in  a  quiescent  radical  X  may  be  regarded  as  termina- 
ting in  a  consonant,  since  this  letter  resumes  its  consonantal  power  upon 
an  addition  being  made  to  the  word.  Comp.  §162.  n:2';D  found  fera. 
nx^523,  K-3  wild  ass  \A.  CX'^Q. 


238  ETYMOLOGY.  §  210 

^210.  The  changes,  which  occur  in  the  penult,  arise 
from  the  disposition  to  shorten  the  former  part  of  a  word, 
when  its  accent  has  been  carried  forward  by  accessions  at  the 
end,  ^  06.  1.  They  consist  in  the  rejection  of  Kamets  or 
Tsere,  Vna  p-eaf  fern,  npin^  pi.  a^Si^^  f.  pi.  n-.bi^a,  ni-n 
icorcl  pi.  D^nn^ ,  yr\2f  memorial  pi.  nis'iST ,  ^b  uiuf/  du. 
D'£;3,  ^''Ziyi  restoring  pi.  cn^^t^t!  fem.  ni^'ir'a,  nrg  distress 
p].  Di'is^ ,  "ii^  Levite  pi.  D^^lb ,  except  from  nouns  in  r...  in 
w^iicli  the  place  of  the  accent  is  not  changed  by  the  addition 
of  the  terminations  for  gender  and  number,  §209.  1,  mS^ 
beautiful  fem.  ns;'  pi.  tri-^ ,  rrp^  field  pi.  niiia ,  nrjp  hard 
pi.  D^ii'p,  Mi;"a  pi.  W^b°Q  and  iniS''a  bowels,  S^i?  smitten  pi. 
Q^p? .  Other  penultimate  vowels  are  mostly  exempt  from 
change. 

a.  Kamets,  wliich  has  arisen  Irom  Pattahh  in  consequence  of  the  suc- 
ceeding letter  not  being  able  to  receive  Daghesh-forte,  as  the  form  2:)roperly 
requires,  is  incapable  of  rejection.  Such  a  Kamets  is  accordingly  retained 
without  change  before  l,  e.  g.  b^.n  for  TT'nn,  §187. 1,  workman  pi.  C^q-nn, 
so  dTQ  horseman,  rf-^"^  fugilice,  D'^Ao  (const.  iD'^'^'q)  eionuch,  y^ni'  terri- 
ble, Y''^:^  violent,  "f^"^n  diligent,  or  shortened  to  Pattahh  before  n, 
§G0.  l.o,  (4),  i^ns  young  man  pi.  C^'iina.  Kamets  is  also  retained  in 
certain  y'v  and  n'b  derivatives  as  a  sort  of  compensation  for  the  reduction 
of  the  root  by  contraction  or  quiescence,  e.  g.  '^"O  shield  })I.  ^'■t^^  and 
nibp ,  TirJo  fortress  pi.  C'^-t;'^,  niji'ri  branch  pi.  ni'sbn  ,  ni^T  corner  pi.  ni'".:  . 
Other  instances  of  its  retention  are  rare  and  exceptional,  ii33  treacherous 
fem.  nni:a ,  r^i-r  (const.  ":":3)  week  pi.  c-rrr  and  r^'i'^ifj  but  du.  n^rnd , 
"(i""'b"d  warrior  Yi\.  Ci^i^TJ^. 

5.  When  Kamets  following  a  doubled  letter  is  rejected,  and  Daghesli- 
forte  is  omitted  in  consequence,  §25,  the  antepenultimate  vowel  is  in  a  few 
instances  changed  from  Hliirik  to  Seghol,  §61.  5.  'i^'Tn  vision  pi.  ni;i-m, 
"(i-i'tas  atenlhiil.  c^in'^r?. ,  Ijut  "iAst  «ieHiormZ  pi.  _rii!i'-i=1 . 

c.  Tsere  is  not  rejected  if  it  has  arisen  from  Hhiri.k  before  a  guttural 
in  a  form  which  properly  requires  Daghesh-forte,  \:J"]ri  for  "^"^f},  §  1S7.  1.  b. 
deuf\)\.  tD^ir-in  ,  or  if  it  is  commonly  represented  by  "i,  §14.3,  tH'S  or 
ri;"'3,  §1S6,  hammer  pi.  nis^"'3.  or  a  radical  i  quiesces  in  it,  '|r"'X  or  "riN 
(from  'r;',  hlSil)  perennial  pi.  D">:n''X  or  ci:rx,  Vz^^t^^  temple  pi.  C^l^^'n 
and  niJJz^n,  Qind"'^  ard  C'^'w'iD /•ec//i»(/e,  C""?"'i''J.  (from  I'T  or  t^')  proud. 
Other  cases  are  rare  and  exceptional,  e.  g.  C^^b"cx  Neh.  3  :  34- feeble. 

d.  Hholem  is  almost  invariably  retained  in  the  penult,  yet  it  yields  to 
the  strong  tendency  to  abbreviation  in  the  following  trisyllables  :  n^~i':^rx 
Ashdoditess  pi.  n^,'-iridj<  Neh.  13  :  23  K'ri  (K'thibh  nT>TTirs)._  n-'il^sr  AiJi- 
monitess  pi.  ni'3^y"id.  (K'thibh   nrjiTi^ ,    1   Kin.   11:   1  ni'Diar),  -n-^s 


§  211  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  239 

Sidonlan  f  pi.  r's'j'i^  where  long  Ilhirik  becomes  Tsere  before  concurrent 
consonants,  §61.  4. 

e.  When  the  penult  is  a  mixed  syllable  containing  a  short  vowel,  it  is 
ordinarily  not  subject  to  change,  §58.  2.  The  tendency  to  the  greatest 
possible  abbreviation  is  betrayed,  however,  in  a  few  examples  by  the  re- 
duction of  the  diphtiiongal  Seghol  to  Pattahh,  comp.  §60.  3.  b,  b's'l'X 
duster  pi.  niSb'lJx  Cant.  7  :  S.  :3-i'3  chariot  fern.  f^i:3";"3  pi.  nizin^  ,  pn^Ta 
distance  pi.  D-'ibn-na  and  t:-j:;n-iri,  or  of  Pattahh  to  the  briefest  of  the 
.short  vowels  Hhirik,  comp.  §20r.  2.  o.  nsr^T  fanj  pi.  ms:;^!  •  '^^''.^.  fork 
pi.  nisbfo,  §  190.  a,  riHi'^  dish  pi.  r^in^^.  by  the  resolution  of  Dagiiesh- 
forte  for  nin^:!,  §59.  a;  "^nx  lor  'inx  other  has  in  the  plural  c^-nx  ,  n— .n.N 
as  if  from  "in.^ ,  r.bm  coal  has  pi.  t:"'Bn?;  by  §03.  1. 

§211.  In  forming  the  plural  of  nouns,  wliicli  liave  a 
feminine  ending  in  the  singular,  the  latter  must  first  be 
omitted  before  the  rules  already  given  arc  applied.  Thus, 
nibr'a  libifjdom  by  the  omission  of  the  feminine  ending  be- 
comes tfS^-a  ,  hence,  by  §  207.  l,its  plural  is  nibbi2^ ;  so  nibia- 
([ueen  becomes  ^^'l? ,  and  by  §  208.  3.  its  plural  is  niib-a ; 
mai?  epistle  becomes  ihs*,  and  by  §207.1.  its  plural  is 
Min^b? .  As  precisely  the  same  changes  result  from  append- 
ing the  feminine  n^  and  the  plural  endings,  except  in  the 
single  case  of  Segholate  nouns  or  monosyllables  terminating 
in  concurrent  consonants,  §208,  nouns  in  n^  become  plural 
with  no  further  change  than  that  of  their  termination ;  only 
in  the  exceptional  case  referred  to  a  pretonic  Kamets  must 
be  inserted.  Nouns  in  n ,  after  omitting  the  feminine  end- 
ing, are  liable  to  the  rejection  or  modification  of  the  vowel 
of  the  ultimate  in  forming  the  plural,  as  explained  §  207. 1.  d. 
and  e.  On  the  other  hand,  as  the  dual  ending  is  not  substi- 
tuted for  that  of  the  feminine  singular,  but  added  to  it,  no 
such  omission  is  necessary  in  applying  the  rules  for  the 
formation  of  the  dual,  it  being  simply  necessary  to  observe 
that  the  old  ending  t\^  takes  the  place  of  n^ ,  §202.  Thus 
n;tj  {T\vd)  year,  by  §210,  becomes  in  the  dual  "S^t^iT ,  nb-n 
door,  by  §  208. 4,  du.  QT-b-  ,  nrns  brass  du.  oi'PiJ^^n: . 

a.  In  the  following  exarhples  a  radical,  which  has  been  rejected  from 
the  singular,  is  restored  in  the  plural,  Hex  (for  nn"2X)  viaid-s errant  pi. 


240  ETYMOLOGY.  §212-214 

nifiTOX,  riiri  (for  n-:^  from  ti:^)  porlion  pi.  rii-'ijTD  and  ~ikD73 ,  comp. 
§208.  3.  f/,  nlsp  (for  n^^p  from  nk;^)  pi.  n'l'^p ;  in  like  manner  ni:3  col- 
leagues is  rekrved  to  tlie  assumed  singular  ri33.  i^HQ  (ni!iQ)  governor 
has  in  the  plural  both  riiina  (con.st.  niino)  and  rins . 


The  Construct  State. 

§212.  When  one  noun  stands  in  a  relation  of  depend- 
ence on  another,  the  second  or  specifying  noun  is,  in  occi- 
dental languages,  put  in  the  genitive  case  ;  in  Hebrew,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  second  noun  undergoes  no  cliange,  but  the 
first  is  put  into  what  is  commonly  called  the  construct  state 
(tj^'ao  or  tjbo:  sifjyjjorted).  A  noun  which  is  not  so  related 
to  a  following  one  is  said  to  be  in  the  absolute  state  (innD^'a 
ad  of).  Thus,  "li^  ^vorcI  is  in  the  absolute  state ;  but  in  the 
expression  "n^^H  "i^^f  verhum  regis,  the  icord  of  the  ling,  "i^'i 
is  in  the  construct  state.  By  the  juxtaposition  of  the  two 
nouns  a  sort  of  compound  expression  is  formed,  and  the 
speaker  hastens  forward  from  the  first  noun  to  the  second, 
which  is  necessary  to  complete  the  idea.  Hence  results  the 
abbreviation,  which  characterizes  the  construct  state. 

a.  The  term  ahsohUe  state  was  introduced  by  Reuchlin;  he  called  the 
construct  the  slate  of  regimen. 

§213.  The  changes,  which  take  place  in  the  formation 
of  the  construct,  affect 

1.  The  endings  for  gender  and  number. 

2.  The  final  syllable  of  nouns,  which  are  without  these 
endings. 

3.  The  syllable  preceding  the  accent. 

§214.  The  following  changes  occur  in  the  endings  for 
gender  and  number,  viz. : 

1.  The  feminine  endino;  T\  is  chano:ed  to  n  nn5i2J 
handmaid  const.  f^nstJ ;  the  ending  T\  remains  unchanged, 
ni'OTi^^  observance  const.  JTi'affi'a . 


^215  THE    CONSTRUCT    STx\TE    OF    NOUNS.  241 

a.  The  explanation  of  this  appears  to  be  that  the  construct  state  re- 
tains the  old  consonantal  ending  n_,  the  close  connection  with  the  follow- 
ing noun  preserving  it  as  if  in  the  centre  of  a  compound  word,  §55.  2.  c ; 
whereas  in  the  isolation  of  the  absolute  state,  the  end  of  the  word  is  more 
liable  to  attrition  and  the  consonant  flilis  away. 

h.  Some  nouns  in  Ti  ^  preceded  by  Kamets  adopt  a  Segholate  form  in 
the  construct,  nib?3'a  kingdom  const.  T.db'O'q  instead  of  rrbr-o,  §G1.  1.  b. 
r<^t'c.-Q.  dominion  const,  fibbria,  nixbTO  work  const.  n=xb72 ,  n2:sn73  chariot 
const.  rc3"i?3,  rrnrj^',  crown  const.  !n"ii??. ,  n^nb yZoH^e  const.  r:nb,  ir^iL"; 
ten  const,  n^ibi' ,  or  with  the  Seshols  changed  to  Pattahhs  under  the  influ- 
cnce  of  a  guttural,  Hnatfri/aonY// const,  rns^"^,  nr3"ii<yb?(r  const.  ri'2~x  ; 
so  Tib"!^  Jig-cake  const,  ribr^ ;  nrx  woman,  though  it  occurs  in  the  abso- 
lute, Deut.  21 ;  11,  1  Sam.  28  :  7,  Ps.  58  :  9,  is  mostly  used  as  the  construct 
of  nil's .  On  the  other  hand,  r^n  bottle  has  in  the  construct  ITcn  Gen. 
21  :  14  (the  accent  thrown  back  by  §35.  1)  as  if  from  nrn. 

2.  The  ending  C^.  of  the  masculine  plural  and  C;^.  of  the 
dual  are  alike  changed  to  ''..  ,  U'^'k^  nations  const,  "^i?? ,  D^i'^i? 
/io)iis  const,  '^b'l)? ;  ni  of  the  feminine  plural  suffers  no  change 
niSp  voices  const,  sni^p . 

a.  The  compression  of  I  to  J  regularly  takes  place  upon  its  being  fol- 
lowed by  concurrent  consonants,  §61.  4.  This  is  here  suggested  as  the 
explanation  of  the  change  of  vowel  in  the  plural.  It  results  from  the 
close  connection  of  the  construct  state,  which  as  it  were,  unites  the  two 
words  into  one  compound  term ;  thus,  DTiB  houses  joined  to  Hin  heiim 
stone  would  become  r'^TjC^na,  and  by  the  dropping  of  the  nasal,  accord- 
ing to  §55.  2.  b,  n"i"5  "^na  houses  of  hewn  stone.  Comp.  §199.  e.  In  the 
dual  the  final  nasal  is  likewise  rejected,  and  cnj  combines  to  form  the  diph- 
thongal e,  §  57.  2  (5). 

b.  In  a  very  kw  instances  the  vowel  ending  of  the  masTAiline  plural 
construct  is  added  to  feminine  nouns  ''r:^3  (the  accent  invariably  thrown 
back  by  §35.  1),  commonly  in  the  K'thibh  Tnoi  const,  of  iniia  high- 
places,  "'nilix^'a  1  Sam.  20:12;  this  takes  place  regularly  before  suf^ 
fixes,  §220.2." 

§215.  1.  In  a  mixed  final  syllable  Kamets  is  commonly 
shortened  to  Pattahh  :  so  is  Tsere  when  preceded  by  Kamets  ; 
other  vowels  remain  without  change,  'i;)  /u///d  const.  T! , 
niaitt  seat  const,  niin^a,  ^x^:?  jiec/c  const,  "li^*^:?,  )f.l  o/^  const. 
■jpT ,  n?  /iea?'t  const.  ^1? ,  "lia^  miglitij  man  const.  'T'sa . 

a.  Kamets  remains  in  the  construct  of  cb^ix  porch,  3rs  writing,  "jn^ 
gift,  "zv  cloud  (once  const,  -b  Ex.  19  : 9).  C^^!^  decree  and   n^  sea,  e.  g. 
nbin-c"j  .sea  of  salt,  except  in  the  phrase  tflh  c^  sea  of  weed,  i,  e.  lied 
Sea;  -'in  milk  hccomes  -bn,  and  )^\  white  "fZh  Gen.  49 ;  12  in  the  eon-, 
struct. 

16 


242  ETYMOLOGY.  §215 

6.  Tsere  remains  in  'iirj  yZi-e  const,  li-'in. ,  '|i^  mire  const.  'I'l'^ ,  no^ 
breathing-  const.  HD';! ,  n]b^  /ifcZ  const,  "p?. ,  in  the  i'S  derivative  '^'^'O 
shield  const,  'i^  and  in  bix  found  in  several  proper  names.  It  is  occa- 
sionally shortened  to  Seghol  before  Makkeph  in  ^ix  mourning  const. 
-b::x  ,  V.b  lime  const.  t]S,  ~r\'J  and  "n:?. ,  D'i:  name  const.  dB.  "cB  and  "cd: 
'2  so;z,  which  in  the  absolute  retains  Tsere  before  Makkeph,  Gen.  30:  19, 
Ezek.  18:  10,  has  in  the  construct  "lii ,  -jS  or  "'i^.  Tsere  is  shortened  to 
Pattahh  in  a  few  cases  not  embraced  in  the  rule,  viz.:  )p^  nest  const.  ""||5, 
bis^  rod  const,  bjs'?  and  bisa ,  "lix  Deut.  32:28  perishing  const,  of  lix, 
the  Kal  participles  of  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  §126.  1,  and  the  following 
nouns  with  prefixed  ^  in  several  of  which  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  likewise 
changed  to  Flhirik,  §190.  a,  "li"^  tithe  const,  "i^?-!^ ,  '^E'?^  mourning  const. 
nEp?3,  r.ns^  keij  const.  nri3'9  and  rins^,  y':^"!^  lair  const,  -ys^a ,  nn^ 
clamour  const.  nn?2 ,  "iit'73  matrix  const.  ^5^^ ,  »^nO?3  corruption  const, 
nnuiia,  nsto  a//rtr' const.  n?T?2. 

c.  Hholem  is  shortened  to  Kamets-Hhatuph  before  Makkeph  in  the 
construct  of  monosyllables  from  "S'J  roots,  pin  statute  const,  pn  and  "pn , 
rarely  in  other  words  -?na  Prov.  19  :  19,  Ps.  145  :  8,  Nah.  1  :  3  (in  the  last 
two  passages  the  K'thibh'has  hri'^),  "ina  Job  17  :  10,  Prov.  22  :  11,  "l^Sp 
Ex.  30  :  23,  "Bbizi  Ex.  21:11;  this  becomes  Pattahh  before  the  guttural  in 
~rn?a  for  ?n:::5i  construct  of  ri-a  high.  ^3  kol  construct  of  Vs  all  occurs 
twice,  viz.  :  Ps.  35  :  10,  Prov.  19  :  7,  without  a  Makkeph  following,  §  19.  2.  a; 
it  must  not  be  confounded  witli  bs  kal  Isa.  40  :  12  he  comprehended  pret. 
of  1=^3. 

d.  The  termination  "'_  becomes  "i..  in  the  construct,  ^57.  2  (5),  "^^ 
enough  const,  "i^,  ^n  life  const,  "^h. 

e.  Three  monosyllabic  nouns  (brm  the  construct  by  adding  a  vowel,  3i< 
father  const.  2X  Gen.  17:4,  5,  elsewhere  ''rx  ,  UN  brother  const,  ''nx  ,  ^^ 
friend  const,  nin  2  Sam.  15  :  37,  1  Kin.  4  :  5.'  or  ni;n  2  Sam.  16  :  16,  Prov. 
27  :  10  K'thibh.  These  may  be  relics  of  the  archaic  form  of  the  construct, 
§218,  or  the  monosyllables  may  be  abridged  from  Hb  roots,  ^185.  2.  c. 

2.  In  a  simple  final  sjdlable  n,.  is  cliangecl  to  n.. ,  lito 
s/ieej)  const,  nib ,  ni^'-i  sltcjjUerd  const.  n5?"i ,  "^^^^  field  const. 
n"iy ;  other  vowels  remain  miclianged. 

a.  This  is  an  exception  to  the  general  law  of  shortening,  which  obtains 
in  the  construct.  It  has,  perhaps,  arisen  from  the  increased  emphasis 
thrown  upon  tlie  end  of  the  word,  as  the  voice  hastens  forward  to  that 
which  is  to  follow.  In  like  manner  the  brief  and  energetic  imperative 
ends  in  Tsere  in  ti"?  verbs,  while  the  future  has  Seghol,  §  108.  c.  An 
analogous  fact  is  found  in  the  Sanskrit  vocative.  The  language  of  address 
calls  for  a  quick  and  emphatic  utterance  ;  and  this  end  is  sometimes  at- 
tained by  shortening  the  final  vowel,  and  sometimes  by  the  directly  oppo- 
site method  of  lengthening  it.     Bopp  Vergleich.  Gramm.  §205. 

h.  ns  mouth  has  ''B  in  the  construct. 

c.  Nouns  ending  in  quiescent  X  preserve  their  final  vowel  unchanged 
in  the  construct,  XT^  year/;?^- const.  N'7.';' ,  xis  host  const.  xil£. 


§21G        THE  CONSTRUCT  STATE  OE  NOUNS.         243 

§216.  1.  Kamets  and  Tsere  are  commonly  rejected  from 
the  syllable  preceding  the  accent,  Qip^  j'>'/«c(?  const.  D-'pia , 
nb-O  9/ear  const.  t^\^ ,  D'^btt?  7/ears  const,  ^iti ,  nin^iij:  treas- 
ures  const,  tniisix ,  D'^'j"  hands  const,  "'"l' ,  ssb  /^c-^r^  const. 
nib ,  rran  ?rr«//^  const,  ribn . 

a.  Kamets  preceding  \\\c  accented  syllable  is  retained  (I)  when  it  has 
arisen  from  Pattalih  before  a  guttural  in  consequence  of  the  omission  of 
Daghesh-forte,  nnn  (for  ^'^n)  workman  const.  T^b^^,  ^"^S  (^'^0)  horse- 
man const.  ^'^Q,  r.3"iQ  (riD^S)  vaii  const.  ri?"is,  fT^^  C"^^^)  distress  const. 
nnS;  (2)  in  words  from  "I's  and  "^'^S  roots,  n'^ns  (from  "i"'!v')  cities  const.  ''yJ, 
B"'xa  (from  t<i3)  coming  const.  ''Nl;  (3)  under  5a  prefixed  to  "SS  roots, 
tjOa  (from  T|?0)  covering  const.  T(p53,  "S'O  (from  "(JJ)  shield  const,  "i?^, 
Ti""a  (from  Ij^)  fortress  const.  tiyJD;  (4)  in  n?  derivatives  of  the  form 
n^y."  (from  nbr.)  e.r-t/e  const.  n^?3,  W:.!i  tneditation  const.  r^Sfi.  (o)  in  the 
construct  dual  and  plural  of  triliteral  monosyllables  or  Segholates  from 
i<'^  and  K'b  roots,  fli^rib  (from  TiB)  c/ieeA-s  const,  "^^nb ,  n'^^na  (from  '^'is) 
A'i'cZs  const.  "^"X^ ,  C^xan  (from  i<u:n)  s/;zs  const.  ''J?^n  ;  (6)  in  the  follow- 
ing nouns  in  most  of  which  it  stands  immediately  before  or  after  a  guttural, 
§60.3.0,  nbx  curse,  t^\vq  cave,  -^^"^i  conduit,  and  the  plurals,  ''X^W , 
I'ci-in,  ''ia-il^'^Lev.  7:  38,""'x::iX^,  ^N:iiV,  ""rniri,  ^yai?,  i^3^  2  Kin.  12:8, 
'^n^'^  Ezek.'27:  9,  "'la"'?  Job' 34  :  25^  ''kl'P'9,  '^"i^^/Eccles.  9:  1,  ''il^in  . 

6.  Tsere  is  retained  in  words  in  which  it  is  commonly  represented  by 
the  vowel-letter  "^j  or  has  "^  quiescing  in  it,  bbifi  temple  const,  b?"'?!,  and 
in  addition  in  the  following,  D'lix  crib  const.  Ci^is  ,  so  "iiT>{  girdle,  "ibx 
thread,  "^z^  foreign  land  const.  — 'Z}_ ,  fT^?i<.  loss  const.  Tt^x  .  so  Mbsx  Isa. 
58:10  darkness,  ninS  yool,  niia  Ex.' 22 : 2  theft,  n£:>o  p/crs'z<e,'ri=sna 
overthrow,  <t^?'2  Gen.  49  :  5  sword,  n=5T3  molten-image,  iT^"^^  Job  16  :  13 
gall,  '"iTsn?  heap,  nxs  excrement,  T^^iiri  fg-tree,  '^^\!'^F)  deepsleep.and  the 
plurals  "'P^X  mourning  from  c'^DX  ('3X),  so  "'^sn  desiring,  "li^^  sleep- 
ing, "'n'^b  and  ""'H'cb  rejoicing,  "^nDd  forgetting,  "^ixT  wolves  from  ci^T 
(SXt)  ;  Ci^'S"^  iceary  becomes  "^^"^S";!    in  the  construct,  and  ts^aba  escaped 

''•cfyB .        ' 

c.  Hholeni  is  rejected  from  the  syllable  before  the  accent  in  niDia'iX 
const,  pi.  of  '|ii"iX  palace,  nib's ':JX  and  ri'?3t5x  const,  pi.  of  Vsrx  cluster, 
•^aixn  Cant.  4:5  and  "laxn  Cant.  7:4  'tivins,  ^nra  from  ni-c3  high- 
places,  see  §214.  2.  h ;  it  is  changed  to  u  in  "'i^Liis  from  d'^staTD  treasures, 
comp.  §88. 

d.  Medial  Vav  and  Yodh.  though  they  may  retain  their  consonantal 
power  in  the  absolute,  quiesce  in  Hholem  and  Tsere  in  the  construct,  ~'n 
midst  const.  Tpn,  f^ii'^^'r?  cups  const,  niip,  n';'l3  house  const.  ri"'2.  riia^S 
fountains  const,  rrir? ,  X"^?  valley  const.  X^;  .  pi.  M'"^i<a  ,  §208.  3.  c,  const. 
n'ix"'5  Ezek.  35  :  8.  Exceptions  are  rare,  byj  (according  to  Kimchi  b^s) 
Ezek.  28:18  iniquity,  "'j'^.'^  Prov.  19:13  contentions  iXi:i  neck  const. 
ixAs  and  ■'^xii:: ,  ' 

e.  A  few  nouns  of  the  forms  b:2)5,  bbp?,  bbj?  have  b'^p^  or  h'^p^  in  the 
construct  instead  of  bip,  §61.  1.6,  "I'^a  wall  const  ^i*^,^, ,  bja  robbery  const. 


244  ETYMOLOGY.  §216 

bn,  T\^'^  i high  const  T\^A,  "^4?  heavij  const.  '122  and  '^53  ,  t|n3  shoulder 
const.  Tin^,  "i^^  smoA:e  const,  "jt"?.  and  idlj.;,  i'V^  stJe  const.  S-'brj  and  rb:^; 
Ti"!N  /o??o-  is  only  found  in  the  construct,  the  corresponding  absolute  was 
probably  T)'iii< ;  rbis  helmet  simply  shifts  its  accent  in  the  construct,  rsis . 
On  the  other  hand,  while  most  Seghohite  nouns  suffer  no  change  in  the 
construct,  a  few  adopt  the  form  blip,  "^^n  chamber  const,  ^^n,  r'lT.  seed 
const,  once  '"ni  Num.  11:7  elsewhere  SnT,  i'aj  plant  const.  5"::3 .  "i.^c; 
/cE^iis  const.  'lailJ ,  "sb  secen  const,  i'in'j ,  r^n  nine  const.  i'^'O  ;  in  lilce 
manner  hzT]  vanity  const.  b:;n. . 

2.  When  this  rejection  occasions  an  inadmissible  concur- 
rence of  vowelless  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  a  syllable, 
§Cl.l,it  is  remedied  by  inserting  a  short  vowel  between 
them,  commonly  Hhirik,  unless  it  is  modified  by  the  presence 
of  gutturals,  bib^  tinUmg  const,  b^sb^  for  bibic  ,  D^nn^  icords 
const.  '^^^^  for  ^^^r\ ,  '^p'7^  rifjUteousness  const.  i^f?'7^  ,  pi. 
nip^^  const.  J^ip^,  J"i'an3  ^^^^^^f  const,  s^^na ,  D^'b^n  idse 
const,  "^ispn  .  In  the  construct  plural  and  dual  of  Segholates, 
however,  the  vowel  is  frequently  regulated  by  the  character- 
istic vowel  of  the  singular  which  has  been  dropped,  comp. 
§208.2,  tD^ib^  from  tfb^  (tjb^?)  Mngs  const,  '^sb^ ,  D^pn'^ 
(t:nic)  irihes  const,  ^t?^'"!^,  f^'i^'^S  {;^i)  iUresUnfj-jIoors  const. 
nii'na,  riisnn  (ns'in)  reproaches  const.  tTis'^n,  D^Jnb'i  {thk 
or  ^lb'^ )  foMhitj  doors  const,  '^rib^ ,  yet  not  invariably  Q-'b:^© 
(b:?"ij)  ;jx^?2f^^;/6' const,  ''b?!^;,  t^-^^  trou(jlh  (pi.  ninjpic)  const. 
ninpTJJ. 

a.  When  in  the  construct  phiral  the  introduction  of  a  new  vowel  is 
demanded  by  the  concurrence  of  consonants,  the  syllable  so  formed  is  an 
intermediate  one,  so  that  the  following  SliVa  is  vocal,  and  the  next  letter, 
if  an  aspirate,  does  not  receive  Daghesh-lene.  thus,  *'^^';',  ''2^^,  I^'i'^b^, 
niiin  not  "'■nbi,  "'is^'a  ,  r'irib'n,  niii'in,  §22.  «.  3.  Exceptions  are  infre- 
quent' as  MIL'X  Deut.  3:17,  '^ticn  Lam.  3 :  22  but  ?non  Ps.  89 :  2,  nis-.n 
Ps.  69:10,  "^En-o  Ezek.  17:9,  ■'E03  Gen.  42:25,  35,  ^%p}_  Lev.  23:18, 
-^'nr^  Isa.  5  :  lb,  nriii;!?  Neh.  4  : 7,  ■'Qtti'i  Cant.  8  :  6  but  "'2-ciS  Ps.  76  :  4.  In 
a  'iQ\N  instances  Dughesh-forte  separative  is  inserted  to  indicate  more  dis- 
tinctly the  vocal  nature  of  the  Sh'va,  §24.5,  "'ir^n  Isa.  57:6,  '^h.l^_  Lev. 
25:5,  ^iay  Isa.  58:3,  ^=15^  Gen.  49:17,  nii;5-J  Ps.  89 :  52,  nii'^ay  Prov. 
27  :  25,  or  compound  Sh'va  is  taken  instead  of  simple  for  the  same  reason, 
rir,;3a  Gen.  30:38.  The  presence  or  absence  of  Daghesh-lene  in  the 
dual  construct  depends  upon  the  form  of  the  absolute,  thus  ''nsb  from 
Q'^rEb  lt])S  but  •'S"ia  from  t'i'b'na  Imees.  When  the  concurring  con- 
sonants belong  to  different  syllables  a  new  vowel  is  not  needed  between 


§217  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    OF    NOUNS.  245 

them;  one  is  sometimes  inserted,  however,  after  a  giittiiriil,  '^s'l^a. 
rii"i???  but  nirrno  .  In  tlie  opinion  of  Ewald  "'iili?^  Ezelc.  7  :  24  is  Ibr 
•'iii-il^Ta  from  n-^bVpa ,  and  niriiip'a  Ex.  26:23,  36  •2S  for  ni!'::ir53  ;  they 
may  be  better  exphiincd.  however,  as  Piel  and  Pual  participles. 

b.  Tlie  second  syllable  before  the  accent  rarely  undergoes  any  change. 
In  a  very  few  instances  Seghol  becomes  Hhirik  or  Pattahh,  the  pure 
vowels  being  reckoned  shorter  than  the  diphthongal,  comp.  §210.  e. 
r!23"io  chariot  const.  n25'ni3.  The  changes  in  Trhiib  Jlame  const,  r^shb 
j)l.  ni~rib  const,  ni^nb,  Cib'na  coals  const.  "^1?"?  are  due  to  the  influence 
of  the  proximate  vowels,  §63.  1;  those  in  '|i"'J'"}  vision  const.  ')i"'Tn  ,  rbns 
coals  const,  rbns  are  consequent  upon  the  dropping  of  Daghesh-forte, 
§61.  5;  that  in  C^brix  (from  ^^x)  (enls  const.  ''.?i^2<  arises  from  the  con- 
version of  a  simple  into  an  intermediate  syllable,  §59. 

§217.  The  following  table  of  the  declension  of  nouns 
will  sufficiently  exemplify  the  rules  which  have  been  given. 

a.  The  left-hand  page  is  occupied  by  masculine  nouns  and  the  right- 
hand  by  feminine,  the  latter  being,  with  few  exceptions,  derived  from  the 
former,  or  preserving,  as  in  ysi  n:jy  ,  'nin  rr^'in  an  outward  correspondence 
though  the  roots  are  different.  There  is  thus  shown  the  formation  of  the 
feminine  from  the  masculine,  as  well  as  that  of  the  plural  from  the  singu- 
lar and  the  construct  from  the  absolute  of  both  numbers  and  genders.  A 
few  examples  are  added  of  the  formation  of  the  dual  and  of  the  inflections 
of  adjectives  and  participles.  The  Piel  and  Hithpael  participles  follow 
the  analogy  of  the  Kal ;  the  Niphal  is  followed  by  the  Pual,  Hophal,  and 
Hiphil,  the  last  of  which  has  in  the  sing.  fem.  nb'iapa  or  r\hb^'q  and  in 
the  plural  D^^-i-JpO  ,  ni^-i-jp::?  . 


Declension 

SiNGULAE. 

Plueal. 

Aisol. 

Ci9?;s?r. 

tIJso?. 

Constr. 

Garden. 

■^ 

|5 

D^is 

'?.5 

Fish. 

r 

j-! 

•  T 

'^!? 

Guard. 

^bt:2 

-i-biia 

^"Sr^'it) 

Vengeance. 

Dp: 

'rr 

DR? 

l^^^P? 

i;p? 

Cloud. 

|5? 

1^? 

•T  -: 

^'^p 

Heart. 

T  •• 

=3^ 

-nnb 

Flower. 

"5 

T^ 

xrk} 

'^? 

Tree. 

T? 

Tf 

^^%t 

'i? 

T7all. 

'•  T 

"^i^' 

or  'Hjit 

cj'i"? 

"^"^^ 

Sucliling. 

pbv 

PP.'i"' 

^"^zr 

"pp: 

Interpreter 

n? 

yfq 

D^i^b^: 

^i:^b:j 

Statute. 

pri 

pn 

Q"i>M 

»>^i—i 
)^'-.! 

Turtle-dove 

.     -iri 

^in 

cH'n 

^np 

Memorial. 

|i^?? 

■jiniT 

d^D'-i::T 

^ih!:- 

King. 

^ 

^^i 

^#^ 

Hiding-place.      '^X}'C 

nnb 

'    T   ; 

^nnp 

Strength, 

np 

D-^'s? 

•    T  t; 

'■^^? 

Death. 

m2 

V   r 

ni/b 

d^htj 

"ni-a 

Hebrew. 

■^nny 

^nns?    D^^w  or  ti'^^-yj 

^'^1'2^ 

Appearance 

.   ns^'i/-: 

J^2^7^ 

d^si^n/j 

'^^7^ 

Singular. 

Dual. 

Plueal. 

Ahsol.         Constr. 

J.5scZ. 

Constr. 

^foo?. 

Const7\ 

Palm. 

"S 

^1? 

q;-£5 

'S5 

•riiE3 

nis3 

Hand. 

-^^ 

"'. 

•   — T 

^T' 

nir 

T 

nii;' 

Wing. 

^;? 

^=? 

^rip? 

'??5 

T  : 

nisrs 

Tooth. 

"ij 

)i?' 

tr^t 

^rj; 

Foot. 

b:n 

b^n 

orBro 

^ 

D^b:n 

•  T  ; 

Ear. 

|3^ 

-^ 

D^DT!^ 

••:   T 

Eye. 

"? 

r? 

t3?r? 

'r? 

nir:;? 

Lip.            ) 

-sii) 

T     T 

n|u5 

Q^nSir 

^^?'^ 

nihs'^ 

246 


OF  Nouns. 

Singular. 

Plueal.               1 

Ahsol. 

Constr. 

AJjsoL 

Constr. 

Garden, 

T  — 

in:5 

niis 

nii'^  ■ 

Fisli  (collective.) 

T    T 

ni'n 

T 

•  1 

Observance. 

^7'W'^ 

^!^'?^''? 

V^i'\-2tl2 

Vengeance. 

t't: 

n"i;p? 

r.i7Jp3 

r:--p? 

Cloud  (collective.)       Ti  j't'J 

1^"-? 

T  -: 

1 

Sin. 

m^^br; 

ni^^t^r; 

r,i^i:r] 

Flower. 

nk? 

riiip 

nik? 

tiiiip 

Counsel. 

T    •• 

t^^? 

nik;? 

n^i?? 

Wall. 

^T\^ 

^■]"i^> 

ninji* 

nin'i) 

Sucker. 

rpiv 

T^zr 

nippi; 

nipp; 

Poem. 

r'tb)2 

T    •    : 

Tt^2 

ni-i-V^ 

niii-b"9 

Statute. 

^*?." 

jn'pM 

fllpM 

•  1 

Jnipn 

Law. 

r.^in 

'nnin 

ninin 

ni^iFi 

Skull. 

nbibr* 

mb'iibr* 

nibsbrt 

nibribr* 

Queen. 

niba 

T  ;   — 

nsV^ 

T    : 

niib-2 

niding-placo. 

T    :   • 

sn^np 

T   : 

ninrp 

Strength. 

T    :  T 

—  ;  T 

T  t; 

:  T 

Kingdom. 

Mib-^ 

r.^iib-^ 

tiibb"^ 

nibb-j 

Ilebrew-woraau 

•          S"'^^? 

n-^nn:^ 

ni^t^^y 

n'^'115' 

Vision. 

nxT^ 

n^'T^ 

ni^7^ 

nik-^'^ 

Adjectives    axd    Paeticiples. 

SlXGTJLAPv. 

PLrEAi. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Many. 

«n 

ni^ 

c-in 

tTihri 

Small. 

T"?!?     •" 

■it:p 

r  — ': 

c^i'^i? 

r,i3t^p 

Ileavy. 

^r?      ■  • 

T  ■•  ; 

t2"7^5 

niins 

Great. 

bi-is     r 

T 

ib'i""* 

T        ; 

D^bi-^ 

niBii^ 

Deep. 

ps^    r 

■Ft? 

tl'Fr? 

nipr?? 

Kal  act.  part. 

bt:p      » 

,1    .                »  J  • 

"5i:p  or  nvL:p 

T    :  '  1                     ■••  ••• ' 

D^b'lpiD 

Kal  pass.  part. 

b^t:p    r 

b'^tip 

D^b'ntiji 

nH^t:p 

Niplial  part. 

bcp2    r 

;bi3pp  or  t^^Ppp 

Ci"^b'i:p3 

niS^pp 

24" 


248  ETYMOLOGY.  §218,219 


Paragogic  Vowels. 

§218.  The  tennination  i.  or  i  is  sometimes  added  to 
nouns  in  the  construct  singular,  §G1.  G,  "^ba  Gen.  49  :  11  for 
]i,  ^S^5,^^  Isa.  1  :  21  for  rs^b-a,  ^m'^  Lam.  1  : 1  for  nin, 
^S^BT^^  Ps.  113  :G  for  b^st'^,  in^n  Gen.  1:24  for  n^n. 
This  occurs  chiefly  in  poetry  and  is  regarded  as  an  archaism. 
These  vowels  for  the  most  part  receive  the  accent,  and  com- 
monly occasion  the  rejection  of  Pattahh  or  Tsere  from  the 
ultimate. 


a.  Examples  of  this  antique  formation  of  the  construct  are  likewise 
preservetl  in  ])roper  names,  as  p'n:i~i2^'3  Melchizedek,  nbc^ina  Methuselah. 
Respecting  the  origin  of  these  vowel  endings,  see  §  198.  a  (4). 

§219.  1.  The  unaccented  vowel  in^  added  to  nouns  in- 
dicates motion  or  direction  towards  a  place,  nps^  nort/tward, 
na^b  soutliifurd,  5">^^''ai?  heavemoard,  •^2n"'Sri  to  the  house, 
oLKovhe,  rnnn  to  the  mountaiu,  whcuce  it  is  called  He  directive 
or  He  local.  The  subsidiary  vowel  of  Segholates  is  rejected 
before  this  ending,  §GG.  2  (1),  but  other  vowels  are  mostly 
unaffected,  renH  from  )'}^ ,  nsn^^  from  Y'jk ,  T^'^'2'l)2  from  nn^ti , 
nna^i^a  1  Kin.  19  :  15  from  the  construct  state  "i^'^p. 

a.  He  directive  is  appended  to  the  adverb  d'J  the7-e,  traui  ihilher,  and 
to  the  adjective  ^"^^n  profane  in  the  peculiar  phrase  "^^''^n  ad  profa.7min 
i.e.  be  it  far  from,  etc.  It  is  rarely  used  to  indicate  relations  of  time, 
niQ"'i"i  CJa^'a  1  Sam.  1  :  3  from  days  to  days  i.  e.  yearly,  firiiibd  Ezck. 
2\ :  19  for  the  third  time,  nn^  7iow  prop,  at  (this)  time.  For  the  sake  of 
greater  force  and  defmiteness  a  preposition  denoting  direction  is  some- 
tiaies  prefixed  to  words,  which  receive  this  ending,  so-  that  the  latter 
becomes  in  a  measure  superfluous,  t^^i'^^  upwards,  fra^b  dow7iwards, 
nnST52b  2  Chron.  31  :  14  to  the  east,  nbiXO^j  Ps.  9: 18  to  SheoL  comp.  aTro 
fiaKpo^ei', 

b.  The  ending  n^  rarely  receives  the  accent  MH'i'ta  Deut.  4:41;  in 
c^r?.  H;'^^  '*-  I'Gceivcs  in  some  editions  an  alternate  accent,  §42.  a,  in 
others  the  secondary  accent  Methegh,  §33.  1.  a.  In  irnn  Gen.  14:  10  and 
n;^a  a  is  changed  to  e  before  this  ending,  §63.  1,  in  npn'n  Ezek.  25:  13, 
nnb  1  Sam.  21  :  2  the  vowel  of  the  ending  is  itself  changed  to  e. 

c.  He  directive  is  probablj'  to  be  traced  to  the  same  origin  with 
the  definite   article  f},   whose  demonstrative  force  it  shares.      The  syl- 


§220  NOUNS  WITH  surnxES.  249 

lable  n  i.s  prefixed  to  a  noun  to  single  out  a  particular  thing  from  all 
otliers  of  lil<e  kind  as  the  object  of  attention.  Appended  to  a  word  its 
weak  guttural  would  be  rejected  and  its  vowel  prolonged  to  n^ ,  §53.  o; 
and  in  this  form  it  is  added  to  nouns  to  point  out  the  object  or  direction  of 
motion,  and  to  verbs  to  indicate  the  object  of  desire,  §97.  1.  In  Chaldee 
this  appended  vowel  forms  what  is  called  the  emphatic  state,  and  lias  tlie 
sense  of  the  definite  article,  r\^h  king,  nsb??  or  NS^^D  the  king. 

2.  Paragogic  ?"»,  is  sometimes  appended  to  nomis,  par- 
ticularly in  poetry,  for  tlie  purpose  of  softening  the  termina- 
tion without  affecting  the  sense,  §  Gl.  G. 


Nouns  with  SurnxES. 

§  220.  The  pronominal  suffixes,  whose  forms  are  given 
§72,  are  appended  to  nouns  in  the  sense  of  possessive  pro- 
nouns, "T^  hnid,  ^'i";  mij  Jiand,  etc.  They  suffer,  in  conse- 
quence, the  following  changes,  viz  : 

1 .  Of  the  suffixes,  which  begin  with  a  consonant,  ^,03, 
I?  of  the  second  person  are  connected  with  nouns  in  the  sin- 
gular by  a  vocal  Sh'va,  ^3  of  the  first  person  pltiral  and  ^ 
of  the  second  fcm.  singular  by  Tsere,  and  ^n ,  n ,  d  ,  "j  of 
the  third  person  by  Kamets  ;  ^n^  is  invariably  contracted  to 
i ,  rarely  written  rr,  §  G2. 1,  and  n^  to  ri,  ,   §  101.  2. 

a.  There  is  one  example  of  a  noun  in  the  construct  beibre  the  full  form 
of  the  pronoun,  N^^  "r"'  her  days  Nah.  2:  9. 

b.  First  person:  ^13  is  in  a  few  instances  preceded  by  Kame(.?,  !i:nS"n^ 
Ruth  3:2.  ^:rip  Job  22: 20. 

Second  person.  The  final  vowel  of  ?j  is  occasionally  expressed  by  the 
vowel  letter  n,  HDn^  Ex.  13  :  16,  M3^w3  Jer.  29:  25.  In  pause  the  Sh'va 
before  rj  becomes  Seghol,  §65,  !  r,nr?  Gen.  33:5,  Jf^^SS  Ps.  139:5,  or 
Kamets  may  be  inserted  as  a  connecting  vowel,  particularl}^  after  nouns 
in  n_  ,  whereupon  the  final  Kamets  is  dropped  to  prevent  the  recurrence 
of  like  sounds,  T\''n  Ps.  53:6.  In  the  feminine  the  connecting  vowel  e 
is  rarely  written  "^ ,  TprcVcJ  Ezek.  5:  12;  "'.,  which  belongs  to  the  full 
form  of  the  pronoun,  §71.  a  (2),  is  sometimes  added  1o  the  suflix,  ''?r:^"T 
•Tcr.  11 :  15,  "'riwa  Ps.  116:  19,  "-s^'i'D  2  Kin.  4:7  K'thibh,  where  the  K'n 
has  "■''i'r  •  Sometimes  the  distinction  of  gender  is  neglected  in  the  plural 
and  C3  is  used  in  place  of  the  feminine  '5,  B?'^r^.  Gen.  31:9.  CDiTX, 
C3''r;s  Jer.  9:19;  n^  is  sometimes  added  to  the  feminine  suffix  as  to  the 
full  pronoun.  n:ir:2;  Ezek.  23:49. 


250  ETYMOLOGY.  §220 

Third  j)erson.  The  connecting  vowel  before  ^in  and  n  is  occasionally 
e,  tnijirb  Gen.  1:12,  ^nir^b^D  Judg.  9:24.  iinib  Nah.  l':  13,  sinn^s  Job 
25:3.80  inr"}  from  ?n  and  *l'~i3.|"i^_  from  ^'nTS  and  frequenllywith  nouns  in 
n  ,  WX-i-D  and  f^x-i??  from  nii^.  finy^  from  nnb,  ^inin^,  W^j?;  e  does 
not  occur  before  the  plural  D  unless  it  is  represented  by  the  vowel-letter 

1  in  n-imnsTr)  2  Chron.  34 : 5  K'thibh,  where  the  K'ri  has  cnin3t?2  ;  it  is 
once  found  in  the  fern,  plural  f^:2"}p  Gen.  41:21.  The  form  n'  in  the 
masc.  sing,  is  commonly  reckoned  an  archaism,  "^"^f1f!<  Gen.  12:8,  n^id 
Ps.  42:9,  n'Ss  Jcr.  2:21,  so  several  times  in  the  K'thibh  mis",  nmo  Gen. 
49:11,    nnxi3n   Ex.  22:4,  nnx-iOS  Ex.  22:26,   n=t:3    Lev.  23:13,  mrb^ 

2  Kin.  9:25,  nnsirn  Ezek.  48: 18,  where  the  K'ri  in  each  instance  sub- 
stitutes i.  In  a  few  instances  the  consonant  is  rejected  from  the  femi- 
nine, n  being  retained  simply  as  a  vowel-letter;  where  this  occurs  it  is 
commonly  indicated  in  modern  editions  of  the  Bible  by  Raphe,  t^"|^'^  Lev. 
13:4,  nijwn  Num.  15:28,  or  by  a  Masoretic  note  in  the  margin,  ^lirPN 
Isa.  23:17.  18  for  fnbnx;  once  X  is  substituted  for  n,  N^3  Ezek.  o'6:'5. 
The  longer  forms  of  the  plural  suffixes  Cfn  ,  "fi  are  rarely  affixed  to  nouns 
in  the  singular,  ',n^3b  Gen.  21:28,  'na^p  Ezek.  13:17,  liinsiruJ  Ezek. 
16:53,  or  with  the  connecting  vowel  Kamets,  nn^S  2  Sam.  23:6,  or  with 
n    appended,  n:n^3  1  Kin.  7:37,  nDliDin  Ezek.  16:53.     The  vowel  n    is 

TJi  't!tv.  )t:t  ^  iT 

also  sometimes  added  to  the  briefer  form  of  the  fem.  plural,  ns'n^S  Gen. 
21:29,  i^jf?  Gen.  42:36.  The  distinction  of  gender  is  sometimes  ne- 
glected in  the  plural,  D  or  Crt  being  used  for  the  feminine,  cbs  Cant. 
4: 2,  6  :6  for  '}'2 ,  cn^'l':  Job  1  :'l4  for  'fri-'T,  ■ 

c.  The  nouns  ~X  father,  Hx  brother,  HQ  mouth  take  the  ending  "^  be- 
fore suffixes,  as  they  do  likewise  in  the  construct  state,  '^T'^N  ,  ns'^nx  ;  ""of 
the  first  person  coalesces  with  this  vowel,  ''^i*,  ''H^)  "'^  '"^nJ  ^'^  ^^  the 
third  person,  commonly  becomes  1  §62.2,  1"'3X,  I'^ns,  I^B  more  frequent 
than  lnii;x,  ^in^nx,  iinis ,  In  '^■iJ  Zeph.  2:9  the  vowel-letter  "^  of  the 
first  person  suffix  is  dropped  after  the  final  "^  of  the  noun. 

2.  The  masculine  plural  termination  D"!.  and  the  dual 
D'^  are  chano-ed  to  "^  before  suffixes  as  in  the  construct  state  : 
the  same  vowel  is  likewise  inserted  as  a  connective  between 
suffixes  and  feminine  plural  nouns,  §214.  2.b.  This  "'..  re- 
mains unchanged  before  the  plural  suffixes ;  but  before  "^  the 
second  masc.  singular  and  5^  third  fem.  singular  it  becomes 
">.. ,  and  before  tlie  remaining  suffixes  the  diphthongal  vowel 
is  resolved  into  "i. ,  which  combined  with  *'.  the  first  singular 
forms  "'. ,  with  1\  the  second  feminine  Tf^. ,  and  with  ^n  the 
third  masculine  T'^  ,   §C2.  2. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  suffixes  are  appended  to  feminine  plurals 
without  the  vowel  \  or  its  modifications,  ''rbnn  2  Kin.  6:8  for  "'rinri , 
^^^a  Ps.  132:  12  for  ''nny,  rfi^-q  Deuf.  28:59  for  ?|"'n'3'? ,  Tibrnx  Ezek. 


§  231  NOUNS    AVITH    SUFFIXES.  251 

IG :  52  for  ""^n'!'''!'.'? ;  tni^x  and  trjipirs;. ,  crhix  Ps.  74 : 4,  nnxtDn  ,  tnin-in , 
rnn2T^,  crhii^.  On  the  otlicr  hand,  sutlixes  proper  to  plural  nouns  are 
occasionuiiy  appended  to  feminine  nouns  in  the  singular,  perhaps  to  indi- 
cate that  they  are  used  in  a  plural  or  collective  sense,  Vndrrt  Lev.  5:  24, 
rpn^nn  Ps.  9:15,  "|"^nSJb  Ezek.  35:  II,  T^^^?:  Isa.  47:13.' 

b.  The  vovvel-ietter  "^  is  not  inl'requently  omitted  after  plural  and  dual 
nouns,  rjinn  Ex.  33:13  for  rpipn'n ,  c=-)7  Ps.  134:2  for  cii'i'^,  lli^s  Ex. 
32:19  K't'hibh  (K'ri  l"^^^^),  'ni:i'  1  Sam.-  18;22  K'thibli  (K'ri  l"'^^?.), 
cn::i5  Gen.  10:5  for  Cifi'^'i^iJ,  ^rahn  Gen.  4:4  lor  in^^^n . 

c.  Second  person.  The  vowel  "^^  remains  unchanged  before  the  fern, 
sing.  T)  in  TpT^JX  Eccl.  10  :  17  and  with  n  appended  !  n^rxl:^  Nah.  2 :  14. 
Sometimes,  as  in  the  full  pronoun,  "i.  is  appended  to  the  fern.  sing,  suffix 
and  n  to  the  plural,  :-'3"'i<^bnn  Ps.  103:3,  :iD"^*n  ver.  4,  naDTiinDS 
Ezek.  13:20. 

Third  person.  The  uncontracted  form  of  the  masc.  sing.  *ni  occurs 
in  iin-inisa  Nah.  2:4  for  T^^'iaa ,  iinin^  Hab.  3:10,  sin'^.?"'?  Job  24:23; 
chu  =  aihu  by  transposition  of  the  vowels  becomes  auhi  =  ohl  "'ini  which 
is  found  once  "^nibTO'in  Ps.  116: 12,  and  is  the  ordinary  form  of  this  suffix 
in  Chaldee.  The  final  a  of  the  fem.  sing,  is  once  represented  by  X, 
KlT^i^^nx  Ezek.  41:  15.  In  a  i'ew  instances  n^  is  appended  to  the  plural 
of  either  gender,  n^ati-'bx  Ezek.  40:16,  nsn^n^ia  Ezek.  1:11.  and  i  to 
the  abbreviated  masc.  t!,  i^"'n'bx  Deut.  32  :'37.  i'^'^nn'T  ver.  38^  i'2''Q3  Job 
27:23,  ii-':s  Ps.  U  :  7. 

3.  The  suffixes  tliiis  modified  are  as  follows,  viz.  : 


'/■ 


§221.  Certain  cliaiiges  likewise  take  place  in  nouns  re- 
ceiving suffixes,  which  arise  from  the  disposition  to  shorten 
words,  which  are  increased  at  the  end,  §60.1.  These  are 
as  follows,  viz.  : 

1.  The  grave  suffixes,  §72,  D^ ,  )d  ,  Qn,  )r\  shorten  the 
nouns,  to  which  they  arc  attached,  to  the  greatest  possible 
extent.  Before  them,  therefore,  nouns  of  both  genders  and 
all  numbers  take  the  form  of  the  construct,  '22)>  heart,  Q^inb 
your  heart,  l^nnb  their  hearts;  riETO  //jy  du.  DnirBilJ  pi. 
Dn^ninEUJ  their  lijjs. 

a.  C"^  WoofZ  becomes  Crr':^  and  1^  hand  tbT^. 


ippcnded.  to 

SIXGULAK. 

PLURAL. 

Ic. 

2?».    2/.   Ow.    8/ 

Ic. 

2n' 

2/       3  m. 

Sing.  Nouns 

h 

^T   \.    ^  K 

^2.. 

D^ 

■?,    Q, 

Dual  and 
Plur.  Nouns 

\^- 

r...  m:.  ^\  ^'^.. 

^'\. 

"^T. 

.   -jS'..   Dm-'., 

252  ETYMOLOGY.  §221 

2.  Eeminine  nouns,  both  singular  and  plural,  take  the 
construct  form  before  the  light  suffixes  likewise,  with  the  ex- 
ception that  in  the  singular  the  ending  n.  becomes  n^  in 
consequence  of  the  change  from  a  mixed  to  a  simple  syllable, 
§  59,  ri2^  I'qj,  inBia  Us  lij),  nnsir  tUeir  lip,  ^"^ninsiiJ  thj  lips, 
rnin£ii5  Us  lips. 

a.  If  the  construct  lias  a  Segholate  form  it  will  experience  the  change 
indicated  in  5,  n^sCTDp,  const.  T\\hp2-q  suf.  irib\r^73  .  If  two  consonants 
have  coalesced  in  the  final  letter,  it  will  receive  Daghesh-forte  agreeably 
to  6,  ina  from  ri2,  iri?:N  from  r!i«.  :  Tjnra^  l  Sam.  IG:  15  from  the  fem. 
of  n?^^,  §205.6. 

b.  In  a  ^e\x  exceptional  instances  the  absolute  form  is  preserved  before 
suffixes,  inbn3  Isa.  26:19  from  nS23  but  T^nb^a,  inbss;  -^rE;^  Cant.  2:10 
li'om  ns';  const,  vk"] ;  so  "^rbx ,  I'^nn^ia ,  'i"'n^r;'^ ,  bbinbad  but  const. 
nina ,  comp.  cnij;^  const.  ii;73 . 

3.  Masculine  nouns,  both  singular  and  plural,  on  receiv- 
ing light  suffixes  take  the  form  which  they  assume  before  the 
absolute  plural  termination,  sib  heart,  '^i^b  mi/  heart,  ?|nnb 
thj/  heart,  ^2°>?^b  our  hearts. 

a.  Tscre  in  the  ultimate  is  shortened  to  Hhirik  or  Seghol  before  ?j, 
CD,  "(D,  e.  g.  ^i^a,  cir^jT^,  cibj^'Q,  or  with  a  guttural  to  Pattahh,  rjqnx . 
cabxh ,  though  with  occasional  exceptions,  ^^2ax  Isa.  22:21,  ^\^\^p 
1  Sam.  21:3,  ^5<.&3  from  XCS.  Before  other  suffixes  it  is  rejected  from 
some  monosyllables,  which  retain  it  in  the  plural,  ii20  from  G'^  plur. 
niJaiiJ,  iia  from  "i?  plur.  □"'ia  but  *^^a ,  r\^'f_,  "^H,  i]?.^.. 

4.  Dual  nouns  retain  before  light  suffixes  the  form  which 
they  have  before  the  absolute  dual  termination,  ^T\t°<D  mi/  lijjs, 
■^rnsiT!  our  lips,  ""byx  m//  ears,  ^:"^?Tij  our  ears;  D^;"^^  and 
n':b"j|2  horns,  vb";))?  and  1\5'n;p  his  horns. 

5.  Segholate  nouns  in  the  dual  and  plural  follow  the 
preceding  rules,  but  in  the  singular  they  assume  before  all 
suffixes,  whether  light  or  grave,  their  original  monosyllabic 
form  as  before  the  feminine  ending  n^ ,  '5>208,  ^b'a  hng, 
"^^biz  mi/  Mng,  033^^  your  Ung ;  "jTi?  ear,  ''3TS5  qny  car;  in 
like  manner  f^ipbi""  sucker,  irifp^i^  Us  suclicr. 

a.  When  the  first  radical  has  Hholem  in  the  absolute,  Hhateph-Kamets 
or  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  sometimes  given  to  the  second  radical  before  suf- 


§222  NOUNS    AVITH    SUFFIXES.  253 


fixes,    l^s'3   and    ip^.b  from  bi:D,  ^='^1;?  IIos.  13:  14, 
separative'  iisniri  Eze'lc.  26:9.  -^rJl^  ^' 1  "Kin.  12:10,    i 


witli  Daghesh-forte 
i^ino  Tsa.  9:  3,  i=2D 
Jer.  4:7;  nj?  garment  has  "^^Sa,  i-iaa  instead  oi"  "'^SS  ,  irir.s. 

6.  Middle  Yodh  and  Vav  mostly  quiesce  in  e  and  6  before  suffixes,  "':"'> 
from  '|^2  eye,  ""niTS  from  n"52  death;  but  nn^!^  Gen.  49:11  from  "i^? 
)/rw»5-  flS6',  in-'O  Isa.  10:  17  from  nyjj  //torn,  ils"?  Ezek.  18:26,  33: 13  from 
hys  iniquitij. 

c.  Triliteral  monosyllables  sometimes  shift  their  vowel  from  the  second 
radical  to  the  first,  tlius  assuming  the  same  form  with  Segholates,  comp. 
§1S4.  a.  ■'ilin'n  lrom\i:r'n,  ''i:^'^  from  cio.  but  iir"]3  from  bns ;  r^-^^s  from 
i^S  ;  i'^."iQ  ,  '?i?":3.  ,  ca-ii-iQ  ,  n^i^^.Q  but  Cfii-iQ  from  "inS  ;  i"^3U  ,  T^^^'j  but 
ni-12'j  ti-om  •'rij.  By  a  like  transposition  C=q:?  Ezek.  36 :  8  is  for  c:E3?. 
from  rib. 

(7.  The  noun  "iil^X  blessedness,  which  only  occurs  in  the  plural  con- 
struct and  with  suffixes,  preserves  before  all  suffixes  the  construct  form, 
T]indx,  i"'yrx  not  ?]indx,  I'^^/d^. 

6.  Nouns  in  whose  final  letter  two  consonants  have 
coalesced,  or  which  double  their  final  letter  in  the  plural, 
§207.  2,  receive  Daghesh-forte  likewise  before  suffixes,  the 
vowel  of  the  ultimate  being  modified  accordingly,  "^k^  and 
-^h  from  Ty  (root  TT:?),  DDPa  from  n?  (n:3),  tiizt;,^  from 
■jinK  (pi.  Q^srnx). 

a.  Sjrx  lattice,  ^^"^S  garden,  -sb^a  refuge,  which  do  not  occur  in  the 
plural,  take  Daghesh-forte  before  suffixes;  nad  has  in  the  plural  ninsa 
but  before  suffixes  "inauJ ,  Drr.ad;    ",3  (root    "s^)  iase  has  ''13,   1:3. 

6.  In  a  very  few  instances  a  final  liquid  is  repeated  instead  of  being 
doubled  by  Daghe.sh,  cpmp.  §207.2.  a,  "^-.-in  Jer.  17:3,  '^-.nn  Ps.  30:8, 
C-inn  Gen.  14:  6  from  ^h;  i^b:r  Job  40:  22 'and  '^^  from  hk';  r|t^  Ezek. 
16:4  and  ~"]"i5U  Cant.  7:3.  Once  Daghesh-forte  is  resolved  by  the  in- 
sertion of  2,  i"}^^.]^^^  Isa.  23:  11  for  ^!"^h;i3,  §54.  3. 

7.  Nouns  ending  in  n  drop  this  vowel  before  suffixes 
as  before  the  plural  terminations,  §209.1,  TrfUi  fcld  ^~^^ , 
Tjf^a  ,  rr-qis ;  nb^^  caftle  ^f)>^  . 

a.  The.  vowel  e  commonly  remains  as  a  connecting  vowel  before  suf 
fixes  of  the  third  person  singular,  §220.  1.  h ;  and  in  a  few  instances  the 
radical  "^  is  restored,  giving  to  singular  nouns  the  appearance  of  being 
plural,  n-'iirsV  Isa.  22:11,  n-^nsTS  Hos.  2 :  16,  cn-'uiij  Isa.  42:5,  niy  sheeji 
becomes  '■"^w  or  WycJ . 

§222.  The  following  examples  of  nouns  with  suffixes 
will  sufficiently  ifiustrate  the  preceding  rules  : 


Paradigm  of  Nouns  with  Suffixes. 


Singular. 

heart       2!hb    king        Tib/b     queen     nSb°J      hand 


Const. 

nib 

^^ 

r\ib'q 

T 

Sing.  1  c.   my 

u 

'•      ^3b'^ 

u 

^t'^b'2 

U 

'-r 

2  ?;i.  thy 

u 

^^^) 

"    1?^^ 

" 

^Kt^ 

u 

1": 

2/.    thy 

a 

^^^) 

(1 

^^P^ 

u 

re 

3  in.  his 

u 

1i-b 

T  : 

"     i2b^ 

u 

ihsb^j 

u 

ir 

3/    her 

" 

ninb 

T  T  : 

T  ;   — 

u 

rrit^b-2 

r  T  ;   — 

u 

Tr 

Phn:  1  (;.    our 

li 

*•  T  ; 

"     ^"-ib-J 

u 

^:n3b7j 

u 

^D-l^ 

2  m.  your 

u 

D?^^b 

"    I2i#^ 

" 

I2i?r^?b-^ 

u 

l^iT 

2/.    your 

a 

)r^5b 

'•     -p^ib"^ 

" 

15r>5b^ 

u 

)?T 

3  ??!.  their 
3/.   their 

u 
a 

di-b 

T  T  ; 

PlUK  A  L. 

u 
u 

T  T  :  — 

■ih^b/^ 

t  r  T  :  - 

u 

u 

D 

TT 

17: 

UAL. 

hearts 

D^nnb 

kings  Q-'ib'^ 

queens   HlDb/J 

hands  D'""' 

Const.  ^inb  ^Db52  niib/j 


Sing 

1  c.   my 

'■      -inb 

—  T    : 

^nijb-j 

(( 

^i^ 

2  ??i.  thy 

"       T^T? 

"    T5^"9 

"    ^"ini^b-^ 

u 

Tt 

2/    thy 
3  m.  his 

T  r    : 

3/.    her 

"    M^inb 

T       V    T  : 

"    M"ib°:) 

T     •.-  T    : 

"   ri'hiDb'^D 

u 

M^l^ 

Plur 

.  1  c.   our 

"  T  ; 

"  rj'bh'2 

-'  T    ; 

"   ^rni-b-^ 

11 

^irT 

2  m.  your 

"  D5"n:nb 

"  Eii^sb^ 

"  Db"nitb"^ 

(( 

di^^^ 

2/.    your 

"     15'^T^ 

"  ■  "5'rb'^ 

"  "i'^nibb^a 

u 

|5^T 

3  TO.  their 

"  C]^i';i-b 

"  Dri^~b-:] 

"  dri-nisb/j 

u 

dn^i^ 

3/.   their 

"  "^"nnb 

"  in"5b;a 

"  "w^ni^b:j 

c 

l^^T 

254 


§223  numerals.  255 

Numerals. 

§223.  1.  The  Hebrew  numerals  (isoisn  ni"b"^)  are  of 
two  kinds,  cardinals  and  ordinals.  The  cardinals  from  one 
to  ten  are  as  follows,  viz. : 


Masculine. 

F  E  M  I  N 

INE. 

Ahsol. 

Constr 

Absol. 

Constr. 

One 

T    V 

inj^ 

th^ 

n^^5 

Two 

D-3'd 

'i:^ 

wx\t 

T"-^ 

Three 

T           I 

TitiS'jJ 

T 

ii3:^ 

Four 

ni-nns^ 

Tr^%*^ 

:?i^^ 

:'i^^5 

Five 

n^-ir! 

'CT^i  1 

Six 

T      • 

^^^ 

■i'ii:' 

ITIT 

Seven 

T    ;     • 

r^rj 

^rnir 

:'n"^ 

Eight 

T          ; 

ryrnq 

nib-up 

nibp 

Nine 

T    :    • 

r.rijn 

y-^rn 

:;irn 

Ten 

rr^'j 

rrk'j 

*-\W 

^i2:i? 

a.  "inx  is  for  TJX.  §63.  \.  a ;  the  Seghol  returns  to  Pattahh  from 
whifli  it  has  arisen,  upon  the  shortening  of  the  following  Kamets  in  the 
construct  and  in  tlie  feminine,  rhx  for  n'inx,  ^54.  2,  but  in  pause  nnx; 
nnx  occurs  in  the  absolute  in  Gen.  48  •'22.2  Sam.  17:22,  Isa.  27  ^'2, 
Ezek.  33  :  30,  Zech.  11:7,  and  once  in  Ezek.  33  :  30.  The  plural  C'l'in.X^ 
is  also  in  use  in  the  sense  of  one,  Gen.  11:1,  Ezek.  37  :  17,  or  some.  Gen. 
27  :  44,  29  :  20.     Comp.  Span,  iinos. 

C^nci  is  for  U'^n;0 ;  for  the  Daghesh  in  n  see  §22.6;  this  is  once 
omitted  after  Daghesh-forte,  "'Tl^J?  Judg.  16  :  28. 

A  dual  form  is  given  to  some  of  the  units  to  denote  repetition,  C';iri"3'^x 
fourfold,  t.'iT\V'2'0  sevenfold. 

ni^'n'i'  occurs  once  with  a  paragogic  syllable,  n:"::d  Job  42:  13.  and 
once  with  a  sulTix  in  the  form  C!n??'wJ  2  Sam.  21  :  9  K'ri. 

2.  In  all  the  Semitic  languages  the  cardinals  from  f/rree 
to  tc?i  are  in  form  of  the  singular  number,  and  have  a  femi- 
nine termination  when  joined  to  masculine  nouns,  but  omit 
it  wlien  joined  to  feminine  nouns.     The  explanation  of  this 


256  ETYMOLOGY.  §224,225 

curious  phenomenon  appears  to  be  that  they  are  properly  col- 
lective nouns  like  triad,  decad,  and  as  such  of  the  feminine 
gender.  With  masculine  nouns  they  appear  in  their  primary 
form,  with  feminine  nouns,  for  the  sake  of  distinction,  they 
undergo  a  change  of  termination. 

a.  An  analogous  anomaly  meets  ns  in  this  same  class  of  words  in  Indo- 
European  tongues.  The  Sanskrit  cardinals  from^ye  to  to?,  though  they 
ao-ree  in  case  with  the  nouns  to  which  they  belong,  are  in  form  of  the 
neuter  gender  and  in  the  nominative,  accusative  and  vocative  they  are  of 
the  singular  number.     In  Greek  and  Latin  they  are  not  declined. 

§224.  The  cardinals  from  eleven  to  nineteen  are  formed 
by  combining  "lii'^  or  rnir:^  modifications  of  the  numeral 
ten  Avith  the  several  units,  those  which  end  in  t".^  preserving 
the  absolute  form  and  the  remainder  the  construct.     Thus, 


Masculine. 

HI  OTTOll 

s 

T  r 

ihi^ 

XjlcVcll 

I 

T   T 

^tfb?. 

\ 

T   T 

D^Dir 

Twelve 

. 

^V 

^5"^' 

Thirteen 

nib:^ 

T       : 

Fourteen 

T  r 

T  T  :  — 

Fifteen 

T   T 

1   l'^"ji_l 

Sixteen 

T  r 

T       • 

Seventeen 

r  r 

T   ;    ■ 

Eighteen 

T  r 

T         ; 

Kineteen 

'ibv 

n^'uJn 

F  E  M  I  Ji 

riNE. 

•^"i]'^"? 

rrii^ 

»^V^?: 

-nir? 

""il'^^) 

Q"nip 

^■^'1^^ 

-fn-^ 

5^^^'? 

fS^ 

nnir:? 

^'^T^ 

•^^'^'? 

thjj 

•^^'^<: 

TT^U 

^6y^?. 

sbro 

H"b^^^ 

nir-^ 

rnw 

Z"ZP\ 

a.  The  origin  of  ^^'^^_ ,  the  alternate  of  'inx  in  the  number  eleven,  is 
obscure.  R.  Jona  thinks  it  to  be  an  abbreviation  for  ^'CV  inii  ^v  next  to 
twelve.  Comp.  Lat.  tindeviginti,  nineteen.  Kimchi  derives  it  from  rh'J 
to  think,  ten  being  reckoned  upon  the  fingers,  and  eleven  the  first  number 
which  is  mentally  conceived  beyond. 

-;OT  Pirin  iifleen  occurs  Judg.  8:10,  2  Sam.  19 :  18,  and  "li'S  rib'JU 
eighteen  Judg.  20  :  25. 

§225.  1.  The  tens  are  formed  by  adding  the  masculine 


§220,227  NUMERALS.  257 

plural  terniination  to  the  units,  n'^'V^'J,  twenty  being,  hoAvever, 
derived  not  from  two  but  from  ten  ^Ti)y  . 


Twenty 

D^'n'^r:? 

Sixty 

D""©a: 

Thirty 

D^irbiD 

Seventy 

D-^b"^ 

Forty 

^''<T^}^ 

Eighty 

I3^ib"i3 

Fifty 

ci'^vu 

Ninety 

D^rojn 

a.  These  numbers  have  no  distinct  form  for  the  feminine,  and  are  used 
indifferently  with  nouns  of  either  gender.  ri'-iL^y  Ex.  18  :  21,  25,  Dent.  1: 15 
means  not  ticenly  but  tens. 

2.  The  units  are  added  to  the  tens  by  means  of  the  con- 
junction ")  and ;  the  order  of  precedence  is  not  invariable, 
thoudi  it  has  been  remarked  that  the  earliest  writers  of  the 
Old  Testament  commonly  place  the  units  first,  e.  g.  D'^niw 
wmm  two  and  sLvfj/  Gen.  5:18,  while  the  latest  writers  as 
commonly  place  the  tens  first,  D^^i^l  ti'^^'iO  sixty  and  two 
Dan.  9:25. 

§  226.  Numerals  of  a  higher  grade  are  ny;'a  one  hundred, 
V^)f>  one  thousand,  ninn ,  ian  or  iiiii'i  ten  thousand.  These 
are  duplicated  by  affixing  tlic  dual  termination  D'^^^'a  two 
hundred,  D^sbx  two  thousand,  D''riinn  or  f^is"}  '^kV,  twenty 
tJiousand.  Higher  multiples  are  formed  by  prefixing  the 
appropriate  units  tr^'Ci  lij^n  three  hundred,  niij:b«  nffiii^ 
three  thousand,  nisa'i  liJirJ  sixty  tliousand,  Q'^S^N;  i\?^.  one 
million.  ^ 

§227.  1.  The  ordinals  are  formed  by  adding  ■>.  to  the 
corresponding  cardinals,  the  same  voAvel  being  likewise  in- 
serted in  several  instances  before  the  final  consonant ;  liinxn 
first  is  derived  from  tJsn  liead. 


First 

■poju^n 

Sixth 

'''Sir 

Second 

^iiij 

Seventh 

^i?^ii23 

Third 

^{r^bia 

Eighth 

^r'j^ 

Fourtli 

"r^*? 

Ninth 

'<"^Jp 

Fifth 

■■i2Jr;:n 

or  ^%)y\ 

Tenth 

^Vir3> 

17 


258  ETYMOLOGY.  §  228, 229 

The  feminine  commonly  ends  in  Tr^, ,  occasionally  in  n^ . . 

a.  There  are  two  examples  of  the  orthography  "jiiiJiX'^  Josh.  21 :  10, 
Job  15  :  7,  and  one  of  'j'iiH"'"i  Job  8  :  8,  in  all  of  which  the  K'ri  restores  the 
customary  form. 

2.  There  are  no  distinct  forms  for  ordinals  above  ten, 
the  cardinal  numbers  being  used  instead. 

3.  fractional  numbers  are  expressed  by  the  feminine 
ordinals,  !n^i2?"'b©  one  t/tird,  i^'^'^^y}  o?ie  fourth,  etc.,  and  by 
the  following  additional  terms,  "^in  one  half,  2?^^  and  S^nn  one 
quarter,  t:^ri  one  fifth,  'J'i"it'5'  one  tenth. 

Prefixed  Particles. 

§228.  The  remaining  parts  of  speech  are  indeclinable, 
and  may  be  comprehended  under  the  general  name  of  par- 
ticles.    These  may  be  divided  into 

1.  Prefixed  particles,  which  are  only  found  in  combina- 
tion with  a  following  word,  viz.  the  article,  He  interrogative, 
the  inseparable  prepositions,  and  Vav  conjunctive. 

2.  Those  particles,  which  are  written  as  separate  words, 
and  which  comprise  the  great  majority  of  adverbs,  preposi- 
tions, conjunctions,  and  interjections. 

a.  No  word  in  Hebrew  has  less  than  two  letters;  all  particles  of  one 
letter  are  consequently  prefixes.  There  is  one  example  of  two  prefixes 
combined  constituting  a  word  bri  Deut.  32 :  6,  though  editions  vary. 

The  Article. 

§229.  1.  The  Definite  Article  {rb^X^  ^r\)  consists  of 
n  with  Pattahh  followed  by  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  letter 
of  the  word  to  which  it  is  prefixed,  ^^'a  a  king,  ^^tin  the 
Jcin(/. 

a.  As  the  Arabic  article  Jf  is  in  certain  cases  followed  by  a  like 
doubling  of  the  initial  letter,  some  have  imagined  that  the  original  form  of 


§229  THE   ARTICLE,  259 

the  Hebrew  article  was  ^ri  and  that  the  Daghesh-forte  has  arisen  from 
the  assimilation  ofb  and  its  contraction  with  the  succeeding  letter.  Since, 
however,  there  is  no  trace  of  such  a  ibrm,  it  seems  better  to  acquiesce  in 
the  old  opinion,  which  has  in  its  favour  the  analogy  of  other  languages, 
that  the  article  H  is  related  to  the  personal  pronoun  X^in,  whose  principal 
consonant  it  retains,  and  that  the  following  Dagliesh  is  conservative,  §24.  3  ; 
comp.  the  demonstrative  particle  Sfi  and  Kn  behold!  In  Sl^in  Jer.  29:23 
K'thibh  (if  read  ?'^""in)  the  article  may  perhaps  be  found  in  an  unabridged 
form  ;  the  K'ri  has  i'liTl .  The  Arabic  article  is  supposed  to  be  found  in 
the  proper  name  "ini^abx  Gen.  10:  26,  d'^Sy^N  hail,  the  equivalent  of  ^^''is, 
and  possibly  in  cipbx  Prov.  30:31. 

6.  There  is,  properly  speaking,  no  indefinite  article  in  Hebrew,  al- 
though the  numeral  inx  one  is  so  employed  in  a  few  instances,  as  K'^DJ 
iriwS  a  prophet  1  Kin.  20: 13. 

2.  If  the  first  letter  of  the  word  have  Sh'va,  Daghesh- 
forte  may  be  omitted  except  from  the  asph'ates,  §25,  *^*i^!"n, 
^yqry  but  nbnsJi,  nsnsn. 

3.  Before  gutturals,  which  cannot  receive  Daghesh-forte, 
§60.  4,  Pattahh  is  lengthened  to  Kamets;  the  short  vowel 
Pattahh  is,  however,  commonly  retained  before  n  and  ti ,  and 
sometimes  before  V ,  the  syllable  being  converted  into  an  inter- 
mediate, §20.  2.  a,  instead  of  a  simple  one,  'Hiiir; ,  *T\'r\ ,  u^^yn 
Gen.  15  :  11,  5>Bnn  but  ^©nn,  x^nn,  -j^yn  Jer.  12  :  9. 

A 
a.  The   article    very  rarely  has  Kamets  before    H,    inSi  Gen.  6:19, 
D'^sarirt  Isa.  17  :  8  ;  in  a  very  few  instances  initial  X  quiesces  in  the  vowel 
of  the  article,  tiDSDxn  Num.  11:4. 

4.  Before  n  with  Kamets  or  Hhateph-Kamets,  Pattahh 
is  changed  to  Seghol :  before  n  or  ^  with  Kamets,  it  is 
likewise  changed  to  Seghol  if  it  stands  in  the  second  syllable 
before  the  accent,  and  consequently  receives  the  secondary 
accent  Methegh,  ann ,  oinn ,  D^izJ^riri ,  d^nnn ,  n^nyn . 

a.  This  change  very  rarely  occurs  before  X,  ""^lixli  Mic.  2:7.  When 
n  is  followed  by  Kamets-Hhatuph.  Pattahh  remains  hiDnn. 

h.  The  article  does  not  usually  affect  the  vowels  of  the  word  before 
which  it  stands ;  in  *iti  mountain  and  C?  people,  however,  Pattahh  is 
changed  to  Kamets  to  correspond  with  the  vowel  of  the  article  "inf^ ,  crn, 
60  ynx  earth  but  ^ixn  .  The  plurals  of  brix  tent  and  tip  holiness  with- 
out the  article  are  n-'^nx  Gen.  25 :  27,  ^^^Ip^  Ex.  29  :  37,  but  with  the 
article  Q'^l'nxs  (for  c^ynxna)  Judg.  8:11,  D"'q7pn  Ex.  26 :  33,  §208.  3  b ; 


260  ETYMOLOGY.  §  230,  231 

nsp^  pelican  Isa.  34 :  11,  Zeph.  2 :  14,  is  pointed  nxjsri  Lev.  11  :  IS,  Deut. 
14  :  17  upon  receiving  the  article. 

5.  When  preceded  by  the  inseparable  prepositions  the 
letter  n  of  the  article  is  mostly  rejected,  and  its  vowel  given 
to  the  preposition,  §53.  3,  Q^"a'^3  for  D^^'^^nn,  see  §231.  5. 


He  Interrogative. 

^230.  1.  The  letter  n  (nb'sien  i?n)  may  also  be  pre- 
fixed to  words  to  indicate  an  interrogation;  it  is  then  pointed 
with  Hhateph-Pattahh,  tjbiin  shall  ive  go  ?  &?^n-a?bn  is  he  not  ? 

2.  Before  a  vowelless  letter  this  becomes  Pattahh,  §  61. 1, 
nbiTDn  Gen.  34  :  31,  ^T^yti^  Job  18  :  4,  ''"iian  Jer.  8  :  22. 

a.  The  new  syllable  thus  formed  is  an  intermediate  one,  §22,  and  the 
succeeding  Sh'va  remains  vocal,  as  is  shown  by  the  absence  of  Daghesh- 
lene  in  such  forms  as  CnS'i';?!  Gen.  29:5.  In  order  to  render  this  still 
more  evident  recourse  is  frequently  had  to  Daghesh-forte  separative, 
§24.  5,  -i^n  Gen.  17: 17,  nr;5r;22iri  18  :21,  Methegh,  §45.  2,  bii:^n  Judg. 
9  :  2,  nydrn  Job  38 :  35,  or  compound  Sh'va,  §  16.  3.  h,  nb'nn^li  Gen!  27 :  38. 

h.  He  interrogative  has  Pattahh  and  Daghcsh-lbrte  in  one  instance 
before  a  letter  with  a  vowel  of  its  own,  21?"'*^  Lev.  10:  19. 

3.  Before  guttnrals  it  likewise  usually  becomes  Pattahh, 
^b'xn  Ex.  2  :  7,  "i-ia«n  2  Kin.  6  :  22,  'i^^^nn  Jer.  2:11,  ^^r\ 
Hag.  1:4. 

a.  There  nre  a  few  examples  of  He  interrogative  with  Kamets  be- 
fore X,  nhsn  Judg.  G:31,  "'n'n25<n  Judg.  12:5.  Ui^sn  Neh.  6:11. 

4.  Before  gutturals  Avith  Kamets  it  is  changed  to  Seghol, 
i^ijn  Ezek.  28  :  9,  nn;'r!n  Joel  1  :  2,  Donn  Eccles.  2:19. 


Inseparable  Prepositions. 

§231.  1.  The  prepositions  :3  in,  d  according  to,  b  to,  are 
regularly  prefixed  with  Sh'va,  fT'ic&^na  in  the  beginning,  ^b3 
according  to  all,  D~'ili<b  to  Abraham. 


§  232  INSEPARABLE    PREPOSITIONS.  261 

2.  Before   vowelless  letters   this    Sli'va   is   cliaiiged  to 

Hhirik,  ?^p-i3  for  Tp"}^ ,  ^izJ^^  for  bwi2b ,  nn^s  for  'in'is . 

3.  Before  gutturals  with  compound  Sh'va  it  is  changed 
to  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  ''^iiS  ,  ^is^:^^  ,  "^"^ni . 

a.  Initial  S  quiesces  in  the  following  words  after  the  inseparahle  pre- 
positions. §57.  2.  (2)  a,  "liTX  viaster  when  connected  witii  singular  suffixes, 
"^inN:.  Lord,  D'^p'i'X  God,  and  also  in  the  inf.  const.  "it^X  to  say  after  h. 
linxa,  l^pxa,  rj^i^^^;  ''P^-??  '^''^'^^  for  n-'liPXa  the  Seghol  lengthened 
to  Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable,  in'^X^  but  ril^xb'i'  nisb  but  ^^XS,  "I'iNS. 
Before  the  divine  name  niiT^  the  inseparable  prepositions  are  pointed  as 
they  would  be  before  "^inx  or  CfiPX ,  whose  vowels  it  receives.  §47,  S^JfT'^ 
Gen.  4:3;  r\-h-^h  Ps.  6S  :  21. 

h.  In  a  very  few  instances  X  with  Pattahh  and  "^  with  Hhirik  give  up 
their  vowel  to  the  preposition  and  become  quiescent,  "i"'25<3  Isa.  10  :  13  for 

•T'iNS,  ■,inn-'3  Eccles.  2:  13  for  'linn-^S. 

4.  Before  monosyllables  and  before  dissyllables,  accented 
upon  the  penult,  these  prepositions  frequently  receive  a  pre- 
tonic  Kamets,  §64.  2,  n^2!?3,  nsib,  ^B2b. 

a.  This  regularly  occurs  with  the  Kal  construct  infinitive  of  ",3  ,  ''D  ,  ">  » 
IS  and  "I's  verbs  when  preceded  by  b,  e.  g.  ncib,  nrb,  n'l'ib.  -y^h  ,  ^i-ib  ; 
also  with  different  forms  of  the  demonstrative  fTt  and  with  personal  suf- 
fixes; and  with  monosyllabic  or  Segholate  nouns  when  accompanied  by 
disjunctive  and  especially  pause  accents.  Belbre  the  pronoun  tiiQ  what 
they  are  commonly  pointed  ri53S  ,  n»3,  tiab'  or  followed  by  a  guttural, 
nrb.  "       '"       " 

5.  Before  the  article  its  n  is  rejected  and  the  vowel 
given  to  the  preposition,  ^iv?  for  "li'^f!'^ ,  T'^i?'?  for  f')^'^^ , 
niina  for  D^nnra . 

a.  M  not  infrequently  remains  after  3,  c'tI^S  Gen.  39:  11,  more  rarely 
after  the  other  prepositions,  trnb  2  Chron.  10  :  7.  The  initial  n  of  the 
Hiphil  and  Niphal  infinitives  is  occasionally  rejected  in  like  manner, 
rr^%'^\  Am.  8  :  4  for  n-^i-cnb,  i^irsa  Prov.  24 :  17  for  i^^'sna. 

§232.  The  preposition  '\C\fro)n,  though  used  in  its  sep- 
arate form,  may  also  be  abbreviated  to  a  prefix  by  the  assim- 
ilation and  contraction  of  its  final  Nun  with  the  initial  letter 
of  the  following  word,  which  accordingly  receives  Daghesh- 
forte,  Xfra  for  l^'f}  1'b .     Before  n  Hhirik  is  commonly  re- 


262  ETYMOLOGY.  §  233, 234 

tained  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  but  before  other  gutturals 
it  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  fTi-q  for  V^n  1^  ,  y^ii-n ,  ^^12 ,  D?)a . 

a.  "i^  is  sometimes   poetically  lengthened  to  iS?9,  and  once  has  the 
form  ot"  a  construct  plural,  "^S^  Isa.  30  :  11. 

§  233.  These  prepositions  are  combined  with  the  pro- 
nominal suffixes  in  the  following  manner : 


Singular. 

Ic. 

^% 

^b 

T 

i/j,  "^S/J,^?^;,? 

2  m. 

^3' 

i? 

t'^ 

,^ia3 

W^'^?'^ 

2/ 

^% 

^1 

■^^^ 

3  TO. 

i3 

■6 

T 

^n57b,^ni7j,^%j 

3/ 

n^ 

T 

ni7J3 

T              T 

nsia-j 

Pl  XT  E  A  L. 

ic.    ^Dia  ^d5  ^Di7b3  ^2i37j 

T  T  r  V    • 

V    T  V  T  V  T    '  V  :  V     • 

3 TO.   Dn,D^5    "i'^^'tDhb  Dn5,nhTj3  dto.qji-;: 

3/   i^n,  -nn  inb  —  -|n7;: 

a.  The  syllable  ia  inserted  between  H  and  the  suffixes,  and  which  is 
in  poetry  sometimes  added  to  3,  5  and  b  without  suffixes  to  convert  them 
into  independent  words,  1523,  inS.  i^b  ,  is  commonly  thought  to  be  re- 
lated in  its  origin  to  the  pronoun  tna  what,  so  that  ''S'iTOS  would  in  strict- 
ness denote  like  what  I  am,  i.  e.  like  me.  The  preposition  )'^,  with  the 
exception  of  some  poetical  forms,  reduplicates  itself  before  the  light  suf- 
fixes, ■'Sra  =  ■'S^sa  .  Comp.  a  similar  reduplication  of  a  short  word,  ''^la 
or  ''a  construct  of  tt'^'o  water. 

Vav  Conjunctive. 

§  234.  The  conjunction  and  is  expressed  by  1  prefixed 
with  Sh'va,  tyttJni ,  f -isnn .  Before  one  of  the  labials  n ,  "a , 
B,  §  57.  2  (1),  or  before  a  vowelless  letter  Vav  quiesces  in 


§235  SEPARATE    PARTICLES.  263 

Shurek,  V?^  ^'?'?^>  tD^?5^,  ^^^^^)^ .  Before  a  vowelless 
Yodli  it  receives  Hliirik,  in  which  the  Yoclh  quiesces,  nr\^T'y ., 
■^n^n .  Before  a  guttural  with  compound  Sh'va  it  receives  the 
correspondmg  short  vowel,  ^':^^ ,  TiT^^. ,  ^"jm .  Before  mono- 
syllables and  dissyllables  accented  on  the  penult  it  frequently 
receives  a  pretonic  Kamets,  ^nni ,  nb^ibn ,  yni . 

a.  After  Vav  with  Shurek,  compound  Sh'va  is  sometimes  substi- 
tuted for  simple  Sh'va  in  order  to  indicate  more  distinctly  its  vocal 
character,  inn  Gen.  2:12,  ^i:pt^:?  Ezek.  26:21,  rTiSDJl  1  Kin.  13:7, 
■'i?rs|i  Jer.  22':'20. 

b.  Vav  receives  Hhirik  before  He  followed  by  Yodh  in  the  forms 
nni"inn,  ti^m,  cn'^'l'ni,  ^l^ni  2  plur.  preterite  and  imperative  of  the  verbs 
n-r\  i'o  be  and  rr^n'^o  live;  before  the  2  masc.  sing,  imperative  of  the 
same  verbs  it  has  Seghol,  rii:nT ,  n|:m  for  n^ni,  n'-^m. 

c.  N  quiesces  after  Vav  conjunctive  as  after  the  inseparable  preposi- 
tions, §231.  3.  a.  in  )i'^i<  master  when  connected  with  singular  suffixes, 
-p.Nl.  Lord  and C^n'^X  God,  '^r^.l ,  ^V^^^  "'b'^^l  j  ''^■'n'^x'l  the  Seghol 
being  lengthened  to  Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable.  Hence  also  f^Jin"^,!! 
when  T^^T^'^  has  the  vowels  of  "'iHs  .  A  very  ^ew  instances  occur  in  which 
X  with  Pattahh  and  "^  with  Hhirik  give  up  their  vowel  to  Vav  conjunctive 
and  become  quiescent,  ^iii:!;Kl  Zech.  11:5  for  ^ii3i'5<1,  nyb^n  Jer.  25  :  36 
for  rbp-il. 


Separate  Particles. 

ADVERBS. 

§  235.  1.  A  few  adverbs  of  negation,  place  and  time,  are 
commonly  classed  as  primitive,  although  they  are  probably 
related  to  pronominal  roots,  as  bj?  and  S^b  7iot,  D^  there, 
7X  then. 

a.  It  is  natural  to  suspect  that  the  pronominal  root  b,  which  gave  rise 
to  the  near  demonstrative  bx,  n|i$  these  and  to  the  prepositions  indicative 
of  nearness  or  approach,  h  to,  hit.  unto,  and  which  has  a  remote  demon- 
strative force  in  ^ixbrj  yonder,  beyond,  may  also  be  the  basis  of  X'^  and  ix 
the  idea  of  remoteness  taken  absolutely  forming  a  negation.  The  same 
idea,  in  a  less  absolute  sense,  may  be  traced  in  the  conditional  conjunction 
lb  if.  The  pronoun  nt ,  of  which  probably  \y  is  originally  only  a  modi- 
fication (comp.  the  relative  use  of  >1T,  §73.  1),  is  plainly  connected  with  TK 
at  that  time  and  DU  in  that  place. 


264  ETYMOLOGY.  §  236 

2.  Derivative  adverbs  are  formed 

(1.)  By  affixing  the  terminations  D,  or  D",  DS'aij  and 
DDtt^  tridtj  from  "j^b?  truth,  Dsn  gratuitoudy  from  "jn  grace, 
D'bii  (^y  day  from  oi^  f/<2^,  DJ^i'i  in  vain  from  P'^'H  empty,  tDiins 
suddenty  from  yri3  moment,  DizJbiiJ  //<(?  ffoy  before  yesterday 
from  TlJSi^  //^re^. 

(2.)  By  abbreviation,  as  ^x  surely,  only  from  lis . 

(3.)  By  composition,  as  l^^Ta  ?t7^y  /  from  ^^'i;;  rra  ^2(j/(^ 
edoctus,  T\^yi2^'i2  from  above  from  'j'a  ,  b  and  S^'^^^  . 

3.  Besides  those  adverbs,  which  are  such  originally  and 
properly,  other  parts  of  speech  are  sometimes  used  as  ad- 
verbs.    Thus 

(1.)  Nouns,  "15512  migJitily,  exceedingly  prop,  might,  i'^io 
around  prop,  circuit,  TiS'  again  prop,  repetition,  CSS  no  more 
prop,  cessation;  with  a  preposition,  ^s^n  exceedingly,  ^?^ 
<2^«r^  prop.  ^^0  separation,  or  a  suffix  I^J^!^  together  prop.  eV^  zV^ 
union.  Compare  the  adverbial  accusative  and  adverbial 
phrases  of  Greek  and  other  languages. 

(2.)  Absolute  infinitives,  which  are  really  verbal  nouns, 
nts'in  luell  prop,  recte  faciendo,  T\%^f]  much,  ^Tpi  quickly. 

(3.)  Adjectives,  particularly  in  the  feminine,  which  is 
used  as  a  neuter,  iit3  well,  nsi'sn  at  first,  tr^?!?  the  second 
time,  tisn  and  fisn  much,  JT^l^ln^  in  Jewish  i.  e.  Hebrew,  f^'^^'^s 
in  Aramaic,  Snisbss  wonderfully. 

(4.)  Pronouns,  Sit  y^er*?,  noio  prop.  M/5  place,  this  time, 
"^^i^^  hither  prop,  ^'o  these  places,  with  a  preposition  nb  M?*;^ 
prop,  according  to  it,  "I?  .s-o  perhaps  for  ins  'according  to  these 
things,  though  others  explain  it  as  an  adverbial  use  of  the 
participle  p  right,  true,  ns  here  probably  for  ia  in  this 
(place). 

§236.  A  few  adverbs  are  capable  of  receiving  pronom- 
inal suffixes,  as  in  or  nin  behold,  ^iS'  yet,  ^i^  cohere,  to  which 
may  be  added  ')';s  there  is  not  prop,  non-existence  and  TS."? 


§237  PREPOSITIONS.  265 

there  is  prop,  existence.  As  the  idea  of  action  or  of  exis- 
tence is  suggested  by  tlieiii,  they  take  the  verbal  suffixes, 
frequently  with  2  epenthetic.     Thus 

1.  nsn.  First  person  "^bfri,  ''ssn  and  ^)iy\;  ^::n,  ^ssn 
and  ^ijn.  Second  person  niasc. '^ifH  once  f^^sn;  Drsn,  fern. 
I^i"^.     Third  person  iin  and  ^niri;  Dsn. 

2.  I'iy .  First  person  ^T^V  and  "'T's^  ;  once  with  jy/?^r. 
^r^iy  Lam.  4:17  K'ri.  Second  person  masc.  ^^'^5^  fern.  ^'ii^:'. 
Third  person  masc.  ^s-;iy ,  oiiy  fern.  '^Yfs  . 

3.  ''X,  Second  person  n|^i? .     Third  person  ^"^^  ,  Q^i? . 

4.  'i'^i? .  First  person  ''33'^x  .  Second  person  masc.  TjpN  , 
Q3r^^ ,  fem.  tji\^5 .  :77^«V6/  person  masc.  ^si'ii? ,  oi^x  and 
iia-^ri?  fem.  rorx  . 

5.  tJ;^.  Second  person  ?iT23^ ,  DiiT.^  and  aits^  7%?Vf/ 
person  i2t2^ , 

Prepositions. 

§237.  1.  The  simple  prepositions  in  most  common  use, 
besides  the  inseparable  prefixes,  §231,  are  chiefly  *ini? 
behind,  after,  °'i<  to,  tinto,  b^N  beside,  Mi?  tcith^  1"'3  between, 
"<nba  without,  ^i!3  through,  tib^T  except,  1?!  o;^  account  of, 
biia  or  b^  or(?r  afjainst,  I'o.  ?V^  presence  of,  HDb  ??^  front  of, 
before,  "1?  ?(';/'/c>,  b?  /^y;oy/,  Q^'  ?r?7/^,  J^nn  binder.  ]\Iost  of  these 
appear  to  have  been  originally  nouns  ;  and  some  of  them  are 
still  used  both  as  nouns  and  as  prepositions. 

2.  Other  prepositions  are  compound,  and  consist  of 
(1.)  Two  prepositions,  as  '^^y^'^y^  from  after,  f^ii?'a  and  D^'a 

from  ivith,  ^Tc^from  tqwn,  tT^rpzfrom  wider,  )'^^from,  ^j*:^ 

and  HDbb  before^  bro-^i^^  toicard. 

(2.)  A  preposition  and  a  noun   "lib   and   'lib'a  besides 

from  13  separation,  ^'^^.  before  and  ''is'a,  ^i^^yi  from  before 

from  D^:9/r/c6',  Vi^s  and  l^nsJ^/or  Me  5«/-(?  ^,  l^s  3y  prop. 


266  ETYMOLOGY.  §  238, 239 

hy  the  hajid  of,  "^'^^'^^  beyond,  b  i!^?^  from  beyond,  STsyb  in 
conjunction  toith,  "jy/bb  and  ^j^l^'by  on  account  of,  ^E3 ,  ''sb 
and  "^S'b?  accordiny  to  prop.  «i^  M(?  mouth  of. 

(3.)  A  preposition  and  an  infinitive,  fii^njvb  toiuard  prop. 
to  meet. 

(4.)  A  preposition  and  an  adverb,  ^"?ba  and  ''"i^ba'a 
without  from  ba  owt  ^"S  unto,  b  nijbnia  beyond^  ""bna  without. 

§238.  1.  The  prepositions  take  suffixes  in  the  same 
manner  as  singular  nouns,  e.  g.  ''b^is  beside  me,  ^ib^T ,  '^x^D , 
■^isy,  except  nns?  cfter,  "bs?  to,  "i?  unto,  b:?  ?/^o?z  and  nnn 
under,  which  before  suffixes  assume  the  form  of  nouns  in  the 
mascuhne  plural,  e.  g.  "^nriK ,  ^^^H^:? ,  linnx ;  1^5  between 
adopts  sometimes  a  singular,  sometimes  a  masculine  plural, 
and  sometimes  a  feminine  plural  form,  e.  c;.  ''3''2 ,  irn  and 
T^pa,  ^;'ii^3  and  ^:^^ira . 

a.  The  plural  form  '''^nx  occurs  without  suffixes  more  frequently  than 
"inx  ;  "ibx  ,  in?. ,  iby  also  occur  in  poetry. 

h.  Min  in  a  very  few  instances  takes  a  verbal  suffix,  *'?riri'?  2  Sam. 
22:37,  40,48;  with   the   3   masc.   plur.   suffix   it  is    crnn    oftener   than 

2.  The  preposition  1^^J  loith  is  to  be  distinguished  from 
r^s  the  sign  of  the  definite  object,  which  is  prefixed  to  a  pro- 
noun or  definite  noun,  to  indicate  that  it  is  the  object  of  an 
active  verb.  With  pronominal  suffixes  the  t\  of  the  prepo- 
sition is  doubled  and  its  vowel  shortened  to  Hhirik,  thus 
^n« ,  tins ,  DDPN ;  the  sign  of  the  accusative  becomes  tiix 
before  suffixes  or  before  grave  suffixes  commonly  ni? ,  thus, 
^nb5,    ^nii,    Qin«    rarely    Q^^^ii? ,    Qn«   rarely   tinnisj!    and 

a.  Sometimes,  particularly  in  the  books  of  Kings,  Jeremiah,  and  Eze- 
kiel.  the  preposition  takes  the  form  "^nix,  turn's. 

Conjunctions. 

§  239.  1.  In  addition  to  the  prefixed  copulative  l ,  §234, 
the  following  are  the  simple  conjunctions  in  most  common 


^240  INTERJECTIONS.  267 

use,  i^?  or,  V\^.  also,  DS?  and  ^'s  if,  ^^^,  and  ''?  that,  because, 

2.  Compound  conjunctions  are  formed  by  combining 
(1.)  Two  conjunctions  ex  "^3  but,  ^^  ^^.  hoio  much  more 

prop,  also  that. 

(2.)  The  conjunction  ^3  or  ncs:  with  a  preposition,  as 

ntJSS  as,  ^Trs5  'j?)3b  in  order  that,  ^  T^l  and  ^m.  ^l??  be- 
cause, "^3  "^?  ?"?^^/,  ^?  f^nn  because. 

(3.)  An  adverb  with  a  preposition  or  conjunction,  0702 
^e/br^,  'l?^  or  15-5?  therefore,  ''\'^  unless  from  ^b  2/  iib  woif. 

Interjections. 

^240.  The  Hebrew  interjections,  like  those  of  other  lan- 
guages, are  of  two  sorts,  viz. : 

1.  Natural  sounds  expressive  of  various  emotions,  as 
njj,  rrn,  f^nx^  ah!  oh!  ri^r^aha!  ^ir:  ho!  zcod'^'^i^,  n^is^, 
liii?,  ^S5  iDoe!  ""^^i?  alas!  cn  hush! 

2.  Words  originally  belonging  to  other  parts  of  speech, 
which  by  frequent  use  were  converted  into  interjections, 
nnn  come!  prop,  r/ive,  r6)  come!  prop,  f/o,  nsn  behold! 
prop,  a  demonstrative  adverb,  rh^'pr^  far  be  it!  ^^  pray ! 
from  •'iS'S  entreaty,  N\3  ??o?(;  /  I  pray  thee  ! 


PART  THIRD. 

SYNTAX. 

§241.  1.  Syntax  treats  of  sentences  or  of  tlie  manner 
in  which  words  are  employed  in  the  utterance  of  thought. 
Its  office,  therefore,  is  to  exliibit  the  several  functions  of  the 
different  parts  of  speech  in  the  mechanism  of  the  sentence, 
the  relations  which  they  sustain  to  each  other,  and  how  those 
relations  are  outwardly  expressed. 

2,  Every  sentence  must  embrace  first  a  subject  or  the 
thing  spoken  of,  and  secondly,  a  predicate  or  that  which  is 
said  about  it.  Upon  these  two  simple  elements  is  built  the 
entire  structure  of  human  speech. 

The  Subject. 

§  242.  The  subject  of  every  sentence  must  be  either  a 
noun,  as  D*!7'^i5  ii'^3  God  created  Gen.  1  :  1,  or  a  pronoun, 
as  '':i$  TiJiij?  /(am)  Jioli/  Lev.  11  :  44.  This  includes  infini- 
tives, which  are  verbal  nouns,  li'j-isb  p''i!?b  iBib?  to  punisU 
the  just  is  not  good  Prov.  17  :  26,  and  adjectives  and  partici- 
ples w^hen  used  substantively,  i^^u!  s^in^i'^ib  an  unclean  (per- 
son) shall  not  enter  2  Chron.  23  :  19,  f^r^^'pn;'  n^n^n  i^S  the 
dead  shall  not  praise  tlie  Lord  Ps.  115  :  17. 

a.  Tlie  subject  of  a  sentence  may  be  a  noun  preceded  by  the  preposition 
'•a  in  a  partitive  sense,  ci'r,— ,12  six::^  there  xtent  out  (some)  of  the  people 
Ex.  1G:27,  or  by  the  particle  of  comparison  3,  nitnD  ysis  (something) 
like  a  plague  has  appeared  Lev.  14  :  35. 


^  243  THE    SUBJECT.  209 

b.  When  the  subject  is  an  infinitive,  it  is  mostly,  as  in  English,  pre- 
ceded by  the  preposition  h  (n,  nininb  liis  (it  is)  good  to  give  thanks  Ps. 
92:2,  unless  it  is  in  tlie  construct  before  a  following  noun  t^i'^li  ^ii'xb 
i'n^b  Cixn  viands  beitig  alone  (is)  not  good  Gen.  2: 18. 

c.  The  subject  is  very  rarely  an  adverb,  Crn""|"a  ^S3  "^t^n  many 
(prop,  much)  of  the  people  have  fallen  2  Sam.  1 : 4. 

§  243.  The  subject  may  be  omitted  in  the  following  cases, 


VIZ. 


1.  When  it  is  sufficiently  plain  from  the  connection, 
ll^V  "liyn  is  there  yet  icitU  thee  (a  corpse)  ?  Am.  6:10,  or  is 
obvious  in  itself,  fii'p,^  ins?  (his  mother)  hare  him  1  Kin.  1:6. 
The  personal  pronouns  are  for  this  reason  rarely  used  before 
verbal  forms,  which  of  themselves  indicate  the  person,  ''ri"i^b? 
I  said,  r>'^'2i?  thou  saidst,  unless  with  the  view  of  expressing 
emphasis  or  opposition,  ^:'53^  ^-'7^^?-  ^'^))  ^^'?5  '^'r^^  ^-^^'"j^  are 
brought  down  and  fallen,  but  ice  are  risen  Ps.  20  :  9. 

2.  When  it  is  indefinite ;  thus,  if  an  action  is  spoken  of 
and  it  is  not  known  or  is  not  stated  by  whom  it  is  performed. 
The  third  person  plural  may  be  so  employed,  b^kt'b  ^ij^i  and 
they  told  Saul  1  Sam.  18  :  20,  or  third  person  singular,  comp. 
the  French  on  and  German  man,  bis  r^i^i^  Nnj5  one  called  its 
name  Babel  i.  e.  its  name  icas  called  Babel,  or  the  second 
person  singular,  particularly  in  laws  or  in  proverbs,  the  lan- 
guage of  direct  address  being  employed  while  every  one  who 
hears  is  intended,  bos  Tib'niri^ri'iJb  thou  shall  not  make  unto 
thee  a  graven  image  Ex.  20  :  4,  '^gb  no^nb  nN;"iiin  apj^ly  tltine 
heart  unto  instruction  Prov.  23  :  12. 

a.  Sometimes  the  word  Tii^'X  man  is  used  as  an  indefinite  subiect, 
*i;i  1^:33  ''i5"'X!7  I'OX  ns  a  man  said  thus,  when  he  went,  etc.  1  Sam.  9:  9, 
and  sometimes  the  participle  of  the  following  verb,  ?i2"vljrt  S'rdl  ajid  the 
hearer  shall  hear  2  Sam.  17  : 9,  ciu-.n  ^ij^n  ploughers  ploughed  Ps.  129  : 3. 

b.  The  third  person  plural  indefinite  seems  to  be  used  sometimes  with- 
out any  thought  of  the  real  agency  concerned  in  the  action  spoken  of  and 
where  the  English  would  require  a  passive  construction,  ''^"^i'2  biz'J  Siipis 
ivearisome  nights  are  appointed  to  me  lit.  they  have  appointed  Job  7  ;  3. 

*  *.;■!  is  an  abbreviation  for  l^'i^J^  et  completio,  and  so  forth,  §9.  ]. 


270  SYNTAX.  §  244, 245 

3.  When  the  construction  is  impersonal;  in  this  case 
the  third  person  singular  masculine  is  the  form  commonly 
adopted,  T^^'ii^a  3?"i!?''i?  let  it  not  he  (jrievous  in  tlty  sight  Gen. 
21:12,  ^Jl^n  T5?  then  it  teas  begun  i.e.  men  began,  ihow.^ 
the  feminine  is  also  employed  on  account  of  its  special  affinity 
with  the  neuter,  ^i^'^i^^^'  ^^J^']  and  Israel  was  distressed  lit.  it 
was  strait  to  Israel  Judg.  10:9. 

^244.  1.  The  subject  maybe  extended  by  connecting  two 
or  more  nouns  or  pronouns  and  thus  forming  what  is  called 
a  compound  subject,  0^?^^^?^  n?0)  ^'!'k^^  ^^^^^  and  the 
heavens  and  the  earth  and  all  their  host  loere  finished  Gen. 
2  : 1,  nsbi  nyin^  liiii  and  I  and  the  lad  will  go  Gen.  22  :  5. 

2.  Or  it  may  be  extended  by  adding  to  the  noun  an 
article,  adjective,  demonstrative  pronoun,  pronominal  suffix, 
or  another  noun  with  which  it  may  be  either  in  apposition 
or  in  construction.  When  thus  united  with  other  qualifying 
words  the  noun  alone  is  called  the  grammatical  subject,  the 
noun,  together  with  its  adjuncts,  is  called  the  logical  subject. 


The  Article. 

§  245.  The  definite  article  is  used  in  Hebrew  as  in  other 
languages  to  particularize  the  object  spoken  of,  and  distin- 
guish it  from  all  others.  It  is  accordingly  prefixed  in  the 
following  cases,  viz. : 

1.  When  the  thing  referred  to  is  one  Avhich  has  been 
mentioned  before,  and  God  said,  Let  there  be'^^y^')  a  firma- 
ment, etc.,  and  God  made  ?''p'7vJ  the  firmament  Gen.  1  :  6,  7. 

2.  When  it  is  defined  by  accompanying  words,  as  a  rela- 
tive clause,  ^i^  tj^n  ^  niyj?  tj^ytn  ^nffii?  blessed  is  the  man 
who  has  7iot  walked,  etc.,  Ps.  1:1,  an  adjective,  ^15n  "lix'En 
the  greater  light,  pj^n  nisian  the  lesser  light  Gen.  1  :  IG,  or 
a  demonstrative  pronoun,  ^n  a  mountain,  ^\X}  "^00  ^^^^^  moun- 
tain, ii'.f^n  ^nn   that  mountain,    or   by   being    directly  ad- 


§245  THE    ARTICLE.  271 

dressed,  1])^r^    0  king  1    Sam.  17:55,  D':^ffin    0  heavens, 
fnijn  0  carili  Deut.  32  : 1. 

3.  AVhen  it  is  obviously  suggested  by  the  circumstances, 
or  may  be  presumed  to  be  well  known :  she  emjjtied  he?- 
pitcher  into  !nj?ii?n  the  trough  Gen  24  :  20,  viz.,  the  one  which 
must  have  been  by  a  well  used  for  watering  cattle  ;  AUme- 
lech  looked  through  "li^nn  the  ivindmu  Gen.  26  :8,  i.  e.  of  the 
house  in  which  it  is  taken  for  granted  that  he  was ;  let  us  go 
to  '^'^yi  the  (well-known)  seer  1  Sam.  9  :  9. 

a.  The  article  is  accordingly  used  as  in  Greek  and  in  some  modern  lan- 
guages in  place  of  an  unemphatic  possessive  pronoun :  she  took  7\''V"2,T\  the 
veil  Gen.  24:  65,  i.  e.  the  one  which  she  had,  or,  according  to  the  English 
idiom,  her  veil ;  David  took  "lissri  the  harp  i.  e.  his  harp  1  Sam.  16  :  23,  so 
the  LXX.  cAa/x/3avc  AavtS  Tr]v  Kivvpav. 

b.  With  words  denoting  time  it  expresses  the  present  as  that  which 
would  most  readily  occur  to  the  mind,  ci'n  the  day  i.  e.  that  which  is  now 
passing,  to-day  Gen.  4: 14,  fi^'^^n  the  night  i.  e.  to-night  Gen.  30: 15,  nJ^'n 
the  year  i.  e.  this  year  Jer.  28 :  16,  c^br;  the  time  i.  e.  this  time  Gen.  29 :  35, 
unless  another  idea  is  more  naturally  suggested  by  the  context,  cifn  ^iy^ 
and  it  came  to  pass  07i  the  day  i.  e.  at  the  period  before  spoken  of  at  that 
time  1  Sam.  1 :4,  Job  1 :  6. 

4.  When  it  is  distinguished  above  all  others  of  like  kind 
or  is  the  only  one  of  its  class,  fi^^n  the  house  viz.  of  God,  the 
temple  Mic.  3  :  12,  t^^r\  the  Lord  Isa.  1  :  24,  D^n'bxn  tlte 
(true)  God,  ts^isl&n  the  heavens,  T'lijn  the  earth  Gen.  1:1, 
t'd^r.thesim  Gen.  15  :  12. 

5.  When  it  is  an  appellative  noun  used  in  a  generic  or 
universal  sense,  "^^^  the  sioord  devour eth  one  as  well  as 
another  2  Sam.  11  :  25  ;  they  shall  mount  vp  ivith  icings 
Qi-nrss  as  the  eagles  Isa.  40  :  31,  and  sometimes  when  it  is  a 
material  or  abstract  noun,  in  which  case  the  English  idiom  does 
not  admit  the  article,  ?67/cr<?  there  is  snjnyo/^  Gen.  2:11 
LXX.  TO  xp^(^'ov>  thg  luine  mixed  D^'sa  loith  water  Isa.  1 :  22, 
tohere  shall  fTos^'v!  ^visdom  he  found?  Job  28  :  12  LXX.  ■»;  Se 
(To^la  kt\;  they  smote  the  men  D'^'ilDSa  loith  blindness  Gen. 
19:11. 


272  SYNTAX.  §246 

a.  The  article  is  tlms  used  with  adjectives  to  denote  the  class,  which 
they  describe.  God  sJiall  judge  r'cnti-nN'i  p^niiriTX  the  righteous  and  the 
wicked  Eccl.  3:17;  the  pr-overb  of  "^itnisn  the  ancients  1  Sam.  24:14; 
and  with  Gentile  nouns,  which  are  properly  adjectives,  §194.  1,  ''"]^5<n  the 
Amorite,  ■'32[:3ri  the  Canaanite,  Gen.  15:21. 

b.  The  Hebrew  infinitive  does  not  receive  the  article;  rit"n ,  which  is 
the  only  exception,  see  Gen.  2  : 9  and  elsewhere,  may  be  regarded  as  a 
noun.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  article  is  prefixed  to  finite  tenses  of  tlic 
verb  with  the  force  of  a  relative  pronoun,  5<>l3b!nn  who  went  Josh.  10:24, 
Tk'^'^T]  thai  shall  be  born  Judg.  13:8,  di^pnii  which  he  sanctified  1  Chron. 
26:28,  'is^'??^  who  are  present  1  Chron.  29:17,  'pio^  'into  (the  place) 
lehich  he  prepared  2  Chron.  1:4;  so  also  2  Chron.  29:36,  Ezr.  8:25, 
10 :  14,  17,  Isa.  56 :  3,  Jer.  5 :  13;  Dan.  8:1.  It  is  once  prefixed  to  a  prepo- 
sition, '7"'^>\1  ivhat  (was)  tipon  it  1  Sam.  9:24. 

c.  In  the  uses  of  the  article,  as  stated  above,  Nos.  4  and  5  are  really 
varieties  of  No.  3,  since  the  prominent  member  of  a  class  is  the  best  known 
and  most  readily  suggested,  and  when  a  word  is  used  generically  it 
designates  a  definite  and  well-known  class  of  objects  which  is  to  be  distin- 
guished from  every  other  class. 

d.  The  Hebrew  article  is  sometimes  found  where  the  English  requires 
the  indefinite  article  or  none  at  all ;  but  it  must  not  on  that  account  be  sup- 
posed that  it  ever  loses  its  proper  ibrce  or  becomes  equivalent  to  an  in- 
definite article.  The  difference  of  idiom  is  due  to  a  difference  in  the  mode 
of  conception.  Thus,  in  comparisons  the  Hebrew  commonly  conceived  of 
the  whole  class  of  objects  of  which  he  spoke,  wliile  we  mostly  think  of 
one  or  more  individuals  belonging  to  the  class,  "J^S  as  (the)  a  nest,  Isa. 
10:14,  1ES3  as  (the)  a  scroll  Isa.  34:4,  like  rending  insn  (the)  a  kid 
Judg.  14:  6,  as  n-'V-'nn  (ihe)  bees  do  Deut.  1  :  44,  di^'S  as  (the)  scarlet, 
abiils  as  (the)  snow,  -pins  as  (the)  crimson,  "I'SSS  as  (the)  wool  Isa.  1: 18. 
Cases  also  not  infrequently  occur'  in  which  the  article  may  either  be  in- 
serted or  omitted  with  equal  propriety  and  without  any  material  change 
of  sense,  according  as  the  noun  is  to  the  mind  of  the  speaker  definite  or 
indefinite.  In  speaking  of  the  invasion  of  his  father's  flocks,  David  says. 
■'TSn  the  lion  and  3i^n  the  bear  came  1  Sam.  17  ;  34,  because  he  thinks 
of  these  as  the  enemies  to  be  expected  under  the  circumstances;  had  he 
thought  of  them  indefinitely  as  beasts  of  prey  he  would  have  said,  without 
the  article,  a  lion  and  a  bear.  It  is  said,  Gen.  13  :  2,  that  Abrani  was  very 
rich  3n-r3^  ^O??  ■'^P.P'??  in  (the)  cattle,  in  (the)  silrer,  and  in  (Xhe)  gold, 
since  these  are  viewed  as  definite  and  well-known  species  of  property; 
hxxt'xn  Gen.2i:  "^b  he  hath  given  him  "hjl  7{03^  "i;fr3!i  )^'S  fiocks  and  herds 
and  silver  and  gold,  these  are  viewed  indefinitely  in  Hebrew  as  in  English. 

§24G.  Nouns  are  definite  witliout  the  article  in  tlie  fol- 
lowing cases,  viz.  : 

1.  Proper   nouns,   which    are   definite   by  signification, 

on'ini?  Abraham,  l^b  Canaan,  p^iein^  Jerusalem. 


§240  THE    ARTICLE.  273 

a.  Proper  names,  originally  applied  in  an  appellative  sense,  sometimes 
retain  the  definite  article,  ^??n  (he  lord,  Baal,  lis'^'n  llie  adversary,  Salan,  • 
"lihirt  the  river,  Ihe  Euphrates,  )'\i'}'^^  (he  descending  (stream),  the  Jor- 
dan, 'iis^^n  ihe  white  (mountain),  Lebanon,  ^X;"i2ii  ihe  garden,  Carmel, 
"issri  (he  circuit  of  the.  Jordan,  ns^JSfi  the  tvalch-toicer,  Mizpah,  ta'iSJn 
and  ens  tlie  (first)  man,  Adam,  c•l^.■>^«!^  and  c^nb.^  the  (true)  God.  In 
ntrs'sr;  •c-z}i:_  "^kn  the  half  tribe  of  Manasseh  Deiit.  3:  13  and  often  else- 
where, the  article  makes  more  prominent  the  definiteness  ol'the  entire  ex- 
pression:  it  also  occurs  without  the  article,  e.  g.  Num.  32:33. 

2.  Nouns  'vvitli  suffixes,  which  are  rendered  definite  by 
the  appended  pronoun,  ^a'^is?  our  father,  'y^^  his  name,  but 
in  Greek  6  Tiari^p  yp^cov,  to  6pop,a  avrov. 

a.  There  are  a  few  instances  in  which,  for  special  reasons,  the  article 
is  prefixed  to  nouns  having  suffixes.  It  is  emphatic  in  i'^ijnn  the  (other) 
half  of  them  Josh.  8:33,  opposed  to  a  preceding  i^sn  one  half  of  them  ;  so 
in  piri"ir;3  Isa.  24:2.  In  ^^"iTn  nfea^  the  wojfh  of  thy  estimation  Lev. 
27  :  23,  it  serves  to  indicate  more  clearly  the  definiteness  of  the  entire  ex- 
pression;  so  "'^HtJ'!^  T)"'^^  in  the  midst  (f  my  tent  Josh.  7  :  21,  i~i~'^n  Tpri2 
171  ihe  midst  of  its  fold  Mic.  2  :  12,  ii"'ri"iriri~b3  the  whole  of  the  women  with 
child  2  Kin.  15  :  16  ;  in  ^i:"'J3^  Prov.  IG:  4  it  distinguishes  the  noun  f^??'.^ 
from  the  preposition  "i^"^^. 

b.  A  suffix  which  is  the  direct  object  of  a  participle  does  not  supersede 
the  necessity  of  the  article,  in352n  tJte  (one)  smiling  him  Isa.  9 :  12. 
V^b"^n  the  (one)  bringing  thee  up  Ps.  81 :  11,  i2"ii:ir^ri  the  (one)  crowning 
iliee  Ps.  103:4. 

3.  Nouns  in  the  construct  state  before  a  definite  noun, 
whether  this  has  the  article  D'biin  "^isi^  fhe  stars  of  heaven 
Gen.  2G  :  4,  ri'^)r<2r^  "^l^rn  the  feet  of  the  priests  Josh.  3:13, 
is  a  proper  name,  ^^'i^'!  '^t?^''P  the  tribes  of  Israel  Ex.  24  : 4, 
rnh^i  'li^  the  ivord  of  Jehovah  Gen.  15  :  1,  has  a  pronominal 
suffix,  ^"^t?^  ^'Ii^^n  the  frst fruits  of  thi/ labours,  ^^3:?"^t'5  the 
wives  of  his  sons  Gen.  7  :  13,  or  is  itself  definite  by  construc- 
tion, !".522^n  nito  nn:^^  the  cave  of  the  feld  of  Machjwlah 
Gen.  23  :  19,  nih^-n^"i3  "j-nis^  the  ark  of  iJie  covenant  of  Je- 
hovah Josh.  3:3. 

a.  Nouns  in  the  construct  are  occasionally  found  with  the  article. 
nnb  r.brxn  to  ihe  tent  of  Sarah  Gen.  24  :  67,  ^-n^3  bsn  the  God  of^ 
Bethel  Gen.' 31  :  13,  a-ixn  in"n  the  pin  of  the  web  Judg.  16:  14.  ririnn  Vs 
C^isr;  all  the  abominations  of  the  nations  1  Kin.  14  :  24,  c-n^xn-r^wS  "'^i'.ri 
tlie  grave  of  the  man  of  God  2  Kin.  23  :  17,  y-jxri  ni=b7:^:3n-;3  all  the  king- 
18 


274  SYNTAX.  §247  248 

(loms  of  the  earlh  Jer.  25 :  26.  f'ih'^in  '^sfefi  the  bill  of  the  purchase,  Jer. 
32:12,  nrnb  '(SJn  Jer.  4S:32;  Lee  Josli.  3:11,  S:ll,  1  Chroii.  15:27, 
2  Chron.  8  :  16,.  '15  :  8,  Ezr.  8  :  29,  Isa.^  36  :  8.  Ezek.  45  :  16,  47  :  15,  Zeph. 
3:19,  Zech.  4 :  7,  Ps.  123  :  4 ;  al«o  1  Sam.  26:22  K'thibh,  2  Kin.  7:13 
K'thibh,  where  the  K'ri  omits  ihc  article. 

b.  Gentile  nouns,  derived  from  a  compound  proper  name,  frequently  re- 
ceive the  article  before  the  .second  member  of  the  compound,  ''p^TD"")? 
the  Benjaw.ile  Judg.  3:15,  '^'C^'dTv-r.^'Z^^  the  Delhshemile  1  Sam.  6:14, 
irt-i^n  n-is  the  Belhlehemile  1  Sam.  16:18,  ''S!^!^  "^^X  the  Abiezrile 
Judg.  6 :]  1,  though  this  last  word  also  appears  in  the  abbreviated  form 
'■'l]T^'^  Num.  26  :  30. 

§  247.  The  article  is  frequently  omitted  in  the  brief  and 
emphatic  language  of  poetry,  where  it  would  be  required  in 
prose,  YW-^^^-a  Mngs  of  (the)  eartli  Ps.  2:2,  tc^iu  ^sb  in 
the  presence  of  (the)  sun  Ps.  72  :  17,  "^j^n  fc^hij  tqtij  n^ij  (the) 
vxdchman  sai/s,  (the)  morning  comes  Isa.  21:12;  to  give 
sn^n  ©"ipl  both  sancticarg  and  Jiost  to  be  trampled T)^\\.  8  :13. 

a.  Occasional  instances  occur  of  its  being  dropped  from  familiar  or  fre- 
quently repeated  expressions  in  prose,  nj'CJ  ni^PN  ^>'S_  to  year-^s  end  Deut. 
11:12,  *iri?2  brixa  in  (the)  tabernacle  q/"  (the)  covgregationKy..  21  -.21 
(comp.  English  in  church),  xr:i~"ib  (the)  captain  of  (the)  host  1  Kin. 
16:  16,  Tib'b  ^>?'^^  king  Lemuel  Prov.  31:1;  also  in  geographical  and 
architectural  details,  such  technical  terms  as  b^'Z'A  and  (the)  border  Josh. 
13  :  23,  a^^'^  and  (the)  breadth  2  Chron.  3  : 3. 

b.  When  two  definite  nouns  are  connected  by  and  the  article  is  com- 
monly repeated  ;  it  may,  however,  particularly  in  poetry,  stand  only  before 
the  first  and  be  understood  with  the  second,  u-oe  iinto  D"'j?jrhfi  the  (persons) 
decreeing  unrighteous  decrees  C^^Pi^r!!  and  writing,  e^c.  Isa.  10:1,  ^5.?r! 
"11231  O  psaltery  and  harp  Ps.  57  :  9.  Still  more  rarely  a  pronominal  suffix 
may  be  attached  to  the  first  only  of  two  words  to  which  it  belongs,  ''•;? 
rri^in  my  strength  and  song  Ex.  15:2. 

§  248.  There  is  no  indefinite  article  in  Hebrew ;  indefinite 
nouns  are  sufRciently  characterized  as  such  by  the  absence 
of  the  article.  Thus,  T-s  a  river  Gen.  2  :  10,  D^ip^r^-?  ^^TO^ 
both  chariots  and  horsemen  Gen.  50:9,  'Ci'l^  nbn  milk  and 
honey  Ex.  3  :  8,  ts'^'b;^  ^"2?  an  infant  of  days  Isa.  G5  :  20. 

a.  The  numeral  nnx  oy\e  is  occasionally  employed  in  the  sense  of  an 
indefinite  article,  'inx  bb  a  basket  Ex.  29:3,  ^ns  a-'X  a  man  Judg.  13:2, 
or  in  the  construct  before  a  plural  noun,  riibnsr]  nnx  one  of  the  foolish 
iDomen  i.  e.  a  foolish  woman  Job  2  :  10. 


§249  ADJECTIVES    AND    DEMONSTRATIVES.  275 


Adjectives  and  Demonstratives. 

§249.  1.  Adjectives  and  participles,  qualifying  a  noun, 
are  commonly  placed  after  it  and  agree  with  it  not  only  in 
gender  and  number  but  in  definitcness,  that  is  to  say,  if  the 
noun  is  indefinite  they  remain  without  the  article,  but  if  the 
noun  is  made  definite,  whether  by  the  article  or  in  any  of  the 
ways  specified  in  §  24G,  they  receive  the  article.  Din  "jii  a 
wise  son  Prov.  10:11,  i??^  inn  a  hridegrooin  going  out  Ps. 
19  :  6,  rairon  fnxn  ihe  good  land  T)c\\t.  1 :35,  n^ii-in  ^-^m^ 
fhg  manifold  mercies  Neh.  9:19.  If  more  than  one  adjec- 
tive accompany  a  definite  noun,  the  article  is  repeated  before 
each  of  them,  i^'^isrii  ^is^sn  taien  the  glorious  and  fearful 
name  Deut.  28  :  58. 

a.  The  adjective  ca"!  many  is  in  a  few  instances,  for  the  sake  of 
greater  emphasis,  prefixed  to  the  noun  whicii  it  qiiahfies,  C-ira  C^an  majiij 
sons  1  Ciiron.  28:5,  n-'Fi^  niii  many  times  Neh.  9  :  28.  so  Ps.  32:  10,89:51. 
Jer.  16:  16.  Other  instances  are  rare,  inq^'?a  it  his  strange  work,  n'^nrs 
innb?  his  strange  task  Isa.  28:21,  "^'la:^'  P"''^^  wy  righteous  scrcant  Is'd. 
53:  11,  nninx^  ^T^i?  ''"^'^  treacherous  sister  Jer.  3  :  7,  10. 

b.  Some  exceptional  cases  occur,  in  which  an  article  qualifvino-  a 
definite  noun  does  not  receive  tlie  article,  niu^n  n^Si'n  the  new  carl 
2  Sam.  6:3,  n^n::  )tiq  the  strange  vine  Jer.  2:21,  Ezek.  39:27,  Dan. 
8:13,  11:31,  or  when  the  noun  is  made  definite  by  a  suffix,  "inx  cb'Tlit 
yoitr  other  brother  Gen.  43: 14,  'inx  brsri  the  one  lamb  Num.  28:4,  Ezek. 
34  :  12,  Hag.  ]  :  4.  In  Urn  crja'n  an  evil  report  respecting  them  Gen.  37  : 2, 
the  suffix  denotes  the  object  and  the  noun  is  really  indefinite.  Comp. 
§  246.  2.  b. 

c.  On  the  other  hand,  the  article  is  sometimes  dropped  from  the  noun, 
but  retained  before  the  adjective,  n^nJ?!  ^kn  the  great  court  1  Kin.  7: 12, 
-i-'bj-n  d-^x  the  rich  man  2  Sam.  12:4J  'bi-ijn  lii  the  great  well  1  Sam. 
19:22,  Neh.  9:35,  Ps.  104:  18,  Jer.  27:3,  32':  14.40:3  K'thibh,  Ezek.  9:2, 
Zech.  4:7;  so  with  the  ordinal  numbers,  "^^'ll'n  Ci^  the  si.vth  day  Gen. 
1:31,  2:3,  Ex.  20:10,  Deut.  5:  14,  Judg.  G:25,  Jer.  38:14. 

2.  Demonstrative  pronouns  fohow  the  same  rule  of  posi- 
tion and  agreement,  only  the  nouns  which  they  qualify  are 
invariably  definite,  §245.  2,  r.-in  Di^n  f/ds  dag  Gen.  7  :  13, 
n^xn  n^nn^n  these  things  Gen.  15:1,  niann  D-^rrsisn  those 
men  Num.  9  :  7.     If  both  an  adjective  and  a  demonstrative 


276  SYNTAX.  §250 

qualify  the  same  noun,  the  demonstrative  is  placed  last,  fi^Ji'^ 
rsTH  ri-ran  Deat.  9  :  6,  !".|xn  rbbn  niibn  w^itsT)  these  f/ood 
years  that  (are)  coming  Gen.  41  :  35. 

a.  The  demonstrative  T-A  occasionally  stands  emphatically  before  its 
noun,  ITi^TS  TA  this  Moses  Ex.  32:1,  where  it  is  probably  contemptuous 
like  the  Latin  isle,  '^'■^J'h  '^).  l^is  our  bread  Josh.  9:  12.  Judg.  5:5,  1  Sam. 
17:55,  5C),  crn  ni  this'people  Isa.  23:  13,  Hab.  1 :  11.  The  demonstrative 
both  follows  the  noun  and  is  repeated  after  the  adjective  in  niSn  c'";i;rt 
ilfexn  C'jSTiin  these  nations  these  that  remain  Josh.  23  :  7.  12. 

b.  The  article  is  sometimes  omitted  from  the  demonstrative,  IT  "itin 
this  generation  Ps.  12:8,  H^n  nb-^3  j?z  that  night  Gen.  19;  33,  30:16. 
32:23;  1  Sam.  19:10,  particularly  if  the  noun  is  made  definite  by  means 
of  a  suIRX;  rxT  ""nrnd  this  my  oath  Gen.  24:8.  n^.x  ''rrx  these  my  signs 
Ex.  10:1,' 11: 8.  Deiit.  11:18,  .Tosh.  2:14,  20,' Judg.  6:14,  1  Kin.  22:^23, 
2Chron.  18:22,  24:18,  Jer.  31:21. 

c.  The  article  is  still  more  rarely  dropped  from  the  noun.  TAT]  "CZ."^  a?7p 
this  small  quantity  of  honey  1  Sam.  14:  29,  .1?^  ""n'jsx  u^X  that  Ephrathite 
17: 12,  nj  ■'^n  this  sickness  2  Kin.  1  :  2,  8  :  8. 


Numerals. 

Cardinal  J^iimhers. 

§250.  1.  The  numeral  ^ns  owe  is  treated  like  other  ad- 
jectives, and  follows  the  rules  of  position  and  agreement 
already  given,  'ini?  Dipt!  one  place  Gen.  1  :  9,  nni«n  'r^^^'^-\^^7^ 
the  one  curtain  Ex.  26  :  2. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  noun  is  in  the  construct  before  the  nu- 
meral one,  lnj<  abdo  one  law  Lev.  24:22,  ins  "jinSi  a  chest  2  Kin.  12: 10, 
'^'7^  "^TiB  one  gocernor  Isa.  36  :  9,  comp.  §254.  6.  b. 

2.  The  other  cardinal  numbers  are  joined  to  nouns  as 
follows,  viz. : 

(1.)  They  commonly  stand  before  the  noun  to  which 
they  belong  and  in  the  absolute  state,  D"'P^^  •"'?^7^  f^^f't' 
kings  Gen.  14  :  9,  "i^y  n^i'T^  ^ixtij  cities  Deut.  3  : 4,  ns'n 
uy^^-l  a  hundred  calces  of  raisins  2  Sam.  16:1,  D'^sbj^  mci? 
Dions  six  thousand  horsemen  1  Sam.  13:5. 

(2.)  Such  as  have  a  distinct  form  for  the  construct  (\az. 


§  251  NUMERALS.  277 

2-10,  T-k"^  hundred,  "^s^i?  thousands)  may  also  stand  before 
the  noun  in  the  construct  state,  D"i;n  "^'zis  two  sons  prop.  tv:o 
of  sons  Gen.  10:25,  'crti'i  r?3ns  four  days  Judg.  11  :  40, 
n-'i'^N  rsia  a  hundred  soclietsY.\.  38:27,  n-^5r5  ^E>x  mrl:T» 
/i^^'^c'  thousand  camels  Job  1  :  3. 

a.  Tlie  Lumbers  /u.-o.  three,  fonr^  and  sere«.  occur  witli  the  s^ufTixcB  of 
pronouns  which  are  in  apposition  with  them.  "n':x  13"':'J  we.  holh  of  iia 
1  Sam.  20:  42.  "n'H'J  thei/  two  or  6o//t  of  them  1  Sam.  25:  43.  cindbii  ye 
three,  cri'^'sr  '/'^y  ^/'/ee  Num.  12:  4,  cri"3"}N  they  four  Dan.  1:17.  cnr:"^ 
they  seven  2  Sam.  21:9  K'ri.  The  following  numerals  occur  witli  pro- 
nominal suffixes  having  a  possessive  sense,  rp'^^n  thy  Jjfty,  l"'t;T:n  his 
ffty  2  Kin.  1 :  10.  Cn-^'i-rP;  their ffties  ver.  14,  iQbx  my  thousand  Judg. 
6:15,  cb^sbx  your  thousands  1  Sam.  10:19,  ■"."ir.h::i  his  ten  thousands 
1  Sam.  IS  :  7. 

(3.)  Less  frequently  the  numerals  stand  after  the  noun 
in  the  absolute  state,  "niy  n'3?T2  seven  steps  Ezek.  40 :  22, 
"cryc^  riir.j?  twenty  she-asses  Gen.  32:16,  Ti'^^-nxia  d^'^.23  a 
hundred  thousand  talents  1  Chron.  22  :  14. 

§251.  1.  The  units  (including  ten),  whether  they  stand 
singly  or  are  compounded  with  other  numbers,  agree  with 
their  nouns  in  gender,  rrrb-  rrir  three  leaves  Jer.  36 :  23, 
^ih  ■'50  niriitj  three  baskets  of  bread  Gen.  40:16,  nyans 
n'^ibns  '^hv  fourteen  larntjs  Num.  29  :  15  ;  the  other  numerals 
observe  no  distinction  of  gender, 

a.  When  the  unils  qualify  risna  hundreds  or  ce'^X  thousands,  their 
gender  is  determined  by  that  of  these  words  respectively.  In  T':""''w"5  rrriid 
the  three  wives  of  his  sons  Gen.  7  :  13.  the  masculine  adjective  is  probably 
to  be  exj)lained  by  the  fact  that  the  noun,  though  in  reality  feminine,  lias 
a  masculine  termination. 

2.  Nouns  accompanied  by  the  units  (2-10)  are  almost 
invariably  plural,  while  those  which  are  preceded  by  the  tens 
(20-90)  or  numbers  compounded  with  them  (21,  etc.),  are 
commonly  put  in  the  singular,  "b^b  n''i;3"^X'!  C"^  C"'P2"'sybr/y 
days  and  forty  nif/hts  Gqx\.  7:4,  ~;s  D'cbr^,  '^ip'&four  and 
thirty  years  Gen.  11:16,  □"'bo  S'niri  rr.t  c^ic:?  ticenty  years 
and  seven  years  Gen.  23:1. 


278  SYNTAX.  §  251 

a.  This  phenomenon  is  probably  to  be  accounted  for  upon  a  principle 
analogous  to  that  by  which  the  anomalous  terminations  for  gender  in  the 
numerals  has  been  explained,  §223.  2.  When  the  numeral  has  itself  a 
plural  form,  as  it  has  in  the  tens,  the  plurality  of  the  entire  expression  is 
sufficiently  indicated  without  giving  a  plural  ending  to  the  noun  likewise. 
But  with  the  units  which  have  a  singular  termination,  the  noun  must  take 
a  plural  form.  It  may  be  observed,  however,  that  this  peculiarity  chiefly 
affects  a  certain  class  of  nouns,  viz.  those  which  are  most  frequently 
numbered,  and  in  which,  consequently,  the  tendency  to  abbreviate  the 
expression  by  retrenching  the  plural  ending  is  most  strongly  manifested. 
These  are  such  as  Ti"'X  man,  and  various  measures  of  time,  space,  weight, 
etc.,  e.  0-.  'rv:':^  year,  m'">  day,  nas  cubit^  bpb  shekel.  These  nouns  are 
also  found,  though  less  constantly,  in  tlie  singular  with  hundreds  and 
thousands,  fiiu  riiN?3  J'lrri  nine  hundred  years  Gen.  5:5,  fiax  qbk  a 
Ihoiisund  cubits  Num.  35:  4,  and  with  the  numbers  from  11  to  19,  ni'rn 
bpv  "liL'y  ffleen  shekels  Lev.  27:  7.  Comp.  in  German  hwidert  Fuss  lang, 
funfzig  Pfund  schwer,  and  in  English  twenty  head  of  cattle,  a  ten  foot 
j)ole. 

b.  The  numbers  from  2  to  10  are  very  rarely  found  with  singular  nouns, 
nJd  nrt'j  eight  years  2  Kin.  22:1,  n:ax  ^bd  three  cubits  25:  17  K'thibli 
where  the  K'ri  has  nias .  The  tens  are  occasionally  followed  by  the 
plural  D'>i""i'2  ciibd  thirty  companions  Judg.  14:11,  b^rj— 1:3  cijirq 
eighty  sons  of  valour  2  Chron.  26 :  17,  C-'nb'i  "^bir!!  u''y:i'\^  forty-two  chil- 
dren 2  Kin.  2:  24.  When  the  noun  precedes  the  numeral  it  is  always  put 
in  the  plural. 

c.  In  enumerations  of  familiar  objects  the  noun  is  sometimes  omitted, 
when  the  meaning  is  sufficiently  plain  from  the  connection,  Snj  !t;*Z;?.  ten 
(shekels)  (/g-oW  Gen.  24:22,  v]03  niwNTO  dbu  three  hundred  (shekels)  of 
silver  Gen.  45:22,  cnS—Tid  tu-o  (loaves)  of  bread  1  Sam.  10:4,  D^'^i'b-uiiy 
sia:  (ephahs)  of  barley  Ruth  3:15.  In  measurements,  the  word  nas  cubit 
is  occasionally  preceded  by  the  preposition  2,  thus  nsxa  VZ-m  four  by 
the  cubit  i.  e.  four  cubits. 

3.  Compojmci  numbers  may  either  proceed  from  the 
higher  to  the  lower  denomination,  ni'^ns'i  D-'i'rn  D^ns^  ^^k 
a  thousand  two  hundred  ffty  and  four  Neh.  7  :  34,- or  the  re- 
verse, nbiD  nx^T  D'^bbi):'!  yiir  seven  and  thirty  and  a  hundred 
years  Ex.  0:16.  The  noun  sometimes  stands  at  the  begin- 
ning or  end  of  the  entire  series  as  in  preceding  examples, 
and  sometimes  it  is  repeated  after  each  numeral,  ?1;T^  rix'n 
di:t»  ynilJ"!  r\':t  u'lyii:^^  a  hujidred years  and  ticenty  years  and 
seven  years  Gen.  23  : 1. 

4.  Numeral  adjectives  may  receive  the  article  when  the}- 
represent  an  absolute  number,  or  the  noun  is  not  expressed ; 


§252  ORDINAL    NUMBERS,    ETC.  279 

but  when  they  arc  joined  to  a  definite  noun  the  latter  alone 
receives  the  article,  D^?"<^n  {the)  two  are  better  than  ";nsn 
{the)  one  Eccles.  4  :  9,  n^yanxn  the  fort ij  Gen.  18  :  29,  D-'i^^n 
Dpv^n  thefiftij  righteous  ver.  28,  vinbn  ''P©  Us  two  daufjh- 
ters  19  :  30,  ni^n  D^ysnN  the  forty  days  Deut.  9  :  25. 

a.  Wlien  compountl  numbers  11,  12,  etc.,  rcfcivc  the  article,  it  maybe 
given  to  the  fir.?t  member  of  the  compound,  ii"^  ^'X-p-  thelu-dve  1  Chron. 
25:19.27:15,  1  Kin.  6:38,  or  to  the  second,  d^X  ntrn  c-jd  the  ticelvn 
•»«e?i  Josh.  4:4,  1  Kin.  19:  19.  In  the  example  just  cited  the  article  is  given 
to  the  numeral  instead  of  to  tlie  noun,  but  in  -i&r-c-:ti  ^j^anz/te  twelvn 
oxen  1  Kin.  7:44,  the  general  rule  is  observed.  In  cn^;3"il<  ^^i**^  D'*'i^'?r! 
these  four  children  Dan.  1:  17.  the  numeral  following  a  definite  noun  re- 
ceives a  pronominal  suffix  referring  to  it. 


Ordinal  Numbers,  etc. 

§252.  1.  The  ordinal  numbers  follow  the  generallaw 
of  adjectives  in  position  and  agreement  v/ith  the  substantive, 
to  which  they  belong,  ^?'»2^  "J?  a  second  son  Gen.  30  :7,  nbiE3 
n'^Tl:-'bm  in  the  third  year  1  Kin.  18:1. 

2.  The  lack  of  ordinals  above  ten  is  supplied  by  using 
the  cardinals  instead,  which  are  then  commonly  preceded  by 
the  noun  in  the  construct  state,  ^niin  B'^niry  rro  the  twenty- 
seventh  year  1  Kin.  16:10,  although  this  order  is  not  always 
observ^ed,  niffl  nnm-TSbiD  thirteenth  year  Gen.  14  :  4. 

a.  A  fuller  form  of  expression  is  sometimes  employed,  e.  g.  rj'ra 
nid  i"i:'i3'J!|  n''iJ^"J  in  the  thirty-eighth  year  prop,  in  the- year  of  thirty-eight 
years  1  Kin.  16:29,  2  Kin.  15:  1. 

b.  In  dates  the  cardinals  are  used  for  the  day  of  the  month  and  some- 
times for  the  year,  even  though  the  number  is  below  ten ;  the  words  day 
and  month  are  also  frequently  omitted,  vy:^  rv-j  the  seventh  year  2  Kin. 
12: 1,  ■'?r"'\'r!  '^'"il'^'i  ■^^?"'^  the  fourth  (day)  (f  the  ninth  month  Zech.  7:1. 
iS"':;^"2  in  the  seventh  (month)  ver.  5. 

3.  When  the  ordinals  are  used  to  express  fractional  parts, 
§  227.  3,  they  stand  before  the  noun,  yri^  n^irb-^  the  third 
of  a  hhi  Num.  15:0. 

4.  Distributive  numbers  are  formed  by  repeating  the  car- 
dinals, D^:t3   a^: -a  two  by  tico   Gen.   7  : 9,  ni'nn   r^b'l1D  by 


280  SYNTAX.  §  258 

sevens  ver.  2.  The  numeral  adverbs  once,  twice,  etc.,  arc  ex- 
pressed by  the  femmme  of  the  cardinals,  nns?  once,  Q'^hiJ: 
twice  2  Km.  G  :  10,  Ps.  62  :12,  or  by  means  of  the  noun 
D?2  stroke  or  beat,  a^'b?s  hvice  Gen.  27  :  3G,  Q-^^i's  nic:^ 
/e?2  times  Job  19:3  or  Qi^r^n  stej)s,  D-^^-in  ^^S;y  //^rce  //?«<?§ 
Ex.  23 :  14. 

a.  This  use  of  these  nouns  has  arisen  from  the  method  of  counting  by- 
beats  or  taps  with  the  hand  or  foot. 


Apposition. 

§253.  When  one  noun  serves  to  define  or  to  describe 
another  it  may  be  put  in  apposition  with  it.  This  construc- 
tion, of  which  a  more  extended  use  is  made  in  Hebrew  than 
in  occidental  languages,  may  be  employed  in  the  following 
cases,  viz. : 

1.  When  both  nouns  denote  the  same  person  or  thing, 
"^S^  ifi^V!  2  Sam.  6:16,  or  less  commonly,  ^btn  "in^  13  :  39 
kin(/   David,    •"t'?'?^'^    ^^5?    a   looman    (who   was)    a   widow 

1  Kin.  7  :  14. 

2.  AVhen  the  second  specifies  the  first  by  stating  the 
material  of  which  it  consists,  its  quantity,  character  or  the 
like,  Smsnsn  ^|bsr.  tUe  oxen  the  brass  i.  e.  the  brazen  oxen 

2  Kin.  16:17,  n^jb  n>*D  liJriJJ  three  measures  (consisting  of) 
meal  Gen.  IS  :  6,  25''^  fiiri^-S^ntO  seven  years  (of)  famine 
2  Sam.  24  :  13,  m^'l  Q'^ynir  t\iht  three  iveeks  (of)  dap  Dan. 
10  :  3,  ^Sp'a  D'^is;'  days  (which  are)  a  nvmher,  i.  e.  such  as  can 
be  readily  numbered,  a  few  Num.  9  •  20,  tify^__  ni'^ntii}  icords 
(which  are)  triith  Prov.  22  :  21. 

a.  In  this  latter  case  the  closer  connection  of  the  construct  state 
might,  with  equal  propriety,  be  employed,  §254.  4,  etc.  The  following 
examples  will  show  with  what  latitude  the  rule  of  apposition  is  occasion- 
ally applied,  "j^nB  'Oyq  water  (which  is)  affiiclion  i.  e.  identified  with  it  or 
characterized  by  it  I  Kin.  22:27,  nys"iri  '{yi  ipme  (which  \s)  intoxication 
i.  e.  produces  it  Ps.  60:5,  "^in  *if?3  pasture-cattle  i.  e.  those  whose  charac- 
teristic it  is  that  they  have  been  in  the  pastures  1  Kin.  5:3;  bearing 


§254  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  281 

rr^nSi^  '"i"i2<n  tJie  ark  viz.  the  covenant,  which  was  tlie  thing  of  chief  con- 
sequence about  tlie  ark  Josh.  3: 14,  a  Jumdred  thousand  "ir::^  C^p'N  2  Kin. 
3:4,  which  is  by  some  understood  to  mean  wool-bearing  rams  i.  e.  ciiarac- 
tcrized  by  tiie  production  of  wool ;  according  to  others,  the  first  word  de- 
notes the  quantity  and  the  second  the  malcrial,  rams  (of)  tcaul  i.  e.  as 
much  as  rams  ]iave,_^eeces. 

li.  Proper  nouns,  which  have  no  construct  state,  may  be  followed  by 
qualifying  nouns  in  a  loose  sort  of  apposition,  nnin'^  cnb  rria  Bethlehem 
(in)  Judah  1  Sam.  17:12,  compare  in  English,  Princeton,  New  Jersey; 
c'^ntii  nns:^  'lire  Pet hor  (in)  Mesopotamia  Deut.  23:5,  d-^nirbD-ra  Gaih 
(of)  the  Philistines  Am.  6:2;  the  destined  possessor  of  my  house  is  pt"53'i 
"^.fr'!"'^'^  Damascus  (in  the  person  of  its  citizen)  Eliezer  Gen.  15:2,  OTi'bx 
nixa::'  God  (of)  Hosts  Ps.  80:5,  8,  15,  20;  when  dnbx  is  regarded  as  an 
appellative  noun  instead  of  a  proper  name,  this  divine  title  becomes 
nixn::  ir:bx  Ps.  89 : 9. 


The  Construct  State  and  Suffixes. 

.  §254.  When  one  noun  is  limited  or  restricted  in  its 
meaning  by  another,  the  first  is  put  in  the  construct  state ; 
if  the  hmiting  word  be  a  personal  pronoun  it  is  suffixed  to 
the  noun.  The  relation  thus  expressed  corresponds,  for  the 
most  part,  to  the  occidental  genitive  or  to  that  denoted  in 
English  by  the  preposition  of.  The  primary  notion  of  the 
grammatical  form  is  simply  the  juxtaposition  of  two  nouns, 
or  the  union  of  a  noun  and  a  pronoun,  to  represent  the  sub- 
ordination of  one  to  the  other  in  the  expression  of  a  single 
idea,  §212.  The  particular  relation,  which  it  suggests,  is 
consequently  dependent  on  the  meanings  of  the  words  them- 
selves, and  is  in  each  case  that  which  is  most  naturally  sug- 
gested by  their  combination.  Thus,  the  second  noun  or  the 
pronominal  suffix  may  denote 

1.  The  jjossessor  of  that  which  is  represented  by  the  pre- 
ceding noun,  T'\\r\'^  bi^n  f/w  fcwjjle  of  Jehovah  1  Sam.  1  :  9, 
EiL'^Dn  their  substance  Gen,  12:5,  This  embraces  the  various 
degrees  of  relationship,  cnnni?-]3  son  of  Abraham  Gen. 
25  :  12,  ^nirs  fhi/  wfc  Gen.  12:5. 

2.  The  whole,  of  which  the  preceding  word  denotes  a  part. 


282  SYNTAX.  §254 

^is?  ^b'^nsi  ihe  ])oor  of  thy  people  Ex.  23  :  11,  7'nx-^'iSD?  the 
honourable  of  the  earth  Isa.  23  :  9. 

a.  The  construct  relation,  when  thus  employed,  indicates  that  the  part 
singled  out  from  the  whole  possesses  the  quality  referred  to  in  an  eminent 
decree.  The  first  word  is  sometimes  an  abstract  noun,  I^'t^s  rrip  the 
height  of  his  cedars  i.e.  his  highest  cedars  2  Kin.  19:23.  Here  too  be- 
long the  superlative  expressions,  Ci^O'i)D  llj'ip  holy  of  holies,  D"'-i"'Trn  "i^b 
ihe  song  cf  songs,  D'^'723'.  135  servant  of  servants,  one  that  is  a  servant  by 
way  of  eminence  when  compared  with  all  others. 

3.  An  individual  of  the  class  denoted  by  the  preceding 
noun,  thus  serving  the  purpose  of  a  more  exact  designation^ 
'zr^'P^.  ^y^.  the  land  of  Ef/ypt  Gen.  41  :  19,  r.'^3~"inD  the  river 
(of)  Euphrates  Gen.  15:18,  Q^'iN^  ^iv  cedar  trees,  2  Chron. 
2:7,  np?,i  nySin  worm  (of)  Jacob  Isa.  41  :  14,  D^nnn  ^ir:^ 
men  (who  are)  merchants  1  Kin.  10  :  15. 

4.  Tlie  material  of  Avhicli  the  preceding  noun  is  com- 
posed, innT  DT3  a  ring  of  gold  Gen.  24:22,  fi^-'bs  vessel  of 
ivood  Lev.  11  :  32,  Q^iS'n  TO  the  flock  of  goats  Cant.  4:1. 

5.  The  measure  of  its  extent,  value,  duration,  etc.,  ^^n^ 
n^'a;'  v^iht_  a  journey  of  three  days  Jon.  3  :  3,  "nss  "^^^^  the 
iDcight  of  a  talent  1  Chron.  20  :  2,  "iSD)2  in^  men  of  number 
i.  e.  readily  numbered,  few,  Gen.  34 :  30,  oris?  n-in^  a  pos- 
session of  perpetuity  Gen.  17:8. 

6.  An  attribute,  by  which  it  is  characterized,  b^n  ni33 
mighty  man  of  valour  Judg.  11  :  1,  ^IS  fi?  tree  of  fruit  Gen. 
1  :  11,  'ji'^^jn  ii'iii  i7(y//(?y  o/"  vision  i.  e.  distinguished  as  the  one 
where  visions  are  received  Isa.  22  :  1 ,  '^ii'^ov!  1^^  the  flock  of 
slaughter  i.  e.  which  is  to  be  slaughtered  Zecli.  11  :  4. 

a.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  Hebrew  uses  nouns  to  express  many  of 
the  ideas  for  which  adjectives  are  employed  in  otiier  languages;  thus,  in 
the  examples  under  Nos.  4,  5,  and  Q) ,  vessel  of  wood,  for  wooden  vessel,  posses- 
sio7i  of  perpetuity  for  perpetual  possession,  viighly  man  of  valour  fur  valiant 
mighty  man,  flock  of  slaughter  for  grex  mactanda.  This  both  arises  from 
and  explains  the  comparative  paucity  of  adjectives  in  Hebrew:  though 
even  where  corresponding  adjectives  exist  the  other  construction  is  fre- 
quently preferred,  irnp  •'n;3  garments  of  holiness  Ex.  28  :  2,  p'li.—'nqi 
sacrifices  of  righteousness,  lii^p  holy  and  p"'"i::i  righteous  being  used  with 


§254  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  283 

less  latitude  and  with  a  stricter  regard  to  the  etiiical  idea  which  they  in- 
volve. Attributives  are  frequently  Ibrnicd  by  prefixing  such  words  as 
^■^X  vian.  i>a  lord,  'a  so7i,  ra  daughler,  to  abstract  nouns  or  other  sub- 
stantives, thuS;  "iNJh  Ui-iX  a  man  of  form  i.  e.  comely  1  Sam.  16:18,  IT^X 
d'i"i2'n  man  of  words  i.  e.  eloquent  Ex.  4  :  10.  niri'bnn  ^?2  the  possessor  of 
dreams  i.  e.  dreamer  Gen.  37  :  19,  D^a;;  ritd-a  son  of  eight  days  i.e.  eight 
days  old  Gen.  17:12,  n.']'3""|3  son  of  death  i.e.  deserving  to  die  1  Sam. 
20  -.31.  l5i'^ba""^33  sons  ofworthlessness  i.  e.  icicked  Deut.  13  :  14,  S'^rU-'nT? 
nbd  daughter  of  ninety  years  i.  e.  ninety  years  old  Gen.  17  :  17. 

6.  Occasionally  in  poetry  an  adjective  instead  of  agreeing  with  its  sub- 
stantive is  treated  as  though  it  were  an  abstract  noun,  'j^i^D  "'.^3  vessels 
of  small  (capacity)  Isa.  22  :  24,  N^'a  "'a  waters  of  fulness  Ps.  73  :  10,  rr^S-bzi 
isinsn  perhaps  every  house  of  great  (size),  though  others  render  every  great 
(man's)  house  Jer.  52:13.  So  sometimes  an  adverb,  '^VXi  "lyo  feiv  men 
Deut.  26:5,  T'in  rSiy  continual  burnt- of ering  Num.  28: G,  tin  ''k;:]  blood 
(shed)  causelessly  1  Kin.  2:31,  Cri"i  "i"]^  enemies  in  the  day  time  Ezek. 
30:  16,  ciw  "laN  dumb  stone  Hab.  2:  19,  or  adverbial  phrase,  -"^rs^  ■'n'^?< 
a  God  nigh  at  hand,  p'n*;^.  '''rpi<  a  God  afar  of  Jev.  23  :  23. 

7.  The  source  from  Avliicli  the  precedmg  noun  is  derived, 
r^■^h^  nSin  tke  km  of  Jehovah  Ex.  13  : 9,  nic^  ieo  the  book 
of  Moses  2  Chron.  25 : 4,  ninii?  nSin  side  from  love  Cant.  2 : 5. 

8.  The  subject  by  Avhich  an  action  is  performed,  or  in 
which  an  attribute  inheres,  n^h';'  f^^H^.  the  love  of  God  i.  e. 
exercised  by  him  1  Kin.  10:9,  ni^'b^y  rraDn  the  wisdom  of 
Solomon  1  Kin.  5  :10. 

9.  The  object,  upon  which  an  action  is  directed,  irsn';' 
D^n'bx  the  fear  of  God  Gen.  20  :  11,  Qi^n  nbr^^  //^6-  nde  of 
the  day  Gen.  1  :  IG. 

a.  After  nouns,  which  express  or  imply  action,  the  following  noun  or 
suffix  denotes  tlie  subject  or  the  object  as  the  sense  or  the  connection  may 
demand,  niir;!  rix;p  the  zeal  of  Jehovah, which  he  feels  Isa.  37:32,  ci-rxrp^ 
zeal  of  the  people,  which  is  felt  for  them  Isa.  26:  11;  nno  rfrr:  the  cry 
against  Sodom  Gen.  18:20,  ^ynpr^t.  the  cry  of  the  poor  Prov.  21:13; 
ibsn  his  wrong  i.  c.  done  by  him  Ps.  7:  17,  "^b^n  my  wrong  i.  e.  done  to 
me  Gen.  16:5;  D'';""r|"i'!^.  the  way  of  the  sea  i.e.  leading  to  it  1  Kin.  18:43, 
crai"^   T|":'n  the  \cay  of  Jeroboam  i.  e.  in  which  he  walked  1  Kin.  16:26. 

b.  Active  participles  are  frequently  put  in  the  construct  state  before 
their  object,  n33  r^'^'^J'a  restoring  the  soul  Ps.  19:8.  T^-tz'-J  "'rnk  loving  thy 
name  Fs.  5:12,  •^vb  "^ka  entering  the  gate  Gen.  23:10.  So  even  before 
an  infinitive  which  they  govern,  Wp  '"3-'2^?a  being  early  to  rise  Ps.  127:  2. 
Passive  participles  may  be  in  the  construct  before  the  subject  of  the  ac- 
tion, cn'bx   n3'2  smitten  of  God  Isa.  53:4,  ni"X   1^^^  born  of  a  woman 


284  SYNTAX.  §255 

Job  14:1,  or  before  the  secondary  object,  if  the  verb  is  capable  in  the 
active  of  having  a  double  object,  p'O-rrijri.  girded  with  sackcloth  Joel  1 :  S. 
D'''i}2n  diizb  clothed  with  linen  Ezek.  9:11.  When  a  noun  follows  the  in- 
finitive it  may  be  in  construction  with  it  as  its  subject,  ~T\^^  ^"iR^  on  the 
A-m^-'s  reading  2  Kin.  5  :  7,  ■iui"'~in  his  driving  out  Num.  32  :  21,  or  be  gov- 
erned by  it  as  its  object,  iixl?2Tll-i<"ip  io  call  Samuel  1  Sam.  3:S,  noinin 
to  drive  them  out  Deut.  7  :  17. 

10.  The  respect  in  which  a  preceding  attribute  holds,  so 
that  it  answers  the  purpose  of  speciftcation,  D'^nETS-sri:  un- 
clean as  to  lijjs  Isa.  G  :  5,  nViirp  /mrd  hearted  Ezek.  3 :  7, 
D"^i."n  'i^'ip  rent  as  to  (/aruients,  2  Sam.  13  :  31. 

a.  This  answers  to  what  is  known  as  the  Greek  accusative,  TrdSas  oWs ; 
the  English  has  in  certain  cases  adopted  the  Hebrew  idiom,  so  that  we 
can  say  swift  of  foot  ^  blind  of  an  eye,  etc. 

§255.  1.  AVlien  the  relation  between  two  nouns  is  ex- 
pressed by  an  intervening  preposition,  the  first  commonly 
remains  in  the  absolute  state :  it  may,  however,  particularly 
in  poetry,  be  put  in  the  construct,  ?3^5?  ""^n  mountains  in 
Gilboa  2  Sam.  1  :  21,  Q3>tJ  ^k^2^ projj/iets  out  of  tlieir  oimi 
heart  Ezek.  13:2,  ^:i  "'tis  according  to  the  abltifj/  in  us 
Neh.  5:8. 

2.  A  noun  is  sometimes  put  in  the  construct  before  a 
succeeding  clause  with  which  it  is  closely  connected :  thus, 
before  a  relative  clause,  lii'X  Dip^  tlic  place  ichere,  etc..  Gen. 
39  :  20,  ^i?Ji«  nivby/or  the  reason  that  Deut.  22 :  24,  par- 
ticularly when  the  relative  is  itself  omitted,  nbiyri-i;^3  It/  the 
hand  of  (him  whom)  thou  loilt  send  Ex.  4:13,  nih^-is^  njnn 
the  heginning  of  (what)  Jehovah  spake  Hos.  1  :  2,  or  before 
the  conjunction  ")  and,  ^t2)  ™?0  luisdom  and' hnowledge  Isa. 
33  :  G,  V^^  '^^  ^^r"^  drunken  and  not  uith  wine  Isa.  51 :  21. 

3.  Three,  four,  or  even  five  nouns  are  sometimes  joined 
together  in  the  relation  of  the  construct  state,  nnhii-n'^n  "lirsn 
tlie  heads  of  the  houses  of  their  fatJters  Ex.  G  :  14,  ''rinT^  isD^ 
b!s5nti'>-i;n  the  number  of  the  tribes  of  the  children  of  Israel 
Josh.  4 :  5,  n^izJx-tjb^a  sib  b^ii-iiB  the  fruit  of  the  greatness 
of  heart  of  the  king  of  Jssgria  Isa.  10  :  12. 


§  25G  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  285 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances,  only  occurring  in  poetry,  two^  words  of  like 
meaning  are  united  in  tlie  construct  belbrc  the  same  noun,  ai;^  "^bn^p,  ■'nns 
risers,  brooks  of  honey  Job  20  :  17,  nrj^/^rin  -ipjdip  Ps.  78  :  9,  if  rendered 
as  it  is  by  some  armed  with,  shooting  the  bow,  tliough  ''h^'^}  ^^Y  ^^^  '"  ^o"' 
structionnot  with  nc;^^  but  with  "'5:1^  armed  ones  of  those  who  shoot  the 
bow,  armed  bowmen.     See  Alexander  in  he. 

§25G.  When  two  words  are  in  the  construct  relation 
they  must  stand  in  immediate  conjunction,  and  no  other 
word  can  be  suffered  to  come  between  them  as  it  would  ob- 
scure the  sense.  Hence  an  adjective,  participle  or  demon- 
strative, qualifying  a  noun  in  the  construct  state,  cannot 
stand  innnediately  after  it,  but  must  be  placed  after  the  gov- 
erned noun,  bi^5n  nih^  ^0^9  t/ic  great  toork  of  Jehovah 
Judg.  2  :  7,  npi-i5  nnr  nn-j?  a  great  croion  of  gold  Esth. 
8: 15.  So  an  article  or  suffix,  belonging  to  a  noun  in  the 
construct,  must  be  attached  not  to  it  but  to  the  governed 
noun,  b^nn  ^niaa  the  might g  men  of  valour  Josh.  1 :  14,  ''l?'^'?i« 
in-T  Ms  idols  of  gold  Isa.  2  :  20,  ^irJ^j?  oi?  mg  name  of  holi- 
ness i.  e.  mg  hotg  name  Lev.  20  :  3. 

a.  When  the  governing  and  the  governed  noun  arc  of  the  same  gender 
and  number  it  may  be  doubtful  to  which  of  them  the  following  adjective 
is  to  be  referred,  thus  binjn  r3^.  inx  Gen.  10  :  21  may  either  mean  the 
elder  brother  of  Japheth  or  the  brother  of  Japheth  the  elder. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances,  only  occurring  in  poetry,  a  noun  Avith  a  suf- 
fi.x  stands  in  the  construct  belbre  a  following  word,  nrvc;'^  rj-'l^bs'"??  thy 
chariots  of  salcation  Hah.  3 :S,  Tii-^cn^  viy  refuge  of  strength  Ps.  71 :  7, 
nsT  -3"!^  thy  way  cf  lewdness  Ezek.  16:  27,  though  these  are  rather  to  be 
regarded  as  instances  of  apposition  in  the  wide  sense.  §253.  2.  Nouns  in 
the  construct  occasionally  receive  the  article,  §246.  3.  a. 

c.  In  the  followincr  passao-es  a  brief  word  intervenes  between  bb, 
which,  though  properly  a  noun  signifying  totality,  is  m  usage  equivalent 
to  a  pronominal  adjective  all,  every,  and  the  noun  which  it  governs, 
'■j\-j  v:hr\-b3  take  away  all  iniquity  Hos.  14 :  3,  so  2  Sam.  1 :  9,  Job  27  :^3. 
and  perhaps  Isa.  38  :  16;  but  see  Alexander  in  loc.  Like  the  Greek  ttSs, 
Avhen  followed  by  a  definite  noun  bb  means  the  whole  or  all  ci'n-^  all 
the  people,  yi.ijri-^  the  ichole  earth,  when  followed  by  an  indefinite  noun 
every,  r";i-b3  erej-y  house;  though  here  as  elsewhere  the  poets  may  omit 
the  article,  which  would  be  necessary  in  prose,  irx-.'-B  the  whole  head 
Isa.  1:5.  Connected  with  a  negative  adverb  it  forms  a  universal  nega- 
tion no,  or  if  the  words  be  rendered  separately  our  idiom  requires  us  to 
translate  bis  by  any,  r\CV'^-^h  tihuh-q-b-D  no  work  shall  be  done  Ex.  12  :  16, 


28G  SYNTAX.  §  257, 258 

mn-b3  '"^x  there  is  no  new  thing  Eccl.  1  :  9,  Ri"i>{-?3  bbli  xb  neither  can 
any  god  2  Chron.  32  :  15.     Comp.  ov  StKatai^^crerat  Trucra  crdp^  Rom.  3 :  20. 
(/.  He  paragoiric   may  be   attached  to  a  noun  in  tlie  construct  state. 
t-c)U  nn-iTa  tuwixrd  the  lising  nf  the  sun  Deut.  4:41.  Gen.  24  :  G7. 

^257.  The  preposition  "=  to,  helongiiig  to,  with  or  with- 
out a  preceding  relative  pronoun,  may  be  substituted  for  the 
construct  relation  in  its  possessive  sense,  ""^iji&J^  "liJiil  "pkr\ 
her  father  s  shecj)  prop,  the  sheej)  ichich  Jjelovged  to  her  father 
Gen.  29  :  9,  comp.  Dn^ni?  isii:  Gen.  37  :  12,  'S^-h'&^i^  n^sn  tlie 
Jiouse  of  Elisha  2  Kin.  5  :  9,  comp.  Latin  jjater  viihi.  This 
is  particularly  the  case 

1.  When  the  first  noun  is  omitted  'I'l'ib  (a  psalm)  of 
David  Ps.  11:1,  D?"rn&«b  lir^ai?  Amnou  (son)  of  Ahinoam 
2  Sam.  3  :  2. 

2.  When  the  first  norm  is  indefinite  and  the  second 
definite,  ^'t'^i^  ^i  a  son  of  Jesse  1  Sam.  16:18  {yr^-^  2  Sam. 
20  : 1  is  tlie  son  of  Jesse,  S  246.  3),  D^nzcn  -ilL'b  ^ny  a  servant 
of  tlie  captain  of  tlie  guard  Gen.  41  :  12. 

a.  Hence  tlie  frequent  use  of  b  {LamedJi  aucloris)  in  the  titles  of  the 
Psalms  and  other  compositions,  TJlib  "il^T^a  a  ])salin  of  David  i.  e.  belong- 
ing to  him  as  its  author,  p^p^C^  '^^r^'  a  J^rayer  of  Habakkuk. 

3.  When  the  first  noun  is  accompanied  by  a  numeral 
adjective,  especially  in  dates,  tyh  ai^  nibr-ni^isn  the  fifteenth 
day  of  the  month  1  Kin.  12  :  32,  ^'"'ab  n-iipwr!  r\rti  in  the 
fifth  year  of  the  Icing  1  Kin.  14  :  25,  i5Dxb  t%  nita  in  the 
third  year  of  Asa  1  Kin.  15  :  33. 

4.  When  several  genitives  are  connected  together,  126 
ni^n""  '^bbrib  D^'a^n  inn'i  the  hook  of  the  Chronieles  of  the  Icings 
ofJudah  1  Kin.  15  :  23. 

The  Predicate. 

§258.  1.  The  predicate  of  a  sentence,  if  a  substantive, 
adjective,  or  pronoun,  may  be  connected  with  its  subject 
without  an  intervening  copula,  their  mutual  relation  being 


§  259  THE    PREDICATE. 


IS7 


sufficiently  suggested  by  simply  placing  them  together, 
niSttJ  n-'nin^np-bs  all  Iter  paths  (are)  ^jeace  Prov.  3:17,  ^"o 
^ir\  the  tree  (was)  good  Gen.  3  :  G,  XfT^  ^\  if^'^s  (is)  the  icaij 
Isa.  30:21. 

2.  Or  the  pronoun  N'.n  of  the  third  person  may  be  used 
as  a  copula,  nns  N'"n  "'TT}^,  "'\'?r?  the  fourth  river  is  Eu- 
phrates prop,  it  (is)  Euphrates  Gen.  2 :  14,  r%.  n^rrnia 
lohat  are  these  ?  Zech.  4  :  5,  ^f^ri  )^^r\'V.-m,  thou  art  mij  king 
Ps.  44  :  5,  on  Q^''?^^  n^^n  D'^iiJ^sn  these  men  are  peaceable 
Gen.  34:21. 

3.  Or  the  verb  n^n  to  he  may  be  employed  for  a  like 
purpose,  particularly  if  the  idea  of  past  or  future  time  is  in- 
volved, ^nh  HiVn  7")Sjn  the  earth  was  desolate  Gen.  1  :  2, 
niinn  T'T}  "ij^sn  the  oxen  tuere ploughing  Job  1  :  14. 

a.  Verbs  which  denote  some  moJificatioii  of  being  are  sometinnes  em- 
pl-oyed  in  the  same  way;  thus,  his  eyes  niriD  ^^nn  began  (to  be)  dim 
1  Sam,  3:2;  nri"iNn  U-iS  n's  h^^^  and  Noah  began  (to  be)  a  husbandman 
Gen.  9:20;  1^>'Xi  Tj^aTn?  uJien  thou  ceascst  spoiling  Isa.  33  :  1,  the  hair 
•ib  r^^n  has  turned  while  Lev.  13  :  3  ;  so  to  be  called,  to  be  esteemed,  etc. 

'b.  Simple  existence  or  non-existence  is  predicated  by  means  of  the 
particles  d"^  and  "5?,  the  latter  of  which  retains  its  absolute  form  when 
foilowincT  the  noun,  but  takes  the  construct  form  'pX  when  it  precedes  the 
noun  either  immediately  or  separated  from  it  by  intervening  words,  bx5  i:;^ 
there  is  a  kinsman  Ruth  3 :  12,  ■|';'X  cns  there  was  not  a  man  Gen.  2  :  5, 
T^h  yk  there  icas  no  king  in  Israel  Judg.  21  :  25.  These  particles  may 
also  be  used  as  copulas  with  the  personal  pronouns,  when  the  predicate  is 
a  participle,  n^ir^  Tjrx  thou  art  not  letting  go  Ex.  8  :  17,  :i"'ii:i^  r,ia^  thou 
art  saving  Judg.  G  :  3G. 

§  259.  1.  A  noun  in  the  predicate  may  receive  the  same 
adjuncts  as  in  the  subject,  §  244. 

2.  Adjectives  and  demonstrative  pronouns  in  the  predi- 
cate agree  with  the  nouns  to  which  they  relate  in  gender  and 
number,  but  differ  from  qualifying  adjectives  and  demonstra- 
tives, §  249,  in  standing  before  the  noun  and  in  not  receiv- 
ing the  article,  thouo-h  the  noun  be  definite,  "13"^  ^"J  the 
toord  is  good  Dent.  1  :  14,  l^'ann  D^in  his  mercies  are  great 
I  Chron.  21  :  13,  Q:i'i3irr;  ni^bin  n^iJ?  these  are  the  genera- 
tions of  the  heavens  Gen.  2  :  4. 


288  SYNTAX.  ^  2GU 

a.  A  predicate  adjective  may  also,  though  less  frequently,  stand  after 
the  noun,  ns"'  n-ir:n  the  damsel  was  fair  1  Kin.  1:4,  iK^hn  rnxn  ^fiTsi 
Sla  a«.cZ  the  gold  of  that  land  is  good  Gen.  2  :  12. 

b.  If  the  sense  require  tlie  predicate  to  be  made  definite,  it  will  receive 
the  article,  ~'?'i^i^  ^k  ""J  'noiith  is  the  (one)  speaking  Gen.  45  :  12. 

Comparison  op  Adjectives. 

§260.  1.  Adjectives  have  no  distinct  form  for  the  com- 
parative or  superlative.  Comparison  is  expressed  by  means 
of  the  preposition  )^/rom  placed  after  the  adjective,  nii"j 
D'^riS^  niDDri  2cisdom  is  better  than  rubies  prop,  is  good  from 
rubies,  differs  from  them  and  by  implication  is  superior  to 
them  in  point  of  goodness,  Prov.  8:11;  "^li?^  nrix  p'l'^^ 
thou  art  more  righteous  than  I,  1  Sam.  24  :  17. 

2.  The  superlative  degree  may  be  expressed 

(1.)  By  adding  "^b  all  to  the  comparative  particle  "j^, 
D'^J?""'.?^!"''!^  ^"TlS  great  from  all  the  sons  of  the  east  i.  e.  the 
fjreatest  of  all,  etc.,  Job  1:3. 

(2.)  By  an  emphatic  use  of  the  positive,  so  as  to  imply 
the  possession  of  the  attribute  in  an  eminent  degree,  I'^ja  "i'lbp 
the  least  of  his  sojis  prop,  the  little  (one)  2  Chron.  21 :  17, 
U^tpi  T's^'^T^  0  fairest  among  ivomen  Cant.  1  :  8,  'J^J>'?!i  the 
least,  bi'l.iin  the  greatest  1  Chron.  12:14,  nni'J  the  best  of 
them  Mic.  7:4. 

n.  When  the  predicate  is  a  verb  instead  of  an  adjective,  comparison 
may  be  expressed  in  the  same  manner.  Tjjs'a  bnax  /  will  he  greater  than 
thou  prop,  great  from  thee  Gen.  41:40,  cnxn-psri  DSn;;;]  and  he  was  the 
wisest  of  all  men  1  Kin.  5:11.  In  a  few  passages,  chietly  occurring  in  the 
book  of  Ecclcsiastes,  comparison  is  made  by  means  of  the  adverb  ^ri'' 
more,  ir^  tx  i;x^  "'^^='7  Iv^as  then  more  xcise  Ecc'l.  2  :  15. 

b.  Tlie  construction  with  ')^  may  also  be  used  to  denote  excess,  ^ina 
Nit;:?3  121^.  my  hiiquity  is  too  great  to  be  forgiven  prop,  greater  than  (it  is 
possible)  to  forgive  Gen.  4:  13,  T^'q-q  arri  too  little  for  thee  Job  15:  11. 

c.  A  comparative  sense  is  commonly  ascribed  to  "|"2  in  the  following 
passages,  in  which  an  adjective,  suggested  by  the  context,  must  be  supplied, 
n3!iDB:2  ^{i;^  the  upright  (is  sharper)  than  a  thorn-hedge  Mic.  7:4,  DSXT3 
less  tiian  nothing  Isa.  40  :  17,  41 :24,  Ps.  62:10.  Isa.  10:  10,  Job  11 :  17-  in 
some  of  these  cases,  however,  )q  may  have  the  sense  oi from  or  of  and 
denote  that  from  which  any  thing  is  derived  or  of  which  it  forms  a  part. 


§  261,  2g2  the  primary  tenses.  289 

Verbs. 

§2G1,  1.  The  doctrine  of  the  Hebrew  tenses  rests  upon 
a  conception  of  time  radically  different  from  that  -wliicli  pre- 
vails in  onr  own  and  in  other  Indo-European  languages. 
Time  is  conceived  of,  not  as  distributed  into  three  portions, 
viz. :  past,  present,  and  future,  but  as  consisting  of  the  past 
and  future  only.  The  present  is,  in  this  view,  an  inappreciable 
moment,  without  extension  or  cognizable  existence,  the  mere 
point  of  contact  between  two  boundless  periods  of  duration, 
or  the  instant  of  transition  from  one  to  the  other,  and,  as 
such,  not  entitled  to  be  represented  by  a  distinct  verbal  form. 
Every  action  or  state  of  being  is  accordingly  viewed  as  be- 
longing to  the  past  or  to  the  future ;  and  such  as  do  not 
belong  exclusively  to  one,  may  be  referred  indifferently  to 
either. 

2.  Within  these  two  grand  divisions  of  time  no  account 
is  made  of  those  minuter  distinctions,  in  the  expression  of 
which  we  are  accustomed  to  employ  such  a  variety  of  tenses, 
nor  of  those  modal  differences  which  are  with  us  indicated 
by  the  indicative,  subjunctive,  and  potential,  except  to  that 
limited  extent  to  which  these  may  be  regarded  as  covered  by 
the  paragogic  and  apocopated  futures,  §  204.  Whatever  is, 
or  is  conceived  of  as  past,  must  be  put  in  the  preterite ;  the 
future  is  used  for  all  that  is,  or  is  conceived  of  as  future, 
while  all  subordinate  modiiications  or  shades  of  meaning 
are  either  suggested  by  accompanying  particles,  or,  without 
being  precisely  indicated,  are  left  to  be  inferred  from  the 
connection. 

The  Primary  Tenses. 

^  2G2.  The  preterite  is  accordingly  used  of 
1.  The  past,  whether  our  idiom  would  i-equire  the  abso- 
19 


290  SYNTAX.  §262 

lute  past  tense,  i.  e.  the  historical  imperfect,  in  the  heginnincj 
God  N^S  created,  etc.,  Gen,  1:1,  God  nsD  tempted  Ahraliam 
Gen.  22:1;  or  one  of  the  relative  tenses,  viz.  the  past  viewed 
in  relation  to  the  present,  i.  e.  the  perfect,  what  is  this  that 
VT'tJV  thou  hast  done  Gen.  3:13,  thee  ^^'''k'}  have  I  seen  right- 
eous Gen.  7:1;  the  past  in  relation  to  another  past,  i.  e.  the 
pluperfect,  God  ended  his  toork  tohich  ntiy  he  had  made  Gen. 
2:2;  and  theij  did  so  as  the  Lord  ^^^  had  commanded  Ex. 
7:10;  or  the  past  in  relation  to  a  future,  i.  e.  the  future 
perfect,  wlien  the  Lord  '^Tr\  shall  have  loashed  away,  etc.,  Isa. 
4  :  4,  until  the  time  that  she  ivhich  travaileth  rrib^  shall  have 
brought  forth  Mic.  5:2;  or  a  conditional  mood,  except  the 
Lord  of  hosts  had  left  unto  us  a  very  small  remnant  ^i"^?!^  loe 
should  have  heen  as  Sodom  Isa.  1:9,/  icoidd  there  were  a 
sioord  in  mine  hand,  for  now  ^"^J^^in  L  would  have  killed  thee 
Num.  22  :  29  ;  or  an  optative,  denoting  something  which  was 
to  have  been  desired  but  which  nevertheless  did  not  occur, 
?:nt"^^  0  that  we  had  died  Num.  14  :  2,  ^^^n  ^b  0  that  they 
had  heen  wise  that  they  (fut.)  woidd  consider  this  Deut. 
32  :  29,  or  a  subjunctive  (the  Jordan  was  dried  up),  that 
nnsn;i  ye  miyht  fear  the  Lord,  at  that  time  and  thencefor- 
v/SixA  forever  Josh.  4  :  24. 

a.  In  all  these  cases  the  verbal  form  merely  expresses  in  the  general 
that  the  action  belongs  to  the  past,  but  whether  this  is  to  be  taken  abso- 
lutely, relatively,  or  conditionally,  must  be  learned  from  the  circumstances 
of  the  case  or  from  accompanying  words.  The  proper  English  imperfect 
is  expressed  in  Hebrew  not  by  the  preterite  but  by  the  participle,  "y^p  S<1iT] 
and  he  (was)  silting  Gen.  IS:  1,  §266.  3. 

h.  In  promises,  contracts,  etc.,  the  preterite  -is  sometimes  employed, 
where  we  might  have  expected  the  future,  because  the  inward  act  or  pur- 
pose is  intended  rather  than  its  outward  execution,  unto  thy  seed  "^PrD  / 
have  given  this  land  Gen.  15: 18,  the  grant  was  made  though  they  were 
not  yet  put  in  possession;  accordingly,  when  the  latter  idea  is  prominent, 
the  future  is  used  of  the  same  transaction,  unto  thy  seed,  'nx  /  xcill  give 
this  land  Gen.  12:  7,  26  :  3.     .Comp.  Gen.  4  :  14,  23:  11,  13. 

2.  The  present,  regarded  as  the  continuation  or  natural 
sequence  of  a  pre-existing  action  or  condition.     Anything 


§  262  THE    PRIMARY,  TENSES.  291 

begun  in  the  past  and  continued  in  the  present  may  be  con- 
sidered to  belong  to  the  past  and  accordingly  spoken  of  in 
the  preterite,  give  me  a  little  boater  for  T^^  /  cim  thirsty 
Judg.  4:19  prop.  I  have  been  thirsty  and  (it  is  implied)  I 
am  so  still ;  the  earth  5^^;''2  is  full  of  violence  prop,  has  been 
and  still  i^full  Gen.  G  :  13  ;  now  ^T\T\^  I  know  that  Jehovah 
is  the  greatest  of  all  the  gods  Ex.  18  :  11,  prop.  I  have  known, 
the  knowledge  being  in  fact  contemporaneous  with  the  in- 
formation upon  which  it  was  based.  Comp.  in  Latin  novi, 
meniini^  odi. 

a.  It  is  comparatively  a  matter  of  indifference  whether  the  preterite 
or  the  future  be  used  to  designate  the  present.  Tliat  which  now  exists 
may  either  be  regarded  as  continued  from  the  past  or  as  perpetuated  in  the 
future;  and  as  it  is  contemplated  under  one  or  the  other  of  these  aspects, 
will  the  tense  be  determined  accordingly.  Thus,  the  question  xvhence  come 
ye  is  in  Gen.  42:7  crN3  y_'^'0  ichence  hace  ye  come,  but  in  Josh.  9:8 
1S2F1  "i'^'S^  whence  are  ye  coming  or  will  ye  come  ;  because,  in  the  former 
instance,  the  past  action  of  coming  is  uppermost  in  the  mind  of  the  speaker, 
and  in  the  latter  this  action  is  regarded  as  having  not  yet  ceased. 

3.  Permanent  facts  or  general  truths  ;  these,  though  true 
for  all  time,  are  gathered  from  experience  and  observation, 
and  hence  may  be  appropriately  referred  to  the  past,  au  ox 
3?n^  knoweth  his  owner  Isa.  1  :  3,  oxen  always  have  done  so 
and  it  is  implied  that  they  always  will ;  the  Lord  UtT}  pitieth 
them  that  fear  him  Ps.  103  :  13. 

a.  The  future  is  used  in  this  case  with  the  same  frequency  and  pro- 
priety as  the  preterite,  An  ox  wilt  knoio  his  owner  expresses  the  same 
general  truth  as  an  ox  has  known  his  oxoner ;  only  in  the  former  case  at- 
tention is  chiefly  draw^n  to  its  future,  and  in  the  latter  to  its  past  realiza- 
tions, §263.  3. 

4.  The  future,  when  viewed  as  past;  the  prophets,  in 
their  inspired  descriptions  of  events  which  had  not  yet  come 
to  pass,  often  transport  themselves  to  the  time  when  they 
shall  have  been  accomplished  :  and,  surveying  the  future  from 
this  ideal  point  of  view,  they  give  to  their  predictions  the 
form  of  a  recital  of  what  has  already  taken  place,  Babylon 


292  SYNTAX.  §  263 

nSsD  has  fallen  Isa.  21  :  9,  he  i^'^?  hath  home  our  f/riefs  Isa. 
53  :  4, /or  /  ''l^S1??n  have  made  Esau  bare  Jer.  49  :  10. 

a.  The  counterpart  of  this  prophetic  preterite  is  the  use  of  the 
future  in  vivid  descriptions  of  the  past,  in  which  the  w^riter  appears,  in 
imagination,  to  live  over  again  what  has  already  taken  place,  §263.  5. 

§  2G3.  The  future  is  used  in  speaking  of 

1 .  The  future,  whether  absolutely,  '?i^2?i?.  I  will  mahe  of 
thee  a  great  nation  Gen.  12:2,  or  relatively  to  something  in 
the  past,  lie  took  his  eldest  son  ivlio  ^^'^^.  was  to  reign  2  Kin. 
3:  27,  Elisha  teas  fallen  sick  of  his  sickness  ichereof  r.'i^^  he 
was  to  die  2  Kin.  13:14;  or  conditionally,  (would  that  I 
had  died)  for  I  taould  have  lain  down  (pret.)  and  tsipii'N 
would  he  at  rest  Job  3:13;  hut  (if  it  were  my  case)  /  TSn'is 
iDOidd  seek  unto  God  Job  5:8;  or  optatively  in  the  various 
grades  of  desire,  determination,  permission,  or  command,  so 
'^'l^ik'^  may  all  thine  enemies  2^Grish  Judg.  5  :  31 ;  0  that  my 
grief  ^p'^^'?  might  he  iceighed  Job  0:2;  all  that  thou  com- 
mandest  us  nib?2  ire  u-ill  do  Josh.  1:10;  deeds  that  Ti:^^. 
ought  not  to  he  done  Gen.  20:9;  of  the  fruit  of  tJie  trees  of 
the  garden  b5i?3  we  may  eat  Gen.  3  : 2,  63&5n  ik^  ye  sJiall  not 
eat  ver.  3,  mine  ordinances  ^'i/at^n  ye  sJiall  keep  Lev.  18:4; 
or  subjunctively,  especially  after  conjunctions  signifying  tliat, 
in  order  that,  lest,  etc.,  (bring  the  venison)  'h?*'^?^  Vy^.  i>' 
order  that  my  soul  may  bless  thee  Gen.  27  :  25,  against  tJiee 
have  I  sinned  that  y^"^^  thou  migJdest  he  justifedV^.  51  :0. 

a.  When  employed  in  requests,  the  future  is  frequently  accompanied 
by  the  particle  N3.  tiius.  N3"~3'3';i  let  thy  servant  speclk,  I  pray  thee  Gen. 
44:  18,  S3 — \i2*''^  let  the  icickedness  of  the  wicked  cease,  I  pray  Ps.  7:  10. 

b.  The  future  is  idiomatically  used  with  D'ni?.  and  Cn^iln  not  yet,  before, 
whether  the  period  referred  to  is  past  or  future,  the  time  denoted  by  the 
particle  being  antecedent  to  the  action  of  the  verb.  Thus,  referring  to  the 
past,  /  ate  of  all  xian  Cj-itDS  before  thou  earnest  Gen.  27:  33,  the  lamp  of 
God  nan";!  n'-jib  had  vol  yet  gone  out  1  Sam.  3:4;  to  the  future,  that  my 
soul  may  bless  thee  r^hi^  C-pi:^  before  I  die  Gen.  27:4,  ^s<'^k"?  ^7^  before 
they  call,  I  will  answer  Isa.  65:  24.  There  are  three  examjiles  of  the  use 
of  the  preterite  with  these  particles,  the  reference  being  to  past  time, 
1  Sam.  3  : 7,  Ps.  90 : 2,  Prov.  S :  25. 


§  2G3  THE  PRIMARY  TENSES.  293 

2.  The  present,  when  it  is  conceived  of  as  extending 
into  the  future,  comfort  mij  peojjle  "i^i?"'  saith  your  God  Isa. 
40  : 1,  the  divine  utterance  though  begun  is  not  yet  finished ; 
^y^n  iiSn  do  ye  not  lawio?  vcr.  21,  are  you  ignorant,  and 
is  this  ignorance  to  continue?  why  "^snri  iceejjc-st  thou.'' 
1  Sam.  1:8. 

3.  General  truths  or  permanent  facts,  when  the  attention 
is  directed  to  their  vahdity  for  all  time  to  come,  rigldeousness 
D'aiin  cimlteth  a  nation  Prov.  14 :  34,  it  does  so  now  and 
always  will;  a  son  13D^  honour  etlt  his  father  ]\Ial.  1  :G. 

4.  Constant  or  habitual  acts  or  states  viewed  as  con- 
tinuing for  an  indefinite  period  from  the  time  spoken  of, 
even  though  they  may  have  ceased  at  the  time  of  speaking, 
and  so  belong  entirely  to  the  past,  a  mist  n'j?|!  tcsed  to  yo  ujj 
from  the  earth  Gen.  2  : 6,  i.  e.  not  only  at  the  moment  of  time 
previously  referred  to  but  from  that  onward ;  thus  Job  nib?;] 
did  continually  Job  1:5;  ilie  daughters  of  Israel  n:p^r\  loere 
in  the  habit  of  yoiny  from  time  to  time  Judg.  11  :  40  ;  so  Gen. 
29 :  2,  Ex.  13  :  22,  Num.  11 :  5,  1  Sam.  2:19. 

5.  The  past,  when  the  speaker  or  writer  assumes  an  ideal 
point  of  vision  prior  to  its  occurrence,  and  so  regards  it  as 
future.  Thus,  a  historian  in  animated  description,  as  we 
might  use  the  present,  nir'a-i'^TJ?^  TN  then  sinys  Moses  Ex. 
15:1,  Bat  ah  '^in:;?  brinys  me  from  Aram  Num.  23  :  7  ;  or  a 
poet,  who  lives  in  the  midst  of  that  of  which  he  sings,  "lii^i 
"a  "ib-jy;  Dii  let  the  day  j^erish  on  ichich  I  am  to  be  born  Job 
3  :  3,  wliere  the  speaker,  by  a  bold  figure,  places  himself  be- 
fore his  birth,  and  prays  that  the  day  which  was  to  give  him 
existence  might  be  annihilated,  so  that  he  might  be  saved 
from  the  misery  of  living ;  fr^rs?  ^Vh'Q  ^'^  ^"5?^  i<-'hy  may  I 
not  die  from  the  v:omb  ?  ver.  11,  Avhere  his  position  is  shifted 
to  the  time  immediately  after  his  birth ;  riirisb  I'^Dn^  ^iVp  ](,e 
malces  hioion  his  ivays  unto  Moses  Ps.  103  :  7. 

a.  The  intermingling  of  different  tenses  in  relation  to  the  same  sub- 
ject, which  is  so  frequent  in  poetry,  foreign  as  it  may  be  to  our  modes  of 


^94  SYNTAX.  §264,265 

thought,  does  not  justify  the  conclusion  that  they  are  used  promiscuously 
or  without  regard  to  their  distinctive  signification.  Thus  the  preterite 
and  the  future  are  frequently  combined  in  order  to  give  greater  emphasis 
and  compass  to  the  statement  made,  by  asserting  it  at  once  of  both  the 
grand  divisions  of  time,  the  wicked  who  ''D>)'^d  have  wasted  me,  my  deadly 
enemies  ^^''p,'!.  will  surround  me  Ps.  17:  9,  Jire  «^^r?*  devoured  before  them, 
and  after  them  aflame  t:nblri  shall  consume  Joel  2:3.  Or  the  writer  may 
place  himself  in  the  midst  of  an  event,  and  regard  part  as  having  already 
taken  place  and  part  as  yet  to  be  performed;  thus,  in  Ex.  15:14,  15.  the 
nations  VJ'O'd  have  heard  'jiTSi"!';'  they  will  he  afraid;  pangs  Tnx  have 
seized  iipon  the  inhabitants  of  Philistia ;  then  the  dukes  of  Edom  ^^^^3 
were  troubled,  the  mighty  men  of  Aloah  trembling  i:QTn.si>  shall  seize  them, 
all  the  inhabitants  of  Canaan  ^3^23  have  melted.  Or  a  verb  may  be  put  in 
the  future  to  show  that  the  action  which  it  denotes,  though  in  reality  past, 
is  subsequent  to,  or  a  consequence  of^  a  preceding  preterite,  ihey  were  both 
naked  Vw^bap"^  n'pi  and  were  not  ashamed  Gen.  2:25.  Deut.  2: 12. 

§  264.  The  apocopated  and  paragogic  forms  of  the  future 
are  mostly  used  in  then-  respective  persons,  §  97,  to  express 
its  optative,  conditional,  or  subjunctive  senses,  §263.  1.  The 
negative  imperative  is  made  by  prefixing  bs?  not  io  the  apoco- 
pated future,  ^5?nri-bs  harm  not  Ps.  105  :  15  ;  rj^T)  ^S  would 
mean  you  shall  not  harm. 

a.  These  modified  forms  of  the  future,  although  they  give  a  more  dis- 
tinct expression  to  the  modal  senses  just  indicated,  are  not  essential  to  that 
end,  since  the  same  shades  of  meaning  may  be  and  often  are  suggested 
by  the  simple  future.  Instances  are  more  rare,  and  only  found  in  poetry, 
in  which  the  apocopated  or  paragogic  forms  are  used,  when  simple  futurity 
is  intended,  Job  1 3 :  27,  24 :  25. 


The  Secondary  Tenses. 

§  265.  The  secondary  tenses  agree  in  signification  with 
their  respective  primaries.  The  futiu'e  with  Vav  conversive, 
forming  a  secondary  preterite,  §  99. 1,  has  the  same  variety  of 
senses  with  the  primary  or  proper  preterite,  and  is  in  fact  a 
simple  substitute  for  it.  In  like  manner,  the  secondary 
future  or  the  preterite  with  Vav  conversive,  §100.  1,  is  a 
substitute  for  the  primary  future.  A  narrative  or  a  para- 
graph, which  begins  with  one  of  the  primary  tenses,  is 
mostly  continued  by  means  of  the  corresponding  secondary 


§265 


THE    SECONDAllY    TENSES.  295 


tense,  provided  the  verb  stands  at  the  beginning  of  its  clause, 
so  that  it  can  be  attached  to  the  conjunction,  which  is  an. 
essential  part  of  the  secondary  formation.  If,  for  any  reason, 
this  order  of  the  words  is  interrupted  or  prevented,  the 
primary  tense  must  again  be  used.  Thus,  Gen.  22  : 1,  God 
TO?  tempted  Abraham  n^ii^l  and  said . . .  y^h  and  he  said. .  . 
ver.  3,  D?Ti'!i  and  he  rose  tip  early  . . .  '^^V^^.  and  saddled . . . 
nj^'^T  and  tool  . . .  yj^^^^^'  and  clave  . . .  D]?:^  and  rose  up  t^h 
ami  ivent  unto  the  place  i'i-n^«-nrs  of  ivhich  God  had  told 
him.  Gen.  17:5,  %  name  i5n]?^-i?5  shall  not  he  called  Abram 
n^ni  and  it  shall  be...  ver.  6,  "^nn^rn  and  I  loill  make  thje 
fridiful . . .  ^^Pn:n  and  I  ivill  mahe  nations  of  thee  a^i^^^ 
?)S?i:i  ?j^i2  and  hdngs  shall  come  out  of  thee. 

a  The  future  with  Vav  couversive  describes  an  act  subsequent  fo  or 
contemporary  with  the  time  denoted  by  the  words  with  which  it  is  con- 
nected. It  can,  therelbre.  only  relate  to  the  past  when  it  is  preceded  by 
a  preterite  with  a  past  signification,  or  by  some  other  word  or  phrase  wh.cli 
refers  to  past  time,  in  the  year  of  king  UzziaWs  death  ni<n><;  (and)  Jsaio 
Isa  6-1  But  if  it  be  preceded  by  a  future  tense,  it  has  a  luture  signihca- 
tion  pnb-^  he  shall  deride  every  stronghold  ^^^^  and  shall  heap  77;  earth 
nnsi:*^  ^a^id  take  it  Hab.  1 :  10,  loho  nt;s;i  shall  do  evil...  -i=",!i  Ti-.!0  ond 
shall' go  and  serce  other  gods  Deut.  17:2,3;  unless  a  pause  intervenes  in 
which  a  preterite  is  to  be  supplied,  as  in  Hab.  2: 1,  2.  /  wdl  u-atch  to  see 
what  he  will  say  to  me...  n^h-  ^ity^  and  (after  I  had  thus  watched)  the 
Lord  answered  me.  The  future  witii  Vav  conversive  occurs  in  a  preterite 
sense  at  the  beginning  of  certain  books,  because  they  were  regarded  by 
their  authors  as  supplements  or  continuations  of  preceding  histories,  '^r. 
And  it  came  to  pass  Josh.  1  : 1,  Judg.  1 :  1,  1  Sam.  1  :  I,  etc.,  etc. 

b  The  preterite  with  Vav  Iras  a  future  signification  only  after  a  future 
tense  or  an  expression  suggestive  of  futurity,  e.  g.  in  thy  distress  t;^xS7:^ 
when  there  shall  come  upon  thee  all  these  things  Deut.  4 :  30  ;  or  as  tiie 
initial  word  of  a  prophecy,  which  is  regarded  as  linked  witli  other  dis- 
closures of  the  future  previously  made,  n^n^  and  it  shall  come  to  pass 
Isa  2:2.  After  an  imperative  it  commonly  has  an  imperative  sense,  this 
beino-  one  of  the  significations  of  the  future,  §263.  1,  go  i^nto  Pha>aoh 
pn^sn  and  say  to  him  prop,  and  Hum  shall  say  Ex.  7:26  When  a 
pretei-ite  precedes,  the  Vav  is  not  conversive.  thy  servant  vas  keeping  his 
father^s  sheep  s:i  and  there  came  . . .  ^^r:i  and  took  . . .  ^r:^^:)  and  /  went 
Old  ..rh2ni  and  smote  him.  etc.,  1  Sam.  17:  34,  35,  unless  it  involves  a 
reference  'to  what  is  to  take  place  hereafter,  / /fare  WW  /-m  {the 
blessing  is  of  course  prospective),  -n-nsnn  and  1  will  make  himfnutful, 
■'n'13-inn  and  I  will  multiply  him  Gen.  17:20. 


296  SYNTAX.  §  266 

Participles. 

§  2GG.  The  participles  being  properly  verbal  nouns,  do 
not  in  strictness  involve  any  definite  notion  of  time,  and  the 
connection  must  decide  whether  they  are  to  be  referred  to 
the  past,  present,  or  future,  thus  ^sb  means  faUlnfj  Num. 
24  :  ^,  fallen  Judg.  4  :  22,  or  about  to  fall  Jer.  37  :  14.  Their 
principal  uses  are  the  following,  viz. : 

1 .  They  express  what  is  permanent  or  habitual,  §  1 8  6.  2 .  (2, 
(the  Lord)  inni^  loveth  rigldeousness  and  justice  Ps.  33  :  5,  a 
generation  ^l?n  gocth,  and  a  generation  55S  cometU,  and  the 
earth  jT^'as?  ahidethfor  ever  Eccles.  1 : 4.  Passive  participles 
so  used  suggest  not  only  a  constant  experience  of  what  is 
denoted  by  the  verb,  but  in  addition  a  permanent  quality  as 
the  ground  of  it,  tJ'iis  not  only  feared  but  icortliy  to  he 
feared,  ^^™  tcorthg  to  he  praised,  Tan:  desirable. 

2.  When  a  particular  time  is  intended  the  active  partici- 
ples most  commonly  relate  to  the  present  or  to  the  proximate 
future,  and  passive  participles  to  the  past,  n^h  rinN-~'a  tohat 
seest  thou?  Jer.  1:11,  ^^'^n'a  "^bsn  behold,  I  am  about  to  bring 
the  food  Gen.  6:17,  l^ji  giving  'J'rip  given,  i'^ip'a  restoring 
nir^^  restored. 

a.  The  active  participles  of  neuter  verbs,  Avliicli  have  no  passive  forms, 
are  used  in  both  a  past  and  a  present  sense,  vcq  dying  and  dead.,  h'^^  fall- 
ing and  fallen ;  this  is  less  frequently  the  case  with  active  verbs,  who  then 
is  he  1";ik~ian  that  hath  hunted  venison  Gen.  27 :  33 ;  these  are  the  gods 
niS'an  that  smote  Egypt  1  Sam.  4:8.  Participles  of  passive  form  but 
active  sense  arc  ordinarily  used  of  the  present  or  proxihiate  future,  nnbs 
fghting. 

3.  In  narrations  and  predictions  the  time  of  the  partici- 
ples is  reckoned  not  from  the  moment  of  speaking  but  from 
the  period  spoken  of,  the  two  angels  came  . . .  ^V.''  "^'i'"'  a?id 
Lot  (was)  sitting  in  the  gate  of  Sodom  Gen.  19  : 1 ;  he  spake 
to  his  sons-in-laio  'T'O-t^  '''^I?''?  ^^''^<5  (were)  to  marry  his  daugh- 
ters ver.  14  :  he  came  to  Shiloh  . .  .  D'^i?"?P  T't''?^  if^'ith  his  clothes 


^  2G7  INFINITIVE.  297 

rod  \  Sam.  4:12;  iJiou  shaU  meet  a  compcaiy  of  pvojjhet^ 
wnr)''  coming  doum  1  Sam.  10:5;  they  nUall  declare  Us 
rif/Jdeousness  unto  a  people  "l^i^  (who  shall  then  be)  born  Ps. 
22:32,  102:19,  Judg.  13:8. 

a.  The  period  to  vvliicli  a  participle  is  to  be  referred  is  sometimes  de- 
termineil  by  connecting  with  it  the  past  or  future  tense  of  the  substantive 
verb,  Muses  nlpT  nV,  ^ms  keeping  the  Jlock  of  Jethro  Ex.  3:1,  his  throne 
•(isD  n^ni?  shail  be  established/or  ever  1  Chron.  17:4. 


Infinitive. 

§  267.  The  mfinitive  is  an  abstract  verbal  nomi,  and,  like 
the  participles,  partakes  of  the  character  both  of  a  noun  and 
a  verb.  As  a  noun  it  may  be  the  subject  of  a  proposition, 
§  242,  or  it  may  be  governed  by  a  verb,  noun,  or  preposition ; 
it  may  also  be  put  in  the  construct  state  before  a  noun  de- 
noting either  its  subject  or  its  object. 

a.  The  Infinitive  as  a  subject:  ^iXSi  r'Djl  n^ni  L'ns;:  r'iii  (there  is) 
cursing  and  lyjyig  and  killing  and  stealing  and  commilling  adnlterij  Hos. 
4:2,   I2b'q"a  niib?.  to  do  justice  (is)  a  jay  to  the  righteous  Prov.  21  :  15. 

b.  The  construct  infinitive  is  used  after  verbs,  nouns,  and  prepositions. 
and  when  governed  by  a  verb  or  noun  it  is  usually  tliough  not  invariably 
preceded  as  in  English  by  the  preposition  b  to,  ia  cn|i-ib  bz^ii  J  shall  be 
able  to  fght  with  him  Num.  22:11,  r^ih  rii;1  n'l^b  rr  a  time  to  be  born 
and  a  time  to  die  Eccl.  3:2;  h  is  seldom  omitted  in  prose  but  often  in 
poetry,  /  know  not  (how)  xin  rxi  to  go  out  and  to  come  in  1  Kin.  3:7, 
c^sn  n;^^^  thou  hast  refused  to  be  ashamed  Jer.  3:  3,  "npn  nr^  1120  r,3J  a 
time  to  inourn  and  a  time  to  dance  Eccles.  3:4,  "^yJ  n'^n-^r?^  ready  to  rouse 
leviathan  Job  3:8.  Various  prepositions  may  precede  the  infinitive,  as  h 
to,  3  in,  3  like,  at,  "^'q  from,  nr  unlil,  hq  vpon,  yji:^  in  order  to,  "":  be- 
cause of,  ""isb  before,  etc. 

c.  The  absolute  infinitive  is  rarely  governed  by  a  verb.  -'^'^.  ^"i'ch 
learn  to  do  tcell.  y'l^n  !inVL;x  redress  wrong  Isa.  1 :  17,  until  he  knows 
DiX'3  to  refuse  the  evil,  ~ih'i'!\  and  to  choose  the  good,  7: 15,  'T'2"^']^  'iDX'Nr'J 
Ti"'?"^  and  they  woidd  not  walk  in  his  irays,  i2:2i,  thou  wilt  make  us  off- 
scouring  DiXTS't  and  refuse  Lam.  3 :  45. 

d.  The  infinitive  in  the  construct  before  its  subject,  cxnrna  in  their 
being  created  i.  e.  when  they  tee  re  created;  in  the  day  C'^n'-x  i^j""?  riu;?. 
ffthe  Lord  God's  making  eartli  and  heaven  Gen.  2:4;  there  was  no  water 
crn  rnrb/or  the  drinking  tfthe  people  Ex.  17:  1  ;  ""rirr^  """^  "'!/  dwelling 


298  SYNTAX.  §  268, 269 

(shall  be)  i.  c.  I  shall  dwell  Ps.  23:  G.  Before  its  object,  siu'^"'':??  nkb  the 
accepting  of  the  "person  of  (he  wicked  Pro  v.  18:5.  nnbTP]  to  yield  its 
strength  Gen.  4: 12. 

§  268.  The  absolute  infinitive,  expressing  as  it  does  the 
abstract  idea  of  the  verb  irrespective  of  tense,  number,  or 
person,  may  be  used  instead  of  any  of  the  finite  forms  of  the 
verb,  when  the  sense  is  duly  qualified  by  the  context.  Thus, 
it  may  take  the  place  of 

1 .  The  preterite  or  the  future,  when  one  of  those  tenses 
immediately  precedes,  '=i3?pri^l  atid  tlicij  bleio  the  trumpets 
pSSl  and  brake  the  pitchers  ^yo^.  (there  was)  a  breoMiit/  of 
the  pitchers  Judg.  7:19;  all  this  ^sb-r.N  "jih^l  ^xrk^  I  have 
seen  and  a]jj)lied  my  heart  Eccl.  8:9;  ^^jp^  they  shall  buy 
fields  for  money  ^iriD^  aiid  icrite  the  pajjers  n*nr!"i  and  seal 
(them)  lir^l  and  take  witnesses  Jer.  32  :  44. 

a.  This  rarely  occurs  when  no  verb  precedes  in  the  same  sentence. 
^i^-i  ^•nir-D^  snn  (shall)  the  fatdt-finder  conteiid  with  the  Almighty  Job 
40:  2,  ^V-T  Ni:ij~i  rii'nn  the  living  creatures  ran  and  returned  Ezek.  1 :  14. 
■'ix  nid  I  praised  ^cc\.  A:2. 

2.  The  imperative,  when  it  stands  at  the  beginning  of 
a  sentence,  "liij"  remember  the  sabbath-day  prop,  (let  there 
be)  a  rememberiny  Ex.  20 : 8,  Pi'iS'll  tj^iSn  yo  and  say 
2  Sam.  24:12. 

§  269.  The  dependence  of  one  verb  upon  another  is 
most  distinctly  expressed  by  putting  the  second  verb  in  the 
infinitive.  The  second  verb  may,  however,  be  in  form  co- 
ordinated with  the  first  by  being  put  in  the  same  or  an 
equivalent  tense  with  or  without  a  copulative,  the  true  rela- 
tion between  the  verbs  being  left  to  be  inferred  from  their 
obvious  signification,  tf^n  b-^sin  he  was  ivilliny,  icalked  i.  e. 
he  teas  williny  to  UYilk  ov  walked  tcillinyly  Hos.  5:11, 
Dn'iN  "lis?  Sl'^pis  ^b  /  loill  no  more  add  to  pity  i.  e.  will  not 
ayainpity  Hos.  1  :  6,  ?I?n  cj^iji^Ta  beiny  early  to  yo  or  yoiny 
early  Hos.  6  :  4,  how  ^i?^*';!;)  bb^x  shall  I  endure  and  see  i.  e. 
endure  to  see  Esth.  8  :  6. 


^270  OBJECT    OF    VERBS.  299 

a.  This  co-ordination  most  frequLMitly  occurs  when  the  second  verb  ex- 
presses the  principal  idea  and  the  first  simply  qualifies  it,  so  that  tiie  latter 
mitrht  be  rendered  by  an  adverb.  Though  even  in  this  case  the  second 
veH^  is  often  put  in  the  infinitive,  n^O  TiO'^'i  Gen.  8:  10  and  he  added  to 
send  or  n^^r:'''!  rjO^i  1  Sam.  19:21  and  lie  added  and  sent,  for  he  sent  again. 

b.  In  the  following  instances  the  verbs  thus  co-ordinated  have  different 
Bubjects.  ia-nss  bb^tx  I  shall  be  able,  we  shall  smile  him  i.  e.  I^  shall  with 
your  aid  be  able  to'smite  him,  Num.  22:6,  T|^"^^"?P''  ''S^P^"  ^^  l^tou  shall 
not  add  they  shall  call  thee  i.  e.  thou  shah,  no  more  be  called  by  them,  Isa. 
47: 1,  5;  or  are  in  diflerent  tenses,  nbx  -^m-V  ^h  I  know  not  (how)  Ishall 
flatter  i.  e.  how  to  flatter,  Job  32:22';  O  that  ''■nx^'iii^  ^Pi'H^  /  knew  and 
might  flnd  him  i.  e.  how  to  find  him,  Job  23  :  3. 


Object  op  Verbs. 

I  270.  The  object  of  a  transitive  ver"b  ordinarily  stands 
after  both  the  verb  and  its  subject,  and  if  it  is  an  indefinite 
noun  is  distinguished  simply  by  its  position  or  by  its  rehi- 
tion  to  the  verb  as  determined  by  its  meaning ;  if  a  definite 
noun,  or  a  demonstrative,  rehative,  or  interrogative  pronoun, 
it  may,  at  the  pleasure  of  the  writer,  be  further  distinguished 
by  prefixing  to  it  r:«  the  sign  of  the  definite  object ;  if-  a 
personal  pronoun,  it  is  suffixed  either  to  nx  or  to  the  govern- 
ing verb. 

a.  Considerable  liberty  is  allowed  in  re-spect  to  the  position  of  words, 
particularly  in  poetry  ;  although,  according  to  the  natural  order  in  Hebrew, 
the  verb  stands  first,  its  subject  next,  and  its  object  last,  nx  DTi'^X  ^^2 
c-^iian  God  created  the  heavens  Gen.  1:1,  this  is  liable  to  any  alteration 
that  emphasis  may  require:  the  subject  may  precede  the  verb,  and  the  ob- 
ject may  stand  between  them  or  before  them  both. 

/;.  A  noun,  which  is  the  direct  object  of  a  verb,  may  receive  rx , 
whether  it  is  definite  by  signification,  as  a  proper  noun,  God  tempted 
z.'n-\'^^-r'».  Abraham  Gen.  22:1,  or  is  made  so  by  the  article,  God  sazo 
-lixn'-ns  the  light  Gen.  1 : 4,  a  pronominal  suffix,  take,  noxo,  insna-ns  viy 
blessing  Gen.  33:11,  or  construction  with  a  definite  noun,  Jacob  called 
cipan  ciu-ns  the  name  of  the  place  Gen.  35:15.  The  particle  ns  is  not 
essential  in  any  of  these  cases  and  is  often  omitted,  particularly  in  poetry. 
If  several  definite  nouns  are  connected  together  as  the  object  of  a  verb, 
or  if  a  verb  has  more  than  one  definite  object.  PX  may  be  repeated  before 
each  of  them,  /  have  given  rxin  •j^nxnTN  this  /amZ .. .  "'i^lsn-rwX  the 
Kenite  "^-IJ^TP^I  and  the  Kenizzile,  etc.,  etc..  Gen.  15 :  18-21  ;  Ihey  stripped 
rjCi'i-nx  ./ose/)/i 'ih:n3-rx  of  his  coat  cissn  nrns-rs  the  full-length  coat 


300  SYNTAX.  §271 

Gen.  37:  23;  or  it  may  stand  before  a  part  of  them  only.  Dent.  12 :  G,  or  it 
may  be  omitted  altogetiier,  Dent.  11:14.  In  a  very  few  instances  the 
article  is  dropped  after  tiX,  which  of  itself  indicates  the  definiteness  of  the 
noun,  he  reared  up  for  himself  r\'2k'0~ni>i  the  pillar  2  Sam.  18:18;  and 
carver  strengthened  rj"ni:"nx  gilder  Isa.  41:7.  where  the  omission  of  tho 
article  is  poetic.  §247. 

c.  Pronouns  with  TX :  f^T"nx  this  ye  shall  eat  Lev.  11:9;  ]mt  n?"^^ 
this  (fellow)  in  the  prison  1  Kin.  22:27;  ""lil'x  rix  whom  they  have  cast 
into  the  prison  Jer.  38:9;  he  knew  Sibi" — HTN  nx  what  his  youngest  son 
had  done  to  him  Gen.  9:24;  !r!0"]n  ''^"nx  whom  hast  thou  reproached^ 
Isa.  37:23;  it  does  not  occur  before  the  neuter  n?3 .  It  is  also  extended 
sometimes  to  the  following  words,  which  partake  to  a  certain  degree  of  the 
pronominal  character.  ^3  all,  every,  Gen.  1:29,  C'^X  any  one,  each  Ex. 
21:28,  "inx  one  1  Sam.  9:3.  With  personal  pronouns,  nnpx  '"('^i'?:]  Gen. 
32:  1,  or  'c^'^.^'I'l  Gen.  48  :  20  and  he  blessed  them. 

§>271.  Many  verbs,  which  arc  not  properly  transitive,  are 
nevertheless  capable  of  a  transitive  constrnction  ;  thns 

1.  Verbs  signifying  plenty  or  want :  Q'^-ir:ij:n  n'Sto  t^^ir\  the 
house  ivasfidl  (of)  men  Judg.  IG  :  27,  t]i^>*  ni'ib  ^n^'iio  I  am 
sated  (with)  hiirat-offerlngs  of  rams  Isa.  1:11,  '3  ^:"icn  ?6-^ 
lacked  ever//  thing  Jer.  44  :  18.  Here  belongs  that  peculiar 
Hebrew  idiom,  which  expresses  abundance  by  such  phrases 
as  the  following :  the  hills  ^^n  M^sSn  shall  run  (with)  miR 
Joel  4:18,  mine  ege  D'"i?  rMn'i  runneth  doion  (with)  tcater 
Lam.  1  :  16  ;  Q'^DlTlJ^p  i5|  nSy  it  had  all  come  up  (with)  thorns 
i.  e.  was  overgrown  with  them,  Prov.  24  :  31. 

2.  Verbs  signifying  motion  may  have  for  their  object  the 
place  which  it  immediately  concerns,  whether  it  be  directed 
upon  it,  to  it,  or  from  it,  "i3'i'52n-!:|)  ri?  ^bh  and  tec  tuent 
(through)  all  the  loilderness  Dent.  1:19,  and  figuratively, 
nip'irfi  ^bh  loalking  (in)  righteousness  J'&xi.  ^^  •A'h,  i-'yn  ^snp 
and  theg  came  into  the  citg  Josh.  8:19,  "i^rn-nx  ^i?^;;  theg 
went  out  (of)  the  citg  Gen.  44  : 4. 

3.  Intransitive  verbs  may,  as  in  other  languages,  govern 
their  connate  noun,  Di^rr  iniaSn  1  Jmve  dreamed  a  dream 

O  ■'  -:  ■     :  -    T 

Gen.  37:9;  'isc^  Dir-i'isp''l  and  theg  lamented  there  a  lamen- 
tation Gen,  50  :  10  ;  ^'inn  bnn  ge  ivill  he  vain  a  vanitg  i.  e. 
utterlg  vain  Job  27  :  12  ;  or  even  one  from  a  different  root  if 


^272  OBJECT    OP    VERBS.  301 

it  be  related  or  analogous  in  signification,  ^'?s^?.p  !".5-n.)  ^n 
lUave  been  zealous  a  (/rcat  fur// Zq.q\\.  8:2,  tryiT\  ijip^  1    ■ 
shall  sleep  death  i.  e.  the  sleep  of  death,  Ps.  Vo  -.  k 

4.  Any  verb  may  take  as  its  object  a  noun  whicli  defines 
the  extent  of  its  application,  "^'''i^T^^  ^^H"  he  loas  diseased  in 
his  feet  \  Kin.  15:23;  onli/  ^tfS?  ^'k'^'^in  the  throne  will  I 
he  (greater  than  thou  Gen.  44  :  40  ;  Th  "^^r^^  ye  perish  as  to 
ilie  icay  i.  e.  lose  the  icaij  Ps.  2:12. 

a.  By  an  impersonal  construction  of  passive  verbs  their  subject  is  some- 
times converted  into  the  object,  wliich  in  fact  it  logically  is,  y-ixn-nx  ',n;^ 
dandum  est  ierramjel  Ihe  land  he  given  Num.  3:3:5,  "^-^^^'ri!!?  ^1^=?"?^  ""^t- 
ri-y  and  it  was  told  to  Rebekah  (i.  e.  some  one  told  her)  the  words  of  Esau 
Gen.  27 :  42,  so  Gen.  17:5,  Ex.  10:8,  Lev.  10: 18,  2  Sam.  21 :  U,  etc.  This 
construction  is  sometimes  extended  to  neuter  verbs  in  familiar  phrases, 
which  have  become  associated  with  an  active  idea,  '-i2'nn-ni<  ~|"'3."'?3  "'l'!  '^ 
let  not  be  evil  in  thine  eyes  (i.e.  do  not  regard  as  evil)  the  thing  2  Sam. 
11 :  25,  1  Sam.  20  :  13,  Josh.  22 :  17,  Neh.  9 :  32.  In  2  Kin.  18 :  30  n^?n-ns<  ',nsri 
the  city  shall  be  given,  the  verb  agrees  with  l^S  notwithstanding  its  re- 
ception of  the  sign  of  the  object:  rs  is  omitted  in  the  parallel  passage. 

Isa.  36 :  15. 

b.  A  noun,  about  which  a  statement  i.5  to  be  made,  sometimes  stands 
absolutely  and  is  preceded  by  the  sign  of  the  object,  btj  I'n^n""''?  as  for 
the  iron,  it  fell  2  Kjn.  6:5;  b^n  ^'cisx  n!?J<-b3-nN  as  for  all  these  (they 
were)  men  of  valour  Judg.  20:  ii;  ''nipn-nx  as  for  my  statutes  they  did 
not  walk  in  them  Ezek.  20 :  16.  Some  regard  nx  as  the  sign  of  the  object 
in  such  passages  as  rii'Jrn-nxi  I'^sn  X3  I'Sam.  17:34,  and  refer  to  the  fact 
that  the  Arabic  conjunction  is  followed  by  the  accusative  when  it  is  used 
in  the  sense  of  together  with;  more  probably,  however,  rx  is  the  preposi- 
tion with.  §238.2,  and  the  passage  is  to  be  rendered  the  lion  came  and  (that 
too)  with  the  bear,  so  Num.  3  :  26.  1  Sam.  26 :  16,  1  Kin.  1 1 :  25,  etc. 

§272.  1.  When  a  noun  or  pronoun  is  regarded  as  the 
indirect  object  of  a  verb,  the  relation  is  indicated  by  means 
of  the  appropriate  preposition. 

2.  Many  verbs  vary  their  construction  without  any  ma- 
terial difference  of  meaning  according  to  the  form  of  the  con- 
ception in  the  ndnd  of  the  speaker  or  writer,  being  fohowed 
by  one  preposition  or  by  another  or  by  none  at  all,  as  he  views 
the  relation  as  direct  or  indirect,  and  if  the  latter,  under  one 
aspect  or  another :  thus,  the//  ircnt  out  from  the  city  may  be 
expressed  by  the  direct  relation,  i^i^n-.nj?  ^s:^,-;  Gen.  44  : 4, 


302  SYNTAX.  §273 

or  by  the  indirect,  'i^^rr'j^  ik^;;  Josh.  8  :  22  ;  snbD  to  fght  is 
followed  by  d:?  ivitU  Josh.  10:29,  by  3  in  (ri3  ^;^  eani) 
ver.  31,  by  >?  against  ver.  38,  by  ns  Judg.  12  : 4. 

a.  A  number  of  verbs  are  indifferently  construed  with  a  direct  object  or 
with  b  to.  in  reference  to,  thus.  sriX  lo  love  any  one  and  to  have  love  to 
any  one,  NE"i  to  cure  and  to  perform  a  cure  for  any  one,  3J"'din  to  save  and 
to  grant  salvation  to  any  one,  rind  to  destroy  and  to  bring  destruction  to 
any  one. 

h.  As  the  object  of  an  action  may,  in  certain  cases,  be  regarded  as  the 
instrument  with  which  it  is  performed,  some  transitive  verbs  also  admit  a 
construction  with  2  \cith,  thus  "isio  li'pri  blow  the  trumpet  Hoy.  5 :  8, 
nbit"3  rpnfl  and  he  blew  with  the  trumpet  Judg.  3:27;  G^'i'n  bns  to 
spread  forth  the  hands  Ps.  143  : 6,  but  followed  by  3  to  spread  forth  ivilh 
the  hands  Lam.  1 :  17. 

3.  By  a  condensed  style  of  expression  {co?istructio  praeg- 
na?is)  prepositions  are  sometimes  connected  with  verbs,  to 
whose  meaning  they  are  not  strictly  conformed  ;  thus,  motion 
may  be  suggested  by  the  preposition  though  the  verb  of  it- 
self implies  no  such  idea,  Ylk^  "^'T)  fJiou  hast  i^ofaned  to 
the  ground  i.  e.  profaned  by  casting  to  the  ground,  Ps.  89  :  40, 
^~?"}"''^  llJiN  ^ins  theg  trembled  one  unto  another  i.  e.  one 
turned  tremblingly  to  another,  Jer.  36: 16,  '^:ri'':?  D^'an  '^i^Ta 
thoic  hast  answered  (by  saving)  me  from  the  horns  of  the  uni- 
corns Ps.  22  :  22. 

§  273.  Some  verbs  have  more  than  one  object,  viz. : 

1.  The  causatives  of  transitive  verbs:  ^^^^^"rx  "^nbD^nn 
anto3"ns  cmd  I  loill  make  thy  oppressors  eat  their  oivn  flesh 
Isa.  49  :  26  ;  n^x-biTix  ^^snn  i^  he  vmdd  not  have  caused  us 
to  see  all  these  things  Judg.  13  :  23  ;  bxnis^-rii  nsSri:::  he  shall 
cause  Israel  to  inherit  it  Deut.  1  :  38. 

2.  Verbs  whose  action  may  be  regarded  under  different 
aspects  as  terminating  upon  different  objects,  or  which,  under 
the  rules  already  given,  may  take  a  direct  object  of  more 
than  one  kind,  all  irix  r.-iSt  nirx  2vhich  God  commanded  hhn 
Gen.  6:22;  Q^jjnn-bs  rx  bsnu;^  ^s^-pn  nninb  to  teach  the  chil- 
dren of  Israel  all  the  statutes  Lev.  10:11;  ^ii^s?-brrs5  n-'in 
"'Tib  thou  hast  smitten  all  my  enemies  on  the  cheek  Ps.  3:8; 


§273  OBJECT    OF    VERBS.  303 

©■np  D5":''ns*to  lift  up  your  hands  to  the  sanctuary  Ps.  134  :  2 ; 
nib^n^  nbriT  and  he  shall  discomfit  them  a  discomfiture 
Deut.'  7  :  23. 

3.  The  instrument  of  an  action,  the  material  used  in  its 
performance,  its  design,  or  its  result,  is  often  regarded  as  its 
secondary  or  remote  object,  ^ns;  ini?  ^bsn^!]  and  they  over- 
ichehicd  him  loith  stones  Lev.  24  :  23  ;  tibns?  oris*  prm  and 
thou  shall  (jird  them  with  a  belt  Ex.  29  :  9  ;  thy  seed  ntn-nirs5 
rra'isn'ns  with  which  thou  shalt  sow  the  ground  Isa.  30  :  23  ; 
nsy  DisrrnN  '^^^'^^^  and  he  formed  the  man  of  dust  Gen.  2:7; 
vnnbiij  nirx /or  loUch  I  have  sent  it  Isa.  55:11;  s^is'^^ 
nST)2  D'i33ii;n"nx  and  he  built  the  stones  hito  an  altar  1  Kin. 
18:32. 

a.  The  person  affected  by  an  action,  of  which  he  is  not  the  inmicdiate 
object,  is  occasionally  regarded  as  its  remote  object,  though  not  so  fre- 
quently as  in  English,  '^nn?  -'^.  7";^  '^«"  /'f's^  given  me  the  land  of  the 
south  Judff.  l:15,°comp.  in'tlie  same  verse,  ''V  nnrol;  7^>i^r5  nH  they  did 
thee  evil  Gen.  50:  17,  corap.  nln  chb  ^^izi.  Isa.  3:9;  ni?^^  Ti^.^aTN  insb^l 
d-'k  ri'tjx  and  they  hired  of  the  king  of  Maacah  a  thousand  men  1  Sam.  10:6. 
The  same  thing  occurs  in  a  few  instances  after  intransitive  verbs,  "'iP'iJ 
he  grew  up  to  me  as  to  a  father  Job  31 :  18;  ■':n'2^  did  ye  fast  unto  me 
Zech.  7:5. 

4.  Some  verbs  may  govern  the  subject  and  predicate  of 
a  subordinate  clause,  boi  ^m  n?-ib  to  know  ivickcdness  (to 
he)  folly  Eccl.  7  :  25,  tlie  latter,  if  it  be  an  adjective  or  par- 
ticiple, will  remain  without  the  article,  §259.  2,  D^nss*  wla'ty 
TiiDn^  I  have  heard  Ephraim  bemoaning  himself  i ex.  31 :  18, 
y^^pL  \n^b?n  ^xp.  thee  have  I  seen  righteous  Gen.  7:1. 

5.  If  an  active  verb  is  capable  of  governing  a  double 
object,  its  passive  may  govern  the  more  remote  of  them, 
osribns'  lirn  ns  dp'?"'??^  and  ye  shall  be  circumcised  iii  the  flesh 
of  your  foreskin  Gen.  17  :  11,  Dn«  ^'W)  ^'^^v^^  «^^^  ^'^^^  ^^nd 
teas  filled  ivith  them  Ex.  1 :  7,  "ir^pns  ?^'^i?  rent  as  to  his  coat 
i.e.  loith  his  coat  rent  2  Sam.  15:32,  r.irp  rc^^t  sent  (or 
chaj'ged)  with  a  painful  message  1  Kin.  14  :  G. 


304  SYNTAX.  §  274 


Adverbial  Expressions. 

§  274.  The  predicate  of  a  proposition  may  be  further 
quahfied 

1 .  By  adverbs,  which  commonly  stand  after  the  words  to 
which  they  refer,  "is?^  n"it:~ni;n'i  and  behold  (it  was)  very  good 
Gen.  1  :  31 ;  ^'iinn  c^s^'']  and  he  loas  greatly  provoked '^eh. 
3:33;  /  am  "idiz  ni^n  tinsti  thy  exceedwy  great  reioard 
prop,  thy  reward  very  much  Gen.  15:1. 

a.  Adjectives  belonging  to  the  subject  may  of  course  be  qualified  in 
the  same  manner  as  though  they  were  found  in  the  predicate. 

2.  By  nouns  used  absolutely  to  express  the  relations  of 
time,  place,  measure,  number,  or  manner. 

a.  Thus,  time  when  :  Q'^'nri^l  ^irii  "Z^'J  evening  and  morning  and  noon 
V}ill  I  pray  Ps.  55:18;  tarnj  here  «^?'^^~  to-night  Num.  22:S;  Gideon 
came  ri"i7a"Ji<ri  dxn  at  the  beginning  of  the  toatch.  Time  how  long:  and 
he  shall  shut  up  the  house  Q"''^'^  J"^"?^  seven  dayshev.  14:38;  the  land 
rested  iiiili  Ciiiao  eighty  years  Judg.  3:  30. 

b.  The  place  where :  the  absolute  use  of  nouns  in  this  sense  is  confined 
almost  entirely  to  the  familiar  words,  nrs  at  the  door  ffGen.  18: 1.  Judg. 
9:35.  ni3  at  the  house  of  Gen.  38:11,  Num.  30:11,  and  a  few  proper 
names,  zri'P  Tri  at  Bethlehem  2  Sam.  2:32.  bx-n-^a  at  Bethel  Hos.  12:4. 

3  VAT 

c.  Measures  of  space:  t^-ii  niSN  iribo  tln^ee  cubits  high  Ezek.  41:22; 
he  went  Cli  T\'}'^.  a  day''s  journey  1  Kin.  19:4. 

d.  Number:  ti'^'S^'S  *'5i^  -^J  return  seven  times  1  Kin.  18:43;  he  of- 
fered sacrifices  nb;ii  "bp"2   according  to  the  number  of  them  all  Job  1 :5. 

e.  Manner,  answering  to  the  Greek  adverbial  accusative :  ye  shall 
dicell  n:23  in  securilij  Dcut.  12:10;  ye  shall  not  go  fifcii  loftily  Mic.  2:3; 
the  tribes  icent  up  bx^b'^b  r^ini^^  according  to  a  laic  of  Israel  Ps.  122 :  4  ; 
thou  shall  not  go  there  "i"^'^  r.k-}":  for  fear  of  briers  Isa.  7:25;  to  serve 
him  "inx  Did  with  one  consent  prop,  shoulder  Zeph.  3:9. 

3.  By  nouns  preceded  by  a  preposition  forming  a  quahfy- 
ing  phrase. 

a.  For  the  meanings  and  usage  of  the  several  prepositions  see  the 
lexicon. 


^275  NEGLECT    OE    AGUEEBIENT.  305 


Neglect  oe  Agreemeist. 

§275.  The  general  rule  that  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pro- 
nouns agree  in  gender  and  number  with  the  noun  to  which 
they  respectively  relate,  is  subject  to  some  remarkable  excep- 
tions ;  the  principal  of  which  are  the  following,  viz. : 

1.  When  the  predicate  adjective  or  verb  precedes  the 
noun  it  often  prefers  a  primary  to  a  secondary  form,  that  is 
to  say,  the  masculine  may  be  used  instead  of  the  feminine 
and  the  singular  instead  of  the  plural.  The  reason  of  this  is 
that  the  attention  is  not  so  particularly  drawn  to  the  acci- 
dents of  gender  and  number  in  the  subject  until  it  is  uttered, 
and  consequently  the  predicate  is  not  required  to  conform  so 
precisely  to  it. 

a.  Thus,  Iho  masculine  for  the  feminine:  "'li^'^  CPi^  Nb'rxb  the  land 
could  not  bear  them  Gen. -[3:6,  ni"^'-'^  ^^^Tf^  P"'"?  salcatiunis  far  from 
the  wicked  Ps.  1 19:  155,  nibso  ^nnn  tremble  ye  careless  women  Isa.  32: 1 1. 
The  singular  for  the  plural:  ^"'^^i  ^^^  iei  thy  words  come  to  pass  Judg. 
13:  12,  ^■''JQ^^^  ">i;:;  upright  are  tJiy  judgments  Ps.  119: 137,  n'^r.'is^  rib^:x^ 
her  ^founds  are  incurable, or  the  singular  maybe  understood  distributively, 
each  of  her  wounds  is  incurable  Mic.  1 :  9.  The  masculine  singular  for  the 
feminine  plural:  ri'^^r  267  N3  reproaches  cease  not  Mic.  2:6,  "|-""■^? 
niw  zintil  calamities  be' overpast  Fs.  57:2,  n^CD  'i^-"n':l  and  there  were  to 
him  icices  1  Kin.  11:3. 

b.  When  the  predicate  consists  of  several  verbs  or  adjectives,  one  of 
which  precedes  and  the  rest  follow  the  noun,  the  latter  must  agree  with  it. 
while  the  first  may  be  put  in  its  primary  form,  nnsis  '^'^1  let  there^  be. 
lights  ...7\r\-^h  ti-'n'^,  and  let  them  be  for  signs  Gen.  1:14,  "lijx  nic:5<  ^Ti^] 
□"'Siau  ^"in  and  there  were  men  who  were  defiled  Num.  9:6.  In  1  Kin. 
10  :  12  two  verbs  are  put  in  the  masc.  sing,  with  a  plural  subject. 

c.  Tiie  predicate,  even  when  it  follows  the  subject,  occasionally  departs 
from  it  in  gender  or  number,  retaining  its  primary  form  ;  this  taUes  place 
with  passive  or  neuter  verbs  of  familiar  occurrence,  and  which  arc  proba- 
bly used  imperr^onally  as  the  same  verbs  are  elsewhere,  §271.4.  fl,  the  sons 
(f  Jacob  "i^'l^?  "1-.^.  whom  (iiis  wives)  had  born  to  him  prop,  there^  had 
been  born  to  him  Gen.  35  :  26,  comp.  Gen.  4 :  18.  46: 22.  27,  ^^i  n'-jn  -"^i-^rs 
there  was  to  me  (i.  e.  I  had)  house-born  servants  Ecclcs.  2:7.  comp.  Gen. 
47:24,  E.K.  12:40,  28:7.  Num.  9:14,  15:29,  Dent.  18:2,  1  Chroti.  24:28. 
2  Chron.  17:  13,  ri')r\  T\bhv  it  was  dark  prop,  darkness  Gen.  15:  17.  The 
disposition  to  recur  to  their  primary  form  discovers  itself  in  a  very  few 
instances  in  qualifying  adjectives  when  separated  from  the  noun  to  which 

20' 


306  SYNTAX.  §275 

they  belong,^  ptni  n'^ins.  n^in  a  great  and  siro7ig  wind  1  Kin.  19:11;  in 
Ps.  63:2,  rjy^l  n^::-y-ii<3  quoted  by  Nordheimer  as  an  additional  exam- 
ple the  second  adjective  may  agree  not  with  y^k  but  with  tlie  pre- 
ceding noun,  inira  for  thee  longs  duj  Jlesh,  in  a.  dry  land,  and  weary. 
Alex,  in  loc. 

2.  Collective  nouns  may  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pro- 
nouns agreeing  with  them  in  the  plural,  T\h^_'i^'\  DJ'n  ^nn^^i 
and  the  people  hasted  and  passed  over  Josh.  4:10,  niinb?  isiir 
lost  sheep  Jer.  50:6,  D^ihjp  oSs  ni?n-53  all  the  congre(jation, 
all  of  them  are  holy  Nmn.  16:3. 

a.  When  a  predicate  consists  of  more  than  one  verb  or  adjective,  the 
first  sometimes  agrees  with  it  formally  in  the  singular  and  the  rest 
logically  in  the  plural,  cyip-nx  ^lin'T  rrirn-bs  NTan"  and  all  the  covgre- 
gation  lifted  up  and  uttered  their  voice  Num.  14:1;  ^i"'2il'*l  crn  l^s*! 
and  the  people  believed  and  they  heard  Ex.  4:31. 

h.  The  noun  Y'^^-  ^'^'^rf,  earth,  which  is  properly  a  feminine  singular, 
may,  when  it  is  put  for  jts  inhabitants,  be  construed  with  the  masculine 
plural,  2  Sam.  15:23,  Ps.  66:4.  Names  of  nations  borrowed  from  those 
of  their  progenitors,  as  Israel,  Edom,  Amalek.  may  be  strictly  construed  in 
the  masculine  singular,  Ex.  17 :  1 1.  Am.  1  : 1 1,  or  as  a  collective  in  the  mas- 
culine plural,  Hos.  8:2,  Ob.  ver.  6,  2  Sam.  10: 17,  or  again  in  the  feminine 
singular,  whether  this  arises  from  a  prominent  reference  to  the  land  or 
from  the  frequent  personification  of  a  people  as  a  maiden,  2  Sam.  10: 11, 
Jer.  13:19,  49:17;  so  c?  people  in  the  following  examples,  T^^J  nsbn 
thy  people  has  done  wrong  Ex.  5:  16,  rS'cJii  ci'n  the  people  dwelling  Judg. 
18:7.  Different  constructions  may  be  united  in  the  same  passage,  Jer. 
4S:  15,  Hos.  14:1. 

3.  Nouns,  which  are  plural  in  form  but  singular  in  sig- 
nification, commonly  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns 
agreeing  with  them  in  the  singular,  D^n'b«  i^^2  God  created 
Gen.  1:1,  irai^  i^b'^in  its  oiuner  shall  be  put  to.  death  Ex. 
21  :  29,  ni'^  Q"i3ii5  a  hard  master  Isa.  19  : 4,  ^^^y'S^  T^^'^nnn 
thy  youth  is  renewed  Ps.  103  :  5. 

a.  When  the  word  t:"^n?i<  refers  to  false  deities,  the  sense  is  plural 
and  it  is  construed  accordingly,  ^"^n'sx  nibx  these  are  thy  gods  Ex.  32 :  4,  8, 
C"^'"}^?;?  'j^il335|^"n'S  so  may  the  gods  do  1  Kin.  19:2;  but  where  it  refers  to 
the  true  God,  it  is  with  fev/  exceptions  construed  in  the  singular.  Yet 
see  Gen.  20:13,  35:7,  Ex.  22  :S,  Josh.  24:19,  1  Sam.  17:26,  2  Sam. 
7:23.  The  exceptional  construction  in  these  and  similar  passages  may 
have  arisen  from  the  attention  being  directed  to  the  Supreme  Being  in 
general,  and  to  the  fulness  or  variety  of  his  manifestations  without  spe- 


§276  NEGLECT    OF    AGREEMENT.  307 

cific  reference  to  the  divine  unity,  and  may,  besides,  involve  an  allusion  to 
the  personal  distinction  in  the  Godiiead.  See  Alexander  on  Ps.  11:7  and 
58 :  12. 

4.  Plural  names  of  inanimate  or  irrational  objects  of 
either  gender  are  occasionally  joined  with  the  feminine  singu- 
lar, Tj-'b'N  y\^^T\  rn'^  ni-bna  t/ie  beasts  of  the  f  eld  pant  for 
thee  Joel  1  :  20,  nifiiBD  tptr\  its  foods  icash  away  Job 
14:19,  nnTn55  ^-^'j^n  panys  have  taken  her  Jer.  49:24, 
nssnn  n'^Jn  wild  beasts,  their  lair  Isa.  35  :  7. 

a.  In  objects  devoid  of  personality  the  individual  is  of  small  account, 
and  may  be  easily  sunk  in  the  mass.  A  pluralis  inhumanus  may  conse- 
quently be  regarded  as  equivalent  to  a  collective,  the  proper  form  of  which 
is  the  feminine  singular,  §198,  and  words  belonging  to  it  maybe  dealt 
with  accordingly.  The  same  principle  prevails  in  the  construction  of  neu- 
ter plurals  in  Greek,  ra  ^da  Tpi\n. 

5.  Masculine  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns  are  some- 
times used  when  females  are  spoken  of  from  a  neglect  to  note 
the  gender,  if  no  stress  is  laid  upon  it,  ri^i'^^n;',!  aiid  they  (queens 
and  concubines)  praised  her  Cant.  G  :  9  ;  the  Lord  deal  kindly 
DS'QS?  loith  you  (Ruth  and  Orpah)  as  DJ^'^il??  ye  have  dealt 
Ruth  1:8;  ^rp2  my  dead  (Sarah)  Gen.  23  :4  ;  "i^'-ir  ^rk  thou 
art  destroyed  Jer.  4 :  30  ;  this  last  passage  may,  however,  be 
rendered  thou,  it  is  destroyed,  what  ivilt  thou  do  ? 

G.  Singular  predicates  and  pronouns  are  sometimes  em- 
ployed in  a  distributive  sense  of  plural  subjects,  ^^*13  '^"'i'rjs'a 
they  that  bless  thee  shall  each  be  blessed  Num.  24  :  9  ;  \i"'?^n'a 
rrn^i  niia  they  who  profane  it  shall  every  one  be  put  to  death 
Ex.  31  :  14  ;  ^3i3Ta  'Toh'^  D^P'^i?  np^ia  they  take  aicay  the  right- 
eousness of  the  righteous  from  each  of  them  Isa.  5  :  23. 

§276.  1.  When  the  subject  consists  of  two  or  more 
words  connected  by  the  conjunction  and,  the  predicate,  if  it 
precedes  its  subject,  may  be  put  in  the  masculine  singular  as 
its  primary  form,  "3"ipT  niin  DH'a  N2r;''i  and  from  them  shall 
proceed  thanksgiving  and  a  voice  Jer.  30  :  19,  or  it  may  be 
put  in  the  plural,  referring  to  them  all,  T^T^^y^   !^t?^  W?;::] 


308  SYNTAX.  §  277-279 

and  Moses  and  Aaron  did  so  Ex.  7  :  20,  or  it  may  agree  with 
the  nearest  word,  pn^">  '^'TV^  ^^tf^!?  and  Miriam  and  Aaron 
spake  Num.  12  : 1  ;  Tri^S*;!  tini?  PS^^^  iib'  thoic  and  thi/  fathers 
have  not  known  Deut.  13:7. 

2.  If  the  predicate  follows  a  compound  subject  it  is 
commonly  put  in  the  plural,  though  it  may  agree  with  the 
principal  word  to  which  the  others  are  subordinate,  ^^S^'S'V]  ""ii? 
mix  I  icith  my  maidens  ivill  fast  prop,  and  my  maidens  Est. 
4:16,  t53  3s<;iTi  'ri'i  '^'^3?  the  servants  of  David  and  Joab 
came  2  Sam.  3  :  22. 

3.  If  a  predicate  refers  equally  to  two  words  of  different 
genders,  it  will  be  put  in  the  masculine  in  preference  to  the 
feminine,  cipT  '^t'^'!'  ^•7'??^  Abraham  and  Sarah  loere  old 
Gen.  18  :11  ;  if  they  are  of  different  persons,  the  predicate 
will  be  put  in  the  second  in  preference  to  the  third,  and  in 
the  first  in  preference  to  either  of  the  others,  ""bn  ')t^?i;'^  ''SJ' 
n^n?  land  Jonathan  my  son  loill  he  1  Sam.  14:40,  nris? 
nri"i3'71  ^Tj^nij  lib^-l  thou  and  Aaron  thy  brother  and  ye  shall 
speak  Num.  20  :  8. 

§277.  If  two  or  more  nouns  are  united  in  the  construct 
state  the  predicate  ordinarily  agrees  with  the  first  as  the  lead- 
ing word  in  such  combinations  :  it  may,  however,  agree  with 
the  second,  if  that  is  the  more  important,  or  the  predicate 
might  with  propriety  be  referred  directly  to  it,  liST^n  rhz'ii: 
5b'as  the  f  elds  of  Ileshhon  languish  Isa.  16  :  8,  mlrBD  D^  -&<^^3 
Qibi'irii^  is  found  the  blood  of  the  souls  of  tJie  jjoor  Jer.  2 :  34. 

a.  The  predicate  agrees  generally  though  not  invariably  with  the 
second  noun  wlien  the  first  is  bis,  or  an  abstract  expressing  a  quality  of 
that  whicli  tbiiows.  nij— i53';'-b3  ^l^n^l  and  all  the  days  of  Seth  were  Gen. 
5:8,  nitsn-bD  ^.xiril  and  all  the  women  went  out  K\.  15:20,  l""^^!;^  ""12^ 
^isan:  the  choice  of  his  captains  were  drowned  ver.  4. 

§  278.  Nouns  in  the  dual  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and 
pronouns,  agreeing  with  them  in  the  plural,  5ni3"i  !ni?b  li'^? 
the  eyes  of  Leah  ivere  tender  Gen.  29: 17. 

§  279.  The  abrupt  changes  of  the  person  from  the  third 


^  280  REPETITION    OP    WORDS.  309 

to  the  first  or  second,  and  vice  verm,  which  ai'c  csjiecially 
frequent  with  the  prophets  and  psalmists,  Isa.  1  :  29,  Ps. 
81 :  17,  are  due  to  the  boldness  and  vividness  of  their  con- 
ceptions, in  virtue  of  which  they  often  pass  in  the  course  of 
the  same  sentence  from  speaking  of  God  to  speaking  in  his 
name,  and  from  describing  men  to  directly  addressing  them. 

a.  The  occasional  combination  of  the  pronoun  of  the  first  person  vvilli 
a  verb  in  the  third  is  to  be  explained  by  an  ellipsis,  ^h'l  ■'23r}  behold  /(am 
he  who)  lias  laid  Isa.  28  :  16,  vjOi"'  ib^Ji  behold  I  (am  he  who)  loill  add 
29:14,  38:5. 

Repetition  of  Words. 

§  280.  The  repetition  of  nouns  may  denote 

1.  Distribution,  nbiu  niiy  ijear  hij  year  Deut.  14  :  22, 
ij^ins  n^ina  iti  the  morn'ujg,  in  the  morning  i.  e.  every  morning 
2  Sam.  13:4,  toi'i^b  inj^-TrJ-^N  "irii<-ttj"^i?  one  man  for  each  tribe 
Josh.  3:12;  so  with  numeral  adjectives,  §  252. 4,  •"i^niy  n>*nTJJ 
by  sevens  Gen.  7  :  2,  and  adverbs,  'Ciyq  toib'a  little  by  little 
Ex.  23 :  30. 

2.  Plurality,  "TlI'lT  generation  and  generation  i.  e,  many 
generations  Deut.  32 :  7,  lj?'?  ^J?  ifeb  "ijb  litb  ii  lib  12?  pre- 
cejjt  upon  precept,  precept  upon  precept,  line  ujoon  line,  line 
upon  line  Isa.  28:10,  13,  nnsJis  rr.'&ii^  pits  on  j^ its  Gen. 
14:10;  or  with  the  implication  of  diversity,  i^ii^"}  'j^jJ?  a 
weight  and  a  weight  i.  e.  loeights  of  two  sorts  Deut.  25  :13, 
n!?1  nS  a  double  heart  Ps.  12  :  3. 

3.  Emphasis  or  intensity,  p'li  P7^  justice,  justice  i.  e. 
nothing  but  justice  Deut.  16:20,  p^^  p^V  exceeding  deep 
Eccl.  7  :  24 ;  so  with  adverbs,  "li?^  nis'a  mightily,  mightily 
Gen.  7:19,  and  even  a  conjunction,  'J?^3^  •\s^_  because  even 
because. 

a.  Sometimes  the  second  word  is  put  in  a  different  gender  from  the 
first,  n':^;u;73!i  'vyi'q  all  kinds  of  support  Isa.  3:1,  comp.  Jer.  48  :  19,  or  a 
different  number,  Cnntn  "li-SPi  a  heap,  two  heaps  Judg.  15:16,  JTntJ 
ni-lTT  Eccl.  2:8.  Or  a  cognate  word  may  be  employed,  ■'^il^:::!)  na^d 
waste  and  desolate  Ezek.  6:  14,  "linaiy  vk^  Lev.  23:3. 


310  SYNTAX.  §281,282 

b.  Instances  occur  of  triple  repetition,  Tl'ii;^  ^1'^i^  '>^^1"')?  holy.  holy.  hahj. 
Isa.  6 :  3,  y-iN  -jr-ix  ■j/'nx  O  ear//t,  ea/'^/t.  eurlh,  Jer.  22  :  29'  Jer.  7  :  4,  Ezek. 
21  :  32,  Ex.  25  :  35." 

§281.  A  separate  pronoun  may  be  added  to  a  pro- 
nominal suffix  for  the  sake  of  •empliasis,  *'3N  ^r^^  wy  dubiq, 
mine  2  Sam.  19:1,  Ti^ii^  npx  thee,  thee  shall  iheij  praise 
Gen.  49 : 8,  or  to  a  nomi  to  which  it  refers,  &?^n-Da  micb  to 
Beth,  to  him  also  Gen.  4:26. 

§  282.  In  verbs  the  absolute  infinitive  is  joined  Avith  the 
finite  forms  to  add  emphasis  or  intensity  to  the  idea,  "I'^Kin 
^"b/an  shall  thou  actually  reign  over  us?  Gen.  37  :  8,  n~^ri  ni'b 
tliou  shall  surely  die  Gen.  2:17.  This  combination  some- 
times expresses  continuance  or  repetition,  particularly  Avhen 
two  infinitives  are  connected  together  and  both  follow  the 
finite  verb,  niiJi  i^iir;'  ss^i  and  it  went  out  (/oiny  out  and  re- 
turniny  i.  e.  if  kept  goiny  to  and  fro  Gen.  8:7,  '^TS)  tj'br.  ^ibn 
they  iccnt  on  lowiny  as  they  went  1  Sam.  6:12,  D2''b5s*  ^^'is;i 
"ISIT  D?i2?n  and  I  spahe  to  you  risiny  iip  early  and  speahiny 
Jer.'  7 :  13. 

a.  The  infinitive  is  mostly  of  the  same  species  with  the  finite  verb  to 
which  it  is  added,  although  this  is  not  always  the  case.  Thus,  the  Kal, 
on  account  of  its  greater  simplicity  of  form,  may  be  joined  with  a  deriva- 
tive species,  e.g.  Niphal  ^fr&j  bipD  Ex.  19:  J  3,  Piel  rp"i3  ^".^"^-^  J°sh. 
24:10,  Pual  ^lAb  cin-j  Gen. 's?  :  33^,  Hiphil  c-^y^  nns  1  Sam.' '23: 22, 
Hophal  n^!i"i  nio  Ex.'l9:12,  Hithpael  niqirrn  aii  Isa.  24:19;  or  one 
derivative  species  with  another  of  like  signification,  nn'^ED  xB  "T^Sf^  Lev. 
19:20,  Fibnn  x'i  bnnn  Ezek.  16:4.  Occasionally  the  infinitive  is  bor- 
rowed  ll-om  a  cognate  verb,  Cjox  ClOX  Zeph.  1  : 2  (?i05<  and  Ci^o),  C'lx 
siS'^.n;"  Isa.  28:  28  (t^s  and  uisiq).' 

b.  The  construct  infinitive  is  very  rarely  used  in  such  combinations  in- 
stead of  the  absolute,  ^3^in  Vnn  Neh.  1  : 7,  <T?™-m';'n  Ps.  50  :  21  ;  once 
it  is  added  in  a  varied  form  to  a  preceding  construct  infinitive,  nbrna 
niBaa  2  Sam.  6:20.  The  finite  verb  is  repeated,  i?4'::37  y^'t'^  2  Sam.  15:8 
K'thibh.  A  verbal  noun  takes  the  place  of  the  infinitive,  "liyn  trjiy 
Hab.  3  : 9. 

c.  When  two  verbs  are  connected  together  to  express  continuous  ac- 
tion, a  participle  is  sometimes  substituted  for  the  absolute  infinitive  in  the 
case  of  one  or  both,  rizir!]  li$'s> . . .  nb'i>  ll'^i  2  Sam.  15:  30,  nDhl  r,Sn  r^^h 
Jer.  41:6;  an  adjective  may  even  take  the  place  of  the  second,  TiBn  T\?.l^ 
bn:^    Gen.   26:13,    ri^j:})    "jisn  . . . -^ni    Judg.   4:24;   the    finite   verb    is 


§283,284  INTERROGATIVE    SENTENCES.  311 


Josh.  6:  13.  ^^PV-  "p^'"?  •  ••  ":!'"'  2  Sam.  16 :  13,  and  in  fact  other  construc- 
tions bejTun  witii  a  participle  or  infinitive,  are  not  infrequently  continued 
in  the  preterite  or  future,  Job  12  :21.. 


Interrogative  Sentences. 

§283.  1.  A  direct  question  is  indicated  by  the  interroga- 
tive particle  5^ ,  ^^)K^^\  I'^ilt  iUou  go  ?  Gen.  24 :  58,  rnnn 
ipij  D^nbx  am  I  in  the  place  of  God?  Gen.  50  :19  ;  an  in- 
direct question  by  n  or  DX  ?/,  to  hwio  D^nni?  03<r"r\  whether 
you  love  Dent.  1"^ -A,  iiiciidre  r^nsj-Di?  whether  I  shall  re- 
cover prop,  if  I  shall  2  Kin.  1  :  2. 

a.  The  particle  r\_  is  in  Job  4 :  2  separated  from  the  proper  interroga- 
tive clause. 

2.  In  a  disjunctive  question  tlic  first  member  is  commonly 
introduced  by  n  and  the  second  by  D5?  or  ns?i ,  T]:n  r;:r.2n 
sS-DX  ^^his  this  thj/  sonh  coat  or  not?  Gen.  37:32;  'C^ryrs 
is  it  any  pleasure  to  the  Almighty  that  thou  art  righteous 
ysa-DS^  or  is  it  gain  to  him,  etc.,  Job  22  : 3. 

a.  The  second  member  is  more  rarely  introduced  by  "iS  or^  ulio  know- 
elk  Vzo  ■ik  n'Ti"  ==nn  whether  he  shall  be  a  wise  man  or  a  fool  Eccl.  2 :  19. 
orbyVi  repeated  ^t-\h.  ^'^'^  PJ'vC-  '^>^^^^^her  iheij  be  strong  or  weak  Num. 
13  :  18.  Wsri  fii'i  nrxip^:'.:;i1,^^n  have  ye  called  us  to  impoverish  2ts  or  not? 
Judff.  14  :  15.  "The  construction  of  the  second  clause  is  interrupted  and  re- 
sumed again  in  Gen.  17  :  17. 

6.  If  a  question  stand  in  a  disjunctive  relation  to  something  previously 
expressed  or  implied,  it  may  begin  with  CS,  nk'^n  -ncns-cx  cisEn  your 
perversion  !  or  is  the  potter  to  be  reckoned  as  the  clay?  Isa.29  :  10,  rx^  CSs 
lins  or  is  this  thing  from  my  lord  ?  1  Kin.  1  :  27. 

§284.  A  question  may  also  be  asked  by  means  of  the 
interrogative  pronouns  or  interrogative  adverbs.  Or  it  may, 
without  any  particle  of  interrogation,  be  indicated  simply  by 
the  tone  of  voice  in  which  it  is  uttered,  ^sia  D'5©  thy  coming 
is  peaceful?  I  Sam.  16:4. 


312  SYNTAX.  ^285 


Relative  Pronoun. 

§285.  1.  From  simple  we  pass  to  compomid  sentences. 
These  are  made  up  of  distinct  clauses  united  for  the  most 
part  by  the  relative  pronoun  or  by  conjunctions.  As  the  rela- 
tive invariably  occupies  the  first  place  in  its  own  clause,  and 
as  the  Hebrew  admits  of  no  inflections  to  represent  case, 
some  special  device  was  necessary  to  indicate  its  relation  to 
the  following  words.  Accordingly,  when  the  relative  "T^i<  is 
governed  by  a  verb,  noun,  or  preposition,  this  is  shown  by 
appending  an  appropriate  pronominal  suffix  to  the  governing 
word,  inbiD  -iibx  ivliom  he  has  sent  2  Kin.  19  :4  ;  the  ground 
nnns?  nici?  loUch  he  has  cursed  Gen.  5  :  29  ;  ii?^!  "iizj«  whose 
seedQk^Vi..  1  :  11  ;  houses  of  clay  Diic^  isS'a  ^irx  lohose  foun- 
dation is  in  the  dust  Job  4:19;  the  place  ^'^^i?  . . .  "ii^s5  upon 
which  Ex.  3:5;  thou  T^'^n^  niL^N  lohom  I  Iiave  chosen  Isa. 
41:8. 

a.  When  the  relative  is  ilie  object  of  a  verb  the  suffix  is  frequently 
omitted,  the  sense  being  sufficiently  plain  without  it,  ''riS'na""il2:N  whom 
J  liave  created  Gen.  6  :  7. 

2.  When  the  relative  '^t^b^  is  preceded  by  n«  the  sign 
of  the  definite  object,  or  by  a  preposition,  these  pertain  not 
to  the  relative  but  to  its  antecedent,  which  is  in  this  case 
embraced  w^itli  it  as  in  the  English  compound  relative 
what  ^=  that  lohich,  'ir\'^^~TJ  ni'^Ti^  "\'2^"\  and  he  commanded 
him  loho  loas  over  his  house  Gen.  44  : 1  ;  to  make  thee  under- 
stand nnjpr^tJS  ni?  2uhat  shatl  befall  Dan.  10  :  14. 

a.  The  only  exception  is  "itl^X  ts  'icilh  whom  Gen.  31 :  32.  Gesenius 
finds  another  in  "ibxa  Isa.  47 :  12,  but  see  Alexander  in  loc. 

3.  The  relative  is  frequently  omitted,  not  only  as  in 
English,  when  it  is  the  object  of  its  clause,  ^ib:^  rinirs  i^ito 
the  pit  (which)  tltey  have  made  Ps.  9  :  IG,  but  also  when  it  is 
the  subject,  and  he  forsook  God  ^niiby  (who)  made  him  Deut. 
32:15,  and  even  when  it  would  stand  for  the  compound 


&  286, 287  CONJUNCTIONS.  313 

relative  and  includo  its  antecedent,  nb;rn-^^a  hy  the  hand  of 
(him  wlioni)  thoic  wilt  send  Ex.  4:13,  (so  doth)  ^s^n  b^xiD 
the  grave  (those  who)  have  sinned  Job  24  :  19. 

§  286.  The  demonstrative  nr  or  ^T  is  frequently  used  in 
poetry  with  the  force  of  a  relative,  and  it  then,  like  the 
English  that,  suffers  uo  change  for  gender  or  number,  aipia 
ni?:  ^l  the  place  that  thou  hast  founded  Ps.  104  -.  8,  ni^GT^a 
^3irn  ^T  devices,  ichich  the//  have  contrived  Ps.  10  :  2. 


Conjunctions. 

^287.  The  Hebrew  sedulously  avoids  all  involution  of 
sentences.  Consequently,  instead  of  Unking  its  clauses  to- 
o-ether  into  a  complex  whole  by  conjunctions  of  various 
power  expressing  their  precise  relation  of  dependence  and 
subordination,  it  prefers,  where  this  is  possible,  to  connect 
them  by  means  of  the  simple  conjunction  "i  and,  leaving  the 
exact  nature  of  the  connection  intended  to  be  inferred  from 
the  meanings  of  the  clauses  themselves. 

1.  The  conjunction  )  may  accordingly  be  employed  not 
only  where  we  would  nsc  and,  but  before  an  adversative 
clause,  of  evenj  tree  thou  mayest  eat  T?^^  ^i^t  of  the  tree  of 
the  knowledge,  etc.,  Gen.  2  :  16,  17,  or  one  expressing  a  rea- 
son, give  us  help  from  trouble  ^')^)  for  vain  is  the  help  of 
man  Ps.  60  :  13,  an  inference,  J  Z^^^j;^  no  pleasure  in  the  death 
of  him  that  dieth  ^n-iiiJm  wherefore  turn  Ezek.  18  :  32,  design, 
rr)'}  ^ib?  nsT  do  this  and  live  i.  e.  in  order  that  you  may  live. 
Gen.  42 :  18,  a  comparison,  man  is  horn  unto  trouble  ^  ""^r^ 
and  (i.  c.  as)  the  sparks  fg  upward  Job  5  :  7,  or  a  co-existing 
act  or  condition,  Noah  was  six  hundred  years  old  b^S'ani  and 
(i.  e.  when)  the  food  ivas  upon  the  earth  Gen.  7  :  6. 

2.  It  serves  to  introduce  the  apodosis  or  second  member 


314  SYNTAX.  §287 

of  a  conditional  sentence,  if  God  will  he  loith  me  and  keep  me 
T^TT:  n^ni  then  shall  Jehovah  be  my  God  Gen.  28:  20,  21. 

3.  It  may  also  connect  a  statement  of  time  or  a  noun 
placed  absolutely,  with  the  clause  to  which  it  relates,  ni^3 
r^X'T^^  0^:?«  ^T^.  '''^'¥l'p  on  the  third  day  Abraham  lifted 
up  his  eyes  Gen.  22  : 4  ;  'n'^^'^?  ^'^)  ^'^^^^  thy  hope,  (is  it  not) 
the  inteyrity  of  thy  loays?  Job  4:6.  Both  these  uses, 
which  are  wholly  foreign  from  our  idiom,  are  combined  in 
2  Sam.  15:  34,  thy  father  s  servant  ''bs;i  I  have  been  so  hith- 
erto, but  now  ":i?l  I  loill  be  thy  servant. 

a.  For  the  meanings  and  usage  of  other  conjunctions  see  the  lexicon. 


GRAMMATICAL  ANALYSIS. 

GENESIS,  CHAPTER   I. 


VERSE  1. 


n^irstna  composed  of  the  inseparable  preposition  n, 
§23l/l,  with  Daghesh-lene,  §21.1,  and  the  feminine  de- 
rivative'  nomi  ™i«-),  §198.  r/.  (4),  without  the  article, 
§128,  comp.  ev  apxv  John  1  : 1,  Ger.  cmfangs,  Eng.  at  first ; 
position  of  the  accent,  §  32. 1. 

s^ia,  5sb  verb,  §1G2.  2,  the  preterite  denoting  past  time 
absolutely,  §262.  1,  lack  of  formal  agreement  with  its  sub- 
ject, §  275.  3,  order  of  words,  §  270.  a,  position  of  accent, 
§32.2. 

D^n"b«  a  monosyllabic  noun  of  class  I.,    §183,   plural, 
§1 99, V majesty,  §201.  2,  without  the  article,  §24G.l. 
n^  sign  of  the  definite  object,  §  270. 
D^m-n  the  article,   §229.1,  §245.4,  and  noun  of  the 
second  form  of  class  I.,  §185.  2.  d,  only  used  hi  the  plural, 
§201.1,  §203.  5.  c. 

nxn  the  conjunction  T,  §234,  and  ni? . 
5  pb?n  the  article,  §  229.  3,  and  Segholate  noun  of  class  I., 
§  183  ;  Seghol  changed  to  Kamets  by,  §  229.  4.  h,  or  §  G5  (1). 
This  verse  is  divided  by  the  accents  into  two  clauses, 
§  36. 1 ;  Athnahh  is  preceded  by  Munahh  and  Tiphhha, 
§38.  2  •  SiUuk  by  Merka  and  Tiphhha,  and  Tiphhha  again 
byMerka,  §38. 1. 


316 


GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 


VERSE  2. 

^^^\},  ^^  verb  r^^^T},  §1G9.  1,  with  Methedi,  §45.3 
Kamets  distinguished  from  Kamets-Hhatuph,  §19.  2. 

^rd,  ^nn  Segholate  nouns  of  class  I.  from  nb  roots, 
§184.3,  abstracts  used  instead  of  adjectives,  §254.  6. «, 
assonance  or  paronomasia.     Double  accent,  §  30. 1. 

^;s-b?  Makkeph,  §43,  nss  noun  of  class  I.,  form  2, 
§185.  2.d,  only  used  in  the  plural,  §201.  1,  §209. 1 ;  here 
in  the  construct  state,  §214.  2,  §  21G.  1,  with  its  possessive 
sense,  §254.  1. 

Dinn  noun  of  class  III  from  I'i?  root  §  190.  b,  article  omitted 
as  if  from  a  proper  noun,  §246. 1,  or  bj  a  kind  of  poetic 
brevity,  §247,  iheface  of  ocean. 

f^sn^-a  Piel  participle  of  the  Ayin  Guttural  verb  :]nn , 
§116.4,  §121.  1,  feminine,  §205,  as  the  predicate  without 
the  article,  §  259.  2,  although  its  subject  is  definite,  §  246.  3; 
the  participle  expresses  continuous  action,  §266.  1,  belong- 
ing to  the  period  before  spoken  of,  §266.  3, 

jQ'^^n  noun  used  only  in  the  plural,  201.  1,  §  203.  5.  c; 
vowel  changed  by  the  pause  accent,  §65.  1. 

This  verse  consists  of  two  clauses,  §36. 1 ;  the  clause  of 
Athnahh  is  subdivided  by  Zakeph  Katon  and  R'bhia,  §36.2; 
Zakeph  Katon  is  preceded  by  Pashta,  and  Pashta  by  Merka, 
§38.4,  Athnahh  by  Munahh  and  Tiphhha,  §38.2.  The 
clause  of  Silluk  is  subdivided  by  Zakeph  Katon;  this  is 
preceded  by  Munahh,  §38.4,  and  Silluk  by  Merka  and 
Tiphhha,  §38.1. 


VERSE  3. 


n^x^^  Kal  future  of  Pc  Aleph  verb  ^^'^ ,  §110.  3,  Avith 
Vav  Conversive,  §99.  1,  §265,  which  removes  the  accent  to 
the  penult  and  changes  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate,  §99.  3.  a, 
§111.  2. «. 


GENESIS,    CHAPTER    I.  317 

^n^  apocopated  future  of  n:3  verb  n^n,  «^171.1,  §177. 1, 
with  a  jussive  sense,  §2G4. 

-^n-^n  future  with  Vav  Conversive  ;  Daghesh-forte  omitted, 
§99.3,  Methegh,  §45.2. 

VERSE  4. 

Si'^^'in  Kal  future  of  'r^b  verl)  nkn  with  Vav  Conversive, 
§171.1,  §172.4. 

ni'J  the  predicate  adjective  without  the  article,  §259.  2. 

^;^^?']  Hiphil  future  of  ^1'^  with  Vav  Conversive,  §  99.  3. 

1''5^  Vav  Conjunctive,  §  334,  Avith  the  preposition  T? , 
§237.1. 

VERSE  5. 

ii-nj^tl  from  the  ^b  verb  ^y^  ,  §162.2. 

.D^n-bs:^  P'silv,  §38.  l.«. 

Sisb  preposition  b  with  the  vowel  of  the  article,  §  231.  5. 

ni''  noun,  whose  plural  is  D^^;' ,   §207.  1./. 

i^'n)?  the  preterite,  used  rather  than  the  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  because  the  verb  does  not  begin  the  clause, 
§265,  the  accent  removed  to  the  penult,  §  35. 1. 

rh-h  parasodc  n   ,   §61.  6,  §219.  2,  with  the  noun  b^b , 

T'.ATi  OO  T^J  J 

a  Segholate  of  class  I.  from  an  ^''J  root,  §184.^,  having  a 
pause  accent,  §65.  1. 

:nni«  numeral,  §223.1,  agreement  and  position,  §250.1. 

VERSE  6. 

Ti^n  nouR  of  class  I.  form  2,  §185.  1. 
?fin3  preposition  n,   §231.  1,  with  the  construct  of  tjnn  , 
§216.  1.  r/,  in  a  partitive  sense,  §254.  2. 


318  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

bi'nn'a  Hiphil  participle  of  bin,  §84.5,  denoting  con- 
tinuous action,  §266. 1,  and  referred  by  the  tense  of  the  ac- 
companying substantive  verb  to  the  future,  §  266.  3.  a. 

VERSE  T. 

to^ft'i  D  guttural  and  nb  verb  nisy  with  Vav  Conversive, 
§109.3,  §171.1,  §172.4. 

mnnia   composed   of    the   prepositions     'j'a     and    rinr) , 

§237.2(1). 

b;?''?  composed  of  the  prepositions  "J^  and  b:? . 

VERSE  8. 

D'l'^tJ  with  pause  accent,  §65  (1). 

njph,  nn:?  class  1.  Segholates,  §183. 

:i5T2J  ordinal  number,  §227.  1,  agreement  with  noun  and 
position,  §252. 1. 

VERSE  9. 

iij?"^  Niphal  future  of  rb  verb  ni]p,  §169.1,  with  an 
imperative  sense,  §263.  1. 

Di^^  noun  of  class  III.  from  an  ^3  root,  §190.  h. 

nxnti  Niphal  future  of  nsn  ,  §109.  4,  §168. 

VERSE  10.  ' 

n'ljP'ab^  conjunction  ^,  §234,  preposition  b,  §231. 1,  and 
noun  of  class  III.  from  nb  root,  §190.  h,  in  the  construct 
state,  §215.  2,  followed  by  the  material  of  Avhich  it  consists, 
§254.4. 

0*112 ;;>  plural,  §207.  2,  of  Q*;,  a  noun  of  class  I.  from  an 
^h  root,  §186.  2.  c. 


GENESIS,    CHAPTER    L  319 

VERSE  11. 

sittj^n  apocopated  Hipliil  future  of  s^i^'i,  §97.2,  §264, 
governing  its  cognate  noun  t^m ,  §271.3.  Metliegli  by 
§45.  2. 

'^.Vl^  the  participle  expresses  what  is  constant  and  habit- 
ual, §266.1. 

yy  collective  noun,  §201.1,  probably  abridged  from  a 
nb  root,  class  I.  form  2,  §  185.  2.  (^,  in  the  construct,  §215. 1, 
with  the  following  word,  which  denotes  its  quahty,  §254.  6. 

"^13  noun  from  nb  root  class  I.  fonii  1,  §184.  d. 

ntob  Kal  participle  of  Hb  verb,  §168;  the  accent  is  not 
Y'thibh  but  Mahpakh,  as  is  shown  by  its  standing  before 
Pashta  in  the  subdivision  of  Zakeph  Katon,  §30.  2,  §38.  4, 
shifted  to  the  penult  by,  §35.  1,  followed  by  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive  in  the  first  letter  of  the  next  word,  §  24.  a. 

irisb  preposition  b,  §231. 1,  noun  V'P  from  an  "^'J  root 
class  I,  §186.  2.d,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §220.  1. 

inn!?"!?  moi?  oblique  case  of  the  relative  pronoun,  §  74, 
§285. 1 ;  the  preposition  n  with  a  pronominal  suffix,  §233. 

VERSE  12. 

xiini  Iliphil  future  of  "^'b  and  sb  verb,  §144. 1,  §162, 
with  Vav  Conversive,  the  accent  remaining  on  the  ultimate, 
§147.5,  §166.4. 

^nsiiab  suffix  of  third  person,  §220.  1.  d,  singular  in  dis- 
tributive sense  referring  to  the  preceding  collective,  §275.  6. 

VERSE  13. 

\^t^bt  ordinal  number,  §227. 1,  §252. 1. 


320  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS 

VERSE  14. 

'^1^'}  lack  of  agreement  with  subject,  §275. 1. 

ri'iri5'53  masculine  noun  in  the  plural,  §  200.  c,  class  III. 
from  an  "i'J  root,  §190.  d. 

b^i^nnb  the  construct  form  of  the  infinitive  used  with  pre- 
positions, §  267.  5. 

^^f^"!  preterite  with  Vav  Conversive,   §100.1,  §265,  in 
the  plural  because  following  the  noun,  §  275. 1.  d. 

VERSE  15. 

"T^JsTib  Hiphil  infinitive  construct  of  IS'  verb,  §153.  1. 

VERSE  16. 

'',5t!J     cardinal    number,     §223.  1,    joined    with    noun, 
§250.  2  (2),  without  the  article,  §251.  4. 

D''bn5r|  qualifying  adjective  with   the    article    after   the 
noun,  §249.1. 

■jbjjri . . .  'i'l^ri  class  I.  form  2,  §185. 1,  emphatic  use  of 
the  positive  degree,  §200.2(2). 

nbir'a^  noun  of  class  III.,  §190,  in  the  construct  state, 
§214. 1.  d,  the  following  noun  denoting  the  object,  §254.  9. 
tO'insi^n  noun  of  class  II.  from  an  2)''b  root,  §187.  I.e. 

VERSE  17. 

■jr}^]  from  5d  verb  lb?,   §129.1. 

Di]"i5  sign  of  the  definite  object  with  a  pronominal  suffix, 
§  238"  2. 

VERSE  18. 

b^-innb^i . . .  bbiabi  construct  infinitive  with  the  preposi- 
tion, §207.^;  Methegh  with  ^   §45.2.6'. 


GENESIS    CHAPTER    I.  321 

VERSE  20. 

qsiy;'  Piel  future  of  iV  verb,  §154.  2. 

VERSE  21. 

DJ^spn  plural  of  "j^sPi ,  '^  199  ;  the  Ilhirik  of  the  ultimate 
is  long,  §19.  1. 

nilJ'ann  Kal  feuiinine  participle,  §205,  with  the  article, 
§249.1. 

ntt?s«  the  object  of  the  verb  ^^^nis  though  without  the  ap- 
propriate pronominal  suffix,  §285.  l.f/. 

nnriab  plural  noun  with  plural  suffix,  §  220.  2.  h. 

VERSE  22. 

tjnn^!!  Piel  future  of  S?  Guttural  verb,  §110.4,  §121.  1, 
with  Vav  conversive,  §99.  3.  <7,  no  Daghesh-lene  in  n  since 
the  preceding  Sh'va  is  vocal,  §25. 

nbsb  the  preposition  with  Tsere,  §231.  3.  «,  so  as  to  say 
i.  e.  in  saying. 

^nn,  ^ns  Kal  imperatives  of  ran ,  nns,  §109.1. 

nn;^  Kal  apocopated  future,  §171.1,  Hhirik  short  though 
accented,  §19. 1. 

VERSE  24. 

-in^n'i  construct  of  nfn,  §214.1,  with  i  paragogic, 
§218.     isiethegh,  §45.  2,  Daghesh-forte  omitted,  §25. 

VERSE  20. 

nto?p.  Kal  future  of  rsto ,  §109.1,  §108,  in  the  plural 
number,  §275.  3.  «. 

i;'ab::3  preposition,  §231.1,    Segholate   noun,    class  I., 
§183,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §221.5. 
21 


322  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

hi"}:)  from  mn,  §169.1. 

^^71  preposition,  §231.2,  construct  of  the  collective 
noun  n57,  §198,  §214. 1,  §216. 1  ;  no  Daghesh-lene  in  ^, 
§22.«  (5). 

VERSE  27. 

n3i?p  nDT  predicates,  §273.4,  and  consequently  in- 
definite. 

:  ani?  pronoun,  referring  to  both  genders  put  in  the  mas- 
culine, §  277.  3. 

VERSE  28. 

nmp)  conjunction  1,  §234,  imperative  Kal  of  ©33, 
§84.4,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §101.  Kibbuts  is  long, 
§19.1. 

VERSE  20. 

innp  from  "jnp ,  §130.1,  preterite  in  the  sense  of  the 
present,  §262. 1.  (^. 

n^n'i  singular,  referring  formally  to  the  nearest  collective 
subject,  §276. 1,  or  taken  distributively,  §275.  6. 

VERSE  30. 

pn^bs-nx,  ni{  before  b^  without  the  ai^ticle,  §270.  c. 

VERSE  SI. 

1S^  position  of  adverb,  §274. 1.       ' 

J  ^i^Tsn  Di;i  article  omitted  before  the  noun,  §249. 1.  c. 


IE"DEX    I. 

SUBJECTS  TREATED  FULLY  OR  INCIDENTALLY. 


The  numbers  in  this  and  the  following  Indexes  refer  to  the  Sections  of  the  Grammar. 


Abbreviations  9.  1. 

Absolute  infinitive.     See  Infinitive  abso- 
lute. 
Abstract  nouns,  feminine  198,  plural  201. 

1.  «,  c. 

Accents  28,  use  in  cantillation  28.  b,  forms 
and  classes  29,  meaning  of  names  29.  6, 
like  forms  distinguished  30,  position  of 
32-35,  aid  in  distinguishing  words  34, 
change  of  position  35,  effect  of  Vav 
conversive  33.  4,  99.  3,  100.  2,  in  place 
of  Methegh  39.  3.  b,  45.  5,  give  sta- 
bility to  vowels  60.  1.  or,  vowel  changes 
produced  by  64. 

Accents,  consecution  of  in  prose  36-39, 
poetic  31,  consecution  of  40-42. 

Accents  pause  37.  2.  a,  position  of  35.  2. 

-Accentuation  double  39.  4.  a,  42.  a. 

Addition  of  letters  50.  3. 

Adjectives  in  place  of  participles  of  neuter 
verbs  90,  185.  1.  a,  formation  of  185.  2, 
expressing  permanent  or  variable  quali- 
ties 185.  2.  a,  intensity  187.  1,  189, 
defects  187.  1.  b,  diminutives  of  color 
188,  declension  of  217,  qualifying  nouns 
249.  1,  qualifying  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct 256,  predicate  259.  2,  compari- 
son of  260,  emphatic  use  with  verbs 
282.  c. 

Adjectives  numeral  223-227,  250-252. 

Adverbial  idea  expressed  by  a  verb  269.  a. 

Adverbial  expressions  274. 

Adverbs  235,  with  suflSxes  236,  as  the  sub- 
ject 242.  c,  numeral  252.  4,  position  of 
274. 

Affixes  33. 

Agreement  neglected  275-279. 

Aleph,  sound  of  3.  4,  used  as  a  vowel-letter 
11.  1,  in  a  few  verbal  forms  120.  2,  122. 

2,  156.  3,  once  in  3  f  s.  suffix  220.  2. 
6,  otiant  16.  1,  with  Mappik  26,  with 
Daghesh  forte  (?)  121.  1,  substituted  for 


He  in  Chaldee  51.  3,  in  Niphal  infini- 
tive 91.  6,  in  Hiphil  94.  a,  b,  in  Hith- 
pael  96.  a,  in  feminine  ending  of  verbs 
86.  b,  and  nouns  196.  d,  for  Vav  in  fem. 
plur.  of  nouns  199,  prosthesis  of  53.  1. 
a,  183.  c,  omitted  53.  2,  3,  57.  2  (2)  a, 
111.  2.  b,  c,  151.  2,  164.  2,  quiescent 
57.  2,  after  prefixed  prepositions  231.  3. 
o,  b,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  c,  pre- 
fers diphthongal  vowels  60.  1.  a,  110.  3, 
111.  2,  previous  vowel  rarely  short  if 
Daghesh  forte  omitted  60.  4.  a,  121.  1, 
229.  3,  added  to  3  pi.  preterite  86  6, 
prefixed  in  the  formation  of  nouns  189. 

Alphabet  2,  order  of  6,  Lepsius'  theory 
6.  a. 

Animals,  names  of  177.  c. 

Apocopated  future  97.  2,  264,  not  in  pas- 
sive species  97.  2.  6,  in  Ayin  Guttural 
verbs  119.  1,  Lamedh  Guttural  126.  1, 
Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  153.  5,  157. 
3,  158.  2,  160.  3,  Lamedh  He  171.  1, 
172.  4,  173.  3,  174.  4,  175.  3,  176.  3. 

Apocopated  imperative  98.  2,  171.  1. 

Apposition  of  nouns  253. 

Arabic  letters  3.  I.  a,  currently  read  with- 
out vowels  10.  «,  syllables  18.  2.  c, 
Teshdid  23.  3.  b,  accent  33.  4.  a,  Elif 
prosthetic  53.  1.  a,  conjugations  83.  c 
(1),  comparative  or  superlative  189.  a, 
nouns  of  unity  198.  6,  pJural  ending 
199.  c,  dual  202,  article  229.  1.  a,  con- 
junction with  the  accusative  271.  4.  b. 

Article  definite  229,  use  of  245,  with 
verbs,  etc.  245.  5.  6,  with  proper  nouns 
246.  1.  a,  before  nouns  with  suffixes 
246.  2.  a,  before  nouns  in  the  construct 
246.  3.  rt,  when  omitted  247,  249.  1.  6, 
c,  249.  2.  b,  c. 

Article  indefinite  229.  1.  b,  248.  a. 

Aspirates  3.  1,  7.  2,  receive  Daghesh  lene 
21,  their  original  sound  21.  b,  affected 


324 


INDEX    I. 


by  concurrence  of  consonants  or  doub- 
ling 54.  1. 

Athnahh  divides  verse  36.  1,  train  of  88.  2. 

Augment,  Greek  and  Sanskrit  99.  1.  «. 

Ayin,  sound  of  3.  4,  Chaldee  substitutes 
for  Tsadhe  51.  3,  elided  53.  3.  a,  128, 
previous  vowel  sometimes  short  ■when 
Daghesh  omitted  60.  4.  a. 

Ayin  doubled  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  133-137,  paradigm 
138,   remarks  139-142. 

Ayin  Guttural  verbs  116,  paradigm  117, 
remarks  118-122. 

Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs,  origin  of 
term  76.  3,  their  peculiarities  152-154, 
paradigm  155,  remarks  156-161. 

Biliteral  roots  68.  b. 

Bohemian  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Cardinal  numbers  223-266,  with  dual  end- 
ing 223.  1.  a,  position  and  agreement 

250,  251,  with  suffixes  250.    2  (2)  a, 

251.  4.  a,  with  the  article  251.  4. 
Chaldee  syllables  18.  2.  o,  words  modified 

from  Hebrew  51.  3,  dual  202. 

Changes  of  person  279. 

Cities  names  of,  feminine  197.'f/. 

Collectives  with  feminine  ending  198,  con- 
strued with  the  plural  275.  2. 

Commutation  of  letters  50.  1,  Aleph  for 
He  86.  b,  91.  b,  94.  a,  96.  a,  196.  d,  He 
for  Aleph  189.  b,  Aleph  for  Yodh  56. 
4,  or  Vav  56.  4.  a,  199,  Vav  for  Aleph 
57.  2  (2)  a,  111.  2.  b,  d,  Yodh  for  Vav 
56.  2,  Teth  for  Tav  54.  4,  82.  5. 

Comparison,  how  expressed  260. 

Compound  numbers  224,  225.  2,  with 
nouns  251.  3,  with  the  article  251.  4.  a. 

Compound  predicate  275.  1.  b,  275.  2.  a. 

Compound  sentences  285.  1. 

Compound  species  83.  c  (2). 

Compound  subject  244.  1,  276. 

Conjugations  76.  1. 

Conjunctions  239,  287. 

Consecution  of  accents  in  prose  36-39,  in 
poetry,  40-42. 

Consonant  changes,  53-56. 

Consonants  changed  to  vowels  57,  vowel 
changes  occasioned  by  contiguous  con- 
sonants 60,  by  concurrent  consonants, 
61. 

Construct  infinitive.  See  Infinitive  con- 
struct. 

Construct  state  of  nouns  212-216,  rela- 
tions denoted  by  254,  resolved  by  pre- 
position Lamedh  257. 

Constructio  praegnans  272.  3. 

Contraction  of  two  similar  letters  61.  3, 
134.  1. 

Contracted  verbs  107. 

Copula  258.  2,  3. 

Countries  names  of,  feminine  197.  d. 

Daghesh  meaning  of  word  21.  2.  a. 


Daghesh-forte  23,  distinguished  from  Da- 
ghesh-lene  23.  2,  from  Shurek  23.  3, 
different  kinds  of  24,  conjunctive,  in- 
stances of  24.  a,  75.  1,  separative  24.  b, 
190.  «,  216.  2.  a,  221.  5.  a,  230.  2.  a, 
emphatic  24.  c,  86.  a,  149.  1,  omission 
of  25,  resolved  by  the  insertion  of  a 
liquid  54.  3,  221.  6.  b,  or  Yodh  141.  1, 
or  by  prolonging  the  previous  vowel, 
59.  «,  never  in  gutturals  60.  4,  108, 
rarely  in  Resh  23.  1,  60.  4.  a,  omitted 
from  Hithpael  96.  a,  in  suffixes  of  verbs 
104.  o,  105.  b. 

Daghesh  lene  21,  22,  omitted  from  Kal 
imperative  89  (f.  s.  and  m.  pi.),  from 
guttural  forms  109.  3.  a,  from  constiuct 
plural  of  nouns  216.  2.  a,  after  prefixes 
101.  2.  b. 

Daleth  assimilated  to  the  feminine  ending 
Tav  54.  2,  148.  2,  205.  6. 

Day  of  the  month  252.  2.  6. 

Declension  of  nouns,  adjectives  and  parti- 
ciples 217. 

Demonstrative  pronouns  73,  qualifying 
nouns  249.  2,  qualifying  nouns  in  the 
construct  256,  predicate  259.  2,  used  for 
relative  286. 

Dental  letters  7.  1. 

Dialects,  effect  upon  words  51.  3. 

Diphthongal  vowels  15. 

Distributive  numbers  252.  4. 

Distributive  sense  expressed  by  repetition 
252.  4,  280.  1. 

Division  erroneous,  of  words  43.  6. 

Divisions  of  Grammar  1. 

Dual,  ending  of  202,  signification  of  203, 
superadded  to  the  plural  203.  5.  b, 
nouns  with  suffixes  221.  4,  joined  with 
the  plural  278. 

Emphasis  expressed  by  repetition  280-282. 

English  accent  S3.  4.  a. 

Excess,  how  denoted  260.  2  (2)  b. 

Feminine  endings  196,  how  related  55.  2. 
c,  196.  b,  compared  with  Indo-European 
endings  196.  e,  used  to  form  abstracts, 
collectives,  official  designations  198,  and 
nouns  of  unity  198.  6,  appended  to  in- 
finitive.    See  Infinitive  construct. 

Feminine  nouns  without  fem.  ending  in 
the  singular  197.  a,  with  masc.  ending 
in  plural  200.  b,  with  two  plural  forms 
200.  c,  with  suffixes  221.  2. 

Feminine  sign  of,  duplicated  88  (3  f.),  167. 
3,  169.  1.  a  (?),  neglected  88  (2  f.  s, 
3  f.  pi.),  197.  a. 

Final  forms  of  letters  4,  in  middle  of 
words  4.  a. 

Flexibility  various,  of  different  languages 
69.  b. 

Formative  syllables  diffier  from  prefixes 
and  suffixes  33,  69.  c,  101.  2.  6,  123.  4. 

Fractional  numbers  227.  3,  252.  3. 


INDEX    I. 


325 


Future,  formation  of  84.  3,  its  personal 
endings  and  prefixes  85.  1.  a  (2)  with 
suffixes  105,  uses  of  263,  shortened 
form.     See  Apocopated  future. 

Galilean  pronunciation  51.  4.  a. 

Grammar,  function  and  divisions  of  1. 

Grammatical  subject  244.  2. 

Grave  suffixes  12,  221.  1. 

Greek  alphabet  5.  «,  0.  b,  1.  2.  a,  accent 
33.  4,  a,  augment  99.  1.  a,  feminine 
and  neuter  196.  e,  numerals  223.  2.  a, 
construction  of  neuter  plurals  275.  4.  a. 

Guttural  letters  7.  1,  their  peculiarities  60, 
108,  attract  or  preserve  vowels  60.  3.  c. 

Guttural  verbs  107. 

He  and  Ilheth  3.  3. 

He  as  a  vowel  letter  11.  1,  57.  2(2)6, 
with  Mappik  26,  prosthesis  of  53.  1.  a, 
rejection  of  53.  2,  3,  85.  2.  a  (1),  95.  6, 
211.  a,  229.  5,  231.  5,  preceding  vowel 
often  short  when  Daghesh  omitted  60. 
4.  a,  121.  1,  229.  3,  added  to  2  m.  s. 
and  2  f.  pi.  preterite  86.  b,  to  2  m.  s. 
Buffix  104.  6,  220.  1.  6,  to  2  f.  s.  suffix 
220.  2.  c,  to  2  and  3  f.  pi.  suffix  104.  </, 
220.  1.  6,  220.  2.  c,  for  3.  ra.  s.  suffix 
104.  d,  220.  1.  b,  omitted  from  f.  pi. 
future  88  and  imperative  89,  omitted 
after  prefixes  85.  2.  a  (1),  91.  b,  94.  6, 
95.  6,  113.  2,  229.  5,  retained  in  excep- 
tional cases  95.  e,  142.  3,  150.  2,  231. 
o.  rt,  for  Aleph  165.  1,  prefixed  in  the 
formation  of  nouns  189.  b. 

He  directive  219.  1. 

He  interrogative  230. 

He  paragogic,  effect  on  accent  33.  1,  with 
Methegh  33.  1.  a,  examples  of  61.  6.  «, 
219.  2,  distinguished  from  feminine 
ending  196.  c,  added  to  preterite  93.  c, 
to  future.     See  Paragogic  future. 

Hhateph  Seghol  in  1  Sing,  future  Piel  92.  e. 

Hheth,  preceding  vowel  mostly  short,  when 
Daghesh  omitted  60.  4.  a,  121.  1, 
229.  3. 

Hhirik,  quantity  of  14,  19.  1,  between 
concurring  consonants  61.  1,  85.  2.  rt, 
216.  2,  231.  2,  234,  in  Segholates  61.  2, 
184.  6,  never  in  the  ultimate  of  Kal  ac- 
tive participles  90,  in  1  sing.  Niphal  fu- 
ture 91.  c,  149.  2,  in  Piel  before  suffixes 
104.  A,  in  penult  of  Piel  infinitive  92.  d, 
in  Hiphil  infinitive  94.  6,  rejected,  from 
Hiphil  future  94.  c,  and  participle  94.  e, 
in  the  inflected  preterite  of  Kal,  Hiphil 
119.  2,  and  Hithpael  96.  i,  retained  in 
Hiphil  before  suffixes  104.  /i,  in  the  ul- 
timate of  nouns  207.  1.  c,  209.  2. 

Hholem,  stability  of  60.  1.  a  (4),  in  in- 
flected verbs  Ayin  doubled  61.  3,  136. 
2,  141.  2,  and  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin 
Yodh  153.  4,  159.  1,  160.  2,  shortened 
to  Kamets   Hhatuph   in  Kal  infinitive 


construct  87,  future  88,  and  Imperative 
89,  once  retained  in  Kal  future  before 
Makkeph  88,  in  intensive  species  92.  6, 
rejected  from  Kal  future  before  suffixes 
105.  d,  in  the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  1. 
c;  d,  207.  2.  <■,  215.  1.  <•,  209.  2,  in  the 
penult  210.  d,  216.  1.  c. 

Hiphil,  signification  of  79,  relation  to  Piel 
80.  2.  a  (1),  formation  of  82.  4,  origin 
of  prefixed-  He  82.  5.  b  (2),  nouns  de- 
rived from  187.  2.  a,  189. 

Hithpael,  signification  of  80,  relation  to  Xi- 
phal  80.  2.  a  (2),  formation  of  82.  5, 
origin  of  prefixed  syllable  82.  5.  6(1), 
verbs  having  two  forms  of  122.  2.  141. 

Hophal,  signification  of  79.  3,  formation 
of  82.  4,  origin  of  prefixed  He  82.  5.  6 
(2),  no  imperative  84,  except  in  two  in- 
stances 95.  </,  in  Ayin  doubled  verbs 
140.  6,  in  Pe  Yodh  verbs  150.  5,  in 
Ayin  Vav  verbs  160.  5,  in  Lamedh 
Aleph  verbs  167.  2,  in  Lamedh  He 
verbs  175.  5. 

Imperative,  formation  of  84.  4,  its  per- 
sonal endings  85.  1.  a  (3),  Kal  with  suf- 
fixes 101,  3.  106.  6,  paragogic  98.  1, 
111.  3.  a,  125.  1,  132.  1,  148.  3,  157.  2, 
apocopated  98.  2,  171.  2,  twice  in  Ho- 
phal 95.  d. 

Imperfect  verbs  classified  107- 

Impersonal  subject  243.  3,  construction  of 
passive  and  neuter  verbs  271.  4.  «,  275. 
1.  c. 

Inanimate  objects,  names  of  198.  <•,  in  plu- 
ral 203.  5.  a,  plural  w  ith  feminine  sin- 
gular 275.  4. 

Indefinite  subject  243.  2,  article  229.  1.  6, 
248.  a 

Indo-European  roots  69.  a,  pronouns  71. 
6,  feminine  and  neuter  196.  e,  dual  202. 
rt,  numerals  223.  2.  a,  conception  of 
time  261. 

Infinitive,  a  verbal  noun  267,  as  the  sub- 
ject 242.  6,  267.  a,  does  not  admit  the 
article  245.  5.  6,  with  prepositions  242. 
6,  267.  6,  governed  by  verbs  or  nouns 

267.  6,  e,  construction  changed  to  pret- 
erite or  future  282.  c. 

Infinitive  absolute,  formation  of  84.  1, 
with  feminine  ending  160.  4,  for  pret- 
erite or  future  268.   1,    for  imperative 

268.  2,  emphatic  use  of  282. 
Infinitive  construct,  formation  of  84.  2,  in 

Kal  usually  without  Yav  87,  with  femi- 
nine ending  in  perfect  verbs  87,  in  Pe 
Guttural  111.  3.  a,  in  Ayin  Guttural 
119.  3,  in  Lamedh  Guttural  125.  2,  in 
Pe  Nun  131.  4,  in  Avin  doubled  139.  2, 
in  Pe  Yodh  148,  in  "Picl  92.  </,  in  Ho- 
phal 150.  5,  in  Hiphil  128,  in  Lamedh 
Aleph  verbs  166.  2,  in  Lamedh  He  168, 
with  suffixes  101.   3,  106.  </,  following 


326 


INDEX    I. 


noun  or  sufSx  denote  subject  or  object 
102.  3,  254.  9.  6,  emphatic  use  of  282.  h. 

Inseparable  prepositions  231-233. 

Intensity  expressed  by  repetition  280.  3, 
282. 

Interjections  240. 

Interrogative  and  indefinite  pronouns  75, 
trace  of  neuter  in  196.  a. 

Interrogative  sentences  283,  284. 

Intransitive  verbs  construed  transitively 
271. 

Irrational  objects,  plural,  with  feminine 
singular  275.  4. 

Jews  modern,  use  Kabbinical  letter  2, 
their  pronunciation  of  Ayin  3.  4,  use 
abbreviations  9.  1. 

Kal,  meaning  of  term  76.  2,  formation  in 
perfect  verbs  82.  1,  remarks  upon  86-90. 

Kamets  and  Kamets-Hhatuph  distinguished 
19.  2. 

Kamets  in  the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  1.  b, 
207.  2.  b,  215.  1,  in  the  penult  210, 
216.  1. 

Kamets-Hhatuph  in  Kal  infin.  constr.  be- 
fore Makkeph  87,  before  suffixes  106, 
in  future  88,  in  imperative  89,  lOS,  in 
passive  species  82.  5.  b  (3),  93.  a,  95.  a. 

Kaph  and  Koph  3.  2. 

Kaph  initial  rejected  53.  2.  a,  assimilation 
of  54.  2.  a. 

Karne  Phara  38.  10. 

Kibbuts,  quantity  of  19.  1,  in  passive  spe- 
cies 82.  5.  b  (3),  93.  «,  95.  a,  in  Hith- 
pael  96.  a. 

K'ri  and  K'thibh  46-48,  number  of  46.  a. 

Kushoi  21.  2.  a. 

Labial  letters  7.  1. 

Lamedh  initial  rejected  53.  2.  a,  132.  2, 
medial  rejected  53.  3.  6,  88  (1  c),  assim- 
ilated to  following  consonant  54.  2,  132. 
2,  appended  in  formation  of  nouns  193. 
2.  c. 

Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  162,  paradigm  163, 
remarks  164-167. 

Lamedh  Guttural  verbs  123,  paradigm  124, 
remarks  125-128. 

Lamedh  He  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  168,   169,   paradigm 

170,  shortened  future   and  imperative 

171,  remarks  172-177. 

Latin  alphabet  6.  b,  7.  2.  a,  accent  33.  4.  a, 
feminine  and  neuter  196.  2,  numerals 
223.  2.  a. 

Lazian  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Letters,  sounds  of  3,  double  forms  of  4, 
of  unusual  size  or  position  4.  «,  names 
of  5,  order  of  6,  classification  of  7,  nu- 
merical use  of  9.  2,  commutation  of  50. 
1,  transposition  of  50.  2,  addition  of 
50.  3. 

Lettish  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Light  suffixes  72,  221.  2-4. 


Linguals  7.  1,  substituted  for  sibilants  in 

Chaldee  51.3. 
Liquids  7.  2. 
Logical  subject,  244.  2. 
Makkeph  43. 
Manner  274.  2.  e. 
Mappik  26,  omitted  from  3  f.  s.  suffix  104. 

e,  220.  1.  b. 
Masculine   for   feminine,  suffixes    104  ff, 
220.   1.  b,  future  88  (3  f.  pi.),    105.  e, 
predicate  and  pronouns  275.  1.  «,  275.  5. 
Masculine  nouns  with  suffixes  221.  3,  with 
fem.  ending  in  plural  200.  a,  with  two 
endings  in  plural  200.  c. 
Matres  leetionis  11.  1. 
Measure  274.  2.  c. 
Medial  letters  for  finals  4.  a. 
Medium  strength,  letters  of  7.  2. 
Mem  dropped  from  Pual  participle  53.  2.  «, 
93.  e,  final  rejected  55.  2,  214.  2,  ap- 
pended to  3  m.  pi.  future  (?)  88,  pre- 
fixed in  formation  of  nouns  193.  2.  c, 
omitted  from  plural  ending  (?)  199.  b. 
Methegh    44,    45,    aid    in    distinguishing 
doubtful  vowels  19,  45.  2.  a,  with  He 
paragogic  33.  1.  «,  in  place  of  an  accent 
shifted  in  position  35.  1,  or  removed  by 
Makkeph  43,  44.  a,  64.  1.  a,  after  He. 
interrogative  230.   2.  a,  its  place  sup- 
plied by  an  accent  39.  3.  6,  45.  5. 
Modern  Hebrew  read  without  vowel  points 

10.  a. 
Monosyllabic  nouns  183. 
Mountains,  names  of,  masculine  197.  d. 
Multiliteral  nouns  195. 
Mutes  7.  2,  a  p-mute  missing  (?)  7.  2.  a. 
Names  of  letters  5,  their  antiquity  5.  a, 

their  origin  and  signification  5.  6. 
Nations,  names  of  197.  d,  275.  2.  b. 
Neuter  gender,  trace  of  196.  a. 
Neuter  verbs  rarely  have  participles  90, 

with  suffixes  102."  2. 
Niphal,  signification  of  77,  relation  to 
Hithpael  80.  2.  a  (2),  its  formation  82. 
2,  origin  of  the  prefixed  Nun  82.  5.  b 
(1),  participle  from  a  noun  91.  e,  from 
an  adverb  80.  2.  6,  nouns  derived  from 
187.  2.  a. 
Nouns,  formation  of  181,  Class  1 182-186, 
Class  II  187,  188,  Class  III  189-192, 
Class  IV  193,  194,  multiliterals  195, 
from  imperfect  roots  184.  b,  185.  2.  d, 
186.  2.  c,  187.  1.  rf,  e,  187.  2.  b,  c,  190. 
6,  plural  from  quiescent  roots  207.  1./', 
208.  3.  c,  with  suffixes  221.  5.  a. 
Nouns,  gender  and  number  of  196-211, 
construct  state  of  212-216,  declension 
of  217,  with  suffixes  220,  221,  para- 
digm 222. 
Nouns,  feminine,  without  fem.  ending  197. 
a,  with  masc.  ending  in  plural  200.  b, 
masculine  with   fem.  ending  in   plural 


INDEX    I. 


327 


200.  a,  with  cither  cndinj^  200.  c,  of 
doubtful  gender  197.  6,  '200.  c,  having 
but  one  number  201.  1,  dclinite  without 
the  article  24G,  used  for  adjectives  254. 
6.  «,  in  construct  before  adjectives  250. 
1.  rt,  254.  6.  b,  in  construct  before  pre- 
positions 255.  1,  in  construct  before  a 
clause  255.  2,  placed  absolutely  271.  4. 
b,  274.  2,  repetition  of  280. 
Nouns,  primitive  181.  a,  derivative  181.  6, 

of  unity  198  b. 
Number,  relations  of  274.  2.  d. 
Numeral  adjectives  223-227,  250-252,  ad- 
verbs 252.  4. 
Numerical  use  of  letters  9.  2. 
Nun,    rejected  53.  2.   a,  b,   55.   2,   from 
verbs  129.  2,  131.  3,  4,  from  nouns  184. 
6,  194.  2.  b,  assimilated  to  a  following 
consonant  54.  2,  in  verbs  129.  1,  131.  2, 
132.  1,  in  nouns  184.  b,  190.  a,  205.  6, 
to  initial  Mem  (•')  55.   1,  88  (m.  pi.), 
inserted  in  lieu  of  reduplication  54.  3, 
221.  6.  b,  epenthetic  56.  1,  101.  2,  105. 
6,  added  to  3  pi.  preterite  86.  b,  to  fu- 
ture 88  (2  f.  s.,  ra.  pi.),  before  suffixes 
105.  c,  in  Niphal  absolute  infinitive  91.6, 
131.  5,  166.  3,  173,  2,  in  Niphal  impera- 
tive (?)  91.  d,  appended  in  formation  of 
nouns  193,  in  masc.  plur.  ending  199.  a. 
Object,  definite,  sign  of  238.  2,  270,  of 
transitive  verbs  270,  of  intransitive  verbs 
271,  indirect  272,  multiple  273. 
Occupations  186.  2.  «,   187.  1.  a. 
Office,  names  of  198.  a  (2). 
Official  designations  198. 
Ordinal  numbers  227,  252. 
Orthographic  symbols  1-49,  changes  50- 

66. 
Orthograph)',  various  11.  1.  6,  51.  4.  a. 
Palatal  letters  7.  1. 
Paradigm,  see  Verbs   paradigms  of,  and 

Nouns. 
Paragogic,  future  97.  1,  264,  not  in  passive 
species  97.  2.  b,  in  Lamedh  He  verbs 
172.  3,  imperative  98,  1. 
Paragogic  letters,  effect  on  accent  33.  1, 

instances  of  61.  6.  a,  218,  219. 
Participles,  formation  of  84.  5,  of  neuter 
verbs  90,  with  personal  inflections  90, 
declined  217,  qualifying  nouns  249.  1, 
qualifying  nouns  in  the  construct  256, 
in  the  construct  before  nouns  and  in- 
finitives 254.  9.  b,  signification  of  266, 
emphatic  use  of  282.  c,  construction 
changed  to  preterite  or  future  282.  c. 
Particles  prefixed  228-234,  separate  235- 

240. 
Parts  of  speech  70. 
Passive  species  with  suffixes   102.  2,  of 

doubly  transitive  verbs  273.  5. 
Pattahh  preferred  by  gutturals  60.  1,  108, 
changed  to  Seghol  63.  1,  assimilated  to 


Seghol  61.  1.  b,  63.  2,  to  Kamets  or 
T.sere  63.  2,  in  Segholatcs  61.  2,  with 
pause  accents  65,  in  Kal  constr.  infin. 
87,  inf.  pi.  future  Niphal  91.  c,  and  Piel 
92.  e,  in  preterite  and  imperative  Piel 
92.  c,  in  Hithpacl  96.  6,  in  the  ultimate 
of  nouns  207.  2.  a. 
Pattahh' furtive  17,  60.  2,   109.  2,  114  (?), 

123. 
Pausal  forms,  with  inferior  accents  65.  b. 
Pause  accents  37.  2.  a,  position  of  35.  2, 
occasion  vowel   changes   65,  with   the 
preterite  86.  a,  with  the  future  88,  with 
the  imperative  89  (f.  s.  and  m.  pi),  with 
2  m.  s.  suffix  104.  6,  220.  1.  6,  with  Pe 
Guttural  verbs  112.  4,  with  Ayin  Guttu- 
ral 119.  1,  121.  3,  with  Lamedh  Guttu- 
ral 126.  1. 
Pazer,  clause  divided  by  36.  2,   train  of 

38.  7. 
Pe  Aleph  verbs  110.  3. 
Pe  Guttural  verbs,  origin  of  term,  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  108,   109,   paradigm 
110,  remarks  111-115. 
Pe  Nun  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3,  their 
peculiarities    129,    paradigm    130,    re- 
marks 131,  132. 
Perfect  verbs  81-85,  paradigm  of  85.  2, 
remarks  86-96,  with  suffixes  101,  102, 
paradigm  103,  remarks  104-106. 
Periods  of  human  life  201.  1.  b. 
Persian  con.struct  state  61.  6.  a. 
Personal  endings  and  prefixes  of  verbs  85. 

1.  ff,  before  suffixes  101.  1,  more  closely 
attached  than  suffixes  or  prefixed  prepo- 
sitions 101.  2.  b. 

Personal  pronouns  71,  not  expressed  in 
the  subject  243.  1. 

Pe  Yodh  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3,  pe- 
culiarities 143-145,  paradigm  146,  re- 
marks 147-151. 

Piel,  signification  of  78,  relation  to  Hiphil 
80.  2.  a  (1),  formation  of  82.  3,  with  the 
active  vowels  82.  5.  b  (3),  unusual  forms 
of  92.  «,  6,  verbs  with  two  forms  of  122. 

2,  141.  4,  nouns  derived  from  187.  2.  a. 
Pilel,  Pilpel,  Poel  not  distinct  species  from 

Piel  83.  c  (1). 

Place  where  274.  2.  b. 

Plural  endings  199. 

Plural  for  singular  in  verbs  (?)  88  (3  f.  pi.), 
of  majesty  201.  2,  275.  3. 

Pluralis  inhumanus  275.  4.  a. 

Plurality  expressed  by  repetition  280.  2. 

Points  extraordinary  4.  a. 

Points  Masoretic  10,  accuracy  of  49. 

Polish  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Predicate  258,  compound  275.  1.  b,  275. 
2.  a,  agreement  with  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct relation  277. 

Prefixed  particles  228-234,  two  constitut- 
ing a  word  228.  2.  a. 


328 


INDEX   I. 


Prepositious  inseparable  231-233,  separate 
237,  with  suffixes  238. 

Preterite,  personal  endings  of  85.  1.  rt(l), 
with  suffixes  101.  1,  10-1,  Kal  before 
suffixes  101.  3,  uses  of  262. 

Pretonic  vowels  64.  2,  in  Kal  preterite 
82.  1,  not  rejected  from  Niphal  91.  6, 
106.  a. 

Primary  preferred  to  a  secondary  form 
275.  "l. 

Pronominal  roots  68,  the  basis  of  adverbs, 
prepositions  and  conjunctions  235.  1.  a. 

Pronominal  suffixes  72.     See  Suffixes. 

Pronouns,  personal  71,  243.  1,  repetition 
of  281,  demonstrative  73,  249.  2,  256, 
259.  2,  relative  74,  285,  interrogative 
and  indefinite  75,  196.  a,  284. 

Proper  nouns  with  the  article  246.  1.  a,  in 
loose  apposition  253.  2.  b. 

Pual,  signification  of  78.  3,  formation  of 
82.  3,  with  the  passive  vowels  82.  5. 
b  (3),  no  imperative  84,  in  perfect  verbs 
93,  Ayin  Guttural  verbs  121.  1,  Ayin 
doubled  verbs  142.  1,  Ayin  Vav  verbs 
161.  4,  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  167.  1, 
Lamedh  He  verbs  174.  6. 

Pure  vowels  15. 

Quadrilitcral  roots  68.  a,  verbs  180,  nouns 
195.  1,  Segholates  plural  of  208.  3.  a. 

Question,  direct  and  indirect  283.  1,  dis- 
junctive 283.  2. 

Quiescent  letters  11.  1,  their  two  uses  dis- 
tinguished 13,  softened  to  vowels  57.  2. 

Quiescent  verbs  107,  143. 

Quinqueliteral  roots  68.  «,  nouns  195.  2. 

Radical  letters  7.  3. 

Raphe  27. 

R'bhi*,  clause  divided  by  36.  2,  train  of 
38.  6. 

Reduplication  of  second  radical  in  verbs 
82.  3,  in  nouns  187,  of  third  radical  in 
verbs  92.  a,  115,  122.  1,  154.  2,  161.  3, 
174.  1,  176.  1,  in  nouns  187.  1.  d,  187. 
2.  c,  of  two  radicals  in  verbs  92.  a,  115, 
122.  1,  137,  141.  2,  154.  3,  161.  2,  in 
nouns  187.  1.  p,  187.  2.  6,  188,  of  a 
short  word  132.  1,  233.  a. 

Relative  pronoun  74,  285. 

Repetition  of  nouns  280,  pronouns  281, 
verbs  282. 

Resh,  sound  of  3.  3,  assimilated  to  a  fol- 
lowing consonant  54.  2,  inserted  in  lieu 
of  reduplication  54.  3,  preference  for 
Pattahh  60.  1.  a,  with  Pattahh  furtive  (?) 
60.  2.  «,  114,  with  simple  or  compound 
Sh'va  60.  3.  a,  120.  3,  with  Daghesh- 
forte  23.  1,  60.  4.  «,  previous  vowel 
lengthened  on  the  omission  of  Daghesh, 
60.  4.  a,  as  the  first  radical  of  verbs  114, 
as  the  second  radical  118.  1,  120.  3,  as 
the  third  radical  125.  3,  126.  2,  127.  2. 

Rivers,  names  of,  masculine  197.  d. 


Roots  of  words  67,  68. 

Rukhokh  21.  2.  a. 

Samaritan  Pentateuch,  its  negligent  or- 
thography, 51.  4.  a,  99.  1.  a,  and  va- 
riant forms  156.  2. 

Samekh,  Shin  and  Sin  3.  1,    3.  1.  a. 

Sanskrit  laws  of  euphony  21.  2.  6,  55.  1.  a, 
accent  33.  4.  a,  augment  99.  1.  a,  femi- 
nine and  neuter  196.  c,  numerals  223. 
2.  a. 

Scriptio  plena,  defectiva  14. 

Seasons,  names  of  185.  2.  a. 

Scghol  inserted  between  concurring  con- 
sonants 61.  2,  171.  1,  in  Avin  doubled 
verbs  61.  3,  136.  2,  141. '2,  in  Ayin 
Vav  verbs  153.  4,  157.  3,  160.  3,  final 
rejected  66.  1  (1),  171.  1,  with  pause 
accents  65,  in  Kal  active  participle  90, 
in  Niphal  91.  «,  6,  in  Piel  92.  e,  d,  126. 

2,  before  suffixes  104.  A,  in  Hiphil  94. 
«,  6,  in  Hithpael  96.  6,  in  the  ultimate 
of  nouns  208,  209.  1,  215.  2,  in  the 
penult  of  feminine  nouns  207.  1.  e. 

Scgholate  forms  from  triliteral  monosylla- 
bles or  final  syllables  61.  1.  h,  183,  184. 
ff,  in  feminine  205,  construct  214.  1.  h. 

Scgholate  nouns  183,  signification  of  184, 
their  feminine  208.  2,  plural  208.  3, 
dual  208.  4,  construct  216.  2,  with  He 
paragogic  219.  1,  with  suffixes  221.  5. 

Scgholta,  verse  divided  by  36.  1,  train  of 
38.  3. 

Sentence,  elements  of  241.  2,  subject  of 
242,  predicate  of  258.  1. 

Separate  particles  235-240. 

Septuagint,  equivalents  for  Ayin  3.  4, 
mode  of  writing  Hebrew  words  49.  2,  3. 

Servile  letters  7.  3,  anagrams  of  7.  3.  a. 

Shalsheleth,  when  used  38.  9. 

Shin,  Sin,  and  Samekh  3.  1,   3.  1.  a. 

Shui-ek,  quantity  of  14.  19.  1,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  Segholates  61.  2,  in  the  penult 
of  Segholates  61.  4.  «,  205.  c,  in  Kal 
future  of  perfect  verbs  88,  before  suffix- 
es 105.  d,  in  Kal  active  participle  90,  in 
the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  2.  cZ,  209.  3. 

Sh'va  16,  silent  and  vocal,  16.  2,  20.  1, 
simple  and  compound  16.  3. 

Sh'va  compound,  witli  gutturals  16.  3,  60. 

3,  108,  with  Resh  60.  3.  a,  120.  3,  with 
strong  letters  16.  3.  b,  before  gutturals 
120.  2,  127.  3,  in  construct  plural  of 
nouns  216.  2.  «,  after  He  interrogative 
230.  2.  «,  after  Yav  Conjunctive  234.  </, 
which  is  selected  60.  3.  b,  109.  3,  112, 
changed  to  a  short  vowel  60.  3.  e,  with 
pause  accent  to  a  long  vowel  65. 

Sh'va  simple  with  gutturals  60.  3.  «,  in 
Pe  Guttural  verbs  112.  2,  5,  in  Lamedh 
Guttural  verbs  123.  4,  127.  1,  changed 
to  Seghol  by  pause  accent  65. 

Sibilants  7.  2. 


INDEX    I. 


329 


Silluk,  position  of  3(5.  1,  train  of  38.  1. 
SinguUir  predicate  or  pronoun  with  plural 

subject  275.  1.  a,  275.  6. 
Sounds  of  the  letters  3. 
Species  of  verbs  76-80,  mutually  supple- 
mentary 80.   2.  a  (3),  what  immber  in 
use  in  diderent  verbs  80.  2.  a  (4),  forma- 
tion of  82,  with  double  forms  iu  distinct 
senses  83.  c  (1),   122.  2,   141.  4,  com- 
pound 83.  c  (2). 
Strong  letters  7.  2. 

Subject  242,  omitted  243,  indefinite  243. 
2,  impersonal  243.  3,  compound  244.  1, 
270,  grammatical  and  logical  244.  2. 
Suffixes,  pronominal  72,  of  verbs  101.  2, 
of  nouns  220.   3,  relation  denoted  by 
254,  more  loosely  attached  than  affixes 
101.  2.  6,  with  neuter  verbs  and  passive 
species  102.  2,  with  infinitives  and  parti- 
ciples 102.  3,  with  cardinal  numbers  223. 
1.  a,   250.  2  (2)  a,  omitted  247.  6,  with 
nouns  in  the  construct  25(5. 
Superlative  degree  260. 
Syllables  18,  intermediate  20.  2,  mutations 

in,  a  source  of  vowel  changes  59. 
Syriac  currently  i-ead  without  vowels  10. 
o,  aspirates  21.  a,  doubling  of  letters 
23.  3.  6,  words  modified  from  Hebrew 
51.  3,  dual  20.  2. 
S3-stema  morarum  18.  b. 
Tav  and  Teth  3.  2. 

Tav   unites  with  Tav  of  personal  affixes 
86.  b  (2  m.),  or  feminine  ending  54.  1, 
205.   i,   prefixed  in   anomalous  verbal 
forms  94.  «,  115,  161.  5,  in  the  forma- 
tion of  nouns  190,   192.  2,  in  Hithpael 
assimilated  54.  2,  54.  4.  a,  82.  5,  131.  6, 
transposed  54.  4,  82.  5. 
Tav  of  feminine  ending  rejected  55.  2.  c, 
196.  6,  origin  of  196.  e,  added  to  verbs 
86.  6,   166.   1,  109.  1,  172.  1,  in  nouns 
196.  6,  205. 
Tenses,  primary  84,  262-264,  secondary 
99,  265,  past  and  future  not  promiscu- 
ously used  263.  5.  a. 
Time,  conception  of  261. 
Time,  when  and  how  long  274.  2.  a. 
T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 

train  of  38.  8. 
Transitive     construction    of    intransitive 

verbs  271. 
Transposition  of  letters  50.  2,  54.  4,  82.  5. 
Tsere  rejected  from  the  ultimate  of  verbs 
66.  1  "(1),  171.  2,  in  Kal  preterite  86.  <r, 
164.  1,  in  fem.  plur.  future  Niphal  91.  r, 
and  Piel  92.  c,  in  Piel  inf.  abs.  92.  c/,  in 
Hiphil  94.  6,  f,  in  Hophal  inf.  abs.  95.  c, 
with  Aleph  in  place  of  Sh'va  60.  3.  f, 
92.  e,  112.  1,  184.  6,  as  union  vowel 
with  the  preterite  lt)4.  a,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  verbs  before  suffixes  1()4.  //, 
of  Lamedh  Guttural  verbs  126.   1,  of 


Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  1()4.  5,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  nouns  207,  215.  1,  in  the  penult 
of  nouns  210,  216.  1. 
Vav  rejected  after  vowelless  consonants 
53.  3.  a,  184.  6,  initial  changed  to  Yodh 
56.  2,  144.  1,  rarely  reduplicated  56.  3, 
in  verbs  154.  1,   161.  1,  or  nouns  187. 

2.  r,  softened  or  rejected  57.  2,  152, 
184.  b,  186.  2.  c,  190.  6,  207.  1./,  208. 

3.  <",  211.  a,  216.  1.  d,  preceding  a  vow- 
elless consonant  61.  1.  «,  234,  paragogie 
61.  6.  «,  218,  omitted  from  3.  pi.  pre- 
terite 86.  6,  in  Kal  infinitive  87,  in  Kal 
future  88,  in  Kal  imperative  89,  in  Kal 
l)assive  participle  90,  in  Pual  93.  b^ 
added  to  3.  m.  pi.  sufiix  104.  /. 

Vav  in  K'thibh,  where  K'ri  has  Kamets- 
Ilhatuph  13.  fl,  88,  105.  d,  215.  1.  r, 
Taltahh  125.  1,  or  Hhateph-Kamets  13. 
ff,  214.  2.  6,  89  (f.  s.). 

Vav  Conjunctive  234,  287. 

Vav  Conversive  of  the  future  33.  4,  99, 
with  Ayin  Guttural  verbs  119.  1,  Lamedh 
Guttural  126.  1,  Ayin  doubled  140.  1.  5, 
Pe  Yodh  147.  5,  15(\  3,  150.  2  (p.  182), 
Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  153.  5,  157. 

3,  158.  2,  160.  3," Lamedh  Aleph  166.4, 
Lamedh  He  171.  1,  172.  4,  173.  3,  174. 

4,  175.  3,  176.  3,  time  denoted  by  265.  a. 
Vav  Conversive  of  the  preterite  33.  4,  99, 

with  Pe  Guttural  verbs  112.  3,  time  de- 
noted by  265.  b. 

Verbs,  their  species  76-80,  occurring  in 
all  the  species  80.  2.  a  (4),  denomina- 
tives 80.  2.  6,  perfect  81-100,  with  suffix- 
es 101-106,  imperfect  107-177,  doubly 
imperfect  178,  defective  179,  quadrilite- 
ral  180,  syntax  of  261-269,  coordinated 
269,  object  of  270-272,  with  more  than 
one  object  273,  passive,  object  of  273.  5, 
repetition  of  282. 

Verbs,  paradigms  of,  perfect  85.  2,  with 
suffixes  103,  Pe  Guttural  110,  Ayin  Gut- 
tural 117,  Lamedh  Guttural  i24,  Pe 
Nun  130,  Ayin  doubled  138,  Pe  Yodh 
146,  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  155, 
Lamedh  Aleph  163,  Lamedh  He  170. 

Verbs,  personal  endings  and  prefixes  of 

85.  1.  «,  85.  2.  «,  suffixes  of  101-106. 
Verbs,  middle  e  and  o  82.  1.  a,  have  Pat- 

tahh  in  Kal  future  84.  3.  «(1),  inflected 

86.  a,  before  suffixes  104.  h. 

Verbs  with  Pattahh  in  Kal  future  84.  3.  «, 
111.  1,  116.  1,  123.  1,  140.  1,  144.  2, 
with  Tsere  in  Kal  future  84.  3.  6,  130, 
144.  2,   147,   172.  3. 

Vowel  changes  58-66,  significant  58.  1, 
euphonic  58.  2,  causes  of  59,  due  to 
mutations  of  syllables  59,  to  contiguous 
gutturals  60,  to  concurrent  consonants 
61,  to  concurring  vowels  63,  to  the  ac- 
cent 64,  to   pause   accents   65,  to  the 


330 


INDEX   I. 


shortening  or  lengthening  of  words  CO, 
of  short  vowels  in  mixed  penult  58.  2, 
210.  e,   216.  2.  b. 

Vowel  letters  V.  2,  use  of  11.  1,  distin- 
guished from  their  consonantal  use  13. 

Vowels  10-17,  Masoretic  signs  for  12, 
different  modes  of  dividing  them  12.  a, 
meanings  of  their  names  12.  b,  mutual 
relations  of  their  notation  by  letters  and 
by  points  13,  14,  mutable  and  immuta- 
ble 14,  58.  2,  pure  and  diphthongal  15, 
ambiguity  of  certain  signs  1 9,  20,  o  and 
u  more  stable  than  i  and  e  60.  1.  «,  in- 
serted between  concurrent  consonants 
61.  1,  2,  c  and  6  preferred  before  con- 
current consonants  61.  4,  I  and  u  before 
doubled  letters  61.  5,  paragogic  61.  6, 
218,  219,  concurring  62,  proximity  of, 
a  source  of  changes  63,  pretonic  64.  2, 
rejected  or  shortened  66.  1,  2,  of  union 
before  suffixes  101.  2,  twice  e  with  pre- 
terite 104.  «,  sometimes  a  with  future 
105.  a,  final  of  verbs  before  suffixes 
104.  Ar,  I,  vowel  a  retained  in  ultimate 
before  suffixes  105.  d,  118.  3,  164.  5. 

Weak  letters  7.  2,  effect  of  upon  syllables 
18.  2.  c. 


Words  not  divided  in  writing  8,  ambiguity 
when  unpointed  10.  «,  sources  of  change 
in  51,  three  stages  in  the  formation  of  67, 
changes  in  formation  and  inflection  69. 

Written  symbols  of  two  sorts  2. 

Yodh  as  a  vowel  letter  11.  1 ,  in  Kal  active 
participle  90,  in  Niphal  future  113.  1, 
before  suffix  105.  a,  220.  1.  i,  initial  re- 
jected 53.  2.  a,  b,  144.  3,  148,  150.  1, 
184.  b,  188.  6,  medial  rejected  53.  3. 
a,  b,  150.  3,  168,  169,  softened  or  re- 
jected 57.  2,  152,  184.  b,  186.  2.  c, 
190.  b,  207.  1./,  208.  3.  c,  211.  a, 
216.  l.d,  changed  to  Aleph  56.  4,  para- 
gogic 61.  6.  a,  218,  added  to  2  f.  s.  pre- 
tedte  86.  6,  to  2  f.  s.  suffix  104.  c,  220. 
1.  b,  220.  2.  c,  omitted  from  1  sing, 
preterite  86.  i,  from  Hiphil  94,  in 
Lamedh  He  verbs  169,  172.  1,  prefixed 
in  formation  of  nouns  190,  192.  1,  ap- 
pended in  formation  of  nouns  194, 
quiescent  after  piefixed  prepositions 
231.  3.  b,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  c. 

Zakcph  Gadhol,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 
when  used  38.  5. 

Zakeph  Katon,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 
train  of  38.  4. 


TEXTS  OF  SCRIPTURE  EXPLAINED  OR  REFERRED  TO. 


GENESIS. 

4  :  17  ...  §  35.  1 
18  . .  .  275.  1.  c 

« 

12  :  12 ...  §  243.  3 
20 ...  43 

19  :  33 ...  §  249.  2.  b 
33,  35  .  .  .  106.  a 

1   1 ...  §  21.  1,  36.  1, 

23.  .  .88(f.  pi.),  89 

13  :  2 .  .  .  245.  5.  d 

35 . .  .  38.  1.  a 
20  :  5 ...  71.  n  (3) 
6  .  .  .  104.  2 

242,  245.  4,  262. 

(f.  pi.),  98.  2, 

4.  .  .4.  a 

1  270.  a,  275.  3 

127.  1 

6.  ..27.5.  l.n 

2.  '.21.  1,  25S.  3 

26  .  .  .  281 

9 . .  .  119.  1,  180.  a 

9..  .22.  6,  75.  1, 

4 .  . .  270.  b 
5 ...  31.  1 
6,  7  . . .  245.  1 

5:  5...  177.  2,  251. 
2.  a 

14  :  2  ...  71.  a  (.3) 
4  . . .  252.  2 

263. 1 
11 . .  .  254.  9 

8 .  . .  277.  a 

6  .  . .  221.  6.  b 

13 .  .  .  275.  3.  a 

7...36. 1,203.  5.C 
9 . .  .  250.  1 

17  . . .  38.  1.  a 

8  .  .  .  203.  5.  c 

18  .  . .  127.  1 

18 . . .  225.  2 

9  .  .  .  250.  2  (1) 

21 ;  6  ...  60.  2.  a,  120. 2 

11 . .  .  45.  2,  254.  6, 

29 . . .  39. 4.  n,  285. 1 

10.  ..63.  1.  a,   219. 

8 ...  65.  a 

285.  1 
12  .  .  .  220.  1.  b 

6  :  3 ...  74.  a,  139.  2, 

1.  b,  280.  2 

14.  .  .  214.  1.  6 

157.  3,  158.  2 

19 ...  10.  n 

16.  ..119.  1,  174.  1 

14  .' .' .'  275.  1.  b 

16 .  .  .  245.  2,  254.  9 

18  . .  .  45.  2.  a 

7  .  .  .  285.  1.  a 

15  :  1 .  .  .  246.  3,  249.  2, 

17  .  .  .  39.  3.  6 

9 ...  96.  6 

274.  1 

28,  29  .  . .  220,  1.  6 

13  .  .  .  262.  2 

2 ...  47,  253.  2.  b 

22  :  1 .  . .  262.  1,  265, 

22   38.  1.  a 

17  .  .  .  266.  2 

8...  262.  1.6 

270.  b 

24'.  ..198.  a  (4),  218 

18  .  .  .  100.  2.  a  (1) 

11  .  .  .  229.  3 

3 ...  265 

24,  26  .  .  .  38.  1.  a 

19 .  .  .  45.  2.  a,  229. 

12  .  .  .  245.  4 

4  .  .  .  287.  3 

29  .  .  .  270.  c 

3.  a 

17  .  .  .  275.  1.  c 

5  .  .  .  244.  1 

31.  ..249.1.c,274. 1 

22  .  .  .  273.  2 

18  .  .  .  254.  3 

8 ...  44 

2  -.  1 . . .  244.  1 

7  :  1 .  . .  262.  1,  273.  4 

18-21 .  .  .  270.  b 

14  .  .  .  126.  2 

2.  .  .  262.  1 

2 .  .  .  252.  4,  280.  1 

22 . .  .  245.  5.  a 

23  :  1 .  . .  251.  2,  3 

3  .  .  .  249.  1.  c 

4  .  .  .  251.  2 

16  :  5  ...  4.  a,  254.  9.  a 

4 . .  .  275.  5 

4 ...  4.  a,   259.  2. 

6  . . .  287.  1 

11 ...  90  (2  f.  8.) 

6 .  .  .  165.  3 

267.  d 

9  .  .  .  252.  4 

13,  15  ...  43.  a 

10  .  .  .  254.  9.  6 

5  .  . .  258.  3.  b 

13 .  .  .  200.  e,  246.  3, 

30  . .  .  60.  3.  6  (2) 

11 .  .  .  125.  1 

6  . .  263.  4 

249.  2,  251.  1.  a 

17  ;  4  ...  65.  a 

11,  13 . .  .  262.  1.  6 

7  .  .  .  147.  5,  273.  3 

19  .  .  .  280.  3 

4,  5  .  .  .  215.  1.  e 

16 ...  36.  1 

9  . . .  245.  5.  b 

23 . .  .  173.  3 

5  ...  271 .  4.  a 

19  .  .  .  246.  3 

10  . .  .  248 

8  :  5  .  .  .  282.  c 

5,  6 ...  265 

24:  1...119.  1 

11 .  . .  245.  5 

7  ...  282 

8  ...  30.  2,  254.  5 

8  . .  .  249.  2.  6 

12 .  .  .  16.  3.  b,   234. 

10  .  .  .  269.  a 

11 .  .  .  273.  5 

14  ...  39.  4 

a,  259.  2.  u 

12  .  .  .  149.  2 

12  .  .  .  254.  6.  a 

15  . . .  39.  3.  a 

14  .  .  258.  2 

17  .  .  .  150.  1 

17  .  .  .  24.  6,  230.  2. 

20 . . .  245.  3 

16,"  17.  ..287.  1 

18  .  .  .  147.  5 

a,  254.  6.  a,  283. 

22.  ..251.  2.  f,  254. 

17  . . .  108.  a,  282 

9  :  14  .  .  .  139.  1 

2.  a 

4 

18  .  .  .  242.  b 

20  . . .  258.  3.  a 

19...90(f.  B.) 

23 . . .  158.  3 

19 . .  .  147.  5 

24 .  . .  147.  5,  270.  c 

20 .  .  .  265.  6 

30 ...  36.  1 

23 .  .  .  16.  3.  b,   24. 

10  :  5  .  . .  220.  2.  b 

18  :  1 . . .  262. 1.  a,  274. 

33..  .111.  2.  6 

a,  127.  3 

19 . .  .  56.  4,  126.  2 

2.  6 

35  .  .  .  245.  5.  d 

25  .  .  .  263.  5.  a 

21 .  . .  256.  a 

6  . .  .  253.  2 

42  .  .  .  21.  1 

3  :  2,  3 .  . .  263.  1 

25 . .  .  250.  2  (2) 

11 .  .  .  276.  3 

42,  48,  65  ...  39.  4 

5 . . .  106.  a 

26  . . .  229.  1.  a 

20 .  .  .  254.  9.  a 

48.  .  .  131.  1 

6  . . .  258.  1 

11 :  1 . .  .  223.  1.  a 

21 . .  .  24.  6,  39.  3.  6, 

58  . .  .  283.  1 

13 .  . .  262.  1 

6,  7  .  .  .  141.  1 

230.  2.  a 

65  . .  .  73.  2.  a,   176 

15  ...  30.  2 

7  ...  86.  a 

28,  29 . .  .  251.  4 

3,  245.  3.  a 

16 .  . .  53.  3.  a 

9  ...  57.  1 

19  ;  1,  4  .  .  .  266.  3 

67  .  .  .  246. 3.  a,  256 

22...  21.  1,177.  2 

16...  251.  2 

9  .  .  .  131.  3 

d 

4  :  3 . .  .  231.  3.  a 

30 ...  56.  2 

11 .  .  .  207. 1.  a,  245. 

25  :  5 .  .  .  43 

4 .  .  .  220.  2.  b 
12 . .  .  267.  d 

31 .  .  .  22.  b 
12  :  2 .  . .  263.  1 

5 
12.  ..38.  1.  a 

8  ...  38.  1.  a 
12  .  . .  254.  1 

13 .  .  .  260.  2  (2)  6 

4 ...  10.  o 

14 ...  24.  ct 

27 .  .  .  229.  4.  6 

14  '.  '.  .  245.  3.  6,  262. 

5  .  .  .  254.  1  bis 

19  .  .  .  86.  b   (2m.), 

31 .  . .  98. 1.  o,  125. 1 

1  b 

7  .  .  .  262.  1.  b 

105.  n,  105.  rf 

34 ...  65.  a 

16 .  .' .  147.  5 

\            8...  19.  1,220.1.6 

30  .  .  .  251.  4 

26  :  3 . .  .  262.  1.  6 

ooz 

INDEX    II. 

26:    4....§30.  2,  246.  3 

6.... 36.  1 

8.... 245.  3 
13.... 282.  c 
15,  18....104.  "■ 
22.... 156.  4 

|34;  30.... 5  254.  5 
31....2:i0.  2 
35:     7....275.  3.  « 

15 270.  6 

l.S 34 

22.... 39.  4.  a 

49:  19.... §140.  1 
23 139.  1 

50:     9.... 248 
10. ...271.  3 
17.... 273.  3.  a 
19 283.  1 

1  15:    2....§  56.  1,  105. 

6, 131.  1,  247.  6 

4.... 277.  a 

5.... 61.  6,  104./ 

6.... 60.  3.   a,  61, 

6.  a 
9.... 104./ 
10....11.  1.6,61.  6, 

139.  1 
11,  13.... 22.  6 
14,  15 263.  5.  a 

28 36.  1 

29.... 60.  3.  a 
27:    1....88(f.  pi.) 

26.... 275.  1.  c 
29.... 22.  6 
37:    2....249.  1.  6 

23.... 22.  a 
26.... 147.  5 

4.... 263.  1.  /j 

9 119.  1 

12.... 141.  6 

8 282 

9.... 271.  3 
12 257 

EXODUS. 

16 36.  2 

19.... 105.  6 
23.... 270.  6 
25.... 263.  1 
26.... 131.  3 
27. ...120.  3 
29.... 177.  1 
33.... 263. 1.  6,266. 

2.  a 
36.... 252.  4 
38....  16.  3.  6,230. 

14.... 10.  a 
19.... 73.  2.  a,  254. 

6.  a 
20.... 104.  / 
22.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

32 24.  6,  283.  2 

33.... 105.  0,282.  a 
38:    9.... 131.  4 

1:    1....§21,1 
7.... 273.  5 

10 88  (3f.  pi) 

16. ...177.  2 
2:    3.... 24.  6,104.  e 
4.... 53.  3.  6,148. 
2,  150.  3  (p.  182) 
7.... 230.  3 

16.... 22.  6,  61.  6.  a 
17.... 24.  6,  190.  a 
20.... 277.  a 

21 22.  6 

26.... 112.  3 
16:    5....38.  1.  a 
7,  8. ...71.  o(l) 
14.... 180.  a 
15 39.  3.  6 

11.... 274.  2.  6 
26.... 71.  a (3) 
39:    4....119.  1 

9....  150.  2,151.1, 
101.  5 
10.... 104.  k 

23....38. 1.0,112.1 
27.... 242.  a 
17:    1 237.  d 

42.r'.271.  4.  a 
44.... 223.  1.  a 
28:    2,  5, 6, 7.... 33.1.  a 
9.... 39.  4 
12.... 55.  1 
20,  21.... 287.  2 

7,  12.... 98.  1 
11.... 231.  5.  a 

17....104.  g-,  105.  a 
20....00.  3.  c,  98.2, 

8,  ID.... 119.  1 
11 275.  2.  6 

12.... 22.  b 

164.  3 

18  :    8 104.  i 

14.... 119.  1 

23.... 51.  2 

10 215.  1.  6 

14,  17.... 92.  d 
20.... 255.  2 
40:  15....93.  rf,  156.  4 

3:    1....266,  3.  a 
2....53.  2.  a 
4.... 39.  1.  a 

11.... 262.  2 

21,  25.... 225.  1.  a 

26 S8 

29:    2 263.4 

16.... 251.  1 

5.... 131.  3,  285.1 

19:    5 44.  a 

3 139.  1 

20.... 150.  5 

8.... 248 

9 215.  1.  a 

5....22.  a,230.  2.a 

41:    8....119.  1 

13....75.  1 

12 282.  fl 

6 34 

8.... 139.  1 

11... .99.  3 

4:    2.... 24.  a,  75.  1 

13 149.  2,  282.  a 

12.... 257.  2 

10.... 254.  6.  a 

21,  24 111.  1 

9 34,  257 

19.... 2.54.  3 

11.... 1.58.  2 

20:    2-17 39.  4.  a 

10 10.  a 

17.... 278 

21.... 220.  1.  6 

13.... 255.  2,  2S5. 3 

4 27,  243.  2 

S3.... 35.  2 

23.... 126.  1 

5 111.  3.  a 

20 223.  1.  a 

35.... 249.  2 

29.... 112.  3 

8 268.  2 

23 10.  a 

40.... 260.  2  (2)  a 

31.... 275.  2.  a 

10 249.  1   c 

32 105.  a,  118.  3 

35.... 245.  3.  6 

43.... 94.  6 
51. ...92.  c 

5:    5 86.  6  (2m.) 

7.... 151.  2 

11. ...43 
13 27 

30:    1 34 

42:    7....262.  2.  a 

8.... 39.  1.  a 

21:    7.... 98.  1.  a 

5 127.  1 

11.... 71.  a(l) 

16.... 166.    1,    275. 

9 275.  3 

6 104.  a 

13.... 38.  1.  a 

2.6 

11.... 215.  1.  c 

7 252.  1 

18.... 287.  1 

6:  14.... 255.  3 

19 92.  tl 

15 245.  3.  6 

21.... 39.  4 

16.... 251.  3 

22 19.  2.  ra,   39 

16 249.  2.  6 

25.  35.... 216.  2.  a 

29.... 10.  a 

3.  6 

19.... 215.  1.  6 

36.... 220.  1.  6 

7:  10.... 262.  1 

28 270.  c 

27 131.  3 

43:    7. ...45.1 

11. ...53.  2.  a 

30 55.  1 

31 43 

8.... 125.  1 

20.... 276.  1 

35 19.  2.   a,  39 

32 44.  a 

14....65.  o,  82.  l.a 

22.... 53.  2.  a 

3.  6 

S3 24.  a 

(3),  249.  1.  6 

26.... 265.  6 

36 92.  d 

38.... 45.   2,   88  (f. 

20.... 26 

8:    1....131,  3 

22:     2 216.  1.  6 

pl.)bi.«,216.  2.  a 

29.... 141.  3 

17.... 258.  3.  6 

3 1G6,  3 

39.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

44:    1....2S5.  2 

23.... 100.  2,  «(1) 

4 22o!  1.  6 

SI:    4 45,  2.  a 

4.... 114,    271.    2, 

9:    3.... 10.  a,  177.  1 

8 43,  275.  3.  a 

6 71.  «(2) 

9.... 220.  1.  6 

272.  2 

17.7.  Tso.  2 

15.... 119.  1 
18.... 27,  104.  e 

26 220.  1,  6 

23:  11 2.54.  2 

13....  19.  2.  a,  246. 

IS.... 263.  1.  a 

25.... 126.  2 

14.... 252.  4 

3.  a 

40. . . .271.  4 

29.... 88  (pi.) 

26 207.  1.  a 

27 126.  1 

45:  22 251.  2.  c 

10:     1....249.  2.  6 

30 280.  1 

30 86.  6  (2  m.), 

25.... 45.  3 

3.... 173.  2 

Gl.'...104./ 
.24:    4 246.3 

91.  6 

28.... 45.  5.  a 

8.... 271.  4.  a 

32 104.    i,    2S5. 

46:    2....38.  1.  rt 

24.... 150.  5 

25:  31. ...11. 1.6, 113.1 

2.  a 

3.... 148.  2 

11:    8....249.  2.  6- 

35 280.  3.  6 

S6 75.  1 

22,  27.... 275.  1.  c 

12:    7. ...45.  2 

26  :    2 250.  1 

39 61.  6.  a 

28.... 22.  b 

16.... 250.  c 

23.... 216.  2.  a 

S2:    1 270.  c 

47:  24.... 275.  1.  c 

21.... 89    (f.    E.   & 

24 53.  3.  a 

5 111.  2.  6 

16.... 250.  2(3) 

48  :  20.... 270.  c 
22....223.  1.  a 

ni.  pi.) 
S9....141.  0 

£3.... 100.  2.  «(1), 
100.    2.    a    (2), 

20 01.   1.    c,   88 

49:    3.... 65.  a 

49.... 275.  1.  c 

229.  4.  6 

(p).),  55.  2.  a 

5.... 216.  1.  6 

13:    1....24.  a 

27  :  21.... 247.  a 

22 45.  3 

8.... 281 

2.... 92.  c 

28  :    1 119.  1 

23.... 249.  2.  6 

10.... 24.  6 

9.... 254.  7 

2.... 254.  6.  a 

33:    5 220.  1.  6 

11.....53.  2.  (1,61.6. 

16.... 220.  1.  6 

1 275.  1.  c 

6....88(f.  pi.) 

a,  218,  220.  1.  6, 

22.... 263. 4 

40 207.  1.  a 

11.... 43,      166.     1, 

221.  5.  h 

14:    4.... 22.  6,91.  c 

29:    3 248.  a 

270.  6 

12....215. 1.  a,259. 

14.... 119.  1 

9 273.  3 

34:  17.... 100.  2.  fi(]) 

2.  6 

17.... 22.  6,91.  c 

20.... .38.  4.  a 

21.... 258.  2 

17.... 216,  2.  a          1 

15:     1 22.6,263.5 

30.... 105.  a 

INDEX    II. 


333 


29 
30: 

31: 
32: 

33 


35.. 

37.. 

18.. 

23.. 

34.. 
:  13. 

14.. 
:    1, 


. .§  65.  a 
.  .2-29.  4.  b 
..109.  3 
..215.  1.  c 
.  .38.  1.  a 
..104.  k 
..275.  6 
..75.  1,  119.  1, 


23 


20.. 

24.. 

:    3.. 


11 


24.. 
:  14.. 

15.. 
:  33.. 
:    3.. 


12.. 

18.. 
19.. 
:  7.. 
9.. 
IS.. 
32.. 
39.. 
42.. 
43. 


249.  2.  a 

4,  8 275.  3.  a 

19.... 220.  2.  h 
05....  104.  rf,  156.  2 
3....03. 1.6,174.4 
13.... 220.  2.  b 
105.  a 
111.  3.  a 
,38.  1.  a 
210.  2.  a 
:  27.... 250.  2(2) 

:  30 105.  d 

:    3 106.4 


LEVITICUS. 

15.... §  71.  a  (3) 

13 60.  3.  a 

23,  28 150.  5 

21 61.  4.  a, 

205.  c 
22.... 119.  1 

.220.  2.  a 
.114 
.95.  a 
.216.  1.  a 
.119.  1 
.98.  1.  a 

4 39.4.  a 

11.... 273.  2 
..39.  3.  b 
..271.4.  a 
.  .230.  2.  b 
.  .126.  1 
. .270.  c 
. .229.  4.  b 
..38.1.  a,  254.  4 
.  .71.  a  (3) 
-.4.  a 
. .164.  2 
44.... 96.  &,  242 

3 258.  3.  a 

4.... 27,  57.  2  (2) 

b,  220.  1.  b 
10, 21.... 71.  «(3) 
51,  52....  1.39.  3 

55,  56 96.  a 

8.... 126.  1 
13.... 175.  2 

35 242.  a 

38 274.  2.  a 

42 156.  2 

43.... 92.  d,  94.  b 
24.... 87 

29 100.  2.  a  (2) 

32.... 87 
4.... 104.  A 

8 11.1.  a,188.a 

31.... 71.  a (3; 

4 263.  1 

7  ff. . .  .172.  3 
28.... 156.  4 
:  20.... 175.  5,  282.  o 
■    3.... 256 

7 96.  b 

:    1 96.  a 

4.... 140.  4 

5 97.  1.  a 

9.... 71.  o(3), 
140.3 

•    3 280.  3.  a 

13.... 220.  1.  b 


26 


21 


23 


17.... §26 

18 216.  2.  a 

22 106  a 

30.... 112.  3 

39 22.  a 

5.... 100.  2.  a  (1) 

22 250.  1.  d 

23.... 273.  3 

:    5....216.  2.  a 

21.... 172.  1 

46 39.  3.  b 

:    9.... 100.  2.  a  (1) 
bis. 
15. ...141.  3 

18 92.  d 

25.... 132.  1 

33 92.  e 

34.... 172.  1 

34,  35 65.  a 

34,  43.... 140.  6 
:    7....251.  2.  a 
8.... 112.  3 
23 246.  2.  a 


NUMBERS. 

10.... §13.  b 

47 96.  a 

33 96.  a 

26.... 271.  4.  b 
49.... 55.  1 

23 22.  a 

13,  14.... 71.  a (3) 
22.... 131.  2 
23.... 120.  3 
7.... 121. 3 

24 22.  a 

6.... 275.  1.  ') 
7.... 249.  2 
14.... 275.  1.  c 

20 253.  2 

23 45.  5 

29.... 21.  1 

35 4.  a 

;    4.... 57.    2  (2)  c, 
229.  3.  a 
r.....203.  4 
11.... 164.  2 
15. ...71.  a(2) 

16 111.  3.  a 

20 196.  d 

25.... 111.  2.  c 
:    1....276.  1 

4.... 250.  2  (2)  a 
:  18.... 283.  2.  a 

32. . .  .156.  4 

:    1....275.  2.  a 

2.... 262.  1 

6.... 252.  3 

21.... 39.  3.  b 

28 27,  2i0.  1.  b 

29 275.  1.  c 

3.... 275.  2 
3,  4.... 104.  g- 

10 140.4 

28.... 125.  2 
3.... 125.  2 
5.... 104. I 
8.... 276.  3 
14.... 104.  i 
21.... 131.  4 
5.... 104.  / 

30 105.  «,140.  5 

33,  35 44.  a 

6.... 269.  b 
8.... 274.  2.  a 
11.... 19.  2,  141.  1 

267.  b    ■ 
25.... 119.  1 
29 262.  1 


22  :  33 
"'  37 
23:    7 

13. 
18. 
19. 
24. 
25. 
27. 


4. 

9. 

11. 

15. 

17. 

21. 

22. 

25:  13. 

26  :  30. 

62. 

28:    4 

0 

8 

26 

29 :  15 

SO:  11 

31:    2 

12 

32:    5 

7 

21 
33 


...§  105.  a 
...141.  1 
...19.  2,  119.  3, 
141.  1,  203.  5 
...141.3 
...61.  0.  a 
...121.  3 
...166.  5 
. .  .139.  1,  2 
...104. J 
...61.  6.  a 
...266 

...19.2.6,121.6 
...275.  6 
...127.  2 
...61.  6.  a 
...101.  2 

...158,  3 

...35.  1 

...24.  a 

. .  .246.  3.  b 

. .  .96.  a 

...249.  1.  b 
254.  6.  b 

...104.  d 

. .  .39.  3.  b 

...251.  1 

...274.  2.  b 

...131.  3 

...45.  5.  a 

. .  .271.  4.  a 

...113.  1 

...254.  9.  b 

...71.  a  (1),  246 

1.  a 

...27 

...111.  2.  d 

...61.  6.  a 

7,  9 24.  a 

...131.  1 

,...57.  2(2)& 

....251.  2.  a 

....125.  2 

....105.  cJ 


DEUTERONOMY. 


15: 


1:    2. 

14. 

15. 

19. 

22. 

28. 

35. 

38. 

44. 

45. 
2:    9. 

12. 

24. 

35. 
3:    4. 

13. 

17. 

26, 
4:  10, 

11 

26 

30 

33 

41 


...§38.  1.  a 
...259.  2 
...225.  1.  a 
...271.  2 
. .  .99.  3.  a 
. .  .38.  1.  a 
...38.1.  a, 249.1 
...273.  1 
. .  .245.  5.  d 
...112.  3 
...60.  4.  a 
...203.  5.  a 
...131.3 
...139.1 
, . . .250.  2 (1) 
...246.  1.  o 
....216.  2.  a 
....21.  1,151.  2 
....119.  1 

99.  3.  a 

44.  b.  91.  & 

. . .  .265.  & 
. . .  .3ii.  1 
....219.      1.      I, 

256.  d 

-21 39.  4.  a 

....27 

...111.  3.  a 

. .  .249.  1.  c 

...27 

...71.  a  (2) 

..A.  a 

...45.  1 


7:  2... 

§  119.  1 

5... 

126.  1 

10... 

92.  c 

13... 

104.  // 

15... 

.105.  c( 

17... 

.254.  9.  h 

23... 

.273.  2 

24... 

.94.  b,  112.  3 

8:  3... 

.86.  b  (3  pi.) 

9... 

.207.  2.  a 

16... 

.55.  2.  a,   80. 

l»(3pl.) 

9:  8... 

.112.  3 

G... 

.38.4.0,249.2 

14... 

.98.  2 

25... 

.261.  4 

26... 

.119.  1 

10  :  15.. . 

.119.  3 

17... 

.30.  2 

11 :  12. . 

.247.  a 

14... 

.270.  6 

18.. 

.249.  2.  b 

22.. 

.87.  88  (pi.) 

12:  6.. 

.270.  b 

10.. 

.274.  2.  e 

31.. 

.45.  5 

13:  3.. 

.111.  3.  a 

4.. 

.283.  1 

5.. 

.65.  b 

7.. 

.270.  1 

14.. 

..254.  6.  a 

14:  5.. 

..57.  2  (3)  a 

7.. 

.  .190.  c 

17.. 

.  .229.  4.  6 

22.. 

. .280.  1 

15:  16.. 

..119.1 

IS.. 

.  .126.  1 

16:  1.. 

.  .22.  b 

3.. 

..30.  2 

20.. 

. .280.  3 

17:  2,3 205.  a 

18:  2.. 

..275.1.  c 

19:  6. 

..114 

15.. 

..43 

20:  2. 

..19.  2,119.  3 

7. 

..119.  1 

21:  7. 

..13.  6,  86.  b 

( 

3  pi.) 

8. 

.  .83.  c.  (2) 

11. 

..214.  1.  b 

22:  7. 

. .126.  1 

24. 

. .255.  2 

23:  5. 

.  .253.  2.  b 

11. 

..li.b 

24:  3. 

...104.  h 

4. 

...96.  a 

25:  4. 

...158.  3 

7. 

...CO.  3.  a 

13. 

...2^0.  2 

26:  2. 

...39.4 

5. 

...254.  6.  & 

12. 

...94.  6,  113.  2 

27  :  4. 

...106.  a 

7. 

...24.  a 

28  :  24. 

...104.  6 

45. 

...104.  b 

48. 

...94.  6 

52. 

...120.  1 

57. 

. . .104.  2 

5S. 

...249.  1 

59. 

...165.  2,  220 

2.  0 

66 

...177.  3 

29:  11 

...106.  a 

30:  3 

...92.  c 

3, 

4.... 104.  h 

11 

...166. 1.205.  c 

20 

...39.4,87 

31:  28 

. .  .22.  b 

29 

. .  .166.  1 

32:  1 

...245.  2 

0  6^ 

INDEX    II. 

32:    6....§228.  2.  a 

12:  21. ...§55.  2.  a 

9:  ll....§  53.     2.     b 

2:    8.... §88,  88(2  f.) 
127.  1 

7 104.  h,  280.  2 

13:  13.... 196.  b 

95.  b 

8.... 11.  1.  6,94.6 
10 03.  c,  105.  b 

23.... 247.  a 
14:    8....62.  2,  175.  1 

12.... 89    (f.   B.    &, 
ni.  pl.) 

9....88(pl.),  165 

13 13.  a 

15;  36.... 203.  5.  b 

13.... 95.  b 

14 150.  3 

15....2S5.  3 

38 22.  a 

14.... 89 

16 139.  2 

18 172.  4 

66....22.  n 

24.... 220.  1.  b 

3  :    3 86.  6  (2  f.) 

21.... 111.  2.  b 

17:    1....30.  2 

25.... 174.  5 

4 16.  1,55.  2.  a 

22 147.  4 

18:  12,  14.... 86.   b    (3 

29....  164.  5,  172.3 

88  (2  f.),  106.  a 

26 104.  /",  172.  3 

pl.) 

35.... 274.  2.b 

12 258.  3.  6 

28 215.1.  b 

20.... 88 

38.... 91.  b 

13 119.  3 

29.... 262. 1 

19:  43.... 61.  6.  a 

48.... 75.  1 

15.... 60.  3.   6  (2), 
120.    1,   164.    2, 

32 24.   b,    57.   2 

50.... 172.  4 

63.... 140.  5 

(2)  a 

51.... 39.  1.  a 

10:    2.... 00.  3.  6(1) 

261.  2.  c 

34 90  (pass.) 

21:  10.... 227.  1.  o 

4.... 207.  1./ 

20 220.  1.  6 

.36 35.  1,  86.  6 

22:     5.... 87 

9.... 243.  3 

4:     1 147.6 

37 172.  1 

12.... 45.  5 

14 119.  4 

15 104.  f,  i 

37,38 220.  2.  c 

16.... 119.  3 

11:    1....254.  0 

41.... 141.  2 

17....271.  4.  a 

18 99.  .3.  a 

33:  16.... 61.    6.   a,   88 

25.... 148.  1 

25.... 91.  6,  119.  1 

1  SAMUEL. 

(3f.),  167.  3 

27.... 44.  b 

37.... 98.  2 

21.... 177.  3 

23:    7,  12.... 249.  2.  a 

40 250.     2     (2), 

1 :    1 §  265.  a 

24:  10.... 92.  d,  282.  a 

263.  4 

S....219.  1.  a 

15....88(pl.) 

12  :    4. . .  .272.  2 

4 246.  3.  6 

JOSHUA. 

19....275.  3.  a 

5 23o!  3.  a 

6.... 24.  A,  104.  / 

6.... 3.  1.  a 

8 203.  2 

1:    1 §  265.  a 

13:    2.... 248.  a 

9....104.rf,  172.  4, 
254.  1 

8.... 36.  2 

JUDGES. 

3.... 16.  1 

14.... 250 
16.... 263.  1 

1:    !....§  265.  ra 

5,  7.... 90  (2f.  e.) 
6.... 119.  2 

14.... 88  (2  f.) 
17 53.  2.  a 

2:    8.... 88  (pi.) 

15.... 273.  3.  a 

8.... 93.  6,  245.  5. 

20 119.  2 

14 249.  2.  b 

2:    7.... 256 

6,  200.  3 

24. .  ..104.  (■ 

16.... 157.  1,  164.  2 

3:  15.... 246.  3.  b 

12.... 275.  1.  a 

28 119.  2 

17,  18,  20 104.  A- 

24.... 140.  5 

23.... 273.  1 

2:    5 24.  c 

18.... 112.  3 

25.... 157.  1 

14:     1....01.  6.  a 

10 119.  1 

20.... 249.  2.  b 

27.... 272.  2.  b 

6.... 245.  5.  d 

13 203.  5  a 

3:    3 246.3 

30.... 274.  2.  a 

11.... 251.  2.  b 

22....88(pl.) 
27 91.  6 

9 131.  3 

4:  19 164.  2,  262.  2 

15.... 283.  2.  a 

11.... 246.  3.  a 

20....  104.  a,  127.  2 

18.... 61.  6.  a 

3:    2 258.  3.  a 

12 280.  1 

21.... 11.1.  a,  150.  3 

15:  16.... 280.  3.  a 

4 263.  1    6 

13.... 246.  3 
14.... 25.3.  2.  a 

22.... 200 
23.... 126.  1 

16:    5....130.  1.  6 
13.... 112.  3 

7.... 203.  i.  6 
8 254.  9.  6 

4:    4....251.  4.  a 

24 282.  c 

14.... 240.  3.  a 

19.... 263!  4 

5.... 255.  3 

5:    5....86.  fi,  141.  1, 

16.... 27 

4:    8....260.  2.  a 
12 206.  3 

6.... 88  (pi.) 

249.  2.  a 

25.... 51.  2 

8 104.  g- 

7.... 24.  f,  74,  74.  a 

26.... 150.  1 

14 75.  1 

10 275.  2 

8.... 92.  (I,  121.  1 

27.... 271.  1 

19 148.  2 

13 45.  5.  a 

23.... 127.  2 
24.... 262.  1 

12.... 45.  2.  a 

13.... 148.  3 

15 199.     r,    207. 

28 22.6,27,223. 

1.  a 
17:    2....71.  a.  2 

6:  10....104.  ^,  165.  3 
12.... 88  (3f.  pl.), 
147.  4,  282 

6:    5 125.2 

2.  a 

IS:     7.... 94.     a,    275. 

14 240.  3.  6 

7 46 

2G....88  (3  f.  p].), 

2.  6 

15 119.  1 

13 282.  c 

105.  b 

29.... 93.  6 

7:    8 119.1 

17 166.  1 

28.... 60.  3.   b  (2), 

30.... 4.  rt 

8:  19 24.  a 

7  :     7.... 00.   3.  b  (2), 

121.  2 

19:    5.... 19.  2.  a,  89 

9:    3 270.  c 

94.  b,  112.  2 

31.... 263.  1 

11 150.  1(2) 

9.... 243.  2.  a, 

9 172.  3 

6:    9 99.  3.  b 

22.... 82.  5.  a 

245.  3 

21 246.  2.  a 

11.... 246.  3.  b 

20:  13.... 46 

24 245.  5.  h 

8:  11 246.  3.  a 

14.... 249.  2.  b 

15,  17.... 96.  a 

10:    1-8 100.  1 

19 271.  2 

15.... 250.  2  (2)  a 

25.... 224.  a 

4 251.  2.  c 

22 272.  2 

17.... 74,  74.  a 

31.... 131.  2 

5 266.  3 

24 22.  b 

20.... 73.  2.  a 

32.... 24.  b 

6.. '..165.    3,    273. 

33 246.  2.  a 

25.... 249.  1.  c 

39.... 131.  5 

3.  a 

9:    4....161.  1 

31 230.  3.  a 

43.... 24.  6 

13 165.3 

6 119,  4 

.",4....  119.  1 

44.... 271.  4.  h  - 

19.... 260.  2 (2)  a 
24 24.  6 

8 262.  2.  a 

36.... 258.  3.  b 

21:    9....06.  rt 

12.... 101.    1,    249. 

7:    6.... 22.  a 

21.... 39.  3.  6 

12:    3....3S.1.  a 

2.  a 

12.... 74.  a 

22.... 158.  3 

7 91.  c 

13 126.  1 

19.... 268.  1 

25....25S.  3.  6 

13 119.  2 

24.... 95.  c,  172.  3 

8:    1....166.  2 

24 94.  (1 

0:  11.... 38.  4.   a,  39. 

2.... 25 

13:    5 250.2(1) 

1.  a 

10.... 224.  a 

RUTH. 

8 149.  2 

20.... 22.  5 

24.... 86.  &(3  pi.), 

11.... 229.  4.  b 
19.... 111.  3.  b 

1:    8.... §275.  5 

19.... 86.  6(3pl.) 
21.... 19.  2.  6,  65.  n 

245.  5.  b 
26. . .  .56.  4 

26 74.  a 

9:    2....230.  2.  a 

9....89(f.  pl.) 
11.... 45. 4 

14:    1....73.  2.  a 
22 94.  c 

29.... 272.  2 

8.... 98.  1.  a 

13.... 25,  71.  o(3). 

24 111.  2.  d 

30 21.  1 

9....53.  2.?),  63.  1. 

88  (f.  p!.),  91.  c 

29.... 249.  2.  c 

31,38 272.  2 

a,  95.  h 

19 104.^ 

32,... 1,57.  3,  172.  4 

1:    8 21.1 

10.... 89    (f.    8.    & 

20.... 60.  3.  f,  196. 

33..,. 57.   2  (3)   a, 
164.  3 

14 94.  6 

m.  pl.) 

d 

INDEX    II. 


385 


14  :  36 

40 

15:    1 

5 


19. 
30. 

16  :    4 

12 
15 
18, 

23 

17  :12 


34 


42 
47. 
55. 

56. 
18:    1. 

6. 

7. 

9. 
17. 
20. 
22. 
28. 
29. 
19  :  10. 
13, 
17. 
21. 
22. 

6. 
13. 
21. 
28 
31 
38 
42 
21:    2. 

3 

7 
12 
14 

15 

22  :    2 

23  :  11 

22 

24:  14 

17 

19 

25:    7 


20 


14 
18 

33 
34 

43 
26  :  16 

22 
27:  12 
28:    7 


...§141.  1 
...276.  3 
...125.  2 
...111.  2.  c 
...151.  2 
...91.  e 

...157.3,  172.4 
...100.2.0(1) 
...284 
...214.  2.  6 
. .  .2-21.  2.  a 
. .  .246.  3.  b,  254. 
6.  a,  257,  2 
. .  .245.  3.  a 
....249.  2.  f,  253. 

2.  b 

24.  6,  104,  h 

73.  2.  a,  Tib, 

3.  a 

....245.  5.  rf, 265. 

b,  271.  4.  b 
....14.  a,  112.3, 

265.  b 
....172.  4 
....150.  2 
245.    2,    249. 

2.  a 

....249.  2.  a 
105.  a 

...158.  3 

...250.  2(2)  a 

...156.  1 

...119.  1 

...243.  2 

. .  .220.  2.  b 

. . .104.  i 

...148.1,  151.2 

. .  .249.  2.  b 

16.... 201.  2 

. . .104.  k 

...269.  a 

...249.  1.  c 

...119.  1 
...271.  4.  a 
...39.  4 
...119.  1 

254.  6.  a 

....199.  b 

....250.  2  (2)  a 
...219.  1.  ft 

....92.  6,221.  3.  a 

....44 

....44.  a 

....66.  1(1),  105. 
a,  174.  4 

....126.  1 

. . .  .165.  2 

. . .  .94.  d 

....282.  a 

245.  5.  a 

. . . .260.  1 

....71.  a  (2) 

. . . .94.  a 

....164.  2 

,...157.  3 
...172.    5, 
3.  a 

...165.3 
...88  (3 f.),  107. 


,.§111.  2.  i 
.  .14.  a 
. .94.  c 


2  SAMUEL. 


209. 


...250.  2 (2)  a 

...271.  4.  b 

. .  .246.  3.  a 

...119.  1 

...214.  1.  b 
,...89(f.  s.  &ni. 

pi.) 

....24.  b 
....60.  3.  6  (2) 
....63.  1.  r,  97. 

1.  b,  164.  5 


1: 

4... 

§  242.  c 

6... 

.91.  b,  106.  3 

9... 

.256.  c 

10... 

.99.  3.  b,  lOO.a 

15... 

.131.  3 

21... 

.255.  1 

26... 

.166.  1 

2  : 

19... 

.13.  b 

27... 

.65.  a 

32... 

.274.  2.  b 

3: 

2... 

.257.  1 

8... 

.105.  3 

22.. . 

276  2 

4- 

~6.'.'. 

.71.  a  (3) 

5  ■ 

2... 

.164.  2 

6- 

1... 

.151.  2 

3... 

.249.  1.  b 

5... 

.16.  3.  6 

13... 

.282.  c 

16... 

.253.  1 

20... 

.282.  b 

23... 

.56.  2 

7 

10... 

.114 

8 

18... 

.199.  h 

10 

3... 

.253.  2 

11,17 

....275.  2.  b 

11 

1... 

.11.  1.  6 

24... 

.177.  3 

25... 

.245.  5,  271. 

4. 

a 

12 

1,4 

...156.3 

4.. 

.249.  1.  c 

14.. 

.92.  d 

13 

4.. 

.280.  1 

31.. 

.254.  10 

32.. 

.158.  3 

39.. 

.253.  1 

14 

.  2,3 

....16.  1 

7.. 

.38.4.0,158.3 

10.. 

.104.  A- 

19.. 

.57.2(1), 

180.  a 

30.. 

.149.  1,  150.  4 

15 

:  8.. 

.282.  b 

12.. 

.125.  2 

23.. 

.275.  2.  6 

30.. 

.282.  c 

32.. 

.273.  b 

34.. 

.287.  3 

37.. 

..215.  1.  e 

16 

:  1.. 

..250.  2(1) 

16.. 

..215.  1.  6 

17 

:  9.. 

.243.  2.  a 

10.. 

..140.4 

12.. 

..71.  a(l) 

22.. 

..223.  1.  a 

23.. 

..113.  1,  275. 

3 

a 

IS 

:  3.. 

..113.  2 

18.. 

. .270.  b 

19 

:  1.. 

..281 

14.. 

..111.  2.  b 

18.. 

..224.  (I 

19.. 

..113.  2 

20 

:  1.. 

. .257.  2 

4.. 

..119.  1 

5.. 

..111.  2.  d 

9.. 

..111.2.6 

21.. 

.  .95.  a 

21 

:  2. . 

..166.  2. 

6.. 

..60.  3.  a,   127. 

2 

9.. 

..160.5,223.1 

a,   250.  2  (2)  a 

21  :  11 §271.  4.  a 

12.... 177.  3 
22:  7.... 142.  2 
24.... 45.  1 
33.... 160.  1 
37,  40.... 238.  1.  6 
40.... 53.  3.0.  111. 

2.  c 
41.... 53.  2.  6,  132. 

1 
43.... 118.  3,  141.  3 

44 199.  6 

48.... 238.  1.  6 
23:    1....160.'5 

6.... 33.  3,  140.  0, 

221.  b 
8.... 199.  6 
27.... 24.  6 
24  :  12.... 268.  2 
13.... 253.  2 


1  KINGS. 


6.. 

14.. 

15.. 

21.. 

27.. 

24.. 

31.. 

3.. 

7.. 

15.. 

5.. 

1 

3.. 

10.. 

11.. 

20.. 

25.. 

:  10.. 

19.. 

21.. 

38.. 

:  12.. 

14.. 

37.. 

44.. 

;    1.. 


.§243.1 
.269.  2.  a 
.54.  1,  205 
.87 

.283.  2.  6 
.105.  a 
.254.  6.  b 
.126.  1 
.267.  b 
,.147.4 
.150.    4 


16  :  26. 

29. 

17; 


215. 


9:  11.. 

10:    3.. 

9.. 

12.. 

15.. 

11:    1.. 

3.. 

13.. 

22.. 

25.. 

39.. 
12:10.. 

12.. 

32.. 
13:    7.. 

12.. 

20.. 

14:    2.. 

3.. 

6., 

24., 

25. 
15:16.. 

23. 

29. 

33. 
16  :  10., 

16., 

17., 

25., 


.  .253.  2.  a 
..254.  8 
. .260.  2  (2)  a 
..119.  1 
..53.  2.  a 
..10.  a 
..132.  1 
..207.  1.  c 
.  .251.  4.  a 
..249.  1.  c 
.  .132.  1,  203.  1 
..220.  1.  6 
..251.  4.  a 
.  .119.  1 
..86.  6(1  r.) 
..165.  2 
.  .112.  3 
..254.  8 
..275.  1.  6 
..254.  3 
..210.  d 
. .lib.  1.  a 
..16.  1 
. .24.  a 
..271.  4.  6 
..57.  2 (2)  a 
..221.  5.  a 
..164.  2 
..257.  3 
.  .234.  a 
..75.  2 
..60.  3.  6(2) 
..71.  a  (2) 
..60.2.0,127.1 
,..273.  5 
, .  .246.  3.  a 
. . .257.  3 
.  .60.  3.  a 
...271.  4 
...94.  6 
...257.  3,4 
, .  .252.  2 
...247.  a 
,..172.4,  175.  3 
..172.  4 


3. 
14. 

21. 
18:  1. 
12. 
13. 
SO 
32 
42 
43 

44. 
19;    2. 

4. 

7. 
10. 
11. 
15. 

19, 

20. 
20:    9. 

13. 

27. 

35. 

39, 

21:    1. 

8, 

29 
22  :  12. 

23 

25 

27 

35 
54 


...§254.  9.  a 
...252.  2.  a 
...100.  1 
...177.  3 
...43 
...252.  1 
...100.  2.0(1) 
...104.  s 
...131.  3 
...273.  3 
...175.  3 
...254.  9.  o, 
274.  2  d 
...104.  6 
. .  .275.  3.  a 
...274.  2.  c 
...38.  1.  a 
...92.  d 
,...275.  1.  (• 
,...66."-2(2)6, 
219.1 

,...251.  4.  a 
....98.  1.  a 
,...39.4 
....229.  1.  6 
....96.  a.  161.  4 
....172.3 
....91.6 
,...45.  1 
....46 
. . .  .164.  2 
....126.  1 

249.  2.  6 

....165.  1 
....253.2.  o, 
270.  c 

147.4 

119.1 


2  KINGP. 

2 §249.  2.  c, 

283.  1 

...36.  2,  39.  4 

...75.  1 

...172.  4 

14.... 250.  2 
(2)o 

...39.4 

...16.  3,  6 

...93.  c 

...16.3.  6 

...208.  3.  c 

...165.  2 
....165.  3 
, . .  .251.  2.  6 
....253.  2.  a 
,...119.  1 
....65.  6,111.  : 
. . . .263.  1 

220.  1.  6 

,  23.... 71.  a.  2 
....131.  1 

73.  2.  a 

95.  a 

....39.  1.  a 
....112.  3 
....104.J 
....254.  9.  6 
....257 
. . .  .46,  176.  1 
,...271.  4.  6 
220.  2.  a 

...252.  4 

...74.  a 
...98,  2,  207. 

1.  a 

...88  (pi.) 
. . .230.  3 
...172.  4 


336 

INDEX    II. 

6;  32... 

.§24.  6 

3:    3.... §247.  a 

6:11. 

,.§233.  o            1 

9:18... 

.§24.  6, 105.  a, 

7  :12... 

.165.  1 

5:    2....119.  1 

7  :34. 

. .251.  3 

190.  a. 

13.. 

.246.  3.  a 

12.... 180.  a 

8:    2. 

.  .166.  4 

30... 

.121. 1 

8:    1... 

.71.  a  (2) 

6  :42....98.  1 

5. 

.  .106.  a,  125.  2 

34... 

.105.  6 

8.. 

.249.  2.  c 

7  :    6. . .  .94.  e 

9:    5. 

..161.  4 

10:  12... 

.19.  2 

12.. 

.126.  1 

8;  16.... 246.  3.  a 

6. 

..71.  a  (2) 

22.. . 

.61.  6.  a 

13.. 

.7.5.  1 

18.... 1:3.  a 

18. 

.  .63.  1.  a 

11:  '3.'.'.' 

.94.  a 

21.. 

.11.  1.  b,  90 

10:    7....231.  5.  a 

19. 

.  .249.  1 

12... 

.139.  3 

9:17... 

.196.  h 

10.... 19.  2 

26. 

.  .6.3.  1.  a 

15... 

.1.50.  5 

2o.. 

.220.  1.  b 

15:    8.... 246.  3.  a 

28. 

..249.1.  a 

17... 

.97.  1.  a,  260. 

37... 

.172.  1 

16:    7.  8.... 119.  1 

32. 

..271.  4.  a 

2 

(2)c 

10:14... 

.118.  3 

12.... 177.  3 

35. 

.  .249.  1.  c 

12:14... 

.111.  1 

30... 

.m.  4 

17  :11....62.  2.  b,  209. 

10  :  .39. 

.  .94.  A,  113.  2 

21... 

.282.  c 

11:    4... 

.199.  b 

2.  d 

11  :17. 

.  .1.50.  2       a 

13:    9... 

.24.  c 

13. . . 

.199.  a 

12.... 282.  c 

12:44. 

..39.3.  6 

15... 

.83.  6 

12:    1... 

.252.  2.  b 

13.... 275.  1.  c 

13  ;  13. 

.  .111.  2.  d 

21... 

.119.  1 

8.. 

.216.  1.  a 

18:  22.... 249.  2.  6 

16. 

..11.1.  a 

27... 

.264.  a 

9... 

.69.3.  e,  132.  2 

23.... 38.  4.  a 

23. 

..210.  d 

14:    1... 

.2.54.  9.  6 

10... 

.250.  1.  a 

19:    2.... 112.  5.  c 

19... 

.112.  3,  275.  4 

13:    6... 

.164.  2 

20:    7.... 105.  a 

15:    7... 

.227.  1.  a 

14.. 

.263.  1 

35 96.  a 

j;QT'Tnn? 

11... 

.260.  2(2)6 

15:    1... 

.252.  2.  a 

21:  17.... 125.    1,    2G0. 

IJ  X  JJ.AWXV. 

18... 

.121.  2 

10.. 
16.. 

.19.  2 
.246.  2.  a 

2(2) 
22:    5.... 53.  2.  a 

2:    8. 

9. 

4:    3. 

4. 

14. 

16. 
7:    5. 
8:    6. 

15. 
9:    4. 

27 

..§126.  1 
...207.  •2.d 

.  .150.  5 
...161.  2 
. .  .127.  1 
. .  .276.  2 

..82.  1.  a  a) 

..269 
. . .256 

.  .282.  c 
...86.  6  (3  pi.) 

22... 
16:    5.;. 

.172.  5 
.104.  h 

16:    7.. 

.156.  2 

11.... 39.  1.  a 

11... 

.147.  3 

17.. 

.253.  2 

23:  19.... 242 

12... 

.101.  2 

17  :13... 

..S9.  4.  a 

24  :  18.... 249.  2.  b 

13... 

.126.   1,  216. 

36... 

.39.  4 

25:    4.... 254.  7 

1. 

6 

13:23... 

.119.  1 

26:  15.... 148.  1,  177.3 

16... 

.60.  3.  6  (2) 

30.. 

.126.   1,   271. 

17.... 251.  2.  6 

19... 

.19.  2 

4. 

a 

19.... 119.  3 

17:    2... 

.24.6 

19:    4... 

.285.  1 

21.... 198.  a.  4 

3... 

.126.  1 

23.. 

.2.54.  2.  a 

28:  23.... 94.  e 

10.. 

.21.5.  1.  c 

25... 

.17.5.  2 

29:  31.... 65.  b 

16... 

.88  (3f.pl.) 

29.. 

.131.  3 

36.... 24-5.  5.  6 

18:    2... 

.54.  3 

22:  19.. 

.106.  a 

31:    7.... 148.  1 

4... 

.91.  6,  230.  2 

23:   1... 

.2.51.  2.  6 

14.... 219.  1.  a 

JOB. 

19:    2... 

.105.  c 

17.. 

.73.  2.  o,  246. 

32:  15.... 256.  c 

3.. 

.94.  c,  252.  4 

3. 

a 

30.... 150.  2  (p. 

1 :    3. 

...§2.50.    2  (2), 

7.. 

.113.  1 

25:17.. 

.251.  2.  6 

1S2) 

260.  2.  (1) 

15.. 

.105.  e 

29.. 

.177.  3 

33: 19.... 199.  c 

5. 

...263.  4,  274. 

16.. 

.45.4 

34:    4.... 126.  1 

2.  (/ 

17.. 

.139.  2 

5.... 220.  1.  6 

6. 

...245.  3.  b 

23.. 

.88  (pi.),  141. 

1  CHROXICLES. 

6.... 4.3.  b 

7. 

. .  .4.5.  1 

1 

35:  13.... .57.1 

10. 

...71.  a  (2) 

29.. 

.74,  74.  a 

2:13.. 

.§57.2(1) 

11. 

...45.  4.  131.3 

20:    4.. 

.158.  3 

16.. 
3:    5... 

.13.  b 
.149.  1 

EZRA. 

14. 

...220.1.6,258. 
3 

8.. 
17.. 

.139.  3 
.255.  3.  a 

4:10.. 
5:20.. 

.100.  2.  a  (1) 
.74.  a 

3:  11. ...§95.  r,  1.30.5 
7  :  25.... 39.  4 
8:  18.... 26 

23.... 99.  3 

25.... 98.  1.  a,  207. 
1.  b,  245.  5.  6 

26.... 98.  1.  a 

29.... 246.  3.  a 

31.... 99.  3 
10:  14.... 245.  5.  6 

16.... 122.  2,  141.  1 

17.... 245.  5.  b 

21. 
2:    3. 

...164.  2 
...36.  1.  a 

24.. 
26.. 

.112,  5.  c 
.60.  3.  f,  93.  a. 

12:    1.. 

.14.  a 

5. 

. .  .45.  4 

111.  2.  e 

2.. 

.150.  1,  180.  a 

7. 

...46 

28.. 

.140.  2 

14.. 
20.. 

.260.  2  (2) 
.14.  a 

10. 
3  :    3. 

...248.  a 
.-..263.  5 

21:    5.. 
13.. 

.140.  5 
.24.  c 

13:    3.. 

.104.  I 

8. 

...267.  6 

18.. 

.104.  i 

12.. 

.51.  2 

11. 

. .  .263.  5 

24.. 

.88  (pi.) 

15  :24.. 

.94.  e,  ISO.  a 

13. 

. .  .263.  1 

22:    3.. 

.28,3.  2 

27.. 

.180.    o,   246. 

25. 

. .  .168.  a,  172.  3 

20.. 

.220.  1.  6 

3 

a 

4:    2. 

. .  .283.  1.  a 

21.. 

.88(3.f.),  94 

17:    4.. 

.265.  3.  a 

4. 

...200.  r. 

(/ 

167.  3 

20:    2.. 

.254.  5 

6. 

...2S7.  3 

23:    3.. 

.269.  6 

8.. 

.73.  (7,  149.  1 

19. 

...285.1 

9.. 

.34 

21:13.. 

.259.  2 

XEHEMIAH. 

5:    7. 

. .  .93.  6,  287.  1 

11-. 

.79.  3.  a 

22:14.. 

.250.  2  (3) 

8. 

. .  .263.  1 

17.. 

.86  6  (2  m.) 

23:    6.. 

..59.  a 

1:    4. ...§125.  2 

16. 

...61.6.  a 

24:14.. 

.83.  6 

24:    3.. 

..59.  a,  113.  1 

7.... 282.  b 

18. 

...165.  3  - 

19.. 

.285.  3 

28.. 

.275.  1.  c 

2:    4.... 111.  2.  e 

6:    2. 

...263.  1 

21.. 

.1.50.  2 

25:19.. 

.251.  4.  a 

7. ...111.  2.  6 

16. 

...96.  h 

24.. 

.139.  1 

26:28.. 

.245.  5.  b 

12.... 39.  4 

22. 

...60.   3.  b  (2), 

25.. 

.264.  a 

27:15.. 

.2.51.  4.  a 

13.... 4.  a,  164.  5 

119.  4 

33.. 

.220.  2.  c 

28:    1.. 

.36.1 

3:  13.... 53.  2.  6,62.1 

26. 

...126,1 

25:    3.. 

.220.  1.  6 

5.. 

.249.  1.  a 

20.... 94.  a 

7  :    3. 

...243.  2.  b 

26:    9.. 

.180.  a 

29:17.. 

.245.  5.  b 

33.... 274.  1 

5. 

...119.  1,  139.  3 

11.. 

.161.  4 

18.. 

.125.  1 

34.... 210.  c 

14. 

...lOi.j,  105.  b 

27:    3.. 

.256.  c 

4:    7.... 216.  2.  a 

18. 

...105.  b 

4.. 

.92.  e 

5:    8.... 25.5.  1 

8;    8. 

...57.  2  (2)   a. 

12.. 

.271.  3 

2  CHROXICLES. 

14.... 6,5.  a 

227.  1.  a 

33.. 

.220.  2.  c 

16.... 112.  3 

21. 

...105.  1 

28:12.. 

.245.  5 

1:   4.. 

.§  245.  5.  6 

6:    6. ...177.  1 

9:    2. 

...22.  b 

29:    3.. 

.139.  2 

10.. 

.164.  6 

8.... 57.   2  (3)   a, 

6. 

....S8(pl.) 

6.. 

.53.  3.  b 

2:    7.. 

.14.  a,  254.  3 

164.3. 

1          15. 

...92.6 

14.. 

..105.  d 

INDEX    II. 


337 


29:  21.... 5  24.  c              | 

9:  17. ...1149.  1 

43:    3... 

.5  92.  a              1 

78  ;  63... 

.5  93.  b 

:;0:    8.... 24.  b 

18. ...219.  1.  a 

9... 

.109.  6 

65... 

.141.  5* 

26.... 99.  3.  h 

19...,  126.  1 

10... 

.14.  a,  24.  b 

80:    3... 

.61.  6.  a 

31:    a. ...157.  3 

10:    2....31.  0,  2SG 

47:    5... 

.43.  a 

5,  8 

...253.  2.  /; 

15 61.  3,  105.  h, 

5.... 31.  b 

10... 

.112.  5.  c 

6... 

.112.  3 

161.  3. 

8.  10.... 209.  1.  a 

49:    9... 

.55,  1 

11... 

.93.  a 

18.... 273.  3.  a 

12....  131.  3 

50:21... 

.112.  3,  282.  b 

14... 

.4.  a,  180.  a 

22.... 'll 

13,  14..  ..31.  b 

23... 

.105.  b 

15... 

.'253.  2.  b 

24 00.  1.  o 

11  :    1....257.  1 

51  :    6... 

.203.  1 

16... 

.4.  a,  130.  2 

32:    2.... 269.  b 

7 220.  2.  c,  275. 

7... 

.121.  2 

19... 

.157.3 

10.... 125.  1 

3.  a 

53:    6... 

.220.  1.  b 

20... 

.253.  2.  b 

11.... 63.  2.  a,  111. 

12:    3.... 280.  2 

55  :  10... 

.92.  c 

81  :    3... 

.45.  5.  a 

2.  t 

4.. ..119.  1 

16... 

.164,2 

11... 

.119.  1,   246. 

18.... 164.  2 

8....73. 1,249. 2.& 

18... 

.274.  2.  n 

2. 

6 

33:    5.... 111.  3.  a 

13:    4.  ...271.  3 

19,  2 

2.... 19.  2.  a 

17... 

.279 

9. ...71.  u(l) 

5.... 104.  h 

22. . 

.141.  1 

84:    2... 

.200.  e 

13. ...158.  1 

IG:    5.... 19.  2.  a,  90, 

57  :'2.! 

.172.  1,  275. 

86:    2... 

.19.  2,  126.  1 

21.... 26,  121.  1 

151.  3 

1. 

a 

88:17... 

.24.  b,  92.  a 

25 180.  a 

17:    3.... 139,  2 

9... 

.247.  b 

89:    2... 

.216.  2.  a 

27.... 158.  2 

9.... 203.  5.  a 

58:    2.. 

.88  (pl.) 

8... 

.111.  3.  b 

30.... 159  2 

18:    0....104.  / 

4.. 

.1.56.  2 

9... 

.253.  2.  6 

34:    5 65.  a 

10.... 147.  5 

7.. 

.131.  3 

10... 

.131.  4 

13.... 61.  6.  a 

15.... 82.  1.  a  (3) 

8.. 

.139.  3 

40... 

.272.  3 

18.... 112.  1 

21. ...21.  1 

9.. 

.24.   b,  214. 

44... 

.104,^ 

22.... 91.  b 

27.... 142.  2 

1 

b 

45... 

.24.  b,  86.  ^ 

25.... 216.  1.  a 

41....  132.  1 

12.. 

.275.  3.  a 

('- 

m.) 

35  :  11.... 53.  3.  a,  111. 

19:    0....249.  1 

CO;    2.. 

.43,  a 

51... 

.249.  1.  a 

2.  c 

S....254.  9.  & 

4.. 

.165.  1 

52... 

.24.  6,  216. 

37:    G....177.  1 

14..  ..11.  1.  b 

5.. 

.253.  2.  a 

2 

a 

12.... 61.  6.  a 

20:    4.... 03.  1.  c,  97. 

IS.. 

.287.  1 

90:    2.. 

.26.3.  1.  b 

24.... 104.  Ii 

1.  a,  b 

CI:    1.. 

.196.  b 

10... 

.22.  a 

38:    1....4.  a 

9.... 243.  1 

62:    4.. 

.93,  a.  I>i8 

91:    6... 

.140.  1 

12.... 86.  ?;(2m.) 

22:    2....104.  j 

10.. 

.260.  2  (2)  c 

12.. 

.105.  c 

24.... 60. 4.  «,  113.1 

9. ...42 

12.. 

.252,  4 

92:    2.. 

.242.  b 

35.... 230.  2.  a 

10.... 1.57.  1 

63:    2.. 

.275,  1.  c 

16.. 

.61.  6.  a 

39:    2....104.  g- 

17.... 156.  3.  199.  b 

4.. 

.105.  c 

93  :    1 . . . 

.126.  2 

3.... 161.  2 

22.... 272.  3 

8.. 

.61.  6.  a 

5. . 

.174.  1 

4.... 112.  5.  c 

32.... 206.  3 

C4:    7.. 

.54.3 

94:    1.. 

.94.  fi 

24.... 165.  2 

23:    6.... 148.  2,267.  d 

C5  :    7.. 

.112.  5.  c 

9.. 

.126.  1 

40:    2.... 268.  1.  a 

24  :  14.... 131.  3 

10.. 

.104.  //,  1C5.  b 

17.. 

.61,  6.  a 

21,  22.... 208.  Z.a 

25:      ....6,  7.  2.  a 

06:    4.. 

.275.  2.  6 

19.. 

.141.  6 

22.... 221.  6.  b 

:27....71.  o.  2 

12.. 

.114 

20.. 

.93.   a,    111, 

41:    1....100.  5 

26  :    2.... 98.  1.  a 

C8  :    3.. 

.91.  6,  131.  2, 

2 

e 

2.... 105.  h 

4.... 112.  3 

5 

140,  4 

101  :    5.7 

.92.  6,  S3,  o 

17....  131.  4,  164.2 

27:  10.... 112.  3 

5. . 

..111.  3.  a 

102;    5.. 

.14.  a 

25.... 172.  5 

13.... 4.  a 

8.. 

.119.  3 

14.. 

.139.  2 

26....4:5,43.  a 

28:    7.... 150.  2 

18.. 

..21.1 

19.. 

.266.  3 

42:    2.... 86.  b  a  c) 

29  :    9.... 111.  1 

21.. 

..2.S1.  3.  a 

103  :    3,  4 

220.  2.  r 

13.... 223.  1.  a 

30:    4....13.  n 

C9;  10.. 

.22.  a,  104.  i, 

4.. 

'."lo'4."(',"246. 

8.... 221.  6.  i 

216.  2,  a 

2 

b 

13.... 105.  b 

19.. 

..98.  1.  a 

5.. 

.275.  3 

PSALMS. 

31  :10....31.  a 

24.. 

..119.  1 

7.. 

.263,  5 

14.... 31.  6 

70:    6.. 

..71.  a.  2 

13. . 

.119.1,202.;; 

1;    1....5245.  2 

24.... 119. 4 

71;    C. 

..157.  1 

104:    8.. 

.286 

2:    2.... 247 

32:    1....165.  3 

7.. 

..256.  b 

18.. 

.249.  1.  c 

3.... 45.  4,97.1 

10.... 249.  1.  a 

12.. 

..158.  2 

26.. 

.119.  1 

7.... 71.  a  (2) 

33:    6.... 206.  1 

23.. 

..88.  (f.  pl.) 

28.. 

.88  (pl.) 

12.... 35.  1,271.4 

34:      ....6.  7.  2.  a 

72:  15.. 

..10.5.  6 

29.. 

.111.  2.  i, 

3:    2....141.  1 

35  :    8 105.  a 

17.. 

.  .159.  3,  247 

151,  2 

3 01.  6.  a 

10 19.  2.  «,   22. 

20.. 

.  .93.  a  • 

105  ;15.. 

.264 

8.... 273.  2 

/.,  215.  1.  c 

73  ;    2. . 

..172.1 

28.. 

.99.  3 

4:   3. ...111.  2.  c 

19.... 102.  3 

lo'. '. 

..254.  6.  b 

100:25.. 

.114 

7.... 3.1.  a,  131. 3, 

i'5....127.  2 

16.. 

.  .99.  3.  b 

47.. 

.126.  1 

165.  1 

36:  13.... 121.  1 

27.. 

..86.  b  (2  m.) 

107  :20.. 

.199.  d 

5:    9.... 31.  b,  150.  1 

■.'A:      ....6 

74:    4.. 

..220.  2.  a 

27.. 

.126.  1 

11.... 42 

9.... 91.  b 

5.. 

..19.  2.  a 

109:13.. 

.173.  3 

12.... 112.  5.  c, 254. 

15.... 24.  b 

8.. 

..105.  n 

23.. 

..112.  5.  c 

9.  i 

23.... 161, 4 

10.. 

..119.  1 

110:    4.. 

..61,  6.  a 

13....31.  & 

38:    .^....ISl.  1. 

17.. 

..11.  1.  b 

Ill;      .. 

.6 

6:    3. ...42 

11.  ...92,  a 

19.. 

..196.  6 

112:      .. 

.6 

4. ...71.  a.  2 

21.... 19.  2.  a 

75  :  11 . . 

..101.4 

113  :    5-9 

61.  6.  a 

7:    G....?A.b,m.1.a, 

39;    2....97.  1 

76  :    3.. 

..203.  5,  c 

6.. 

..218 

114 

5....75.  1 

4.. 

.  .22.  a,  126.  2, 

114:    8.. 

..61,  G.  a 

10.... 263.  1.  a 

14.... 35.  2,175.  4 

2 

16.  2.  a 

115  :  17.. 

.  .242 

17 2.54.  9.  a 

40-  18.... 71.  a  (2) 

6.. 

.  .90.  a 

116:    6.. 

..141.2,150.2 

8:    2....132. 1 

41:    5.... 119.  3,  164.  5 

77  :    2. . 

..112.3 

12.. 

..220.  2.  c 

3.... 94.  b 

42,    9 220.  1.  b 

4.. 

..172,3 

15.. 

..61.  G.  a 

5 199.  f. 

10. ...m.  2.  b 

10.. 

.  .l."9.  2 

19.. 

.  .2:0.  1.  & 

9  :  14. . . .141.  1 

44-    5.... 258.  2    , 

18.. 

.  .92.  6 

118:10.. 

.lf5.  0 

15. ...220.  2.  a 

18,  21.  ...127.  2 

20.. 

.  .24.  6 

11.. 

..i.-'.a  1 

16....2S5.  3 

27.... 61,  C.  a 
22 

'78:    9.. 

.  .255.  3.  a 

18.. 

..92.  t/,  104.  nr 

338 

INDEX    II. 

118:  23.... §166.  1 

6:11... 

.§11.  1.  a 

30:  25.... §200.  e 

5:    S....§105.  d 

119:      ....6 

21.. 

.104.  g 

31....229.  1.  a 

9.... 104.  /t 

18.... 98.  2 

27.. 

.118.4 

31;    3.... 199.  a 

12.... 57.  2  (3) a 

22.... 139.  2 

7:13... 

.141.  1 

10-31.... 6 

0  :    5 45.  5.  a 

43.... 60.  4.  a 

14... 

.53.  2.  a 

12.... 104.  i 

6.... 220.  1.  6 

47 141.  6 

8  :    3... 

.31.  <i,  97. 1.  a 

31.... 247.  a 

9.... 105.  e,  275.  5 

71.... 126.  1 

11.. 

.260.  1 

11.... 141.  1 

101.... 165.  2 

13... 

.166.  2 

7  :    3.... 221.  6.  6 

117.... 172.  3 

15... 

.88 

ECCLESIASTES. 

4.... 216.  1.  c 

129....  104.  I 

17... 

.53.  2.  a,  111. 

8.... 210.  e 

133 97.  2 

2. 

6 

1:    4.... §266.  1 

13.... 141.  1 

137.... 275.  1.  a 

25... 

.263.  1.  b 

9 256.  c 

8:    2.... 199.  6 

139.... 24.  b 

27,  29.... 141.  3 

15.... 161.  4 

5.... 104.  i 

155.... 275.  1.  a 

10:   3... 

.111.  1 

17. ...3.  1.  a 

6.... 22.0,216.2.  a 

122-124:     ....74.  a 

4... 

.11.1.0,156.3 

18.... 90 

122:     4 274.2.0 

11... 

.249.  1 

2;    5....207.  1.  o 

123:     1....61.  0.  a 

11:    7... 

.208.  3.  c 

7.... 275.  1.  c 

ISAIAH. 

4.... 246.  3.  a 

25... 

.150.  5 

8 280.  3.  a 

124:    4....61.  6.  o 

12:25... 

.197.  6 

13.... 57.   2  (3)  a, 

1:    3. ...§262.  3 

125:     3 61.  6.  a 

13:23... 

.156.  3 

231.  3.  b 

5.... 256.  c 

5.... 79.  3.  a 

14:    3... 

.105.  d 

15.... 260.  2 (2)  a 

0 60.2.0,156.2 

127:     2....  196.  d,  254. 

10... 

.60.4.0,119.1 

19.... 230.  4,  283. 

9.... 262.  1 

9.  b 

34... 

.263.  3 

2.  o 

11.... 271.  1 

129:       ....74.  o 

15:    1... 

.24.  a,  00.  4.  a 

22....74, 177.  1 

15.... 104.  h,  119.  1 

3.... 243.  2.  a 

9... 

.112.  5.  c 

G:    2,  4.... 267.  6 

10.... 54.  4.  a,  82. 

86.... 114 

16:    4... 

.246.  2.  a 

17.... 245.  5.  a 

5.  a 

132:     1....174.  6 

17:   4... 

.111.2.  c,140. 

IS.... 74,  139.  2 

17.... 185.    2.    c, 

6.... 127.  2 

5 

4  :    2.... 268.  1.  a 

267.  c 

12.... 65.  a,  220. 

10... 

.131.  1 

9.... 251.  4 

18.... 245.  5.  d 

2.  a 

14... 

.126.1,131.  3 

12.... 105.  a 

21.... 33. 1,61.6.0, 

133:     1....24.  a 

26... 

.242 

14.... 53.  2.  a,  111. 

218 

134-137.... 74.  a 

IS:    5... 

.267  d 

2.  c 

22.... 245.  5 

134:     2.... 220.   2.    &, 

19:    7... 

.19.  2.  a,  215. 

5  :    5.... 113.  2 

24.... 245.  4 

273.  2 

1. 

c 

7.... 38. 1.0,201.2 

29.... 279 

135:     7.... 94.  e,  165.  2 

13... 

.216.  1.  d 

8.... 112.  5.  c 

31.... 60.  3.6(2) 

137:     6....104.  c 

]9... 

.215.  1.  c 

7  :  16 82.  5.  o 

2:    2.... 265.  6 

138:     6.... 147.  2 

24... 

.51.1 

22.... 71.  at2) 

4.... 207.  1.  a 

139:     1.... 104. j,  147.  5 

25... 

.94.  rf 

24.... 280.  3 

20.... 4.3.  6,207.  1. 

2.... 158.  1 

20:  16... 

.111.  3.  a 

25.... 273.  4 

o,  256 

5.... 220.  1.  b 

21:    8... 

.56.  2 

26.... 91.  6,165.  2 

3:    1....280.  3.  o 

8.... 53.  3.  b,  88 

13... 

.254.  9.  a 

8;    1....177.  3 

9.... 273.  3.  a 

(1.  c),  101.  2 

15... 

.267.  u 

9.... 268.  1 

15.... 24.  rr,  75.  1 

19.... 83.  b 

22.. . 

.63.  1.  a 

12.... 165.  2 

16.... 172.5,209.3.0 

20.... 57.  2  (.3)  (7, 

22  :n"! 

.215.  1.  c 

9:    1....139.  2,  216. 

24.... 53,  3.  a 

83.   b  (3  pi.), 

21... 

.253.  2 

1.  o 

4:    4.... 262.  1 

164.  3 

24... 

.60.  4.  a 

12.... 59.  a,  93.  6 

5:  10.... 22.  0,216.  2.0 

140  :  10 172.  3 

23:    1... 

.158.  3 

18.... 165.  2 

19.... 97.  1,97.1.0 

13 86.  b  (Ic.) 

12... 

.243.  2 

10:    5.... 164.  3 

20 10.  o 

141:     S....2i.b,0SA.a 

24... 

.158.  2,  3 

10.... 121.  2 

23.... 275.  6 

5.... 111.  1,164. 2 

27... 

.207.  1.  c 

17.... 220.  2.  c 

28.... 24.  6 

8 60.  4.  a 

24:    2... 

.92.  e 

11:    3.... 177.  1 

6;    1....265.  a 

143;     3 165.2 

7... 

.156.  3 

6. ...75.  2 

2.... 203.  5.  o 

6....272.  2.  6 

14... 

.97. 1.&,  148.3 

12:    1....201.  2 

5.... 254.  10 

144:       ....74n 

17... 

.916,231.5.  a 

4. ...87 

9.... 56.  3.  0,175.4 

2 199.  b 

23... 

.94.  6 

5.... 11.  1.  a,  122. 

12. ...119.  1 

145:       ....6 

SI... 

.9-6.  a,  207.  2. 

2,  140.  5 

13.... 92.  d 

8.... 21.5.  1.  c 

cl 

271.1 

6.... 140.  1,2 

7:    2. ...157.1 

10 104.  b 

25;    6.. 

.126.  2 

11.... 19.  2.  6,  65.  a 

4. ...91.  6 

147:     1....92.  d 

7... 

.60.  3.  b  (1) 

11.... 119.  3,  126.  1 

149:     5....112.  5.  c 

9... 

.174.  4 

14.... 166.  1 

11... 

.10.  a 

SONG  OF  SOLOMON. 

15.... 267.  c 

17... 

.127.  2 

19. ...156.  4 

PROVERBS. 

19... 

.90 

1;    6.... §105.  e,  141. 

25.... 274.  2.  e 

26:    7... 

.141.  1 

1,  207.  1.  o       . 

8;    2.... 22.  6 

1  :  10.... §111.  2.  b, 

18.. 

.141.  6 

7.... 45.  5.  o,  74, 

11.... 104.  o 

177.3 

21... 

.141.  6 

209.  1.  a- 

17.... 100.  2.  od) 

20.... 97.  1.  a 

27:10... 

.215.  1.  c 

8.... 24.  6,260.2(2) 

23.... 61.  6.  a 

22.... 31.  b,  60.  a 

15.. 

.83.  c  (2) 

10.... 174.  1 

9:    3.... 24.  6. 221. 5.0 

c.  111.  2.  e 

17.. 

.140.  1 

2:    5.... 2.54.  7 

4....142.  1 

28.... 105.  c 

25. . 

.24.6,216.2.0 

10.... 221.  2.  6 

6.... 4.  o 

2:  11.... 104.  6 

28:    6.  18.... 203.  3. 

15.... 60.  3.  6  (2), 

12.... 246.  2.  6 

3;     3....125.  1 

21.. 

.94.  b 

119.4 

17.... 45.  2 

]2 43.  a 

29:    6.. 

.140.  1 

3  ;    1 . . .  .45.  5.  a 

10;    1.... 207.  2.  a, 

17.... 258.  1 

30:    4.. 

.65.  b 

11....  148.  3,  164.3 

247.  6 

4:     6.... 118.  3 

6.. 

.22.6,66.1(2) 

4:    1....254.  4 

9 22.  6 

13....24.  6, 106.  6 

a 

151.2 

2 220.  1.  6 

10.. ..260.  2(2)c 

16.... 88 

S.. 

.11.  1.  a 

5.... 216.  1.  c 

12.... 2.55.  3 

25.... 150.  1 

9.. 

.65.  a 

9.... 104.  k 

13.... 11.  1.  6,57.2 

5:  22.... 105.  c 

17.. 

.14.   o,  24.  6, 

5  :    2.... 57.  2  (3)  o, 

(3)  o,  92.  6, 174. 

6:    3.. ..49 

57.  2  (3)  a 

60.4.0 

1,  231.  3.  b 

INDEX    II. 


339 


10:14 §245.  5.  d 

16.... 147.  4 
17.... 221.  5.  b 
27.... C4  b 
34.... 19.  1,  45.  2 
11  :    2.... 100.  2.  a  (2), 
156.  4 
8. ...141.  6 

15 60.  a.  a 

13:  8.... 65.  6 
16.... 91.  c 
18.... 92.  c 

20 53.  3.  a,  111. 

2.  c 
14:    6.... 114 
11.... 150.  5 
19.... 95.  a 
23.... 57.   2  (2)  a, 

94.  b,  161.  2 
31.... 119.  4 
15  :    5.... 142.  2,  IGl.  2 
16:    8.... 277 

9....168.  o,  174.  4 
10.... 86.  b  (2m.), 
161.4 
17;    8....229.  3.  a 

11.... 156.  2,  101.  2 
14.... 139.  2 
18:    2.... 139.  3 
4.... 98.  1.  a 
5. . .  .65.  a 
19  :    3.... 141.  1 
4.... 275.  3 
6.... 24.   c,  94.   o, 

ISO.  a 
9.... 199.  c 
17....n.l.  a,19C.rf 
21.... 92.  c 

20:    4 199.  c 

21:    3.... 207.  1.  a 
9.  ...262.  4 
12. . .  .112. 1,  172. 1, 

177.  3,  247 
14.... 111.  2.  c 

22  :    1 254.  6 

5.... 161.  2 
10.... 25 
11.... 221.  7.  a 
17.... 161.  2 
19....45.  3,  111.  1 

21 221.3.  a 

24 254.  6.  6 

23:    9.... 254.  2 

11.... 54.  3,  94.  h, 

221.  6.  b 
13.... 249.  2.  a 
17,  18.... 220.  1.  b 
18.... 113.  1 

24:    2 165.    2,    246. 

2.  a 
3.... 140.  3,4 
19.... 139.  2,  282.  a 
20.... 82.  1.  a(l) 
25:    1....104.  A 
0....209.  1.  a 
10.... 159.  2 
11. ...119.1 

26:    5 105.  n,  b 

11.... 254.  9.  a 
16.... 86.  <»(apl.) 
19.... 221.  2.  b 

20 172.  3 

27:    3 105.  (/ 

4.... 127.  3 

8 24.  n 

11....R8  (3f.pl.) 

12 223.  1.  a 

28:    3.... 88  (3  f.  pi.), 
91.  c 
6.. ..60.  3.  a 


31: 


34 


40 


41: 


42 


43: 


44 


10.... §280.  2 
12.... 86.  ft  (3  pi) 

13 280.  2 

16....  150.  5,  270.  a 

21 249.  1.  a 

27.... 113.  1 

28 282.  a 

1....131.  2 
7. ...105.  3 
9. ...141.0 
14.... 90,  279.  a 
16.... 283.  2.  b 
21.... 86.  /H3pl.) 
22.... 156.  1 
2. ...157.  1 
5. ...157.  3 
11.... 79.  3.  «r, 232 a 
12.... 19.  2,  119.  3 
18....100.  a,  119.  1, 
139.2 

19 104.6, 106.  c/, 

141.  3 
21.... 180.  a,  258.  1 
23.... 273.  3 
28. ...160.  4 

29 96.  b 

4.... 22.  a,  43 
1....88 

11.... 275.  1.  a 
1....24.  /;,  87, 131. 
2,141.  3, 258. 3.  a 
G....255.  2 
7.... 24.  a 
9.... 82.  1.  a(l) 
10.... S2.  5.  a 
12.... 24.  r,  149.  1 
15.... 271.  2 
21.... 56.  1 
4.... 140.   2,   245. 
5.  d 

0 96.  a 

11....21. 1,229.4.  6 
17.... 104.  i 
:    1.....05.  l,8S(p!.), 
158.  2 
7. ...275.  4 
:    8....3.5.1,246.3.n 
9.... 250.  1.  a 
15.... 271.  4.  a 

:  23 270.  <; 

32 254.  9.  a 

:    5.... 90,  279.  a 
14.... 19.  2 

16 256.  c 

:    1....2G3.  2 
7.... 22.  6,35.  1 
12.... 215.  1.  c 

17 200.  2(2)  e 

21 263.  2 

24.... 92.  b 

30 147.  4 

31.... 24.5.  5 

7 90,  270.  6 

8....2S5.  1 
14.... 254.  3 

23 97.2.0,172.3 

24 260.  2(2)c 

4.... 140.  1 
5.... 126.   1,   221. 

7.  b 
6.... 97.  2.  a 
11.... 156.  1 
22.... 65.  a 
24.... 267.  c 

5 105.  b 

8 94.  d 

9. ...91.  d 
2;$.... 112.  3 
2....  105.   b,  193. 
2.  & 


44 


47 


48 


5 
10 
12 
13 
14 
7 
8 
11 

49:  8 
18 
26 

51:14 
15 
20 
21 

52:    5 


11 
14 

53:    2 

4 
5 
10 
11 
54:  1 
5 


9 
12 

55;    5 

11 

56:    3 

12 

57:    5 

6 

8 

13 

58:    3 


10 
59:    3 


61 

62;    2. 

3 

63:    3 

16 

19 

64:    2 

5 

6 


....§14  7.3 
....19.  2,00.3.  b 

(2),  120.  1 
....HI.  2 
....13.  a 
....156.  2 
....102.  2 
....111.3.  a 
....1:39.  2 
....118.3 
....2C9.  b 
88  (f.  p.  &m. 

pi.).  111-.  3.  a 
. . .  .269.  /( 
....102.  3,  104.  c 
. . .  .285.  2.  a 

220.  2.  a 

....104.  i 
....104.  g- 
....87 
....S9.  1.  a 
....207.  1.  a 
....65.  6 
....112.  3,  273.  1 
....126.1 
....126.1 

...57.  2  (.3)  a 

. . .255.  2 

. .  .96.  «,  b,  122. 

2,  131.  6,  150.  2 

...174.  1 

...140.  4 

...CO.  3.  6(2) 

...111.1 

...94.  e 

,...254.9.6,262.4 

...60.  2.  a,  142.1 

....175.  1 

...249.  \.a 

...207.  1.  a 

.  .  .  .201.  2 

....104.  c 

....125.  2 

22.  6 

, . . .104.  6 
273   3 

.!!.'l05.  o,  2i5. 

5.  b 

....164.  5 

....140.  2 

... .24.  6 

....88  (2  f.) 

....119.  3 

....24.  6,  131.  2 

216.  2.  a 

....125.  2 

....216.  1.  b 

83.  e.  (2), 

1'""'  2 

.."il2.3, 156.  4, 

190.  d 
...189 
...127.  2' 
...92.  6, d,  174.1 
...104.  i 
...172.4 

, . .  .157.  2 

....88  (f.  pi.) 

....105.  c. 

. . .  .104.  c 

105.  C 

,...43.  6 
...105.  d 

....16.1 

. . .  .94.  a,  119.  1 

105.  a 

86.  a 

....86.  a 

....132.  3 

....161.3 


61:    8....§94.  d 
10.... 139.  1 

65:  20.... 165.  2,248 
24.... 203.  1.  6 

66: 12.... 142.  1 
13.... 4.').  5 
20.... 39.  1.  a 


JEREMIAH. 


.§105.  d 
.266.  2 

.11.1.6,2.30.3 
.111.  3.  a 
.105.  e 

.220.1.6,249. 
6 

.105.  C 
...104./: 
...277 
...111.  2.6 
...267.6 
...86.  6  (2  f), 
131.  2 
6.... 172.  3 
7.... 249.  1.(1 

8 60.  3.   b 

207.  1.  a 
10.... 249.  1. 


5.. 

11.. 

11.. 

12.. 

19.. 

21.. 

1 

24.. 

27.. 

34.. 

36.. 

:    3.. 

5.. 


(2), 


11. 
22. 

3. 

7. 
13. 
19. 
SO. 


15 


207.  1.  a 

177.  3 

158.  2 

24.6,221.6.0 

141.  1 

86.  6  (2  f.) 

,71.   a  <2), 
275.  5 
31.... 156.  1 

.141.  1 

.75.  2,  125.  1 

.245.  5.  6 

.56.  1,105.  d,c 

.139.  2 

.185.  2.  c 

.280.  3.  6 

.65.  a 

.282 

.104.  6 

.141.  1 

.165.  3 

.230.  2 

.94.  c 

.118.  4 

.220.  1.  b 

.57.  2  (:3)  a,  86. 
6  (3  pi.),  164.  3 
12. ...88 

17 89(f.  s.&m. 

pl.) 
15.... 220.  1.  6 

.94.  a 

.229.  3 

.121.  2 

.92.  d 

.127.  1 

.147.  2 
13....36.  1 
19.... 172.    1,    275. 

2.6 
21. ...60.  3.  6  (1), 
86.  6  (2  f.) 

25 60.  2.  a 

119.  1 

,93  (pl.),  104. 


6... 
7... 

13... 

22.. . 

26... 

27... 
4... 

10... 

13... 

27... 

29... 
:11... 

22... 
:    2... 

17... 

19... 
;    5... 


11 

12:    5. 

9. 

10. 

17. 

13:    5. 

7 


3... 
10.. 
k 
15.. 
17.. 
16;  16.. 


.106.  /> 
.112.  5.  c 
.158.  1,  249. 


340 


INDEX    II. 


3.. 

6.. 
14.. 
15.. 
20.. 
23.. 


26.. 
29.. 
:  13.. 
23.. 
29.. 
37.. 
39.. 
2.. 
3.. 


3....§-Ji;l.  6.  b 

4 So.  h  (2  m.), 

112.  3 
17.... 172.  3 
18.... 94.  d 
23.... 46,  172.  3, 

175.  3 

11.... 165.  1 

9.... 22.  b 

3 88  (pi.) 

4.... 39.  4 
13. ...131.  1 
.185.  2.  c 
.1.3.  I) 

.161.  4,  199.  I 
.94.  a 
.234.  a 
.61.  6.  a,  86 
b  (2  f.)  90  (2  f 
s.),  140.  2 
24.... 105.  h 
..104.  I 
..280.  3.  & 
..131.  6 
..254.  6.6 
..161.  2 
.  .104.  6 
..177.3 
..91.  c 
.  .94.  h 

16 96.  a 

26.... 246.  3.  a 

34 161.  5 

36.... 57 
234.  c 
...165.3 
...44.  h 
..249.  1.  c 
..156.  2 
..13.  a 
..245.  3.  h 
.  .94.  p,  112.  5.  c 
..229.  1.  a 
25.... 220.  1.  & 
27.... 24.  b 
16.... 139.  3 
19.... 276.  1 
12.... 87,  119.  3 
.273.  4 
.249.  2.  b 
.112.  3 

.16.  3. 6,105.  d 
.46 

.91.  ft,  131.  5 
.98. 1.  a 
.246.  3.  a 
.249.  1.  c 
.92.  d 
.164.  2 
.10.  a 
.268.  1 
.1.3.  a 
.45.  1 
.11.  1.  b 
.44.  a 
.272.  3 


;  IS.... §271.  1 

19.... 104.  e 

23.... 166.  1 

25 160.  4 

;    7,  s..  ..122.  2 

. .  .96.  a,  ill.  2.C? 


(3)  a, 


26:    9 
21.. 

27:    3.. 

18.. 

20.. 
2^:16.. 


23. 


18.. 

21.. 

32.. 

33.. 

38.. 

;    4.. 

9.. 

12.. 

14.. 

33.. 

35.. 

37.. 

44.. 
:    8.. 

24.. 

26.. 
:  1.., 
.16... 

23.., 
.12... 

14... 

16... 
:    9.. 

12.. 

14.. 

18.. 

1.. 

3.. 

6.. 


10. 


..251.  1 
..113.  2 
..266 
..209.  3.  a 
..270.  c 
...56.  4 
..249.1.  c 
..92.  d 
..57.  2 (2)  a 
..249.  1.  c 
.  .282.  c 
..175.  2 
.  .46,  71.  a  a) 
..53.2.6,148.2 


11.... 86.  6(2.  f.) 

20.... 43.  6 

43 

:  11.... 159.  1 

19.... 280.  3.  a 

32.... 246.  3.  a 

49 

:    3.... 54.  4.  a,  82 

6.  a 

8.... 95.  d 

10.... 165.  1,  202.  4 

11.... 88  (3  f.  pi.), 

98.  1 
15,  17.... 275.  2.  b 

18.... 4.5.  4 

20.... 140.  5 

24....  104.  /,  275.  4 

28.... 141.  1 

37 86.  6  (2  m.), 

112.  3,  5.  c,  139.  3 

50 

•    3.... 153.  2 

5. ...71.    a   (3), 

91.  d 

6.... 275.  2 

11. ...196.  d 

20.... 165.  2 

23.... 91.  a 

27. ...111.  3.  a 

34.... 94.  6,  114, 

158.  3 

44.... 105.  b 

51 

3. ...46 

9.... 165.  2,3 

13.... 90  (2  f.  s.) 

30.... 24.  c 

33.... 94.  6 

34.... 165.  2 

50.... 151.  1 

58.... 24.  c,  149.  1 

52: 

13.... 254.  6.  6 

LAMENTATIOXS. 


:      ....§6 

:    1....33.  1,  61.  6.  f/, 
218 
4.... 149.  1,199.  a 
8. ...141.  3 
12.... 142.  1 
16....207. 1.(7,209. 

1.  a,  271.  1 
17-... 272.  2.  6 
20.... 60.  3.   6  (2), 

92.  a 

6 

8 126.  1 

11.... 92.  a,  113.  1, 

2,  115 

15,  16.... 74.  a 

6 

12.... 196.  d 
14.... 199.  6 
22.... 54.    3,    216. 

2.  a 
33....150.  2(p.lS2) 
42.... 71.  ra(l) 

45 267.  c  ■ 

48 147.  2 

53 53.  3.  a,  150. 

2  (p.  182) 
5S....158.  1 

....6 
1....96.  6,  177.  3 

3 43.  b 

9 39.3.6,45.5.a 


4  :  14 §83.  c.  2,  122. 

2 
17.... 236.  2 
5:    5 IGO.  5 


EZEKIEL. 


11 
14 

2:10 

3:    7 

15 

20 

4:    3 

9 

12 

5:  12 

13 

16 

6:    3 

6 

8, 

9, 

11. 

14. 

16. 

7:17. 

24. 

25. 

27. 

8:    2. 

G. 
16. 


10 
10  :  17 
13:    2 

8 
11 

17 
19 

20 


14: 


15:    5 

16  :    4 


..§53.  2.  a 
..203.  5.  a 
..220.  2.  c 

....179. 1.  a,  268. 
1.  a 

....53.2.0,53.3.0 

....254.  10 

139.  3 

....8S(f.  pi.) 

....54.1 

....199.  a 

....157.  3 

....220.  1.  h 

....121.3,  131.6 

....119.  1 

....208.  3.  c 

....147.  4 

....173.  2 

....24.  c 

....98,  2 
...280.3.  o 
...118.  4 

...203.  5.  a 
...141.  1,   216. 

2.  a 

...196.  c 

...118.  4 

...66.  2(2)  a 

....165.  3 

....75.  1,119.  3 

....90.(2m.  pL), 

176.  1 

...249.1.  c 

...120.  2 

...254.  9.  h 

...157.  1 

...207.1.  6,  255. 

1 

...199.  c 

...71.  o(2) 

. .  .220.  1.  6 

...157.  3 

...24.    6,   71.  a 

(2),  220.  2.  c 
....53.  1.   o,  91. 

6,  c,  119.  1 
....141.  3 
....104.  i 
....60.  4.   o,  93. 

o,  95.  c,  121.  1, 

126.    1,    127.    1, 

150.  5,  221.  6.  b, 

282.  a 
....87,95.0,111. 

3.  o,  150.  5 
,  10.... 99.  3.  6     - 
....86.  6  (2f.) 
....250.  h  - 
....127.  1 
....173.  2 
....60.   3.  b  (2). 

120.  1 

....14.  o,  19.  6 
....91.  6 
....128 

....92.  f/, 220. 2. a 
....220.  1.  6 
...1.56.  3 
...86.  6  (Ic.) 
..  .132.  2 
..!l66'.  2,  191.4, 
216.  2.  a 


17:  15 


IS  :26 
32 

19:    2 

20  :  9 
16 
21 
27 
S6 
37 

21:15 
15 
18 
19 
21 
26. 
29 
31 
32 
33 
34 

22  :  20. 

23:  5. 
16. 
19. 
42. 
48. 

49. 

24:10 
11 
12 

26 
25  :    6 

13 
15 

26:    2, 


28 


24 

24, 

29:    3, 

15 

18, 

30  :  16. 


31 


15. 

32  :  16. 

18, 

19. 


.§65.  6 
.88  (f.  pi.) 
.221.  5.  b 
.287.  1 

....196.  d 

....140.4 

. . .  .271.  4.  b 

....65.  b 

....119.  3 

....91.  e 

....53.  2.  a 

....24  c,  177.  1 

,  16.... 93.  e 

....121.  1 

. . .  .219.  1.  a 

....ISO.  a 

,  28.... 87 

....91.  6,  106.  a 

....94.  6,196.  c 

....280.  3.  6 

....111.  2.  c 

....87 

....131.2 

....111.  1 
20.... 97.  1.  a 

....175.  3 

....21.1 

....S3,  c  (2),  150. 

3  (p.  182) 

,...165.  2,  220. 

1.  b 

...197.  h 

...140.  1 

...172.  1 

...128,  189.  6 

...57.    2  (3)   a, 

106.  n,  125.  2 

...219.  1.  b 

...57.  2(3)  a 

...140.  2 
19.  2.  c,  221. 

5.  a 

....113.  1,  2 
....112.  5.  c 
....234.  a 
....90(2.  f.  s.) 
....156.  3 
....24.0,216.  l.a 
....22.  a 
....13.  a 
....93.  6 
....54.  2 
....156.  3 
....96.  b 
....ll.l.o,196.rf 

...86.  6(2ra.) 

...230.  4 

...19.2.6,161.4 
,...71.  a(2) 

...61.6.0,104.6 

. .  -53.  2.  o.  111 
2.  e,  165.  3 

...108.  o,  172.  2 

...104.  i,  184.6, 
216.  1.  d 

. .  .92.  a 

...139.3 

26.... 156.  3 
...102.  1.  a 
...166.  5 
...95.  a 
...254.  6.  b 
...112.  3 
...140.  5 
...11.  1.0,80.6 
...11.  1,  o,  199 
. .  .9.3.  c 
...88  (f.  pi.) 
...11.1.  6 
...95.  o,<« 


INDEX    II. 


34 


32 


2;  20.. ..§89  (f.  s.  &. 

10: 14.... §177.  3,  285.  2 

AMOS. 

2  :    9 §  89  (f.  f-.  A: 

m.  pi.) 

17. ...51.  2 

m.]il.)  220. 1.(1 

32 95.  a 

11:    6....11.  1.  6 

1  :  11 §  104.  e,  275. 

14 220.  2.  c 

3;  12.... 166.  2 

12....  19.  2.  a 

2.  b 

3  :    5 114 

13.... 221.  5.  & 

14.... 131.  6 

13  ...  .  125.  2 

7 93.  a 

30 53.  2.  b,  223. 

30.... 11.  1.  h 

2  :    4 119.  3 

8 147.  4 

1.  a  bis 

31.... 249.  1.  b 

3:11 86.  u,  140.  2 

11 112.  3 

4  :  12 249.  1.  b 

34.... 91.  b 

15 156.  4 

17  ...  .  24.  6,  142. 

17 71.  n(2) 

35.... 94.  b 

4  :    2 165.  2 

1,  199.  c 

31. ...71.  a(2) 

36.... b2.  5.  a 

3 86.  i*  (2  pi.) 

i5;    6 105.  d 

40.... 126.  1 

5:  U 92.  t,  161.  3 

8 216.  1.  d 

44.... 196.  d 

15 1S9.  3 

9 147.  2 

12:  13.... 199.  a 

21,  25.... 24.  h 

HABAKKUK. 

11 220.  2.  a 

6  :    2 04.  2,  253. 

12 63.  1.  a 

2.  b 

1:    8....  §100.  2.  « 

iO:    3.... 139.  2,  141.  1 

nosEA. 

10 243.  1 

(2)  bis 

5 220.  1.  1) 

7  :    1 199.  f 

10 197.Z),265.o 

8 221.5.  c 

1:    2.. ..§2.55.2 

8  :    4 94.   h,  2C1. 

11 73.  1,  249. 

11.... 161.  5 

6.... 269 

5.  a 

2.  a 

13.... 71.  a (2) 

2  :  14.... 104.  ^ 

8 53.  2.  o,  53. 

12 104.7 

28.... 71.  a  a) 

16.... 221.  7.  a 

3.  a,  128 

13 126.  "l 

35 73.  2.  a 

3:    2.... 24.  b 

9  :    1 125.  1 

15 112.  2 

37:    7....88  (2f.pl.) 

4  :    2 267.  a 

S 94.  6 

16 197.  b 

9.... 131.  3 

6.... 11.  1.  a,  104 

2  :    1,  2 265.  a 

10.... 131.  6 

h 

7 161.  2 

17 119.  1,  223. 

13.... 118.  4 

OBADIAU. 

17....  104.^,  141. 3 

1.  a 

IS 43.  A,  92.  o, 

19 254.  6.  & 

38:    8 161.4 

122.  1,  148.  3 

vcr.  4 §158.  3 

3:    6 99.  3.  a 

23 96.  b 

5:    2.... 119.  3 

9 183.  a 

8 256.  6 

39  :  26 165.  3 

8 272.  2.  b 

11 45.  2,  106.  a 

9 282.  b 

27 249.  1.  b 

11.... 269 

13 105.  b 

10 220.  2.  c 

40  ;    4 65.  b 

G:    2.... 172.  3 

16 136.  4 

16 140.  1 

16.... 220.  2.  c 

4.... 269 

19....  47 

22 250.  2(3) 

9.... 174.  3 

43.... 19.  2.  b 

7:    4....106.«,  111.3. 

JONAH. 

41  •    7 141.  1 

«,  158.  3 

9, 11.... 160.  5 

6 22.  a 

1:    5....  §114 

ZEPHANIAH. 

15 220.  2.  c 

12.... 150.  1 

2  :    1 . . . .  125.  2 

22 274.  2.  c 

8:    2 60.  3.  a,  275. 

10 61.  6.  (X 

1  :    2  ....  §  282.  a 

2.  6 

3  :    3 254.  5 

17 100.  2.  a(l) 

42  :    5 45.  1,  57.  2 

3 105.  a 

4  :  11 ....  22.  & 

2  :    4 126.  2 

(2)  a,  111.  2.  & 

6.... 275.  2.  b 

9 220.  1.  c 

43  :  13 197.  b 

12. ...88 

14 229.  4.  6 

18 113.  1 

9:    2....119.  1 

MICAII. 

15 39.  4.  a 

20.... 104.  j 

24 100.  2.  a  (2) 

4.... 208.  3.  e 

3  :    9 274.  2.  c 

10. ...119.  3 

1  :    7 §  92.  c 

11 125.  2 

27.... 177.  3 

10  :  10.... 105.  cL 

9 275.  1.  a 

14 89  (f.  6.  A; 

45  :  16 246.  3.  a 

11.... 61.  6.  a 

10 53.3.  a,96.& 

m.  pl.),lll.  3.  </ 

46  :  17 86.  b 

12.... 158.  2 

15 164.  2 

18 149.  1 

22.... 95.  e 

13 61.  6.  a 

16 89  (f.  8.  & 

19 198, 246. 3  n 

47  :    7 102.  3.  a 

14.... 11.  1.  a,  150. 

m.  pi.) 

8.... 164. 3 

3 

2  :    3 274.  2.  e 

11 11.  1.  a,  199 

11:    3.... 94.  a,  115, 

4 141.  2 

15 246.  3.  a 

132.  2 

6 275.  1.  a 

HAG GAL 

48  :  10.... 39.  4.  a 

4.... 57.   2  (2)  o, 

1 229.  4.  a 

16 46 

111.  2.  d 

8 88  (pi.) 

1  ;   4 §230.3,249. 

18.... 220.  1.  b 

7.... 177. 3 

12....  92.  d,   246. 

1.  h 

7,  8 56.  4 

2.  a 

12-    1 104. /,  201.  2 

3  :  12 199.  n,  245.4 

4.... 274.  2.  h 

4  :    6 151.  2 

ZECHARIAH. 

DANIEL. 

5.... 105.  b 

8 111.  2.  & 

13  ;    3 92.  6 

10 ... .  158.  2 

1  :    9 §  75.  1 

1;    8 §119.1 

14.... 19.  2,  221.  5. 

10,13 137.  2 

17 157.  3 

13 172.  3 

o,  275.  2.  b 

5  :    2  .  . . .  262.  1 

2  :    8 73.  2.  a 

17 250.  2  (2)  a, 

15.... 177.  3 

6: 10....  57.  2(1) 

3  :    1 106.  a 

251.  4.  a 

14:    1....88(3.  f.  pi.), 

13 1S9.  3 

7 94.  c,  151.  1 

•I:    1.... 99.  3.  a,  119.1 

209.  1.  a 

7  :    4  . . .  .  260.  2  (2), 

9 203.  5.  a 

3  :    3 22.  b 

3 256  c 

260.  2  (2)  c 

4  :    5  .  .  .  .  258.  2 

25 94.  c 

10 35.  2 

7 246.  3.  a, 

5:    9. ...203.  5.  c 
11 22.  b 

JOEL. 

249.  1.  c 
10 156.  2 

8  :    1....245.  5.  b 

XAHUM. 

12 24.  & 

11 95.  a 

1:    2.  ...§230.4 

5  :    4 156.  4 

13.... 98.  1.  0,  247, 

8 254.  9.  b 

1  :    3 §  13.  n.  21.5. 

11 160.  5 

249.  1.  b 

17 24.  b,  190.  a 

1.  c 

6  :    7  ....  96.  ?> 

16 73.  2.  a 

20 275.  4 

4 150.   2  (p. 

7  :    1 252.  2.  b 

22.... 88  (3.  f.  pi.) 

2  :    5 60.  3.  b  (1) 

182) 

3. .  . .  199.  e 

3  :    3 263.  5.  a 

12 ... .  140.  2 

5  .    . .  102.  2,  104. 

19.... 119.  3,  125.  1 

4  :  11 91.  d,  131.  1 

13 220.  1.  h 

/,  252.  2.  &,  273. 

25.... 97.  2,225.  2 

18.  . .  .271.  1 

1    2  :    4 220.  2.  c 

3.  a 

342 

INDEX    II. 

7:    9....§89(f.  s.  & 

11:    5... 

§57.  2  (3)  a, 

MALACHI. 

3  :  19....  §119.  1 

m.  pi.) 

Ill 

.  2.  c,  234.  c 

20 156.  2 

14. ...45.   5,  60. 

7... 

.  223.  1.  a 

1  :    6 §  263.  3 

3.  c,  92.  e 

8... 

.  119.  1 

7 106.  (1,  127. 

8  :    2  . .  .  .  271.  3 

10... 

140.  5 

2 

MATTHEW. 

14, 15 139.  1 

17... 

61.  6.  a 

11 95.  a 

26  :  73 ....  §  51.  4.  a 

17 in.  2.  c 

12  ;  n  . . . 

55.  2.  a 

13 ....  24.  a,  75.  1 

9  :    5 35.  2 

13  :    4  . .  . 

106.  2 

14 54.  1,  205. 

10:    6 151.  3 

11  :    4 254.  6 

14  :    2  .  . . 
5... 

45.  2,  91.  c 
199.  c 

b 
2  :  14 86.  &  (2  m.) 

ROMANS. 

10... 

.  156.  3 

3:    9....  140.  2 

3  :  20  ....  §  256.  c 

IE"DEX     III. 

HEBREW  WORDS  ADDUCED  OR  REMARKED  UPON. 


"Words  preceded  by  Vav  Conjunctive  or  Vav  Oonversive  will  be  found  in 
their  proper  place  irrespective  of  these  prefixes,  A  few  abbreviations  are 
employed,  which  are  mostly  of  such  a  nature  as  to  explain  themselves  as  v. 
verb,  71.  noun,  pro7i.  pronoun,  adj.  adjective,  adv.  adverb,  int.  interjection, 
inf.  infinitive,  imp.  imperative,  2^ret  preterite.  The  numbers  refer  to  the 
sections  of  the  Grammar. 


DD^^i?i?.  104.  h 

nS5  68.  b,  200.  a,    215. 

1.  e,  220.  1.  c 
ini?  78.  2,  110.  3 
"ins  215.  1.  b 
"I3S  92.  d 

"135?  92.  c 
nnni?  216.  1.  b 
•ji^ni!!  193.  2 
Tj'iaSI   53.    2.  a,   111. 

2.  c 

■jini?  22.  a,  193.  2 

Dn'ins?  112.  1 
nns  110.  3 

s^nx  86.  b  (3  pi.) 
lisii:  240. 1 

D^nS  60.  3.  c,  216.  1.  b 
Q-'DnnN  112.  1 


on^nins  220. 2.  a 
oriini^  220.  2.  a 
D'^nrani?  53.  1.  a 
^nx  («i2)  164. 2 

in^.  61.  6.  a 
n'lnS  185.  2.  a 

rri^ni?  111. 2.  ^ 

•i-lT???!  ^nS  246.  3.  b 

•jiins  193.  1 

QD^ns?  220.  1.  b 
bnS  84.  3.  a  (2) 
bni?  185.  2.  b,  215.  1 
bss?  (pr.  n.)  215.  1.  ; 
ibnj?  216.  1.  b 
pS  197.  b,  200.  6 
■jni?  183.  b 
"JDni?  183.  c 
D''I32nb?  207.  1.  « 


!r^t33n«  221.  3.  a 

tjnnS  94.  b 

:^nb!^^ii?  94.  a,  119.  1 

nai?1  99.  3 

T5i?n  99.  3 

DJS  207.  2.  a 

•jaS  200.  a 

D'^S^i?  53.  1.  a 

TanjS]  99.  3.  i 

maiJ;  207. 1.  e,  211 
na^s^")  99. 3 
6  nna"!^i  99.  s 

Di"lS60.3./;(l),  197.rf 
■ji^Ii?  231.  3.  a 
D^Tn«  11.  1.  6 
nnS  112.  5.  a 
n'lX  185.  2.  i,  207.  2.  c 
Dlia'lS  188 


844 


INDEX  III. 


niB'^^^ii:  207.  1.  e 
nian^'jy!  205 
n'a'15?  201.  1 
^rh^^  60.  3.  b  (1) 
\nx  199.  c,  201.  2, 

231.  3.  a 
-On^"}  234.  c 
\2-i51  234.  c 

an  ip'iy:  21.  1 
a^D^ii:  201.  2 

Dj?lN  ,  Dj?^5!:  141.  3 

'T^^?  112.  5.  a 

a^53-l^S  53.  1.  rt 

m^x  11. 1. 6 

©n'lS  91.  c 

i!JT^N53.1.a,91.J,119.1 
nnS  82.  1.  a  (2),   110. 
3,  112.  5.  c 

•.anx  119. 1 

nns  53.  2.  a,  111.  2.  6 

nariK  87, 119. 3 
nar.i?  us.  3 
^ani5 119.  4 
^an  nanx  43. 6,  92.  «, 

122. 1 
aiatns:  201.  1 

-ans?.  101.  3.  a,  104.  /e, 
119.  1 

aaani?  221.  3.  a 
aanij  119.  3 
•^nnanx  104.  i 
■ipani^  01.  Q.  a 
Tjnans  104.  c 
nn^^  240. 1 


ins)  99. 3.  a 

bris^  61.  2.  «,  i8i.  6, 

208.  3.  h 

n"bn5«  220.  1. 5 
nibnx  200.  c 
•ibris  216.  2. 6 
Q^bni?  60.  3.  c 
D''bns  200.  c 
n^tiris  172.  3 

is  239.  1,  283.  2.  a 
aiS  200.  a 
5^iS  105.  6 
2>X^.S  149.  2 
*>iS  240.  1 

a.':ii?  186. 2 

b^^S  194.  2 

ib'i'i.ii:  194.  2 
b^ais  57.  2  (2)  «,  111. 
2.  t^ 

^5^,S  149.  2 
db^S    207.    2.    &,    215. 
1.  a 

n-ais  111.  2.  ^ 

■jlS  63.  2.  a 
■jiS  186.  2.  c 

ni^iis  13. « 

d^SiS  208.  3.  c 

np^s  149.  2 

I^^S  56.  3 
■jSiS  207.  2.  a 
"iSiS  200.  a,  216.  1 

n'isis  111.  2.  c? 

■lis  (v.)  82.    1.   a   (3), 
156.  2 


nis  (n.)  197.  6 

^nnis  220.  1. 6 
ini^^  157.  2 

ffin^^S  149.  2 
?t:^^S  149.  2 
niS  197.  h,  200.  a 

nn^,s  149.  2 
ari'nis  220.  2.  a 

TS  235.  1 

niTS  60.    3.   c,    184.  fi, 

216.  1.  6 
■J^TS  53.  2.  «,  111.  2.  c 

nnsts  189 
^ansTS  104.  c 

nbTS  86.  b 

Tj  nbTS  35. 1 

ITS  197.  a,  217,221.  5 
n5|S  189 
15TS  221.  4 
d"5Ti$  203.  1 

^i^srs  221.  4 
da;Ts  220. 1.  b 

D^jjTS  53.  1.  a 

nrs  112. 5.  c 

nnjs  60.    3.    b   (1), 

92.  e 
?i-lTS  53.  1.  a,  183.  c 
nS-(n.)  68.  i,    197.  a, 

207.  2.   6,   215.  1.  e, 

220.  1.  '• 
ns  (int.)  240.  1 
^ns    223.    1,  248.   a, 

250.  1. 

a''ins  223. 1.  rt 


INDEX    III. 


345 


nirii?  189 

T^niJ  90  pass. 
ninij  205.  c,  209.  3 
TnS5  r,4,  110.  3,  118.2 

rnsj  34, 172.  4 
tHn,  tnx  112.  1 

nmis;  60.  3.  i  (2),  119.  4 
^rn:?  60.  3.6(2),  120.  1 
pTTli?  97.  2.  a 

nnrnii!  io4.  i 
■^nii;  61.  6.  a 

^n-nni?  220.  2.  a 

a^nx  60.  1.  a 

bns?   140.  3 

nnS5  237.  1,  238.  1 

-ini{  210.  e 

nnS  60.  4,  111.  2.  b 

^nrii«60.  3.  6(2),  121.2 

■jinnx  193.  1 

■'"nnS  238.  1.  a 

n^nns?  -198.  a  (4) 
nsirnxn  99.  3.  b 
■jmirns^  195.  2 
•jnntnx  195.  2 

r.ni5  54.  2,  205.  6,  223. 

1.  a 
nrjX  223.  1.  a 
•J55   175.  3 
■JTJS5  216.  1.  b 
□I2i5  112.  5.  a 
TJ«  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 
■'N  61.  6,  236 
■^S  (n.)  184.  b 
^N  (int.)  240.  1 


a::x  150. 1 

n^S5  61.  6 
nbn^n   99.  3.  b 

nt  >:  75. 2 

T^  51.  2 
b^i?   208.  3.  c 
5?^   183.,  6 

mb;ii!:  60.  3.  b  (i) 

nXT5  \^!   75.  2 

nbibii?  150.  2 
rob^N  151.  1 
nbij^  200.  c 

n^^  207.  2.  c 
n^"^&5   200.  0 
nri)2^J?5   61.  G.  a 
■J^^S  236,  258.  3.  b 

nyo"^^  150.  1 

llj^i?  207.  2,  243.  2.  «. 
■jiTSiJ?   193.  2.  a 
^TZJ^y:  57.  2  (1) 
on^s?  11.  1. 6 

On^!;?   140.  1 
■^n^X   189,  210.  c 
1JS5   (adv.)  235.  2  (2) 
tfXI   (v.)  175.  3 

n^nsx  91.  c 

nSSI   175.  3 
njDi?  189 
"lTpi5lS9 
•'■iTpX  194.  2 
nn^-lpi?   198.  a  (4) 
"inpXI   119.  1 
bDJ?   110.  3 

bbx,  bbs?  112.  1 


bDX^  (nb)  174,  4 

bDi5  111.  2.  6 

bDJil   99.  3.  a 

n'bpij  104.  f/ 

Tjb2i5    (nb)    63.    1.    6, 

174.  4 
T;bDS5   106.  a 
DDbDS*  106.  a 

^nribDji!  104.  i 
^nnbDN  104.  i 

■inbDbJ  65.  a 

^nbsx  104.  i 
np)b3i<  112.  1 
^:nbDN  104.  ?: 

nSDN^  99.  3.  6 
?jSDi?n  99.  3.  6 
q3i?  140.  3 
n|i5  187.  1.  a 
nnSiJ  24.  6 

riD^  140.  1 

nsnPSX  16.  3.  b,  105.  0? 

-nwpx  88 

bX  235.  1,  264 
bi5  (pron.)  58.  1,  73.  1 
bi5  (n.)  186.  2.  c 
-bi5  237.  1,  238.  1 
TC^a5b55  229.  1.  a 
n^^^5bi<  14.  a,  51.  4 
nbs«  216.  1.  a 

T     T 

nbs?  200. 6 

nbS  58.  1,  61.  6,  73.  1 
''n'bST  234.  r 

n^nb5<  11.  1. 6 

D'in"bi!!  201.  2,  231.  3.  a 


34G  INDEX    III. 

iTO'in'bs   220.  2.  c  y^i<  184.  b  ^PO^X  131.  1 

^rnbsi   234.  c  !".:-'!2«    60.    3.    b    (1),  r";:X  184 

mbs  11.  1.  b                 201.  1.  a  ^:x  197.  b 

nibx  (v.)  172.  2  D''?^12J^  201.  1.  a  %^  7l 

■'bX  233.  1.  a  Dbil25?   105.  a  i:5«  65,  71.  a  (1) 

marTibs?  220.  2.  c  n-jb^x'^  99.  3  i:x  65.  b 

~    -      -     --                                                                                     T    ;      IT     -  T  •    JT 

b-ibs  184  bb^N  187.  1.  f/  n^:^  i98.  b 

?fb>?i  99.  3  bbizni  92.  o,  115  ^d:«  71 

nDbj?  nsbi?  45.  5.  a  ^:^  bb^s?  42  "jri?  141.  3  (p.  iV5) 

ibbs  20.  2,  240.  1  B'^bb^^?.  210.  c  r:^  84.  3.  a  (2) 

abs?  187.  1.  6  c:i:x  235.  2  (1)  p:N  112.  1 

D^3^bx  .51.  4  2:^S  235.  2  (1)  prX  50.  1 

nQb>5  200.  c  ""CX  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2)  D^trs?  207.  2.  e 

-lITabi?  229.    1.  o  7I2N  112.  1  rpCN   185.  2.  a 

b^ia-bi?  237.  2  (1)  "1125?  110.  3,  125.  3  'n'-.bCi^  125.  1 

l^abS   193.  1  T52S  65  C^^CNI  60.  3.  c,  92.  e 

n^Dlibs     198.    a   (4),     112X  86.  i  (3  pi.)  ^^CN  110.  3,    112.  5.  c, 

199.  d,  200.  6  T52i?  208.  3  115,  151.  2 

nny-bi5  237.  2  (2)  nbx  6o.  3.  6(1),  112. 1  ?,cj«  112.  1 

qbS  84.  .3.  a  (2),  112.     "TaX  60    3.  6  (l)  r.SCJs^  111.  3.  a,  112.  1 

5.  a  ^^^^  208.  3  "SCi:?  151.  2 

qbs  226  TilTSN  60.  3.  6  (l)  "2Ci?  89  (f.  s.) 

■"Sbs  250.  2  (2)  a  ^i'^^^,   106.  a,  127.  2  'T^SSS  151.  2 

arsbi5  250.  2.  (2)  a  pn-aij  127.  2  *v??^  ^^^ 

a;'3bs5  203.  4,  226  rii'cN'i  33.  4  irsci?  104.  y 

D'pbX  229.   1.  a  -<r^S*  157.  3  p5S5   53.  3.,i,  88  (1  c.) 

^-|b^«  221.  2.  b  r^X  60  3.  6  (l),  205.  b    ICS  112.  5.  6 

Di?  68.  b,  197.  a  ™«  60.  3.  b  (l),  221.  it^*  60.  3.  c 

as  239.  1,  283                     2.  a  nSS  60.  3.  c 

TSDS^s  11.  1.  a  -nrrbsn  99.  3.  b  •>■!"«  61.  6.  « 

-XCX^i?   104.  b  "'vj;S   101.  3.  a  n~.CS?  105.  f? 

n^x  53.  3.  b,  211.  f/  n:ij;i.  n:^  63.  1.  c-  "irs^  "^?5?n  160.  3 

n:2i?  198.  c  ^:s  71.  «  (1)  brs-  i72.  4,  175.  3 

n:si?  200.  c  iisi?  46  ]:?s^  172.  4 


INDEX    III. 


347 


reyj^  113.  1 

niyxi  57.  2  (2)  a 
XO'JUi'}  172.  4 

rimni)  i72.  4 

-ItJ^SiT  57.  2  (3)  a, 
111.  2.  r,   234.  c 
qi?  (n.)  184.  6,   207.  2 
qS  (conj.)  239.  1 
an-'i^Si?  104.  f.,  172.  3 
-ISS?  112.  5,  a 

nsi?  no.  3 

^Di?  112.  1 
Dl^SS?  203.  1 
n''3Sn   100.  2.  a  (1) 
^3  qS  239.  2  (1) 
nbSi?    198.  a  (2),  216. 

1.  6      - 
•]Di?n   172.  4 
CSS  235.  3  (1) 
n:?TBSS5  127.  3 
nSSil  173.  3 
ni52i?   104.  5 
5225?  183.  f,  197.  a 

ni:?n^55  20 7.  2.  a 

12S1  174.  4 
Tj-n^S   105.  c? 
bilS  237.  1 
125$  50.  3 
T^-ISS   101.  3.  a 
n3-l2i5   105.  d 
^23)55?   105.  b 
D^pSn  99.  3.  a 
DT2ipS  5G.  3 
D"'pSn  99.  3.  a 


Dj^pS  50.  3 
DpSJl   99.  3.  a 
nSiJIpXn  63.  1.  c,  97.  1. 

b,  164.  5 
iinsn  99.  3.  a,  172.  4 

nsiNi  172.  4 

Dbs<nS5  24.  a 

naiNi  175.  3 
Dans  22.  a 

T   :     T 

nyans  207.  2.  a,  214. 

1.  b,  223.  1 

D^ya^is  225. 1 

D'P2;S1S   223.  1 
DP2?3"1S  250.  2  (2)  a 
'J\^-1S  51.  4 
■jTSSns?  51.  4,  195.  2 
-n1S5   141.  1 

i!?-nis  19.  2 

nnns  208.  3.  b 
D'ainS  82.  5.  a 

^^^ins  104.  h 

■jilS  197.  i 

nils  139.  2 
■^niisn  141. 2 
nys.  197.  i,  200.  a, 

208.  3.  b 

n-is  198 
nn"iis5  198 
i^nh.is  60.  3.  c 

•'"IS   200.  c.  208.  3.  d 
V.'^'^^^  56.  3.  a,  168.  c/, 

174.  4 
^nS  79.  2,  118.  1 
?T1S  185.2.6,207.2.0 


•jnS  216.  1.  e 
■jiTDIi?  200.  a 
•i^QnS   194.  1 

rT^^ans  235.  3  (3) 
^nsTaTpis  56. 1, 105.  6 
niseis  216.  1.  c 
nnp-is  197.  c 

pX  51.    3,     63.   2.   a, 

197.  6 
flS  65 
n21S  61.  6.  ff,   219.  1 

•Jlij.!  nS-lS  22.  6 

■j^rs  nxns  22.  6 

ins  141.  1  (p.  175) 
TlJIS  119.  1 

nb-isiaffis  180.  a 

rS  197.  b,  201.  1 

TiJN  57.  2  (1) 
T^bS'iTS  101.  3.  a 

nrsi  99.  3.  a 
ri-iii^TSS  210.  fZ 

miOS  216.  2.  a 
n\^S  200.  6,  e,  207.  2 
"l^TTS  197.  rt 
DpntiS   118.  3 
mE''TlJS  200  c 
d^SI^S  94.  & 
bST^i?  200.  a,  210.  e 
i^ibsirS  216.  1.  c 

nibsTSs  216.  1.  c 
nbrs  60.  2.  a 
:nbrs5  60.  2.  a 
T)nbt"s^.  126.  1 
tj^biusn  99.  3 


348 


INDEX   III. 


nD-ibpNI  99.  3 

mrS   82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
TtttXI  99.  3 
■jTOTTi?  189 
ny^iSNI  98.  1.  a 

nn^rs  97.  1 

2:ti^   183.  c,  221.  6.  a 

nyirj?  172.  3 

'J£'i"S?  91.  c 

nbtiii  207.  2.  c 

nj5^-5«  98.  1.  a 

nj^TTiin  175.  3 
rrj^jjiijs  98.  1.  rt 
nbijijirs^  98.  1.  a 
nbp'ijsi  98.  1.  a 

"If  i?  74,  285 
nCN  (conj.)  239.  1 

nnrs  200.  c 
iinffis?  221.  5.  fZ 
•jinirx  220.  2.  c 
Tiinisx  221.  5.  fZ 

nrX  205,  214.  1. 6 

nir^i  172.  4 
nbbimsjs  96.  a 
:>ffi?nrj«  141.  6 

n&?  (11.)  207.  2.  e 
niJ,  riS  58.  2.  o,  238. 

2,  270 
-ns  43.  a 

nS  43.  a 

ns    (prep.)    237.    1, 

23S.  2 
-nX  61.  5 


PX,  P55  71.  a  (2) 
PX  71.  «  (2) 
5?r5?   177.  3 

nrij  11.  1.  a. 

nns?  71 

nns5,  npx  71.  «  (2) 

T    A-    '  T    AT  V       / 

■jinx  197.  a,  c 

nsnni?  96. « 
ips?  71.  a  (2) 

■'P.ii}  61.  5 

rrs  112. 1,  172. 1 
^n'lp'ips  220.  2,  c 

1\Tf&  65.  a 

rCPb?  65.  a 

y.rrx  53.  -[.a,  183.  r 

■jnX  210.  f 

ir?s?,  IJ?-^  "1-  o  (2) 
r.:pN,  n:px  71.  «  (2) 
":nx  177.  3 
y.T^.ai  207.  2.  5 
nsrrx  220. 1.  &,  221.  6 
^:;^p^  105. 5 

a  231.  1,  233,  267.  b, 

272.  2.  6 
i<3  157.  2 
r.ija  34 

nsin  34 
nxn^  156.  4 

O'lbflSa  229.  4.  b 
^S3  156.  2 
■sin  (pret.)  156.  2 
^S«n^  156.  4 
Cj^TSa   57.  2  (2)  a 


"Xa  216.  1.  a. 

CD£eiJ3  22.  a 

nsa  121.  1 

nsa  60.  3.  c,  197.  a 

ttJSa  60.  3.  c 

risn^  rsn^  i6.  i 
^nxn^,  rsn^  loo.  2. 

«(i) 
bna  57. 1, 187. 1,  e 

"iblia  237.  2  (4) 
Ta  84.  3.  a  (3) 
%n3  90 

^521  22.  a,  197.  b,  200.  c 
221.  5.  a 

iha  87 

n^ra  207.  1.  a 

nn^ira  S6.  &  (2  m.) 
^ta  87,  210.  a 

5b52  237.  2  (2) 
"in^ia  61.  1 

b'la  80.  2.  «  (3) 
csna-a  4.  a 
^ra  57.  2  (4),  184.  b 
ni^na  177. 1 
•j^pria  245. 5. 6 
cbirrna  91. 6 
bra  1-21.  1 
n^na  21 6.  2 
ri)2na  201.  2 
■jna  61.  2.  o,  184.  rt. 

197.  o,  208.  3.  b 

ro^a  113.  1,  2 

i«'a  79.  1,  157.  1 


INDEX    III. 


349 


n:i?^3  104.  g 

-yyi  90 

DS'J^a  57.    2    (3)  a, 
164.  3 

n^p-in  200.  i.  « 

b^n  53.  2.  «,  184.  b 

a^pin  150.  2 

npiS  180.  2.  a 
-1^3  139.  2 
-1'2  200.  a 

T^^iijnia  201.  2 

©is  82.  1.  a  (3),  156. 

2,  157.  1,  2. 
D"'TSi3  156.  2 
DDpTSia  92.  5,  101.  3 
n  (n.)  207.  2.  a 
T3  (from  T^S)  150.  2 
T3  139.  2 
^Sra  139.  3 
^3Y7a  141.  2 

rn  141. 1  (p.  175) 

^:TT3  139.  1 

"jina  185.  2.  c 

-l^na  210.  a 

o'^i'^ns  00.  3.  c 
nrjna  27 
-i^na  185.  2 
■^na  50. 1 
■jnia  121.  1 

-,n3  50.  1 

an^nh  nna  43.  b 
inns  19.  2 
D^ina  201.  1.  b 

nrjS  90,  jsass. 


ni:a  184.  h 
vrd2.  120.  1 
■jini^n  193.  2 

•J'^a  197.  « 

a^p'ja  208. 3.  a 

□703  239.  2  (3),  263. 
1.6 


ibl2J33  91.  6,  231.  5.  a 
ninp3  22.  a,  101.  2.  6 

ba  53.  3.  a 
nnba  198.  o  (3) 
■•s^iba  50.  4 
■n?is;iJ"L2ba  18.  2.  c 
nia^ba  195.  3 


ia  (for  ^:?a)  53.  3.  «,  b?::ba  195. 3 


240.  2 
Ta  237.  2  (2) 

TS  10.  2.  «. 

rT7'.n^a  57.  2  (2) 
■j^a  158. 2,  3 

•j^a  237.  1,  238.  1 
T]'"^?"'ai  4.  a 

••n'ra  i58. 1 
ap?:a  10. 2.  rt 

D^S^a   2U0.  b 


bba  141.  3  (p.  175) 
yba,  ?ba  120. 1 
^"t?ba  237.  2  (4) 
^n^2?ba  127.  2 

^Pba  01.  0.  a,  237.  1 

nii^a  235.  3  (1) 
niGa  231.  4.  a 

iaa  233.  a 

^nim  13.  a,  214.  2.  6 

^:?^a  45.  4 
?i^rnin]i)'^a  14.  a,  24.  b  n52>iQa  45.  3 
n^a  01.  2,  63.  2.  a,  rribnjpm  16. 2.  « 

197.  b,  208. 3.  f       ''ri'aa  19.  2,  210. 1.  c 
n">a  57.  2  (5),  02.  1,  "ja  51. 3, 185. 2.  J,  215. 

210.  1.  d  1.  b 

i'52T7bn-n^a  240.  3.  b  '^r'p^n-'ja  240.  3.  6 

^ri2'£n-n''a  240.  3.  b  '^x^'^s  rca  35.  1 

?]n^a  05  n2a  (from  i^ia)  104. 2 

?ja  65.  «  "ia  34 

rpa  184. 5  ^:a  34 

isa  172.  2  isa  (suf.)  221.  3.  a 

iaa  (for    i3?a?)    53.     ira  (parag.)  6I.  6.  a 

3.  a  nisa  207.  1.  «. 

niaa  50.  1  T^^^  (^0  i'73.  2 

1^23  50.  1  DD^ni:^  220.  1.  6 

■laa  184.  6  ^33  61.  6.  a,  218 


350 


INDEX    III. 


D'^aa  207.  1.  a 

n-ipa  86.  b  (1  c.) 

-33  221.  3.  a 
?b:3  4.  a 

5533  22.  a,  101.  2.  6 
nn33  132.  1,  158.  1 
nXGSCn  24.  a 

nn5'sn,n'iyc3i6. 3.  & 

n^353  237.  2  (2) 
"i:?3  237.  1 

q-j^n,  ?i-j:^5  113. 1.  2 

^^ys  172.  1 
n'^VIi  60.  3.  a 
Dib:?3  201.  2 

n?3  121.  1 
nn?3  196.  c 

ntoyS  113.  2 
^?■|a^3  60.  3.  a 

n:?3  121. 1 
niiks  199 

inX2£n  11.  1.  a 
n'^SS  185.  2.  a 
?^3  42.  a 
a?23  125.  1 
p3£3  82.  1.  a  (2) 

nnks  207.  i.  d 

y]y3  80.  2.  a  (4) 

D:?)p:a  125. 2 

ppa  141.  3  (p.  175) 
npS  197.  c,  201.  1 
np3  50.  1,  208.  3.  b 

n3  186.  2.  c 

sns  78.  1 

Sn3  166.  3 


?ii5"12  164.  4 
V.3  185.  2.  6 
tfilS  92.  rf 

iriin  51. 1 
nins  51.  1 
bnn  193.  2.  c 
nnn  50,  1 
ni"ia  210.  a 

•'^^nS  194.  2.  a 
•J"13  80.  2.  a   (1),   80. 
2.  a  (2),  120.  3 

^na,  ?j^3  119.  1 

^nn  197.  a 

ro-na  16.  2.  a 
ro^iia  210.  1.  6 
iD-^s  60.  3.  o,  120.  3 

^5"12  22.  a,  216.  2.  a 

Cn^D-^.S  22.  o 
D;'3"^3  208.  4 
D';i3  139.  2 

npnn  19.  2.  ^>,  196.  b 

nns  141.  1  (p.  175) 
Dam  74.  a,  139.  2 

'lin'^im  102. 3.  a 

bt^3  80.  2.  a  (1) 

n3)3m  220.  1.  b 
ninprs  45.  2 

n3  205.  5 

ira  221.  2.  a 

^P3in3  220.  1.  b 

a^b^iPS  201.  1.  b 

"^PS  58.  2 
D'^P3  208.  3.  r 
DDP3  221.  6 


nija  nb5a  22.  & 
nsa  185. 2.  c; 

D'lb^Sa  201.  1.  a 

ni-ij^a  208. 3.  c 

bS5  117 

bi?a  116.  4 

n5N5  201.  1.  a 

tjbsa  119. 3 

DDbsh  221.  3.  a 
35  200.  c 
ri3a  143.  a 

-nza  215. 1.  c 

nha  185.  2.  6 

nsa  184.  J 

2«n3^  11.  La 

i«n3a  86. 6 
nraa  125.  2 

Pi~3a  60.  3.  a 

D-^n-ba  201.  2 

bl3a  184 

nin^na  201. 1.  c 
nnsa  i98.  « (3) 

?^3a  50.  1 

1133  187.  1,  215.  1 

■n^nisa  220.  2.  c 

•'3a  199.  c  , 

ni3a  184 
bia  50.  1 

-   T 

nb3a  11.  1.  6 

■jSa  187.  1.  b 

■jbsa  207.  2.  c 
n^r33a  i87.  2.  c 

bi?3a  193.  2.  c 
-133  82.  1.  a  (2) 


INDEX    III. 


351 


nna  183.  b,  184,  a 
nn|  184.  a 
bx^-ina  Gl.  G.  a 
nn^a  205 

11  '200.  a 

-I^a  141.  3  (p.  175) 
biia  58.  1,  185.  2.  b, 
210,  217 

-b^'l!\  215. 1. 0 
ni3-5n'7.)i  13.  a 

ina  208.  3,  d 
n^'ia  209.  2.  b 
i"ina  21G.  1.  a 
b^ia  82.  1.  a  (2) 
bna   (v.)  58.  1 
b^a  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
b^lh  58.  1,  184 

-bna  215. 1.  c 
b^a,  b^a  92.  c 
y^a  126. 1 

-n^  197.  6,  2IG.  1.  e, 
217 

nn'^a  217 
I'^i^'^'^i'  221. 2. 6 

D'^n-l'ia  203.  5.  b 

na  50. 3,  G8.  ^> 

iTi5  157.  1 
ina  221.  3.  a 
Ilia  220.  1.  c 

on^ia  220. 2  b 
npn^ni'^':?  220.  2.  c 
T;na  221.  3.  a    . 
b^a  158.  3 
bbia  141.  4 


^^ia  18G.  2. 6 

3?na  125.  2,  15G.  1 
nia  (v.)  179.  2.  a 

bnia  200.  a 

Ta  139.  2 
nSta  195.  1 

nra  C8. 6 

Tta  50.  3,  G8.  b 
tVa  139.  2 

•<Ta  141. 1 

rr^T-?  50. 3 

bra  50. 3,  G8.  b 

bra  21G.  1.  e 

nra  50. 1, 3,  gs.  b,  84. 

3.  a  (3),  125.  3 

na  158. 3 
■jina  4.  a 
ifia  157. 1 
ina  157. 2, 158. 2 
D"'bria  21G.  2.  b 
nbm  200.  z»,  210.  e 

m'}^    183.     /;,     197.    b, 

208.  3.  c 
Xia  21G.  1.  d 

n-ia  158. 2, 3 

b\T  158.  2,  3 

ba  (rib)  98.  2,  i74.  5 
ba,  ba  (2?^?)  139. 2 
baba  187.1.^,207. 2.0. 
baba  187. 1.  e 
baba  141.  4 
nbaba  i87.  1.  c,  207. 

1.  c?,  217 

nba  11.  1.  a 


nba  67.  2  (5),  80.  2.  a 

(4),  143.  a,  170 
mba  216.  1.  a 

nba  126. 1 
nb^b^  19G.  c 
D'lb'^ba  16.  2.  a 

in-iba,  •^n'^ba  174. 2 
nbba  139.  1 
n%ba  195. 1 
nnba  ci.  6 

b^a  197.  c,  207.  2. 6 

T^bisa  101. 3.  a 
?rinbT2a  104.  i 
^nbra  104.  i 
•;a  197.  b,  217 

asa  77. 1 
nsa  187. 1.  a 
nsa  93.  rf 
nn;a  216. 1.  b 
^r\D:a  104.  i 

"ipSDa  65.  a 

innpa  61.  6. « 
onnpa  104.  i 
nsa  217 
pa  139. 2 
n^'Tpa  50. 1 
ya  131. 3 
iya  172.  2 
— i^a  125. 2 
n?a  131.  4 
■jsa  197.  b.  200. 6 
lana  207. 2.  o 

Tna  50.  3,  68.  b 

]na  193. 2. 6 


352 


INDEX  III. 


"jna  197.  h,  200.  a,  208. 

3.  6 
nsnh  219.  1 
niD-ia  21G.  2 
-ins  141.  3  (p.  IV. 5) 
^ST!J-l5  194.  1 

i^nirns  i04./. 
lija,  "L'a  131.  3 

11155,  mi  131.  3 

ItJa  65.  h 

tm  141.  1  (p.  1*75) 

nm  131.  4 
inir-i  131.  4 

ra  207.  2.  a 

nns^  87,  119.  3 

r^SI  11.  1.  a 

;iK^  51.  4 

nnin^  198.  i,  200.  h 

nbi"!  200.  6,  214.  \.h 
pn^  82.  1.  a  (2) 

njpn^  87 

"Q^l    10.  a 

in^  210 

nn*!  80.  2.  a  (2) 

-- la'^  92.  c? 

-IS'1,  "13^  92.  c,  126.  2 

inS'l   65 

^nn^  01.  1, 216. 2 

rinST  65.  a 

P,n3"j1  100.  2.  «  (1) 

^n-'.n-  SG.  &  (2  f.) 
•'nnn'^  gi.  o.  cf 

©n'^  183.  h 


iTiJn'^  221.  5.  c 

:'r\  185.  2.  f?,  198,  217 

nrrt  198, 217 

n?^^  219.  1.  h 
Tn  207.  1./. 
^N'11'^  216.  1.  a 
D"'«ni^  66.  4,  207.  2.  a 
^y\^  194.  2.  6 

ri.'^i^  51.  4 

Til  11.  1.  6 
Di'H   139.  2 
liT  200.  c 

^Dinini^  44.  6 

TL'ni  158.  3 
^m  157.  2 

^rh  121. 1 

•''^  215.  1.  d 
j^^  187.  1.  a 

n^r^^n  158. 1 

i"!^   184.  h 
•J"!^   158.  2,  3 
1^^   187.  1.  a 
ilC^'l  158.  3 
i?S'^   105.  2 
1i?|'|I  167.  1 
b'n  207.  2.  a 

nbn  50.  1 
ini?^  141.  2 
^ib'i  141.  1 

l^'b'^  19.  2.  6 

ni^b'^  209.  2.  « 
trh^  210.  a 

nb'^  197.  &,  199.  c/,  211 

ninb'^  21 6.  2.  a 


irib'^  216.  2 

D'?O^V  203.  2,  208.  4 

Dl   139.  2 

^"a^  57.  2  (4) 

DS^n  58.  2,  221.  1.  a 

am  141.  3  (p.  175) 

pt;13'^  51.  2 

p^:m   195.  1 

^;'^  194. 1 

^35^   104.  a 

r?^  148.  3 

?'!  148.  2 

W^  53.  2.  a,  148.  2 

5^^'7,n?'7  9V.  l.i,  148.3 

i:?^:  16.  2.  a 

iBK-12/'^  45.  4 

1\T\  50.  1 

t^T\  148.  2 

ip^'l  148.  2 

'jn'l'l  19.2.&,  65.0,200.  a 

niShn^  19.  2.  h,  65.  a 

Din -I  193.  2.  c 

TCi'^n'l  122.  2,  141.  1 

1\y\  197.  6,  200.  h 

T:^:^  T}^.  65.  a 
n^?n^  203.  3,  208.  4 
Tipn'l  220.  2.  /'v 
pffi^an'l   51.  2,  54.  3 

insTiJn^  104. 1 

i«ffi^  196.  (^ 
i^TIJ'n  18.  2.  0 
)m  (v.)  82.  1.  «  (2) 
yij^  (aaj.)  185.  2 
m  200.  6 


INDEX   III. 


353 


.n,  n,  n  229, 245 
n,  n,  n  230,  283 
p^nsn  112.  3 
n^nsni  112.  3 
^n^iniin  go.  3.  &  (i) 
^n^nsHT  60.  3.  &  (1) 

D'ISn  24G.  1.  a 

ibnsn  24C.  2. « 
■j^sn  80. 2.  ft,  112.  3 
■j-'Tsni  112.  3 
•f^sTJii^n  88  (pi.  f.) 

^n^iTSn  94.  a,  180.  a 
nsfxHT   112.  3 

nsn  240.  1 

DD^nsn  GO.  3.  c 
''ITr^O  2  46.  3.  b 
tjixn  230.  3.  a 
^I?'??5*r?1    112.  3 

Qi?'??5?n  112.  3 

D'^n'bxn  246.  I.  a 

tjbi^n  60.  3.  c 
n^iasin  229.  4.  a 
nbxn  112.  1 
nisn  126.  1 
iriDDDsn  57.  2  (2)  o, 

229.  3.  a 

innssin  230.  3.  a 

f  nxn  63.  2.  i,  229.  4.  b 

Dnsn  230.  3.  a 
nn  148.  3 
w^myn  151.  3 
irsnn  no.  1 
nsan  igg.  1,  lov.  2 
nsnni  100. 2.  a  (1) 

23 


nniinn  i67.  2 
inxnn  104.  k 
ani^nn  igo.  2 
nb^-inni  100.  2.  a  (2) 
b'^nn  94.  & 
nnn  i48.  3, 240.  2 
D^nnnn  iss.  b 
^nn  148.  3 
mn  140.  4 
pian  140.  4 
-uan  94.  fZ 

•^an  (from  5ii2)  164.  2 
i?^nn  (imp.)  94.  d 

nx^ani  loo.  2.  «  (2) 
D!ni?^nn  160.  2 
Tii'^nn  179.  2.  a 
^Tij-^nn  150.  2 
riiTiJ-ian  160. 2 
nn'^sn  219.  1 
bnn  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
bnn  216.  1.  e 

^nbnn  111.  3.  « 
ni:an  173.  2 

b^2r\  246.  1.  o 

:nnri  i4o.  5 
tjx^isn  104.  & 
^i5^an  164.  4 

^1371.140.  4,  141.  1 

nDnsn  16.  3.5,230.2.0 
n^ran  45.  2 
n'^a.nn  12G.  1 
-";5n  94.  <? 
^5n  95.  c 


b^.^n  94. « 
nsn  112.  5.  a 

n.)n  18.  2.  c,  184.  i 

iin  172.  2 

^yn  92. 5, 174. 1,  3 

m.'^n  216.  1.  a 

nbsn,  nb.^n  175. 1 
nib5n  173.  2 
n^b^n  175.  1. 
'in^b;in  175. 1 
nbsn  172.  1 
n5?5n  127. 1 
pa-n  82.  5 

iin'in  246.  2.  a 
HDTtT}  159.  2 

^Dia'in  141.  3 

Cin  207.  2. « 

Jn^'^n  245.  5.  6 
yj'iri  112. 5.  a 

p'lt)  140.  5 

p'lr?  (pret.)  1^0.  5 

p'ln  (inf.)  140.  5 

nip-n  141.  2 

Tin  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 

nrn'^n  (inf.)  94.  b 

npTT'^n  96.  a 
nn  240.  1 
S^Dbnn  245.  5.  6 
tji^pnn  245.  5.  b 

nnn  63.  2. 6,  229.  4.  b 
nnnn  219. 1 
n^ninnn  246.  2.  a 

Clvn  63.  1.  a,  229.  4 

Nin  177. 1 


354 


INDEX    III. 


Sin  47,  VI.  a  (3) 
«in  58.  1,  71,    73.    3, 

258.  2 
S?iri  30.  2 

sn^n  167.  2 
isn^n  167.  2 

Tljinin  179.  2.  a 
D^pnitl  13.  o,  208.  3.  a 

y^in  150.  5 
n;in  57.  2  (5)a,  i77. 1 
nin  177.  1 
n'lnin  i40.  6 
brim  140.  6 
lin  240.  1 
T;\^^r^  229.  1. « 
n^-in  177.  1 

HDin  (inf.)  126.  1 
n-ipin  (imp.)  94.  d 

n"i3in  150.  5 
^^bin  151.  1 
bbin  141.  4 
nbbm  93.  6 
nibbin  198.  «  (4) 
nbin  90 
ni^n  160.  5 
nom  95.  c,  150.  5 

nipl^-n  27,  104.  e 

;  j-'Sin  (imp.)  94.  d 

N2in  150.  1 

nsiin  167.  2 
ns2in  16.  1 
s^^in  (imp.  ?)  94.  d 
n\^^2iin  149. 1, 150.  4 

p2in  57. 2.  (5) 


Oj5in  153.  1 

Dl5?pin  60.  3.  o,  127.  2 

in^n  57.  2.  (2) 

isri'inin  104.  k 
niain  66.  1  (2)  h 
n^^intjin  151.  3 
n'^'pin  57.  2  (5) 
''niffiin  61.  6.  a 

VtiTs  126.  1 

^tJin  150. 1 
D^nn-n  24.  u 
bi-n  160.  1 
nibi-7n  141.  3 

13jn  54.  2,  4.  o,  82.  5.  a 
DDnD-7n  91.  &,  106.  a 

n^Dtn  175. 1 
-p?Tn  119.  1 
D5^nn7n  173. 2 
^sann  i67. 2 
nnsjann  166. 1 
nnnn  i65.  1 

ann  63.  1.  a,  229.  4 

'^P'?"!^'^  53.   2.  Z»,    63. 
1.  «,  95.  h 

D^ia^inn  63.  i. «,  229. 4 

^pprnn  112.  3 
^r^prnni  112.  3 
''npTnn-\  112. 3 
iipnn  164.  2 
''pnn  164.  2 
■inn  229.  3.  a 
on'^nn  111. 3.  ft 

DDnn  63.  1.  a,    229.  4 


n^Dnn  229.  4.  a 
bnn  140.  5 
bnn  140.  4 
ibnn  i40.  4 
■'bnn  175. 1 
"in'bnn  141. 2 
D'^iiarin  229.  3.  a 

i'^l^nn  246.  2.  a 

nnnn  119. 1 
nnnn  119.  1 
■'Mnnn  eo.  3.  &  (1) 
'iri^'^.nr}'!  60.  3.  ft  (1) 
"inirnnn^  112.  3 
bpnn  95.  c 
nhnn  141.  2 

•'nnnm  86.  ft  (2  m.),- 

112.  3,  139.  3 
"on  175.  4 

"'r^hpnn  lei.  5 
ntsn  175.  4 
-in^n  82.  5 
'T\'r^r)  63.  1.  ff,  121.  3 
nicsn  159.  2 
i;bipn  160. 2 
^^^i2n  175. 1 

ni?12Dn  96.  fl,  166.  5 

^n  .53. 2.  a,  184.  ft 
N^n  71.  o  (3) 

3n?1''?j  230.  2.  a 

n"in  11.  1.  a 

nm50. 1, 77. 3, 112.  5. 

T      T  '  ' 

a,   152.  2.   a,    156.    1, 

177.  1,  258.  2 
n^'n  86.  ft  (3  pi.) 


INDEX    III. 


355 


n:^n(imp.)ii2.i,i'?'.^ 
n::n  (inf.)  i'7V.  1 

n::nT  61.  1.  «,  234.  h 
THT  Gl.  1.  a,  234.  h 

n>n''n  245.  5.  6 
aPn  245.  3.  h 

ni-in  112.  1,  111.  1 

n'J^n  235.   3  (2) 

n^-j^n  145.  3 

yji^n  230.    2.  h 

n^-iriT,  n^^^ni  lo.  i 
oni^n  60.  3.  h  (1), 

112.  1 
DH^Til   112.  2,  234.  h 
T'^  51.  2 
brn  189.    6,     197.   6, 

200.  c,  210.  0,    216. 

1.  h 

•'D''b-»n  151.  1 
rb^n  57.  2  (5) 
bbin  186.  2 
ii'D^n  11.  1.  6 

•'STSTO^n  150.  1 

ss'^n  150.  1 
nbi"^n  65.  6 

■j^n^n  246.  1.  a 

iTr;'n  i50.  i 
n-'n  172. 1 

"irr^T]  246.  3.  a 
Tfn  98.  2,  175.  4 
ISpn  94.  b 
Oasn  96.  a 

nsn  175.  4 


p2n  159.  2 

b-'pn  (Sb)  160.  4 

b^DH  (rDi«n)  111.  2.  c 
irDH  160.  2 

^rsn  160.  2 

^Dirsn  160.  2 
tiirsn  160.  2 

122n  246.  1.  a 
Tabpn  95.  a 
DIS'cbpn  94.  a 
^3Dn  160.  2 

nnj^^Jisn  24.  6,  230. 

2.  a 
IDH  112.  5.  ffl 

-n^n  94.  ^> 
b"an?n  246.  1.  « 
n:r,2n  24.  & 
nsbn  172. 1, 175. 1 


•jnbn  24.  6,  230.  2.  rt 
•jirabn  246. 1.  a 
irabn  94.  h 
rrbVf  150.  5 
ibn  139.  2 


nri^^ibn  44.  « 
Tbn  58.  1,  73.  2 
nrbn  58. 1,  73.  2 

^Tbn  58.  1,  73.  2 

nnbn  119.  1 
cnbn  91. 6 
"T^bh  150. 2 
nb'^bn  245. 3.  i 
^bn  84.  3.  a  (3),  112. 

5.  c,  115,  151.  1,179. 
2.  a 


in  151. 1 
^Dbn  151.  1 
ii^Dbn  86.  &  (8  pi.) 
niDbrn  100.  2.  «  (1) 

riDbm  100.  2.  a  (1) 

nsbh  205 
bbn  137, 141.  4 
bbn  137 

^bbn  20.  2,  45.  2 
nibbn  139. 1 
obn  111.  1 
•an  4.  a 
on,  rnsn  61.  e 

pTSn  197.  6 
bil^n  159.  2.  bis 

^biian  159.  2 
D'^i^niizn  i77.  3 
']^'an  150.  2 
tiw  160.  4 
'^in'i'an'i  14.  a 
^n-^rn  160,  2 

^nS^n  246.  2.  h 
^3^n  140.  6,  141.  1 

nbrn  126. 1 
nbisn  80. 2.  b 
nnbtin  127. 1 
^b^n  95.  a 

niDbl212n  246.  3.  a 
niElTSn  246.  1.  a 

ztiry  140.  4 

^iD^n  140.  5 

rp^n  62. 2, 175. 1 
:  n2?rn  no.  1 

^pnt22/rni04.c,  246.  2.6 


356 


INDEX  III. 


in  246.  2.  b 
iii^n  166.  3 

^n^i^^n  165.  3 

nSi^^ri  246.  1.  a 

nan  140.  5 
Tan  140.  5 

DniT52n  24.  b 
bilJan  45.  2,  230.  2 

biij^an  94.  b 
n^n  160.  4 
^rran,  ^ntin  leo.  5 
■'Mn  160. 2 
Drian  160.  2 

■jn  (pron.)  Vl.  a  (3) 
"jn  (adv.)  236 

^K3sn  54.  2 

injsnin  166.  2 
insasn  131.  6 
q^sn  91.  b,  131.  5 
nan  236,  240.  2 
nsn  (pron.)  71.  «  (3) 

nsn  (adv.)  235.  3  (4) 

i:n3n  i3i.  i 

^r\^r\  246.  1.  a 

nnsn  i89. 6 

T  T    -: 

bn;n  94. 6 

"•nanan  63.  1.  «,  121. 

3,  131.  6 

nren  131. 1 

imin  160. 2 

n^sn,  n^sn  83.  c  (1), 

160.  1 

nn''2n  160.  5 
■^nin^rn  leo.  2 


Dsa^pn  160.  4 
^pipn  150.  2 
^ij^iasn  245.  5.  b 
ns;n  leo.  4 
ri32n  160.  2 
^25n  141. 1 
npsn  173.  2 
^^nsn  131. 2 
■jhsn  91.  i,  131.  5 
^pnsn  131.  2 

en  240.  1 

ncn  140.  5 

ncn61.4,  135.3,140.5 
^3Dn  61.  4.  a,  140.  5 

''apn  61.  4 
sniapn  6i.  5,  i36.  2 
D-'i^on  (a-i'i^DJ^n)  53. 

2.  «,  111.  2.  c 

nn^pn  160.  2 
^'i^pn  160.  4 
nipn,  n^pn  leo.  1 
tfpn  140.  5 
•jspn  94.  b 
-jion  94.  d 

b3Flpn  82.  5 

bbinon  i4i.  5 
nnpn  91. 6 
nwn  63. 3.  b  (2) 
'niD'in^n  112.  3 
^^nnns^ni  112. 3 

n^3?n  (inf.  abs.)  94.  b 

r\"in?n  112.  2 
nin'li'n  160.  2 
nT3?n  141. 1 


w:?n  160.2 
"iriT^n  60. 3.  c 
'■>nn-'yn  44.  b 
i:;i:?n,  "j^^^^n  229.  3 
■irii-i^:??!  160.  2 
b?n  (v.)  175.  4 

J^^S^V},  5^??D  112.  2 
nbS^h  00.3.  &(2),  112.  2 

nb^^n  63.  1.  a 

"ibyn  245.  5.  b 

wb5?n  104.  ; 
in'bijn  173.  2 
c::?n  63.  2.  b,  229.  4.  6 
T'as^n  60.  3.  b  (2) 
T^s^n  94.  b 
iT^^ni  112.  3 
nn^s^n  104.  e 
^i-is^ni  112.  3 
n'^'ii^n  229.  4 

^3"l^n  246.  2.  a 

in  ton  173.  2 
in  ton  113. 1 
n5?n  18. 2.  c 
ni-^sn  187. 2.  a 
rrnsn  175. 1 
n'lsn  175.  4 
n&n  140. 5 
nsn  80. 2.  b 
^ni2£-'£n'i  160.  2 
ni£n  140.  5 
?fsn  112.  5.  b 

^pBh  61.  6 
•J£p£n  188 

sbsn  166.  3 


I?^DEX    III. 


357 


Xbsn  105.  2 
^;Bn  95.  d 
D?5n  245.  n.  b 
^'pl^ry  (inf.  :il)S.)  n.h 
npSn  9;3.  rt,  95.  a 
-isn  229.  4.  h 

nsn  140.  5 

nsn  G5.  ff,  140.  5 

nan  i40.  5 
insn  119.  1 

^ri^-)5m  100.  2.  a  (1) 
DD^Sn  141.  3 

Dnsn  141.  3 
nnisn  i4i.  2 
nnsn  126.  i 
p-i'j^n  82.  5 
-5);'L:2n  so.  2.  6 
ti2"!^t:2n  iGi.  1 
'in^'j^n  iGi.  1 
s^sin  145.  2 
np^n  160.  2 
nb^n  189.  h 
nHi:n  120.  1 
nn^isn  sg.  6  (2  m.) 
irsiin  24.  6 
nin  140.  5 
nsn  140.  5 
^nhsini  100.  2.  a  (1), 

141.  2 
Pi^l^n  229.  4.  6 

ini5]:n  igo.  2 
TD^^pn  94.  h 
mpn  94.  6 

Q">ffi^pn  229.  4.  6 


bnpn  119. 1 
-bnpn  119. 1 
TDpn  94. 6 
Qipn  igo.  4 
n^pn  IGO.  4 
D^pn  57.  2  (.5),  59, 

153.  1 

sni^'^pn  GG.  2  (2)  c 
bpn  140.  5 
bpn  140.  5 

Dpn  IGO.  4 

Dpn,  Dpn  IGO.  5 
^ibpn  GG.  2  (2)  c 
inbpn  104.  y 
nispn  .94.  h,  175. 2 
^"^ipn  110. 1 
naiTTpn  98. 1 
nn  207. 2.  a 
nxnn,  nij^in  114, 

175.  1 

n'i^nn  173.  2 
nisnn  173.  2 

^•^ri^xnn  175. 
Dn^i«nn  24.  h 
^y},  "51^1  1^5.  4 
r\'2y\  175.  2 
ns^in,  nsnn  175.  2, 

235.  3  (2) 

n^anrn  100.  2.  «  (1) 
■'n^snni  100.  2.  «  (1) 

T^5^n  (inf.)  94.  &,  114 
T^y\  (inf)  114 

^nB^"inn  24. 6 


rt\r\  63.  1.  a,  219.  1.  h 

T     V  ' 

i-in  172. 2 

T 

inn  92.  6,  174.  1,  3 

tisinn  53.  3.  a 
-nnnn  119.  1 
pnnn,  pnnn  119. 1 

''"in  199.  c 

ni^nn  209.  1.  a 
n^nn  59 
nitt^nn  160.  2 
^■a^nn  igo.  4 

C3)2''nn  160.  4 
^2>^nn  IGO.  2 

D^i^inn  160.  2 
ri^nni  ig.  1 
tjnn  140.  5 
r^nsnn  lu 
^nnn  i4o.  4 
D^'ann  (D'l'Eniitn)  53. 

2.  a 

nbnn  160.  2 
cnn  111.  1 
2>nn,  :^'nn  140.  5 
2)nn  140.  5 
Tjy}  IGO.  2 
n^^nn  24.  & 
an2)nn  igo.  2 

qnn  66.   1  (1),    98.  2, 
]  75.  4 

nsnn  175.  4 
nsnn  165.  1 
n^nn  172. 1 
innn  221.  6.  h 
i-i"in  221.  6. 6 


358 


INDEX    III. 


a'linn  207.  2.  a 
nnnn  221.  6.  b 

•ja^n  246.  1.  a 

b2ton,  b-^STSn  94.  b 
■^b'l'aisn  iso,  a 
annpn  82.  5 

STBH  166.  3 

^n^nbi5;cn  119.  2 
:m2Jn  65.  a 

3TiJn  160.  4 

n2n^3'irn  104.  i^ 
■"rapn  86. 6  (2.  m.) 
\-ihTj3m  100.  2.  a  (1) 
D^nntJm  10.  a 
nirn  i4o.  5 
n''Tj?n  160.  4 
in^Tsn  60.  3.  6  (2) 
in^Tjjn  60.  3.  6  (2) 
iniai'^ni  33.  4 
^nipM  101.  3.  a 
Dnhi©n  160.  2 

33T0n  94.  6 

nsTOn  95.  a 
nnsTL'n  95.  o,  d 
asicn,  D^?T2?n  94.  ^/ 
Tbitr\  80.  2.  6 
ifibirn  94.  h 
^D-ibtsni  100.  2.  a  (2) 

^bT2Jn  (inf.)  94.  b 
!jbTrn  (imp.)  94.  (? 

•ybtjn  95.  a 
r\Dbt;n  95.  « 
nsnDbrn  86.  5  (2  pi.) 
mabt-n  95.  « 


^^t'n  94.  b 

~^TL-n  (inf.  abs.)  91.  i 
^l^^irn  (inf.)  94.  b 
^'JQZr)  104.  b 
"S'lt-n  140.  6 

^iiG'trrr  i40.  5 
niSTrn  i4o.  5 
^-^™•(r^  141.  3 
n^oirn  139. 3 
:?^T|n  126.  1 

VrS12tr\  128,  189.  Z) 
□^  J?^?jn  35.  1 

nm'n  64.  1,  91.  b 
npisn  245.  3.  & 
lir^  a^ri^^n  251.  4.  « 
y^^n  (y>)  140.  5 
yicn  (rib)  35.  2,  i75.  4 
nisirn  (ni'srsn)  53. 

2.  i,  62.  1 

biat'n  (inf.  abs.)  94.  i 

tfS'irn  91.  6 
r.j5Trn  50.  1,  iV9.  2.  a 
-^):t"r;  94.  d 
nsritn  126.  1 
"irrn'ri  141.  5 
nnnriTrn  les.  « 
n'l^npitn  i76.  2 
in;innrnsn  iV6.  1 
^in^nnn^^n  iV6.  2 
\'i''ir!ntro  100.2.  «(i) 
nri'i'innTrn  i76. 2 
rnqrnrn  i76. 1 
r.'':nTrn  i76.  2 
^5'ir2?nirn  ui.  e 


^srit-n  82.  5 
Ti^^iirn  176.  2 
■vjsr.n  126.  2 
•jrarn  iss.  4 
^ypsrn  126.  1 

(at  -    :     • 

•^pb'^snrii  96.  b 
nbsr^n  126. 1 

^TTS^hrn  96.  a 
'^'■^T^n,  176.  4 

ri'^^srn  i76. 2 
^bnrr.  96.  b 
"^bnr-in  96.  & 
ipsbnrro  100.  2.0(1) 
bbnr.M  137 

r.Trn  iso.  3  (p.  I82) 
2>^:!nr.  150.  3  (p.  182) 

^^;n!l  187.  2.  a 

nsir.n  150.  3  (p.  182) 

rhrirfl  246.  3.  a 
;Tr,n  65.  a 

bbinr^n  lei.  2 
p-jnr,n  96.  z» 
bnrn  i76.  4 
""T"  80.  2.  h 
^prn  111.  2.  f,  172.  1 
^.isn^nn  eo.  3. « 

bsi^'rn  50. 1,  179. 2.  « 
^a^nn  96.  b 
brn  115 
D-^brin  142.  3 
Dnri  140.  5 
"liiit^n  141.  5 
^"an^nn  141.  6 


INDEX    III. 


359 


nTsnn  i40.  5 

DBPn  82.    5 

Tc'n'ann  i4i.  5 
niainn  ig5.  3. 
n^3:nn  ig5.  3 
bbiynn  i4i.  5 
bb?nn  i4i.  5 
n-isynn  i7g.  2 
nni^nn  119,  1 
•.■^TJJbsnn  90.  6 
^npsnn  59.  a,  9G.  « 
^"ijpsnn  9G.  rt 
©■nprin  .9G.  b 
-nj-ij^nn  96.  i 

•'tD^i^nn  96.  b 

^rnr'^pnm  96. 6 
nritj'ipnn  gi.  4.  «, 

96.  b 

bpb]:nn  137 
r^pnn  96.  b 
pinn  141.  5 
^nsnnnn  121.  1 
r!*'snnn  iV6.  2 
nrj'jiirnn  54.  4.  a, 

82.  5.  « 

nbiEnri  45.  2,  230. 2. 
nnn  i4i.  3  (p.  175) 

1   100.  1,  234,  287 
•T   99.  1 
V,   56.  2 

nn  56.  2 

-ibl  56.  2 

nbn  56.  2 


nST  183.  b,  197.  c 
''Si^T  216.  1.  b 

nsT  11. 1.  « 

ni^T   39.  4.  a 

nnt  50. 1 

-T 

n2T  200.  c 
innr  125. 2. 
i^a^nnT  220. 2.  c 
^:nnn  100.  2.  «  (1) 

l^bDT  193.  2.  a 

^T   186.  2.  c 

n-   73.   1,  235.    3    (4), 

249.  2.  a 
nf  39.  4.  a 
nt,  IT  11.  1.  b 

nV,  ii  73.  1 

nnt  50. 1,  51.  3,  201. 1 

nnn  16.  3.  b,  gi.  i.^, 

234.  a 
^T  73.  1 
IT  53.  3.  a. 

ribss  ^T  22.  b 

ni'^nT  209.  2.  a 
r,"i^T  210.  a 

nb^,T  237.  1 

a  "inb^T  61.  6.  a 
ns^T  14.  o,  93.  b 
nn^,T  156.  4,  196.  d 
liTT  193.  2.  « 
D"»:iTT  210.  c 
ri^l  208.  3.  c 
^2"  141.  1 
"1'DT  90.  pass. 
rnDT  98.  1 


1'hpT  25 

pnsT  200.  (.',  210,  210.  . 

h,  217 
^nDT   106.  b 
^nnDT  86.  Z*  (2  f.) 
5]?bT  <38.  a 

r.sybT  210.  e 
nni^T  200. 6 

^''121   185.  2.  a 
■^nTSTST  139.  1 
']T2T  207.  2.  b 

rr\i2i  92. 0? 

rr^MT   196.  b 
™T  139.  2 
rCSniGT  220.  1.  6 
•jT  207.  2.  a 
npT  200.  a 

rxj  200. 6 

tJ?T  51.  1 

D?T  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  2 

r.T2?T  119.  3 

i23?T   119.  3 

p?T  51.  1 

p3?T  119.  1 

1p?T  60.  1.  a,  119.  4 

"ip^T   119.  4 

tJp?T  119.  3 

IpT  (v.)  79.  2,  82.  1.  o 

0) 
■jpT  (adj.)  00,  215.  1 

D'^SpT  201.  1.  /> 

ppT   141.  1   (p.  175) 

SIT   196.  (/ 


360 


INDEX    III. 


'iiT,  nnr  156.  2 

3?inT  183.   c,    197.   a, 

200.  c 
TTIT  187.  1.  e 
^Tan'T  92.  6 

:>nT  GO.  3.  c,  216.  1.  e 
V^l  216.  1.  e 
pnT  80.  2.  a  (3) 

Snn  112.  5.  a 
^S«3n  167.  1 

rn^sn,  Tr\'2n  go.  2.  « 
"jnn  112.  5.  a 

•'Sn  172.  3 

bnn  50. 1, 112.  5.  h 

bnh  186.  2.  a 
^^^IJ^  61.  1 

■qnbsn  104.  ^ 
pan  187.  2 
inn  112.  5. « 
ninannn  iss 
it'in  84.  3.  a  (3),  112. 

5.  6 

yn  186.  2.  c 
x^n  11. 1.  a 

S5n  196.  (^ 

"i^n  112. 5.  a 

^n  53.  2.  5,  223.  1.  a 

■nn)  100. 2.  a  (2) 

b'ln  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
^■^^n  24.  c 
n'ln  216.  1.  e 
©"in  208.  3.  6 


a^ujnn  eo.  3.  h  (2) 
:^Tin  199.  c 
nin  207.  1./ 
ns^n  14.  a 

*5"in  158.  2 

bbin  161.  4 
bbin  141.  4 
tiin  141.  4 
•pn  200.  a 
ip^n  59.  fl,  141.  3 
•"p^.n  14.  « 
"i;in  125.  3 
inin  194.  2.  b 
i'lnin  199.  c 

ICf'in  186.  2.  a 

ma^n  158.  2 
nnin  186.  2 
nm  200.  a 
■ji^jn  200.  «,  210. 6, 

216.  2.  6 
pTn  84.  3.  a  (2),  110. 

2,  112.  5.  6 
prn  185.  2.  S 
pm  185.  2.  h 
p-Tn  92.  c 

^prn  61.  1 

^S^.^Pn,  ^I'pTr'  57.  2 
(2)  5 

nn  207.  2.  6 

Ncin  183.  5,  208.  3 

^^ph  165.  2 

hSpn  220.  1.  b 
ns^n  198.  a  (3) 
"i^^n  60.  3.  c,  216.  I.  a 


0''55ph   57.    2    (3)   «, 
164.  3 

nxt:n  i66.  i 

T:&':^r]  i98.  «  (3),  205, 

217 

niiiin  57.  2  (3)  a 
inx'-^n  166.  2 
sr.sbn  220. 2.  c/. 
nT:n  50.  1, 112.  5.  a 
n^n  200.  b 

im  164.  2 

■jitin  199. « 

'in  (v.)  177.  2 
'in  (n.)  215.  1.  f? 

i^y)  161. 1 

n^n  50. 1, 112.  5.  a, 

152.  2.  «,  177.  2 

jni^n  177.  2 
n-^n^  234. 6 
n^^n  201. 1.  a 

^•"ni  234.  h 

:'iD'');n  220. 2.  c 

D^^n  201.  1,  201.  1,  a 

on^'pni  234. 6 
bin  158.  2 
b^n  208.  3.  c 

ntJin  158.  2 

n^n  196.  b 
in^n  61.  6,  218 

i2n  174.  3 

^^i^n  172.  3 
in^sn^  100.  2.  a  (1) 
ibibpn  187.  2.  c 
n^bbDn  i98.  «  (4) 


INDEX   III. 


361 


0211  80.  1,  84.  3.  a  (2), 

112.  5.  a 
ni^sn  198.  a.  4 
i^pn  216.  2 

bn  174.  5 
nbn  215.  1.  a 
•jnnbn  220.  2.  b 
nbn  80.  2.  a  (4),  112. 

5. 6 
n?n  80.  1 
Dibn  200.  a 
■jibn  197.  b,  200.  c 

^bTbn  194.  2.  ft,  199.  c 

nbnbn  is7.  1.  c,  i98. 

a  (3) 

t:bn  112.  5.  a 

'hn  208.  3. 6? 

"hn  65 

nb^bn  219.  1.  «,  240.  2 

D'^SDbn  209.  1.  a 

nsbn  209.  1.  a 
bbn  141.  4 
obn  112.  5.  c 
ffi^'abn  195.  1 
qbn  80.  2.  a  (1),  112. 

5.  c 

ybn  92.  d 
pbn  112.  5.  & 
n;5bn  51.  3 

■'pbn  24.  b,  216.  2.  a 

pbj^bn  188 
nnpbn  104.  * 
TSbn  84.  3.  a  (3) 
irbn  187. 1 


x-an  196.  r^  u^t<^n  203.  5.  6 

im  111.  1,  112.  5.  a  ^n  186.  2.  c 

n^n  (nxTin)  53. 3. 6  ii:n  139.  2 

nian  i84. 6, 21 6.  1  l^sri  is7.  1 


niin  139. 2 
ni'^pn ,  ni^Dn  209. 3. « 
n^pn  199.  d,  200.  c 
^:n  112. 5.  a 
i\vn  220.  1.  b 

Din  235.  2  (1) 

b^:n  195.  1 


yrm  i85. 2.  c 

nW  197.  c 
nW  205.  c 

•iniTQn  141.  2 

ilL'^'an  69.  «,  227.  1 

b')an  112.  5.  a 
nb^n  87,  111.  3.  a 

Dign  84.  3.  a  (3),  141.  1?^  80.  1,  84.  3.  a  (3) 

1  (p.  175),  179.  2.  «  Tlln  141.  4 

D^n  112.  5.  a  ?^rrO  139.  2 

f12n  82.  1.  a  (2),  112.  ^VrT}  61-  5 

5.  a  QDpSn  106.  ff,  139.  2 

f^h  184  ^??5n  141.  1 

ins^n  106.  a,  in.  3.  a  t;r^  82.  i.  «  (2) 

•Ten  112.  5.  o  p?n  ^o- 1 

^n'an'ari,  ^n'a-i'an  60.    "^'^cn,  ^"ijcii  21 6.  2.  « 

3.6(2)  J^cn  112.  5. 6 

^n'a'i'cn  92.  o,  115       n;^^^'  ^^SO  i^^-  ^' 


172.  1 

ben  112.  5.  a 
ccn  112.  5.  a 

ncn  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 
5.  a 


ir^cn  46 

•ti;)an  205, 215.  1.  b 

"     T  ' 

t'dn  2-21.  3 
nfT2n  223.  1 
''©"an  59.  o,  227. 1 

DTOpn  250.  2  (2)  a  TtSn  112.  5.  a 
VIS'Cn  250.  2  (2)  a  TSn  112.  5.  « 
IT^TS'Cn  250.  2  (2)  a 
D'^'i^'On  225.  1 

rrnr^n  220.  2.  a 
"i©:?  nt^'an  224.  « 
n^sn  214. 1. 6 


fSn  (v.)S2.  l.«(l),  84. 

.3.  «  (1),  112.  5.  a 
TSn  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
;n2£n  86.  a 
■^SlSn  216.  1.  6 


362 


INDEX    III. 


nsn  82.  1   a  (2),  112. 
5.  a 

ISri  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 
5.  a 

nins^sn  iss 

iBSn  112.  5.  a 

is&n  80.  1 

nTttJBn  198.  a  (4) 
itj&n  209.  2 
niffiSn  198.  a  (4) 
n^n  50.  1,  82.  1.  a  (1), 
84.  3.  a  (1),  112.  5.  a 
^2ni99.  b 
^Sn  65,  227.  3 

f?0  1^1-  1  (P-  1'5) 

nn^sn  i8s.  a 

12)150.  .3,  197.  ft,  200.  c 
pn207.  2,  207.  2.  a,  215. 
1.  f,  217 

-pn  61.  5 
npn  217 

ipn  59.  a 

■^pn  61.  5 

pph  141.  5 

ppn  141.  5 

""ppn  20.  2,  207.  2.  a 
Ipn  50.  1,  112.  5.  a 

''?J!)';ip':!  104./ 
nnn  118.  1 
n"in  197.  a 
^2-in,  ^n-in  in.  3.  « 
nin-in  216.  2.  « 
aninnn  220.  2.  a 
■^nnn  111.  3.  a 


y^n  112. 5.  a 
bhnn  193.  2.  c 
"nn  112.  5.  c,  118.  1 
"inri  185.  2.  6 
b^nn  207.  2.  (/ 
pnn  210.  a 
nnnn  i87.  2.  & 

ni2"ini93.  2.  c,  207.  2.  c 

tJ^nn  185.  2. « 
iij^'in  195. 1 
nonn  ei.  6.  « 
Sinn  118.  1 

nis'in  22. 0,216.2,2.  a 
f^n  118.  1 
n2£"in  207.  2.  c 
nnn  ui.  2  (p.  175) 
ttjnn  187.  1.  a,  210.  «, 

216.  1.  a 
TiJnn  50.  1,  80.  2.  a  (2), 
84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  1 

mri  187. 1.  i,  210.  c 

''tCnn  216.  1.  a 

ri^n  50.  1 

^Sli25n  194.  2.  5,  199.  c 

i]m  112. 5.  b 
^m  112.  5. 6 

^^©n  89  (f.  s,).  111.  3.« 
Ti^'n  112.  5.  6 

■jimin  200.  a 
n©n  112.  5.  c 

1\tT}  84.  3.  rt  (2),  112. 
5.  b 

nstjn  200.  b,  201.  1.  « 
n^sttjn  201.  1.  a 


b^T^n  53.  2.  a 
nb^ujn  66.  2  (2)  b 

nn   139.  2,  207.  2.  a 

nnn  112.  5.  a 
rnnn  1 87.  i.f,  207. 2. a 
ri'inn  209.  2 
tjnn  112.  5.  a 
bnn  112.  5.  a 
nnn  112. 5.  a 
^m  112.  5. « 

im  50.  1,  112.  5.  a 

ninn  112.  5.  c,  i4i.  1 

(p.  175) 

^ppi^n  104./ 
nirxt^xp  57.  2.  «  (2). 

161.  2 

nnt:  50. 1 

nst:  187.  1.  a 
r;?at2  207.  1.  e 

Tin-J  185.  2.  b 

"inp  215.  1.  c 

"inU  50.  1,  82.  1.  a  (1) 

SrJ  186.  2.  c 

iit:  (v.)  82.    1.   a  (3), 

156.  2,  179.  2.  « 
nit:,   (adj.)    186.    2.    c, 
■      235.  3  (3) 

ni&r)ii:  57.  1,  i87.  i.e 
ni:,  nt)  i56.  2 

D^i?bp  209.  1.  a 
nbtlb-J  187.  1.  e 
bVj  141.  1  (p.  175) 

«^y  82.  1.  a  (1) 


INDEX    III. 


363 


nST2t:  87,  166.  2 
aSS^'J  164.  4 

nii^'j  164.  1 

yOD  50.  1,  V  7.  2 

nyi?  131.  4 

qt2  201.  1 
qiSD  139.  2 
nS'J  200.  a 
I-IU  185.  2.  c^ 
DTJ  263.  1.  6 


^BDb?::  112. 3 

13SPS?^  112.  3 

nbs;?,  DTic5?^  go.  i.  a 
n^-ipi?:;'!  104.  (/ 

baS^I  111.  2.  6 

nss;?  113. 1 
"1S5;;'  159.  3 

•ri^nj^;:  112.  3 
rnTi2?S5;'  105.  e 
ni^l^n  61.  2.  a,  172.  4 


qnri  84. 3.a(3),  iis.  i  ^r.i?::  159.  3 

"^Snt?  216.  2.  a  WS;:  172.  1 

i2::nj!|:^!!  172.  3 

^ni5\  "1355''  111.  2.  a     ^^^  60.  1.  a 

nas:*  16. 2.  a  i^^^^  10-  « 

^an«.':l  105.  a  i?n^^  igo.  3, 166.  4 

i:nns::  105.  «,  lis.  3  nn^  i4i.  1  (p.  i75) 

Tn^->,  THs^T  111.  2.  a  ^sb'^'in;:  105. « 

^mtrii?-'  60.  3.  b  (1)  b-inni  66.  1  (2)  b 

tj^tni?-'  60.  3  &  (1)  in^n  i64.  2 

•jTii?^  153.  2  iiin;'  157.  3 
bDii^  57. 2  (2)  a,  60. 1. «  ^r,:pn;«  i58.  4 

bDS^'l  99.  3.  a  ^p^n^  194.  1 

bj^'^l   111.  2.  d,  175.  3     TSin":  157.  3 
111.  2.  a  Tn^l  172.  4 

^n^  141.  1 

n-jn^  126.  1 
n^d;'^,  i5'^n;''i  160.  3 

166.  4 

riii^n^n  26 

'^n^^n  61.  4,  172.  4 

'jrsn:'  172. 1 


-its^  n'Dij::  126. 2 
-iTss'n  111.  2. « 
in^S'^n  46 

Xb  I'Cii'^l  24.  a 
JjIS;^  111,  2.  a 
p^;^^  111.  2.  a 

qbs^  111.  2.  o,  112. 

qDs::^,  qos):i  99.  3.  «  in;;:  i58. 2 

ripi?'^'^  151.  2  l^:-  172.  4 


ron^n  172.  4 

niyj?!'?  125.  1 

^Trpa^l  20.  2 
tinh:'  60.  4 
^nn'^n  99. 3.  a 
^nsnn^'i  60. 3. « 

nS'lD'^l"'  104.  6 
in23"ia'<  105.  .^^ 
m^  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (1), 
146,  147.  1 

m')  147. 1 

m^i  148. 1 

«a::n  150. 2  (p.  182) 

ntJn';'  i48. 1 

na.v  GO.  1 

-bi3.v  88 

rn-iiaro  60.  2 

n.^^  140.  1 
T^nS^  104.  A 

na^":,  150. 2  (p.  182) 

bl.V  158.  2 
T.^^n  140.  1 

'j^b^^1  15  8.  2 
^27^;;''  216. 1.  5 

bS.^,  b.)^  158.  2 

b^^n  02?)  158.  2 

'?^:!   (2?'2^)  1-^0-5 
b.^'i  172.  4 
b^^n  99.  3.  a 
brOl  99.  3.  a 
'1^!)^  175.  3 
br  140.  3 
nb^-i  57.  2  (5) 
K12.V  1G5.   2 


364  INDEX    III. 

'■??"]   65.  a  S27^  5S.  2,  63.  2.  a,  Tt''^'^  150.  2 

X^'l  140.  5                                22J.  1.  a  TC  57.  2  (4),  177.  1 

T^^^   147.  1  ZZ'I  220.  2.  6  T;:  177.  1 

^^5"',  ^r3"«  147.  4  i-^   140.  3  T.''"!   45.  2,   61.   1.  a, 

n??p  60. 2  a^it  140. 1  177. 1 

ni^"  (v.)   82.   1.  a  (3),      ^i:-;"  141.  l  r.T.i  ll.  l.  a 

179.  2.  a  yi;*  80.  2.  a  (4),  147.  2  rrn"*  19.   1,   60.   3.  a, 

".i;i  (adj.)  90  "T!   147.  5  112.  2,  177.  1 

"Ij^l  157.  3  "i'vi;;  55.  2.  o,   86.  5  f-??3  TC^  22.  6 

11;'  140.  1                              (3  pi.)  ^.-■'?TC  150.  2 

'Syj'^')  99.  3.  a  r.T}^  60.  3.  a  br.^'  140.  5 

Z^Cir]   104.  p  ~v'-^>'}  60.  3.  a  bn^  C^K}^".)   53.   3.  o, 

ni3^  86.  a  C-:"":'  127.  2  111.  2.  c 

";>  197.0,215,1,217.  222  P*"^  86.  b  (1  c.)  ^i'*"^  151.  1 

S^j^n  172.  4  ~~~*  86.  b  (2  m.)  T\''^i~^  105.  e 

•psn':  97.  2  IT*"?  104.  ^r  2"bn^  (n.)  190.  a 

^r^T."}  94.  c  fi'^^~?  60.  3.  G  ^?'?'rVr  111-1 

•T2--':,  99.  3  py^"}   140.  5  Cm;'1   140.  1 

n-1   139.  3  "IT  46  CrO  140.  3 

^^;i  148.  3  ^77!:5  94.  c  Cr.^T  80.  2.  6 
^"i;";.  53.  3.  a,  150.  2        "ru"'' 63.1.  c,  97. 1.  a,  6  C"".:!:   111.  1 

(p.  182)  -~?  179.  2.  a  "C-Jj!.  ""^O  HI-  1 

Ti'n?  139.  3  Tun?  60.  3.  a  ^?1~!?  HI-  1 

I"*-;  157.  3,  153.  2  v^"?  111.  1  ^Pri-^  142.  3 

ni-;i  203.  5.  a  -i?""!  105.  d  ^''^"0  142.  3 

•n;"  216.  1  S^m:"   177.  1  -IS^i  140.  6 

'^'j'^  199.  c  !"v"~^  197.  (/  NI'^i  167.  2 

^n-''!;'  220.  2.  c  "--rO  150.  2  '^Sn-"'  167.  2 

D"i  j;i  220.  1.  b  "~"rO  194.  2.  a  bn'>  197.  6 

a:''j^  203.  5.  a  rr^Tn;!  235.  a  (3)  ^r>TJ'^  92.  b 

"-^  157.  3  n-n-'  47  p'7^''  140.  6 

S:'::'  167.  7  ":~"  234.  f  "-■■'"-   111.  2.  c? 

^.XX";'  54.  2  C''?r"''  195.  3  ^''2'"'  57.  2.  (2)  a.  111. 

ro^"^  220.  1.  a  n''P"'r.->°  44.  b  2.  b 

T   :  rr  r-  T       I  : 


INDEX   III. 


365 


ib^i  93.  h 

UV  200.  c,  cl,  207.  1./ 
U^)2V  203.  3 
D)3"P  235.  2  (1) 
)'['^  215.  1.  b 

n;ii  197.  c,  200.  6 

p5i"«  217 

nj:Dii  207.  1.  e,  217, 

221.  5 
nD^i  140.  6 

^ipi""  90 

^.S'^yi"'   105.  6 
D?^,^   140.  6 

Xiii'^i,  Kii^i  16G.  4 

■iSil  ISO.  2.  a 

D^ii'p^i'^  (D"'i23;5;;)9)  59. «, 

93.  e 
-\V')  175.  3 

sni'i  150.  5 

ntCi^l  99.  3.  fl,  150.  3 
1#^i'i  140.  6 
ipSipii  105.  a 
•\Vt'n  105.  a 
"JSr-P  53.  3.  a 
mS^i  158.  4 

ri  175.  3 

ri,  T)?T  172.  4 
nr  140.  3 

rai^  141.  1 

■}T))T   175.  3 

p?-rn  119. 1 

"IT''*I   157.  3 

-  T- 

"IT'^I   172.  4 


bi{3?1T;i  57.  2  (3)  a 
Vi^T}^   113.  1 

Tinnni  93. « 

tbn^  60.  3.  fl,  G5.  a 

irani  g5.  a 

^TTSn^  GO.  3.  a 

nn;;  (y'b)  i40.  i 
'in^  C's)  147.  2 
nn^  (y>)  140.  5 

W^  109.  2,  172.  4 
1*157^  235.  3  (1) 
^Mn;!  G3.  1.  6 

^ib'in^,  '^bnn;i  C3.  i.  b 

'J^b'in:^  G4.  2,  88  (m.  pi.) 

c^n;i,  Din;i  157.  3 
nnnn^  isg.  i 
l^^rn;:  i72.  i 
'iprn^  61. 1 

i^Utl^  63.  1.  6 
i^pmi   166.  4 

''^^  '^n^'i  177.  2 
'^n,'?  C5 

n::T7:i  177. 2 

^r:^n;i  172.  3 
lim-;  97.  1 

■jn^n-^   104.  r/,  141.  3 

>^^  ^n?  140.  5 
s^bn^i  177.  3 
^?n;«  141. 1 
^>n^n  Obn:ii)  24.  c 

P^ni?  60.  4.  a,  113.  1 

npbn;'  59.  a 

B*r^^!!   113.  1 

inbn^  go.  4.  o 


On^  147.  2,  179.  2.  a 

wn":!  140.  1 

TCfi;:  GO.  3.  b  (2) 

^tjin::  140. 1 

^^^■an^  172.  1 
roiar!::  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
'i:n'an'i  121. 2 
■jn;",  )'n';^  i40.  i 
•jn;'  Gi.  2 

'jn'^n  GO.  1.  a,  172.  4 
')n;>  140.  6 

n:n^  172.  4 
^:r|^  60. 1.  a 
)r.'n;^^  99. 3.  a 

^'27:'^  61.  1,  141.  3 

'jsri':  139. 3 
p:T7::i  113. 1 

■J^icn^  169.  1,  172.  1 

■jCn;:  113. 1 
?,n'«i  25 

TSH!: ,  TS'^!!  65.  a 

nsn^,  yri!''!  172.  4 
npn^i  141.  1 
nn^  147. 1 
nn^n  175.  3 
-in;^  140.  3 
-in^  172.  4 
nn^i  GO.  1.  a 
nnn;i  172.  4 
^nn^  119. 1 
qnn^'i  99.  .3.  a 
?'Trn;i  111.  1 
^cn^i  99.  3 


366 


INDEX    III. 


nn-;'  (|B)  131.  i 
nn.^  (y:>)  ho.  1 
nnn.^  nnm  24.  c 

i:::^  175. 3 

I2„^  172.  4 

np^"   150.  1,  179.  2.  a 

:btD;i,  ibu;'  160.  5 

XTGD^54.  2,  96.0,106.5 

ri^ip^  tint:;'  65.  a 
m*^"}  144.  2 

tjj'lin  147,  2 

bn^^^  149.  1 
ni:'';i  14 7.  4 

2'^^^^  147.  5 

ni:i):i  150.  3 

n^pi>i  145.  2,  150.  2 

nip:^^  150.  2 
b^b":;!  150.  2 

q^^'l'  172.  4 
nS^^^I   147.  4,  5 
}^p:i  63.  2.  r,  147.  4 

•ijn^^i  147.  5 

DTCi^n  147.  5 
T\-^t'}'^  150.  1 
■jTC-'^l   147.  5 

"niji;i  147.  4 

nnir^l^i  150.  2  (p.  182) 

^fl'l   175.  3 

^^i'l^^^  105.  6 

)'^2^  159.  3 

ni^pD;"  13.  a 

^SS^D;*  61.3, 105.i,  161.3 


t'Tl'D^   119.  1 

^i'^p;'  160.  3 

^y^^^   105.  a 
W3^   105.  a 
bb^  80.  2.  a  (3), 

«(3) 
bs^i  172,  4 
bD^I  174.  4 
MbD"!  165.  3 
^bb;*  86.  a 
)^'h:i^  172.  1 
ribb;!  148.  1 

ribD;in  86.  a,  100. 

"iribb;!  86.  « 

TnbD^  86.  a,  104 
2>?D::1  126.  1 
Co;i1   174.  4 
^^^OD;!  61.  6,   104 
172.  1 

i^'^CD;'  172.  3 

0^3:^1 119. 1 

nnp;'^   172.  4 
ns^aO'lD''   180.  a 

nns;'  119.  1 
]inn3:i  91.  6 

iblTSD'i  88 
in3;>  140.  6 

n■nD^  niriD;'  88, 

2.  6 
nns^i  99. 3.  o 

l^nns:"  88  (m.  pi.) 
^nS'i  140.  5,  141. 

nnb;'  139. 3 

Dt^Sb"!  105.  a 


m^ab;!  105.  d 

^b;!  56.  2,  80.  2.  a  (4), 

147.  2 
l^^b'?  64.  2 
82.  1.  n^nb^  22.  a     ■ 
'''lb;'  216.  2.  a 
n^b'i  90  (2  f.) 

^n'lb;'  104.  i 
^tyib^  j^mb;i  104.  i 
r.r^i^^  104.  yt 
'ipn'ib;'  104.  /t,  150.  1 

(p.  182) 
2         ilSib':'  159.  3 

t:nb;i  119.  1 

•  ^*        QO^!'!?  99.  3.  o,  119.  1 

rb^  160. 1 
rV?,  ?b^  160. 1 
■  A     ^^.'i'  151. 1 

^b^l  65.  a 
"IDb:'  91.  b 
"Db^;}  99.  3.  a 

ii'isb;'  105.  c 

bb;)  139.  3,  150.  1 

bb;i  183.  b 

nbbil  57.  2  (3)  a,  234.  c 
•jb^^n   158.2 

ij^pb;^  192.  1 

lOl.-'JTJpb;'  88.  (m.  pi.) 
n^  207.  2,  215.  1.  a 
CS'12^^   119.  1 
^CX^^  139.  3 

1      iia;'^  140.  1 

•7^7  140.  3 
1T-;^^1   99.  3.  « 


INDEX    III. 


307 


•oils':  159.  3 

biTQ;i  159.  3 

■n-Q"}  GO.  1.  a 

ma^T  113.  3 

S^n  ^'52':'  220.  1.  a 
D'^'Q^   53.  3.  a 
niZ'^'Q'^  210.  1.  a 
•j-i-a^    197.  h,  199.  a 

'jTiJ'^'a';'  100.  3 
nn^'a;'  leo.  3 

?JTQ^   140.  3 
bio^l  157.  3 
btZ"}  140.  1 
n>)3''  105.  1 

?I■b^^  "^vti;'  88 

tfblS^T   99.  3.  a 

^Dbiai  88 

]13^   150.  1 
012^  140.  3 

b^'a;'  00.  i.  « 
ytt'^n  172.  4 
inss^;'  00.  3.  c 
ripm^^i  105.  c 

TjS<:|t!^   104.  5 
^3i52^^  105.  b 

■«;5S2Ta':>  105.  c 

-\T2^  150.  1 

Itt.":   135.  2,  140.  1 

tJT?;'  140.  5 

rb^  157.  3 
nia^:)  05,  157.  3 

rl2^1   157.  3       • 

n"a^i  100.  3 

fSr  11.  1.  a 


fi55^  57.  2  (3)  a  (?), 
122.  2,  140.  5 

^'y^'^^  99.  3.  a 

riD;i  147.  1 
nns;!  00.  2 

p;'   159.  3 
yis;*   159.  3 

n:^:i  157.  3 
n:i:i  100.  3 
nius^'  131.  2 

''S''  104.  2 

■   T 

•j^:"!  159.  3 
^riD'^ri   100  3 
5>2^1   157.  3 
q:^n  100.  3 
p5^  147.  1,  150.  1 
-a]??;"  131.  2 
J'lBpS^  131.  2 

nna:;'  131. 2 

mW}^  57.  2  (3)  or,  80. 

(3  pi.),  104.  3 
nb^  01.  3,04.2,  135. 

140.  1 
nC^I  04.  1,  99.  3.  a 
n&^  140.  5 
yO"}  135.  2,  140.  1 

•isb;'  130.  1 

^Hi'Q^  01.  3 

^nao;'  141. 3 
ipao:'  01. 5, 141. 3 

■ib-^15p^  13.  a 
"10^  148.  1 
i^p;"  148.  1 
•r\'0'^  (n.)  192.  1 


tjp;"  147.  1 
tjp;^  140.  5 
^p;i  140.  0 

n^DO^  157.  3 
'^Sb'}  92.  6 
•  Slp^  80.  2.  a  (3),  151.  2 
51?^^   151.  2 

nsp^'n  99.  3 
np;^  147.  3 
nb^  92.  rZ 
np^i  00.  1.  a 
rrip;:  92.  d 

i3np;i   104.  a 
■'p'ltD':  104.  a 

^np'in?':  50.  1,  105.  b 
^ronn?;'  105.  c 
'13'nn:?::  50.  1 

1?^  50.  2,  147.  1 
W^   101.  I 
b  ni:?.":   159.  3 

^sn^y;'  105.  b 

2,  ty^   140.  1 

'  T 

-nr?;:;  04.  1 
^nry^  105. 6 
t:?^i  ("i':?)  157.  3 
^??^  (ri'b)  172.  4 

•j?^:i  157. 3 

^?!:^,  ^'^??^  (k-)  172.4 
^?!'],5^??!:j(Hi.)l7.5.  3 
"'??!]  207.  1.  a 

'^b^s^^  45.  3 

":ri- 

'i^b?;'  101.  2 
nb?::  00. 3.  b  (1) 

"1135?^  00.  3.  6  (2) 


368 


INDEX  III. 


^1t!?^  109.  3.  a 
nnb2?^  112.  4 
nS^b?^  88  (2  f.  pi.) 
1?^     190.    b,  237.    1, 

267.  b 
"n??Si>  1?^  239.  2.  (2) 

1?!:!i,  ro?:;^  172.  4 

np?^^  207.  1.  a 

n^w;:  104. 6 

nTO^  142.  2,  161.  2 
^V^  (v.)  82.  1.   a  (2), 

147.  1 
q?;!  (adj.)  185.  2.  & 
q?;'^,   157.  3 
q^^l  157.  3 
f?;!  77.  2,  147.  1,  179. 

2.  a 
r.D"i^5>^  104.  6 

nip2?i  11. 1.  i 

iy^  200.  c 

iiJ?!^^,  nto^iii  172.  4 

^3^1^ J?^  104.  h 
ns^  147.  1 
nBn85.2.c/,  209. 1,210 

n;^B-nB^'43.  5,  iss 

rjB^  (r.)  160.  3 
nS^  (adj.)  215.  1.  b 

n^'S^^B^  92.  a 
bs^  101.  2.  6 
n?B;'  126.  1 
■jB^I   172.  4 
fl??  160.  3 

''iiissi^s;!  i6i.  2 

y^b'^  161.  2 


"ib;»,  ns^i  140.  5 

^B;::i   175.  3 

j^'^ib;:  177. 3 

tDTl'B'^  65.  a 
^■CtoB;!  65.  a 
PB;!  175.  3 
riB^'l   172.  4 

nriB';'  192. 1 
">riB^  221. 2. 6 

iiS^  147.  2 
X^.^^   147.  5 
«^'i  164.  3 

nsi?*i  164.  2 

r^iJi  150.  4 

-  T 

ri^;"  145.  3,  150.  5 

nn^;i  192.  1 

W  66.  1  (1),  174.  4 

nm^;!  ise.  1 
nis^'i  157. 3 

ptia;!  192.  1 

pn^'i  120.  2 

?^22^  145.  2 
f'':^^   158.  2 
^5?^  150.  4 
2>^;^  150.  5 

^V  1^2.  4 

Cl^;i1   25 
p2;i  150.  4 
p'lS;!  148.  3 
pk^   144.  2,  147.  4 
pS^I   147.  4 
^2;i  148.  3 
"is;;'  50.  3,   84.  3.  a  (3), 
147.  2 


-nS^  (2)'b)  140.  6 
"1*2;'  140.  1 

ns^i  147.  5 
nk^i  147.  4 
^rensi':  105.  b 

m''  147.  3,  150.  4 

n^^  144. 2 

^n^^  24.  f,  149.  1 
^m^  164.  2 
Xp;^1   166.  4 
^snp":   105.  (^ 
^Sp^^l   99.  3 
'TlSap;'  104.  7i 
"1ij5^^   99.  3.  a 
^P.":  144.  2,  147.  4 
"Ip^i  140.  1 

^np;'  141.  1 

DS^^Ip'i  22.  a 

'^|p^  ^v]^^  119. 1 

bnp^:!  119. 1 

rinp^i  24.  b 

n^p;>  190.  &,  192. 1 

mp^  153.  2 

)^'n^p^  157.  3 
Diaip;'  161.  1 

tj^p^   ,  ttjip^i  185.  2.  f 
np;i  54.  2,  132.  2 
np^i  132.  2 

bbp;^  51.  3 
Q'^p;'  153. 1 
D.^p;'  161. 1 

bp'i  64.  2 

dp;',  np^  157. 3 

Dp^l  99.  3.  a,  157.  3 


INDEX    III. 


369 


Dp^l  99.  3.  a,  IGO.  3 

■Jl^^T   172.  4 

3?|?^   147.  2,  179.  2.  a 

yp"^  179.  2.  a 

^jp^'l  157.  3 

Tl^^  147.  4 

■j^BS;?:'  88  (m.  pi.) 

'jnip:'  G4.  2,  88  (in.  pi.) 

"V^.   147.  4 

-Ip'^l   172.  4 

-i;?'1   173.  3 

i2:Xnp'?  105.  c 

nnp"!  177.  3 

nnnp^  97.  i. « 

^-Ip^  24.  b 
TCp;*  82.  1.  a  (3) 
tjp^l  172.  4 
ntopDi  99.  3 

"I^TZJp;^   86.  b  (3  pi.) 
bsnpi  22.  a 

•'    :  ':   T 

Xn''  148.  3 

s'-!;^  148. 1 

S-I^(v.)  82.1. '?(!),  147.1 
Sn^  (adj.)  215.  2.  c 
Sni'T   (k.)  60.  1.  a,  61. 

2.  a,  114,  172.  4 
sn^^i  (Hi.)  175.  3 
Xn;:   Gl.  2.  a,   172.  4 
Sn^T   173.  3 
r.Si;' 87, 148.  1,  166.2 

nxn*'  114 
nsn^'i  172.  4 
i^-nxni  19.  1 

^Sn;!  164.  3 

24 


^X'l':'  19.  1,  147.  1 
^Sii;:'  19.  1,  147.  1 
^Sn^T  177.  3 

^mxnt  104.  h 

ipi^n''  105.  a 

nxn^  164.  1 

y^l  158.  2 

n^^'T  (^"}i«!^!))  111.  2. 

n'^:'  61.  2,  172.  4 
y^l  63.  2.  a 

y^^^  175. 3 

■5^3-1:1   172.  1 
757.:^  114 

^:'y'2^^  114 

l'\'}  148.  3 

^'^^  175.  3 

Ti;!  79.  1,   147.  2 
^n^l  140.  5 

■nn^i  172.  4 
'ly^  147.  5 
q;i'^.^t  114 
tf^'^^  114 
Jl^n';'  CO.  2.  a,  114 

isn-i;'  105.  a 

7]&"^"i:'  105.  (/ 

ipnn;i  86.  6  (2  f.) 
nn;i  147.  1 
nn;'  i48.  3 

«i"\7  148.  1,  177.  3 

'j;*':^.:'  172.  1 
mn^  19. 2.  a 

•J^-I^  140.  1 

^BSin;-  161.  4 
y^"i;<  (y'i?)  140.  1 


pin;"  185. 2. 6 
D^'b^in;',  upm^  47, 

203.  5.  c 

nil';'  148.  1 

n':i,\  nn;^;i  igo.  3 
■iDi:n^  147.  3 

u^Dn;>  88.  (3.  f.  pi.) 
c  n'i'i;>  (n.)  190.  b,  192.  1 

T'^'^  (v.)  153.  2 

"V^";  158.  2 

^■^^  197.  «,  216.  1.  e 

'^T.   140.  1 

TD"!^  198.  c,  207.  1.  a 

D^msni  22.  a,  203.  5.  a 

'lia'l.'i   140.  3 

?"-|^  140.  1 

?'l^  140.  5 

s^n)'^  (y'i?)  140.  5 

>"^;'^   (^'S')  IGO.  3 

yi"^  (yi?)  34 

^T.   {^^)  34,  172.  4 

p:n^  119.  1 

S^SJ'-Ti  101.  4 
qn^l  172.  4 
p"!;"  179.  2.  a 

pn;*  185.  2 

pV  140.  1 

"jipn;:  193. 2 

P"!))?']!'  188,  207.  2.  a 
TSn;"  82.  1.  a  (2),  147.  1 
ncn^  148.  3 

nn'£n;i  150. 1  (p.  I82) 

DPl^JJn^  61.  4.  o,  150.  1 
(p.  182) 


370 


INDEX    III. 


TjpniilS"?   105.  c 
liyato;!  88  (m.  pi.) 
^5>3i!):'  127.  2 
ipyaiC^  105.  a 
DYiD;'  158.  2 
pis.':'   1V2.  4 
D^'^b;'  105.  a,  158.  2 
DTl?;i  147.  1 

Dia;'  158. 2 

DiB'^l  64.  1,  158.  2 
ibi5-lil5^  194.  1 
D^toiO^iSS.  l,88(m.pl.), 
158.  2 

-IDtBlS;'  47 

•i:?r\T2j;'  54.  4 

tj."^  236,  258.  3.  6 
'yb^t'J  88  (m.  pi.) 
3T2J''  146,  147.  2 
nizj^  66.  1  (2)  b,  153.  5, 

157.  3 
-QTIJ;'  157.  3 
im  153.  5,  157.  3 
'liy^'\  \b1.  3 

n'ij;i,my;^ii53.5, 1G0.3 

mS.-:  63.  2.  c,  84.  3.  6, 
144.  2 

^'2.t'^^  147.  5 

rnS^I  99.  3.  a 

2ilJ«1   172.  4 

T|iina'i?'i  io5.  c 

inT^""  61.  6.  a 

fqniij;ii  33.  4 

inniS-i  61.  6.  a(?),  90 
'(2f.) 


^mnis'i  90  (2  f.) 

CJ'i^®^  141.  1 
"-i^t"^  140.  1 
D^i©:'  82.  5.  a 
X\lt-}  148.  1 
nni^^ttJ:'  61.  6.  a 
^^ti^t'}  157.  3 

niij^  140.  1 

n'ffl^  140.  3 
D^mffi^i  118.  3 

i?2';int?:'  105.  c 

^©^  164.  2 
Dn^TS:>:i  160.  3 
D^'.^^   140.  5 
in3tL-:i  88.  (m.  pi.) 

'ny^';  126.  i 
b'l^.'?  172.  4 

'n^bia:'  141. 3 

^^biD;>  172.  1 
-nbis;'  92.  c 
ni^;'  140. 1 

T/11B'}  60.  1.  a 
bs?^©;!  57.  2  (3)  a 

Wr      147.     1 

NpTa:i  177.  3 
^it)  177.  3 
ID©;*  19.  1,  147.  1 
^3T2;:>  19.  1,  147.  1 
iSTiJ^n  105.  a 
*^5ia;>  216.  1.  h 

'SW  172.  4 
^S^ffi?!?;'  141.  6 

nsiri  19. 2. 6 


rJISlC^  88 
mb^STC^  105.  a 
n3b^£)TlJ;:  105.  h 
^Bffi^^  99.  3.  a 
pTS^'l  10.  a 
j5TJJ:;1   175.  3 
^ripJli'^l  4.  a 

niiji  158.  2 

T 

•jinir;"  193. 2.  « 
np'i^:'  88  (3  f.  pi.), 

147.  4 
nntC^^  99.  3.  a,  119.   1 
U?^™^  105.  c 
nffl;i  66.  1  (2)  h,  158.  2 
r.'iB^n   66.  1  (1),  172.  4 

D'ainffi^  82.  5.  a 
^inr.t^^57. 2(4),  176. 1 
?i^,rirns^5  176. 1 

'J^''P,t?:>  172.  1 

nTsnTD^i  54.  4 
«n':  111.  2.  6 

sn:^1  177.  3 

nj$!n^n  176.  3 

Tr\)^t^  60.  3.  h  (2) 

^nixni  19. 2,  60. 3.  ^- 

••  t:  T  :  ' 

(2),  120.  1 

b^5n;i  96.  & 
%ty^^  176.  3 
n|.5n:<  96.  h 

1   ^TSW':  96.  a,  122.  2 

^nc^an;!  96.  «,  122.  2 

'^ri^  197.  6 

r^rhTT^  221. 2.  6 


INDEX    III. 


371 


'\t^'^^  6G.  1  (1),  Hi.  4 

mnr)^  igg.  5 
bnn^i  i7G.  3 
Tn;«  iGO.  1 

OSni^l  17G.  3 
msbn"^  9G.  b 

DP^  140.  5 

urc}  140.  1 

^•127}^  141.   1 
n'531^:'  140.  1 

sl^x^^sn;!  iGG.  5 

^t3^)2n;'  9G.  b 
■jn^  54.  2,  84.  3.  6 

min;"  12G.  1 

'DT\:T)^  121.  3 

si^:n''  iGG.  5 
yn;:i  175. 3 
b^n;'  iVG.  3 
-abyn';'  og.  6 
nni^n;!  no.  i 

;]^2:|3n^88.(m.pl.),9G.6 

nis^sn;'  96.  6 

np53n"i  9G.  a 

itnj:n;i  9G.  b 
o'ipn'i  96.  6 
ti'i^n';  126.  1 
ispn;i  105.  a 
IJ?!'!!  O'i')  160.  1 

D)2iin7  82.  5.  a 

3  231.  1,  242.  a,  267.  6 
nS3  183.  b 

T3S5S  57.  2  (3)  a,  231. 
3.  b 


^iU'D  (ni5^5)  53.  2.  a 
•inXS   156.  3,  199.  b 
niiJSS  239.  2  (2) 
^33  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (l), 

85.  2 
^n3(acij.)216.  1.  r,  217 

n^rns  i98.  « (4) 

nins  185.  2,  197.  b 

irins  87 

CaS  82.  5.  a 
D33,  CaS  92.  c 

i2)n3,nto5i.  2,  i97.  c 
Tra3  87 

nn"in53  246.  2.  a 
13  197.  b,  200.  6 
nb  235.  3  (4) 

nns  121. 1 

DVnS  231.  5.  a 
•jnb  186.  2.  a 
ins  80.  2.  b 
MSnS   198.  a  (2) 
C3i3  186.  2.  a 
yniS  50.  1,  216.  1.  c 
D'^ynis  207.  2.  a 
mD  11.  1.  b 
asiS  57.  1,  187.  1.  e 
•J^S  82.  5.  a 
')Di3  59 

n:5i3. 161.  4 

Di3  184.  b,  197.  a 
"1373  22.  a 
in3  116.  4 
^.ins  121.  2 

tns  119. 1 


^•3  (n.)  53.  3.  a,  184.  6 
3  (conj.)  239.  1 
ns:  ^3  239.  2  (1) 
1T3  187.  1.  c 
nT3  187.  1.  c 
Di^3  16.  2.  a 

ni'is  200.  c 

^b^3  184.  b,  194.  2.6 
vlb-^S  186.  2,  210.  c 
D'^:?  •^'3    43.  6 
'jinn-'3   57.    2  (3)  a, 

231.  3.  b 
133  187.    1.  f,    197.  a, 

200.  f,  cZ,   207.  1.  b 
n;in33  203.  3 
b3  7^aZ  215.  1.  c 
b3  Ao7l9.  2.  o,  215.  l.c 
bb  277.  a 
Sbs  179.  1.  a 
b5b3  184.  a 
N*b3  220.  1.  b 
D;'5<b3  203.  4 
ins^bs  165.  2 
nb3  197.  c 
nb3  179.  1.  a 
nbS  174.  3  bis. 
OnbS  33.  3,  220.  1.  b 

n:nb3  220. 1.  b 

^bs  165.  3 
^b3  93.  a 
ibS  220.  1.  b 

nib^bs  201.  1.  b 
rribs  i74.  3 

■"bS  61.  2,  184.  b 


372 


INDEX   III. 


iii'b'2  184.  a 
T];<b3  221.  5.  c 
D'lb?  208.  3.  c? 

•-ni^s,  ^T^^  i74.  2 

Tj-iry^S  174.  2 

n^ri''53  174.  2 

bsbS  154.  3,  161.  2 
?|b3b3  161.  4 
D^3  220.  1.  b 

npb3  220. 1.  6 
■^sribs  165.  3 

ntl3  231.  4.  a 

nDSn)23  45.  4 

i»3  233.  a 

D)22  90  (pass.) 

'T^yU'D   187.  2.  c 

•}5  (n.)  221.  6.  « 

I?  (adv.)  43.  a,  235.3(4) 

naS  139.  2 

nsS"!  4.  a 

ns?  54.  2 

"1133  200.  c 

nij3  211.  a 

Tjm'bsS  24.  &,  131.  2 

D53  50.  1,  2 

fySS  208.  3.  a 

qp3  197.  a,  210,  217 

niS53  203.  5.  a 

D^'BiS  203.  1 

bbp3   22.  a 

niiss  45.  2 

n53  198 

SQ3  51.  3,  200.  « 

?|Sp3  221.  3.  a 


?,B3  93.  « 

T 

nni5iD3  220.  1.  b 

bD3  51.  1,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
itt53  61.  6 
Sn^S3  200.  b 
aD3  80.  2.  a  (3) 
1503  216.  2.  a 
nD3  199.  d 

TOD^riinss  24.  J,  220. 

2.  c 
0?3  121.  1 
nrip?3  104.  ^ 
51?  197.  a,  217 
nS3  198.  c 
1S3  237.  2  (2) 

i^^ss  220.  2.  c 
:n3Q3  220.  1.  b 

D^ibBS  203.  4 

nSS  82.  5.  a 

nSb  208.  3.  6 

"l)B3  80.  2,  92.  c,  126.  2 

n''n&3  187.  2 

nnnnss  io4.y 

''"IS  199.  b 

ninins  199.  d 

D'nS  50.  3,  197.  6 
Dn3  183.  b 

VAT 

0*13  186.  2.  a 

bia"!?  50.  3,   193.  2.  f, 

221.  6.  a 
Qpn3  68.  a 
n'lS  141.  2  (p.  175) 

i-iCns  221.  5.  c 
-)nn3  119.  1 


r,'n3  60.    4.  a,    61.  5 
93.  a,    121.  1 

^nns  119.  4 

"linns   199.  6 

nirs,  nsirs  51.  2 

D^ntoS  197.  d 
mS3  82.  1.  a  (1) 

•jintss  193.  2 

3^3  183.  b,  215.  1.  a 
ninS  77.  1,  78.  1 

nin3  139.  2 

T 

nbns  216. 2.  ft 
r:ri3  207. 1.  d 

vin3  197.  a,  216.  1.  e 
Cir}3  61.  1.  6 

mens  203.  s. « 
nns  50.  1 

t^ns  141.  1  (p.  175) 

b  231.  1,    233,  242.    b, 

267.  6,  272.  2.  a 
Sb  11.  1.  a,  6 
i?b  51.  4.  a,  235.  1 

r'"^^,  ''.?^ii^.^,  ^i'^.i^i?.^ 

57.  2  (2)  a 

i^iib,  "^inxb,  i-^nsb 

•  57.  2  (2)  a 

D*i12'1S5b  14.  a 
nixb  159.  2 

t:Nb  11.  1.  a 

tSSb  156.  3 
nbsb?l  39.  4.  a 

irfbsb,  D^n'bxb  57.  2 

(2)  a 


INDEX    III. 


373 


nibsb  57.  2.  (2)  a 

DSb  207.  2.  c 

nbxb  57.  2  (2)  «,  111. 

2.  f,  231.  3.  a 

my\  i<5  27 

3b  Gl.    3,    186.   2.  <■, 

107.  b,  215.  1 
DSnb  208.  3.  d 

nnb  141. 1  (p.  175) 
nab  61.  3,  200.  c,  216. 
1,217,  221. 1,  3,222 
nnbi  61.  1.  ffl 
■^irasb  104.  k 

'13b  235.   3  (1),    237. 
2(2) 

•;n'inb  220.  1.  b 
np'inb  220.  1.  b 
tj^nb  90  (pcoss.) 

S^nb  106.  fZ,  209.  2.  b 

?'bnb  125.  2 
•jnb  80.  2.  6 

•jnb  207.  1.  b,  215.  1.  a 

njnb  200.  6 
•j^^iP^,  nynb  35.  1 
«nb,  mb  82.  1.  a  (1) 

©n"b  90  (pass.) 

nirnb  104.  a 

nab  (nnnb)  53.  2.  « 

:?^5b  12.5.  2 

niSro  231.  4.  a 

nnb  148.  2 

ITlb  148.  2 

■'n'lb  148.  2 
n2n';ib  104.  </ 


hb  27 

nnnb,  nnnb  63.  1.  a, 

214.  1.  b,  216.  2.  b 
nnb  141.  2  (p.  175) 

"onb  119. 1 

ni^nb  112.  2, 1 7 7.  1 

C:^nb  231.  5.  a 

ij^snb  91.  & 
bi'atonb  iso.  a 
n^nionb  94.  b 
n^'airnb  94.  b 
nb  11.  1. 6 
ib  51.  4.  a 

^b  239.  1 

n^b  200.  a 

lib  194.  2.  fl,  210 
Nbib  4.  a 
nisb'b,  sec  ni?bb 

''bib  194.  2.  6 
ibib  239.  2  (3) 
D-^blb  187.  1.  e 
lib  158.  3 
nb  207.  2.  a 
i^^pnb  113.  2 

D'';:nb  208.  4 

^':^lb  216. 1.  a 

ibnb  61.  1 
p^bnb  113.  2 
nnb  .77.  2 

Dnb  92.  d,  121.  1 
Onb  60.  1.  a,  61.  2.  a, 
184.  6,  197.  6 

ffianb  139.  2 
nssnb  63.  1.  b 


nsnb  61. 1 
nins  nbrib  43.  6 
-nn'inb  ui.  6 
nit'nb  175.  2 
D'^nnb  203.  5.  b 
Dni'jb  53.  2.  a 
nin*'b,  nin^b  231.  3.  a 

b^'b  184.  i,  200.  a,  208. 
3.  c 

nb^b  61.  6 

'J''b  158.  2,  3 
*7b^b  148.  1 

-nnj3''b  14.  «,  24.  6 

57.  2  (3)  a 
•jb  65.  a 
^b,  Tjb  151.  1 

nnb  151.  1,  240.  2 
-binb  13.  a 

pb  239.  2  (3) 

nrnb,  ^-jnb  151.  1 
nnb  61.  2, 151.  1 
nnb  151. 1 
ainnb  22.  a 
ippb  151.  1 

ni?bbl87.  l.e,  207.  2.  a 

inbb  94.  b 

liab  78.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
^^b  02.  d 
-'ITGb  02.  r 

^n'l^b  86.  6  (2  f.) 
n^b,  nrb  231.  4.  a 

liab  233.  a 

nnnrisb  219.  1,  a 

n-LS^b  219.  1.  a 


374 

!in!Dl)ab  220.  1.  h 
pb  237.  2  (1) 
ni^itib  45.  2 
nbyiob  219.  1.  a 
■jy^b  237.  2  (2),  267.  h 

ni^i?  "jr^Tab  239.  2  (2) 

!in:?13b  246.  2.  a 

nanab  4.  a 
^^:b  237.  2  (1) 
nsbi  156.  4 
n^?b  156.  2 

HDbb  237.  2  (1) 
bSpb  131.  2 

bbpb  22.  a 
i^n?>b  113.  2 

12>bl   156.  4 
Dbi3>b  16.  2.  a 
n^S'b  237.  2  (2) 

niD^b  173.  2 
■itob  94.  6,  113.  2 

msb  22.  a 

iSb  237.  2  (2) 

"^SSb  194.  2 

''?Sb  237.  2  (2),   267.  h 

yb  156.  2 

s«2ib ,  iihsb  22.  a 
pn:2b  119. 1 
npb,  in;pb  132.  2 
npb  132.  2 
njjb  (n]^b^)  53.  2.  a, 

93.  e 
nnpb  16.  3.  6,  127.  3 
narij^bi  100. 2.  a  (1) 
riri]5b  60.  2.  a,  127.  1 


INDEX    III. 

nrij5b  64.2,127.1,132.2 
pj?b  141.  1  (p.  175) 
nsnpb  57.  2  (3)  a,  237. 

2(3) 
^-h  148.  1 
nib  231.  4.  a 
rnnb  231.  4.  « 

dsian'ib  119. 1 

n^nb  231.  4.  a 
rii^TCb  131.  4 

pntob  119. 1 
nbistjb  219. 1. « 
ri^a;&b  94. 6, 231. 5.  « 

"jiffib  197.  6 

nsirb  51.  4 

inbTiJb,  nbffib  eo.  2.  a 

"Tizih  94.  6 

nb  64.  2,  148.  2 
ninb  231.  4.  a 

Tjb  nnb  35. 1 

tt,  '52  see  I'D 

"7i5)2  235.  3  (l) 

D'lJ^ia  93.  a 

riij^  207.  1./,  226 

b;T1X^  93.  6 

'''15!5)3  207.  2.  a 

n^1i?72  195.  3 

*T;m  190.  ^.,  191.  5.  a, 

200.  c 
D^iSTXb  203.  2 

inrix'a  237.  2  (1) 

bSii^  190.  a,    191.  5, 
197.  6 


I 


Thy^yi  191.  5.  a,  207. 

1.  c 
W^  60.  4 

DDCiJ^  19.  2,  119.  3 

nc^^  119. 3 
iiriosia  33.  2 
n^noi?^  33. 2 

n^bBS)2  195.  3 
ns^  237.  2  (1) 
Q^nSila  203.  4,  226 

rron^a  207.  2.  5 
nnpn)2  63. 1.  a 
in-L^n'a  60.  1. « 
^n'a  164.  2 

^n5)bSl2  237.  2  (4) 

:T]p^n73  119.  1,  221. 

2.  a 

n^sn'a  25 

n^:i^  197.  6,  200.  c, 

207.  1.  6 

''n'^a^^  61.  6 
'ji'^;;^,  in;;ti  55.  2.  a 
b^;^^  200.  c 
nbbi:*^  142.  1 
ni'i^a  207.  1.  c 
i^yn  190..  5, 207. 2, 210. 

a,  215.  1.  6,  216.  1.  a 

Sn?5^  205 
nB5)3  216.  1.  6 
ty^  207.  1.  b 

tyq  61.  5 

^)a  207.  2.  a 
pa*!^  95.  a 
niaitt  219.  1 


INDEX    III. 


375 


rnan^   66.  2  (2)  b, 

219.  1 
Tm  141.  5 

r\^yQ  loo.  &,  loi.  4 

Xrvq  190.  6,  207.  1./.    ^7k'^^  00 

y^^^  235.  2  (3)  ni2:2JiT2  207.  1.  a 


^Diia  200.  c 

'^S^')3  150.  5 
nO^'a  190.  6 
*\DiT2  200.  c 
•lyiTQ  190.  6 


•J^^^  190.  6 
■'31'7'a  216.  1.  0? 
SS^'a  167.  1 
ll^a  190.  6 
^ya  190.  6 
!13Pynb  220.  1.  6 


nitttia  191.  5 
nin'ara  207. 1.  a 

Tj^JWT?  161.  2 

nnnra  219.  1.6 
pnriG  200.  c 
!r]i?n')3  164.  4 

nsni3  54.  1,  205.  b 

bbin)2  142.  1 
brra  i40.  5 


TS'^^  140.  6 
^5Sil3  191.  5.  a 

ssi'a  C^'b)  94.  f,  165.  2  n^^^n)2  i90.  6 

i?2i72  (Sb)  165.  2  D^^rn"^  9"^-  ^ 

^i}2iT2  00.  3.  f,  216.  1.  a  !nj?"bn^  207.  1.  d 
nS2?n'D  167.  2  ^\'^^  190.  a 

ni3,  ni2,  n^  75.  i,  :nip^i^  iso.  4  nsra  197.  &,  200.  c, 

196.  a  -'^'^'i^  -0^-  2-  «  2^^-  ^ 

nm3  141.  2  (p.  175)     D^snitt,  DWiia  59.  «  ^n.?™  220.  1.  b 

rm^rva  198.  a  (3)  ^T??T^  216.  1.  a  P?"^  190.  a 

niW  177  1  nti^  loi.  3,  s.  o,  200.  ^£9^!^  i^o.  a 
b  ni^bn^  237.  2  (4)        \,  215. 1  0^-^=^^™  i^^o-  « 

n«^Dbn^  94. .,  151. 1  ^T^^-^  61.  6.  a  Q"^"?^n^  o^-  ^ 

nn)2  '75. 1  n:ii2  61.  2,  i83.  h,  208.  o"^T2fri^  iso.  « 

n^toyn^63.  l.«  '3.r,2l7  -lpn)2  190.a 

nSSn^  191.  4,  198.  a    ^  57.  2  (5)  ^^J;!^  10.  2.  5,  196.  b 

'(3),  207. 1.  «,  216.   nm^  61.  6.  a  ninrn;?,  nmn^  6o. 

1.  i,  iniT3%21.  5.  a  3.  «,  216.  2.  « 

ni3?spnx3  95.  c  nsT^  60.  2.  «,  i90.  «,  pi?™  ^07.  2.  b 

in^a  60.  4.  a,  235.  3  (2)       191.  3,  197.  b,  200.  «,  nSt:)?  191.  4 


ni^nni?  142.  3  215. 1.  & 

2si^  197.  (^  nat^  12G.  1 

n">aN''T2  205  n-^nin^T^  220.  1.  b 

si^^  167. 2  nnnsT^  220. 2.  « 

■aiia  157. 1  n-Tia  24.  «,  75. 1 

b^ia,  biia  237.  1  rT^.53.  2.  «,  111.  2.  c  "^^^^  i^^-  ^ 

bbitt  141.  4  ^bT^  207.  1.  o,  210.  c     n5J72-L2T2  167.  1 


nD-a  197.  6,  200.  c 

rnt:b  220. 1.  6 
inrrji2,  i'^n^'a  24. 6 

'iW'J'a  168.  fl,  174.  1 

nisb'ja  167.  1 


376  INDEX   III. 

Wl)^  21G.  1.  c  ^)'n  82.  1.  a  (l)  -fb^  63.  2.  a,  217.  221. 

::?E1^  190.  a  m^'Q  (v.)  77.  3,   82.  1.         5,  222 

i?^T3  60.  3.  c,  216.  1.  a        a  (1)  ^b^  65.  a 

■ID^a  200.  a  ^{b^  (adj.)  90  ,  "^?^"^^^  44.  a 

SnrO^  196.  (?  S?b^  166.  2  riDb^  ll.  l.  a 

T   T     -  -     - 

113  75.  1,  196.  a  »)^  165.  2  TObl2  211,  217,  222 

Tl,^^  220.  2.  6  nS{b)2  201.  1.  a  itar-^fb^  44.  a 

-I'lnn;'^  13.  «  rni?b^  166.  2  "iDb^  11.  1.  a 

in^D'i^,  ns^'D  57.  2  mifcjb)?  166.  2  "bb^  66.  2  (2)  a 

(2)  b  D^i?b^  201.  1.  a  ibb^  61.  1 

n;>"/2  201.  1,  203.  5.  c  nDKblC  57.  2  (3)  a,  214.   X^^sb^  22.  a,  209.  3,  217 
■"Xii^  57.  2  (2)  1.  b  niDbl2  64.  2 

O'lp'^i^'a  150.  1  D^sxbtt  11.  1.  b  '^:h)2  ii.  i.  a 

mp^r^  11.  1.  a  triDsxb)?  220.  2.  c  "^pbia  61.  1,  216.  2,  2.  a 

np3i'a  61.  4,  207.  1.  e    nj5'b^  166.  2  ''pb^  89  (f.  s.) 

-1^;^^   4.  a  V^^^  33.  1,  61.  6.  a,    tTi^^bl?  62.  2 

npSitt  150.  4  218  '^^'^)'9  64.  2 

liW-^IZ  190.  6  inb^  237.  2  (2)  T^b^  199.  a 

■'Sffll'l?  57.  2  (2)  "jnab^  220.  1.  b  p'^T^^)^  61.  6.  «,  195. 

-nB">^  190.  b,  191.  4  "jab^  191.  3  3,  218.  a 

Qinicix?  210.  c  nV^  200.  ^>,  e  Qsb^  75.  i 

niKp^  200.  c  ^b^  165.  3  bb^  ui.  4 

bisiS  260.  2  (1)  mb'n  198.  a  (2)  "^b^   191.  2 

a'lbD^,  Dbs^  94.  a  mb'Q  98.  1.  a  5°lb^^b^  235.  2  (3) 

nbb^  53.  2.  a  -jib^  207.  1.  c  iSBb'a  53.  3.  «,  111. 2.  c 

CD)2  190.  6  ■'2TUlb^  92.  6  ^S&bl?  237.  2  (2) 

HDia  77.  2,  80.  2  nbl2  187.  1.  a  nipb^  191.  5 

-   T  '  T    -  -    '    :    ^ 

bansia  54.  3,  iso.  a  ".nbi2  21 6.  1.  a  ^"ipb^  i9o.  a 

rnD12  216.  1.  6  t:bl2  92.  J  Q'^HIPr^  190.  a,  203.  2 

n™  98.  1.  a,  125.  1  -Db^,  '.'0^/2  80.  1,  92.  c  ''pTObia  93.  a 

i™  216. 1.  a  D^bia,  i^bia  199.  «  "iribTa  i64.  2 

D-ibirp^  95.  a  pb^  217  niypb^  51.  4 

nStJD^  207.  1.  a  nS-^b^  217  TSj!^^  139.  3 

Tjnb^  220.  2.  a  -?jb)2  89  niliriia  24.  b,  190.  a 


INDEX    III. 


377 


DTOla  209.  1.  a 
13^)2  191.  5.  a 

D-isbTaTa  ig7.  1 

nDb)2Ta  191.  5.  rt,  211, 
214.  1.  b 

nsb^T?  Gi.  1.  h 
^yys1^y2^  45.  3 

n^^  190.  h 

U^yMTQ  24.  6,  190.  a 

•[ir^^  93.  e 

nbffiia^  198.  a  (3),  214. 

1.  6,  221.  2.  a 
•Jia  174.  5 
ya  232,  233,  242.  o,  260 

1,  2G7.  b 
Va  4.  a 
■jrSaia  96.  «,  b,  122.  2, 

131.  6 
TO,  TO  140.  6 

ni:^  207. 1.  c 
Dis^a  207.  1.  c 

•y-linTO  24.  6 

nVfl  IGO.  5 

TO   61.   6.  a,    199.    6, 

232.  a 
TO  232.  a 
T|TO  127.  2 

ni'^p;:")9  209.  2.  a 
niij="a  4.  a 
nsia  196.  b,  211.  a 
-npia  19.  2.  a 

DU  54.  2.  a,  207.  2.  a 
3012  140.  5 
ne'e  54.  2.  a 


^TO   140.  5  nD?^  19G.  6 

tjD^  190.  b,  210.  1.  a      ^3?!''?  194.  2.  a 


rODia  21G.   1.  6 
159^  190.  a 
150)2  93.  e 

!ni:3p^  50.  2 
D-iiJi^oTa  167.  1 

*\i;X3^  200.  c 

ob-a  139.  2 


b:^T2  190.  b 

bVIl  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  2 

bTa  237.  2  (1) 

^tl2  190.  6 

nb5>^  190.  6 

Cb?^  119.  3 

D3?^  237.  2  (1) 


^Sp-a    190.  a,   191.  4,     'j:?')?  190.  /> 


215.  1.  6 
TTtu  53.  2.  a 
"IPD^  94.  e 

npinp^  54.  4 

"1^32?^  216.  1.  a 


?|^-n5?^  CO.  4.  a 
n'^:?^  216.  1.  a 
mb'iy^  216.  2.  a 
^"^WZ  216.  2.  a 
n^3>^  60.  3.  c 


ninsy^,  sniiS3?^  207.  nics?^  209. 1 

1.  6  "lto?")2  200.  ff,   215.  1 

b  nn5/T2  237.  2  (2)  bB^  191.  1 

'i'l?^  200.  c  '':2T2  237.  2  (2) 

TOT2  210  ni'''7)?S^  95.  a 

Ti:?72  190.  &,  210.  «,  216.  ^S"??  140.  5 

1.  «  nrBl2  191.  2,  215.  1.  b 

ym  207.  1.  c  ^''^Btp  221.  7.  a 

Sn^!!?^  161.  4  "p^  156.  2 

n^.:T2?'/2  54.  3,  221.  6.  &  i^^^  11.  1.  6 
U'^'\W  94.  e  XS^  57.  2  (2),  163 

tjy^  60.   3.  r,   183.   6,     DSJ^Sb  61.  1.  r,  164.  4 


207.  2.  « 
•ciTq  78.  1,  121.  1 
Dn^2?^  221.  2.  & 
n^3?t3  201.  1 
yy^  200.  c 
iryT2  61.  6.  « 
T2>)2  158.  3 


^-jSi-a  89  (f.  pi.) 
nX3?b  57.  2  (2),  205 

cnss'a  104.  e 
r:nx:i^  104.  i 
cnh:?i2  220.  2.  a 

"l^-a  190.  i,  200.  a 
Tiyin  190.  6 


378 


INDEX    III. 


^W2  207.  1.  c 

nn^'a  los.  c 

b2^  140.  5 
2?^^  190.  b 
1:^2^  191.  5 
p^'Q  150.  5 
12^  IGO.  Z>,  210 
•i-li^  194.  1 
D:'^^^  197.  d 
n^'^^'Q  207.  2.  a 
■im^  164.  2 
p^  186.  2.  c 
©"^jp^  191.  5.  a 
^^"^^  24.  &,  190.  a 
'iffl'lp^  216.  2.  a 
DDmp^  104.  h,    221. 

3.  a 
Dip^  197.    b,    200.   o, 

216.  1 
^^'0^'Q  217.  a 
nt)p^  95.  a 
^)2'-^^12  61.  6.  a 
bp^  200.  a,  215.  1.  6 
DDbp")?  221.  .3.  a 
''3'lbbp12  90  (3  pi.) 
r.3p^  165.  3 
nSp^  221.  7 
in23pl9  90  (2  f.) 
f\^lp12  216.  2.  a 
^X'lp^  167.  1 
i»?'1p^  216.  1.  a 

rrip^a  24. 6 
nnp)a  95.  a 

"Ipnpl2  161.  2 


ii^la  196.  c^ 

T      T 

SlK-l^  217 
nS5-l^  217 
ri^?"l^  220.  1.  6 

^n«ni2  220. 1. 6 
nitJN^  201. 1 
^niijsn^  214.  2.  b 

S^y2  80.  2.  6 
Y^"}^  191.  3,  215.  1. 
t^r]')12  22.  a 
DD^n^  119.  3 

my^  114 

n^-b  34, 141. 1 

T        T  ' 

nnia  34 

^73  61.  5 
iTQ  172.  2 
D^m"!^  161.  4 
D^iTa  161.  4 

fin^  190.  6 

nn)3  215.  1.  b 
pm^  191.  5,  207.  2. 

210.  e 
n^nb  24.  c,  93.  e 
n^Tntl  198.  a  (4) 
•jnb  190.  b 
nS'l^  190.  a 
nSSn^  58.  2.  a,  210. 

214.  1.  b,  216.  2.  6 

nss'i^  114 

2?n^  140.  5 
r\V.'})2   190.  6 

^n2?'i)2  220. 1. 6 
n^2)n'a  190.  s 
"in)2  141.  5 


r.™  216.  1. 6 

rrn^a  eo.  4.  a 

U^ty^-Q  203.  5 

niste)?  166.  2, 191.  4 
nsto^  221.  6. « 

'^to  190.  e,  191.  2 
b^2iC12  191.  1 
ti'^b^^'nllil2  180.  a 

b  'iriw'n  164.  2 
nnsTC^  3.  1.  a 
nSffi^  215.  1.  b 
r\^t'Q  191.  4 

nnnittj^  161.  4 

'qTOtl  (inf.)  125.  2 
tTit)2  215.  1.  i 
mia^  54.  1,  205.  b 

n'^t?^  210 
in^ri'';j3)9  104.  k 

33ffi'/2  200.  c 

aSt^  95.  a 
b,  ^DTB^,  ^2^)3  89  (ra.pl.) 

nbSt^  207.  1.  a 

riT25t'^  27. 

•JSTS^  200.  c,  e 

133TE^  66.  2  (2)  c 

?jbT»^  95.  a 
e,  Q^'jai^^  139.  3 

d^liair'^  191.  5 

DP2?^t:^^  60.  3.  a 
^t2ifl2  217 

nn^^at!  214.  1, 217 

TT.Tm  207.  1.  a 
nn&p)3  214.  1.  b 

nnsTiJ^  61. 1. 6 


INDEX    III. 


379 


ir\riat"a  eo.  3.  «  n:'???^  208.  4 

^t:Bir^  02.  h  ?i?2?r}^  141.  6 

•ib^STiJ"a  61.  6.  a,  218  pn^  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

pffiia'ioo.  6  isiii?^  141.  5'^ 

npTS^  80.  2.  &,  93.  e  nni?  54.  2,  205.  / 

qipffil?   190.  a 

W^ytlZ  210.  c  J!53  46 

rnta  54.  1, 205.  &  «?  240.  2,  263. 1.  a 

tltyi  141.  1  (p.  175)  Ii53  200.  a 

?ar\T»ia  126. 1  '^I'^s?  eo.  3. «,  61.  6. « 

Dn^nnnt'72  90  (2  m.),  rrisi!?  168.  a,  i74.  1 

176.  1  "0^?  57.  2  (2)  o,  187. 
'^Ti'^ll  22.  i,  223.  1.  a  1.  f? 

nirnC'Q  22. 6  ^'lu^p  174. 1 

n^  57.  2  (5),  82.  1.  a  niii?  159.  1 
(1),  153.  1,  156.  2  bis  niS2  56.  4 


r\w  54. 1 

T     - 

D'^pS'iri'a  82.  5.  a 

nnia  34 
nn^  34 

nr\^  86.  b  (2  m.) 


^rnsb  111.  2.  d 

D«2  90  (pass.) 

;:is;  121.  1 

r.BlS^5  60.  3.  h  (2) 

D'^S^Biii  187.  2.  c 


pinia  185.  2.  6,  207.  1.  c  7«3  82.  5.  a,  121.  1 
npTO  66.  2  (2)  c  V5«3  60.  4.  «,  92.  d 

nbiij^nig  218.  «  inisijs  63.  1.  « 

nnnn^a  94.  a  T^i^rsp  63.  1.  o 

nnnia  237.  2  (1)         i^p  121. 1 

ZS^T\12  201.  1,  207.  2.  a   D'i'ISj   140.  2 
n32ra   96.  6  "ii^ts:  120.  2 

ni?br\)a  24.  o,  75.  i       sa?  50.  i,  82.  5.  « 

i?a2  207.  1.  h 

nnb  219. 1.  h 
^bnnsT  65. 6 

HiJ^nD   198.  rt  (2) 
-\2JS3^D133  51.  4 


nbnbn^  I4i.  6 
yjnia  80.  2.  6 
ni3?!5n'a  si.  4 

Dhl3  190.  6 

irrta  215. 1.  a 


^s^n'iD^aa  51.  4 

'pp  158.  4 

npa  141. 1 

^■Th3  140.  2 
n^32   165.  3 
^Dh3  159.  1 

n^pn?  159.  3 

bnp  82.  1.  a  (1),  84.  3. 
a(l) 

bns'l   132.  3 

bab  90 

nbD2  (yi?)  i4i.  i 
pi  bns  35.  1 
inbps  221. 2. 6 

inb23  221.  2.  6 

T^nbns  221.  2. 6 
iniDnp  158.  4 
yap  50. 1 

np33  141.  1 

miDpas'i  99.  3 
nnp  140.  2 

^bSibp  83.  c  (2),  122.  2 

n353  219.  1 

^^5  237.  1 

-^5:n   99.  3 

2?'i:'3  91.  a 

^53  184.  «,  197.  o,  208. 

3.  b 
nni:>3   184.  a,  198.  a.  2 

^■i:o  140. 2 

qiaS   131.  5 
n3">^2   196.  b 
n"b?3  91.  ^  173.  2 
'lbi3  140.  2 


380 


INDEX      III. 


nib.)5  173.  2 

Tj'h'y^   173,  1 
t)'hj^^  173.  1 
?h3  131.  4 
Tl^S^^S  60.  3.  a 
n:?5ib  207.  1.  e 

ninap  i4o.  2 

ffi^p  80.  2.  a  (3),  84. 

3.  a  (2),  130.  1 
^.3  (v.)  156.  2 
'l^p  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

(p.  175) 
^1^3  156.  2 

©ins  57.  2  (5) 
nbns  173.  2 

n'lp  84.  3.  a  (3),  125. 
3in3  131.  1 

n^ins  112.  2 
bnp  121. 1 

nsbris  80.  2. 6 
b'bn?  187.  2.  c 
onp  118. 2 

•JSn?  60.  3.  a 

nns  200.  c,  207. 1. 6 
D'pnri?  203.  3 

ni3i^3  149.  1 
%'\^3  149.  1 
"TliS  142.  1 
ni3  156.  1 

m3,  nis  157. 1 

D™i3  221.  7.  a 
^in>^3  149.  1 
'n&llp   83.  c  (2),    150. 
(p.  182) 


?^3,  ?i3  157.  1 
TIJj?i3  149.  1 

nntBi3  13.  b 

TT?  158.  4 

bT3   82.  1.  a  (3),  84.  3. 

a(l) 
^bT3  86.  «,  141.  1 
^bT3  86.  a 
nb  60.  2 

i^ans  63.  1. 6 

3  nsan3  63.  i.  6 

nsn:  i65.  i 

Dnari3   164.  2 
nri31  100.  2. a  (2),  156. 4 
in3^  156.  4 
3  D'l'a^n?  187.  2.  a 
mm  185.  2 

mains  205 
bns  80. 1 

bns  60.  3.  a 

bns  131.  1 
bns  140.  2 

AT- 

nbn3  60.  3.  a,  61.  6.  ffl 

nbns  60.  3.  a 
■ibns  141.  1 
n^bns^  99.  3 
ybns  113.  1 
nbn?  196.  b 
nbn?  141.  2 
onp  77.  2 

on?  60.  4.  a,  131.  1 

in^^n?  111.  1 

3  DW3  140.  2 
•jnS  135.  2 


^STO  53.  2.  a,   7l.  «  (1) 
ipSnS  140.  2,  141.  2 

nnp  140.  2 

nnp  135.  2,  140.  2 

nnri3  141. 1 

ntn?  197.  6,  205,  211 

■jpiirns  193.  1 
nn3  131. 1 
r.n3  (yy)  i4o.  2 

It^TO  (JD)  181.  1 

r.t23  79.  3.  a 

np3  131.  3 

n'lrjp  172.  5,  209.  3.  fl 

125rJ3   131.  3 

^^1:3  172.  1 

1^D3  172.  1 

S'StSS  207.  1.  6 

^3^^1:3  173.  1 

Dn^pS  164.  2,  173.  1 

5n:3  60.  3.  c,  184.  a 

?b3  131.  4 

y^3  184.  a,  216.  1.  e 

y!23  126.  1 

1J>P3  131.  3 

TJ3  51.  1 

rntsb  207.  i.  a 

13  53;  3.  a 
rlTS  59.  a 
nh^S  187.  2.  c 
Bp3  105.  a 
fia^S  187.  1.  c 
^T3  158.  2 
On^p   105.  a 
^S33  24.  6 


INDEX   III. 


381 


lap?  201.  2.  h 

n53  210 

■jiDp  159.  3 
npiDD  159.  1 

npiDi  159. 1 
rdi  237. 1 
:nr|3b  127. 1 

DD3  50.  2 

qbD3  91.  6 

nnSCp?  86.  h  (2  m.) 

1S53  83.  c  (2) 

IDS  216.  1.  6 

"i-lpp  194.  2 

na*??  80.  2.  h 

rb}  91.  c? 

Tibp  159.  3 

DhbS  91.  6,  119.  1 

npb?  132.  2 
nn^?  91.  c 

'^123  159.  1 
^iT25  159.  1 
fl-DTOi  159.  1 
biT23  159.  1 

n^bi^:  i59.  3 

nbT25  200.  h,  e 
^V723  159.  1 

npb^3  141.  2 

D135,  VO)  140.  2 
SS'a:  207.  1.  J,  209. 

3.  i 
■'PSS^:  60.  1.  a 
Dnp'Cp   141.  2 

n-a:  (li?)  i59.  i 

1^3  185.  2 


nj^PSi  45.  4,  97.  1 

D3  174.  5 

DD3  135.  2,  140.  2 

nsaos  104. 5 
nnps  141. 1 

n3D3  140.  2 
•nD3  3.    1.  «,    131.  3, 
165.  1 

SiD3  (K.  fut.)  157.  3 

r^i03  (Ni.)  159.  1 

D''^iC3  159.  3 

in:\nD3  11.  1.  a 

"WiO}     66.    2    (2)    .-, 
159.  1 

tjD3  50.  1 

^03  184 

HDDS  220.  1.  h 

•iSpa  216.  2.  a 

DD3  141.  3  (p.  175) 

n:?D3n  99.  3 
nsosi  99.  3 

D"]!!??  111.  3.  a 

ni:?3  159. 1 

^^n^3?3  62.  2 
Oi"l',:?3  201.  1.  h 
b?3   197.  a,  200.  c 
D^'byS  203.  2,  208.  4 
Cb^3  60.  3.  a,  112.  3 

n^b5?3  D'^"ab?3  112. 

0?3  82.  1.  a  (2) 
nW3  32.  3.  a 

■jT^SyS   187.  2.  c 

nyp  121. 1 

n?3  58.  1,  184.  6 


n?3  184.  6 

nny3  58. 1 

y*^??  111.  3.  6 

nto?3i  172.  3 
iniiiBS  159. 1 

fiW  159.  1 

ani3iiD3  159.  1 

n^2iS5  159.  3 
nixbB3  235.  3  (3) 
nsbB3  166.  1 
lni{bB3  166.  1,  205.  c 

nris?bB3  166. 1 

to  106.  a 
^Sto  173.  1 

^nto  173. 1 

bbB3  92.  a 

1S|^  61.  4 

fD3  179.  2.  rt 

T2;£3  50.  2,  102.1,  197.5, 

200.  c 
n^ViPSS  187.  2.  a 

3S3  50.  1,  179.  2.  o 

n^3  217 
rrq^1}^  99.  3 
ns3  01.  2 

proSS  54.  4,  96.  6 
^:b^3  65.  a 
3   ^r\^S3  86.  b  (2  ra.) 
■^23  50.  3,  51.  1 
n23  131.  3 
nnjIS  24.  b,  98.  1.  a 

rnsrp  24.  6,  106.  6 

Cnn23  104.  i 


382 


INDEX   III. 


n^D  149.  1 

nnpD  131.  3 
^22a;?p  91.  d 

1p^  185.  2.  b 

n;52  174.  3 

^tDip2  24.  c 
b-jpp  217 

cnbp:  159. 1 

■^Pp,  N^pp  185.   2.  c/, 
209.  2 

n-^p?  173. 1 

''ri''p?  1V3. 1 

'I??,  ^p?  140.  2 
•'n'Jpp  141.  2 
Dp3  217 
np3    131.  3 

n^pp  217 

yp?  179.  2.  a 
^^^^  91.  6,  166.  3 
"I?  43.  a,  200.  o 
i?n3  97.  2.  a 
■^n?  183.  i 
T^l!]  99.  3,  147.  5 
^S^Snp   164.  3 
p2  140.  2 
S«T»?  82.  5.  a 
NTS?   131.  3 
XtoS  131.  4 
Siir-p   (Pi.)  165.  2 
ixirp  164.  4 
TjXiOp  164.  4 

lia?  165.  3 

85^iS2  57.  2  (3)  a,  86.  6 
(3  pi.),  164.  3 


i^toS  165.  3 
mH^  177.  3 
i?TB3  165.  2 
bi^TDp  119.  1 
iT»3l   150.  3 
t^";}^^^  205 
^5Wp   141.  2 
''3;:2Jp  220.  1.  b 
n-^tl  207.  2.  e 
n^^3'\  140.  5 
tj^p  84.  3.  a  (3) 
ri|TBp  51.  4 
bis?  84.  3.  a  (2) 
ribt^  124.  a 

ro-^bir-p  97.  1 
ntiTBp  141.  1 
nm^p  141. 1 

''plB?    92.  c 

vlTiJ?  50.  2 

?"tp1»3  53.  3.  o,  128 

nnicp  24.  c 
n^nirp  83.  c  (2) 
nynicp  172.  3 
■jins  11. 1.  s 
Dsira  11. 1. 6 

'^^^  50.  1,  80.  2.  a 

84.  3.  a  (2) 
inp   130.  1,  132.  1 
>np,  -Jhp  131.  4 
")M  130.  1.  6 
^2Jnp    24.  c 

D^^'^3  11.  1.  6 
^pw  101.  3.  a 

yop  50. 1 


fnp  131.  3 
^n^:pnp  24.  b 

inp  125.  3 

ttjnp  50.  1 

DPP?    132,  1 

nXD  200.  6,  207.  1./ 
D^^inNO  203.  3 

nb,  nho  134. 1, 139. 2 

350  138 

nap  141.  4 

■^p^^i^o,  -ipanD  104. ;, 

139.  1 

•ipiap  139.  1 
iriiap  61. 3 
n^no  11. 1.  b 

n'^nO  235.  3  (1) 
I'^nb  90 
"?I2D  19.  2.  a 
iDSD  24.  5,  221.  5.  a 

''5S0  19.  1,  45.  2 

^Sp   187.  1.  a 
ib3C  24.  5,  221.  5.  a 
P?3p   3.  1.  a 
n.np  51.  1 
(3),  ^^'l.;!?  187.  .2.  c 

nnio  •i'37,  141.  4 

llO  184.  6 
iniO  186.  2.  a 
0',D  58.  1 
nO^O  58.  1 
"'CTO  62.  2 
''P'^0  66.  1  (2)  5 
liD^O  62.  2 


INDEX    III. 


383 


nsioise.  2.  a 

•r\D  3.  1.  a 

nhiD  53.  2.  a,  220.  1.  b 

nno  119. 1 

-in-inp  92.  a,  122.  1 
"Tip  197.  b,  200.  c,  flJ 
?yp9  51.  1,141.  2  (p.  175) 
b?D  3.  1.  a,  51.  1,  80. 

2.  «  (1) 
?ypDp  138 
■IDO  3.  1.  a,  51.  1 

nnbo  125. 1 
bpbp  141.  5 
r,i^pbpi87.1.<?,207.2.a 
pbO  84.  3.  a  (2) 
dbp  55.  1,  193.  2.  c 

rbb  197.  6 

•TlTaD  195.  1 

nnns^ap  104.  i 

ri:p  183.  b,  184.  6 
D'^niSP  207.  1.  a 
D^spsp  207.  2.  a 
TBjD  195.  1 
^:?P  19.  2.  a,  89 
n^yp^  234.  a 
^yp  131.  3 

-\2?p,  n?b  122.  2 
nnyp  51.  1 

;|P  200.  c,  207.  2.  a 

nSp  3.  1.  a 

nECI    15G.  4 

■jSD  50.  1 

CISD   141,  3  (p.  175) 

ISO  61.  4 


0^*10  210.  a 
ipino,  ip'i'ip  GO.  3.  c 
ns^np  68.  a 
ino  184.  6 
D^'arip  104.  j7 

nnp  217 
nnnp  217 
innp  66. 2  (2)  a 

ny  197.  b,   200.  c,   215. 

1.  a 
^V  (ohh?)  19.  2.  ffl 
W  112.  5.  c 

-in J?  65 

V  AT 

nnnj^  111.  3.  a 

T  :   T 

I'ln?  220.  2.  6 
i^ny  65 

At   T 

iTOI  61.  1.  a 
''W  216.  1.  a 
'I'ln?  61.  1 

^in^nai?  195.  3 

IT^W  220.  1.  b 

nnn?  22. « 
na^  112.  5. 6 

''•\S:?194.  1,209.2,217 

n^nn:?  62.  2 
ni^-ins?  62. 2 
D'^i^nny,  D^"iny  62.  2 
rr^^^v  217 
?^-\n:?  106.  a 

DDW  106.  a,  127.  2 

nh?  200.  c 
n^:?  112. 5.  a 

253^  186.  2.  6 


bin?  18.5.  2.  6 

b52?  197.  c 

nb3i?  197.  c 

^?237. 1,  238.1,  267.6 

iy  65.  a 

-!?  43.  a 

nyj  112. 5.  a 

n^?  184.  6 

n^n?  209.  3 

^'ly  238.  1.  a 
•ip  ^?  230.  2  (2) 
Tl"!^  112.  5.  a 
TO  112.  5.  a 
iri^3?  220.  2.  a 
2'y^V  186.  2.  & 
TO  235.  3  (1),  236 
TO  161.  1 
Tiy  (v.)  157.  1 
•jTO  156.  1 

bn:?,  b^?  isi.  6,  216. 

1.  (^ 
b^^y  161.  1 

nbl2?  51.  1,  208.  3.  c 

T  :  - 

to  221,  5.  6 

bbi:?  142.  1 
bb"':?  141.  5 
";?n  obiy  63,  1.  c 
nrb-^,?  61.  6.  a 
)^y  156.  1 
p:?  200.  c 
15iy  141.  4 

D'<5'iy  187.  1.  e 

^is  201.  1 


384 


INDEX      III. 


-^rj  179.  2.  a 

-li:?  200.  a 

-I^S?  (v.)  57.  2  (5)  a, 

161.  1 
-i:^S'  (adj.)  187.  1.  6 

i;\y\v  193.  2 

nn:iy  i98.  a  (3),  201. 1 

my  161. 1 

ry,  Tb  65.  a 

T3?  200.  6,  207.  2 

bTi5T?  11.  1.  a,  168.  a 

nnry  98. 1 

^"IpiDTS?  22.  a 
■'iTb  61.  6.  ff 

•fnt:?  111.  3.  a 
^3nnT2?  104.  y 
nrs:  60. 3. 6  (1),  i84 
i-t:^,  "I'-y  221.  6 

^'V  61.  5 

it:?  112.  5. 6 

nT3?  184 

nnTi?  196. 6 
nnnT:?  61.  6. « 
ntpy  112.  5.  & 

n^-jb^  209.  1.  a 
51^02?  195.  1 
D'^S^'J?  207.  1.  a 
Tjy  50.  1,  112,  5.  6 

nyj?  214.  1. 6 

••^  53.  3.  a 

•J"::?  201. 1 

1^'!'Si  199.  « 

1:'?  184.  h,  197.  a,  208, 
3.  c  bis,  217 


niD^?  203.  5.  a 
ni]"'?  216.  1.  (Z 
■ip^?  221.  5.  6 

^rr^r:?  220. 2.  c 
ns:>:^  156. 1 

^^V  208.  3.  c 


Dl?  237.  1 
1^^  110.  1 
^b?  60.  3.  6  (1) 
n'lb?  65,  89  (m.  pi.) 
"roll's  60.  1.  a 
•^'IttS?  111.  3.  a 


T:?  197.  a,  200,  &,  207.  ?i'l)3?  45.  2,  106.  « 

1./  tT'l'mV  209,  2,  210,  c? 

nTiS'220,  1.  J,  221,  5,  b  ''^2?   199,  6 
D"1i?  207,  2,  c  """S?  214.  2 

TE':?  197,  a  ^^?  65.  a 

©■'35?   195,  1  pto  3.  4 

'JjS?,  nD3?  51,  4  Qi-C^J?  207.  2,  « 

W  112.  5.  a  pb^  185.  2.  6,  207.  1.  c, 

b?  237.  1,  238.  1,  287.  6       217 


bl?  186.  2.  c 
nnb:?  51.  1 

a"'^ib?  201.  1. 

Tby  112.  5.  c 
iyS  185.  2.  6 
^(b:>  111.  3.  a 


P^?   184 
'liaS'  208.  3.  h 

'rr\'i2V  3.  4 

■iSf:?  24.  5,  216.  2.  a 
ni?  174.  3 
123^  185.  2.  f^ 


''Tb:?  89  (f.s.),  111.  3.  a  n^:^  60.  3.  b  (1) 
"hv  238.  1.  a 

lb:?  3.  4 
'ji'ib:^  193. 1 

n^'b^bS?  198.  a  (4) 
p-b?  239.  2  (3) 
db:?  112.  5.  b 
Dpr^?  237.  2  (2) 

nsb:?  93.  c 

''S-b?  237.  2  (2) 
fb:?  112.  5.  c 
Mnbi?  61.  6.  a 
D?  197.  6,  207.  2.  a 


^rf\lV  174.  6 
'•py  185.  2.  rf 
•"^?  104.  6 
•j??  198,  217 
■JS:?   141.  4 
rw;?^  198,  217 

•>:::?  139. 1 

DDS5?  221.  6.  c 

p?:?  50. 1 

irih32?  24.  6 

oniD?  141.  2 

Dii?S2?  208.  3.  (f 


INDEX    III. 


385 


nia"i?,  riinn^  45. 5.  «  nnto?  214. 1.  b,  223. 1 
inn?  22.  a  rrnt??  iog.  c?,  224 

D'^X^nn?  62.  2.  6,  209.    yn^^  210.  6,  227.  3 


bay  112.  5.  a 

ns:?  200.  a 

153?  208.  3.  b 

n^nsy  GO.  3.  b  (2)  2.  a 

nnS?  61.  6.  a  C^an?  208.  4 

yS?  43.  a,  185.  2  c7,  198,  1\T\^,  60.  3.  6  (1) 

217  "12)il?  187.  1.  e 

]in^?  193.  2  """ny  216.  1.  a 

OS'^nS?  24.  b,  216.  2.  a  p"!!?  210.  a 

my  184.  6  (*'b),  217  nD"!2?   111.  3.  a 

nS5?  198 

D^^PibS?  203.  5 

D?V  80-  2.  a  (1),  82.  1.  5]^^  80.  2.  S 

a  (2)  bS'n?:  193.  2.  c 

D23?  197.  5,  200.  c  fen?  197.  a 

ns3)  217 
r^m^  217 

nsy  50.  3,  112.  5.  6 

ornSs:?  24.  b 
tf^'ns?  220. 2.  a 

Ij^y  112.  5.  b 

spy  200.  c,  (/,  215.  1.  6  rti:y  (part.)  172.  5 

-ITIJS,  nj:y  239.  2  (2)       to  172.  2 

nin]?y  24. 5, 21 6. 2.  a  iic?  172.  2 
"?|ininj^3?  24.  6  iici^  62.  2.  c 

inj?:?  24.  b,  216.  2.  a      miW  l72.  5,  209.  3.  a 

ipy  185. 2.  b  n^iry  221. 7.  « 

bp'5]5?  188  ^"^irj?  201.  2 

Snp:?  195.  1,  207.  2.  b    ^ym_  227.  1 


©py  112.  5.  a 
tJJ5y  187.  1.  6 
13?  156.  2 

ni^  118. 1 

2^V  197.  6 


a^nto?  208.  3.  c/,  225.  1 
thm  225.  1.  a 

nto:?  172. 1 
pi©:?  185. 2.  c 

"JTt:?  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  6 
)m  216.  1.  e 

n'Qi?  200.  c,  216. 1. 6  ■'^"S^pTz::?  17. 2 
nyi?  187. 1.  e  rnry  79. 2, 112. 5.  b, 

125.  3 
n©?  197.  a 
^twy  224.  a 
2m  200.  a  ST^n©?  207.  1.  d 

nin©:?  24. 6, 216.  2.  «  ns?  43.  a,  197.  s,  200.  c, 

niC?  172.  2  207.  2,  215.  1.  b 

n©3?  62.  2.  c  nn2?  80.  2 

bsr.is?,  Vs-n©3?  i3.  b  nr?  219.  1.  a 

W^^   (pret.)  62.  2.  c         ''nS?  194.  2 

On:^  112.  5.  a 

pn:?  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
W  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 


KS  11.  1.  b 
mSS  189.  2.  c 
^liitS  104.  c 
stynscs  104.  i 
iSJ^S  125.  2 
bsniB  57.  2  (2)  b 

n^snis  13. 6 


tl^©:?  86.  b  (1  c.) 
i:pto?  102.  1.  a 
T]©;?  62.  2.  c 

nicy  224 

ntoy  80.  2.  6,  112.  5.  a  Oi'^'lB  55.  1,  193.  2.  c 


25 


386 


INDEX    III. 


yi^a  193.  2.  c 
Dni5  nS^S  33.  1.  a,  219. 
1.  b 

ns  11.  1.  b 

ns  185.  2.  c?,  209.  1.  a, 

215.  2.  &,  220.  1.  c 
nb  235.  3  (4) 
IS  11.  1.  b 
f^S  179.  2.  a 
"lis  139.  1 

"inis  141.  4 

ns  141.  1  (p.  175) 

"ins  78.  1 

"ins  184.  b 
nns  198,  211.  a 
^nS    131.  3 

nns  131.  4 

1t:S  125.  3 
■IS  61.  6.  a 
n^S   198.  c 
^n^S,  1^3  62.  2 
TiJibiS   59.  a,   195.  1, 
197.  a,  200.  b 

nmrsibis  220. 1.  b 

Sbs   18.  2.  c 

r^^S  92.  c 

:^bS  92.  c 

T2J.^^S    59.    a,    195.   1, 

197.  a,  200.  b,  208. 

3.  a 
D^pbS  66.  2  (2)  c 
"J'lbS  207.  1.  c 
na^bS  198 
■^taibS   216.  1.  b 


nb^bs  198.  ff.  (2) 
n^^b^bs  198.  fl  (4) 
bbs  141.  1  (p.  175) 
""Sbbs  68.  a,  75.  3 

■'pbbx  ^?'bs  75.  3 

■'RTCbs  194.  1 

^nbs  199.  b 

•JS  239.  1 

nSS  143.  o 

•OiS  39.  4.  a 

D''3S  197.  b,  201.  1 

i^^SS  220.  2.  c 

''^''SS   194.  2 

''n^is^  100.  2.  a  (1) 

nSS  187.  1.  b 

bDS  208.  3.  6 

b?3   76.  2,  83.  5,  84.  3. 

a  (3),  118.  2 
b?S  60.  1.  o,  61.  2,  4, 

208.  3 
ibS^S  60.  3.  b  (2),  221. 

5.  a 
ib^S  221.  5.  a 
^b^S   60.  3.  J  (2) 
^b^S  61.  1 
Q3b:?S  19.  2 
a?S   60.   1,    63.   2.  fl, 

197.  &,  200.  c,  d 
nSS  50.  2,  125.  3 
^pS  80.  2.  a  (4) 
"IpS    89 
^"I]:&  86.  a 
■'i'ljpS  106.  6 

a^"i^p&i87. 2 


ni^S  187.  1 

nip-nj5S  43. 6, 188 

13  197.  c 

ii'lS  18.  2.  f,  61.  2.  a, 
209.  3.  b 

nj^nsii.  1.  a 

ni51S   199 
nS"l3  207.  1.  6 
n^D'n^lS  207.  1.  a 

nns  197.  c 
n^n'ins  207. 1.  b 
■jins  193. 2 

in3  194.  2 
nns  50.  1,  79.  2 

nnns  i87.  i.  (Z 

■^nS  57.  2  (4),  184.  b, 

221.  5.  c 
n'^ns  62.  2.  c,  209.  1.  a 

T      •  ' 

i;'n3  62.  2.  6 
pnS  210.  a 
nshS  216.  1.  a 

nons  200.  c 

ynS  200.  a 
ny^ti  11.  1.  a 

ni^ns  104.  c? 

T    : 

nsns  141.  4 

^nS.  50.  2 

-yns  200.  c 
pns  50. 1 

©ns  210.  fl,  216.  1.  a 
©ns  50.  3 

©ns  119. 1 

TTSnSSO.  3,  68.  fl,  180.  a 
D5©nS  104.  ^,  119.  1 


INDEX    III. 


387 


nns  196.  h,  209.  1.  a 

'^t^^  100.  2.  a  (2) 

"am  80.  2.  a  (1),  84. 
3.  a  (3) 

nnics)  200.  h 

Om^S  15G.  1 

n&  197.  ff,  200.  5,  207. 

2.  a 
D5?n53  235.  2  (1) 

cane  215.  1.  a 
nins  139.  2 
nna  so.  1 
inna  loc.  a,  125.  2 

^n&  208.  3.  d 

Vnbns  188 

S2  148.  3 

nS2  (n.)  216.  1.  5 

:ns;r  (v.)  148.3,  164.  5 

nrX2  148.  3,  164.  3 

D'^bsS  208.  3.  a 

•JSi   201.  1 

•'Xasir  216.  1.  a 

DiS^SS  188.  a 

nSir  148.  2 

•^nS2  148.  2 

T]nS2   30.  2 

S32  200.  o,  215.  2,  c 

D'^Snsr   56.  4 

a'^xias  56.  4 

ins  208.  3.  d 

n;^n2r  209.  2. 6 
nm  165.  3 

12  207.  2.  a 


p'"^?  187.  1 

pna  84.  3.  a  (2) 

yi'2  184,  198.  a  (2) 

p'12  65.  o 

p'n2  80.   1 

npna  198.  a  (2),  216, 

^T\'pyi   65.  « 

^np"i2  92.  d 
nhs  50.  1 
nn'sr  19 7.  a 

n:'t>0?  1^-  2,  203.  5, 

208.  4 
12  174.  5 
"1X12  11.  1.  a 
n«12  200.  c,    215.  1, 

216.  1.  d 

rm  174. 5 

ni2  57.  2  (2) 
'in'112  11.  1.  ff 
D'^n'^is,  on^is  11. 1, 

pi2  207.  1.  c 
"112  (v.)  50.  3 
"112  (n.)  51.  3 
pn2  51.  2 
pn2  92.  d 
*iri2  50.  1 
"iri2  185.  2.  h 
"^2  209.  2 
"1^2  208.  3.  c 
'V'l  187.  1.  a 
^fr^'l  2\Q.d 
pb">2  187.  1.  c 
:ibpi2  14.  a 
b2  207.  2.  a 


nb2  82.  1,  a  (2) 

ninb2  57. 1 
nri^2  57. 1, 210.  e 

lbb2  139.  1 

ibb2  20.  2,  221.  6.  ft 

2  n'»bb2  209.  2.  a 
niT2b2  195.  3 
yb2  197.  a,  200.  f,  216. 

1.  e 
n^V2    198 
b2b2  187.  1,  e,  207.  2. 

a,  216.  2 
n'ib2b2  16.  3.  & 
i«tt2  (y.)  82.  1.  a  (l) 
iim  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
'>'n^2  22,  a,  216.  2.  a 
nm  80.  2.  a  (1) 
r,m  165.  3 

^'rm  164.  2 

«  ipI1^2   102.  2,  104.  / 

i:inn^2  24.  &,  92.  « 
'>5nn^2  24.  h 

51122,  51122  185.  2 
nP52  200.  a 
Tj'i:?2   119.  3 
p?2  51.  2,  121.  1 
1B2  (part.)  l72.  5 
'jiB2  197.  h 
npiB2  219.  1 
12152  194.  2 
"liB2  197.   c,  200.  <r, 

207.  1,  d 
•JSS  50.  1 
P3S2  132.  1 


388 


INDEX   III. 


51?^  141.  2  (p.  175) 
3?'ina2  68.  a,  195.  2 
•jnsa  193.  2.  &,  208.  3.  a 
p2  148.  3 
■Jlpa  86.  h  (3  pi.) 
Jn]5^  148.  2 
nn^  216.  1.  a 
naTl2  98.  1.  a 
ni"l2  200.  a 
TO  50.    3,    141.    3 
(p.  175) 

'r\kp^  156.  4 
dS5p  11.  1.  a 
DXp  156.  3 
nsp  196.  h 
ap  139.  2 
nnp  184.  i 

-rap  19.  2, 141. 1 
niap  104.  d 

b3p  86.  6  (3  pi.) 

i>np,  i^np  19.  2.  c, 

221.  5.  a 

ny-bsp  19.  2 

T  r  *T 

isnp  141.  3 

r^p   92.  c? 

naip  92.  c 

?i^ap  92.  c,  101.  3.  a, 
104.  ^ 

nap  78.  1 
nap  200.  c 
inap  104.  j 
tJinp  185.  2.  J 
D'^TBinp  201. 2 


Onp   65.  ft 

Ipnp  187.  1.  e 

TJJnp  80.  2.  a  (1),  82.  1, 

a  (2) 
TiJnp  208.  3.  6 
-ffi'lp  92.  c 
ttJ^P   92.  c 

n^ffinp  19.  2 
nnp  121. 1 
nbnp  197.  c^ 
irinp  194. 1 
5?aip  50. 1 
©nip  11, 1.  J 

S^'^P,  S^-'P  1V4.  3 
•it^ilp,  ^ni.'lp  174.  2 
bip  200.  a 
n^p  153.  2,  155 

nriip,  n^^p  157.  2 
i^i^p  34 
"itt^p  34 
n^^ip  156. 2 

Disip  83.  c  (1) 

ni^'5a)aip  i98.  a  (4) 

7^p  179.  2.  a 

nisi^p  57.  2  (3)  a 
^nhnp  21. 1 
np  132.  2 

np  53.  2.  a,  132.  2 
"inp   132.  2 

dnp  132.  2 

-nnp  60. 3.  c,  132.  2 

nnp  132. 2 

^pnp  132.  2 

Tjatpp  19.  2,  221.  5.  « 


bitDp  217 

bt2p  51.   3,   83,    83.    h, 

85.  2,  103 
b^p  183.  a 
btDp   217 
1::^  185.  2,  207.  2.  &, 

217 
■jbp  (adj.)  185.  2 
•Jbp  (v.)    82.    1.    a  (3), 

84.  3.  a  (1) 
•isrip  19.  2,  221.  5.  a 
npp  80.  2.  a  (1) 

niu^p  187. 1.  c 

U^'P   83.  c  (1),   154.  1, 
161.  1 

tarcr^  59.  o,  187. 1.  c 

^S^'ip  220.  1.  6 
■jibp^P  187.  1.  e 
Tp  200.  a 
^5p  141.  1 
^5p;i  100.  2.  a  (2) 

nibp  214. 2 
nibp  141. 2 

bbp  84.  3.  a  (2) 

bbp  141.  4 

nbbp  20.  2 

nobp  198.  a  (3) 

bpbp  141.  4 

bpbp  187.  1.  e 

Dp  57.  2  (5),   153.  1, 

185.  2.  a 
tJirip  59.  «,  187.  1.  c 
Qi^p  156.  2 
b^p,  b^p  82.  1.  «  (1) 


INDEX    III. 


389 


^^12|5  24.  c 

r\ydp  61.  4,  66.  2  (2), 

157.  2 
yisp  208.  3.  b 
r\l3j?  59 
11?  215.  1.  6 
Sip  92.  d,  166.  3 
ins<3|?  166.  2 
HDp  200.  c 
T\:l^_   172.  2 
iSp   172.  2 
-■j^Si?  215.  1.  c 
"{Sp  141.  1  (p.  175) 
•jSp  80.  2.  6 
*'??P?  54.  3 
•i^lDp  89  (f.  s.) 
nop  84.  3.  a  (3) 
-DDp  87 

D0j5  141.  3  (p.  175) 
n^D]5  196.  c 

nsj?  50.  1 

nsp  18.  2.  c 

^.niJp  220.  1.  6 

I^P  184.  6 

T2p  185.  2.  a 

fSp  141.  1  (p.  175) 

"I2|?   50.  1,  2,   84.  3.    a 

(3),  125.  3 
DD-I2rp   106.  a 
n^p  196.  i,  211.  a 
i5np  179.  1.  a 
K""lj5  166,  2 
»'ip  167.  1 

niiinp  i66.  2 


?S1p  104.  c 

»    T  T  1; 

nb^b  N'np^  35.  1 

"jSnp   60.    3.  f,   98.  2, 

164.  3 
nS'lp  166.  1 
nS'lp  166.  2 
nnp   77.  3,  78.  2,  82. 

1.  a  (2),  118.  1 
a'^p  (imp.)  119.  1 
ntip   185.  2.  6 
a'lp  200.  a 
-n*1p  19.  2.  a 

nnnp  98.  i.  a 

^iinp  39.  4.  a 
DDa-lp  19.  2,  119.  3 
•}nnp  19.  2.  h,  193.  2 
'i.Sa'lp  216.  1.  a 
D'lnp  200.  c 
nnp  179.  1.  a 

ninp  185.  2.  h 
n^ip  187. 1.  6 

Smp  11.  1.  a 

fc^nnp  196.  (? 
''nnp  89  (f.  s.) 

fflp  118.  1 
I'lp  197.  a 
niDnp  203.  5.  a 
''Snp  214.  2 
Wp,   TSnp  221.  4 

D!'?'?)?,   D\2':^)?  203.  1, 

208.  4 
bbnp  193.  2.  c 
"j^np  50.  2 

ypnp  187. 1.  e 


^ro  101.  2 

niaptop  207. 1.  e 

3Ttp   79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

rncp  210 
niirp  216. 1.  f? 

tJTEp  61.  4,  183.  6 
•iTSp  80.  2.  a  (2) 
nffip  80.  1 
Q'lT»p  125.  1 
©ffip  141.  3  (p.  175) 
m^p  197.  6,  199.  c? 
ri^p  187.  1.  a 

criinffip  24.  & 

n'mSp  216.  2.  a 

riij'l  77.  2,  79.  1,  80.  1, 
114 

ns5n  172.  2 
isn  172.  2 

^lii'l  26,  121.  1 

i:nisn  57. 2  (3)  a 
n^sn  172.  2 
misn  172.  2 
"isn  00.  3. 6  (2) 
ni'^s'i  207. 2.  (? 

liffi'^Sn  227.  1.  a 

Ji^sn  156.  3 
ri^ttsn  11. 1.  a 
ni^i^n  156.  3 
i:sn  102.  3 

UJSn  11.  1.  a  bis 

rsn  156. 3 

CST  01.  2.  a,  207.  1./ 

ptJX-l  11. 1.  i 


390  INDEX      III. 

•jiCXn  193.  1,  227.  1  "^''^n  194.  2  CWn  201.  1,  208.  3.  a 

npffiS?-!  235.  3  (3)  Cb^-l   203.  o.  a  fn'^  80.  2.  a  (3) 

n^csn  57.  2  (3)  a  r^n  126. 1  nsnn  119.  3 

rriosn  i98.  «  (4)  ^n  (nn^)  53.  2. 6,  iso.  ptin  i85.  2.  6 

Sn  {<S)  153.  1  1  (p.  182)  ^rj-)  119.  1 

nn,  n-i  (y'b)  82. 1.  a  (3)  ti  (S'b)  139.  2  r.^nn  119.  3 

nn  217  ^*^,  S"''^";!  148.  3  rjn  84.  3.  a  (2) 

nn  (■'>)  158.  3  nin  (inf.)  148.  2  Tt£i;n  68.  a,  180.  rt 

an  (n.)  186.  2.  c  sl^IT  78.  1  ^^  184.  6 

nnn  ui.  i  (p.  175),  ?]nn  lu  a^'i  (v.)  153. 2,  155, 

179.  2.  a  ^?-'S"7  114                             158.  2,  3 

rnhni  250.  2  (2)  o  ""S^n  19. 2.  a  n^n  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

nnn  179. 2.  a  r,"n  i48.  2  nin^n  i58. 1 

T    T  •■  ' 

nan  235.  3  (3)  "^r^""!  i48.  2  p^n  186.  2.  c 

nan  172. 3, 174.  5  oann  22.  a  a^t?  235.  2  (1) 

lan  (■•>)  156.  4  am  i58.  3  c^n  186.  2.  c 

lan  141.  1  n^n  57.  2  (5)  a,  156.  1  riT^''">  57.  2  (2)  a,   227. 

?iah  139. 1  n^n  i84.  6                   1.  « 

ian,  xian  i97.  a,  209.  nin  197.  6  ^n  50. 1, 186.  2.  c 

3,  226  m  161.  1  aDn  84,  3.  a  (2) 

nian  eo.  .3.  a  bain  i86.  2.  «  ^s^i  i4i.  1 

o'lnian  203.  4, 226  tir\  so.  2.  «  (4)  ^on  i4i.  1  (p.  175) 

n'lan  249.  1.  a  nm  157. 1  ban  50. 1 

il^ian  227.  1  fm  179.  1.  a  njDn  198.  o  (2) 

n^y^an  227.  3  f?in  141.  4  ^I2h  139. 1 

yan,  yah  227.  3  ^in  57.  2  (2)  a  ^:irin  199.  b 

o'lyan  207.  1.  a  snn,  a'inn  197. 5, 200. «  n^h  208.  3.  6 

yan  S4. 3.  a  (2)  ainn  i87. 1  '^i'^'En  104.  ^ 

ran  i58. 1  pinn  i85.  2.  b  ^>r^,  ^'r\  141.  1 

nan  235.  3  (3)  bnn  197.  c,  200.  b  i^n  139.  3 

inan  33. 1, 61. 6.  a,  218  nnn  iis.  2  ^z'^  141.  5 

T^n  84.  3.  a  (2)  cnn  119. 1  ?n  eo.  2,  215. 1.  ^ 

hn  50.  1  cnn  ei.  2.  «,  i97. 5      a?n  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (2) 

b^n  197.  a,  217  "^t'?  196.  c  an  (adj.)  185.  2.  & 


INDEX   III. 


391 


TO'-I  139.  2 

n?!  186.  2.  a,  215.  c 

^ITO"!  220.  1.  b 

^y"^)  141.  1 

lyn  221.  3.  a 

T;3>'1  221.  3.  a 

bn  lU 

■jSS^n  122.  1 

■Jp?n  187.  1.  d,  207.  2.  b 

3?3?n  141.  3  (p.  175) 

■^Sni^n  220.  1.  i 

NB'l  186.  2.  a 

i?i2"n  92.  d,  166.  3 

nxsn  164.  5 

^:i52"l  165.  2 
inXS"!  165.  2 
"ISn  84.  3.  a  (2) 
nSI  165.  1 
inssn  177.  3 

xian  179.  1.  a 

•J^Sn  199.  r/ 
f^-1  141.  4 

pn  50. 1 

npn   84.  3.  a  (2) 
n)5h   186.  2.  a 
D;?h   186.  2.  a 

yp  126. 1 

T^S'p'l  106.  ff,  125.  2 

ppn  179.  2. « 

CI  (^'i?)  186.  2.  f 
ttj^,  t'\  C'D)  148.  3 
yen  198.  a 

r.:?T2n  i98.  «  (i) 

D^n2>T»n   203.  5 


''SlBn,  ^BTJJn  22.  a,  216. 
2.  a 

tm  141. 5 
•am  141.  5 

nth  (v.)  148.  2 

men  (n.)  i84.  & 

nnffl"!  148.  2 

pinn    200.  a,  207.  1.  c 

Oni  197.  b,  208.  3.  6 

S5to   131.  3 

^Siri,  ^Xto   16.  2.  ff,  45. 

5.  a 
ni5T0   3.  1.  a 
n55ir'  16.  2.  o,  61.  2.  ff, 

131.  4 

nsto  61. 2.  « 
ynto  82. 1.  «  (2) 

?nto  185.  2.  6 

jpynto  127. 1 
nnto  3.  1.  a 

"ini?  141.  1  (p.  175) 
rTji^  185.  2.  f/,  200.  c, 

210,  215.  2,  221.  7 
^nnto  220.  1.  b 
•^niO  185.  2.  f^ 
Sli^  201.  1,  215.  2 

^^rita  19.  2 

«it).131.  4 

n^ii?  158.  3 

D^TU  158.  3 

rvnw  158.  3 

nito3.,  1,  a,  179.  2.  a 

into  184.  ?> 


pnto  51. 2 

Dtito,  )'Cia  51.  4 

i:t:ii)  i06.  a 

rt  184.  J 

in'^to  221.  7.  a 

i^to  221.  7.  a 

n'>iO  158.  2,  3 

d'^to  158.  2,  3  bis 

ni2^©  158.  3 

tl^ti  158.  2 

^Dto  51.  1 

b?to  3.  1.  a,  79.  2 

n^bDilJ  3.  1.  a,    51.  4.  a 

nsiS  3.  1.  a 

ibto  184.  &,  207.  1.  b 

•^•bW  156.  4 

nttto  82.  1.  a  (2) 

''n^ato,  -^TOTiJ  216.  1.  i 
invito  104.  y 

S?to  82.  1.  a  (1) 
nXSip  87,  166.  2 

ns«;to  104. 7i 

^«:to  102.  3 
^X:iS  60.  1,  164.  4 

ns:to  166. 2 
■'nxrir;  i64.  i 

^■^ns?©  220.  2.  « 

nyiri  3.  1.  a,  121. 1 
n:^©  207. 1.  b 
nni^to  51. 1 

T\yiO   198.  6 

nnbip  200.  b 

fl^V'm  27,  57.  2  (2)  i. 
220.  1.  b 


392 


INDEX   III. 


nSto  3.  1.  o,   199.   d, 

217,  221.  2.  4 
ID©  50.  1 
insto  216.  2.  a 

an^ninstt)  221. 1 
nninsiB  221. 1 

-It?  207.  2.  a 
nniB  179.  2.  a 
•'"lis  199.  c 

QiSl^ntO  68.  a 

nnB';».to  104. « 

phto  185.  2.  S 

nnto  141.  1  (p.  175) 

"'nnto  61.  6.  a 

nio  131.  4 
anto  90  (ijffss.) 

»  53.  2.  «,  74 

nnriijTiJ  45.  5.  « 

5to  197.  h 

i:s«  57.  2  (3)  a 

aitpSTO  156.  3 

T]i:«Ta  57.  2  (3)  a 

5NT»  78.  1,  121.  1 
bSTlJ,  ^bW2J  119.  2 

nbxi»  119.  3 

l3^bXT»  119.  2 
^5^bST»  118.  3 

119.  2 

104.  a 

^''nbxTiJ  119.  2 
anbsir  119.  2 
]:i5o  122.  1 

IpiiO  187.1.(7,207.2. 


T0S1U  139.  3 
^STT  183.  h 
n^-lSTS    198.  a  (4) 
ntO  53.  2.  a,    144.    3, 
148.  3 

-nc,  naiD  143.  3 

nil5  157.  1 

latj  11. 1.  a 
na©  34 
^a^  34 
^a©   39.  4.  a 
:?^aio  200.  f,  210.  a 

n^aiC  198.  a  (4) 

inma©  220. 1.  h 

t:aT2?  51.  2,  197.  6 

''patp  216. 2 
''ais  221.  5.  c 
■':?''aT»  227. 1 

tT^a©  198.  a  (4) 

bibaffi  24. 6 

•iba©  24.  6 


natj,  n^c  126.  2 

ra©  84.  3.  0  (3),  86.  h 

natj  148.  2 

V    AT 

naiS  144.  3,  148.  2 
nac  197.  6,  221.  6.  a 

"jinaia  193.  2.  fi 
•'pai?,  ipai^  148. 2 

b^T25  197.  a 
^5©  216.  1.  e 
1©  207.  2.  ft 
^nT»  139.  2 
^"lia  141.  4 
n'1'1©  93.  « 

'^yb  141. 1 

^ilTC  139.  2 
'^'1©  199.  c. 
Crna  45.  6.  a 
SI©  61.  2.  a 

a'liij  157. 1 

ai©  (ni©^^?)  53.  2. 5, 

148.  2 


nba©  3. 1,  a,  200.  z*,    'Jifisaic  104.  c 

207. 1.  (?  n™,  nait!Ji57.  2 

npaia  157.  2  ini©  11. 1.  c 

ya©  216.  1.  e  "IjitJ   141.  4 

nya©  223. 1  TTcayt  207. 1.  a 

Q^ya©  208.  3.  a,  225.  1  T^^i©  199.  a 
D:^?a©  203.  3  "^ITC  194.  2.  a 

nryat?  223. 1.  «         r^i©  lei.  1 
da^nba©  221.  2. 6       b^^-^tj  186.  2 

D:iriya©203.4,223.1.«  l^i©  186.  2.  a 

anya©  223. 1.  c/,  250.  tosi©  186.  2.  a 

2  (2)  a  nsittj  200.  a 

b  'nS'CJ  3.  1.  a  p^tD  207.  1.  / 


INDEX   III. 


393 


pillj  197.  a 

"1^©  3.  1.  a 

ni©  (v.)  158.  3 

ni©  (n.)  197.  f,  201.  1, 

207.  1./. 
iriTSi©  92.  b,  174.  1 
)mW  207.  2.  6 
•nntJ  GO.  3.  i  (2),  119.  4 

nni»  141. 1 

^nilJ  GO.  4.  o,   141.  1 

n'jntj  119.  3 
rr^rnij  199.  d 
nn;a  iss.  2.  b 
nn-\nia  iss 
nniij  78. 2 
^nnp  121.  2 
DDnntj  119. 1 
nDTJ?  200. 5 

D'^'Jia  156.  3 

nn-'TO  187.  1.  c 
ib^  (T ,  ^D'bi©  55.  2.  a 
n^-a  158.  2,  3 
n'TC  220.  1.  b 

n^W  158.  2,  3 

ini©  221.  5. 6 

?yO  139.  2 

330  84.  3.  a  (2) 

ab©  87 

330   87 
n33TJ?   98.  1 
n33TlJ  106.  « 
i33T»  106.  a 
bi3TD   184 
1^30  90  (pass.) 


■ji30  87 

n30    80.  2,  82.  1.  rt  (2) 

IJISO  216.  1.  6 

W30  127.  2 

^^:n30  127.  2 

nnSTC  GO.  2.  cr,  127.  1 

bDW  3.  1.  a 

bbiD  82.  1.  a  (3),   84.  3. 

a  (1),  85.  2 
Sinb30G5.ff,  82.  l.o(3) 
'inbblD  C5.  a 
D3T2J  183.  b 
Q30   65 
'^'5330  221.  5.  c 
pO   82.  1.  a  (2),  84.  3. 

«  (1) 

)bid  87 

pilj  90  {2)ass.) 
•iSpO  61.  6.  a 
r\;30  132.  1 

^p:3Tri  90  (2  f.) 

nSO   3.  1.  a,  125.  3 
130   185.  2 
-bo  131.  3 
bo  139.  2 

IpsbO  68.  a 

n^nsnbo  195. 3 

ibO  185.  2.  (^ 
"ibO  184.  b 
ti3  nbo  21.  1 
a^n^ibo  187.  2 

QlbO  187.  2 

•^nnbo  168.  rt. 

nbO  80.  2.  «  (1),  124 


nbi?  60. 1 
nbo  125.  2 
nbo  126. 1 
nbo  126. 1 
nnbo  125. 1 
^nbo  221.  3.  a 
r,nbo  126. 1 
■jnbo  200.  a 
s\:-nbo  45.  4 
nnbo  123.  5.  a 

tsbO  84.  3.  a  (2) 

"ibo  54. 2 

0''bO  210.  a 
^O^bo   199.  b 

^Oibo  227.  1 
n'^O'^bO  227.  3 

nno-'bo  219. 1. « 

nsbO  92.  d 
bbo  141.  3  (p.  175) 
Dbo  84.  3.  a  (2) 
DbO  92.  d 
Dbo  92.  c 
Dbo  93.  a 
^1350  92.  c 
^:)W  194.  2.  a 
"ObO  215.  1.  c 
ObO  51.  3 
nobO  220.  1.  b 
nobO  223.  1 
D'^ObO  225.  1 
n-^ObO  207.  1.  a 
DObO  235.  2  (1) 
?J"'riObp   220.  1.  6 
DSnObO   250.  2  (2)  a 


394 


INDEX      III. 


DnTObir  250.  2  (2)  a 

•jnbtj  53.  2.  a 

Dir  235.  1 

Utg  43.  a,  200.  a,  215. 

1.  b 
'liaiS  80.  2.  o  (3) 
niSTB  219.  1.  a 
iT2T2J  221.  3.  a 

ni^ffi  64.  2 
niiao  139. 2 

nPl'J^TO  86.  b  (2  m.) 
^m  66.  2  (2)  c 
Di'DTD  10.  a 
D^^'a^  201.  1,  203.  5.  c 

ma^ia-iS  219.  i 

iZ^'iZlD  227.  1 
D'OT?  82.  1.  a  (2),  84.  3. 
a  (1),  141.  3  (p.  175) 

n^ia"  90 

■}13T»  79.  2,   84.  3.  «  (2) 

npiair  223.  1 
n^sia©  225. 1 
'im  3n:bTD  224.  a 

3?^©  80.  2.  a  (1),  82.  1. 

a  {2) 
3?T20  60.  1.  a 
yia©  65.  & 
y^O  184.  ft 
y^ilj  60.  1.  a 
rijia  60.  1 
TO^tJ  125.  1 
n^TSTS  98.  1,  125.  1 
^2?12©    125.  2 
?i?^lS  106.  a 


D3?12TB  125.  2 
P_)2V  89  (f.  pi.),    98.  2, 
127.  1 

ri^;?^ffi  127. 2 

i?^)?©  125.  1 
P?12T»  127.  1 
n?^il5  205 

in:^)2T0  106.  a 

^^aiB  77.  2 

n-aia  i86. 2.  a 
'Tirrnt  125. 1 
ir\'i2'd  19.  2 
nnisTj:  104.  e 

tJ^TC  197.  6 
1©  197.  a,  217 
i{2tt?  196.  d 
^3tl   177.  3 

n:Tr  200.0,  f/,  211,216.1 

"iniSTD  141.  2 
i3tJ  227.  1 
^^"j^  203.  4,  223.  1 
'iWT)  D^3t^  251.  4.  a 
^3''3p  250.  2  (2)  a 
n^3T»  235.  3  (3) 
•j:©  141.  1  (p.  175) 
11©  141.  5 

ntd  196.  5 

D^'SnruD  203.  3 

yoio  126. 1 

TStpyttJ  195.  2 
b?tj  208.  3.  b 
^h'^^ID  216.  2 
y?©  141.  2  (p.  175) 

ny©  197.  b 


rnj?©,  ;n^5?©  60.  3.  a 

^^n2>©  3.  1.  rt 

nn^.n?©  i87.  2.  c 

Smt  60.  3.  6(2),  141.  6 

D'^yW©  187.  2.  b 
■jiB©  89 

nriB©  214. 1 

lUb©  89  (m.  pi.) 
^S©   80.  2.  a  (2) 

^bir  89 

nDSTB13.  6,  86.  b  (3  pi.) 
riDS©  22.  a 
b&TS  82.  1.  «  (1) 
b&t3  87 
nbsffl  196.  c 

IB©  207.  2.  & 
n?B©   196.  6 

^^na©  187.  2.  c 
nins©  203. 5.  a 

D^^nS©  203.  5.  a 

njp©^  131.  3 

^p©  209.  3 
7lp©   187.  2 
D'l'ap©,  ni)2p©  208.  3.  a 
pp©   141.  2  (p.  175) 
np©  199.  d    . 
riinp©  216.  2,  216.  2.  a 
^©ii'"^©  60.  4.  a 
t2^3n©22.fl,  51.2,  68.  ff 
tj'n©  60.  4.  a,  221.  6.  ?^ 
•jni©  221.  6.  b 
©n©  208.  3.  b 
©n©,  ©n©  83.  c  (1), 
92.  ft,  122.  2 


INDEX   III. 


395 


n^nia  i87.  i.  e 

U^t-W  19.  2 
TlJtJ  43.  a 
TWW  223.  1 
"^Wtd  227.  1 
a'^tetO  225.  1 

nto  200.  o 

nn©  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 

ima  172.  2 
ims,  nin©  i72.  2 

■>rn2J  209.  2.  6 

n^ntj  209. 2. 6 

^n^niO  250.  2  (2)  a 
D'^niO  22.  b,  223.  1.  a 

ni«n  51. 1 
bnxn  111.  2.  a 
?j^."?l  nnniin"!  35.  1 
■;^-ini«r\  64.  2 
nhs5:r\  111.  2.  a 
innsn  60. 3.  c,  111.2. 

iSn  57.  2  (3)  a,  184. 

•i^i^jn  216. 1.  c 

ThSin  111.  2.  a 
^nbpsn  60.  3.  c  (? 

93.  a,  111.  2.  e 

n;bDxr\  91.  c 
?ibsn  111.  2.  a 
il25{r\  216.  1.  c 
:n5T2ijn  88  (f.  pi.) 
■jn^psn  88  (m.  pi.) 
rosn  200.  ft,  216.  1. 

I^BCSn  151.  2 

ifiDsn  112.  3 


'i;^'ixri  112. 3 
insip,  insn  60. 3.  fi  (2) 
nniin  157.  3 
n^TiJKn  190 
nr.iin  111.  2.  ?; 
snh  111.  2.  ^',  177.  3 
np^ijhn  157.  3 
3i?nri  88  (f.  pi.) 
njiisn  157.  3 

Tliinn  88  (3f.),  167.  3 

njbnsn  11 8.  4 
nsian  97. 1.  a 
nnxinn  220. 1.  b 
nni5inn88(3f.),  167. 3 
!r;ni$inn  88  (3  f.),  167. 3 
mr\  140.  3 
•^^nn  192.  2 
pian  140.  3 
^2:nnn  105.  b 
^nunn  88  (3  f.  pi.) 

c  ^Si'^nn  26 

b  ^TO^nn  160. 3 
n|nr\n  172.  4 
np^snn  172.  3 

),  bnn  190.  b,  197.  a 

bnr)  190.  b 
bbnn  190 
■innn  iss.  2 
■jTyan  172. 1 
npysn  126. 1 
''sn2?an  105.  6 
6  :?;^3n  126. 1 
•jrtCj^nn  88  (m.  pi.) 
iTSpaJn'i  234.  rt 


'iDnnn  120. 3 
"isDnnn  105. 6 
ns'^ns^ni  128 
b'nr^n'i  99.  3 
'j^y'n^n  126. 1 

TOPlI   158.  2 

'j^"'yni72. 1 
:b5n  174.  4 
ban  66. 1  (1),  173.  3 
nMn  172.  3 
nbani  173. 3 
nib.^n  158. 2 
ir.ib^i2Jn  220.  2.  c 

^tCSPlI   88  (f.  pi.) 

■j^pa^n  88  (2  f.) 

"ippa^n  105.  a,  d 

na^m  99.  3 
'j^na'in  55.  2.  «,  88 

(m.  pi.) 
'y\y^!'\T\   88  (m.  pi.) 

riDnann  92.  e 

*r\T\  139.  3 

nn'in  192.  2 
''::^s3"jri  105.  c 
n:b"ir\  172.  3 
'i^^TG'jn  172. 1 
j^f'inn  147.  5 
siTS'^n  45.  2 
^nn  61.  2 
inn  30.  1 

Dinn  190.  6,    197.  b, 
200.  a 

n;^nn  172.  3 
3^:rin  88  (f.  pi.) 


396 


INDEX   III. 


nr'^nn,  nrnn  ii.  i.« 

n2)2">nn  leo.  3 

nnsnn  94.  c 

inn  140.  5 

nbnr\  190. 6 

?jbr|n  19. 1,  60.  3.  b  (2), 

112.  2,  151.  1 

?i"'n>nn  220.  2.  a 
■innn  172.  4 
n:;;nr;n  11 8.  4 
3^nnnn  172.  3 
'i^nnn  24.  c,  142.  3 

in  185.  2.  d 

i5in  57.  2  (3)  a 
njiin  190. 6 

•yin  63.  2.  a,  184.  6 
^in  216.  1.  d 

nrnDin  220.  1.  b 
•jriDin  105.  e 
tji^in  90,  151.  3 
?19in  22.  b,  151.  2 
qoin  151.  2 
nn^in  207,  1. « 
nin  217 
nnin  217 

i^StDiTin  104./ 

acin  190.  &,  192.  2 
lacin  216.  1.  a 
nv:Tn  157.  3 

373.7^  88  (f.  pi.) 

n;"i2-7n  ei.  4.  a 
ibyn  111.  2.  6 
nirrn  190.  b,  199.  cZ 

"'PTni  (3  f.)  172.  3 


^?':^TP!  53.  3.(7,  111.  2.  c 
j<3nr\i  166.  4 
nibiann  201. 1 

bsnpl  60.  3.  a 

rnn  172.  4 
mm  111.  2. 5 
nrnn  172.  4 

Tin  16.  2.  a 

•j^b^nn  158.  2 
bnri  158.  2 
bnn  140.  3 
nbnn  190.  5 
PD''Sibnpi  220.  2.  c 
nr^Tin  141.  2 
cann  190. « 
'"O^r'J?^  104.  e 
r,i:nn  190.  6 
\^:nn  220.  2.  a 

Cnm  60.  1.  a,  157.  3 

•j'nn  173.  3 
rnni  157.  3 
'irnt-nn  105.  e 
nnn  237.  1, 238. 1 
rnn  (fc)  131. 1 
wn  194.  2 

Q0^r:if7'^  -38. 1.  b 
^3  nnn  239.  2  (2) 
cnnn  238. 1.  b 
•'pnnn  238. 1. 6 
'^rj-'n  147.  4 

1-3^r\  193.  1 

-^•g^r}  190.  6, 197. 6 
prnn  150.  3 
ncr'^n  11. 1. 6 


nTs:?"in  113. 1 
"ii^^n  147.  4 

©Tn  190.  6 

©;'ri  208. 3.  c 
nrmc^n  i47.  2 
nsiso'^n  147.  4 

t)'l5Dri  101.  3.  a 
MDW   172.  4 
,Vv3J?^  88  (f.  pi.) 
nnsni  119.  1 
bDn  172.  4 

nbrn  177.  3 
•jSn  50. 1 
nosn  54.  2 
^•^nsn  192.  2 
-n^Dn  88  (2  f.) 

Sbni  172.  4 
nsbn  190.  5,  198.  a  (3) 
t31i«bn  177.  3 
^h^\^  i47.  5 
ns'ibn  147.  2 
nbn  50. 1 

D^Klbn  56.  4,  177.  3 

l^nbni  119. 1 
i"2br\  105.  « 

IDbn  65.  b 

!-.:Dbri  61;  4.  a,  151.  1 
ll^bn   88 
Tittbpl  192.  2 
"^P,  1^5?  158.  2 
Cn  186.  2.  f,  207.  2 
Din  (v.)  139.  2 
dh  (n.)  186.  2.  c 
n^n   143.  a 


INDEX    III. 


397 


npn^rn  iis.  4 
^ssi^^nn  161.  3 
nr'j^'ari  is 7.  3 
bi'on  183.  c 
■jim^n  157.  3 
nsniisn  i57.  3 
nttn  175.  3 

•1^0(2111.)  172.3,175.3 
D^ian  53.  3.  a 

i^sb^n  104./ 
iD">b)9nn  oo.  3 

W2T\  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

1  (p.  175) 
fiVl2T\  54.  3,  141.  2 

nnsttn  ei.  ^.  a 

Dttl^5  175.  3 

bisj^n  60. 1.  a 
nrijs^n  165.  2 
;;s«2T2r\  60.  1.  a 
n:]5/2n  i4i.  2 
n^nn  i75.  3 
"iian  140.  5 
'n'ah  111.  2.  6 
-i^n^n  192.  2 
Qin'ii'ari  i87.  2.  c 

ijflT\  157.  3 

•jn  53. 2.  a 
;n:£«:n  11 8.  4 
mra:r\  131.  2 
nbn  157. 3 
q^:n  131.  2 
nsn  132. 1 
"iian  192.  2 
nsnn  60. 1.  a 
nx3n:n  205.  c 


nn;n  131.  1  nyn  197.  h 

inp?I?!!  150-  2,  161.  5  n?n  60.  4.  a 

r\yy2iT\  104.  i  "lynn  174.  4 

STT'in  131.  6  'WT\  173.  3 

iSTTsn  102.  2  nWPl  172.  3 

n:'«2Dn  6i.  3,  i36.  2j   ^!5-nif3?n  27 

141.  2  •J'^to^n  55.2.  a,  88.2./ 

typn  140.  5  J^l"?!?!!?!?  105.  h 

qpin  111.  2.  h,  151.  2    nn&{£n  192.  2.  a 

3?P  51.  1,  121.  1  ^nShl   111.  2.  h 

syn  60.  4.  a  ri'.BPi  192.  2 

•J^TOPI  88  (m.  pi.)  DD^nisisn  161.  5 

nwr\  19. 2,  111.  3.  a  nrs^sp  157.  3 

"i"iin?ri  88  nj^^si?,  n2S^Bn"i57. 3 

na:?nn  111. 1  n>£r\  190. 6 

nnSl^Fll   97.  1.  a  'JfiPT  172.  4 

np:?n  25, 88  (f.  pi.),  91. c  ysnn  150.  3 

T^}y^T\,  ns^yn  157. 3    or^sm  99. 3.  a,  119. 1 


^?P1    172.  4 

r.yr\  51.  3 
nn^rn  i98,  a  (3) 

OTI  140.  1 

nryn  91.  h 
nr^n  eo.  4 
-j^ni  (■''i?)  157.  3 
nbyn  216. 1.  a 
^b^nn  140.  5 

nbyn  60.  3.  c 


?,£r\  141.  3  (p.  175) 

^s'lj^sn  105. 6 

•iBri  140.  5 

•jrjrsn  ss  (m.  pi.) 
n;i«2r\  147.  2 
ns'iji^pi  161.  3 
ns^^sn  141.  2 
nsb^n  141.  2 
^,3n;^r\  139. 1 
n^]:n  190.  b,  i98. «  (3) 
n35ipr\88(f.pi.),  161.3 
nstt'ipn  160.  3 
bj:pi  140. 1 


■j^n^^PI   90.  3.  a 
^'i:?!?  192.  2,  200.  c 

r.p.:?ri,  nsr^n  172.  3  ijjn  50. 1 

l??n  141.  2  (p.  175)  1?pn  46 

nsyn  97.  1.  a  fpn  157.  3 

nj?:?n  126. 2  s^'^j^n^  las.  4 


398 


INDEX   III. 


nssnjpn  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
^nnpn  ss  (3  f.  pi.) 
]^n-i|5m  99.  3.  a 

ttJj5Pl1   174.  4 

nsTiipn  95.  a 
sj-in  35.  2 
^<"^rl^  172.  4 
^^5nn  172.  3 

^DSnn  105.  e 

a'ini  172.  4 
n^-ini  175.  3 
n^nnn  190.  b 
inb^-iri  94.  «,  115 
"fin  147.  2 
n^^nn  192.2.^,216.1 

™TO  88  (3f.pl.),  147. 

^n-in  147.  3 
inn  156.  4 
ma^iri  190.  6 
n:^7ainn  I6I.  4 
finn  140.  3 
npTjJDnri  92.  e 
n^'ann  192.  2.  a 
n:D^nn88(3f.pi.),9i. 
]nn  190. 6 
nnn  97. 1.  « 
npi'in  88  (f.  pi.) 
ynn  (v.)  140.  5 
qnn  175.  3 
aiB'nn  201.  2 
nrsnn  165.  3 
ynni  140.  5 

T^PlI    172.  4 

insinn,  ^in^nri  93.  a 
nsijiisn  165.  2 


nSStoPl  164.  2 

i?^ia.;\t;?n  lei.  2 

n^liUn   61.  4.  a,  205.  c 

bston  97.  2 
'ib-'jjj^iijn  180.  a 
nston  164.  2 
npnirn  157.  3 
nsniijn  61.  4,  leo.  3 
np-ini^n  ss  (3  f.  pi.) 
n^niyn,  naiari  65.  a 
npinTOn  157.  3 
D^oii&n  54.  2 

nyiTlin  190.6,  192.  2.  a, 
198.  a  (3) 
,6  ■i*7nTCri60.3.&(2),120.  1 

2  nwn  119.  1 
■ion  172.  4 

I5>^tt?n   227.  1 

nsnD'i^n  91.  c 

npT^D  88.  (f.  pi.) 

n:nbtin  ss  (3  f.  pi.), 

105.  b 

-■Dbi^n  97.  2 
c  ''pb©n  95.  a 
o;?n  147.  4 

D'11'aTI?ri  105.  d 

T\-niDr\  65.  i 

]ini3TCn  88  (m.  pi.)' 
2?T??n  216.  1.  e 

2?Trn  60.  3.  c 

Wffin   223.  1 

D''3?T^n  208.  3.  a,  225. 1 

jm'^ttJn  142. 1 

ni^ni   158.  2 

n2sntt?r\  lis.  4 


^insricri  88  (2  f.) 

5>Pl®n  176.  3 

nsssnirin,    n:pspi»n 

96.  b 

nn  131.  4 
-np)  61.  5 
:y>3nn  126. 1 
"lanpi  142.  2 

^^t^T\  60.  4.  ft,  176.  3 

nnn  (nnn:)  53.  2.  b, 

132.  1 

"i^nrin  126.  2 
njDbnrin  96. 6 
bnbnnn  161.  2 
innn  176.  3 
nnnnn  94.  a 
inn  61. 5,  131.  4 
jDsnnn  i76.  3 
ann  i4o.  1 
nrx^iisrin  161.  3 
:D'ann  142.  2 
"jnn  132. 1 
fi:nn;i  105.  a 
si;?:nn  I66.  5 
::^nn  172. 4 
:bBnn  142.  2 
x^snn  166.  5 
ai'snnT  99. 3.  a,  119. 1 
jbnsnn  96.  b 
aisnn  53. 3.  b,  150.  3 

(p.  182) 

^snn  25 
5"inhi  150.  3 
:>nnn  eo.  4.  «,  i76.  3 
nsDuiirnn  lei.  3    • 


II^DEX  IT. 

HEBREW  GRAMMATICAL  TERMS. 


i^ni5  13 

nbD^  TW-Q  in^s  V.  3    •'^p  iibn  n^ns  46 

amD  niabiD  -^lii  7.  a.  a  Tn;'  liiab  199 


'ji'an  n&5  b'^tWD  V.  3. «  htg':  11.  c 

^■205  212 
nPDD   71.  c 
yS  16.  2 


ns3  n.^a  21. 1 

iSiS^Sl  85.  1.  a 
D'^?^?Sl  76.  1 

ii^'Sa  45.  4.  a 
ptn  ir.^^  23. 1 
bp  tjw  21. 1 
n:p">Tn  sn  229. 1 
nbsirn  s?n  230. 1 
n'^D^isitn  7.  3 
niaiSin  9. 1, 243.  2.  < 
!j^sn  11  99. 1 

IDT  196 

qt:n  16.  3.  a 
pin'in  45.  4.  a 

D?t2  28 

xnnt:  29.  6 
D-^ins  76.  2 

n"'''133  71.  c 


D'^sn  "jiffib  199 

D^DTB  pTab   199 

?jinii!'a  45.  4.  « 

nia'l^Q  71.  c 

triDi'a  212 
a-ibTa  70.  a 
Q-'pb'a  28 
b'^t^'a  32 
2?nb^  32 
mcq  10.  46 

p^Sia  26 
lip^a  85.  1.  a 

qp^  43 

irbij  nPD  maii  7. 

3.  a 

r^nia  44 

niD''?;5  28.  6 

ns  16.  2 


nap?  196 
n^"iip5  2 

pics  qiO  36.  1 
tfl-QD  212 
D'i'ia?  28 
nay  85.  1  a 
Tn:^  85.  1.  a 
n^bys  70.  a 
^m  85.  1.  a 
''"Ip  46 

aT?  ^bi  "^ip  46 

n^n  27 

"lana^  "n  bi^ic  7. 3.  a 

XaiD,  K1TD  16.  1 

nDan  li;  ^'aib©  7. 3.  a 
ni'stp  70.  a 
nsc-an  niia©  223. 1 
nra  irasbiauj  7.  3.  a 
niy^:n  12 


jSTames  of  the  letters  §  2,  their  signification  §5.  & 
Names  of  the  vowels  S  12,  their  signification  S  12.  5 
ISTames  of  the  accents  §  29,  their  signification  §  29.  & 
Names  of  the  verbal  species  §76.  1,  2. 
Designations  of  imperfect  verbs  §  76.  3. 


POSTSCBIPT 


The  folded  leaf  which  follows  contains  a  general  view  of 
the  inflections  of  the  Tarious  kinds  of  verbs,  perfect  and  im- 
perfect, the  rules  for  the  changes  to  which  nouns  are  liable, 
the  personal  pronouns  in  their  separate  and  suffixed  forms, 
and  the  different  vowels  assumed  by  the  inseparable  prefixes 
and  the  interrogative  tti.  It  is  designed  to  be  taken  out 
of  the  book  and  mounted  upon  pasteboard.  The  student 
will  thus  have  the  most  material  parts  of  the  grammar  brought 
together  and  exhibited  to  his  eye  upon  a  single  page. 

Two  sections  of  the  grammar  have  been  inadvertently 
numbered  141  and  two  150.  To  prevent  embarrassment 
from  this  cause  in  the  use  of  the  indexes,  the  page  is  almost 
always  added  when  the  second  of  the  duplicate  sections  is 
intended. 


iTr^K  TT^ 


GENERAL   VIEW  OP   THE    VER] 


tH3         r^  =5; 

n:s3        n-V-j         Fii-J: 


rV?  ,    >n..ri       ri;ii3;;n      ir-iorri      nj^itm 


rSfp       m-JSn      ra-s^n      nrz-i-p     nj-t^pin     rssMFi       ni-^jn 
rSc:  i=ir  is:  i-i":  cr>:  Mir-  nVa: 


::s5n     r;;r;irp 


Pioi.  bfe;;-         ifej-  bic- 

/™.  p/.        "bbjin      r::-;arn       "-bssp 


bicnn       rail-        '-;:r 


nrbtDisrp 


^i=^" 


riipl.il.  b6;;n 


triipp-      ssrr- 


b's;: 


b-i;pn 


I'ljBi.  btsi:^ 

uipiiii.  b-up-j 

l[u],U!,  bcp*3 


=3!r;         ste^?        c^i'p"^ 


DECLENSION    OF   NOUNS. 


1.    'I'iKr  rciiiiiiino  ending  ri. 

1 .  In  n  simiilc  \iltiiniilc  tliero  i! 


ml  tlic  fliio)  D\ 


I.  Tlic  fciiii 
!  liL-cnmc  V 

I  Tscre  wlicn  [n-  < 


STATE.  ' 

the  dual  tJ--.  nud  the  plurnl  c 


Hint-  inil  I'-,  n  11.  i,  J, ,  iiil  from  the  syllabic  preceding  the 
nd  if  tills  ownsiijiis  n  toiicurn-ncc  of  vowellcss  coiisonaiits  n 
ul  is  inserted  hctween  them. 


1,  'IWrc  u  rcjccli-d  except  from  mnnosyUublcs.  or  ivhcn  thi- 

preceding  vowel  is  n  prctoiiic  Kiimets. 
S.  Tlio  finul  letter  is  double*!  in  nouns  from  contmcted  7S 
roola,  in  those  in  wliicli  consouunis  concurring  nt  tilt- 
end  hnve  ooalcaecd.  nud  in  a  few  ollicrs. 
3.  Scgholntea  rcsnnio  their  priniory  iiionosvUobic  form  before       ,     n  <•       1  n-       ,  ■ 

tUo  rcmini,,.  cnJing  n.;  in  fc  pl„^l  „,„|  occmionnlly       '■    "."/lr,?.Tl!."!!r.!,T:;  °''  ^ 

in  tho  dunl  ihcy  rcmvo  pretonic   Knnicts,  and  the  " "    '"' "  ""' 

oiiginal  vowel  of  the  mouosylliiblu  falls  nwuy. 
Ill  n  simple  ultinmtc, 
1 .  n.  is  rejected. 

~-  ^  beeonii's  n;  ,  n'* .  or  n'  .  rv>, 
a.  '  and  S  mrely  occur,  see  §  200.  3. 
In  tilt'  penult, 

Kmntits  iind  Tserc  n«  rojecteil,  except  from  nouns  in  ", . 


IVniinine  nouns  in  n,,  if  derived  from  Scgholatcs.  insert  pretonic 
Knmcis  in  tlie  phiml  nnd  drop  thoir  original  vowel ;  if  not,  tiwy  simply 
aubstitutfl  the  pluml  for  the  singnlnr  ending.    In  the  duol  "    be- 

»inininc  nouns  in  P.  substitute  the  pluml  for  the  singular  ending, 
ond  cither  roject  the  preceding  vowel  or  restore  it  to  wlinl  it  woidd 
have  lieen  if  n,  had  not  been  npiwuded. 


both  genders  ond  of  nil  numbers  tfikc  the  form  of  thi 


II,  Before  ihc  light  sutlixes, 

1.  Singular  or  plural  nouns  with  a  feminine  ending  adopt  the 
construct  form,  only  changing  r.  to  n. . 

2.  Singular  or  plural  nouns  not  having  a  feminine  ending  adopt 
the  same  form  as  before  the  absolute  plural  termination. 

3.  Dunl  nouns  retain  the  form  whicb  they  hove  before  the 

absolute  dual  tcmiinntinii. 

III.   Bpforc  nil  sulRses,  grave  or  light. 

1.  Segholalc  nouns  in  the  singidar  revert  to  their  monosyllabic 

form,  as  before  tho  feminine  curling  n, . 

2.  Fmal  letters  which  arc  doubled  in  the  plural,  or  in  which; 
have  coalesced,  ore  doubled. 


PERSONAL    PRONOUNS. 


a(Tj)     n..  e_(ti.)    ajrz,)   — 


Primnty  form,,         .  .  .  . 

Before  vowcUoss  Conaofmnls. 
Before  Giitturnk  with  Compound  Sh'va, 
Before  niouosyllablos  and  accented  syllables, 
With  the  conti-actcd  ordcloi 


-,?\  (TO-.) 

T.('n-...fTi) 


fAe  vowel  0/ tie  article.         — 


3.  Final  n.  is  dropped. 


■p,  HE  rVTERRnGATIYE,  THE  , 
Before  strong  consonants,     , 
Before  vowelless  consonants  and  strong  gutlurals, 
Before  weak  gutturals. 
Before  gutturals  with  Kamcis,    . 


Date  Due 


Q^    153 


f 


PJ4564  .G79  1861 

A  grammar  of  the  Hebrew  language. 

Princeton  Theological  Seminary-Speer  Library 


1    1012  00002  7237 


v 


